Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 4, 2016

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

 

Form S-1

Registration Statement

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

Randolph Bancorp, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Massachusetts   6022   [To be applied for]

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(IRS Employer

Identification No.)

Randolph Bancorp, Inc.

10 Cabot Place

Stoughton, Massachusetts 02072

(781) 963-2100

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

James P. McDonough

President and Chief Executive Officer

Randolph Bancorp, Inc.

10 Cabot Place

Stoughton, Massachusetts 02072

(781) 963-2100

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Please send copies of all communications to:

 

William P. Mayer, Esq.

Matthew Dyckman, Esq.

Goodwin Procter LLP

Exchange Place

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

(617) 570-1000

 

Lawrence M.F. Spaccasi, Esq.

Kent M. Krudys, Esq.

Luse Gorman, PC

5335 Wisconsin Avenue, NW Suite 780

Washington, D.C. 20015

(202) 274-2000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

 

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box:   x

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   x

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to Be Registered

 

Amount

to Be

Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Offering Price

per Unit

 

Proposed

Maximum
Aggregate

Offering Price

  Amount of
Registration Fee

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

  5,868,726 (2)   $10.00   $58,687,260 (1)   $5,910

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
(2) Includes up to 181,976 shares of common stock to be contributed to The Randolph Savings Bank Charitable Foundation.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS

RANDOLPH BANCORP, INC.

(Proposed Holding Company for Randolph Savings Bank)

Up to 4,945,000 Shares of Common Stock

(Subject to Increase to up to 5,686,750 Shares)

 

 

Randolph Bancorp, Inc., a newly formed Massachusetts corporation, is offering shares of common stock for sale in connection with the conversion of Randolph Bancorp, a Massachusetts mutual holding company, from the mutual to the stock form of organization. We expect that our common stock will be listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “RNDB.” There is currently no public market for the shares of our common stock. We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.

We are offering up to 4,945,000 shares of common stock for sale on a best efforts basis. We may sell up to 5,686,750 shares of common stock because of demand for the shares or changes in market conditions, without resoliciting subscribers. We must sell a minimum of 3,655,000 shares in order to complete the offering. In addition to the shares that we will sell in the offering, we intend to establish a charitable foundation in connection with the conversion and contribute to it cash and shares of our common stock so that the aggregate contribution will equal 4% of the gross proceeds of the offering.

We are offering shares of common stock in a subscription offering. Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering. Any shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription or community offerings may be sold in a syndicated community offering or a firm commitment underwritten public offering to be managed by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., a Stifel Company. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will use its best efforts to assist us in our selling efforts, but is not required to purchase any shares of the common stock that are being offered for sale in such offerings.

The minimum order is 25 shares. Stock orders must be received by 2:00 p.m., Eastern time, on [Expiration Date] . We may extend this expiration date without notice to you until [Extension Date #1] , unless we receive regulatory approval to extend the offering to a later date, which may not be beyond [Extension Date #2] . Once submitted, orders are irrevocable unless the offering is terminated or is extended beyond [Extension Date #1] , or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 5,686,750 shares or decreased to fewer than 3,655,000 shares. If the offering is extended past [Extension Date #1] , or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 5,686,750 shares or decreased to fewer than 3,655,000 shares, we will resolicit subscribers, giving them an opportunity to change or cancel their orders within a specified period of time. If we do not receive a response during that period, we will promptly return the funds with interest or cancel the deposit account authorization. Funds received during the offering will be held in a segregated account at Randolph Savings Bank and will earn interest at our statement savings rate, which is currently [statement rate] % per annum.

We expect that our directors and executive officers, together with their associates, will subscribe for approximately 316,000 shares of our common stock.

 

 

This investment involves a high degree of risk, including the possible loss of your investment. Please read the section of this prospectus entitled “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 17.


Table of Contents

OFFERING SUMMARY

Price: $10.00 per Share

 

     Minimum      Midpoint      Maximum      Adjusted
Maximum
 

Number of shares

     3,655,000         4,300,000         4,945,000         5,686,750   

Gross offering proceeds

   $ 36,550,000       $ 43,000,000       $ 49,450,000       $ 56,867,500   

Estimated offering expenses (excluding selling agent commissions)

   $ 1,314,600       $ 1,314,600       $ 1,314,600       $ 1,314,600   

Selling agent commissions (1)

   $ 303,724       $ 362,899       $ 422,074       $ 490,125   

Estimated net proceeds

   $ 34,931,676       $ 41,322,501       $ 47,713,326       $ 55,062,775   

Estimated net proceeds per share

   $ 9.56       $ 9.61       $ 9.65       $ 9.68   
           

 

(1) The amounts shown assume that all shares are sold in the subscription and community offerings, and that we pay Keefe, Bruyette & Woods a selling agent fee equal to 1.00% of the aggregate purchase price of shares sold (net of insider purchases and shares purchased by our employee stock ownership plan). If shares are sold in a syndicated community offering or firm commitment underwritten offering, we will pay Keefe, Bruyette & Woods fees that will not exceed 6.00% of the aggregate purchase price of shares sold in such offering. If all shares are sold in a syndicated community offering or firm commitment underwritten offering, the estimated selling agent commissions and expenses would be $1.8 million, $2.2 million, $2.5 million and $2.9 million at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range. See “The Conversion; Plan of Distribution—Marketing and Distribution; Compensation” for a discussion of fees to be paid to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods and other FINRA member firms in a syndicated community offering or firm commitment underwritten offering.

These securities are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, any other government agency or the Depositors Insurance Fund. None of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks or any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

For assistance, please call the Stock Information Center at [telephone] .

 

  Keefe, Bruyette & Woods  
 

A Stifel Company

 

The date of this prospectus is [ ].


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     17   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     33   

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data of Randolph Bancorp

     34   

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation

     36   

Summary Selected Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Data

     38   

Use of Proceeds

     39   

Dividend Policy

     40   

Market for Common Stock

     41   

Historical and Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Compliance

     42   

Capitalization

     43   

Pro Forma Data

     45   

Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without our Charitable Foundation

     64   

Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Merger

     65   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Randolph Bancorp

     66   

Business of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. and Randolph Savings Bank

     76   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation

     104   

Business of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and First Federal Savings Bank of Boston

     114   

Supervision and Regulation

     130   

Management of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. and Randolph Savings Bank

     140   

Executive and Director Compensation

     146   

Transactions with Related Persons

     152   

Subscriptions by Directors and Executive Officers

     153   

Acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation

     154   

The Conversion; Plan of Distribution

     166   

Material Income Tax Consequences

     184   

Our Charitable Foundation

     185   

Restrictions on Acquisition of Randolph Bancorp, Inc.

     187   

Description of Capital Stock of Randolph Bancorp, Inc.

     189   

Legal and Tax Matters

     191   

Experts

     191   

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     191   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements of Randolph Bancorp

     F-1   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation

     G-1   


Table of Contents

S UMMARY

The following summary highlights material information in this prospectus. It may not contain all the information that is important to you. For additional information before making an investment decision, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the consolidated financial statements and the notes to the consolidated financial statements, and the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors.”

In this prospectus, the terms “we,” “our,” and “us” refer to Randolph Bancorp, Randolph Bancorp, Inc. and Randolph Savings Bank unless the context indicates another meaning. In addition, we sometimes refer to Randolph Bancorp as “Randolph Bancorp (MHC)”, Randolph Bancorp, Inc. as “Randolph Bancorp,” Randolph Savings Bank as the “Bank,” First Eastern Bankshares Corporation as “First Eastern” and First Federal Savings Bank of Boston as “First Federal.”

The Companies

Randolph Bancorp, Inc.   Randolph Bancorp, Inc. is a newly formed Massachusetts corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Randolph Bancorp (MHC) that will own all of the outstanding shares of common stock of Randolph Savings Bank upon completion of the mutual-to-stock conversion of Randolph Bancorp (MHC) and the offering. Randolph Bancorp, Inc. has not engaged in any business to date.

We have entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, as amended, with First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and Richard F. Kalagher, the sole shareholder of First Eastern (the “merger agreement”) pursuant to which Randolph Bancorp will acquire First Eastern Bankshares Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation and sole shareholder of First Federal Savings Bank of Boston, a federal savings association headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts. As part of the acquisition, First Federal Savings Bank of Boston will merge with and into Randolph Savings Bank with Randolph Savings Bank as the surviving entity. See “Acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation.”

The executive and administrative office of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. is located at 10 Cabot Place, Stoughton, Massachusetts 02072. Our telephone number at this address is (781) 963-2100.

Randolph Bancorp.   Randolph Bancorp is a Massachusetts-chartered mutual holding company that currently is the parent holding company of Randolph Savings Bank. At December 31, 2015, Randolph Bancorp had consolidated assets of $383.2 million, net loans of $285.2 million, deposits of $309.2 million and total equity of $32.5 million. Randolph Bancorp will convert to stock form and become Randolph Bancorp, Inc. in connection with the conversion.

Randolph Savings Bank.   Randolph Savings Bank is a Massachusetts-chartered savings bank headquartered in Stoughton, Massachusetts with its main office in Randolph, Massachusetts. We were organized in 1851 and reorganized into the mutual holding company structure in 2002. Randolph Savings Bank is currently the wholly-owned subsidiary of Randolph Bancorp, a Massachusetts mutual holding company. We provide financial services to individuals, families and small to mid-size businesses through our five full-service branch offices located in Norfolk County, Massachusetts and two lending offices located in each of Bristol County and Norfolk County, Massachusetts. Our primary deposit-taking market is Norfolk County, Massachusetts and our primary lending market is more broadly based in Bristol, Essex, Middlesex, Norfolk, Plymouth and Suffolk counties in Massachusetts and Kent, Newport, Providence and Washington counties in Rhode Island. As of December 31, 2015, Randolph Savings Bank was considered “well capitalized” for regulatory purposes.

Randolph Savings Bank’s business consists primarily of accepting deposits from the general public and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations and borrowings, in one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, commercial and industrial loans, construction loans, consumer loans and investment securities. We offer a full range of deposit accounts, including statement savings accounts, certificates of deposit, money market accounts, commercial and regular checking accounts and IRAs.

As part of the conversion, we intend to establish and fund a new charitable foundation, The Randolph Savings Bank Charitable Foundation, to further charitable activities within our current and future market area.

 



 

1


Table of Contents

Randolph Savings Bank’s main banking office is located at 10 Cabot Place, Stoughton, Massachusetts 02072. Our telephone number at this address is (781) 963-2100. Our website address is www.randolphsavings.com . Information on our websites is not incorporated into this prospectus and should not be considered part of this prospectus.

Acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation

After the conversion and offering, upon receipt of all required regulatory approvals, Randolph Bancorp, Inc. and Randolph Savings Bank expect to acquire First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiary, First Federal Savings Bank of Boston, by merging First Eastern Bankshares Corporation with and into Randolph Bancorp, Inc. and First Federal Savings Bank of Boston with and into Randolph Savings Bank. Approximately $14.0 million of offering proceeds will be used to fund the merger.

First Eastern Bankshares Corporation is a savings and loan holding company and the holding company for First Federal Savings Bank of Boston, a federal savings association headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts. First Eastern’s principal asset is 100% of the outstanding capital stock of First Federal, its sole banking subsidiary and only direct subsidiary. First Federal’s primary business is the origination and sale of residential mortgage loans in the secondary market and offering a variety of insured deposit accounts and using such deposits as well as borrowings to originate loans, primary residential mortgage loans, to its customers. At December 31, 2015, First Eastern Bankshares Corporation had total assets of approximately $66.1 million, net loans of $33.4 million, total deposits of $34.8 million and total stockholder’s equity of $14.1 million.

We expect the merger to allow us to significantly grow our mortgage business while also adding depth to our team of mortgage professionals. The merger will also expand our footprint to include a branch office in downtown Boston, six loan production offices in Massachusetts and one loan production office in New Hampshire.

Pursuant to the merger agreement, we have entered into an agreement with Peter J. Fraser, President and Chief Operating Officer of First Federal Savings Bank of Boston, to become a Senior Vice President at Randolph Savings Bank and President of Randolph Savings Bank’s First Eastern Mortgage Division effective upon completion of the merger. In addition, we have also entered into agreements with Chris A. Kreidermacher and Kellie J. Lally, Executive Vice-President/Chief Financial Officer and Vice-President/Internal Auditor of First Federal Savings Bank of Boston, respectively, to occupy officer level positions at Randolph Savings Bank effective upon the completion of the merger. See “Executive and Director Compensation.”

If, for any reason, the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation cannot be completed, our board of directors intends to proceed with the conversion. If for any reason the conversion cannot be completed, we will not proceed with the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation.

Our Organizational Structure

Randolph Bancorp (MHC) currently owns 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Randolph Savings Bank. As a mutual holding company, Randolph Bancorp (MHC) has no shareholders.

Pursuant to the terms of Randolph Bancorp (MHC)’s plan of conversion:

 

    Randolph Bancorp (MHC) will form Randolph Bancorp, Inc. as a wholly-owned subsidiary.

 

    Randolph Bancorp (MHC) will contribute all of the outstanding stock of Randolph Savings Bank to Randolph Bancorp, Inc.

 

    Randolph Bancorp (MHC) will merge with and into Randolph Bancorp, Inc. with Randolph Bancorp, Inc. surviving. All shares of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. common stock held by Randolph Bancorp (MHC) will be canceled, and the liquidation interests in Randolph Bancorp (MHC) will be exchanged for interest in a liquidation account established by Randolph Bancorp, Inc. for the benefit of the eligible account holders and supplemental eligible account holders.

Upon completion of the conversion and offering, Randolph Savings Bank will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of Randolph Bancorp, Inc.

 



 

2


Table of Contents

The board of corporators of Randolph Bancorp (MHC) currently has the right to vote on certain matters such as the election of trustees and the conversion. A special meeting of corporators has been scheduled to vote to approve the plan of conversion and the establishment and funding of the new charitable foundation.

The following diagram depicts our corporate structure prior to the conversion and offering:

 

LOGO

The following diagram depicts our corporate structure after the conversion and offering are completed:

 

LOGO

Business Strategy

Our business strategy includes the following key elements:

Leveraging Our Infrastructure. In 2013, the board of directors of Randolph Savings Bank began the process of transforming the Bank into a full service community bank. James P. McDonough was hired as our new President and Chief Executive Officer in May 2013. Mr. McDonough and the board of directors hired a new management team, adding officers who, collectively, have well over 100 years of experience in areas such as retail banking and operations, marketing, commercial real estate and commercial and industrial lending and underwriting, finance, human resources and information technology. Since 2013, five other executive officers have been hired, including our Senior Vice President, Retail Banking and Corporate Marketing; Senior Vice President, Senior Commercial Loan Officer; Senior Vice President, Human Resources; Vice President and Chief Information Officer; Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. In addition, our Senior Vice President, Residential Lending and Senior Vice President, Finance and Risk Management have been promoted from previous positions within the organization. We also added two new directors with extensive experience in the banking industry, specifically commercial lending and credit, and on public company boards of directors. We believe that our new management team has positioned us well for future growth and diversification of our products and services.

 



 

3


Table of Contents

With the new management team in place, in 2014, the board of directors adopted a new strategic plan focused on investing in our people, our facilities and our systems and technology to lay the foundation for future growth and profitability. After a comprehensive review of alternative strategic initiatives, the board of directors determined that the Bank should focus on building on core competencies and historical strengths to deliver enhanced products and services which are of greatest relevance to customers in it markets. We have reformed our credit process and begun the process of updating our branch network and modernizing our technology platform to improve the customer experience. We believe that the additional capital from the offering will allow us to complete these upgrades and leverage our improved infrastructure to foster increased growth and profitability.

Further Expand Mortgage Banking .  We plan to continue to grow our one-to four-family residential lending and mortgage banking operations. In 2015 and 2014, as part of our strategy to focus a greater proportion of our interest-earning assets on loans, we grew our residential mortgage loans (first mortgages and home equity loans and lines of credit) by $22.2 million and $35.5 million, respectively. In addition, we increased our originations of one-to four-family residential mortgage loans for sale in the secondary mortgage market by $43.2 million over 2014 levels to $105.8 million in 2015, including a 37% increase in purchase money mortgage originations. We intend to continue to grow our mortgage banking business by hiring in 2016 an additional residential loan officer, as well as additional support staff in this area. In addition, we have entered into the merger agreement to acquire First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiary, First Federal Savings Bank of Boston. We expect the merger to allow us to significantly grow our mortgage business while also adding depth to our team of mortgage professionals. In 2015, First Federal Savings Bank of Boston originated $422.3 million in one-to four-family residential mortgage loans. The merger will also expand our footprint to include a branch office in downtown Boston, six loan production offices in Massachusetts and one loan production office in New Hampshire. See “Acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation” below for a description of the merger.

Emphasize Commercial Lending.   We plan to emphasize and grow our commercial real estate, construction, and commercial and industrial lending platforms and loan portfolios. As part of our 2014 strategic plan, we added personnel who are experienced in originating and servicing commercial real estate loans. In 2015, we began to focus on significantly increasing our commercial real estate and commercial and industrial lending, consistent with the safe and sound underwriting practices that our new management team has established. Our commercial real estate and construction loans increased $12.1 million, or 17.2%, during 2015 and $8.6 million, or 13.8%, in 2014. As we continue to grow our commercial real estate loan portfolio, we intend to emphasize growth in commercial and industrial lending. We intend to hire an additional commercial loan officer in 2016, who will focus on growing our commercial and industrial loan portfolio, after the offering. We view the growth of our commercial real estate loans and commercial and industrial loans as a means of diversifying and increasing our interest income and establishing relationships with local businesses, which offer a recurring and potentially broader source of fee income and deposits than traditional one- to four-family residential real estate lending.

Continuing to Improve Our Asset Quality.   We emphasize a disciplined credit culture based on market knowledge, close ties to our customers, sound underwriting standards and experienced loan officers. Over the last few years, we have hired an experienced credit officer, reformed our credit processes and divested our lower quality commercial real estate loans. As a result of these efforts, total nonperforming assets have declined from $6.1 million at December 31, 2011 to $2.6 million at December 31, 2015 and nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets have decreased from 1.60% to 0.67% over the same period. As we seek to further diversify our loan portfolio, we intend to maintain strict, quality-oriented loan underwriting and credit monitoring processes.

Increase Core Funding.   We intend to fund our growth and fuel our profitability by attracting and retaining core deposit relationships. Deposits increased $14.7 million, or 5.0%, to $309.2 million at December 31, 2015 from $294.5 million at December 31, 2014. This increase occurred in non-maturity deposits, consisting of demand deposits, NOW accounts, money market accounts and regular savings accounts, which increased $14.0 million, or 6.6%, while term certificate accounts increased $763,000, or 0.9%. We believe that our increased focus on commercial lending, infrastructure improvements and improved delivery channels will help attract lower cost commercial deposits. To better seize this opportunity, we intend to hire a business development officer focused on attracting commercial checking accounts. We also plan to utilize more aggressive certificate of deposit and money market account pricing to attract additional core deposits. We will also invest in retail branch sales and service training, cross selling initiatives with targeted incentive plans that will allow us to broaden customer relationships and improve our core deposit retention.

 



 

4


Table of Contents

Improve Our Delivery Channels. In 2014, as part of our strategic plan, we began the process of refreshing all of our branch locations and implementing technology upgrades. A significant investment has been made to improve and increase the channels by which our customers may conduct transactions and business with the Bank. We have made improvements to our online and mobile capabilities for consumer and business banking. These enhancements include the addition of mobile banking and remote deposit capture capabilities. We continue to make targeted investments to improve online account opening and provide users with additional capabilities. The offering proceeds will allow us to complete our planned technology upgrades and to focus on growth. We intend to expand our footprint in order to attract new retail and commercial customers. In this regard, we intend to open our newly constructed Stoughton office in the fourth quarter of 2016 and to add an additional new branch office in contiguous markets in each of 2017 and 2018. Consistent with our focus on improving the customer experience, all new and existing branch locations will be completely technology-enabled. The acquisition of First Eastern will complement our branch strategy by expanding our footprint to include a branch office in downtown Boston, six loan production offices in Massachusetts and a loan production office in New Hampshire. We believe that our expanded footprint, refreshed locations and upgraded technology platform will significantly improve the experience of our customers, enhance our ability to attract commercial customers, and meet our goals of both increasing the number of households that we serve and the number of core deposit and loan products used by these households.

Growth Through Acquisitions. As conditions permit, we may further expand our branch network through acquisitions of additional branches, banks or financial services companies. We intend to pursue expansion opportunities in areas in or adjacent to our existing market area in locations that maximize growth opportunities or with companies that add complementary products to our existing business. Our pending acquisition of First Eastern is an example of our strategy of being opportunistic to enhance our products and services.

Remain a Community-Oriented Institution.   We were organized in 1851 and have been operating continuously in and around Randolph, Massachusetts since that time. We have trained our employees to focus on high quality service in order to maintain and build a loyal customer base. We believe that the establishment and funding of The Randolph Savings Bank Charitable Foundation will further promote our relationships and exposure in our market area through our support of charitable organizations operating in our local community now and in the future.

Reasons for the Conversion

Our primary reasons for the conversion and the offering are to:

 

    Support future growth and profitability through, among other things, branch expansion and increased lending;

 

    Compete more effectively in the financial services marketplace by diversifying products and services offered to customers;

 

    Fund the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation;

 

    Facilitate future mergers and acquisitions;

 

    Make necessary capital investments in facilities and technology;

 

    Increase philanthropic endeavors to the communities served by Randolph Savings Bank through the formation and funding of a charitable foundation to support charitable activities within the communities that it serves and will serve in the future;

 

    Offer depositors, employees, officers, directors, trustees and corporators an equity ownership interest in Randolph Bancorp, Inc.; and

 

    Attract and retain qualified directors, management and employees through stock-based compensation plans.

 



 

5


Table of Contents

See “The Conversion; Plan of Distribution” for a more complete discussion of our reasons for conducting the conversion and offering.

Terms of the Conversion and the Offering

We are offering between 3,655,000 and 4,945,000 shares of common stock in a subscription offering to eligible depositors of Randolph Savings Bank, to supplemental eligible depositors of Randolph Savings Bank, to our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan, and to employees, officers, directors, trustees and corporators of Randolph Savings Bank, Randolph Bancorp, Inc. and Randolph Bancorp (MHC). If all shares are not subscribed for in the subscription offering, we may, in our discretion, offer common stock for sale in a community offering to members of the general public, with a preference given to natural persons, and trusts of natural persons, residing in the Massachusetts counties of Bristol, Essex, Middlesex, Norfolk, Plymouth and Suffolk and the Rhode Island counties of Kent, Newport, Providence and Washington. Any shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription or community offerings may be offered to the public in a syndicated community offering, or, in a separate firm commitment underwritten public offering. The number of shares of common stock to be sold may be increased to up to 5,686,750 as a result of demand for the shares or changes in market conditions, without resoliciting subscribers. Unless the number of shares of common stock to be offered for sale is increased to more than 5,686,750 or decreased to less than 3,655,000, or the offering is extended beyond [Extension Date #1] , subscribers will not have the opportunity to change or cancel their stock orders once submitted. If the subscription and community offerings are extended past [Extension Date#1] , all subscribers will be notified and given an opportunity to confirm, change or cancel their orders. If you do not respond to this notice, your order will be cancelled and we will promptly return your funds with interest at [statement rate] % per annum or cancel your deposit account withdrawal authorization. If the number of shares to be sold is increased to more than 5,686,750 shares or decreased to less than 3,655,000 shares, all subscribers’ stock orders will be canceled, all withdrawal authorizations will be canceled and funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings will be returned promptly with interest at [statement rate] % per annum. We will then resolicit subscribers, giving them an opportunity to place new orders for a period of time. No shares purchased in the subscription offering and community offering will be issued until the completion of any syndicated community offering or firm commitment underwritten public offering.

The purchase price of each share of common stock offered for sale in the offering is $10.00. All investors will pay the same purchase price per share, regardless of whether the shares are purchased in the subscription offering, the community offering or a syndicated community offering. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, our marketing advisor in the offering, will use its best efforts to assist us in selling shares of our common stock in the subscription and community offerings but is not obligated to purchase any shares of common stock being offered for sale in the subscription and community offerings.

Persons Who May Order Shares of Common Stock in the Offering

We are offering the shares of common stock in a “subscription offering” in the following descending order of priority:

 

    First, to depositors of Randolph Savings Bank with aggregate account balances of at least $50 as of the close of business on December 31, 2014.

 

    Second, to depositors of Randolph Savings Bank with aggregate account balances of at least $50 as of the close of business on June 30, 2015.

 

    Third, to Randolph Savings Bank’s tax-qualified employee stock ownership plan, which will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation). We expect our employee stock ownership plan to purchase 8.0% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation).

 

    Fourth, to employees, officers, directors, trustees and corporators of Randolph Savings Bank and Randolph Bancorp (MHC) who do not have a higher priority to purchase stock.

 



 

6


Table of Contents

Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering, with a preference given to natural persons, and trusts of natural persons, residing in the Massachusetts counties of Bristol, Essex, Middlesex, Norfolk, Plymouth and Suffolk and the Rhode Island counties of Kent, Newport, Providence and Washington. The community offering, if any, may occur concurrently with, during or promptly after the subscription offering. We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering or the community offering through a syndicated community or firm commitment underwritten offering. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will act as sole book-running manager for the syndicated community offering or firm commitment underwritten offering. We have the right to accept or reject, in our sole discretion, orders received in the community offering, syndicated community or firm commitment underwritten offering, and our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion will be final. Any determination to accept or reject stock orders in the community offering or syndicated community offering will be based on the facts and circumstances available to management at the time of the determination.

If we receive orders for more shares than we are offering, we may not be able to fully or partially fill your order. Shares will be allocated first in the order of priority to subscribers in the subscription offering. For a detailed description of the offering, including share allocation procedures, please see “The Conversion; Plan of Distribution.”

How We Determined the Offering Range

The amount of common stock that we are offering is based on an independent appraisal of the estimated market value of Randolph Bancorp, Inc., assuming the offering and acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation are completed. RP Financial, LC., our independent appraiser, has estimated that, as of February 12, 2016, the market value of the shares to be issued in the offering (including shares to be contributed to the charitable foundation) ranged from $37.7 million to $51.0 million, with a midpoint of $44.4 million. Based on this valuation and a $10.00 per share price, the number of shares of common stock being offered for sale by us will range from 3,655,000 shares to 4,945,000 shares. If market conditions so warrant, the market value of the shares can be increased to a maximum, as adjusted, market value of $58.7 million and the number of shares offered for sale increased to a maximum, as adjusted, of 5,686,750 shares. The $10.00 per share offering price was selected primarily because it is the price most commonly used in mutual-to-stock conversions of financial institutions.

RP Financial, LC. advised the board of directors that the appraisal was prepared in conformance with the regulatory appraisal methodology. That methodology requires a valuation based on an analysis of the trading prices of comparable public companies whose stocks have traded for at least one year prior to the valuation date. RP Financial, LC. selected a group of 11 comparable public companies for this analysis.

RP Financial, LC. considered adjustments to the pro forma market value based on a comparison of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. with the peer group. RP Financial, LC. advised the board of directors that the valuation conclusion took into consideration that relative to the peer group, a moderate downward adjustment was applied for profitability, growth and viability of earnings, and slight upward adjustments were applied for asset growth and the primary market area. The moderate downward adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings was applied due to Randolph Bancorp’s operating losses for the last three years on a stand-alone basis and modest earnings after factoring in the pro forma impact of the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation. Additionally, the historical volatility of revenues from mortgage banking activities versus the traditional community banking activities of the Peer Group was also a factor in the moderate downward adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings. A slight upward adjustment was applied for asset growth as Randolph Bancorp’s recent asset growth has been constrained by its regulatory capital ratio and its ability to expand assets will increase on a post-conversion basis reflecting the increased level of regulatory capital. A slight upward adjustment was applied for Randolph Bancorp’s market area in comparison to the Peer Group reflecting the relatively high income levels of the residents of Randolph Bancorp’s primary markets as well as the favorable unemployment rates in relation to the primary markets of the Peer Group institutions. No adjustment was applied for dividends, liquidity of the shares, marketing of the issue, management, or the effect of government regulation and regulatory reform in comparison to the Peer Group.

 



 

7


Table of Contents

The appraisal peer group consists of the companies listed in the table below, all of which are traded on the NASDAQ Stock Market. Asset sizes are as of December 31, 2015.

 

Financial Institution

   Ticker    City    State    Total Assets  
                    (in millions)  

Bay Bancorp, Inc.

   BYBK    Columbia    MD    $ 491   

Chicopee Bancorp, Inc.

   CBNK    Chicopee    MA    $ 679   

Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

   CWAY    Warwick    RI    $ 528   

Georgetown Bancorp, Inc.

   GTWN    Georgetown    MA    $ 296   

Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.

   HBK    Towson    MD    $ 368   

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

   MELR    Melrose    MA    $ 224   

Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.

   PBHC    Oswego    NY    $ 623   

Prudential Bancorp, Inc.

   PBIP    Philadelphia    PA    $ 523   

Severn Bancorp, Inc.

   SVBI    Annapolis    MD    $ 762   

Wellesley Bancorp, Inc.

   WEBK    Wellesley    MA    $ 621   

WVS Financial Corp.

   WVFC    Pittsburgh    PA    $ 330   

The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for Randolph Bancorp and the peer group companies identified by RP Financial, LC. Price-to-earnings multiples are shown on a “core” earnings basis, where earnings have been adjusted to omit non-recurring income and expense items. Price-to-book value multiples are shown for both reported book value and tangible book value, omitting intangible assets. Randolph Bancorp’s pricing ratios are based on earnings for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, book value as of December 31, 2015 and tangible book value as of December 31, 2015 and the peer group’s pricing ratios are based on earnings for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015 and book value as of December 31, 2015. Compared to the median pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the maximum of the offering range indicated a discount of 22.35% on a price-to-book value basis, a discount of 22.46% on a price-to-tangible book value basis. Randolph Bancorp’s price-to-core earnings multiple at the maximum of the offering range indicated a premium of 444.18% compared to the median pricing of the peer group. In evaluating the meaningfulness of the Price/Core Earnings measure, RP Financial noted in its appraisal report that two of the 11 peer group companies reported losses and did not have a meaningful earnings multiple. Additionally, three of the Peer Group companies had comparatively low earnings and as a result, reported core P/E multiple above 35 times which RP Financial considered to be not highly meaningful valuation purposes. Additionally, Randolph Bancorp’s earnings were low, even after incorporating the pro forma earnings contribution of the First Eastern Bankshares Corporation merger. All the foregoing considerations tended diminish the usefulness of the core P/E as an indicator of Randolph Bancorp’s pro forma market value.

 

     Price-to-core
earnings
multiple (1)
     Price-to-
book
value ratio
    Price-to-
tangible

book value
ratio
 

Randolph Bancorp, Inc. (pro forma)

       

Maximum, as adjusted

     175.83x         72.57     72.94

Maximum

     143.36x         68.63     69.01

Midpoint

     118.28x         64.56     64.94

Minimum

     95.58x         59.77     60.13

Valuation of peer group companies using stock prices as of February 12, 2016

       

Averages

     21.68x         90.80     92.86

Medians

     20.70x         88.38     88.94

 

(1) Price-to-earnings multiples calculated by RP Financial, LC. in the independent appraisal are based on an estimate of “core” or recurring earnings on a trailing twelve month basis for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015 for Randolph Bancorp and on a trailing twelve month basis for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015 for the peer group companies.

Our board of directors reviewed the information provided to it by RP Financial, LC. through the appraisal process, but did not make any determination regarding whether prior standard mutual-to-stock conversions have been undervalued, nor did the board of directors draw any conclusions regarding how the historical data reflected above may affect Randolph Bancorp, Inc.’s appraisal. Instead, we engaged RP Financial, LC. to help us understand the regulatory process as it applies to the appraisal and to advise the board of directors as to how much capital Randolph Bancorp, Inc. would be required to raise under the regulatory appraisal guidelines.

 



 

8


Table of Contents

The independent appraisal does not indicate per share market value. Do not assume or expect that the valuation of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. as indicated above means that, after the conversion, the merger and the offering, the shares of common stock will trade at or above the $10.00 offering price. There can be no assurance that our stock price will not trade below $10.00 per share, as has been the case for some mutual-to-stock conversions. Before you make an investment decision, we urge you to carefully read this prospectus, including, but not limited to, the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17.

Furthermore, the pricing ratios presented above were utilized by RP Financial, LC. to estimate our market value and not to compare the relative value of shares of our common stock with the value of the capital stock of the peer group. The value of the capital stock of a particular company may be affected by a number of factors such as financial performance, asset size and market location.

For a more complete discussion of the amount of common stock we are offering for sale and the independent appraisal, see “The Conversion; Plan of Distribution—Determination of Share Price and Number of Shares to be Issued.”

Limits on How Much Common Stock You May Purchase

The minimum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased is 25. Generally, no individual with one or more qualifying accounts, or individuals exercising subscription rights through a single qualifying account, may purchase more than 25,000 shares ($250,000) of common stock in the subscription offering. If any of the following persons purchases shares of common stock, their purchases, in all categories of the offering, when combined with your purchases, cannot exceed 50,000 shares ($500,000):

 

    your spouse or relatives of you or your spouse living in your house or who is a corporator, trustee, director or officer of Randolph Bancorp (MHC), Randolph Bancorp, Inc., or Randolph Savings Bank;

 

    companies, trusts or other entities in which you are a trustee or director, have a substantial beneficial interest or hold a senior management position; or

 

    other persons who may be your associates or persons acting in concert with you.

See the detailed descriptions of “acting in concert” and “associate” in “The Conversion; Plan of Distribution—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

How You May Purchase Shares of Common Stock

In the subscription and community offering, you may pay for your shares only by:

 

    personal check, bank check or money order, made payable to Randolph Bancorp, Inc.; or

 

    authorizing us to withdraw funds from the types of Randolph Savings Bank deposit accounts permitted on the stock order form.

Randolph Savings Bank is not permitted to knowingly lend funds to anyone for the purpose of purchasing shares of common stock in the offering. Additionally, you may not use a check drawn on a Randolph Savings Bank line of credit or a third-party check to pay for shares of common stock. Please do not submit cash. Wire transfers will not be accepted.

You can subscribe for shares of common stock in the offering by delivering a signed and completed original stock order form, together with full payment or authorization to withdraw from one or more of your Randolph Savings Bank deposit accounts, provided that the stock order form is received before 2:00 p.m., Eastern time, on [Expiration Date] , which is the end of the subscription offering period. Orders received after 2:00 p.m., Eastern time, on [Expiration Date] , will be rejected unless we extend this expiration date. You may submit your stock order form by mail using the order reply envelope provided, by overnight courier to the indicated address on the order form or by hand delivery to Randolph Savings Bank located at 10 Cabot Place, Stoughton, Massachusetts. We will not accept stock order forms at any other branch offices.

 



 

9


Table of Contents

You may be able to subscribe for shares of common stock using funds in your individual retirement account (“IRA”). If you wish to use some or all of the funds in your Randolph Savings Bank IRA to purchase our common stock, the applicable funds must be transferred to a self-directed account maintained by an independent trustee, such as a brokerage firm, and the purchase must be made through that account. Because individual circumstances differ and processing of IRA fund orders takes additional time, we recommend that you contact our Stock Information Center promptly, preferably at least two weeks before the [Expiration Date] , expiration of the offering period, for assistance with purchases using funds from your Randolph Savings Bank IRA or any other retirement account that you may have. Whether you may use such funds for the purchase of shares in the offering may depend on time constraints and, possibly, limitations imposed by the brokerage firm or institution where your funds are held. See “The Conversion; Plan of Distribution—Procedure for Purchasing Shares in Subscription and Community Offerings” for a complete description of how to purchase shares in the offering.

Deadline for Orders of Common Stock

The deadline for purchasing shares of common stock in the offering is 2:00 p.m., Eastern time, on [Expiration Date] . A postmark prior to [Expiration Date] will not entitle you to purchase shares of common stock. We must receive the completed stock order form with full payment before 2:00 p.m., Eastern time on [Expiration Date] .

Although we will make reasonable attempts to provide a prospectus and offering materials to holders of subscription rights, the subscription offering and all subscription rights will expire at 2:00 p.m., Eastern time, on [Expiration Date] , whether or not we have been able to locate each person entitled to subscription rights.

See “The Conversion; Plan of Distribution—Procedure for Purchasing Shares in Subscription and Community Offerings” for a complete description of how to purchase shares in the offering.

Delivery of Shares of Common Stock

All shares of common stock sold will be issued in book entry form. Stock certificates will not be issued. A statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock issued in the subscription and community offerings will be mailed by our transfer agent to the persons entitled thereto at the registration address noted by them on their stock order forms as soon as practicable following consummation of the offering. We expect trading in the stock to begin on the day of completion of the offering or the next business day. The offering is expected to be completed as soon as practicable following satisfaction of the conditions described below in “—Conditions to Completion of the Conversion and the Offering.”  Until a statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock is available and delivered to purchasers, purchasers might not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they purchased, even though the common stock will have begun trading.   Your ability to sell your shares of common stock before receiving your statement will depend on arrangements you may make with a brokerage firm.

Steps We May Take If We Do Not Receive Orders for the Minimum Number of Shares

If we do not receive orders for at least 3,655,000 shares of common stock (not including shares to be contributed to our charitable foundation), we may take additional steps to attempt to sell the minimum number of shares of common stock in the offering range. Specifically, we may:

 

    increase the maximum purchase limitations; and/or

 

    seek regulatory approval to extend the offering beyond [Extension Date #1] .

If one or more purchase limitations are increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount and who indicated a desire to be resolicited on the stock order form will be given the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the then-applicable limit. If the offering is extended past [Extension Date #1] , we will resolicit subscribers. You will have the opportunity to confirm, change or cancel your order within a specified period of time. If you do not respond during that period, we will promptly return your funds with interest at [statement rate] % per annum or cancel your deposit account withdrawal authorization.

 



 

10


Table of Contents

Possible Change in the Offering Range

RP Financial, LC. will update its appraisal before we complete the offering. If RP Financial, LC. determines that our pro forma market value has increased, we may sell up to 5,686,750 shares in the offering without further notice to you. If our pro forma market value at that time (which is the pro forma market value of the shares to be issued in the offering including the shares to be contributed to the charitable foundation) is either below $37.7 million or above $58.7 million, then, after consulting with the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the Federal Reserve, we may:

 

    terminate the offering and promptly return all funds (with interest paid on funds processed in the subscription and community offerings) at our statement savings rate and cancel any deposit account withdrawal authorization;

 

    set a new offering range; or

 

    take such other actions as may be permitted by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the Federal Reserve and the Securities and Exchange Commission.

If we set a new offering range, we will be required to resolicit subscribers and we will promptly return your subscription funds, with interest at our statement savings rate, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from your deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock.

Possible Termination of the Offering

We may terminate the offering at any time prior to the special meeting of corporators of Randolph Bancorp (MHC) that is being called to vote upon the conversion, and at any time after such corporator approval with the approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks. If we terminate the offering, we will promptly return your funds with interest at our statement savings rate, which is currently [statement rate] % per annum, and we will cancel any deposit account withdrawal authorizations.

How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering

We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds of the offering to fund the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation. We intend to invest 50% of the remaining net proceeds of the offering in Randolph Savings Bank, to use approximately 8% of the net proceeds to fund the loan to our employee stock ownership plan to finance its purchase of our shares of common stock, to use 0.8% of the offering proceeds to fund the cash contribution to the charitable foundation and to retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the offering. Therefore, assuming we sell 3,655,000 shares of common stock in the offering, and we have net proceeds of $34.9 million, we intend to use $14.0 million to fund the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation, to invest $10.5 million in Randolph Savings Bank, loan $3.0 million to our employee stock ownership plan to fund its purchase of our shares of common stock, and contribute $292,000 in cash to the charitable foundation.

We may also use the funds we retain to invest in securities, to pay cash dividends to shareholders, to repurchase shares of common stock (subject to regulatory approval as applicable), to build our capital base to allow us to take advantage of additional acquisition opportunities in our market area and adjacent markets (although no such additional acquisitions are contemplated at this time other than the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation), and for other general corporate purposes, (including making additional capital contributions to Randolph Savings Bank). Randolph Savings Bank may use the net proceeds it receives from us to increase its loan portfolio through the origination of residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate loans and commercial and industrial loans, invest in investment securities permitted by its investment policy, expand its branch network through select de novo and acquisition opportunities, or make capital investments in technology, prepay borrowings, or for other general corporate purposes. Randolph Savings Bank currently has no understandings or agreements to acquire any such new fee income businesses. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Our Contribution of Shares of Common Stock to the Charitable Foundation

To further our commitment to our local community, we intend to establish and fund a charitable foundation as part of the conversion and offering. The establishment and funding of the charitable foundation has been approved by the board of trustees of Randolph Bancorp (MHC), and the boards of directors of Randolph Bancorp,

 



 

11


Table of Contents

Inc. and Randolph Savings Bank. In addition, the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation is subject to the approval of the corporators of Randolph Bancorp (MHC). Assuming we receive final approval from the corporators, the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and the Federal Reserve to establish and fund the charitable foundation, we intend to contribute to it 3.2% of the shares of our common stock sold in the offering and the remainder in cash so that the aggregate contribution will equal 4% of the gross proceeds of the offering. At the minimum, midpoint, maximum and maximum, as adjusted, of the offering range, we would contribute to the charitable foundation 116,960, 137,600, 158,240 and 181,976 shares of common stock and $292,000, $344,000, $396,000 and $455,000 in cash. As a result of the contribution, at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and maximum, as adjusted, of the offering range, we expect to record an after-tax expense of approximately $965,000, $1.1 million, $1.3 million and $1.5 million, respectively, during the quarter in which the offering is completed.

The charitable foundation will be dedicated exclusively to supporting charitable causes and community development activities in the communities that we serve and will serve in the future. The contribution of common stock and cash to the charitable foundation will:

 

    dilute the voting interests of purchasers of shares of our common stock in the offering; and

 

    result in an expense, and a reduction in earnings, during the quarter in which the contribution is made, equal to the full amount of the contribution to the charitable foundation, offset in part by a corresponding tax benefit.

The amount of common stock that we would offer for sale would be greater if the offering were to be completed without the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation. For a further discussion of the financial impact of the charitable foundation, including its effect on those who purchase shares in the offering, see “Risk Factors—The contribution to our charitable foundation will dilute your ownership interest and adversely affect operating results in the year we complete the offering”, “Risk Factors— Our contribution to our charitable foundation may not be tax deductible, which could decrease our profits”, “Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without our Charitable Foundation” and “Our Charitable Foundation”.

Purchases by Officers and Directors

We expect our directors and executive officers, together with their associates, to subscribe for 316,000 shares of common stock in the offering, or 7.12% of the shares to be sold in the offering and contributed to our charitable foundation at the midpoint of the offering range. Our directors and executive officers will pay the same $10.00 per share price for the common stock as all other subscribers in the offering. Purchases of the common stock by our directors and executive officers are for investment purposes for these individuals and not with a view towards resale, and pursuant to applicable banking regulations, our directors and executive officers generally will not be permitted to sell any shares of the common stock that they purchase in the offering for a period of at least one year from the closing of the conversion and offering. See the section of this prospectus entitled   Subscriptions by Directors and Executive Officers.

Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Shareholders Following the Conversion

We expect our employee stock ownership plan, which is a tax-qualified retirement plan for the benefit of all of our eligible employees, to purchase 8.0% of the total number of shares of common stock that we issue in the offering (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation). If we receive orders for more shares of common stock than the maximum of the offering range, our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including the employee stock ownership plan, will have first priority to purchase shares over this maximum, up to a total of 10.0% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation). This would reduce the number of shares available for allocation to eligible account holders. Purchases by our tax-qualified employee benefit plans in the offering will be included in determining whether the required minimum number of shares has been sold in the offering. If the employee stock ownership plan is not able to fill its order in the offering, the employee stock ownership plan may purchase shares of common stock in the open market following the completion of the conversion and the offering in order to fund all or a portion of the plan.

We also intend to implement one or more stock-based benefit plans no earlier than six months after completion of the conversion. Shareholder approval of these plans will be required, and the stock-based benefit plans cannot be implemented until at least six months after the completion of the conversion pursuant to applicable

 



 

12


Table of Contents

banking regulations. If they are adopted within 12 months following the completion of the conversion, the stock-based benefit plans will reserve a number of shares of common stock equal to not more than 4% of the shares issued in the offering (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation), for restricted stock awards to key employees and directors, at no cost to the recipients, and will also reserve a number of stock options equal to not more than 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation) for key employees and directors. If the stock-based benefit plans are adopted after one year from the date of the completion of the conversion, the 4% and 10% limitations described above will no longer apply, and we may adopt stock-based benefit plans encompassing more than 14% of the shares of common stock that were issued in the offering. We do not intend to present these plans for shareholder approval before one year following the completion of the conversion. We have not yet determined the number of shares that would be reserved for issuance under these plans.

 



 

13


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock and aggregate dollar value of grants (valuing each share granted at the offering price of $10.00) that are available under one or more stock-based benefit plans if such plans reserve a number of shares of common stock equal to not more than 4% and 10% of the shares issued in the offering (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation) for restricted stock awards and stock options, respectively. The table shows the dilution to shareholders if all of these shares are issued from authorized but unissued shares, instead of shares purchased in the open market. The table also sets forth the number of shares of common stock to be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan for allocation to all eligible employees.

 

     Number of Shares to be Granted or Purchased     Value of Grants (1)  
     Minimum
of Offering
Range
     At
Adjusted
Maximum
of Offering
Range
     As a Percentage
of Common
Stock to

be Issued in
the Offering
and to the
Foundation (2)
    As a
Percentage
of Common
Stock to be
Outstanding
    Maximum
Dilution
Resulting From
Issuance of
Shares for Stock
Benefit Plans
    At the Minimum
of

Offering Range
     At Adjusted
Maximum of
Offering Range
 
                                     (Dollars in thousands)  

Employee stock ownership plan

     301,757         469,498         8.00     8.00     N/A      $ 3,018       $ 4,695   

Stock awards

     150,878         234,749         4.00     4.00     3.85   $ 1,509       $ 2,347   

Stock options

     377,196         586,873         10.00     10.00     9.09   $ 1,056       $ 1,643   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     829,831         1,291,120         22.00     22.00     12.94   $ 5,583       $ 8,686   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The actual value of restricted stock grants will be determined based on their fair value as of the date grants are made. For purposes of this table, fair value is assumed to be the same as the offering price of $10.00 per share. The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $2.80 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, based upon assumptions described in “Pro Forma Data.” The actual expense of stock options granted under a stock-based benefit plan will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted, which may or may not be the Black-Scholes model.
(2) The stock-based benefit plans may award a greater number of options and shares, respectively, if the plans are adopted more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion.

For further information with respect to the expenses related to the stock-based benefit plans, see “Risk Factors—Our stock-based benefit plans will increase our costs, which will reduce our income” and “Management— Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Shareholders Following the Conversion.”

 



 

14


Table of Contents

You May Not Sell or Transfer Your Subscription Rights

Massachusetts and federal banking regulations prohibit you from transferring your subscription rights. If you order shares of common stock in the subscription offering, you will be required to state that you are purchasing the shares of common stock for yourself and that you have no agreement or understanding to sell or transfer your subscription rights. We intend to take legal action, including reporting persons to federal or state regulatory agencies, against anyone who we believe has sold or given away his or her subscription rights. We will not accept your order if we have reason to believe that you have sold or transferred your subscription rights. When completing your stock order form, you should not add the name(s) of persons who do not have subscription rights or who qualify only in a lower subscription priority than you do. In addition, the stock order form requires that you list all deposit accounts, giving all names on each account and the account number at the applicable eligibility record date. Your failure to provide this information, or providing incomplete or incorrect information, may result in a loss of part or all of your share allocation, if there is an oversubscription.

Market for Common Stock

We expect that our common stock will be listed for trading on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “RNDB”. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods has advised us that it intends to make a market in our common stock following the offering, but is under no obligation to do so.

Our Policy Regarding Dividends

Following completion of the offering, our board of directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our common stock, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements. However, at the present time, we intend to invest the offering proceeds in our growth and do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future. The payment and amount of any dividend payments in the future will depend upon a number of factors. For further information, see “Dividend Policy.”

Material Tax Consequences

We have received an opinion of counsel stating that the conversion qualifies as a tax-free reorganization. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Material Income Tax Consequences” for a complete discussion of the income tax consequences of the transaction.

Conditions to Completion of the Conversion and the Offering

The board of trustees of Randolph Bancorp (MHC) has approved the plan of conversion and the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation. We are conducting the conversion and offering under the terms of a plan of conversion, which is subject to approval by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and the Federal Reserve.

The corporators of Randolph Bancorp (MHC), including a majority of the “independent” corporators, must approve the plan of conversion and the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation. We must also receive and accept orders for at least the minimum number of shares of common stock offered for sale in order to complete the conversion.

If, for any reason, the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation cannot be completed, our board of directors intends to proceed with the conversion. If for any reason the conversion cannot be completed, we will not proceed with the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation.

Conditions to Completing the Merger

We cannot complete the merger unless we receive the approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the FDIC. Additionally, we cannot complete the merger if the conversion is not approved. Therefore, we cannot complete the merger without the approvals of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and the Federal Reserve of the conversion and offering. We have made the necessary filings with these regulators.

 



 

15


Table of Contents

In addition, the merger agreement provides that the obligation of the parties to close the merger is conditioned upon the following: all necessary regulatory approvals, authorizations, and consents have been obtained; no injunction has been issued that would prohibit or restrict the merger; all representations and warranties of the parties to the merger agreement are true and correct; the parties to the merger agreement have each performed in all material respects their respective obligations under the merger agreement; and the parties to the merger agreement have obtained any necessary third party permits and consents necessary to consummate the merger. In addition, the obligation of Randolph Bancorp to close the merger is conditioned upon, at the effective time of the merger, First Federal Savings Bank of Boston maintaining the employment of a required percentage of certain key employees, and the consolidated shareholder’s equity (as defined in the merger agreement) of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation being equal to or greater than $12,750,000. See “Acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation.”

Emerging Growth Company Status

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified relief from reporting requirements and other burdens that are applicable to other public companies. These provisions include:

 

    a requirement to have only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related management’s discussion and analysis;

 

    an exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirement on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

    an exemption from compliance with any requirement that the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board may adopt regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

 

    reduced disclosure about the company’s executive compensation arrangements; and

 

    exemptions from the requirements to obtain a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation or shareholder approval of any golden parachute arrangements.

We may remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1.0 billion, (ii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.

In addition, pursuant to the JOBS Act, we have elected to use the extended transition period to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

How You Can Obtain Additional Information – Stock Information Center

Our branch office personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have any questions regarding the conversion or the offering, please call our Stock Information Center at ([ telephone] ), Monday through Friday between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern time. The Stock Information Center will be closed on weekends and bank holidays.

Delivery of Prospectus

TO ENSURE THAT EACH PERSON RECEIVES A PROSPECTUS AT LEAST 48 HOURS PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE OF [EXPIRATION DATE], IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL LAW, NO PROSPECTUS WILL BE MAILED OR HAND-DELIVERED ANY LATER THAN FIVE DAYS OR TWO DAYS, RESPECTIVELY, PRIOR TO [    ], 2016.

 



 

16


Table of Contents

R ISK F ACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before making your decision to invest in shares of our common stock, you should carefully consider the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, including the financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and the matters addressed in the section of this prospectus titled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” on page 33. The events discussed below could have a material and adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. If that were to happen, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

We may not be able to successfully implement our strategic plan.

We believe that we have built an infrastructure for future growth and that the offering and the merger will enable us to generate additional revenues. If we are not successful in generating additional revenues, we may not be able to become profitable or increase profitability. In addition, we expect to incur expenses related to the implementation of our strategic plan, including branch expansion, hiring initiatives and the development and marketing of new products and services. In addition, the conversion will have a short-term adverse impact on our operating results, due to additional costs related to becoming a public company, contributions to the charitable foundation, increased compensation expenses associated with our employee stock ownership plan and the possible implementation of one or more stock-based benefit plans after the completion of the conversion. We may not be able to successfully implement our strategic plan, including obtaining regulatory approval for, and successfully integrating, the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation, and therefore may not operate at a profit or increase profitability in the timeframe that we expect or at all.

The successful implementation of our strategic plan will require, among other things, that we increase our market share by attracting new customers that currently bank at other financial institutions in our market area or adjacent markets. In addition, our ability to successfully grow will depend on several factors, including the successful integration of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation, continued favorable market conditions, the competitive responses from other financial institutions in our market area, and our ability to maintain high asset quality as we increase our loan portfolio. While we believe we have the management resources and internal systems in place to successfully manage our future growth, growth opportunities may not be available and we may not be successful in implementing our business strategy. Further, it will take time to implement our business strategy, especially for our lenders to originate enough loans and for our branches to attract enough deposits to generate the revenue needed to offset the associated expenses. Our strategic plan, even if successfully implemented, may not ultimately produce positive results.

Our business may be adversely affected by credit risk associated with residential property.

At December 31, 2015, one- to four-family residential loans comprised $166.5 million, or 58.0% of our total loan portfolio, and home equity loans and lines of credit comprised $33.3 million, or 11.6% of our total loan portfolio. In addition, at December 31, 2015, First Eastern Bankshares Corporation had one- to four-family residential mortgage loans of $17.8 million, which loans will become a part of our loan portfolio after the merger is completed. One- to four-family residential mortgage lending, whether owner occupied or non-owner occupied, is generally sensitive to regional and local economic conditions that significantly impact the ability of borrowers to meet their loan payment obligations, making loss levels difficult to predict. Declines in real estate values could cause some of our residential mortgages to be inadequately collateralized, which would expose us to a greater risk of loss if we seek to recover on defaulted loans by selling the real estate collateral.

Residential loans with combined higher loan-to-value ratios are more sensitive to declining property values than those with lower combined loan-to-value ratios and therefore may experience a higher incidence of default and severity of losses. In addition, if the borrowers sell their homes, they may be unable to repay their loans in full from the sale proceeds. Further, a significant amount of our home equity loans and lines of credit consist of second mortgage loans. For those home equity loans and lines of credit secured by a second mortgage, it is unlikely that we will be successful in recovering all or a portion of our loan proceeds in the event of default unless we are prepared to repay the first mortgage loan and such repayment and the costs associated with a foreclosure are justified by the value of the property. For these reasons, we may experience higher rates of delinquencies, default and losses on our home equity loans.

 

17


Table of Contents

We are focused on growing our loan portfolio. Commercial real estate, commercial and industrial and construction loans generally carry greater credit risk than loans secured by owner occupied one- to four-family real estate, and these risks will increase if we succeed in our plan to increase these types of loans.

At December 31, 2015, $84.8 million, or 29.5%, of our loan portfolio consisted of commercial real estate, commercial and industrial and construction loans. In addition, at December 31, 2015, First Eastern Mortgage Corporation had $16.1 million of residential and commercial construction loans, which loans will become part of our loan portfolio when the merger is completed. Given their larger balances and the complexity of the underlying collateral, commercial real estate, commercial and industrial loans and construction loans generally expose a lender to greater credit risk than loans secured by owner occupied one- to four-family real estate. Also, many of our borrowers or related groups of borrowers have more than one of these types of loans outstanding. Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship can expose us to significantly greater risk of loss compared to an adverse development with respect to a one- to four-family residential real estate loan. These loans also have greater credit risk than residential real estate for the following reasons:

 

    commercial real estate loans – repayment is generally dependent on income being generated in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and debt service;

 

    commercial and industrial loans – repayment is generally dependent upon the successful operation of the borrower’s business; and

 

    construction loans – repayment is dependent upon completion, the ability of the owner to make payments during the construction process, and the subsequent ability of the owner to either sell the completed project or obtain permanent financing on the completed project.

If loans that are collateralized by real estate or other business assets become troubled and the value of the collateral has been significantly impaired, then we may not be able to recover the full contractual amount of principal and interest that we anticipated at the time we originated the loan, which could cause us to increase our provision for loan losses which would in turn adversely affect our operating results and financial condition. Further, if we foreclose on the collateral, our holding period for the collateral may be longer than for one- to four-family real estate loans because there are fewer potential purchasers of the collateral, which can result in substantial holding costs.

Our loan portfolio contains a significant portion of loans that are unseasoned. It is difficult to judge the future performance of unseasoned loans.

Our net loan portfolio has grown to $285.2 million at December 31, 2015 from $249.0 million at December 31, 2014 and $204.0 million at December 31, 2013. In 2015 and 2014, as part of our strategy to focus a greater proportion of our interest-earning assets on loans, we grew our residential mortgage loans (first mortgages and home equity loans and lines of credit) by $22.2 million and $35.5 million, respectively. In addition, our commercial real estate and construction loans increased $12.1 million, or 17.2%, during 2015 and $8.6 million, or 13.8%, in 2014. It is difficult to assess the future performance of these loans recently added to our portfolio because our relatively limited experience with such loans does not provide us with a significant payment history from which to judge future collectability. These loans may experience higher delinquency or charge-off levels than our historical loan portfolio experience, which could adversely affect our future performance.

If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings and capital could decrease.

At December 31, 2015, our allowance for loan losses totaled $3.2 million, which represented 1.12% of total loans and 156.62% of our non-performing loans. We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for many of our loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, we review our loans and our loss and delinquency experience, and we evaluate other factors including, among other things, current economic conditions. If our assumptions are incorrect, or if delinquencies or non-performing loans increase, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio, which would require additions to our allowance, which could materially affect our operating results.

 

18


Table of Contents

In addition, our regulators, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase the allowance for loan losses by recognizing additional provisions for loan losses charged to income, or to charge off loans, which, net of any recoveries, would decrease the allowance for loan losses. Any such additional provisions for loan losses or charge-offs could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

The building of market share through de novo branching and expansion of our commercial lending capacity could cause our expenses to increase faster than revenues.

We intend to continue to build market share through de novo branching and the expansion of our commercial lending capacity. There can be considerable costs involved in opening branches and expanding our lending capacity that generally require a period of time to generate the necessary revenues to offset their costs, especially in areas in which we do not have an established presence. Accordingly, any such business expansion can be expected to negatively impact our earnings for some period of time until certain economies of scale are reached. Our expenses could be further increased if we encounter delays in the opening of any of our new branches. Finally, our business expansion may not be successful after establishment.

Our wholesale funding sources may prove insufficient to replace deposits at maturity and support our future growth.

We must maintain sufficient funds to respond to the needs of depositors and borrowers. As a part of our liquidity management, we use a number of funding sources in addition to deposits and funds from the repayments and maturities of loans and investments. As we continue to grow, we may become more dependent on these sources, which include Federal Home Loan Bank advances, borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston, and proceeds from the sale of loans. At December 31, 2015, we had $34.9 million of Federal Home Loan Bank advances outstanding with an additional $70.9 million available borrowing capacity, no borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston outstanding with $245,000 of available borrowing capacity and $3.5 million of available borrowing capacity under a line of credit with a correspondent bank. We did not have any brokered deposits as of December 31, 2015. If we were no longer considered to be “well capitalized,” as defined by applicable federal regulations, it would materially restrict our ability to acquire and retain brokered deposits in the future and could reduce the maximum borrowing limits we currently have available through the Federal Home Loan Bank and the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston. Additionally, adverse operating results or changes in industry conditions could lead to difficulty or an inability to access these additional funding sources. Our financial flexibility will be severely constrained if we are unable to maintain our access to funding or if adequate financing is not available to accommodate future growth at acceptable interest rates. Finally, if we are required to rely more heavily on more expensive funding sources to support future growth, our revenues may not increase proportionately to cover our costs. In this case, our operating margins and profitability would be adversely affected.

Changes in interest rates may hurt our profits and asset value.

Like other financial institutions, we are subject to interest rate risk. Our primary source of income is net interest income, which is the difference between interest earned on loans and investments and interest paid on deposits and borrowings. Changes in the general level of interest rates can affect our net interest income by affecting the difference between the weighted-average yield earned on our interest-earning assets and the weighted-average rate paid on our interest-bearing liabilities, or interest rate spread, and the average life of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including government monetary policies, domestic and international economic and political conditions and other factors beyond our control.

While we pursue an asset/liability strategy designed to mitigate our risk from changes in interest rates, changes in interest rates may still have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Changes in the level of interest rates also may negatively affect our ability to originate loans, the value of our assets and our ability to realize gains from the sale of our assets, all of which ultimately affect our earnings. For further discussion of how changes in interest rates could impact us, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Randolph Bancorp—Management of Market Risk—Interest Rate Risk Management.”

 

19


Table of Contents

Our mortgage banking revenue and the value of our mortgage servicing rights can be volatile.

We sell in the secondary market longer term, conforming fixed-rate residential mortgage loans that we originate, which provides a significant portion of our noninterest income in the form of gains on the sale of mortgage loans. We also earn revenue from fees we receive for originating mortgage loans and for servicing mortgage loans. As a result of our mortgage servicing business, we have a sizeable portfolio of mortgage servicing rights. A mortgage servicing right is the right to service a mortgage loan – collect principal, interest and escrow amounts – for a fee. We acquire mortgage servicing rights when we keep the servicing rights after we sell the loans we have originated. We expect the volume of residential mortgage loan originations and gains on sales of mortgage loans, as well as the size of our portfolio of mortgage servicing rights and mortgage servicing revenues, to increase when the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation is completed.

Changes in interest rates may impact our mortgage banking revenues, which could negatively impact our noninterest income. When rates rise, the demand for mortgage loans usually tends to fall, reducing loan origination volume and the related amount of gains on the sales of loans. Under the same conditions, net revenue from our mortgage servicing activities can increase due to slower prepayments, which reduces our amortization expense for mortgage servicing rights. When rates fall, mortgage originations usually tend to increase and the value of our mortgage servicing rights usually tends to decline, also with some offsetting revenue effect. Even though they can act as a “natural hedge,” the hedge is not perfect, either in amount or timing. For example, the negative effect on revenue from a decrease in the fair value of residential mortgage servicing rights is generally immediate, but any offsetting revenue benefit from more originations and the mortgage servicing rights relating to the new loans would generally accrue over time. It is also possible that, because of economic conditions and/or a weak or deteriorating housing market, even if interest rates were to fall or remain low, mortgage originations may also fall or any increase in mortgage originations may not be enough to offset the decrease in the mortgage servicing rights value caused by the lower rates.

In addition, our results of operations are affected by the amount of non-interest expenses associated with mortgage banking activities, such as salaries and employee benefits, occupancy, equipment and data processing expense and other operating costs. During periods of reduced loan demand, our results of operations may be adversely affected to the extent that we are unable to reduce expenses commensurate with the decline in mortgage loan origination activity.

If we are required to repurchase mortgage loans that we have previously sold, it would negatively affect our earnings.

In connection with selling residential mortgage loans in the secondary market, our agreements with investors contain standard representations and warranties and early payment default clauses that could require us to repurchase mortgage loans sold to these investors or reimburse the investors for losses incurred on loans in the event of borrower default within a defined period after origination (generally 90 days), in the event of breaches of contractual representations or warranties made at the time of sale that are not remedied within a defined period after we receive notice of such breaches (generally 90 days), or refund the profit received from the sale of a loan to an investor if the borrower pays off the loan within a defined period after origination (generally 120 days). If we are required to repurchase mortgage loans or provide indemnification or other recourse, this could significantly increase our costs and thereby affect our future earnings.

Strong competition within our market area could hurt our profits and slow growth.

We face intense competition in making loans and attracting deposits. Price competition for loans and deposits sometimes results in us charging lower interest rates on our loans and paying higher interest rates on our deposits and may reduce our net interest income. Competition also makes it more difficult and costly to attract and retain qualified employees. Many of the institutions with which we compete have substantially greater resources and lending limits than we have and may offer services that we do not provide. We also face competition from other financial service providers, such as mortgage companies and mortgage brokers. Competition for loans also comes from nondepository financial service companies entering the mortgage market, such as insurance companies, securities companies and specialty finance companies. Competition in mortgage banking comes from traditional mortgage competitors within our market area as well as larger, nationally active mortgage originators such as Quicken Loans. We expect competition to increase in the future as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and the continuing trend of consolidation in the financial services industry. If we are not able

 

20


Table of Contents

to effectively compete in our market area, our profitability may be negatively affected. The greater resources and broader offering of deposit and loan products of some of our competitors may also limit our ability to increase our interest-earning assets. For more information about our market area and the competition we face, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Business of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. and Randolph Savings Bank—Market Area” and “—Competition.”

The geographic concentration of our loan portfolio and lending activities makes us vulnerable to a downturn in the local economy.

While there is not a single employer or industry in our market area on which a significant number of our customers are dependent, a substantial portion of our loan portfolio is composed of loans secured by property located in eastern Massachusetts and Rhode Island. This makes us vulnerable to a downturn in the local economy and real estate markets. Adverse conditions in the local economy such as unemployment, recession, a catastrophic event or other factors beyond our control could impact the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans, which could impact our net interest income. Decreases in local real estate values caused by economic conditions or other events could adversely affect the value of the property used as collateral for our loans, which could cause us to realize a loss in the event of a foreclosure. For more information about our market area, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Business of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. and Randolph Savings Bank—Market Area” and “—Competition.”

We are a community bank and our ability to maintain our reputation is critical to the success of our business and the failure to do so may materially adversely affect our performance.

We are a community bank and our reputation is one of the most valuable components of our business. A key component of our business strategy is to rely on our reputation for customer service and knowledge of local markets to expand our presence by capturing new business opportunities from existing and prospective customers in our market area and nearby Boston. As a community bank, we strive to conduct our business in a manner that enhances our reputation. This is done, in part, by recruiting, hiring and retaining employees who share our core values of being an integral part of the communities we serve, delivering superior service to our customers and caring about our customers and associates. If our reputation is negatively affected by the actions of our employees, by our inability to conduct our operations in a manner that is appealing to current or prospective customers, or by events beyond our control, our business and operating results may be adversely affected.

Our banking business is highly regulated, which could limit or restrict our activities and impose financial requirements or limitations on the conduct of our business.

We are subject to regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve, and Randolph Savings Bank is subject to regulation and supervision by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and the FDIC. Federal and state laws and regulations govern numerous matters affecting us, including changes in the ownership or control of banks and bank holding companies, maintenance of adequate capital and the financial condition of a financial institution, permissible types, amounts and terms of extensions of credit and investments, permissible non-banking activities, the level of reserves against deposits and restrictions on dividend payments. The FDIC and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks have the power to issue cease and desist orders to prevent or remedy unsafe or unsound practices or violations of law by banks subject to their regulation, and the Federal Reserve possesses similar powers with respect to bank holding companies. These and other restrictions limit the manner in which we and Randolph Savings Bank may conduct business and obtain financing.

Our banking business is also affected by the monetary policies of the Federal Reserve. Changes in monetary or legislative policies may affect the interest rates Randolph Savings Bank must offer to attract deposits and the interest rates it must charge on loans, as well as the manner in which it offers deposits and makes loans. These monetary policies have had, and are expected to continue to have, significant effects on the operating results of depository institutions generally, including Randolph Savings Bank.

Because our business is highly regulated, the laws, rules, regulations, and supervisory guidance and policies applicable to us are subject to regular modification and change. It is impossible to predict the competitive impact that any such changes would have on the banking and financial services industry in general or on our business in particular. Such changes may, among other things, increase the cost of doing business, limit permissible activities, or affect the competitive balance between banks and other financial institutions. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, instituted major changes to the banking and

 

21


Table of Contents

financial institutions regulatory regimes in light of government intervention in the financial services sector following the 2008 financial crisis. Other changes to statutes, regulations, or regulatory policies, including changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations, or policies, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways. Such changes could subject us to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products we may offer, and/or increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things. Failure to comply with laws, regulations, or policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties, and/or reputation damage, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Supervision and Regulation” for a discussion of the regulations to which we are subject.

We are subject to more stringent capital requirements.

The federal banking agencies issued a joint final rule, or the “Final Capital Rule,” that implemented the Basel III capital standards and established the minimum capital levels required under the Dodd-Frank Act. As of January 1, 2015, we became required to comply with the Final Capital Rule. The Final Capital Rule established a minimum common equity Tier I capital ratio of 6.5% of risk-weighted assets for a “well capitalized” institution and increased the minimum Tier I capital ratio for a “well capitalized” institution from 6.0% to 8.0% of total risk-weighted assets. Additionally, subject to a transition period, the Final Capital Rule requires an institution to maintain a 2.5% common equity Tier I capital conservation buffer over the 6.5% minimum risk-based capital requirement to avoid restrictions on the ability to pay dividends, discretionary bonuses, and engage in share repurchases. The Final Capital Rule permanently grandfathers trust preferred securities issued before May 19, 2010, subject to a limit of 25% of Tier I capital. The Final Capital Rule increased the required capital for certain categories of assets, including mortgage servicing rights and high-volatility construction real estate loans and certain exposures related to securitizations; however, the Final Capital Rule retained the current capital treatment of residential mortgages. Under the Final Capital Rule, we made a one-time, permanent election to continue to exclude accumulated other comprehensive income from capital in 2015. Implementation of these standards, or any other new regulations, may adversely affect our ability to pay dividends, or require us to reduce business levels or raise capital, including in ways that may adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

An increase in FDIC or Depositors Insurance Fund insurance assessments could significantly increase our expenses.

The Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the maximum Designated Reserve Ratio of 1.5% of estimated deposits, and the FDIC has established a long-term ratio of 2.0%. The FDIC has the authority to increase assessments in order to maintain the Designated Reserve Ratio at particular levels. In addition, if our regulators issue downgraded ratings of Randolph Savings Bank in connection with their examinations, the FDIC could impose significant additional fees and assessments on us. All Massachusetts-chartered savings banks are eligible to be members of the Depositors Insurance Fund, a corporation that insures savings bank deposits in excess of federal deposit insurance coverage. The Depositors Insurance Fund is authorized to charge savings banks a risk-based assessment on deposit balances in excess of amounts insured by the FDIC. Increases in assessments by either the FDIC or the Depositors Insurance Fund could significantly increase our expenses.

Our cost of operations is high relative to our assets. Our failure to maintain or reduce our operating expenses could hurt our operating results.

Our non-interest expenses totaled $17.2 million and $14.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. We continue to analyze our expenses and achieve efficiencies where available. Although we strive to generate increases in both net interest income and non-interest income, our efficiency ratio remains high as a result of operating expenses incurred in connection with our business strategy. Our efficiency ratio totaled 106.2% and 93.4% for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Failure to control or maintain our expenses could hurt future profits.

 

22


Table of Contents

Changes in the valuation of our securities could adversely affect us.

All securities in our portfolio are classified as available-for-sale. Accordingly, a decline in the fair value of our securities could cause a material decline in our reported equity and/or operating results. At least quarterly, and more frequently when warranted by economic or market conditions, management evaluates all securities classified as available-for-sale with a decline in fair value below the amortized cost of the investment to determine whether the impairment is deemed to be other-than-temporary, or OTTI. Marketable equity securities are evaluated for OTTI based on the severity and duration of the impairment and, if deemed to be other than temporary, the declines in fair value are reflected in earnings as realized losses. For impaired debt securities that are intended to be sold, or more likely than not will be required to be sold, the full amount of market decline is recognized as OTTI through earnings. Credit-related OTTI for all other impaired debt securities is recognized through earnings. Non-credit related OTTI for such debt securities is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes. A decline in the market value of our securities portfolio could adversely affect our earnings.

We depend on our management team to implement our business strategy and we could be harmed by the loss of their services.

We are dependent upon the services of the members of our senior management team who direct our strategy and operations. Members of our senior management team, and lending specialists who possess expertise in our markets and key business relationships, could be difficult to replace. Our loss of these persons, or our inability to hire additional qualified personnel, could impact our ability to implement our business strategy and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our ability to compete in our markets.

Our growth or future losses may require us to raise additional capital in the future, but that capital may not be available when it is needed or the cost of that capital may be very high.

We are required by our regulators to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations. We believe the net proceeds of the offering will be sufficient to permit Randolph Savings Bank to maintain regulatory capital compliance for the foreseeable future. Nonetheless, we may at some point need to raise additional capital to support continued growth.

Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside our control, and on our financial condition and performance. Accordingly, we may not be able to raise additional capital if needed on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, our operations could be materially impaired and our financial condition and liquidity could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, if we are unable to raise additional capital when required by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks or the Federal Reserve, we may be subject to adverse regulatory action. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Supervision and Regulation”.

We may incur fines, penalties and other negative consequences from regulatory violations, possibly even inadvertent or unintentional violations.

We maintain systems and procedures designed to ensure that we comply with applicable laws and regulations. However, some legal and regulatory frameworks provide for the imposition of fines or penalties for noncompliance even though the noncompliance was inadvertent or unintentional and even though there was in place at the time systems and procedures designed to ensure compliance. There may be negative consequences resulting from a finding of noncompliance, including restrictions on certain activities. Such a finding may also damage our reputation as described above and could restrict the ability of institutional investment managers to invest in our securities.

Systems failures, interruptions or breaches of security could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to certain operational risks, including, but not limited to, data processing system failures and errors, inadequate or failed internal processes, customer or employee fraud and catastrophic failures resulting from terrorist acts or natural disasters. We depend upon data processing, software, communication, and information exchange on a variety of computing platforms and networks and over the Internet, and we rely on the services of a variety of vendors to meet our data processing and communication needs. Despite instituted safeguards, we cannot

 

23


Table of Contents

be certain that all of our systems are entirely free from vulnerability to attack or other technological difficulties or failures. Information security risks have increased significantly due to the use of online, telephone and mobile banking channels by clients and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists and other external parties. Our technologies, systems, networks and our clients’ devices have been subject to, and are likely to continue to be the target of, cyber-attacks, computer viruses, malicious code, phishing attacks or information security breaches that could result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of our or our clients’ confidential, proprietary and other information, the theft of client assets through fraudulent transactions or disruption of our or our clients’ or other third parties’ business operations. If information security is breached or other technology difficulties or failures occur, information may be lost or misappropriated, services and operations may be interrupted and we could be exposed to claims from customers. While we maintain a system of internal controls and procedures, any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

Regulations relating to privacy, information security and data protection could increase our costs, affect or limit how we collect and use personal information and adversely affect our business opportunities.

We are subject to various privacy, information security and data protection laws, including requirements concerning security breach notification, and we could be negatively impacted by these laws. For example, our business is subject to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act which, among other things: (i) imposes certain limitations on our ability to share nonpublic personal information about our customers with nonaffiliated third parties; (ii) requires that we provide certain disclosures to customers about our information collection, sharing and security practices and afford customers the right to “opt out” of any information sharing by us with nonaffiliated third parties (with certain exceptions) and (iii) requires we develop, implement and maintain a written comprehensive information security program containing safeguards appropriate based on our size and complexity, the nature and scope of our activities, and the sensitivity of customer information we process, as well as plans for responding to data security breaches. Various state and federal banking regulators and states have also enacted data security breach notification requirements with varying levels of individual, consumer, regulatory or law enforcement notification in certain circumstances in the event of a security breach. Moreover, legislators and regulators in the United States are increasingly adopting or revising privacy, information security and data protection laws that potentially could have a significant impact on our current and planned privacy, data protection and information security-related practices, our collection, use, sharing, retention and safeguarding of consumer or employee information, and some of our current or planned business activities. This could also increase our costs of compliance and business operations and could reduce income from certain business initiatives. This includes increased privacy-related enforcement activity at the federal level, by the Federal Trade Commission, as well as at the state level, such as with regard to mobile applications.

Compliance with current or future privacy, data protection and information security laws (including those regarding security breach notification) affecting customer or employee data to which we are subject could result in higher compliance and technology costs and could restrict our ability to provide certain products and services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial conditions or results of operations. Our failure to comply with privacy, data protection and information security laws could result in potentially significant regulatory or governmental investigations or actions, litigation, fines, sanctions and damage to our reputation, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We rely on other companies to provide key components of our business infrastructure.

Third-party vendors provide key components of our business infrastructure such as internet connections, network access and core application processing. While we have selected these third party vendors carefully, we do not control their actions. Any problems caused by these third parties, including as a result of their not providing us their services for any reason or their performing their services poorly, could adversely affect our ability to deliver products and services to our customers or otherwise conduct our business efficiently and effectively. Replacing these third party vendors could also entail significant delay and expense.

If our risk management framework does not effectively identify or mitigate our risks, we could suffer losses.

Our risk management framework seeks to mitigate risk and appropriately balance risk and return. We have established processes and procedures intended to identify, measure, monitor and report the types of risk to which we

 

24


Table of Contents

are subject, including credit risk, operations risk, compliance risk, reputation risk, strategic risk, market risk and liquidity risk. We seek to monitor and control our risk exposure through a framework of policies, procedures and reporting requirements. Management of our risks in some cases depends upon the use of analytical and/or forecasting models. If the models used to mitigate these risks are inadequate, we may incur losses. In addition, there may be risks that exist, or that develop in the future, that we have not appropriately anticipated, identified or mitigated. If our risk management framework does not effectively identify or mitigate our risks, we could suffer unexpected losses and could be materially adversely affected.

Risks Related to This Offering

The future price of the shares of common stock may be less than the purchase price in the offering.

If you purchase shares of common stock in the offering, you may not be able to sell them later at or above the purchase price in the offering. The purchase price in the offering is based upon an independent third-party appraisal of the pro forma market value of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. pursuant to banking regulations, and subject to review and approval by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and the Federal Reserve. The appraisal is not intended, and should not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of our common stock. Our aggregate pro forma market value as reflected in the final independent appraisal may exceed the market price of our shares of common stock after the completion of the offering, which may result in our stock trading below the initial offering price of $10.00 per share.

After the shares begin trading, the trading price of our common stock will be determined by the marketplace, and may be influenced by many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the overall performance of the economy, changes in federal tax laws, new regulations, investor perceptions and the outlook for the financial services industry in general. Publicly traded stocks, including stocks of financial institutions, often experience substantial market price volatility. These market fluctuations might not be related to the operating performance of particular companies whose shares are traded.

Our low return on equity could negatively affect the trading price of our shares of common stock.

Net income divided by average equity, known as “return on equity,” is a ratio many investors use to compare the performance of a financial institution to its peers. For the year ended December 31, 2015, we had a return on average equity of negative 2.2%, compared to an average return on equity of 6.05% for all publicly traded, fully converted savings institutions for the same period. We expect our return on equity to remain relatively low until we are able to leverage the additional capital we receive from the offering. Although we anticipate increasing net interest income using proceeds of the offering, our return on equity will be reduced by the capital raised in the offering, higher expenses from the costs of being a public company, and added expenses associated with our employee stock ownership plan and the stock-based benefit plans we intend to adopt. Until we can increase our net interest income and noninterest income, our return on equity may reduce the value of our shares of common stock. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Pro Forma Data” for an illustration of the financial impact of the offering and the merger.

We are focused on growth and may not pay dividends or repurchase our stock.

We believe that the additional capital from the offering will allow us to leverage our existing infrastructure to foster increased growth and profitability. At the present time, we intend to invest the offering proceeds in our growth and do not intend to pay cash dividends or repurchase our stock until our operations are sufficiently profitable to support such dividends or repurchases. Holders of our common stock are only entitled to receive such dividends as our board of directors may declare out of funds legally available for such payments, and we do not expect to pay dividends See “—Risks Related to Our Business— We may not be able to successfully implement our strategic plan.” The declaration and payment of future cash dividends will be subject to, among other things, our then current and projected consolidated operating results, financial condition, tax considerations, future growth plans, general economic conditions, and other factors our board of directors deems relevant. Under current federal regulations, we may not repurchase shares of our common stock during the first year following the completion of the offering, except when extraordinary circumstances exist and with prior regulatory approval, or except to fund management recognition plans (which would require notification to the Federal Reserve) or tax qualified employee stock benefit plans. In addition, under Massachusetts regulations, we may not repurchase shares of our common stock during the first three years following the completion of the offering except to fund tax-qualified or nontax-

 

25


Table of Contents

qualified employee stock benefit plans, or except in amounts not greater than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock where compelling and valid business reasons are established to the satisfaction of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks. We may also be limited in the payment of dividends or repurchase of stock under statutory and regulatory provisions. See “—Risks Related to Our Business— We are subject to more stringent capital requirements”; “Use of Proceeds”, “Supervision and Regulation—Holding Company Regulation—Capital”, “—Holding Company Regulation—Dividends”, “—Federal Banking Regulation—Capital Requirements”, “—Federal Banking Regulation—Dividends”; and “—Massachusetts Banking Laws and Supervision—Dividends”.

We have broad discretion in allocating the net proceeds of the offering. Our failure to effectively utilize such net proceeds may have an adverse effect on our financial performance and the value of our common stock.

We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds of the offering to fund the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation, to invest a portion of the proceeds in Randolph Savings Bank, to fund a loan to the employee stock ownership plan to purchase shares of common stock in the offering and to contribute cash to our charitable foundation. We may also use the net proceeds we retain to pay dividends, repurchase shares of common stock (although neither are intended at this time), or for other general corporate purposes, including additional investments in Randolph Savings Bank. The Bank may use the net proceeds it receives to fund new loans, enhance existing products and services, invest in short-term investments, expand its banking franchise by opening de novo branches or loan production offices or acquiring new branches or by acquiring additional financial institutions or other financial services companies (although no such additional transactions are contemplated at this time other than the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation), or for other general corporate purposes. However, with the exception of the merger consideration, the loan to the employee stock ownership plan and contributions to our charitable foundation, we have not allocated specific amounts of the net proceeds for any of these purposes, and we will have significant flexibility in determining the amount of the net proceeds we apply to different uses and the timing of such applications. Also, certain of these uses, such as opening new branches or acquiring other financial institutions, paying dividends and repurchasing common stock, may require the approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks or the Federal Reserve. We have not established a timetable for investing the net proceeds, and, accordingly, we may not invest the net proceeds at the time that is most beneficial to Randolph Savings Bank, Randolph Bancorp, Inc., or the shareholders. For additional information see the section of this prospectus entitled “Use of Proceeds.”

There may be a limited trading market in our common stock, which would hinder your ability to sell our common stock and may lower the market price of the stock.

We have never issued capital stock and there is no established market for our common stock. We expect that our common stock will be listed on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “RNDB,” subject to completion of the offering and compliance with certain quantitative listing requirements, such as the number and market value of our outstanding shares of common stock, and qualitative listing requirements relating to our corporate governance. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has advised us that it intends to make a market in our common stock following the offering, but it is under no obligation to do so or to continue to do so once it begins. The development of an active trading market depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control, or that of any market maker. The number of active buyers and sellers of the shares of common stock at any particular time may be limited. Under such circumstances, you could have difficulty selling your shares of common stock on short notice, and, therefore, you should not view the shares of common stock as a short-term investment. In addition, our public “float,” which is the total number of our outstanding shares less the shares held by our employee stock ownership plan and our directors and executive officers, is likely to be quite limited. As a result, it is unlikely that an active trading market for the common stock will develop or that, if it develops, it will continue. If you purchase shares of common stock, you may not be able to sell them at or above $10.00 per share. Purchasers of common stock in this offering should have long-term investment intent and should recognize that there will be a limited trading market in the common stock. This may make it difficult to sell the common stock after the offering and may have an adverse impact on the price at which the common stock can be sold.

Our stock-based benefit plans will increase our costs, which will reduce our income.

We anticipate that our employee stock ownership plan will purchase 8% of the total shares of common stock sold in the offering and contributed to our charitable foundation, with funds borrowed from Randolph

 

26


Table of Contents

Bancorp, Inc. We will record annual employee stock ownership plan expense in an amount equal to the fair value of shares of common stock committed to be released to employees. If shares of common stock appreciate in value over time, compensation expense relating to the employee stock ownership plan will increase.

We also intend to adopt a stock-based benefit plan after the offering, which will allow us to award participants restricted shares of our common stock (at no cost to them) and/or grant options to purchase shares of our common stock. Although we currently intend to adopt the stock-based benefit plan more than one year following the offering, if we adopt within 12 months after the completion of the offering, the number of shares of restricted stock or options to purchase shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under any initial stock-based benefit plan may not exceed 4% and 10%, including shares issued to our charitable foundation, respectively, of our total outstanding shares. If adopted more than one year following the offering, we may reserve for issuance shares of restricted stock and options to purchase shares of our common stock in excess of these amounts. The estimated grant-date fair value of the options utilizing a Black-Scholes option pricing analysis is $2.80 per option granted. Assuming this value is amortized over a five-year vesting period, the corresponding annual pre-tax expense associated with the options would be approximately $329,000 at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. In addition, assuming that all shares of restricted stock are awarded at a price of $10.00 per share, and that the awards vest over a five-year period, the corresponding annual pre-tax expense associated with restricted stock awarded under the stock-based benefit plan would be approximately $470,000 at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. However, if we award shares of restricted stock or grant options to purchase shares of our common stock in excess of these amounts, such awards or grants would increase our costs further.

The shares of restricted stock awarded under the stock-based benefit plan will be expensed by us over their vesting period at the fair market value of the shares on the date they are awarded. If the shares of restricted stock to be awarded under the plan are repurchased in the open market (rather than issued directly from authorized but unissued shares by Randolph Bancorp, Inc.) and cost the same as the purchase price in the offering, the reduction to shareholders’ equity due to the plan would be between $1.5 million at the minimum of the offering range and $2.3 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. To the extent we repurchase shares of common stock in the open market to fund the awards of shares under the plan, and the price of such shares exceeds the offering price of $10.00 per share, the reduction to stockholders’ equity would exceed the range described above. Conversely, to the extent the price of such shares is below the offering price of $10.00 per share, the reduction to stockholders’ equity would be less than the range described above.

The implementation of a stock-based benefit plan may dilute your ownership interest.

More than one year following the offering, we intend to adopt, and request shareholder approval of, a stock-based benefit plan, which will allow us to award participants restricted shares of our common stock (at no cost to them) and/or options to purchase shares of our common stock. If this stock-based benefit plan is funded from authorized but unissued shares of common stock, shareholders would experience a reduction in ownership interest upon the issuance of such shares totaling 12.74% based on the adjusted maximum of the offering range.

We will enter into agreements with certain of our officers which may increase our compensation costs upon the occurrence of certain events or increase the cost of acquiring us.

We will enter into change of control agreements with Michael K. Devlin, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; Martie M. Dwyer, Senior Vice President and Senior Commercial Loan Officer; Ryan J. Kirwin, Senior Vice President, Residential Lending; Richard D. Olson, Jr., Senior Vice President, Retail Banking and Corporate Marketing; Donna L. Thaxter, Senior Vice President, Human Resources; and Thomas A. Foresta, Vice President and Chief Information Officer. In addition, pursuant to the merger agreement, we have also entered into an agreement with Peter J. Fraser, President and Chief Operating Officer of First Federal Savings Bank of Boston, Chris A. Kreidermacher, Executive Vice-President and Chief Financial Officer of First Federal, and Kellie J. Lally, Vice-President/Internal Auditor of First Federal, to become officers of Randolph Savings Bank effective upon the completion of the merger. In addition, our employment arrangement with our President and Chief Executive Officer, James P. McDonough, provides for severance benefits upon termination of employment, other than for cause. In the event of termination of employment other than for cause, or in the event of certain types of termination following a change of control, as set forth in these agreements, these agreements will provide for cash severance benefits that would aggregate up to $3.6 million in the aggregate based on information as of December 31, 2015. For additional information see the section of this prospectus entitled “Executive and Director Compensation.”

 

27


Table of Contents

A significant percentage of our common stock will be held by our directors, executive officers and employee benefit plans.

We expect that our directors and executive officers, together with their associates, will subscribe for 316,000 shares in the offering. In addition, we intend to establish an employee stock ownership plan that will purchase an amount of shares equal to 8% of the common stock sold in the offering and contributed to our charitable foundation. As a result, upon consummation of the offering and the issuance of shares to our charitable foundation, a total of up to 617,800 shares, or 16.38% of our outstanding shares, and 724,300 shares, or 14.19%, of our outstanding shares will be held by our directors and executive officers and our employee stock ownership plan at the minimum and maximum of the offering range, respectively. Additional shares will be held by management following the implementation of a stock-based benefit plan, which we intend to implement more than 12 months following the completion of the offering. The articles of organization and bylaws of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. contain supermajority voting provisions that require that the holders of at least two-thirds of Randolph Bancorp, Inc.’s outstanding shares of voting stock approve certain actions including, but not limited to, the amendment of Randolph Bancorp, Inc.’s articles of organization and bylaws. For more information on the restrictions included in the articles of organization and bylaws of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. see the section of this prospectus entitled “Restrictions on the Acquisition of Randolph Bancorp, Inc.”

Our articles of organization and bylaws and certain regulations may prevent or make more difficult to pursue certain transactions, including a sale or merger of Randolph Bancorp, Inc.

Provisions of our articles of organization and bylaws, state corporate law and federal and state banking regulations may make it more difficult for companies or persons to acquire control of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. Consequently, our shareholders may not have the opportunity to participate in such a transaction and the trading price of our common stock may not rise to the level of other institutions that are more vulnerable to hostile takeovers.

Provisions of our articles of organization and bylaws and state corporate law that may make it more difficult and expensive to pursue a takeover attempt that the board of directors opposes include:

 

    supermajority voting requirements for certain business combinations and changes to some provisions of the articles of organization and bylaws;

 

    a limitation on the right to vote shares;

 

    the election of directors to staggered terms of three years;

 

    the removal of directors only for cause;

 

    the absence of cumulative voting by shareholders in the election of directors;

 

    provisions restricting the calling of special meetings of shareholders; and

 

    provisions regarding the timing and content of shareholder proposals and nominations.

In addition, Massachusetts banking regulations prohibit, for three years following the completion of a mutual-to-stock conversion, the offer to acquire or the acquisition of more than 10% of any class of equity security of a converted institution without the prior approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks. Additional state corporate law and federal banking regulations place limitations on the acquisition of certain percentages of our common stock and impose restrictions on these significant shareholders.

For further information, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Restrictions on the Acquisition of Randolph Bancorp, Inc.”

 

28


Table of Contents

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and will be able to avail ourselves of reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, which could make our common stock less attractive to investors and adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various requirements applicable to public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including:

 

    the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, requiring that our independent registered public accounting firm provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

    the “say on pay” provisions (requiring a non-binding shareholder vote to approve compensation of certain executive officers) and the “say on golden parachute” provisions (requiring a non-binding shareholder vote to approve golden parachute arrangements for certain executive officers in connection with mergers and certain other business combinations) of the Dodd-Frank Act and some of the disclosure requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act relating to compensation of our chief executive officer;

 

    the requirement to provide detailed compensation discussion and analysis in proxy statements and reports filed under the Exchange Act and instead provide a reduced level of disclosure concerning executive compensation; and

 

    any rules that the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board may adopt requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report on the financial statements.

We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We would cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest of: (i) the first fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering; (ii) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenues are $1 billion or more; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or (iv) as of the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year.

We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock, and our stock price may be more volatile and may decline.

We have elected to delay the adoption of new and revised accounting pronouncements, which means that our financial statements may not be comparable to those of other public companies.

As an “emerging growth company” we have elected to use the extended transition period to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

Upon completion of the offering, and particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company”, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses associated with being a public company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives, which could divert their attention from our core operations, and we may also need to hire additional compliance, accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical knowledge. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly.

 

29


Table of Contents

However, for as long as we remain an “emerging growth company”, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies as described in the preceding risk factor.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, shareholders could lose confidence in our financial and other public reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our common stock.

Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, any testing by us, as and when required, conducted in connection with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404, or any subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, as and when required, may reveal deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses or that may require prospective or retroactive changes to our financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.

Pursuant to Section 404, we will be required to furnish a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting. However, as an “emerging growth company”, we will not be required to include an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm until we are no longer an emerging growth company. To achieve compliance with Section 404 within the prescribed period, we will be engaged in a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants and adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting. Despite our efforts, there is a risk that we will not be able to conclude within the prescribed timeframe that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as required by Section 404. This could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements.

You may not revoke your decision to purchase Randolph Bancorp, Inc. common stock in the subscription or community offerings after you send us your order.

Funds submitted or automatic withdrawals authorized in connection with the purchase of shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings will be held by us until the completion or termination of the offering, including any extension of the expiration date and consummation of a syndicated community offering. Because completion of the offering will be subject to regulatory approvals and an update of the independent appraisal prepared by RP Financial, L.C., among other factors, there may be one or more delays in completing the offering.

Orders submitted in the subscription and community offerings are irrevocable, and purchasers will have no access to their funds unless the offering is terminated, or extended beyond [Extension Date #1] , or the number of shares to be sold in the offering is increased to more than 5,686,750 shares or decreased to fewer than 3,655,000 shares.

The distribution of subscription rights could have adverse income tax consequences.

If the subscription rights granted to certain current or former depositors of Randolph Savings Bank are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of such rights may be taxable in an amount equal to such value. Whether subscription rights are considered to have ascertainable value is an inherently factual determination. We have received a letter from RP financial, LC, stating its belief that the subscription rights do not have any ascertainable fair market value and that the price at which the subscription rights are exercisable will not be more or less than the fair market value of the shares on the date of the exercise. This position is based on the fact that these rights are acquired by the recipients without cost, are nontransferable and of short duration, and afford the recipients the right only to purchase the common stock at the same price as will be paid by members of the general public in any community offering value; however, such belief is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service.

 

30


Table of Contents

Risks Related to the Contribution to our Charitable Foundation

The contribution to our charitable foundation will dilute your ownership interest and adversely affect operating results in the year we complete the offering.

We intend to establish and fund a charitable foundation in connection with the conversion and offering. We intend to contribute to a charitable foundation that we are establishing 3.2% of the shares of our common stock sold in the offering and the remainder in cash so that the aggregate contribution will equal 4% of the gross proceeds of the offering. The contribution will have an adverse effect on our operating results for the quarter and year in which we make the issuance and contribution to our charitable foundation. At the minimum, midpoint, maximum and maximum, as adjusted, of the offering range, the after-tax expense (assuming a 34% tax benefit) of the contribution will reduce net income or increase net loss in the year in which we complete the offering by approximately $965,000, $1.1 million, $1.3 million and $1.5 million, respectively. Persons purchasing shares in the offering will have their ownership and voting interests in Randolph Bancorp, Inc. diluted by 3.10% due to the issuance of shares of common stock to our charitable foundation.

Our contribution to our charitable foundation may not be tax deductible, which could decrease our profits.

We believe that the contribution to our charitable foundation will be deductible for federal income tax purposes. However, the Internal Revenue Service may disagree with our determination and not grant tax-exempt status to our charitable foundation. If the contribution is not deductible, we would not receive any tax benefit from the contribution. At the minimum, midpoint, maximum and maximum, as adjusted, of the offering range, it is expected that the value of the contribution of cash and shares will be $1.5 million, $1.7 million, $2.0 million and $2.3 million, respectively, which would result in after-tax expense of approximately $965,000, $1.1 million, $1.3 million and $1.5 million, respectively. In the event that the Internal Revenue Service does not grant tax-exempt status to our charitable foundation or the contribution to our charitable foundation is otherwise not tax deductible, we would recognize as after-tax expense the full value of the entire contribution.

In addition, even if the contribution is tax deductible, we may not have sufficient profits to be able to use the deduction fully. Pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, an entity is permitted to deduct charitable contributions up to 10% of its taxable income prior to the charitable contribution deduction in any one year. Any contribution in excess of the 10% limit may be deducted for federal and state income tax purposes over each of the five years following the year in which the charitable contribution is made. Accordingly, a charitable contribution could, if necessary, be deducted over a six-year period. Our pre-tax income over this period may not be sufficient to fully use this deduction. With certain exceptions, Massachusetts tax law follows the federal income tax laws and taxable income is recomputed using state taxable income on a combined reporting basis (excluding the Massachusetts securities corporation subsidiary).

Risks Related to the Pending Acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation

There is no assurance when or even if the acquisition will be completed.

The merger agreement is subject to a number of conditions which must be fulfilled in order to complete the acquisition. Those conditions include but are not limited to:

 

    the receipt of required regulatory approvals;

 

    absence of orders prohibiting the completion of the acquisition; and

 

    the continued accuracy of the representations and warranties by both parties and the performance by both parties of their covenants and agreements.

There can be no assurance that Randolph Bancorp and First Eastern Bankshares Corporation will be able to satisfy the closing conditions or that closing conditions beyond their control will be satisfied or waived.

 

31


Table of Contents

Regulatory approvals may not be received or may take longer than expected.

The waiver or approval of the Federal Reserve and the approval of the FDIC and the Massachusetts Division of Banks are required prior to completing the merger. Obtaining the approval of these regulatory agencies may delay the date of completion of the merger. Randolph Bancorp and First Eastern Bankshares Corporation have the right to terminate the merger agreement if the approval of any governmental authority required for consummation of the acquisition (A) have been denied by final nonappealable action of the relevant governmental authority, or any governmental authority or court of competent jurisdiction shall have issued a final nonappealable order, injunction or decree enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the merger or (B) if the transaction is not completed by October 31, 2016.

If the merger is not completed, Randolph Bancorp will have incurred substantial expenses without realizing the expected benefits.

Randolph Bancorp has incurred, and will continue to incur, substantial expenses in connection with the merger. If the merger is not completed, we will have incurred these expenses without realizing the expected benefits of the merger, which may have a material adverse impact on our operating results.

We may be unable to successfully integrate First Eastern Bankshares Corporation’s operations and retain their employees and customers.

The acquisition involves the integration of two companies that previously operated independently. The difficulties of combining the operations of the two companies include:

 

    integrating personnel with diverse business backgrounds;

 

    integrating departments, systems, operating procedures and information technologies;

 

    combining different corporate cultures;

 

    limiting deposit runoff and attracting new deposits and loans;

 

    retaining existing customers and attracting new customers;

 

    controlling the incremental noninterest expense from the expansion of our branch and mortgage loan origination networks in a manner that enables us to improve our efficiency ratio; and

 

    retaining key personnel.

The process of integrating operations could cause an interruption of, or loss of momentum in, the activities of the business and the loss of key personnel. The integration of the two companies will require the experience and expertise of certain key employees of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation who we have retained. We may not be successful in retaining these employees for the time period necessary to successfully integrate First Eastern Bankshares Corporation’s operations with our operations. The diversion of management’s attention and any delays or difficulties encountered in connection with the merger such as unexpected costs and managing growth resulting from the merger along with the integration of the two companies’ operations could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results. In addition, differences in the rates we are willing to pay on deposit accounts or rates or terms we are willing to provide to borrowers may result in the loss of customers such that we do not receive the full potential value of the combined entity.

Unanticipated costs relating to the merger could reduce Randolph Bancorp’s future earnings per share.

Randolph Bancorp believes that it has reasonably estimated the likely costs of integrating the operations of Randolph Bancorp and First Eastern Bankshares Corporation, and the incremental costs of operating as a combined company. However, it is possible that Randolph Bancorp could incur unexpected transaction costs such as taxes, fees or professional expenses or unexpected future operating expenses such as increased personnel costs or increased taxes, which could result in the acquisition not being as accretive as expected or having a dilutive effect on the combined company’s earnings per share.

 

32


Table of Contents

The need to account for certain assets and liabilities at estimated fair value may adversely affect our results of operations.

The acquired assets and assumed liabilities of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation will be measured at estimated fair values on the date of acquisition. Management will make significant estimates and exercise significant judgment in accounting for the acquisition. In the event that these estimates prove to be inaccurate such that the value of the assets acquired is less than the value we assigned the assets, or the cost of a liability exceeds the estimated value of that liability, we could be required to establish future valuation allowances that could negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations. Our estimates could prove to be incorrect for a number of reasons including, with respect to loans, our lack of historical experience with the loans acquired, and resulting differences in losses when compared to the historical loss experience of our loan portfolio and, with respect to mortgage servicing rights, differences in actual versus projected prepayment speeds.

S PECIAL N OTE R EGARDING F ORWARD -L OOKING S TATEMENTS

This prospectus contains statements that may be considered forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Exchange Act and are intended to be covered by the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements, which are based on certain current assumptions and describe our future plans, strategies and expectations, can generally be identified by the use of the words “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “plan,” “potential,” “estimate,” “project,” “believe,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “target” and similar expressions. These statements include, among others, statements regarding our strategy, goals and expectations; the effectiveness of our investment programs; evaluations of future interest rate trends and liquidity; expectations as to growth in assets, deposits and results of operations, future operations, market position and financial position; and prospects, plans and objectives of management. You should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. You should exercise caution in interpreting and relying on forward-looking statements because they are subject to significant risks, uncertainties and other factors which are, in some cases, beyond our control.

Forward-looking statements are based on the current assumptions and beliefs of management and are only expectations of future results. Randolph Bancorp, Inc.’s actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements as a result of, among others, factors referenced herein under the section captioned “Risk Factors”; our ability to successfully acquire and integrate First Federal Savings Bank of Boston; adverse conditions in the capital and debt markets and the impact of such conditions on our business activities; changes in interest rates; competitive pressures from other financial institutions; the effects of weakness in general economic conditions on a national basis or in the local markets in which we operate, including changes that adversely affect borrowers’ ability to service and repay our loans; changes in the value of securities in our investment portfolio; changes in loan default and charge-off rates; fluctuations in real estate values; the adequacy of loan loss reserves; decreases in deposit levels necessitating increased borrowing to fund loans and investments; changes in government regulation; changes in accounting standards and practices; the risk that intangible assets recorded in our financial statements will become impaired; demand for loans in our market area; our ability to attract and maintain deposits; risks related to the implementation of acquisitions, dispositions, and restructurings; the risk that we may not be successful in the implementation of our business strategy; and changes in assumptions used in making such forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made. Randolph Bancorp, Inc. does not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the date the forward-looking statements are made.

 

33


Table of Contents

S ELECTED C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL AND O THER D ATA OF R ANDOLPH B ANCORP

The following tables set forth selected consolidated financial and other data of Randolph Bancorp and its subsidiary for the periods and dates indicated. The following is only a summary and you should read it in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes beginning on page F-1. The information at December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for the years then ended is derived in part from the audited consolidated financial statements that appear in this prospectus. The information at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and for the years then ended is derived in part from our audited consolidated financial statements that do not appear in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial and other data presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period.

 

     At December 31,  
(In thousands)    2015     2014     2013     2012      2011  

Financial Condition Data:

           

Total assets

   $ 383,163      $ 359,440      $ 373,718      $ 386,782       $ 382,858   

Cash and cash equivalents

     4,646        5,203        40,239        7,967         12,366   

Investment securities available for sale

     62,267        77,875        97,853        170,012         154,292   

Loans, net

     285,151        249,008        203,974        179,406         179,369   

Deposits

     309,195        294,462        321,449        323,648         322,704   

FHLB advances

     34,914        24,079        9,771        14,476         13,971   

Total equity

     32,459        33,656        35,609        41,080         37,395   
     For the Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands)    2015     2014     2013     2012      2011  

Operating Data:

           

Interest and dividend income

   $ 12,482      $ 11,804      $ 11,768      $ 13,462       $ 15,073   

Interest expense

     1,356        1,303        1,967        2,342         3,034   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest and dividend income

     11,126        10,501        9,801        11,120         12,039   

Provision (credit) for loan losses

     (137     120        1,911        390         775   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest and dividend income after provision (credit) for loan losses

     11,263        10,381        7,890        10,730         11,264   

Noninterest income:

           

Gain on sale of mortgage loans

     2,567        1,389        1,743        4,013         1,360   

Gain on sale of securities and impairment writedowns, net

     (7     780        39        406         29   

Other (1)

     2,511        3,088        2,895        1,574         2,221   

Noninterest expense (2)

     17,196        14,716        16,971        14,730         14,236   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (862     922        (4,404     1,993         638   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (108     3,089        (1,785     382         (50
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (754   $ (2,167   $ (2,619   $ 1,611       $ 688   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes $780,000 in gain on the sale of Rhode Island branches in 2014.
(2) Includes $611,000 of professional fees incurred in 2015 in connection with the pending acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation.

 

34


Table of Contents
     At or For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2015     2014     2013     2012     2011  

Performance Ratios:

          

Return on average assets

     (0.20 )%      (0.61 )%      (0.68 )%      0.42     0.18

Return on average equity

     (2.22 )%      (5.86 )%      (6.77 )%      4.03     1.92

Interest rate spread (1)

     3.16     3.23     2.72     3.07     3.40

Net interest margin (2)

     3.21     3.28     2.78     3.14     3.48

Noninterest income to total income (3)

     31.30     33.36     32.30     35.02     23.07

Efficiency ratio

     106.17     93.39     117.22     86.07     90.97

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

     115.25     115.57     114.56     113.84     111.12

Average equity to average assets

     9.03     10.49     10.10     10.35     9.52

Capital Ratios: (4)

          

Total capital to risk-weighted assets

     14.44     16.82     18.00     19.90     18.43

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets

     13.19     15.56     16.55     18.58     17.11

Common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets (5)

     13.19     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

Tier 1 capital to average assets

     8.35     9.18     8.57     9.36     9.07

Asset Quality Ratios:

          

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans (6)

     1.12     1.40     1.84     1.93     2.05

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of non-performing loans

     156.62     103.50     67.81     63.27     102.68

Net charge-offs to average outstanding loans during the period

     0.06     0.18     0.83     0.34     0.52

Nonperforming loans as a percentage of total loans (6)

     0.72     1.36     2.72     3.05     2.00

Nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets

     0.67     1.12     1.55     1.51     1.60

Other Data:

          

Number of full service branches (7)

     5        5        7        7        7   

Number of loan production offices

     2        2        1        1        1   

 

(1) Represents the difference between the weighted average yield on average interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
(2) Represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets.
(3) Represents noninterest income as a percentage of net interest income plus noninterest income.
(4) Randolph Bancorp and Randolph Savings Bank capital ratios are the same in all material respects.
(5) Effective January 1, 2015. Not applicable prior to the year ended December 31, 2015.
(6) Total loans include net deferred costs/fees. Loans held-for-sale are excluded.
(7) Randolph Savings Bank divested its two Rhode Island branches in March 2014. See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

 

35


Table of Contents

S ELECTED C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL AND O THER D ATA OF

F IRST E ASTERN B ANKSHARES C ORPORATION

The following tables set forth selected consolidated financial and other data of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and its subsidiary for the periods and dates indicated. The following is only a summary and you should read it in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes beginning on page G-1. The information at December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for the years then ended is derived in part from the audited consolidated financial statements that appear in this prospectus. The information at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and for the years then ended is derived in part from unaudited consolidated financial statements that do not appear in this prospectus.

 

     At December 31,  
(In thousands)    2015      2014      2013      2012     2011  

Financial Condition Data:

             

Total assets

   $ 66,066       $ 67,162       $ 65,291       $ 91,322      $ 74,593   

Cash and cash equivalents

     6,748         7,509         7,369         3,255        3,262   

Mortgage loans held for sale

     17,243         12,506         15,279         43,147        29,349   

Loans, net (1)

     33,373         37,489         30,208         30,945        27,823   

Mortgage servicing rights

     4,074         3,051         5,367         7,637        7,999   

Deposits

     34,780         39,128         36,450         56,965        51,865   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     15,883         12,886         13,649         17,719        7,927   

Total stockholder’s equity

     14,090         13,830         13,672         13,592        13,288   
     For the Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands)    2015      2014      2013      2012     2011  

Operating Data:

             

Interest income

   $ 2,258       $ 1,898       $ 2,056       $ 2,430      $ 2,627   

Interest expense

     285         298         348         445        594   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     1,973         1,600         1,708         1,985        2,033   

Provision for loan losses

     —           —           80         314        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     1,973         1,600         1,628         1,671        2,033   

Noninterest income:

             

Loan servicing fees

     380         650         19         (2,068     (32

Gain on sales of mortgage loans

     10,495         7,291         8,722         15,555        7,835   

Gain on sales of servicing rights

     —           853         841         —          —     

Other

     144         131         139         114        104   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

     11,019         8,925         9,721         13,601        7,907   

Noninterest expense

     11,707         10,059         10,955         13,187        10,343   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     1,285         466         394         2,085        (403

Income tax expense (2)

     10         —           34         20        45   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 1,275       $ 466       $ 360       $ 2,065      $ (448
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Excludes loans held-for-sale.
(2) Includes state income tax only. As a subchapter S corporation, First Eastern Bankshares Corporation passes corporate income, losses, deductions and credits through to its stockholder for federal tax purposes.

 

36


Table of Contents
     At or For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2015     2014     2013     2012     2011  

Performance Ratios:

          

Return on average assets

     1.96     0.82     0.54     2.65     (0.57 )% 

Return on average equity

     9.95     3.70     2.82     16.66     (3.75 )% 

Interest rate spread (1)

     3.29     3.06     2.89     2.85     2.87

Net interest margin (2)

     3.50     3.36     3.17     3.08     3.10

Noninterest income to total income (3)

     84.81     84.79     85.05     87.26     79.55

Efficiency ratio

     90.11     95.57     95.85     84.61     104.06

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

     141.13     147.18     143.13     132.59     124.57

Average equity to average assets

     19.70     22.09     19.26     15.89     15.08

Capital Ratios (Bank only): (4)

  

Total capital to risk-weighted assets

     39.2     36.1     36.3     28.2     29.1

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets

     37.9     34.9     35.1     27.0     28.0

Common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets (5)

     18.4     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

Tier 1 capital to average assets

     18.4     19.1     15.9     15.0     11.9

Asset Quality Ratios:

          

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans (6)

     1.66     1.50     2.07     2.08     1.63

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of non-performing loans

     92.75     94.86     48.85     73.46     44.85

Net charge-offs to average outstanding loans during the period

     0.02     0.20     0.31     0.41     —     

Nonperforming loans as a percentage of total loans (6)

     1.79     1.58     4.25     2.83     3.64

Nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets

     0.94     2.08     2.20     1.09     1.76

Other Data:

          

Number of branches

     1        1        1        1        1   

Number of loan production offices

     9        9        8        8        9   

 

(1) Represents the difference between the weighted average yield on average interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
(2) Represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets.
(3) Represents noninterest income as a percentage of net interest income plus noninterest income.
(4) First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and First Federal Savings Bank of Boston capital ratios are the same in all material respects.
(5) Effective January 1, 2015. Not applicable prior to the year ended December 31, 2015.
(6) Total loans include net deferred costs/fees. Loans held-for-sale are excluded.

 

37


Table of Contents

S UMMARY S ELECTED P RO F ORMA C ONDENSED C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL D ATA

The following table shows selected unaudited financial information on a pro forma condensed consolidated basis giving effect to the offering and the merger, assuming the offering is completed at the maximum, as adjusted of the offering range based on the assumptions set forth below. The pro forma unaudited condensed consolidated financial data gives effect to the merger, using the purchase method of accounting as required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The pro forma unaudited condensed consolidated financial data give effect to the merger as if the merger had become effective at the end of the periods presented, in the case of balance sheet information, and at the beginning of the periods presented, in the case of income statement information.

We anticipate that the merger will provide the combined company with financial benefits and the opportunity to increase revenue. The pro forma information, while helpful in illustrating the financial characteristics of the combined company under one set of assumptions, does not reflect these benefits and, accordingly, does not attempt to predict or suggest future results. It also does not necessarily reflect what the historical results of the combined company would have been had our companies been combined as of the dates and during the periods presented.

You should read this summary pro forma information in conjunction with the information under “Pro Forma Data” beginning on page 45 of this prospectus.

 

     At or For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2015
 
     (In thousands)  

Pro Forma Combined Financial Condition Data:

  

Total assets

   $ 483,528   

Cash and cash equivalents

     42,367   

Securities available-for-sale

     62,267   

Loans held for sale

     20,013   

Loans, net

     318,524   

Mortgage servicing rights

     9,041   

Core deposit intangible

     390   

Deposits

     343,975   

FHLB advances

     50,797   

Total equity

     80,849   

Pro Forma Combined Operating Data:

  

Interest and dividend income

   $ 15,578   

Interest expense

     1,641   
  

 

 

 

Net interest and dividend income

     13,936   

Provision (credit) for loan losses

     (137
  

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision (credit) for loan losses

     14,073   

Non-interest income:

  

Customer service fees

     1,588   

Gain on sale of mortgage loans

     13,062   

Other

     1,140   
  

 

 

 

Total non-interest income

     15,790   

Non-interest expense

     29,378   
  

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     485   

Income tax expense

     226   
  

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 259   
  

 

 

 

 

38


Table of Contents

U SE OF P ROCEEDS

The following table shows how we intend to use the net proceeds of the offering. Although we cannot determine what the actual net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock in the offering will be until the offering is completed, which will depend on the number of shares sold and the expenses incurred in connection with the offering, we anticipate that the net proceeds will be between $34.9 million and $47.7 million, or $55.1 million if the offering range is increased by 15%. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Pro Forma Data” for the assumptions used to arrive at these amounts.

 

     Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of  
     Minimum
(3,655,000 Shares)
    Midpoint
(4,300,000 Shares)
    Maximum
(4,945,000 Shares)
    Adjusted Maximum
(5,686,750 Shares) (1)
 
     Amount      Percent
of Net
Proceeds
    Amount      Percent
of Net
Proceeds
    Amount      Percent
of Net
Proceeds
    Amount      Percent
of Net
Proceeds
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Offering proceeds

   $  36,550         $  43,000         $  49,450         $  56,868      

Less: offering expenses

     1,618           1,678           1,737           1,805      
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Net offering proceeds

     34,932           41,323           47,713           55,063      

Less: merger consideration

     14,000           14,000           14,000           14,000      
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Net proceeds after merger consideration

   $ 20,932         100   $ 27,323         100   $ 33,713         100   $ 41,063         100
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Use of net proceeds after merger consideration:

                    

To Randolph Savings Bank

   $ 10,466         50.0   $ 13,662         50.0   $ 16,857         50.0   $ 20,532         50.0

To fund loan to ESOP

     3,018         14.4     3,550         13.0     4,083         12.1     4,695         11.4

Cash contributed to charitable foundation

     292         1.4     344         1.3     396         1.2     455         1.1
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Retained by Randolph Bancorp, Inc.

   $ 7,156         34.2   $ 9,767         35.7   $ 12,377         36.7   $ 15,381         37.5
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares that could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.

Payments for shares of common stock made through withdrawals from deposit accounts at Randolph Savings Bank will reduce deposits and will not result in the receipt of new funds for investment. The net proceeds may vary because the total expenses relating to the offering may be more or less than our estimates. For example, our expenses would increase if a syndicated community offering were used to sell shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription and community offerings.

We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds of the offering to fund the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation. We intend to invest 50% of the remaining net proceeds in Randolph Savings Bank, fund a loan to the employee stock ownership plan to purchase 8% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering including the shares of common stock to be contributed to our charitable foundation, and contribute cash to our charitable foundation. We may use the remaining proceeds that we retain from the offering as follows:

 

    invest in securities;

 

    to finance the possible acquisition of other financial institutions and other businesses that are related to banking, although no other acquisitions are planned or contemplated at the present time other than the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation;

 

39


Table of Contents
    to pay cash dividends to shareholders, subject to regulatory approval;

 

    to repurchase shares of our common stock, subject to regulatory approval; and

 

    for other general corporate purposes.

With the exception of the funding of the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation, the funding of the loan to the employee stock ownership plan and the contribution to our charitable foundation, we have not quantified our plans for use of the retained net proceeds for any of the foregoing purposes. Initially, we intend to invest a substantial portion of the net proceeds in short term investments, investment grade debt obligations and mortgage backed securities.

Under current federal regulations, we may not repurchase shares of our common stock during the first year following the completion of the offering, except when extraordinary circumstances exist and with prior regulatory approval, or except to fund management recognition plans (which would require notification to the Federal Reserve) or tax qualified employee stock benefit plans. In addition, under Massachusetts regulations, we may not repurchase shares of our common stock during the first three years following the completion of the offering except to fund tax-qualified or nontax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, or except in amounts not greater than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock where compelling and valid business reasons are established to the satisfaction of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks.

After funding the merger consideration, Randolph Savings Bank will receive a capital contribution equal to 50% of the remaining net proceeds of the offering, which it may use as follows:

 

    to fund new loans;

 

    to invest in securities;

 

    to expand its retail banking franchise by establishing de novo branches in Massachusetts;

 

    to make capital investments in technology;

 

    to repay borrowings; and

 

    for other general corporate purposes.

Randolph Savings Bank has not quantified its plans for use of the offering proceeds for any of the foregoing purposes. The use of the proceeds outlined above may change based on many factors, including, but not limited to, changes in interest rates, equity markets, laws and regulations affecting the financial services industry, our relative position in the financial services industry, the attractiveness of opportunities to expand our operations through establishing or acquiring new branches, our ability to receive regulatory approval for any such expansion activities, and overall market conditions.

D IVIDEND P OLICY

Following completion of the offering, our board of directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our shares of common stock, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements. Specifically, the Federal Reserve has issued a policy statement providing that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if our prospective rate of earnings retention is consistent with our capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. Regulatory guidance also provides for prior regulatory consultation with respect to capital distributions in certain circumstances, such as where the holding company’s net income for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid over that period, is insufficient to fully fund the dividend or the holding company’s overall rate of earnings retention is inconsistent with the its capital needs and overall financial condition.

At the present time, we intend to invest the offering proceeds in our growth and do not intend to pay cash dividends for the foreseeable future. In determining whether to pay a cash dividend in the future and the amount of any cash dividend, the board of directors is expected to take into account a number of factors, including regulatory capital requirements, our financial condition and results of operations, other uses of funds for the long-term value of shareholders, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory limitations and general economic conditions.

 

40


Table of Contents

Dividends we can declare and pay will depend, in part, upon receipt of dividends from Randolph Savings Bank, because the only funds available to us for the payment of dividends will be cash and cash equivalents held at Randolph Bancorp, Inc., dividends from Randolph Savings Bank and borrowings. Dividends we can declare and pay will also depend on our debt and equity structure, earnings and financial condition, need for capital in connection with possible future acquisitions and other factors, including economic conditions, regulatory restrictions and tax considerations. Massachusetts banking law and FDIC regulations impose significant limitations on “capital distributions” by depository institutions. See the sections of this prospectus entitled “Supervision and Regulation—Massachusetts Banking Laws and Supervision—Dividends” and “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation—Prompt Corrective Action Regulations.” In addition, beginning in 2016, Randolph Savings Bank’s ability to pay dividends will be limited if it does not have the capital conservation buffer required by the new capital rules, which may limit our ability to pay dividends to shareholders. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation—Capital Requirements.” No assurances can be given that any dividends will be paid or that, if paid, will not be reduced or eliminated in the future. Special cash dividends, stock dividends or returns of capital, to the extent permitted by regulations and policies of the Federal Reserve and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, may be paid in addition to, or in lieu of, regular cash dividends.

Any payment of dividends by Randolph Savings Bank to us that would be deemed to be drawn out of Randolph Savings Bank’s bad debt reserves would require a payment of taxes at the then-current tax rate by Randolph Savings Bank on the amount of earnings deemed to be removed from the reserves for such distribution. The Bank does not intend to make any distribution to us that would create such a federal tax liability.

Pursuant to our articles of organization, we are authorized to issue preferred stock. If we issue preferred stock, the holders of the preferred stock may have dividend preferences over the holders of common stock.

M ARKET FOR C OMMON S TOCK

We have not previously issued common stock and there is currently no established market for our common stock. We intend to apply for approval to list our common stock for trading on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “RNDB” upon completion of the offering. In order to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market, we are required to have at least three broker-dealers who will make a market in our common stock. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods has advised us that it intends to make a market in our common stock following the conversion and offering, but it is under no obligation to do so or to continue to do so if it begins. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods also may assist us, if needed, in obtaining other market makers after the offering. We cannot assure you that other market makers will be obtained or that an active and liquid trading market for the common stock will develop or, if developed, will be maintained.

The development and maintenance of an active trading market depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control, or that of any market maker. The number of active buyers and sellers of the shares of common stock at any particular time may be limited. Under such circumstances, you could have difficulty selling your shares of common stock on short notice, and, therefore, you should not view the shares of common stock as a short-term investment. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that, if you purchase shares of common stock, you will be able to sell them at or above $10.00 per share. Purchasers of common stock in the offering should have long-term investment intent and should recognize that there may be a limited trading market in the common stock. This may make it difficult to sell the common stock after the offering and may have an adverse impact on the price at which the common stock can be sold.

 

41


Table of Contents

H ISTORICAL AND P RO F ORMA R EGULATORY C APITAL C OMPLIANCE

At December 31, 2015, Randolph Savings Bank exceeded all of the applicable regulatory capital requirements to be considered “well-capitalized.” The table below sets forth the historical equity capital and regulatory capital of Randolph Savings Bank at December 31, 2015, and the pro forma regulatory capital of Randolph Savings Bank, after giving effect to the merger and the sale of shares of common stock at a $10.00 per share purchase price. The table assumes the receipt by Randolph Savings Bank of 50% of the net offering proceeds after payment of the merger consideration. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Use of Proceeds.”

 

           Pro Forma at December 31, 2015
After Giving Effect to the Merger and the Sale at $10.00 per Share of
 
     Historical
at December 31,
2015
    Minimum
3,655,000 Shares
    Midpoint
4,300,000 Shares
    Maximum
4,945,000 Shares
    Adjusted
Maximum (1)

5,686,750 Shares
 
     Amount      Percent
of
Assets (2)
    Amount     Percent
of
Assets (2)
    Amount     Percent
of
Assets (2)
    Amount     Percent
of
Assets (2)
    Amount     Percent
of
Assets (2)
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Equity capital

   $ 32,359         8.44   $ 53,858        11.76   $ 56,521        12.26   $ 59,184        12.76   $ 62,246        13.32
  

 

 

      

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Common equity Tier 1 capital

   $ 32,098         13.19   $ 51,719        18.53   $ 54,489        19.47   $ 57,258        20.40   $ 60,443        21.47

Requirement

   $ 15,815         6.50   $ 18,143        6.50   $ 18,191        6.50   $ 18,240        6.50   $ 18,295        6.50
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

   $ 16,283         6.69   $ 33,577        12.03   $ 36,297        12.97   $ 39,018        13.90   $ 42,148        14.97
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage capital (3)

   $ 32,098         8.35   $ 51,719        11.34   $ 54,489        11.87   $ 57,258        12.38   $ 60,443        12.96

Requirement (4)

   $ 19,228         5.00   $ 22,794        5.00   $ 22,959        5.00   $ 23,124        5.00   $ 23,314        5.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

   $ 12,871         3.35   $ 28,925        6.34   $ 31,530        6.87   $ 34,134        7.38   $ 37,129        7.96
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 risk-based capital

   $ 32,098         13.19   $ 51,719        18.53   $ 54,489        19.47   $ 57,258        20.40   $ 60,443        21.47

Requirement (4)

   $ 19,465         8.00   $ 22,329        8.00   $ 22,389        8.00   $ 22,449        8.00   $ 22,517        8.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

   $ 12,633         5.19   $ 29,390        10.53   $ 32,100        11.47   $ 34,809        12.40   $ 37,926        13.47
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total risk-based capital (3)

   $ 35,142         14.44   $ 54,958        19.66   $ 57,728        20.61   $ 60,497        21.55   $ 63,682        22.62

Requirement (4)

   $ 24,331         10.00   $ 27,950        10.00   $ 28,014        10.00   $ 28,078        10.00   $ 28,151        10.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

   $ 10,811         4.44   $ 27,008        9.66   $ 29,714        10.61   $ 32,419        11.55   $ 35,531        12.62
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation:

                     

Net cash proceeds contributed to Bank

        $ 10,466        $ 13,662        $ 16,857        $ 20,532     

Less: ESOP adjustment at Bank

          (3,018       (3,550       (4,083       (4,695  

Net increase in Bank’s capital resulting from merger

          14,051          14,051          14,051          14,051     

Merger related adjustments to Tier 1 capital (5)

          (1,878       (1,772       (1,665       (1,543  
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Increase in Tier 1 capital at Bank

        $ 19,621        $ 22,391        $ 25,160        $ 28,345     
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2) Leverage capital ratios are shown as a percentage of total adjusted assets. Risk-based capital ratios are shown as a percentage of risk-weighted assets.
(3) Pro forma amounts and percentages assume net proceeds contributed to Randolph Savings Bank are invested in assets that carry a 20% risk weighting.
(4) Reflects regulatory requirements to be considered “well-capitalized.”
(5) Reflects adjustments for intangible assets and the portion of mortgage servicing rights that exceed specified limits for capital purposes.

 

42


Table of Contents

C APITALIZATION

The following table presents the historical consolidated capitalization of Randolph Bancorp and First Eastern Bankshares Corporation at December 31, 2015 and the pro forma consolidated capitalization of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. after giving effect to the merger and offering. The table depicts adjustments to capitalization resulting first from the offering and then from the merger only at the minimum of the offering range and then depicts Randolph Bancorp, Inc.’s capitalization following the offering and merger at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and maximum, as adjusted, of the offering range. The pro forma capitalization gives effect to the assumptions listed under “Pro Forma Data,” based on the sale of the number of shares of common stock indicated in the table.

 

(Dollars in thousands)   Historical at
December 31,
2015
    First Eastern
Bankshares
Corporation
    Merger
Adjustments
    Randolph
Bancorp
Historical
Combined
    Randolph Bancorp, Inc. Pro Forma Based Upon
the Sale in the Offering at $10.00 per Share of
 
          Minimum
3,655,000
Shares
    Midpoint
4,300,000
Shares
    Maximum
4,945,000
Shares
    Maximum
adjusted (1)

5,686,750
Shares
 

Deposits (2)

  $ 309,195      $ 34,780      $ —        $ 343,975      $ 343,975      $ 343,975      $ 343,975      $ 343,975   

FHLB advances

    34,914        15,883        —          50,797        50,797        50,797        50,797        50,797   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits and FHLB advances

  $ 344,109      $ 50,663      $ —        $ 394,772      $ 394,772      $ 394,772      $ 394,772      $ 394,772   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

               

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 15,000,000 shares authorized; assuming shares outstanding as shown (3)

    —          1        (1     —          38        44        51        59   

Additional paid-in capital (4)

    —          196        (196     —          36,064        42,654        49,245        56,824   

Retained earnings (5)

    32,198        13,893        (13,893     32,198        32,198        32,198        32,198        32,198   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    261        —          —          261        261        261        261        261   

Bargain purchase gain

    —          —          51        51        51        51        51        51   

Expense of contribution to foundation

    —          —          —          —          (1,462     (1,720     (1,978     (2,275

Tax benefit of contribution to foundation

    —          —          —          —          497        585        673        773   

Common stock to be acquired by ESOP (6)

    —          —          —          —          (3,018     (3,550     (4,083     (4,695

Common stock to be acquired by stock benefit plan (7)

    —          —          —          —          (1,509     (1,775     (2,041     (2,348
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

  $ 32,459      $ 14,090      $ (14,039   $ 32,510      $ 63,120      $ 68,748      $ 74,376      $ 80,849   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma shares outstanding:

               

Shares sold in offering

    NA              3,655,000        4,300,000        4,945,000        5,686,750   

Shares issued to foundation

    NA              116,960        137,600        158,240        181,976   
         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shares outstanding

    NA              3,771,960        4,437,600        5,103,240        5,868,726   
         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity as a percent of assets

    7.46           13.55     14.58     15.59     16.72

Tangible equity as a percent of assets

    7.37           13.47     14.50     15.51     16.64

 

43


Table of Contents

 

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares of common stock that could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the subscription and community offerings.
(2) Does not reflect withdrawals from deposit accounts for purchases of shares of common stock in the conversion and offering. These withdrawals will reduce pro forma deposits and assets by the amount of the withdrawals.
(3) No effect has been given to the issuance of additional shares of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. common stock pursuant to one or more stock-based benefit plans. If these plans are implemented within 12 months following the completion of the offering, an amount up to 10% and 4% of the shares of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. common stock sold in the offering and contributed to our charitable foundation will be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of stock options and for issuance as restricted stock awards, respectively. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Executive and Director Compensation.”
(4) The sum of the par value of the total shares outstanding and additional paid-in capital equals the net offering proceeds at the offering price of $10.00 per share.
(5) The retained earnings of Randolph Savings Bank may be restricted after the conversion. See the sections of this prospectus entitled “Dividend Policy,” “The Conversion; Plan of Distribution—Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation.”
(6) Assumes that 8% of the shares sold in the offering and contributed to the foundation will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan with a loan from Randolph Bancorp, Inc. The loan will be repaid principally from Randolph Savings Bank’s contributions to the employee stock ownership plan. Since Randolph Bancorp, Inc. will finance the employee stock ownership plan debt, this debt will be eliminated through consolidation and no asset or liability will be reflected on Randolph Bancorp, Inc.’s consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, the amount of shares of common stock acquired by the employee stock ownership plan is shown in this table as a reduction of total shareholders’ equity.
(7) Assumes a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares of common stock to be issued in the offering and contributed to the foundation will be purchased for grant by one or more stock-based benefit plans in open market purchases. The dollar amount of common stock to be purchased is based on the $10.00 per share subscription price in the offering and represents unearned compensation. This amount does not reflect possible increases or decreases in the value of common stock relative to the subscription price in the offering. As Randolph Bancorp, Inc. accrues compensation expense to reflect the vesting of shares pursuant to the stock-based benefit plans, the credit to equity will be offset by a charge to noninterest expense. Implementation of the stock-based benefit plans will require shareholder approval. Any funds to be used by the stock-based benefit plans to conduct open market purchases will be provided by Randolph Bancorp, Inc.

 

44


Table of Contents

P RO F ORMA D ATA

Pro Forma Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

The following pro forma unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet and the pro forma unaudited consolidated statements of income give effect to the offering and the merger with First Eastern Bankshares Corporation, based on the assumptions set forth below. As a result, the pro forma data assumes the completion of the offering and the merger. The condensed pro forma unaudited consolidated financial statements are based, in part, on the audited consolidated financial statements of Randolph Bancorp and First Eastern Bankshares Corporation as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015. The pro forma unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements give effect to the offering at historical cost and the merger using the purchase method of accounting as required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP.

The pro forma adjustments in the tables assume the issuance of 3,655,000 shares, which is the minimum of the offering range, and 5,686,750 shares, which is the maximum, as adjusted of the offering range in the offering. The shareholder of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation will receive aggregate merger consideration of approximately $14.0 million subject to adjustment as set forth in the merger agreement. The purchase price for purposes of the pro forma presentation for First Eastern Bankshares Corporation was allocated as follows:

 

     December 31, 2015  
     (in thousands)  

Net assets acquired at historical book value

   $ 14,090   
Less: Contractual bonus obligation      (1,500

Remaining seller transaction costs

     (600

Dividends to shareholder

     (490
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired, as adjusted

     11,500   

Purchase accounting adjustments:

  

Existing goodwill

     (789

Loans, net

     (100

Deposits

     —     

Borrowings

     —     

Fixed assets

     650   

Core deposit intangible

     390   

Mortgage servicing rights

     2,400   
  

 

 

 

Fair value of net assets acquired

   $ 14,051   
  

 

 

 

Purchase price paid

   $ (14,000
  

 

 

 

Bargain purchase gain

   $ 51   
  

 

 

 

 

45


Table of Contents

The net proceeds are based upon the following assumptions:

 

    all shares of common stock will be sold in the subscription and community offerings;

 

    our employee stock ownership plan will purchase, with a loan from Randolph Bancorp, Inc., a number of shares equal to 8% of the total number of outstanding shares of Randolph Bancorp, Inc., which includes shares sold in the offering and shares contributed to our charitable foundation;

 

    3.2% of the shares of our common stock sold in the offering and the remainder in cash will be contributed to our charitable foundation so that the aggregate contribution will equal 4% of the gross proceeds of the offering;

 

    expenses of the offering, other than fees paid to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, will be approximately $1.3 million;

 

    316,000 shares of common stock will be purchased by our executive officers and directors, and their associates; and

 

    Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will receive fees equal to 1.0% of the aggregate purchase price of the shares of stock sold in the offering, excluding any shares purchased by any employee benefit plans, contributed to our charitable foundation and purchased by any of our directors, officers or employees or members of their immediate families.

In addition, the expenses of the offering may vary from those estimated, and the fees paid to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will vary from the amounts estimated if the amount of shares of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. common stock sold varies from the amounts assumed above or if a syndicated community offering becomes necessary. These items, net of income tax effects, are shown as a reduction in stockholders’ equity in the following tables, but are not shown as a reduction in net income for the periods shown in the following tables.

Pro forma net earnings have been calculated for the year ended December 31, 2015 as if the shares of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. common stock to be issued in the offering had been sold as of the beginning of the period. Historical and pro forma per share amounts have been calculated by dividing historical and pro forma amounts by the indicated number of shares of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. common stock.

The unaudited condensed consolidated pro forma balance sheet assumes the offering and merger were consummated on December 31, 2015.

The pro forma unaudited statements are provided for informational purposes only. The pro forma financial information presented is not necessarily indicative of the actual results that would have been achieved had the offering and merger been consummated on January 1, 2015, the beginning of the period presented, and is not indicative of future results. The pro forma unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto of Randolph Bancorp and First Eastern Bankshares Corporation contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

The stockholders’ equity represents the resulting book value of the common stockholders’ ownership of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. computed in accordance with GAAP. Pro forma stockholders’ equity and book value are not intended to represent the fair market value of the common stock and, due to the existence of the tax bad debt reserve and intangible assets, may be different than amounts that would be available for distribution to stockholders in the event of liquidation.

The unaudited pro forma net earnings and common stockholders’ equity derived from the above assumptions are qualified by the statements set forth under this caption and should not be considered indicative of the market value of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. common stock or the actual results of operations of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. and First Eastern Bankshares Corporation for any period. Such pro forma data may be materially affected by the actual gross proceeds from the sale of shares of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. in the offering and the actual expenses incurred in connection with the offering.

Pro forma merger adjustments to net income include entries to reflect the estimated fair value adjustments to assets and liabilities and the amortization of identifiable intangible assets created in the acquisition. Excluded

 

46


Table of Contents

from the calculation of pro forma net income are the estimated interest income to be foregone on the cash required to fund the merger with First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and related expenses, and other estimated expense reductions from consolidating the operations of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation with those of Randolph Bancorp, Inc.

Pro forma merger adjustments to the historical carrying value of loans, deposits and borrowings to state them at their fair values are not included in these pro forma financial statements as such adjustments are not expected to be material. This assessment is based on the short-term nature of the construction loans, borrowings and term certificates of deposit of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation. In addition, the portfolio of its longer-term residential mortgage loans totals $17.8 million and has a yield in line with current market rates. At the time of acquisition, we will utilize a third party appraiser specializing in the financial services industry to estimate the fair value of all financial assets and liabilities as well as their related amortization periods.

The pro forma adjustments included herein are subject to change depending on changes in interest rates and the components of assets and liabilities, and as additional information becomes available and additional analyses are performed. The final allocation of the purchase price for the merger will be determined after it is completed and after completion of thorough analyses to determine the fair value of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation’s tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities as of the date the merger is completed. Increases or decreases in the estimated fair values of the net assets as compared with the information shown in the unaudited pro forma combined condensed consolidated financial information may change the amount of the purchase price allocated to the bargain purchase gain and other assets and liabilities and may impact Randolph Bancorp’s statement of operations due to adjustments in yield and/or amortization of the adjusted assets or liabilities. Any changes to First Eastern Bankshares Corporation’s stockholder’s equity, including results of operations from December 31, 2015 through the date the merger is completed, will also change the purchase price allocation, which may include the recording of a lower or higher amount of bargain purchase gain or goodwill. The final adjustments may be materially different from the unaudited pro forma adjustments presented herein.

 

47


Table of Contents

The following table presents pro forma balance sheet information at December 31, 2015 at the minimum of the offering range assuming the sale of 3,655,000 shares in the offering and the contribution of 116,960 shares and $292,400 of cash to our charitable foundation.

Pro Forma Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

December 31, 2015

 

     Randolph
Bancorp
Historical
    Offering
Adjustments (1)
    Randolph
Bancorp
Pro Forma as
Converted
    First Eastern
Bankshares
Corporation
Historical
    Merger
Adjustments (2)
    Randolph
Bancorp Pro
Forma as
Converted
after Merger
 

Assets

            

Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin

   $ 2,721      $ —        $ 2,721      $ 182      $ —        $ 2,903   

Interest-bearing balances

     1,925        30,113 (3)       32,038        6,566        (16,590 ) (9)       22,014   

Certificates of deposit

     4,675        —          4,675        —          —          4,675   

Available-for-sale securities

     62,267        —          62,267        —          —          62,267   

Loans and leases held for sale

     2,870        —          2,870        17,243        (100 ) (10)       20,013   

Loans and leases, net of unearned income

     288,390        —          288,390        33,936        (563 ) (11)       321,763   

Allowance for loan and lease losses

     (3,239     —          (3,239     (563     563 (12)       (3,239
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance

     285,151        —          285,151        33,373        —          318,524   

FHLB stock

     2,728        —          2,728        931        —          3,659   

Accrued interest receivable

     1,065        —          1,065        130        —          1,195   

Premises and equipment, net

     2,891        —          2,891        1,622        650 (13)       5,163   

Mortgage servicing rights

     2,567        —          2,567        4,074        2,400 (14)       9,041   

Goodwill

     —          —          —          789        (789 ) (15)       —     

Core deposit intangible

     —          —          —          —          390 (16)       390   

Bank-owned life insurance

     9,620        —          9,620        —          —          9,620   

Foreclosed real estate

     500        —          500        11        —          511   

Other assets

     4,183        497 (4)       4,680        1,145        —          5,825   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 383,163      $ 30,610      $ 413,773      $ 66,066      $ (14,039   $ 465,800   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

            

Deposits in domestic offices

            

Non-interest bearing

   $ 37,968        —        $ 37,968      $ 10,418      $ —        $ 48,386   

Interest bearing

     271,227        —          271,227        24,362        —          295,589   

ESOP loan payable

     —          —          —          —          —          —     

FHLB advances

     34,914        —          34,914        15,883        —          50,797   

Mortgagors escrow accounts

     1,445        —          1,445        446        —          1,891   

Post-employment benefit obligations

     3,294        —          3,294        —          —          3,294   

Other liabilities

     1,856        —          1,856        867        —          2,723   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 350,704      $ —        $ 350,704      $ 51,976      $ —        $ 402,680   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity capital

            

Common stock

   $ —        $ 38 (5)     $ 38      $ 1      $ (1 ) (17)     $ 38   

Paid in capital

     —          36,064 (6)       36,064        196        (196 ) (17)       36,064   

Retained earnings

     32,198        (1,462 ) (7)       30,736        13,893        (13,893 ) (18)       30,736   

Bargain purchase gain

     —          —          —          —          51 (19)       51   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     261        —          261        —          —          261   

Tax benefit of foundation

     —          497 (4)       497        —          —          497   

Common stock acquired by ESOP

     —          (3,018 ) (8)       (3,018     —          —          (3,018

Common stock acquired by restricted stock plan

     —          (1,509 ) (8)       (1,509     —          —          (1,509
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity capital

   $ 32,459      $ 30,610      $ 63,069      $ 14,090      $ (14,039   $ 63,120   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity capital

   $ 383,163      $ 30,610      $ 413,773      $ 66,066      $ (14,039   $ 465,800   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible equity

   $ 32,459        $ 63,069      $ 13,301      $ (13,640   $ 62,730   
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

48


Table of Contents

 

(1) Shows the effect of the conversion of Randolph Bancorp assuming gross proceeds of $36.6 million at the minimum of the valuation range, offering expenses of $1.6 million, establishment of an employee stock ownership plan and stock-based benefit plan that will acquire 8.0% and 4% of total pro forma shares outstanding, respectively, and a contribution of cash and common stock to our charitable foundation in an amount equal to 4.0% of the shares issued in the offering. The employee stock ownership plan will purchase its shares in the offering and possibly open market purchases. The stock-based benefit plan will purchase shares in the open market after receiving shareholder approval to adopt the plan. Open market purchases by the employee stock ownership plan and stock-based benefit plans are assumed at $10.00 per share.
(2) Reflects the purchase accounting adjustments related to the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation.
(3) Calculated as follows:

 

     (in thousands)  

Gross proceeds of offering

   $ 36,550   

Estimated expenses

     (1,618
  

 

 

 

Net proceeds

     34,932   

Contribution of cash to foundation

     (292

Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan

     (3,018

Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plans

     (1,509
  

 

 

 

Pro forma adjustment

   $ 30,113   
  

 

 

 

 

(4) Deferred tax asset recorded to reflect the cash and stock contribution to our charitable foundation and a marginal effective tax rate of 34%.
(5) Par value $0.01 per share and the issuance of 3,655,000 shares in the offering and 116,960 shares contributed to our charitable foundation.
(6) Calculated as follows:

 

     (in thousands)  

Net proceeds of offering

   $ 34,932   

Contribution of stock to foundation

     1,170   

Less: par value (footnote 5)

     (38
  

 

 

 

Pro forma adjustment

   $ 36,064   
  

 

 

 

 

(7) Pre-tax expense of the cash and stock contribution to the foundation at a marginal tax rate of 34%.
(8) Contra-equity account established to reflect the stock-based benefit plan and employee stock ownership plan.
(9) Includes the merger consideration paid to shareholders of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation, non-tax deductible transaction expenses and tax deductible transaction expenses as follows:

 

     (in thousands)  

Merger consideration

   $ 14,000   

First Eastern contractual bonus obligation

     1,500   

First Eastern transaction costs

     600   

Cash dividends paid by First Eastern prior to closing

     490   
  

 

 

 

Total merger-related cash payments

   $ 16,590   
  

 

 

 

 

(10) Adjustment to state loans held for sale at their estimated fair value.
(11) Randolph Bancorp has reviewed First Eastern Bankshares Corporation’s loan portfolio and its management’s estimate of inherent credit losses which total 1.66% of loans outstanding. Once the merger is completed, Randolph Bancorp will update and finalize its analysis which may change significantly from the initial estimate.
(12) Adjustment to record the elimination of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation’s allowance for loan and lease losses.
(13) Adjustment to reflect the estimated fair value at acquisition date of acquired premises and equipment based on third party estimate of real property owned by First Eastern Bankshares Corporation.
(14) Adjustment to reflect the estimated fair value of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation’s mortgage servicing rights based on an independent third party analysis which evaluated the present value of estimated future net servicing income, using market-based assumptions including risk characteristics, prepayment speeds, cost of servicing, and interest rates.
(15) Adjustment to record the elimination of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation’s existing goodwill.

 

49


Table of Contents
(16) Adjustment to reflect the estimated fair value of the core deposit intangible calculated at 1.75% of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation deposits, excluding certificate accounts.
(17) Adjustment to record the elimination of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation common stock and paid in capital pursuant to purchase accounting.
(18) Adjustment to record the elimination of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation’s historical retained earnings pursuant to purchase accounting.
(19) Adjustment to record the estimated bargain purchase gain pursuant to purchase accounting.

 

50


Table of Contents

The following table presents pro forma balance sheet information at December 31, 2015 at the maximum, as adjusted of the offering range assuming the sale of 5,686,750 shares in the offering and the contribution of 181,976 shares and $454,940 of cash to our charitable foundation.

Pro Forma Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

December 31, 2015

 

     Randolph
Bancorp
Historical
    Offering
Adjustments (1)
    Randolph
Bancorp
Pro Forma as
Converted
    First Eastern
Bankshares
Corporation
Historical
    Merger
Adjustments (2)
    Randolph
Bancorp Pro
Forma as
Converted
after Merger
 
     (in thousands)  

Assets

            

Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin

   $ 2,721      $ —        $ 2,721      $ 182      $ —        $ 2,903   

Interest-bearing balances

     1,925        47,565 (3)       49,490        6,566        (16,590 ) (9)       39,466   

Certificates of deposit

     4,675        —          4,675        —          —          4,675   

Available-for-sale securities

     62,267        —          62,267        —          —          62,267   

Loans and leases held for sale

     2,870        —          2,870        17,243        (100 ) (10)       20,013   

Loans and leases, net of unearned income

     288,390        —          288,390        33,936        (563 ) (11)       321,763   

Less: Allowance for loan and lease losses

     (3,239     —          (3,239     (563     563 (12)       (3,239
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance

     285,151        —          285,151        33,373        —          318,524   

FHLB stock

     2,728        —          2,728        931        —          3,659   

Accrued interest receivable

     1,065        —          1,065        130        —          1,195   

Premises and equipment, net

     2,891        —          2,891        1,622        650 (13)       5,163   

Mortgage servicing rights

     2,567        —          2,567        4,074        2,400 (14)       9,041   

Goodwill

     —          —          —          789        (789 ) (15)       —     

Core deposit intangible

     —          —          —          —          390 (16)       390   

Bank-owned life insurance

     9,620        —          9,620        —          —          9,620   

Foreclosed real estate

     500        —          500        11        —          511   

Other assets

     4,183        773 (4)       4,956        1,145        —          6,101   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 383,163      $ 48,338      $ 431,501      $ 66,066      $ (14,039   $ 483,528   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

            

Deposits in domestic offices

            

Non-interest bearing

   $ 37,968        —        $ 37,968      $ 10,418      $ —        $ 48,386   

Interest bearing

     271,227        —          271,227        24,362        —          295,589   

FHLB advances

     34,914        —          34,914        15,883        —          50,797   

Mortgagors escrow accounts

     1,445        —          1,445        446        —          1,891   

Post-employment benefit obligations

     3,294        —          3,294        —          —          3,294   

Other liabilities

     1,856        —          1,856        867        —          2,723   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 350,704      $ —        $ 350,704      $ 51,976      $ —        $ 402,680   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity capital

            

Common stock

   $ —        $ 59 (5)     $ 59      $ 1      $ (1 ) (17)     $ 59   

Paid in capital

     —          56,824 (6)       56,824        196        (196 ) (17)       56,824   

Retained earnings

     32,198        (2,275 ) (7)       29,923        13,893        (13,893 ) (18)       29,923   

Bargain purchase gain

     —          —          —          —          51 (19)       51   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     261        —          261        —          —          261   

Tax benefit of foundation

     —          773 (4)       773        —          —          773   

Common stock acquired by ESOP

     —          (4,695 ) (8)       (4,695     —          —          (4,695

Common stock acquired by restricted stock plan

     —          (2,348 ) (8)       (2,348     —          —          (2,348
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity capital

   $ 32,459      $ 48,338      $ 80,797      $ 14,090      $ (14,039   $ 80,848   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity capital

   $ 383,163      $ 48,338      $ 431,501      $ 66,066      $ (14,039   $ 483,528   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible equity

   $ 32,459        $ 80,797      $ 13,301      $ (13,640   $ 80,458   
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

51


Table of Contents

 

(1) Shows the effect of the conversion of Randolph Bancorp assuming gross proceeds of $56.9 million at the maximum, as adjusted, of the valuation range, offering expenses of $1.8 million, establishment of an employee stock ownership plan and stock-based benefit plan that will acquire 8.0% and 4% of total pro forma shares outstanding, respectively, and a contribution of cash and common stock to our charitable foundation in an amount equal to 4.0% of the shares issued in the offering. The employee stock ownership plan will purchase its shares in the offering and possibly open market purchases. The stock-based benefit plan will purchase shares in the open market after receiving shareholder approval to adopt the plan. Open market purchases by the employee stock ownership plan and stock-based benefit plans are assumed at $10.00 per share.
(2) Reflects the purchase accounting adjustments related to the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation.
(3) Calculated as follows:

 

     (in thousands)  

Gross proceeds of offering

   $ 56,868   

Estimated expenses

     (1,805
  

 

 

 

Net proceeds

     55,063   

Contribution of cash to foundation

     (455

Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan

     (4,695

Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plan

     (2,348
  

 

 

 

Pro forma adjustment

   $ 47,565   
  

 

 

 

 

(4) Deferred tax asset recorded to reflect the cash and stock contribution to our charitable foundation and a marginal effective tax rate of 34%.
(5) Par value $0.01 per share and the issuance of 5,686,750 shares in the offering and 181,976 shares contributed to our charitable foundation.
(6) Calculated as follows:

 

     (in thousands)  

Net proceeds of offering

   $ 55,063   

Contribution of stock to foundation

     1,820   

Less: par value (footnote 5)

     (59
  

 

 

 

Pro forma adjustment

   $ 56,824   
  

 

 

 

 

(7) Pre-tax expense of the cash and stock contribution to the foundation at a marginal tax rate of 34%.
(8) Contra-equity account established to reflect the stock-based benefit plan and employee stock ownership plan.
(9) Includes the merger consideration paid to shareholders of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation, non-tax deductible transaction expenses and tax deductible transaction expenses as follows:

 

     (in thousands)  

Merger consideration

   $ 14,000   

First Eastern contractual bonus obligation

     1,500   

First Eastern transaction costs

     600   

Cash dividends paid by First Eastern prior to closing

     490   
  

 

 

 

Total cash adjustment

   $ 16,590   
  

 

 

 

 

(10) Adjustment to state loans held for sale at their estimated fair value.
(11) Randolph Bancorp has reviewed First Eastern Bankshares Corporation’s loan portfolio and its management’s estimate of inherent credit losses which total 1.66% of loans outstanding. Once the merger is completed, Randolph Bancorp will update and finalize its analysis which may change significantly from the initial estimate.
(12) Adjustment to record the elimination of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation’s allowance for loan and lease losses.
(13) Adjustment to reflect the estimated fair value at acquisition date of acquired premises and equipment based on third party estimate of real property owned by First Eastern Bankshares Corporation.
(14) Adjustment to reflect the estimated fair value of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation’s mortgage servicing rights based on an independent third party analysis which evaluated the present value of estimated future net servicing income, using market-based assumptions including risk characteristics, prepayment speeds, cost of servicing, and interest rates.
(15) Adjustment to record the elimination of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation’s existing goodwill.

 

52


Table of Contents
(16) Adjustment to reflect the estimated fair value of the core deposit intangible calculated at 1.75% of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation deposits, excluding certificate accounts.
(17) Adjustment to record the elimination of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation common stock and paid in capital pursuant to purchase accounting.
(18) Adjustment to record the elimination of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation’s historical retained earnings pursuant to purchase accounting.
(19) Adjustment to record the estimated bargain purchase gain pursuant to purchase accounting.

 

53


Table of Contents

The following table presents pro forma income statement information for the year ended December 31, 2015 at the minimum of the offering range assuming the sale of 3,655,000 shares in the offering and the contribution of 116,960 shares and $292,400 of cash to our charitable foundation.

Pro Forma Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income

For the Year Ended December 31, 2015

 

     Randolph
Bancorp
Historical
    Offering
Adjustments (1)
    Randolph
Bancorp, Inc.
Pro Forma as
Converted
    First Eastern
Bankshares
Corporation
Historical
     Merger
Adjustments (3)
    Randolph
Bancorp, Inc.
Pro Forma
As Converted
After Merger
 
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Interest Income

             

Loans

   $ 10,488        —        $ 10,488      $ 2,229       $ —        $ 12,717   

Securities-taxable

     1,512        —          1,512        —           —          1,512   

Securities-tax exempt

     409        —          409        —           —          409   

Interest-bearing deposits and CDs

     73        530        603        29         —          632   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest and dividend income

   $ 12,482      $ 530      $ 13,012      $ 2,258       $ —        $ 15,270   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense

             

Deposits

   $ 1,188        —        $ 1,188      $ 203       $ —        $ 1,391   

FHLB advances

     168        —          168        82         —          250   

ESOP

     —          —          —          —           —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

   $ 1,356      $ —        $ 1,356      $ 285         —        $ 1,641   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

   $ 11,126      $ 530      $ 11,656      $ 1,973       $ —        $ 13,629   

Provision (credit) for loan losses

     (137     —          (137     —           —          (137
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision (credit) for loan losses

   $ 11,263      $ 530      $ 11,793      $ 1,973       $ —        $ 13,766   

Noninterest income

             

Customer service fees

     1,572        —          1,572        16         —          1,588   

Net gain on sale of mortgage loans

     2,567        —          2,567        10,495         —          13,062   

Mortgage servicing fees

     234        —          234        381         (300 ) (4)       315   

Gain (loss) on sales of securities and impairment write-downs, net

     (7     —          (7     —           —          (7

Other

     705        —          705        127         —          832   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

   $ 5,071      $ —        $ 5,071      $ 11,019       $ (300   $ 15,790   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noninterest expense

             

Salaries and employee benefits

     9,270        634 (2)       9,904        8,667         —          18,571   

Occupancy and equipment

     1,725        —          1,725        1,609         22 (5)       3,356   

Other noninterest expense (8)

     5,590        —          5,590        1,431         78 (6)       7,099   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

   $ 16,585      $ 634      $ 17,219      $ 11,707       $ 100      $ 29,026   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (251     (104     (355     1,285         (400     530   

Income taxes (benefit)

     (108     19        (89     10         291 (7)       212   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (143   $ (123   $ (266   $ 1,275       $ (691   $ 318   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share (9)

         (0.08     0.37         (0.20     0.09   

 

54


Table of Contents

 

(1) Shows the effect of the offering of Randolph Bancorp, Inc., assuming gross proceeds of $36.6 million, the minimum of the offering range, offering expenses of $1.6 million, and establishment of an employee stock ownership plan that will acquire 8.0% of the pro forma shares outstanding. The employee stock ownership plan will purchase shares in the offering and in open market purchases. The employee stock ownership plan loan will be amortized over 25 years on a straight line basis. The employee stock ownership plan expense shown reflects the estimated amortization expense on a pretax basis for the period shown. Randolph Bancorp, Inc. also intends to adopt a stock-based benefit plan that will purchase 4% of the pro forma shares outstanding for grants to plan participants. Assumes the stock-based benefit plan will purchase shares in the open market after receiving stockholder approval. Open market purchases are assumed at $10 per share. Randolph Bancorp, Inc. also intends to adopt a stock-based benefit plan that will grant options for up to 10% of the pro forma shares outstanding. Pursuant to an application of the Black-Scholes option pricing model, the stock options are assumed to have a value of $2.80 per option. The option value is assumed to be expensed over the five-year vesting period for the options and 25.0% of the option expense is assumed to be deductible for income tax purposes. The stock-based benefit plans are subject to shareholder approval. Adjustments to record estimated interest income to be earned on net proceeds of the offering will be recorded as incurred. Since this estimate is inherently subject to a large number of variables, it is not reflected in the calculations of pro forma income. The estimated interest income assuming net cash proceeds of $30.1 million from the offering are invested at an average pretax yield of 1.76% (1.16% after tax) for the year ended December 31, 2015 would be approximately $530,000 pretax. The yield utilized approximates the yield on a one-year U.S. Treasury security as of December 31, 2015. Taxes are calculated at an assumed marginal tax rate of 34.0%. No expenses are included for merger-related charges, all of which are one-time expenses.
(2) Includes the expense of the employee stock ownership plan, the grant of stock and options under the stock-based benefit plan. Employee stock ownership plan has a balance of $3.0 million and an amortization period of 25 years straight line. Employee stock ownership plan loan is assumed to be funded internally, therefore no interest expense is recorded on the consolidated income statement for Randolph Bancorp. Employee stock ownership plan expense thus reflects only the amortization of principal for the period shown. The estimated expense for the stock awards granted under the stock-based benefit plan assuming gross proceeds of $36.6 million, is $302,000 pretax for the year ended December 31, 2015. The estimated benefit for the stock options granted under the stock-based benefit plan, assuming gross proceeds of $36.6 million, is $211,000 pretax for the year ended December 31, 2015.
(3) Reflects the purchase accounting adjustments related to the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation for the merger consideration.
(4) Adjustment to reflect the amortization of the fair value adjustment on mortgage servicing rights on a straight-line basis over an average life of 8 years.
(5) Adjustment to reflect the amortization of the fair value adjustment on premises and equipment on a straight-line basis over 30 years.
(6) Adjustment to reflect the amortization of the core deposit intangible over 9 years using the sum of the years’ digits method.
(7) Reflects the application of a federal corporate tax rate upon completion of the merger into a taxable corporation.

The estimated pro forma tax expense is calculated below.

 

     (in thousands)  

First Eastern Bankshares Corporation pre-tax earnings for the year ended December 31, 2015

   $ 1,285   

Estimated pre-tax merger adjustments

     (400
  

 

 

 

First Eastern Bankshares Corporation pro forma pre-tax earnings for the year ended December 31, 2015

     885   

Pro forma income taxes payable at a 34% effective tax rate

     301   

Less: Taxes provided by First Eastern Bankshares Corporation

     (10
  

 

 

 

Net pro forma income taxes at a 34% effective tax rate

   $ 291   
  

 

 

 

 

(8) Excludes merger transaction costs of $611,000 incurred by Randolph Bancorp in connection with the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation.

 

55


Table of Contents
(9) Calculated based on shares outstanding for EPS purposes as follows:

 

Shares issued in the offering

     3,655,000   

Shares contributed to the foundation

     116,960   

Less: Shares to be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan

     (301,757

Plus: Employee stock ownership plan shares allocated or committed to be released

     12,070   
  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

     3,482,273   
  

 

 

 

 

56


Table of Contents

The following table presents pro forma income statement information for the year ended December 31, 2015 at the maximum, as adjusted of the offering range assuming the sale of 5,686,750 shares in the offering and the contribution of 181,976 shares and $454,940 of cash to our charitable foundation.

Pro Forma Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income

For the Year Ended December 31, 2015

 

     Randolph
Bancorp
Historical
    Offering
Adjustments (1)
    Randolph
Bancorp, Inc.
Pro Forma as
Converted
    First Eastern
Bankshares
Corporation
Historical
     Merger
Adjustments (3)
    Randolph
Bancorp, Inc.
Pro Forma
As Converted
After Merger
 
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Interest income

             

Loans

   $ 10,488        —        $ 10,488      $ 2,229       $ —        $ 12,717   

Securities-taxable

     1,512        —          1,512        —           —          1,512   

Securities-tax exempt

     409        —          409        —           —          409   

Interest-bearing deposits and CDs

     73        837        910        29         —          939   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest and dividend income

   $ 12,482      $ 837      $ 13,319      $ 2,258       $ —        $ 15,577   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense

             

Deposits

   $ 1,188        —        $ 1,188      $ 203       $ —        $ 1,391   

FHLB advances

     168        —          168        82         —          250   

ESOP

     —          —          —          —           —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

   $ 1,356      $ —        $ 1,356      $ 285         —        $ 1,641   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

   $ 11,126      $ 837      $ 11,963      $ 1,973       $ —        $ 13,936   

Provision (credit) for loan losses

     (137     —          (137     —           —          (137
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision (credit) for loan losses

   $ 11,263      $ 837      $ 12,100      $ 1,973       $ —        $ 14,073   

Noninterest income

             

Customer service fees

     1,572        —          1,572        16         —          1,588   

Net gain on sale of mortgage loans

     2,567        —          2,567        10,495         —          13,062   

Mortgage servicing fees

     234        —          234        381         (300 ) (4)       315   

Gain (loss) on sales of securities and impairment write-downs, net

     (7     —          (7     —           —          (7

Other

     705        —          705        127         —          832   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

   $ 5,071      $ —        $ 5,071      $ 11,019       $ (300   $ 15,790   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noninterest expense

             

Salaries and employee benefits

     9,270        986 (2)       10,256        8,667         —          18,923   

Occupancy and equipment

     1,725        —          1,725        1,609         22 (5)       3,356   

Other noninterest expense (8)

     5,590        —          5,590        1,431         78 (6)       7,099   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

   $ 16,585      $ 986      $ 17,571      $ 11,707       $ 100      $ 29,378   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (251     (149     (400     1,285         (400     485   

Income taxes (benefit)

     (108     33        (75     10         291 (7)       226   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (143   $ (182   $ (325   $ 1,275       $ (691   $ 259   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share (9)

         (0.06     0.24         (0.13     0.05   

 

57


Table of Contents

 

(1) Shows the effect of the offering of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. assuming gross proceeds of $56.9 million, the maximum, as adjusted of the offering range, offering expenses of $1.8 million, and establishment of an employee stock ownership plan that will acquire 8.0% of the pro forma shares outstanding. The employee stock ownership plan will purchase shares in the offering and in open market purchases. The employee stock ownership plan loan will be amortized over 25 years on a straight line basis. The employee stock ownership plan expense shown reflects the estimated amortization expense on a pretax basis for the period shown. Randolph Bancorp, Inc. also intends to adopt stock-based benefit plan that will purchase 4% of the pro forma shares outstanding for grants to plan participants. Assumes the stock-based benefit plan will purchase shares in the open market after receiving shareholder approval. Open market purchases are assumed at $10.00 per share. Randolph Bancorp, Inc. also intends to adopt a stock-based benefit plan that will grant options for up to 10% of the pro forma shares outstanding. Pursuant to an application of the Black-Scholes option pricing model, the stock options are assumed to have a value of $2.80 per option. The option value is assumed to be expensed over the five-year vesting period for the options and 25.0% of the option expense is assumed to be deductible for income tax purposes. The stock-based benefit plan is subject to stockholder approval. Adjustments to record estimated interest income to be earned on net proceeds of the offering will be recorded as incurred. Since these estimates are inherently subject to a large number of variables, they are not reflected in the calculations of pro forma income. The estimated interest income assuming net cash proceeds of $47.6 million from the offering are invested at an average pretax yield of 1.76% (1.16% after tax) for the year ended December 31, 2015 would be approximately $837,000 pretax. The yield utilized approximates the yield on a one-year U.S. Treasury security as of December 31, 2015. Taxes are calculated at an assumed marginal rate of 34.0%. No expenses are included for merger-related charges, all of which are one-time expenses.
(2) Includes the expense of the employee stock ownership plan, and the grant of stock and options under the stock-based benefit plan. Employee stock ownership plan loan with a balance of $3.0 million and an amortization period of 25 years straight line. Employee stock ownership plan loan is assumed to be funded internally, so no interest expense is recorded on the consolidated income statement for Randolph Bancorp. Employee stock ownership plan expense thus reflects only the amortization of principal for the period shown. The estimated expense for the stock awards granted under the stock-based benefit plan, assuming gross proceeds of $56.9 million, is $470,000 pretax for the year ended December 31, 2015. The estimated benefit for the stock options granted under the stock-based benefit plan, assuming gross proceeds of $56.9 million, is $329,000 pretax for the year ended December 31, 2015.
(3) Reflects the purchase accounting and acquisition adjustments related to the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation for the merger consideration.
(4) Adjustment to reflect the amortization of the fair value adjustment on mortgage servicing rights on a straight-line basis over an average life of 8 years.
(5) Adjustment to reflect the amortization of the fair value adjustment on premises and equipment on a straight-line basis over 30 years.
(6) Adjustment to reflect the amortization of the core deposit intangible over 9 years using the sum of the years’ digits method.
(7) Reflects the application of a federal corporate tax rate upon completion of the merger into a taxable corporation.

The estimated pro forma tax expense is calculated below.

 

     (in thousands)  

First Eastern Bankshares, Inc. pre-tax earnings for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015

   $ 1,285   

Estimated pre-tax merger adjustments

     (400
  

 

 

 

First Eastern Bankshares, Inc. pro forma pre-tax earnings for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015

     885   

Pro forma income taxes at a 34% effective tax rate

     301   

Less: Taxes provided by First Eastern

     (10
  

 

 

 

Net pro forma income taxes at a 34% effective tax rate

   $ 291   
  

 

 

 

 

(8) Excludes merger transaction costs of $611,000 incurred by Randolph Bancorp in connection with the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation.

 

58


Table of Contents
(9) Calculated based on shares outstanding for EPS purposes as follows:

 

Shares issued in the offering

     5,686,750   

Shares contributed to the foundation

     181,976   

Less: Shares to be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan

     (469,498

Plus: Employee stock ownership plan shares allocated or committed to be released

     18,780   
  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

     5,418,008   
  

 

 

 

Additional Pro Forma Data

The following tables summarize Randolph Bancorp’s and First Eastern Bankshares Corporation’s historical combined data prior to the offering and the merger and pro forma data of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. following the offering and merger at and for the year ended December 31, 2015. The information provided illustrates our pro forma net income and shareholders’ equity based on the sale of common stock at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and 15% above the maximum of the offering range. The actual net proceeds from the sale of the common stock cannot be determined until the offering is completed and may vary from our estimates. Net proceeds indicated in the following tables are based upon the following assumptions and the assumptions described in “—Pro Forma Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.”

 

    all shares of common stock will be sold in the subscription and community offerings;

 

    our employee stock ownership plan will purchase 8% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and contributed to our charitable foundation with a loan from Randolph Bancorp. The loan will be repaid in substantially equal payments of principal and interest over a period of 25 years;

 

    3.2% of the shares of our common stock sold in the offering and the remainder in cash will be contributed to our charitable foundation so that the aggregate contribution will equal 4% of the gross proceeds of the offering;

 

    expenses of the offering, other than fees paid to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, will be approximately $1.3 million;

 

    316,000 shares of common stock will be purchased by our executive officers and directors, and their associates; and

 

    Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will receive fees equal to 1.0% of the aggregate purchase price of the shares of stock sold in the offering, excluding any shares purchased by any employee benefit plans, contributed to our charitable foundation and purchased by any of our directors, officers or employees or members of their immediate families.

We calculated pro forma consolidated net income for the year ended December 31, 2015, as if the estimated net proceeds had been invested at an assumed interest rate of 1.76% (1.16% on an after-tax basis). These rates represent the five-year United States Treasury Note rates at December 31, 2015, which, in light of current market interests rates, we consider to more accurately reflect the pro forma reinvestment rate than the arithmetic average of the weighted average yield earned on our interest earnings assets and the weighted average rate paid on our deposits.

We calculated historical and pro forma per share amounts by dividing historical and pro forma amounts of consolidated net income and shareholders’ equity by the indicated number of shares of common stock. We adjusted these figures to give effect to the shares of common stock purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. We computed per share amounts for each period as if the shares of common stock were outstanding at the beginning of each period, but we did not adjust per share historical or pro forma shareholders’ equity to reflect the earnings on the estimated net proceeds.

The pro forma tables give effect to the implementation of stock-based benefit plans. Subject to the receipt of shareholder approval, we have assumed that the stock-based benefit plans will acquire for restricted stock awards a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of our outstanding shares of common stock at the same price for which they were sold in the offering. We assume that shares of common stock are granted under the plans in awards that vest over a five-year period.

 

59


Table of Contents

We have also assumed that the stock-based benefit plans will grant options to acquire shares of common stock equal to 10% of our outstanding shares of common stock. In preparing the tables below, we assumed that shareholder approval was obtained, that the exercise price of the stock options and the market price of the stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share and that the stock options had a term of 10 years and vested over five years. We applied the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate a grant-date fair value of $2.80 for each option. In addition to the terms of the options described above, the Black-Scholes option pricing model assumed an estimated volatility rate of 14.130% for the shares of common stock, a dividend yield of 0.0%, an expected option life of 10 years and a risk-free interest rate of 2.27%.

We may grant options and award shares of common stock under one or more stock-based benefit plans in excess of 10% and 4%, respectively, of our total outstanding shares if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the offering. In addition, we may grant options and award shares that vest sooner than over a five-year period if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the offering.

As discussed under the section of this prospectus entitled “Use of Proceeds,” we intend to use a portion of the net proceeds to fund the merger consideration, to contribute 50% of the remaining net proceeds to Randolph Savings Bank, to fund a loan to the employee stock ownership plan and to contribute cash to our charitable foundation. We intend to retain the remainder of the proceeds for future use.

The pro forma table does not give effect to:

 

    withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purpose of purchasing shares of common stock in the offering;

 

    our results of operations after the offering; or

 

    changes in the market price of the shares of common stock after the offering.

The following pro forma information may not represent the financial effects of the offering and the merger at the dates on which the offering and the merger actually occur and you should not use the table to indicate future results of operations. Pro forma shareholders’ equity represents the difference between the stated amount of our assets and liabilities, computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. We did not increase or decrease shareholders’ equity to reflect the difference between the carrying value of loans and other assets and their market value. Pro forma shareholders’ equity is not intended to represent the fair market value of the shares of common stock and may be different than the amounts that would be available for distribution to shareholders if we liquidated. Pro forma shareholders’ equity does not give effect to the impact of intangible assets, the liquidation account we will establish in the conversion or tax bad debt reserves in the unlikely event we are liquidated.

 

60


Table of Contents
     At or For the Year Ended December 31, 2015
Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of
 
     Minimum
3,655,000
Shares
    Midpoint
4,300,000
Shares
    Maximum
4,945,000
Shares
    Adjusted
Maximum
5,686,750
Shares (1)
 
     (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Gross proceeds of offering

   $ 36,550      $ 43,000      $ 49,450      $ 56,868   

Plus: Market value of shares issued to foundation

   $ 1,170      $ 1,376      $ 1,582      $ 1,820   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma market capitalization

   $ 37,720      $ 44,376      $ 51,032      $ 58,688   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross proceeds of offering

   $ 36,550      $ 43,000      $ 49,450      $ 56,867   

Less: expenses

   $ 1,618      $ 1,678      $ 1,737      $ 1,805   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Estimated net proceeds

   $ 34,932      $ 41,322      $ 47,713      $ 55,062   

Less: Common stock purchased by ESOP (2)

   $ (3,018   $ (3,550   $ (4,083   $ (4,695

Less: Cash contribution to foundation

   $ (292   $ (344   $ (396   $ (455

Less: Common stock purchased by stock benefit plan

   $ (1,509   $ (1,775   $ (2,041   $ (2,348
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Estimated net proceeds as adjusted

   $ 30,113      $ 35,653      $ 41,193      $ 47,564   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015

        

Net income:

        

Historical combined including merger adjustments

   $ 441      $ 441      $ 441      $ 441   

Pro forma income on net proceeds

   $ 350      $ 414      $ 479      $ 553   

Pro forma ESOP adjustment (2)

   $ (80   $ (94   $ (108   $ (124

Pro forma stock award adjustment (3)

   $ (199   $ (234   $ (270   $ (310

Pro forma stock option adjustment (4)

   $ (194   $ (227   $ (262   $ (301
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income

   $ 318      $ 300      $ 280      $ 259   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per share net income (reflects ASC 718-40-30):

        

Historical combined including merger adjustments

   $ 0.13      $ 0.11      $ 0.10      $ 0.09   

Pro forma income on net proceeds

   $ 0.10      $ 0.10      $ 0.10      $ 0.10   

Pro forma ESOP adjustment (2)

   $ (0.02   $ (0.02   $ (0.02   $ (0.02

Pro forma stock award adjustment (3)

   $ (0.06   $ (0.06   $ (0.06   $ (0.06

Pro forma stock option adjustment (4)

   $ (0.06   $ (0.06   $ (0.06   $ (0.06
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share (5)

   $ 0.09      $ 0.07      $ 0.06      $ 0.05   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Offering price as multiple of pro forma earnings per share

     111.11x        142.86x        166.67x        200.00x   

Shares used for calculating pro forma earnings per share (5)

     3,482,273        4,096,792        4,711,311        5,418,008   

At December 31, 2015

        

Stockholders’ equity:

        

Historical combined including merger adjustments

   $ 32,510      $ 32,510      $ 32,510      $ 32,510   

Estimated net proceeds

   $ 34,932      $ 41,323      $ 47,713      $ 55,063   

Plus: Market value of shares issued to foundation

   $ 1,170      $ 1,376      $ 1,582      $ 1,820   

Plus: Tax benefit of contribution to foundation

   $ 497      $ 585      $ 673      $ 773   

Less: Common stock acquired by ESOP (2)

   $ (3,018   $ (3,550   $ (4,083   $ (4,695

Less: Common stock acquired by stock benefit plan (3)(4)

   $ (1,509   $ (1,775   $ (2,041   $ (2,348

Less: Expense of contribution to foundation (6)

   $ (1,462   $ (1,720   $ (1,978   $ (2,275
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma stockholders’ equity

   $ 63,120      $ 68,749      $ 74,376      $ 80,848   

Intangible assets (7)

   $ (390   $ (390   $ (390   $ (390
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity

   $ 62,730      $ 68,359      $ 73,986      $ 80,458   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity per share:

        

Historical combined including merger adjustments

   $ 8.62      $ 7.33      $ 6.37      $ 5.55   

Estimated net proceeds

   $ 9.26      $ 9.31      $ 9.35      $ 9.38   

Plus: Market value of shares issued to foundation

   $ 0.31      $ 0.31      $ 0.31      $ 0.31   

Plus: Tax benefit of contribution to foundation

   $ 0.13      $ 0.13      $ 0.13      $ 0.13   

Less: Common stock acquired by ESOP (2)

   $ (0.80   $ (0.80   $ (0.80   $ (0.80

Less: Common stock acquired by stock benefit plan (3) (4)

   $ (0.40   $ (0.40   $ (0.40   $ (0.40

Less: Expense of contribution to foundation

   $ (0.39   $ (0.39   $ (0.39   $ (0.39
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share (8)

   $ 16.73      $ 15.49      $ 14.57      $ 13.78   

Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share (8)

   $ 16.63      $ 15.40      $ 14.49      $ 13.71   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Offering price as percentage equity per share

     59.77     64.56     68.63     72.57

Offering price as percentage of tangible equity per share

     60.13     64.94     69.01     72.94

Shares used for pro forma stockholders’ equity per share

     3,771,960        4,437,600        5,103,240        5,868,726   

 

61


Table of Contents

 

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2) Assumes that 8% of shares of common stock sold in the offering and contributed to our charitable foundation will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. For purposes of this table, the funds used to acquire these shares are assumed to have been borrowed by the employee stock ownership plan from Randolph Bancorp, Inc. at a fixed-rate per annum equal to the prime rate on the closing of the offering. Randolph Savings Bank intends to make annual contributions to the employee stock ownership plan in an amount at least equal to the required principal and interest payments on the debt. Randolph Savings Bank’s total annual payments on the employee stock ownership plan debt are based upon 25 equal annual installments of principal and interest. Accounting Standard Codification, or ASC, 718-40-30 requires that an employer record compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of the shares committed to be released to employees. The pro forma adjustments assume that the employee stock ownership plan shares are allocated in equal annual installments based on the number of loan repayment installments assumed to be paid by Randolph Savings Bank, the fair value of the common stock remains equal to the subscription price and the employee stock ownership plan expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 34.0%. The unallocated employee stock ownership plan shares are reflected as a reduction of shareholders’ equity. No reinvestment is assumed on proceeds contributed to fund the employee stock ownership plan. The pro forma net income further assumes that 12,070, 14,200, 16,330 and 18,780 shares were committed to be released during the year ended December 31, 2015, at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively. In accordance with ASC 718-40-30, only the employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released during the period were considered outstanding for purposes of income per share calculations.
(3) If approved by Randolph Bancorp, Inc.’s shareholders, a stock-based benefit plan may issue an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares to be sold in the offering and contributed to our charitable foundation (or possibly a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion) for award as restricted stock to our officers, employees and directors. Shareholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans, and purchases by the plan may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. The shares may be acquired directly from Randolph Bancorp, Inc. or through open market purchases. The funds to be used by the stock-based benefit plans to purchase the shares will be provided by Randolph Bancorp, Inc. The table assumes that (i) the stock-based benefit plans acquire the shares through open market purchases at $10.00 per share, (ii) 20% of the amount contributed to the stock-based benefit plans is amortized as an expense during the fiscal year and (iii) the stock-based benefit plans expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 34.0%. Assuming shareholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans and that shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares sold in the offering and contributed to our charitable foundation are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, shareholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 3.85%.
(4)

If approved by Randolph Bancorp, Inc.’s shareholders, a stock-based benefit plan may grant options to acquire an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 10% of the shares to be sold in the offering and contributed to our charitable foundation (or possibly a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion). Shareholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock options to be granted under stock-based benefit plans, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the trading price of the common stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share, the estimated grant-date fair value determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model was $2.80 for each option, the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options was amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a five-year vesting period of the options. The actual expense of the stock options to be granted under the stock-based benefit plans will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted. Under the above assumptions, the adoption of the stock-based benefit plans will result in no additional shares under the treasury stock method for purposes of calculating earnings per share. There can be no assurance that the actual exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the $10.00 price per share. If a portion of the shares to satisfy the exercise of options under the stock-based benefit plans is obtained from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares, our net income per share and shareholders’ equity per share would decrease. Assuming shareholder

 

62


Table of Contents
  approval of the stock-based benefit plans and that shares of common stock used to fund stock options equal to 10% of the shares sold in the offering and contributed to our charitable foundation are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, shareholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 9.09%.
(5) Income per share computations are determined by taking the number of shares assumed to be sold in the offering and, in accordance with ASC 718-40-30, subtracting the employee stock ownership plan shares that have not been committed for release during the period and subtracting non-vested stock awards granted under the stock benefit plan. See notes 2 and 3 above.
(6) Does not give effect to the nonrecurring expense that is expected to be recognized as a result of the contribution of cash and shares of common stock to our charitable foundation. Assuming the contribution to the foundation was expensed, the estimated before tax expense, estimated after-tax expense and pro forma tax benefit associated with the contribution to the charitable foundation, and the pro forma net income (loss) and pro forma net income (loss) per share are set forth in the table below. The pro forma data assume that we will realize 100.0% of the income tax benefit as a result of the contribution to the charitable foundation based on a 34.0% income tax rate. The realization of the tax benefit is limited annually to 10.0% of our annual taxable income. However, for federal and state tax purposes, we can carry forward any unused portion of the deduction for five years following the year in which the contribution is made.

 

(in thousands, except per share data)    Minimum      Midpoint      Maximum      Adjusted
Maximum
 

For the year ended December 31, 2015:

           

Before tax expense of contribution

   $ 1,462       $ 1,720       $ 1,978       $ 2,275   

Pro forma tax benefit

     497         585         673         773   

Estimated after tax expense of contribution

     965         1,135         1,305         1,501   

Pro forma net income (loss)

     (646      (835      (1,025      (1,242

Pro forma net income (loss) per share

     (0.19      (0.20      (0.22      (0.23

 

(7) Includes $390,000 of core deposit intangibles from the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation.
(8) The retained earnings of Randolph Savings Bank may be restricted after the conversion. See the sections of this prospectus entitled “Dividend Policy,” “The Conversion; Plan of Distribution—Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation.” The number of shares used to calculate pro forma shareholders’ equity per share is equal to the total number of shares to be outstanding upon completion of the offering.

 

63


Table of Contents

C OMPARISON OF V ALUATION AND P RO F ORMA I NFORMATION W ITH AND W ITHOUT OUR

C HARITABLE F OUNDATION

As reflected in the table below, if our charitable foundation is not established and funded as part of the offering, RP Financial estimates that our pro forma valuation would be greater and, as a result, a greater number of shares of common stock would be sold in the offering. At the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the valuation range, our pro forma valuation is $37.7 million, $44.4 million, $51.0 million and $58.7 million, respectively, with our charitable foundation, as compared to $39.1 million, $46.0 million, $52.9 million and $60.8 million, respectively, without our charitable foundation. There is no assurance that, in the event our charitable foundation were not formed, the appraisal prepared at that time would conclude that our pro forma market value would be the same as that estimated in the table below. Any appraisal prepared at that time would be based on the facts and circumstances existing at that time, including, among other things, market and economic conditions.

For comparative purposes only, set forth below are certain pricing ratios and financial data and ratios at and for the year ended December 31, 2015 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, assuming the offering was completed at the beginning of the year, with and without our charitable foundation.

 

    Minimum     Midpoint     Maximum     Adjusted Maximum  
    With
charitable
foundation
    Without
charitable
foundation
    With
charitable
foundation
    Without
charitable
foundation
    With
charitable
foundation
    Without
charitable
foundation
    With
charitable
foundation
    Without
charitable
foundation
 
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Offering amount

  $ 36,550      $ 39,100      $ 43,000      $ 46,000      $ 49,450      $ 52,900      $ 56,868      $ 60,835   

Pro forma market capitalization

    37,720        39,100        44,376        46,000        51,032        52,900        58,687        60,835   

Total assets (1)

    465,800        467,261        471,428        473,270        477,056        479,278        483,529        486,188   

Total liabilities

    402,680        401,986        402,680        401,986        402,680        401,986        402,680        401,986   

Pro forma shareholders’ equity

    63,120        65,275        68,748        71,284        74,376        77,292        80,849        84,202   

Pro forma net income (2)

    319        333        300        316        281        299        259        280   

Pro forma shareholders’ equity per share

    16.73        16.69        15.49        15.50        14.57        14.61        13.78        13.84   

Pro forma net income per share

    0.09        0.09        0.07        0.07        0.06        0.06        0.05        0.05   

Pro forma pricing ratios:

               

Offering price as a percentage of pro forma shareholders’ equity per share

    59.77     59.92     64.56     64.52     68.63     68.45     72.57     72.25

Offering price as a percentage of pro forma tangible shareholders’ equity per share

    60.13     60.28     64.94     64.85     69.01     68.78     72.94     72.57

Offering price to pro forma net income per share

    111.11     111.11     142.86     142.86     166.67     166.67     200.00     200.00

Pro forma financial ratios:

               

Return on assets (annualized)

    0.07     0.07     0.06     0.07     0.06     0.06     0.05     0.06

Return on equity (annualized)

    0.51     0.51     0.44     0.44     0.38     0.39     0.32     0.33

Equity to assets

    13.55     13.97     14.58     15.06     15.59     16.13     16.72     17.32

Total shares issued

    3,771,960        3,910,000        4,437,600        4,600,000        5,103,240        5,290,000        5,868,726        6,083,500   

 

(1) Includes the pro forma impact of the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation.
(2) The following table does not include the estimated after-tax expense associated with the contribution to the foundation.

 

64


Table of Contents

C OMPARISON OF V ALUATION AND P RO F ORMA I NFORMATION W ITH AND W ITHOUT THE M ERGER

As reflected in the table below, while certain financial measures including total assets, total liabilities and pro forma net income (loss) would differ, RP Financial estimates that our pro forma stockholders’ equity would not be materially different and our pro forma valuation would be the same whether or not the merger is completed. At the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the valuation range, our pro forma valuation is $37.7 million, $44.4 million, $51.0 million and $58.7 million, respectively, both giving effect to the merger and without giving effect to the merger. There is no assurance, that in the event the merger is not completed, the appraisal prepared at that time would conclude that our pro forma market value would be the same as that estimated in the table below. Any appraisal prepared at that time would be based on the facts and circumstances existing at that time, including, among other things, market and economic conditions.

For comparative purposes only, set forth below are certain pricing ratios and financial data and ratios at and for the year ended December 31, 2015 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, assuming the offering was completed at the beginning of the year, with and without the merger being completed.

 

    Minimum     Midpoint     Maximum     Adjusted Maximum  
    With
Merger
    Without
Merger
    With
Merger
    Without
Merger
    With
Merger
    Without
Merger
    With
Merger
    Without
Merger
 
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Offering amount

  $ 36,550      $ 36,550      $ 43,000      $ 43,000      $ 49,450      $ 49,450      $ 56,868      $ 56,868   

Pro forma market capitalization

    37,720        37,720        44,376        44,376        51,032        51,032        58,687        58,687   

Total assets

    465,800        413,773        471,428        419,401        477,056        425,029        483,529        431,502   

Total liabilities

    402,680        350,704        402,680        350,704        402,680        350,704        402,680        350,704   

Pro forma shareholders’ equity

    63,120        63,069        68,748        68,697        74,376        74,325        80,849        80,798   

Pro forma net income (loss)

    319        (876     300        (895     281        (914     259        (936

Pro forma shareholders’ equity per share

    16.73        16.72        15.49        15.48        14.57        14.56        13.78        13.77   

Pro forma net income (loss) per share

    0.09        (0.23     0.07        (0.20     0.06        (0.18     0.05        (0.16

Pro forma pricing ratios:

               

Offering price as a percentage of pro forma shareholders’ equity per share

    59.77     59.81     64.56     64.60     68.63     68.68     72.57     72.62

Offering price as a percentage of pro forma tangible shareholders’ equity per share

    60.13     59.81     64.94     64.60     69.01     68.68     72.94     72.62

Offering price to pro forma net income per share (1)

    NM        NM        NM        NM        NM        NM        NM        NM   

Pro forma financial ratios:

               

Return on assets (annualized)

    0.07     (0.21 )%      0.06     (0.21 )%      0.06     (0.22 )%      0.05     (0.22 )% 

Return on equity annualized)

    0.51     (1.39 )%      0.44     (1.30 )%      0.38     (1.23 )%      0.32     (1.16 )% 

Equity to assets

    13.55     15.24     14.58     16.38     15.59     17.49     16.72     18.72

Total shares issued

    3,771,960        3,771,960        4,437,600        4,437,600        5,103,240        5,103,240        5,868,726        5,868,726   

 

(1) NM= Not Meaningful. Randolph Bancorp has reported net losses in each of the last three fiscal years and its pro forma net income for 2015 on a pre-conversion basis but after incorporating the pro forma earnings contribution of the merger with First Eastern Bankshares Corporation is $441,000. The resulting pro forma price-to-earnings multiples were in excess of 100x. RP Financial does not consider multiples of this magnitude to be a meaningful indicator of value and, accordingly, such multiples are not presented herein.

 

65


Table of Contents

M ANAGEMENT S D ISCUSSION AND A NALYSIS OF F INANCIAL C ONDITION AND R ESULTS OF O PERATIONS

OF R ANDOLPH B ANCORP

This section is intended to help potential investors understand the financial performance of Randolph Bancorp and its subsidiary through a discussion of the factors affecting its financial condition at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, and its results of operations for the years then ended. This section should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of Randolph Bancorp and notes thereto that appear elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

Our fundamental business strategy is to :

 

    Leverage our infrastructure;

 

    Further expand mortgage banking;

 

    Emphasize commercial lending;

 

    Continue to improve our asset quality;

 

    Increase core funding;

 

    Improve our delivery channels;

 

    Grow through acquisitions; and

 

    Remain a community-oriented institution.

Our results of operations depend primarily on net interest income and gains on the sale of mortgage loans. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets and the interest we pay on interest-bearing liabilities. Our interest-earning assets consist primarily of residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate loans, commercial and industrial loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, construction loans, consumer loans and investment securities. Interest-bearing liabilities consist primarily of deposit accounts and borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston. Gains on the sale of mortgage loans result from the sale of such loans in the secondary mortgage market. The amount of these gains is dependent on the volume of our loan originations.

Critical Accounting Policies

Certain of our accounting policies are important to the presentation of our financial condition, since they require management to make difficult, complex or subjective judgments, some of which may relate to matters that are inherently uncertain. Estimates associated with these policies are susceptible to material changes as a result of changes in facts and circumstances. Facts and circumstances which could affect these judgments include, but are not limited to, changes in interest rates, changes in the performance of the economy and changes in the financial condition of borrowers. Our significant accounting policies are discussed in detail in Note 1 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. As an “emerging growth company” we have elected to use the extended transition period to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. Accordingly, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is the amount estimated by management as necessary to cover losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance for loan losses when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectibility of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This

 

66


Table of Contents

evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as either additional information becomes available or circumstances change. The allowance for loan losses is allocated to loan types using both a formula-based approach applied to groups of loans (general component) and an analysis of certain individual loans for impairment (allocated component). Although we believe that we use the best information available to establish the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if economic or other conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the evaluation. In addition, the FDIC and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination. A large loss could deplete the allowance and require increased provisions to replenish the allowance, which would adversely affect earnings. See Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

Income Taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is determined based on the tax effects of the temporary differences between the book and tax bases of the various balance sheet assets and liabilities and gives current recognition to changes in tax rates and laws. A valuation allowance is established against deferred tax assets when, based upon available evidence including historical and projected taxable income, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

In 2014, we established a 100% valuation allowance for our net deferred tax assets after completing an assessment of our recent operating results, including significant non-recurring items, and projected operating results. This assessment lead us to conclude that it was more likely than not that we would be unable to realize our deferred tax assets.

We do not have any uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2015 and 2014 which require accrual or disclosure. We record interest and penalties as part of income tax expense. No interest or penalties were recorded for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2015 and 2014

Total Assets. Total assets increased $23.7 million, or 6.6%, to $383.2 million at December 31, 2015 from $359.4 million at December 31, 2014. This growth was concentrated in our loan portfolio which increased by $36.1 million. The increase in net loans was partially funded by a decrease of $15.6 million in our investment portfolio. This shift in assets reflected our strategic intent of focusing a greater proportion of our interest-earning assets in loans. Our overall asset growth was funded by increases in deposits and FHLB advances of $14.7 million and $10.8 million, respectively.

Loans Held for Sale. We are actively involved in the secondary mortgage market and designate the majority of our residential first mortgage loan production for sale. Total originations of one-to four-family residential mortgage loans for sale in the secondary mortgage market were $105.8 million in 2015 and $62.6 million in 2014. The increase in loan originations was positively affected by the prevailing low interest rate environment in 2015 and by the Bank’s focus on increasing the origination of purchase money mortgages which increased by 37% in 2015. The overall origination volume of such mortgages is less volatile than the origination volume associated with rate-sensitive loan refinancing transactions. Purchase money mortgages comprised 55% and 60% of residential mortgage loan originations in 2015 and 2014, respectively. At December 31, 2015, loans held for sale, which consists of closed residential first mortgage loans which the Bank has committed to sell to investors, totaled $2.9 million compared to $2.3 million at December 31, 2014.

Net Loans. Net loans increased $36.1 million, or 14.5%, to $285.2 million at December 31, 2015 from $249.0 million at December 31, 2014. This growth occurred in both residential mortgage loans (first mortgages and home equity loans and lines of credit) which increased $22.2 million, or 12.5%, during 2015, and commercial real estate and construction loans which increased $12.1 million, or 17.2%, during 2015. This growth reflects strong local market conditions aided by the low interest rate environment that prevailed throughout the year as well as our strategic focus on loan growth.

Investment Securities. Investments, all of which are classified as available for sale, decreased $15.6 million, or 20.0%, to $62.3 million at December 31, 2015 from $77.9 million at December 31, 2014. This decrease is a consequence of our strategic shift to a higher proportion of interest-earning assets in loans. During 2015, we

 

67


Table of Contents

directed cash flows from investment maturities and calls as well as principal payments on mortgage-backed securities aggregating $12.6 million to fund loan growth. In addition, we decided in 2015 to sell our portfolio of marketable equity securities which provided $2.7 million of additional funding for loan growth.

Bank-owned Life Insurance. Bank-owned life insurance (BOLI) decreased $590,000, or 5.8%, to $9.6 million at December 31, 2015 from $10.2 million at December 31, 2014. This decrease resulted from a claim on an insurance policy due to the death of a former officer, partially offset by increases of $236,000 in the cash surrender value of the underlying insurance policies.

Deposits. Deposits increased $14.7 million, or 5.0%, to $309.2 million at December 31, 2015 from $294.5 million at December 31, 2014. This increase occurred primarily in non-maturity deposits, consisting of demand deposits, NOW accounts, money market accounts and regular savings accounts, which increased $14.0 million, or 6.6%, while term certificate accounts increased $763,000, or 0.9%. This mix of deposit growth reflects the low interest rate environment which has persisted in recent years and the preference of many depositors to hold their funds in accounts which do not have stated maturities. The increase in deposits resulted from the introduction and promotion of new consumer savings and checking account products as well as a business checking account product.

FHLB Advances. FHLB advances increased $10.8 million, or 45.0%, to $34.9 million at December 31, 2015 from $24.1 million at December 31, 2014. These advances are an important source of wholesale funding and were utilized in 2015 to partially fund loan growth. Of the $10.8 million net increase in FHLB advances occurring in 2015, $10.0 million represented community development advances which bear a discounted rate from advances with the same maturity. These advances, which were used to fund residential mortgage loans for low-to-medium income borrowers, had a weighted average maturity of 23 months and a weighted average interest rate of 0.75%.

Total Equity. Total equity decreased $1.2 million, or 3.6%, to $32.5 million at December 31, 2015 from $33.7 million at December 31, 2014. This decrease resulted from the net loss for 2015 of $754,000 and the other comprehensive loss of $443,000, which was primarily attributable to the decrease in the unrealized gain on investment securities.

Analysis of Net Interest Income

Net interest income represents the difference between income we earn on our interest-earning assets and the expense we pay on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income depends on the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the interest rates earned on such assets and paid on such liabilities.

 

68


Table of Contents

Average Balances and Yields. The following tables set forth average balance sheets, average yields and costs, and certain other information for the periods indicated. All average balances are daily average balances. Non-accrual loans were included in the computation of average balances. The yields set forth below include the effect of deferred fees, discounts and premiums that are amortized or accreted to interest income or expense.

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,  
    2015     2014     2013  
(Dollars in thousands)   Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest
Earned/
Paid
    Average
Yield/
Rate
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest
Earned/
Paid
    Average
Yield/
Rate
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest
Earned/
Paid
    Average
Yield/
Rate
 

Interest-earning assets:

                 

Loans (1)

  $ 271,337      $ 10,488        3.87   $ 221,907      $ 9,320        4.20   $ 194,361      $ 8,129        4.18

Investment securities (2) (6)

    72,585        2,059        2.84     91,368        2,576        2.82     154,397        3,782        2.45

Interest-earning deposits

    6,180        73        1.20     10,727        66        0.61     7,077        29        0.41
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-earning assets

    350,102        12,620        3.60     324,002        11,962        3.69     355,835        11,940        3.36
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Noninterest-earning assets

    25,823            28,493            27,132       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total assets

  $ 375,925          $ 352,495          $ 382,967       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                 

Savings accounts

  $ 91,458      $ 123        0.13   $ 92,743      $ 93        0.10   $ 104,349      $ 122        0.12

NOW accounts

    44,587        84        0.19     43,682        45        0.10     45,109        51        0.11

Money market accounts

    53,245        221        0.42     39,181        100        0.26     38,283        91        0.24

Term certificates

    81,925        760        0.93     88,413        947        1.07     109,522        1,556        1.42
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-bearing deposits

    271,215        1,188        0.44     264,019        1,185        0.45     297,263        1,820        0.61

FHLB advances

    32,569        168        0.51     16,344        118        0.72     13,349        147        1.10
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    303,784        1,356        0.45     280,363        1,303        0.46     310,612        1,967        0.63
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Noninterest-bearing liabilities:

                 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

    32,515            30,230            28,965       

Other noninterest-bearing liabilities

    5,682            4,935            4,708       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities

    341,981            315,528            344,285       

Total Equity

    33,944            36,967            38,682       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 375,925          $ 352,495          $ 382,967       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Net interest income

    $ 11,264          $ 10,659          $ 9,973     
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Interest rate spread (3)

        3.16         3.23         2.72

Net interest-earning assets (4)

  $ 46,318          $ 43,639          $ 45,223       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Net interest margin (5)

        3.21         3.28         2.78

Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities

    115.25         115.57         114.56    
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

(1) Includes nonaccruing loan balances and interest received on such loans.
(2) Includes carrying value of securities classified as available-for-sale, FHLB stock and investment in the Depositors Insurance Fund.
(3) Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on average interest-earning assets and the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities.
(4) Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
(5) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.
(6) Includes tax equivalent adjustments for municipal securities, based on a 34% effective tax rate, of $138,000, $158,000 and $172,000 for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

69


Table of Contents

Rate/Volume Analysis. The following table presents the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income for the periods indicated. The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate). The net column represents the sum of the prior columns. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2015 v. 2014
    Year Ended
December 31, 2014 v. 2013
 
     Increase (Decrease) Due
to Changes in
    Total
Increase
(Decrease)
    Increase
(Decrease) Due to
Changes in
    Total
Increase
(Decrease)
 
(In thousands)    Volume     Rate       Volume     Rate    

Interest-earning assets:

            

Loans

   $ 1,946      $ (778   $ 1,168      $ 1,157      $ 34      $ 1,191   

Investment securities

     (535     18        (517     (1,716     509        (1,207

Interest-earning deposits

     (36     43        7        19        18        37   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

     1,375        (717     658        (540     561        21   

Interest-bearing liabilities:

            

Savings accounts

     (1     31        30        (13     (16     (29

NOW accounts

     1        38        39        (1     (1     (2

Money market accounts

     45        76        121        1        4        5   

Term certificates

     (67     (120     (187     (267     (342     (609
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

     (22     25        3        (280     (355     (635

FHLB advances

     92        (42     50        29        (58     (29
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     70        (17     53        (251     (413     (664

Change in net interest income

   $ 1,305      $ (700   $ 605      $ (289   $ 974      $ 685   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

General. We reported net losses of $754,000 and $2,167,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Results of operations in 2015 and 2014 included the following items:

 

    Pre-tax income of $780,000 from the sale of our Rhode Island branches in 2014;

 

    Pre-tax income of $780,000 from the sale of investment securities in 2014;

 

    Pre-tax expense of $543,000 in 2015 and $463,000 in 2014 attributable to a defined benefit plan that was settled in July 2015;

 

    Pre-tax expense of $611,000 in 2015 associated with the pending acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation; and

 

    Pre-tax income of $285,000 in 2015 due to death benefits received on bank-owned life insurance, net of payments made on a split dollar life insurance agreement.

Exclusive of these items, we would have reported income before income taxes of $7,000 in 2015 and a loss before income taxes of $175,000 in 2014. In 2014, we also recorded a 100% deferred tax valuation allowance of $3.0 million which led to the net loss for the year.

Interest and Dividend Income. Interest and dividend income increased $678,000, or 5.7%, to $12.5 million in 2015 compared to $11.8 million in 2014. This increase was entirely due to the growth in the average balances of loans between years of $49.4 million as the average yield on loans declined 33 basis points to 3.87% in 2015 from 4.20% in 2014. The reduction in yield is a consequence of the continuation of the lower interest rate environment as well as competitive pressures. The overall increase in interest and dividend income was also adversely affected by a $497,000 reduction in interest income due to the $18.8 million decline in the average balances of investment securities, which results from our gradual de-emphasis of investment securities as a source of interest income.

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased $53,000, or 4.1%, to $1.4 million in 2015 compared to $1.3 million in 2014. This increase was entirely due to the increased utilization of FHLB advances as a funding source as the average balances of such advances increased by $16.2 million in 2015. The cost of FHLB advances declined 21 basis points to 0.51% in 2015 from 0.72% in 2014. Both interest expense and the cost of funds on deposits were virtually unchanged in 2015 as compared to the prior year.

 

70


Table of Contents

Net Interest Income.   Net interest income increased $625,000, or 6.0%, to $11.1 million in 2015 compared to $10.5 million in 2014. This improvement resulted from the growth in average interest-earning assets of $26.1 million, partially offset by a decline in the net interest margin of 7 basis points to 3.21% in 2015 from 3.28% in 2014. The growth in interest-earnings assets reflects the $36.1 million growth in net loans during 2015.

Provision for Loan Losses. During 2015, we reduced our allowance for loan losses by recording a credit of $137,000 compared to a provision for loan losses of $120,000 in 2014. This credit was primarily due to the $7.2 million reduction in impaired loans during 2015. This reduction was attributable not only to loan charge-offs, but also the pay-off and pay-downs of impaired loans. The general component of the allowance for loan losses remained largely unchanged in 2015 as the impact on the allowance caused by increases in loan balances was substantially offset by improvements in qualitative factors. The allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2015 was 1.12% compared to 1.40% at December 31, 2014.

Net Gain on Sale of Mortgage Loans. The net gain on sale of mortgage loans increased $1.2 million, or 84.8%, to $2.6 million in 2015 compared to $1.4 million in 2014. During 2015, we sold $105.3 million of residential mortgage loans compared to $62.0 million in 2014. The increase in loan originations was positively affected by the prevailing low interest rate environment in 2015 and by our focus on increasing the origination of purchase money mortgages which increased by 37% in 2015. The overall origination volume of such mortgages is less volatile than the origination volume associated with rate-sensitive loan refinancing transactions. Purchase money mortgages comprised 55% and 60% of residential mortgage loan originations in 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Other Non-interest Income. Other non-interest income includes depositor service fees, mortgage servicing income, securities gains, losses and impairment write-downs, increases in the cash surrender value of BOLI policies and other smaller income items. During 2015, such income decreased $1.4 million, or 35.3%, to $2.5 million compared to $3.9 million in 2014. The principal causes of this decline were a reduction in net securities gains of $787,000 and a gain on the sale of our Rhode Island branches of $780,000 recognized in 2014. Depositor service fees decreased $96,000 in 2015 due principally to a reduction in overdraft fees while mortgage servicing income decreased $117,000 in 2015 due to higher loan prepayments. Offsetting these items was a gain of $402,000 due to death benefits received on a BOLI policy.

Non-interest Expense. Non-interest expenses increased $2.5 million, or 16.9%, to $17.2 million in 2015 compared to $14.7 million in 2014. This increase was principally due to higher salaries and employee benefits of $995,000, higher occupancy and equipment expenses of $160,000 due to the adverse winter conditions experienced in the Boston area in 2015, higher data processing costs of $160,000 due to additional service offerings and customer utilization of alternative delivery channels, higher professional fees of $859,000, and higher other non-interest expenses of $200,000 due to $117,000 in expense on a split dollar life insurance arrangement for a deceased former officer and a $120,000 increase in net loan collection costs due to a $200,000 recovery of such costs in 2014.

The increase in salaries in employee benefits of $995,000, or 12.0%, in 2015 was due to higher net commission expense of $394,000 directly related to the improvement in mortgage loan origination volume during the year, $213,000 in employee compensation, $121,000 in severance pay and $106,000 in contributions to the 401(k) plan.

The increase of $859,000, or 113.9%, in professional fees was principally due to $611,000 of costs incurred in connection with the pending acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation. We also experienced an increase in both internal and external audit and regulatory examination costs totaling $316,000. External audit costs increased by $146,000 due primarily to re-audits of prior year financial statements triggered by an independence issue with our prior auditing firm. Internal audit costs increased due to an expansion in the overall scope of the work performed, while regulatory examination costs increased in 2015 due to a credit in the prior year resulting from an over-accrual for such costs in 2013.

Income Tax Expense (Benefit). In 2014, we recognized a 100% deferred tax valuation allowance of $3.0 million which gave rise to nearly all of the total income tax provision for the year of $3.1 million. In 2015, we continued to maintain the valuation allowance for all of our deferred tax assets. During 2015, a tax benefit of $108,000 was recognized in operations. This amount included a $117,000 deferred tax benefit due to the reclassification of actuarial losses on the defined benefit plan that was terminated and settled in 2015. This deferred tax benefit was fully offset by a deferred tax provision included in other comprehensive income.

 

71


Table of Contents

Management of Market Risk

Overview . Managing risk is an essential part of successfully managing a financial institution. Our most prominent risk exposures are credit risk, interest rate risk, market risk and liquidity risk. Credit risk is the risk of not collecting the interest and/or the principal balance of a loan or security when it is due. Interest rate risk is the potential reduction of net interest income as a result of changes in interest rates. Market risk arises from fluctuations in interest rates that may result in changes in the values of financial instruments, such as available-for-sale securities that are recorded at fair value. Liquidity risk is the possible inability to fund obligations to depositors, lenders or borrowers when due. Other risks that we face are operational risks and reputation risk. Operational risks include risks related to fraud, regulatory compliance, processing errors, technology and disaster recovery. Reputation risk is the risk that negative publicity or press, whether true or not, could cause a decline in our customer base or revenue.

Credit Risk Management . Our strategy for credit risk management focuses on having well-defined credit policies and uniform underwriting criteria and providing prompt attention to potential problem loans. This strategy also emphasizes conservative loan-to-value ratios and guarantees of construction and commercial real estate loans by parties with substantial net worth. The Bank utilizes an eight-grade internal loan rating system for commercial real estate, construction, commercial and industrial loans. On an annual basis, or more often if needed, the Bank formally reviews the ratings on all commercial real estate, construction and commercial loans. In addition, during each calendar year, we engage an outside loan review firm to perform a thorough review of our commercial loan portfolio. This review involves analyzing adversely classified loans and loans more than 30 days past due, in each case with outstanding balances in excess of $50,000; new loans of significant size (typically $250,000 and above); a sampling of performing relationships with balances of $250,000 and above; delinquency trends; and loan collateral valuation, in order to assess the accuracy of our internal loan rating systems and to identify deviations from the loan policy. In 2015, 73% of the aggregate principal balance of our commercial loan portfolio was reviewed. Management uses the results of these reviews as part of its annual review process.

When a borrower fails to make a required loan payment, management takes a number of steps to have the borrower cure the delinquency and restore the loan to current status. Management makes initial contact with the borrower when the loan becomes 16 days past due. If payment is not then received by the 30th day of delinquency, additional letters and phone calls generally are made, and a plan of collection is pursued for each individual loan. A particular plan of collection may lead to foreclosure, the timing of which depends on the prospects for the borrower bringing the loan current, the financial strength and commitment of any guarantors, the type and value of the collateral securing the loan and other factors. If a foreclosure action is instituted and the loan is not brought current, paid in full, or refinanced before the foreclosure sale, the real property securing the loan generally is sold at foreclosure. We may consider loan workout arrangements with certain borrowers under certain circumstances, as well as the sale of the nonperforming loans. Management informs the board of directors on a monthly basis of the amount of loans delinquent more than 30 days.

Our collection procedure for commercial loans includes sending periodic late notices to a borrower once a loan is past due. We attempt to make direct contact with the borrower once a loan becomes five days past due. If collection activity is unsuccessful after 90 days, we may refer the matter to our legal counsel for further collection efforts and we may charge-off the loan. All loans delinquent 30 days and over are reported monthly at the board of directors meeting.

Interest Rate Risk Management. We manage the interest rate sensitivity of our interest-bearing liabilities and interest-earning assets in an effort to minimize the adverse effects of changes in the interest rate environment. Deposit accounts typically react more quickly to changes in market interest rates than mortgage loans because of the shorter maturities of deposits. As a result, sharp increases in interest rates may adversely affect our earnings while decreases in interest rates may beneficially affect our earnings. To reduce the potential volatility of our earnings, we have sought to improve the match between asset and liability maturities and rates, while maintaining an acceptable interest rate spread. Our strategy for managing interest rate risk emphasizes originating shorter-term commercial real estate loans and adjustable-rate loans for retention in our loan portfolio, promoting core deposit products and time deposits, adjusting the maturities of borrowings and adjusting the investment portfolio mix and duration. We also manage interest rate risk by selling virtually all newly originated conforming fixed rate residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. We currently do not participate in hedging programs, interest rate swaps or other activities involving the use of derivative financial instruments except for interest rate lock agreements with borrowers and forward loan sale commitments with investors both in connection with our mortgage banking activities.

 

72


Table of Contents

We have an asset/liability management committee to communicate, coordinate and control all aspects involving asset-liability management. The committee establishes and monitors the volume, maturities, pricing and mix of assets and funding sources with the objective of managing assets and funding sources to provide results that are consistent with liquidity, growth, risk limits and profitability goals.

Our goal is to manage asset and liability positions to moderate the effects of interest rate fluctuations on net interest and net income.

Net Interest Income Analysis. We analyze our sensitivity to changes in interest rates through our net interest income simulation model which is provided to us by an independent third party. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and the interest we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. We estimate what our net interest income would be for a one-year period based on current interest rates. We then calculate what the net interest income would be for the same period under different interest rate assumptions. The comparative scenarios assume an immediate parallel shifts in the yield curve in increments of 100 basis point (bp) rate movements. A basis point equals one-hundredth of one percent, and 100 basis points equals one percent. An increase in interest rates from 3% to 4% would mean, for example, a 100 basis point increase in the “Change in Interest Rates” column below. We also estimate the impact over a two year time horizon. The following table shows the estimated impact on net interest income for the one-year period beginning December 31, 2015 resulting from potential changes in interest rates. The model is run at least quarterly showing shocks from +300bp to -100bp, as we believe a decline of greater than -100bp is currently improbable. These estimates require certain assumptions to be made, including loan and mortgage-related investment prepayment speeds, reinvestment rates, and deposit maturities and decay rates. These assumptions are inherently uncertain. As a result, no simulation model can precisely predict the impact of changes in interest rates on our net interest income. Although the net interest income table below provides an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such estimates are not intended to, and do not, provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on our net interest income and will differ from actual results.

 

Change in Interest
Rates (basis points) (1)

   Net Interest Income
Year 1 Forecast
     Year 1 Change
from Level
 
     (Dollars in thousands)         

+300

   $ 10,654         (7.6 %) 

+200

     10,975         (4.8 %) 

+100

     11,261         (2.4 %) 

Level

     11,534         —     

-100

     11,306         (2.0 %) 

 

(1) The calculated changes assume an immediate shock of the static yield curve.

Certain shortcomings are inherent in the methodology used in the above interest rate risk measurement. Modeling changes in net portfolio value requires making certain assumptions that may or may not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates. In this regard, the table presented assumes that the composition of our interest-sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of a period remains constant over the period being measured and assumes that a particular change in interest rates is reflected uniformly across the yield curve regardless of the duration or repricing of specific assets and liabilities. The tables also do not measure the changes in credit and liquidity risk that may occur as a result of changes in general interest rates. Accordingly, although the table provides an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to and do not provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on our economic value of equity and will differ from actual results.

Economic Value of Equity Analysis. In order to monitor and manage interest rate risk, we also use the net present value of equity at risk, or NPV, methodology. This methodology calculates the difference between the present value of expected cash flows from assets and liabilities. As with the net interest income analysis discussed

 

73


Table of Contents

above, the model is run at least quarterly showing shocks at +300bp and -100bp, because a decline of greater than -100bp is currently improbable. The board of directors and management review the methodology’s measurements on a quarterly basis.

The interest rate scenarios are used for analytical purposes and do not necessarily represent management’s view of future market movements. Results of the modeling are used to provide a measure of the degree of volatility interest rate movements may influence our earnings. Modeling the sensitivity of earnings to interest rate risk is decidedly reliant on numerous assumptions embedded in the model. These assumptions include, but are not limited to, management’s best assessment of the effect of changing interest rates on the prepayment speeds of certain assets and liabilities, projections for account balances in each of the product lines offered and the historical behavior of deposit rates and balances in relation to changes in interest rates. These assumptions are inherently changeable, and as a result, the model is not expected to precisely measure net interest income or precisely predict the impact of fluctuations in interest rates on net interest income. Actual results will differ from the simulated results due to timing, magnitude, and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions. Assumptions are supported with annual back testing of the model to actual market rate shifts.

The table below sets forth, as of December 31, 2015, the estimated changes in the net present value of equity that would result from the designated changes in the United States Treasury yield curve under an instantaneous parallel shift for Randolph Savings Bank. Computations of prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on numerous assumptions, including relative levels of market interest rates, loan prepayments and deposit decay, and should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results.

 

            Estimated Increase (Decrease) in
EVE
    EVE as Percentage of Economic
Value of Assets(3)
 

Changes in Interest

Rates (basis points)(1)

   Estimated EVE(2)      Amount     Percent     EVE Ratio     Changes in Basis
Points
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

+300

   $ 37,180       $ (5,495     (12.9 )%      10.62     (59

+200

     39,286         (3,389     (7.9 )%      10.92     (29

+100

     41,387         (1,288     (3.0 )%      11.18     (3

  0

     42,675         —          —          11.21     —     

-100

     39,451         (3,224     (7.6 )%      10.14     (107

 

(1) Assumes instantaneous parallel changes in interest rates.
(2) EVE, or Economic Value of Equity at Risk, measures Randolph Savings Bank’s exposure to equity due to changes in a forecast interest rate environment.
(3) EVE Ratio represents EVE divided by the economic value of assets which should translate into built in stability for future earnings.

The table above indicates that at December 31, 2015, in the event of an instantaneous parallel 100 basis points decrease in interest rates, we would experience a 107 basis points decrease in net portfolio value. In the event of an instantaneous 300 basis point increase in interest rates, we would experience a 59 basis points decrease in net portfolio value.

Depending on the relationship between long-term and short-term interest rates, market conditions and consumer preference, we may place greater emphasis on maximizing our net interest margin than on strictly matching the interest rate sensitivity of our assets and liabilities. We believe that the increased net income which may result from an acceptable mismatch in the actual maturity or re-pricing of our assets and liabilities can, during periods of declining or stable interest rates, provide sufficient returns to justify an increased exposure to sudden and unexpected increases in interest rates. We believe that our level of interest rate risk is acceptable using this approach.

 

74


Table of Contents

We do not engage in hedging activities, such as engaging in futures, options or swap transactions, or investing in high-risk mortgage derivatives, such as collateralized mortgage obligation residual interests, real estate mortgage investment conduit residual interests or stripped mortgage backed securities.

Liquidity and Capital Resources. Liquidity is the ability to meet current and future financial obligations of a short-term and long-term nature. Our primary sources of funds consist of deposit inflows, loan repayments, maturities and sales of securities, borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston and securities sold under agreements to repurchase. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows, calls of investment securities and borrowed funds and prepayments on loans are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition.

Management regularly adjusts our investments in liquid assets based upon an assessment of (1) expected loan demand, (2) expected deposit flows, (3) yields available on interest-earning deposits and securities, and (4) the objectives of our interest-rate risk and investment policies.

Our cash flows are composed of three primary classifications: cash flows from operating activities, investing activities, and financing activities. Net cash used in operating activities was $2.2 million and $59,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Net cash used in investing activities, which consists primarily of disbursements for portfolio loan originations and loan purchases, the purchase of securities and certificates of deposit, offset by principal collections on loans, proceeds from the sale of securities, proceeds from maturing securities, sales of other real estate owned, and pay downs on mortgage-backed securities, was $23.2 million and $57.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Net cash provided by financing activities, consisting primarily of the activity in deposit accounts and Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston advances, was $25.3 million and $22.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

At December 31, 2015, we exceeded all of our regulatory capital requirements with a Tier 1 leverage capital of $32.1 million, or 8.3% of adjusted total assets, which is above the required level of $19.2 million, or 5.00% of adjusted total assets, and total risk-based capital of $35.1 million, or 14.4% of risk-weighted assets, which is above the required level of $24.3 million, or 10.00% of risk-weighted assets.

At December 31, 2015, we had outstanding commitments to originate loans of $10.2 million, unadvanced funds on loans of $5.6 million and unused lines of credit of $43.6 million. We anticipate that we will have sufficient funds available to meet our current loan origination commitments. Certificates of deposit that are scheduled to mature in less than one year from December 31, 2015 totaled $44.0 million. Management expects, based on historical experience, that a substantial portion of the maturing certificates of deposit will be renewed. However, if a substantial portion of these deposits is not retained, we may utilize Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston advances or raise interest rates on deposits to attract new accounts, which may result in higher levels of interest expense. Available borrowing capacity at December 31, 2015 was $70.9 million under the blanket pledge agreement with Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston. We also have a $4.2 million available line of credit with Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston and a $3.5 million available line of credit with a correspondent bank at December 31, 2015.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the normal course of operations, we engage in a variety of financial transactions that, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, are not recorded in our financial statements. These transactions involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit, interest rate and liquidity risk. Such transactions are used primarily to manage customers’ requests for funding and take the form of loan commitments and lines of credit. For information about our loan commitments and unused lines of credit, see Note 13 to our Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere in this prospectus.

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, we did not engage in any off-balance sheet transactions reasonably likely to have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Impact of Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For a discussion of the impact of recent accounting pronouncements, see Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Effect of Inflation and Changing Prices

The consolidated financial statements and related financial data presented in this prospectus have been prepared according to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, which require the measurement

 

75


Table of Contents

of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering the change in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The primary impact of inflation on our operations is reflected in increased operating costs and the effect that general inflation may have on both short-term and long-term interest rates. Virtually all the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates generally have a more significant impact on a financial institution’s performance than do general levels of inflation. Although inflation expectations do affect interest rates, interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the prices of goods and services.

B USINESS OF R ANDOLPH B ANCORP , I NC . AND R ANDOLPH S AVINGS B ANK

Randolph Bancorp, Inc.

Randolph Bancorp, Inc. is a newly formed Massachusetts corporation that will become the stock holding company of Randolph Savings Bank upon completion of the conversion. Randolph Bancorp, Inc. has not engaged in any business to date. Following completion of the conversion, Randolph Bancorp Inc.’s business activities will be the ownership of the outstanding capital stock of Randolph Savings Bank and management of the investment of offering proceeds retained from the conversion. In the future, Randolph Bancorp Inc. may pursue other business activities permitted by applicable laws and regulations for such holding companies, which may include the issuance of additional shares of common stock to raise capital or to support mergers or acquisitions and borrowing funds for reinvestment in Randolph Savings Bank. Other than the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation, there are no specific plans for any additional capital issuance, merger or acquisition, or other diversification of Randolph Bancorp, Inc.’s activities at the present time.

Randolph Bancorp, Inc.’s cash flows will depend upon earnings from the investment of the portion of net proceeds retained from the offering and any dividends received from Randolph Savings Bank. Initially, Randolph Bancorp, Inc. will not own or lease any property, but instead use the premises, equipment and other property of Randolph Savings Bank with the payment of appropriate rental fees, as required by applicable law and regulations, under the terms of an expense allocation agreement that Randolph Bancorp, Inc. and Randolph Savings Bank will enter into upon completion of the conversion. In addition, Randolph Bancorp, Inc. and Randolph Savings Bank will also enter into a tax allocation agreement upon completion of the conversion as a result of their status as members of an affiliated group under the Code. At the present time, Randolph Bancorp, Inc. intends to employ only persons who are officers of Randolph Savings Bank to serve as its officers and will use the support staff of Randolph Savings Bank from time to time. These persons will not be separately compensated by Randolph Bancorp, Inc. Randolph Bancorp, Inc. may hire its own employees, as appropriate, in the future.

Randolph Savings Bank

Randolph Savings Bank is a Massachusetts-chartered savings bank headquartered in Stoughton, Massachusetts with its main office in Randolph, Massachusetts. We were organized in 1851 and reorganized into the mutual holding company structure in 2002. Randolph Savings Bank is currently the wholly-owned subsidiary of Randolph Bancorp, a Massachusetts mutual holding company. We provide financial services to individuals, families and small to mid-size businesses through our five full-service banking offices located in Norfolk County, Massachusetts and two lending offices located in each of Bristol County and Norfolk County, Massachusetts.

Randolph Savings Bank’s business consists primarily of accepting deposits from the general public and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations and borrowings, in one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, commercial and industrial loans, construction loans, consumer loans and investment securities. We offer a full range of deposit accounts, including statement savings accounts, certificates of deposit, money market accounts, commercial and regular checking accounts and IRAs.

 

76


Table of Contents

Acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation

After the conversion and offering, upon receipt of all required regulatory approvals, Randolph Bancorp, Inc. and Randolph Savings Bank expect to acquire First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiary, First Federal Savings Bank of Boston, by merging First Eastern Bankshares Corporation with and into Randolph Bancorp, Inc. and First Federal Savings Bank of Boston with and into Randolph Savings Bank. Approximately $14.0 million of offering proceeds will be used to fund the merger.

First Eastern Bankshares Corporation is a savings and loan holding company and the holding company for First Federal Savings Bank of Boston, a federal savings association headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts. First Eastern’s principal asset is 100% of the outstanding capital stock of First Federal, its sole banking subsidiary and only direct subsidiary. First Federal’s primary business is the origination and sale of residential mortgage loans in the secondary market and offering a variety of insured deposit accounts and using such deposits as well as borrowings to originate portfolio loans, primarily residential mortgage and construction loans, to its customers. At December 31, 2015, First Eastern Bankshares Corporation had total assets of approximately $66.1 million, net loans of $33.4 million, total deposits of $34.8 million and total stockholder’s equity of $14.1 million. During the year ended December 31, 2015, First Eastern originated $422.3 million in residential mortgage loans for sale in the secondary market.

As a result of the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation, we will increase our one- to four-family residential mortgage loans by approximately $17.8 million. We expect the merger to allow us to significantly grow our mortgage business while also adding depth to our team of mortgage professionals. The merger will also expand our footprint to include a branch office in downtown Boston, six loan production offices in Massachusetts and one loan production office in New Hampshire.

Pursuant to the merger agreement, we have entered into an agreement with Peter J. Fraser, President and Chief Operating Officer of First Federal Savings Bank of Boston, to become a Senior Vice President at Randolph Savings Bank and President of Randolph Savings Bank’s First Eastern Mortgage division effective upon completion of the merger. In addition, we have also entered into agreements with Chris A. Kreidermacher and Kellie J. Lally, Executive Vice-President/Chief Financial Officer and Vice-President/Internal Auditor of First Federal Savings Bank of Boston, respectively, to occupy officer level positions at Randolph Savings Bank effective upon the completion of the merger. See “Executive and Director Compensation.”

If, for any reason, the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation cannot be completed, our board of directors intends to proceed with the conversion. If for any reason the conversion cannot be completed, we will not proceed with the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation.

Market Area

Our primary deposit-taking market is Norfolk County, Massachusetts and our primary lending market is more broadly based in Bristol, Essex, Middlesex, Norfolk, Plymouth and Suffolk counties in Massachusetts and Kent, Newport, Providence and Washington counties in Rhode Island. We intend to expand our lending operations, particularly residential mortgage and commercial real estate lending, in eastern Massachusetts and Rhode Island, so we will continue to be affected by economic conditions in these areas. Upon completion of the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation, we will also operate a loan production office in southern New Hampshire in order to expand our mortgage banking business in that area.

Due to its proximity to Boston, our market area benefits from the presence of numerous institutions of higher learning, medical care and research centers and the corporate headquarters of several investment and financial services companies. The greater Boston metropolitan area also has many life science and high technology companies employing personnel with specialized skills. These factors affect the demand for residential homes, residential construction, office buildings, shopping centers, and other commercial properties in our market area. Communities within our market area include many older residential commuter towns, which function partially as business and service centers. Although our current operations are not focused in Boston, we are affected by economic conditions in Boston because our loan portfolio includes a number of loans that are secured by real estate or that have borrowers located in Boston. In addition, a number of our customers who reside in our market area are employed in Boston, the operations of our commercial and industrial loan customers depend in part on sales of products and services to individuals or other businesses located in Boston, and a number of our non-owner occupied residential loan customers have properties in Boston as well as elsewhere in our market area.

 

77


Table of Contents

Population and household data indicate that the market within a 20 minute drive time from any of our current branch locations is a mix of urban and suburban markets with a large commuter population. Norfolk County is the wealthiest county in the state of Massachusetts and is characterized by a high concentration of white collar professionals who work in the Boston MSA. According to ESRI, our combined market had total population of 906,881 and total households of 325,215 as of December 31, 2015. The annual population growth rate within our market has increased from 0.15% from 2000 to 2010 to 0.43% from 2010 to 2015 and is expected to increase to 0.65% for 2015 to 2020. In addition, 38,403 businesses that employ 475,014 people operate within our combined market. Income measures show that our market area is a relatively affluent market. The 2015 median household income within our market was $68,967 (compared to $53,217 for the United States as a whole) and the 2015 median home value was $381,430 (compared to $200,006 for the United States as whole). The May 2015 unemployment rates for Norfolk County was 3.9%, below the comparable unemployment rates for the U.S. and Massachusetts.

Competition

We face intense competition in making loans and attracting deposits. Our most direct competition for deposits has historically come from the banking institutions operating in our primary market area and from other financial service companies such as securities brokerage firms, credit unions and insurance companies. We also face competition for investors’ funds from money market funds and mutual funds. At June 30, 2015, which is the most recent date for which data is available from the FDIC, we held 1.32% of the deposits in Norfolk County, which was the 18th largest market share out of 47 financial institutions with offices in Norfolk County. Many of the banks owned by large national and regional holding companies and other community-based banks that operate in our primary market area are larger than we are and, therefore, may have greater resources or offer a broader range of products and services.

Our competition for loans comes from financial institutions, including credit unions, in our primary market area and from other financial service providers, such as mortgage companies and mortgage brokers. Competition for loans also comes from nondepository financial service companies entering the mortgage market, such as insurance companies, securities companies and specialty finance companies. Competition in mortgage banking comes from traditional mortgage competitors within our market area as well as larger, nationally active mortgage originators such as Quicken Loans.

We expect competition to increase in the future as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and the continuing trend of consolidation in the financial services industry. Technological advances, for example, have lowered barriers to entry, allowed banks to expand their geographic reach by providing services over the internet, and made it possible for nondepository institutions to offer products and services that traditionally have been provided by banks. Competition for deposits and the origination of loans could limit our growth in the future.

Business Strategy

Our business strategy includes the following key elements:

Leveraging Our Infrastructure. In 2013, the board of directors of Randolph Savings Bank began the process of transforming the Bank into a full service community bank. James P. McDonough was hired as our new President and Chief Executive Officer in May 2013. Mr. McDonough and the board of directors hired a new management team, adding officers who, collectively, have well over 100 years of experience in areas such as retail banking and operations, marketing, commercial real estate and commercial and industrial lending and underwriting, finance, human resources and information technology. Since 2013, five other executive officers have been hired, including our Senior Vice President, Retail Banking and Corporate Marketing; Senior Vice President, Senior Commercial Loan Officer; Senior Vice President, Human Resources; Vice President and Chief Information Officer; Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. In addition, our Senior Vice President, Residential Lending and Senior Vice President, Finance and Risk Management have been promoted from previous positions within the organization. We also added two new directors with extensive experience in the banking industry, specifically commercial lending and credit, and on public company boards of directors. We believe that our new management team has positioned us well for future growth and diversification of our products and services.

With the new management team in place, in 2014, the board of directors adopted a new strategic plan focused on investing in our people, our facilities and our systems and technology to lay the foundation for future growth and profitability. After a comprehensive review of alternative strategic initiatives, the board of directors

 

78


Table of Contents

determined that the Bank should focus on building on core competencies and historical strengths to deliver enhanced products and services which are of greatest relevance to customers in it markets. We have reformed our credit process and begun the process of updating our branch network and modernizing our technology platform to improve the customer experience. We believe that the additional capital from the offering will allow us to complete these upgrades and leverage our improved infrastructure to foster increased growth and profitability.

Further Expand Mortgage Banking .  We plan to continue to grow our one-to four-family residential lending and mortgage banking operations. In 2015 and 2014, as part of our strategy to focus a greater proportion of our interest-earning assets on loans, we grew our residential mortgage loans (first mortgages and home equity loans and lines of credit) by $22.2 million and $35.5 million, respectively. In addition, we increased our originations of one-to four-family residential mortgage loans for sale in the secondary mortgage market by $43.2 million to $105.8 million in 2015 over 2014 levels, including a 37% increase in purchase money mortgage originations. We intend to continue to grow our mortgage banking business by hiring in 2016 an additional residential loan officers, as well as additional support staff in this area. In addition, we have entered into the merger agreement to acquire First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiary, First Federal Savings Bank of Boston. We expect the merger to allow us to significantly grow our mortgage business while also adding depth to our team of mortgage professionals. In 2015, First Federal Savings Bank of Boston originated $422.3 million in one-to four-family residential mortgage loans. The merger will also expand our footprint to include a branch office in downtown Boston, six loan production offices in Massachusetts and one loan production office in New Hampshire. See “Acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation” below for a description of the merger.

Emphasize Commercial Lending.   We plan to emphasize and grow our commercial real estate, construction, and commercial and industrial lending platforms and loan portfolios. As part of our 2014 strategic plan, we added personnel who are experienced in originating and servicing commercial real estate loans. In 2015, we began to focus on significantly increasing our commercial real estate and commercial and industrial lending, consistent with the safe and sound underwriting practices that our new management team has established. Our commercial real estate and construction loans increased $12.1 million, or 17.2%, during 2015 and $8.6 million, or 13.8%, in 2014. As we continue to grow our commercial real estate loan portfolio, we intend to emphasize growth in commercial and industrial lending. We intend to hire an additional commercial loan officer in 2016, who will focus on growing our commercial and industrial loan portfolio, after the offering. We view the growth of our commercial real estate loans and commercial and industrial loans as a means of diversifying and increasing our interest income and establishing relationships with local businesses, which offer a recurring and potentially broader source of fee income and deposits than traditional one- to four-family residential real estate lending.

Continuing to Improve Our Asset Quality.   We emphasize a disciplined credit culture based on market knowledge, close ties to our customers, sound underwriting standards and experienced loan officers. Over the last few years, we have hired an experienced credit officer, reformed our credit processes and divested our lower quality commercial real estate loans. As a result of these efforts, total nonperforming assets have declined from $6.1 million at December 31, 2011 to $2.6 million at December 31, 2015 and nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets have decreased from 1.60% to 0.67% over the same period. As we seek to further diversify our loan portfolio, we intend to maintain strict, quality-oriented loan underwriting and credit monitoring processes.

Increase Core Funding.   We intend to fund our growth and fuel our profitability by attracting and retaining core deposit relationships. Deposits increased $14.7 million, or 5.0%, to $309.2 million at December 31, 2015 from $294.5 million at December 31, 2014. This increase occurred in non-maturity deposits, consisting of demand deposits, NOW accounts, money market accounts and regular savings accounts, which increased $14.0 million, or 6.6%, while term certificate accounts increased $763,000, or 0.9%. We believe that our increased focus on commercial lending, infrastructure improvements and improved delivery channels will help attract lower cost commercial deposits. To better seize this opportunity, we intend to hire a business development officer focused on attracting commercial checking accounts. We also plan to utilize more aggressive certificate of deposit and money market account pricing to attract additional core deposits. We will also invest in retail branch sales and service training, cross selling initiatives with targeted incentive plans that will allow us to broaden customer relationships and improve our core deposit retention.

Improve Our Delivery Channels. In 2014, as part of our strategic plan, we began the process of refreshing all of our branch locations and implementing technology upgrades. A significant investment has been made to improve and increase the channels by which our customers may conduct transactions and business with the Bank.

 

79


Table of Contents

We have made improvements to our online and mobile capabilities for consumer and business banking. These enhancements include the addition of mobile banking and remote deposit capture capabilities. We continue to make targeted investments to improve online account opening and provide users with additional capabilities. The offering proceeds will allow us to complete our planned technology upgrades and to focus on growth. We intend to expand our footprint in order to attract new retail and commercial customers. In this regard, we intend to open our newly constructed Stoughton office in the fourth quarter of 2016 and to add an additional new branch office in contiguous markets in each of 2017 and 2018. Consistent with our focus on improving the customer experience, all new and existing branch locations will be completely technology-enabled. The acquisition of First Eastern will complement our branch strategy by expanding our footprint to include a branch office in downtown Boston, six loan production offices in Massachusetts and a loan production office in New Hampshire. We believe that our expanded footprint, refreshed locations and upgraded technology platform will significantly improve the experience of our customers, enhance our ability to attract commercial customers, and meet our goals of both increasing the number of households that we serve and the number of core deposit and loan products used by these households.

Growth Through Acquisitions. As conditions permit, we may further expand our branch network through acquisitions of additional branches, banks or financial services companies. We intend to pursue expansion opportunities in areas in or adjacent to our existing market area in locations that maximize growth opportunities or with companies that add complementary products to our existing business. Our pending acquisition of First Eastern is an example of our strategy of being opportunistic to enhance our products and services.

Remain a Community-Oriented Institution.   We were organized in 1851 and have been operating continuously in and around the Randolph, Massachusetts since that time. We have trained our employees to focus on high quality service in order to maintain and build a loyal customer base. We believe that the establishment and funding of The Randolph Savings Bank Charitable Foundation will further promote our relationships and exposure in our market area through our support of charitable organizations operating in our local community now and in the future.

These strategies are intended to guide our investment of the net proceeds of the offering. We intend to continue to pursue our business strategy after the conversion and offering, subject to changes necessitated by future market conditions, regulatory restrictions and other factors.

Lending Activities

Our primary lending activity is the origination of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, construction loans, commercial and industrial loans and consumer loans, predominantly in our core market area in eastern Massachusetts and Rhode Island. As discussed above, we expect the merger to allow us to significantly grow our mortgage business.

 

80


Table of Contents

Loan Portfolio. The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio at the dates indicated:

 

     At December 31,  
     2015     2014     2013     2012     2011  
(Dollars in thousands)    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  

Real estate loans:

                    

One- to four-family residential

   $ 166,483        57.99   $ 152,063        60.48   $ 123,126        59.47   $ 93,843        51.47   $ 93,136        50.99

Commercial

     74,911        26.09     68,380        27.20     61,994        29.94     68,909        37.80     74,072        40.55

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     33,259        11.58     25,475        10.13     18,881        9.12     15,195        8.33     11,771        6.44

Construction

     7,807        2.72     2,189        0.87     —          —          235        0.13     —          —     

Commercial and industrial loans

     2,040        0.71     2,161        0.86     2,302        1.11     3,275        1.80     2,825        1.55

Consumer loans

     2,602        0.91     1,148        0.46     755        0.36     850        0.47     858        0.47
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     287,102        100.00     251,416        100.00     207,058        100.00     182,307        100.00     182,662        100.00
    

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Deferred loan origination costs and fees, net

     1,288          1,136          745          629          468     

Allowance for loan losses

     (3,239       (3,544       (3,829       (3,530       (3,761  
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Loans, net

   $ 285,151        $ 249,008        $ 203,974        $ 179,406        $ 179,369     
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

81


Table of Contents

Loan Maturities. The following table sets forth the scheduled contractual amortization of Randolph Savings Bank’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2015. Loans having no schedule of repayments or no stated maturity are reported as being in greater than five years. The tables do not include any estimate of prepayments which significantly shorten the average life of all loans and may cause our actual repayment experience to differ from that shown below. Demand loans having no stated schedule of repayments and no stated maturity are reported as due in one year or less. The amounts shown below exclude net deferred loan costs and fees. The following table also sets forth the rate structure of loans scheduled to mature after one year.

 

     December 31, 2015  
(In thousands)    One- to Four-
Family
Residential
Real Estate
     Commercial
Real Estate
     Home Equity
Loans and
Lines of
Credit
     Construction      Commercial
and
Industrial
     Consumer      Total
Loans
 

Amounts due in:

                    

One year or less

   $ 9,038       $ 4,789       $ 933       $ 7,173       $ 351       $ 256       $ 22,540   

After one year through five years

     26,982         33,835         3,252         634         812         1,538         67,053   

Beyond five years

     130,463         36,287         29,074         —           877         808         197,509   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 166,483       $ 74,911       $ 33,259       $ 7,807       $ 2,040       $ 2,602       $ 287,102   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest rate terms on amounts due after one year:

                    

Fixed rate

   $ 70,803       $ 33,993       $ 3,192       $ —         $ 449       $ 2,345       $ 110,782   

Adjustable rate

     86,642         36,129         29,134         634         1,240         1         153,780   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 157,445       $ 70,122       $ 32,326       $ 634       $ 1,689       $ 2,346       $ 264,562   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

82


Table of Contents

Residential Mortgage Loans . We offer mortgage loans to enable borrowers to purchase homes or refinance loans on existing homes, most of which serve as the primary residence of the owner. Excluding loans maturing in one year or less, at December 31, 2015, residential mortgage loans were $157.4 million, or 54.8% of total loans, and consisted of $70.8 million and $86.6 million of fixed-rate and adjustable rate loans, respectively. Non-owner occupied residential loans were $29.7 million, or 10.3% of total loans.

We offer fixed-rate and adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans with terms up to 30 years. Generally, our fixed-rate loans conform to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac underwriting guidelines and are originated with the intention to sell. Our adjustable-rate mortgage loans generally adjust annually after an initial fixed period that ranges from three to seven years. Interest rates and payments on our adjustable-rate loans generally are adjusted to a rate equal to a specified percentage above the one year Constant Maturity Treasury rate or the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR). Depending on the loan type, the maximum amount by which the interest rate may be increased or decreased is generally 2.0% per adjustment period and the lifetime interest rate caps range from 5.0% to 6.0% over the initial interest rate of the loan.

Borrower demand for adjustable-rate compared to fixed-rate loans is a function of the level of interest rates, the expectations of changes in the level of interest rates, and the difference between the interest rates and loan fees offered for fixed-rate mortgage loans as compared to the interest rates and loan fees for adjustable-rate loans. The relative amount of fixed-rate and adjustable-rate mortgage loans that can be originated at any time is largely determined by the demand for each in a competitive environment. The loan fees, interest rates and other provisions of mortgage loans are determined by us on the basis of our own pricing criteria and competitive market conditions.

While residential mortgage loans are normally originated with up to 30-year terms, such loans typically remain outstanding for substantially shorter periods because borrowers often prepay their loans in full either upon sale of the property pledged as security or upon refinancing the original loan. Therefore, average loan maturity is a function of, among other factors, the level of purchase and sale activity in the real estate market, prevailing interest rates and the interest rates payable on outstanding loans. Additionally, our current practice is generally to (1) sell to the secondary market newly originated 15-year or longer term conforming fixed-rate residential mortgage loans, and (2) hold in our portfolio nonconforming loans, shorter-term fixed-rate loans and adjustable-rate loans. Generally, conforming fixed-rate loans are sold to third parties with servicing either retained or released. Our portfolio lending generally consists of conforming and non-conforming adjustable-rate loans for owner-occupied and investor properties with loan-to-value ratios of up to 80%. We generally do not originate “interest only” mortgage loans on one- to four-family residential properties nor do we offer loans that provide for negative amortization of principal such as “option ARM” loans where the borrower can pay less than the interest owed on their loan. Additionally, we do not offer “subprime” loans (loans that are made with low down payments to borrowers with weakened credit histories typically characterized by payment delinquencies, previous charge-offs, judgments, bankruptcies or borrowers with questionable repayment capacity) or “Alt-A” loans (loans to borrowers having less than full documentation).

We will make loans with loan-to-value ratios up to 100% for some government insured loans; however, we generally require private mortgage insurance for residential loans secured by a first mortgage with a loan-to-value ratio over 80%. We generally require all properties securing mortgage loans to be appraised by a licensed real estate appraiser. We generally require title insurance on all first mortgage loans. Exceptions to these lending policies are based on an evaluation of credit risk related to the borrower and the size of the loan. Borrowers must obtain hazard insurance, and flood insurance is required for loans on properties located in a flood zone.

In an effort to provide financing for first-time buyers, we offer adjustable- and fixed-rate loans to qualified individuals and originate the loans using more flexible underwriting guidelines, loan conditions and reduced closing costs.

Due to historically low interest rate levels, borrowers generally have preferred fixed-rate loans in recent years. While we anticipate that our adjustable-rate loans will better offset the adverse effects on our net interest income of an increase in interest rates as compared to fixed-rate mortgages, the increased mortgage payments required of adjustable-rate loans in a rising interest rate environment could cause an increase in delinquencies and defaults. The marketability of the underlying property also may be adversely affected in a high interest rate environment. In addition, although adjustable-rate mortgage loans help make our asset base more responsive to changes in interest rates, the extent of this interest sensitivity is limited by the annual and lifetime interest rate adjustment limits.

 

83


Table of Contents

Commercial Real Estate Loans. At December 31, 2015, commercial real estate loans were $74.9 million, or 26.1% of total loans.

We originate fixed- and adjustable-rate commercial real estate loans for terms generally up to ten years, though on an exception basis commercial real estate loans will be granted with terms up to 20 years. Excluding loans maturing in one year or less, commercial real estate loans consisted of $34.0 million of fixed-rate loans and $36.1 million of adjustable rate loans at December 31, 2015. Interest rates and payments on our adjustable-rate loans adjust every three, five or seven years and generally are adjusted to a rate equal to a specified percentage above the corresponding Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston Classic borrowing rate. Most of our adjustable-rate commercial real estate loans adjust every five years and amortize over a 25 year term. Loan amounts do not generally exceed 75% of the property’s appraised value at the time the loan is originated but may be made up to 80% of appraised value on an exception basis.

We currently focus our commercial real estate origination efforts on small- and mid-size owner occupants and investors in our market area seeking loans between $500,000 and $5.0 million. Our commercial real estate loans are generally secured by properties used for business purposes such as office buildings, warehouses, retail facilities and apartment buildings. In addition to originating these loans, we also participate in commercial real estate loans with other financial institutions located primarily in Massachusetts.

At December 31, 2015, the average loan balance of our outstanding commercial real estate loans was $618,000 and our largest commercial real estate loan was $4.1 million. This loan was performing in accordance with its original terms at December 31, 2015.

Loans secured by commercial real estate, including multi-family real estate, generally have larger balances and involve a greater degree of risk than residential mortgage loans. Of primary concern in commercial real estate lending is the borrower’s creditworthiness and the feasibility and cash flow potential of the project. Payments on loans secured by income properties often depend on successful operation and management of the properties. As a result, repayment of such loans may be subject to a greater extent than residential real estate loans to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. To monitor cash flows on income properties, we require borrowers and loan guarantors, where applicable, to provide annual financial statements on commercial real estate loans. In reaching a decision on whether to make a commercial real estate loan, we consider the net operating income of the property, the borrower’s expertise, credit history, profitability, global cash flow of the borrower, guarantor and all related entities and the value of the underlying property. We require an environmental risk assessment for commercial real estate loans.

Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit. We offer home equity loans and lines of credit, which are secured by one-to four-family residences. At December 31, 2015, home equity loans and lines of credit were $33.3 million, or 11.6% of total loans. Home equity lines of credit have monthly adjustable rates of interest with 15-year draws which are then amortized over 10 years. These loans are indexed to the prime rate and generally are subject to an interest rate floor. Our home equity loans generally have a fixed interest rate. We offer home equity loans and lines of credit with cumulative loan-to-value ratios generally up to 80%, when taking into account both the balance of the home equity loans and first mortgage loan. Any home equity loan or line of credit made with a loan to value ratio exceeding 80% is made as a policy exception.

The procedures for underwriting home equity loans and lines of credit include an assessment of the applicant’s payment history on other debts and ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan. Although the applicant’s creditworthiness is a primary consideration, the underwriting process also includes a comparison of the value of the collateral to the proposed loan amount. The procedures for underwriting residential mortgage loans apply equally to home equity loans and lines of credit.

Construction Loans. At December 31, 2015, construction loans were $7.8 million, or 2.7% of total loans compared to $2.1 million, or 0.87% of total loans, at December 31, 2014. The growth in our construction loan portfolio reflects, in part, the addition of one commercial real estate and construction loan officer and one residential construction loan officer in 2014. The construction loan portfolio is expected to continue to increase in 2016. Due

 

84


Table of Contents

to the recent growth of our construction loans, many of our construction loans can be considered unseasoned. We originate construction loans only in our market area of eastern Massachusetts and Rhode Island. We primarily originate construction loans to contractors and builders, and to individuals, to finance the construction of residential dwellings. We also make construction loans for commercial development projects, including small industrial buildings and retail and office buildings. Our construction loans generally are floating-rate, interest-only loans that provide for the payment of interest only during the construction phase, which is usually 12 months. At the end of the construction phase, the loan may be paid in full or converted to a permanent mortgage loan. Construction loans generally can be made with a maximum loan to value ratio of 75% of appraised market value for commercial construction and 80% of appraised market value for owner occupied residential construction loans estimated upon completion of the project. Before making a commitment to fund a residential construction loan, we generally require an appraisal of the property by an independent licensed appraiser. Our construction loans do not provide for interest payments to be funded by interest reserves.

Our loan policy dictates a minimum equity contribution by the borrower of 10-30% depending on the loan type and an end loan-to-value ratio not greater than 75% for commercial construction loans and 80% for owner occupied residential construction loans. All borrowers are underwritten and evaluated for creditworthiness based on past experience, debt service ability, net worth analysis including available liquidity, and other credit factors. We generally require personal guarantees on all construction loans. Advances are only made following an inspection of the property confirming completion of the required progress on the project and an update to the title completed by a bank approved attorney. For owner occupied residential construction loans, loan to value ratios of greater than 80% may be approved when credit enhancements or mortgage insurance is in place.

A portion of our loans for the construction of residential properties are for residences being built that have not been sold prior to commencement of construction. At December 31, 2015, our construction loan portfolio consisted of $940,000 in loans that were secured by residential real estate which has not been pre-sold, $3.8 million in loans that were secured by owner-occupied residential real estate, and $3.1 million in loans that were secured by owner-occupied commercial real estate loan projects.

At December 31, 2015, our largest outstanding construction loan was for a full service automotive center amounting to $2.1 million. This project is secured by a first mortgage on the underlying real estate and all business assets of the borrower. This relationship was performing according to its original repayment terms at December 31, 2015.

Construction financing is considered to involve a higher degree of risk of loss than long-term financing on improved, occupied real estate. Risk of loss on a construction loan depends largely upon the accuracy of the initial estimate of the property’s value at completion of construction or development and the estimated cost (including interest) of construction. During the construction phase, a number of factors could result in delays and cost overruns. If the estimate of construction costs proves to be inaccurate, we may be required to advance funds beyond the amount originally committed to permit completion of the development. If the estimate of value proves to be inaccurate, we may be confronted, at or before the maturity of the loan, with a project having a value which is insufficient to assure full repayment. As a result of the foregoing, construction lending often involves the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment dependent, in part, on the success of the ultimate project rather than the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay principal and interest. If we are forced to foreclose on a project before or at completion due to a default, we may not be able to recover all of the unpaid balance of, and accrued interest on, the loan as well as related foreclosure and holding costs.

Commercial and Industrial Loans. We make commercial and industrial loans primarily in our market area to a variety of professionals, sole proprietorships and small businesses. At December 31, 2015, commercial and industrial loans were $2.0 million, or 0.7% of total loans. Commercial lending products include term and time loans and revolving lines of credit. Commercial and industrial loans and lines of credit are made with either variable or fixed rates of interest. Variable rates are based on the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal , plus a margin. Fixed-rate business loans are generally indexed to a corresponding Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston Classic rate, plus a margin. Commercial and industrial loans typically have shorter maturity terms and higher interest spreads than real estate loans, but generally involve more credit risk because of the type and nature of the collateral. We are focusing our efforts on small- to medium-sized, privately held companies with local or regional businesses that operate in our market area. In addition, commercial and industrial loans are generally made only to existing customers having a business or individual deposit account and new borrowers are expected to establish appropriate deposit relationships with us if not already a depositor.

 

85


Table of Contents

When making commercial and industrial loans, we consider the financial statements of the borrower, our lending history with the borrower, the debt service capabilities of the borrower, the projected cash flows of the business and the value of the collateral, primarily accounts receivable, inventory and equipment. Generally, loans are supported by personal guarantees. Depending on the collateral used to secure the loans, commercial and industrial loans are generally made in amounts of up to 50% to 80% of the value of the collateral securing the loan.

At December 31, 2015, our largest commercial and industrial loan was a $490,000 loan and our largest commercial line of credit was $335,000, of which $199,000 was outstanding at December 31, 2015. These loans are secured by all business assets of the respective borrowers and were performing according to their original terms at December 31, 2015.

Commercial and industrial loans also involve a greater degree of risk than residential mortgage loans. Unlike residential mortgage loans, which generally are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from his or her employment or other income, and which are secured by real property whose value tends to be more easily ascertainable, commercial and industrial loans are typically made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower’s business. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial and industrial loans may depend substantially on the success of the business itself. Further, any collateral securing such loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value.

Consumer Loans . We originate automobile loans, loans secured by passbook or certificate accounts, unsecured personal loans and overdraft loans. We also purchase unsecured personal loans originated by a third party lender based on specific credit criteria established by us carrying an average balance of $6,000 per loan and an average FICO score of 756. At December 31, 2015, total purchased unsecured personal loans totaled $1.2 million, while the entire consumer portfolio totaled $2.6 million or 0.91% of total loans.

The procedures for underwriting consumer loans include an assessment of the applicant’s payment history on other debts and ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan. Although the applicant’s creditworthiness is a primary consideration, the underwriting process also includes a comparison of the value of the collateral, if any, to the proposed loan amount. The underwriting standards for measuring the creditworthiness of the borrowers on purchased loan pools are greatly enhanced. Those borrowers are typically not within our defined trade area and therefore our familiarity with them and their markets is not as robust. We evaluate these underwriting standards on annual basis.

Consumer loans may entail greater risk than do residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans that are unsecured or secured by assets that depreciate rapidly. In such cases, repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment for the outstanding loan and the remaining deficiency often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower. In addition, consumer loan collections depend on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and therefore are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount which can be recovered on such loans.

Loan Originations, Purchases and Sales . The primary source of loan originations are our in-house loan originators, advertising and referrals from customers. We occasionally purchase commercial real estate loans or participation interests in commercial real estate loans and from time to time we may purchase whole residential mortgage loans from other banks.

Additionally, our current practice is generally (1) to sell to the secondary market newly originated 15-year or longer term conforming fixed-rate residential mortgage loans and (2) to hold in our portfolio nonconforming loans, shorter-term fixed-rate loans, adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans and, to a lesser extent, longer-term fixed-rate loans. Our decision to sell loans is based on prevailing market interest rate conditions and interest rate risk management. Loans are sold to third parties with servicing either retained or released. In addition, we sell participation interests in commercial real estate loans to local financial institutions, primarily the portion of loans that exceed our borrowing limits or are in an amount that is considered prudent to manage our credit risk.

 

86


Table of Contents

Loan Originations .  The following table sets forth our loan originations (excluding loans originated for sale in the secondary market), purchases and principal repayment activities during the periods indicated.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
(In thousands)    2015      2014      2013  

Total loans at beginning of period

   $ 251,416       $ 207,058       $ 182,307   

Loan originations:

        

Real estate loans:

        

One- to four-family residential

     44,942         38,698         47,137   

Commercial

     19,381         23,913         9,980   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     14,523         14,406         11,372   

Construction

     10,014         2,130         772   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total real estate

     88,860         79,147         69,261   

Commercial and industrial loans

     768         772         215   

Consumer loans

     826         681         182   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loan originations

     90,454         80,600         69,658   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loan purchases:

        

Real estate loans:

        

One- to four-family residential

     —           8,846         —     

Commercial

     —           —           —     

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     —           —           —     

Construction

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total real estate

     —           8,846         —     

Commercial and industrial loans

     —           —           —     

Consumer loans

     1,446         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loan purchases

     1,446         8,846         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other:

        

Principal repayments

     (38,227      (32,181      (36,736

Unadvanced funds on originations

     (17,987      (12,303      (7,873

Transfers to other real estate owned

     —           (604      (298
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other

     (56,214      (45,088      (44,907

Net loan activity

     35,686         44,358         24,751   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans at end of period

   $ 287,102       $ 251,416       $ 207,058   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We also originate one-to-four-family residential mortgage loans for sale in the secondary mortgage market. During the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Bank originated $105.8 million, $62.6 million and $84.3 million of such loans, respectively.

Loan Participations. We look to form relationships with other financial institutions and mitigate risk of our lending activities by participating either as the lead bank or as a participant in various loan transactions. We independently underwrite each loan using underwriting practices that generally do not differ from loans that we originate.

At December 31, 2015, the outstanding balances of loan participations purchased totaled $2.3 million and loan participations sold during 2015 totaled $7.3 million.

 

87


Table of Contents

Loan Approval Procedures and Authority . Our lending activities follow written, nondiscriminatory underwriting standards and loan origination procedures established by our board of directors and management. Our board of directors has granted loan approval authority to certain executive officers. Loans in excess of any officer’s individual authority and up to the “in-house limit” established by the board of directors must be approved by the loan committee, which is comprised of five independent members of our board of directors. Loans in excess of the “in-house limit” must be approved by the board of directors. The loan committee of the board of directors reviews all residential portfolio loan, commercial real estate loan, home equity loan and line of credit, construction loan and commercial and industrial loan requests greater than $1,000,000. All mortgage and commercial real estate loans to any single borrower that exceed our $3.2 million “in-house limit” must be approved by the board of directors. The president and chief executive officer is authorized to grant lending authority to officers and other employees in individual amounts up to $500,000. Delegation of such authority is made after due consideration of the individual’s lending experience, past performance and his or her area of responsibility.

Loans-to-One Borrower Limit . The maximum amount that Randolph Savings Bank may lend to one borrower and the borrower’s related entities is generally limited, by statute, to 20% of Randolph Savings Bank’s capital, which is defined under Massachusetts law as the sum of Randolph Savings Bank’s capital stock, surplus account and undivided profits. At December 31, 2015, Randolph Savings Bank’s regulatory limit on loans-to-one borrower was $6.4 million. At that date, our largest lending relationship totaled $5.0 million and was secured by commercial real estate properties. The underlying loans making up this lending relationship were performing in accordance with its original repayment terms at December 31, 2015. As a result of the offering, our regulatory loans-to-one borrower limit will increase, and we expect to increase our internal loans-to-one borrower limit.

Loan Commitments. We issue commitments for fixed- and adjustable-rate mortgage loans conditioned upon the occurrence of certain events. Commitments to originate mortgage loans are legally binding agreements to lend to our customers. Generally, our loan commitments expire after 60 days.

Mortgage Banking Activities

We originate residential mortgage loans both for our portfolio and for sale into the secondary market. We generally underwrite our fixed-rate residential mortgage loans to conform to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac standards. Approximately 80% of the fixed-rate residential real estate loans that we originate are sold into the secondary market. We generally hold originated adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans (ARMs) and non-conforming fixed-rate mortgage loans in our loan portfolio. We determine whether the loans will be held for investment or held for sale at the time of commitment. We may subsequently change our intent to hold loans for investment and sell some or all of our ARMs or fixed-rate mortgages as part of our asset/liability management function. Mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition. The unpaid principal balances of mortgage loans serviced for others were $317.2 million and $289.4 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Net gains or losses recognized upon the sale of loans are included in noninterest income. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Bank sold $105.3 million and $62.0 million of fixed rate residential mortgage loans on the secondary market, which resulted in a net gain on sale of loans of $2.6 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

To date, we have generally retained servicing on the loans we sell into the secondary market. After completion of the acquisition of First Eastern Mortgage Corporation, we may sell a larger portion of the servicing on residential loans that we originate but intend to continue servicing residential mortgage loans originated to customers in our market area. Interest rates affect the amount and timing of origination and servicing fees because consumer demand for new mortgages and the level of refinancing activity are sensitive to changes in mortgage interest rates. Typically, a decline in mortgage interest rates will lead to an increase in mortgage originations and fees and may also lead to an increase in mortgage servicing income, a component of noninterest income, depending on the level of new loans added to the servicing portfolio and prepayments. Given the time it takes for consumer behavior to fully react to interest rate changes, as well as the time required for processing a new application, providing the commitment and selling the loan, interest rate changes will affect origination and servicing fees with a lag. The amount and timing of the impact on origination and servicing fees will depend on the magnitude, speed and duration of the change in interest rates.

Mortgage servicing rights are recognized as separate assets at fair value when rights are acquired through purchase or through sale of financial assets. We capitalize mortgage servicing rights at their fair value upon sale of

 

88


Table of Contents

the related loans. Capitalized servicing rights are amortized into mortgage servicing income in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying financial assets. Servicing rights are evaluated for impairment based upon the fair value of the rights as compared to amortized cost. We measure impairment of our servicing rights on a disaggregate basis based on the predominant risk characteristics of the portfolio and discounts the asset’s estimated future cash flows using a current market rate. We have determined the predominant risk characteristics to be prepayment risk and interest-rate risk. The fair value of the existing mortgage servicing rights as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 exceeded book value. To determine the fair value of mortgage servicing rights, we estimate the expected future net servicing revenue based on common industry assumptions, as well as on our historical experience.

An analysis of mortgage servicing rights for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 is as follows:

 

(In thousands)    2015      2014  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 2,445       $ 2,344   

Capitalized rights

     642         452   

Amortization

     (486      (353

Change in valuation allowance

     (34      2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 2,567       $ 2,445   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value, end of year

   $ 2,981       $ 2,577   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Changes in interest rates influence a variety of significant assumptions included in the periodic valuation of mortgage servicing rights, including prepayment speeds, expected returns and potential risks on the servicing asset portfolio, the value of escrow balances and other servicing valuation elements. A decline in interest rates generally increases the propensity for refinancing, reduces the expected duration of the servicing portfolio and therefore reduces the estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights. This reduction in fair value causes a charge to mortgage servicing income. Conversely, an increase in interest rates generally increases the estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights, which would result in the recognition of income. Mortgage servicing income, net of amortization and changes in the valuation allowance, for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $234,000 and $351,000, respectively.

Asset Quality

Nonperforming Assets . We consider foreclosed assets, loans that are maintained on a nonaccrual basis and loans that are past 90 days or more and still accruing to be nonperforming assets. Loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when they are classified as impaired or when they become 90 days or more past due. Loans are classified as impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. At the time a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, the accrual of interest ceases and interest income previously accrued on such loans is reversed against current period interest income. Payments received on a nonaccrual loan are first applied to the outstanding principal balance when collectability of principal is in doubt.

Real estate that we acquire as a result of foreclosure or by deed-in-lieu of foreclosure is classified as other real estate owned until it is sold. When property is acquired, it is recorded at fair market value less costs to sell at the date of foreclosure. Any holding costs and declines in fair value after acquisition of the property result in charges against income.

Troubled debt restructurings occur when we grant borrowers concessions that we would not otherwise grant but for economic or legal reasons pertaining to the borrower’s financial difficulties. We may modify the terms of loans to lower interest rates (which may be at below market rates) or to provide for temporary interest-only terms, or to forgive or defer the payment of interest. These modifications are made only when there is a reasonable and attainable workout plan that has been agreed to by the borrower and that is in our best interests. We generally do not forgive principal on loans. Once the borrower has demonstrated sustained performance with the modified terms, the loan may be upgraded from its classified and/or nonperforming status. Any loan categorized as troubled debt restructurings will continue to retain that designation through the life of the loan.

 

89


Table of Contents

The following table provides information with respect to our nonperforming assets, including troubled debt restructurings, at the dates indicated. We did not have any accruing loans past due 90 days or more at the dates presented.

 

     At December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)    2015     2014     2013     2012     2011  

Nonaccrual loans:

          

Real estate loans:

          

One- to four-family residential

   $ 2,022      $ 2,434      $ 2,797      $ 2,171      $ 3,031   

Commercial

     —          892        2,815        3,232        584   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     30        81        —          176        48   

Construction

     —          —          —          —          —     

Commercial and industrial loans

     16        17        35        —          —     

Consumer loans

     —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonaccrual loans

     2,068        3,424        5,647        5,579        3,663   

Other real estate owned:

          

One- to four-family residential

     —          —          130        270        —     

Commercial

     500        600        —          —          2,471   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other real estate owned

     500        600        130        270        2,471   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets

   $ 2,568      $ 4,024      $ 5,777      $ 5,849      $ 6,134   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Performing troubled debt restructurings

   $ 6,131      $ 10,115      $ 10,437      $ 13,152      $ 17,586   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming loans to total loans (1)

     0.72     1.36     2.72     3.05     2.00

Total nonperforming assets to total assets

     0.67     1.12     1.55     1.51     1.60

 

(1) Total loans exclude loans held for sale but include net deferred loan costs and fees.

Interest income that would have been recorded for the year ended December 31, 2015, had nonaccruing loans been current according to their original terms amounted to $8,000. Income related to nonaccrual loans included in interest income for the year ended December 31, 2015, amounted to $6,000.

Total nonperforming loans decreased from December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015, primarily due to loan repayments.

Classified Loans . Federal regulations require us to review and classify assets on a regular basis. In addition, the FDIC and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks have the authority to identify problem assets and, if appropriate, require them to be classified. There are three classifications for problem assets: substandard, doubtful and loss. “Substandard assets” must have one or more defined weaknesses and are characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. “Doubtful assets” have the weaknesses of substandard assets with the additional characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values questionable, and there is a high possibility of loss. An asset classified as “loss” is considered uncollectible and of such little value that continuance as an asset of the institution is not warranted. When management classifies an asset as substandard or doubtful, a specific allowance for loan losses may be established. If management classifies an asset as loss, an amount equal to 100% of the portion of the asset classified loss is charged to the allowance for loan losses. The regulations also provide for a “special mention” category, described as assets that do not currently expose us to a sufficient degree of risk to warrant classification, but do possess credit deficiencies or potential weaknesses deserving our close attention. We utilize a seven grade internal loan rating system for commercial real estate, construction and commercial and industrial loans. See note 4 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

90


Table of Contents

The following table shows the aggregate amounts of our regulatory classified loans, consisting of commercial real estate, construction and commercial and industrial loans, at the dates indicated.

 

     At December 31,  
(In thousands)    2015      2014      2013  

Classified loans:

        

Substandard

   $ 283       $ 4,511       $ 7,453   

Doubtful

     —           —           —     

Loss

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total classified loans

   $ 283       $ 4,511       $ 7,453   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Special mention

   $ 1,145       $ 1,130       $ 9,304   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

None of the special mention loans at December 31, 2015 were on nonaccrual.

Other than as disclosed in the above tables, there are no other loans where management has information indicating that there is serious doubt about the ability of the borrowers to comply with the present loan repayment terms.

 

91


Table of Contents

Delinquencies. The following table provides information about delinquencies in our loan portfolio at the dates indicated.

 

     At December 31,  
     2015      2014      2013      2012      2011  
(In thousands)    30-59
Days
Past
Due
     60-89
Days
Past
Due
     90
Days
or
More
Past
Due
     30-59
Days
Past
Due
     60-89
Days
Past
Due
     90
Days
or
More
Past
Due
     30-59
Days
Past
Due
     60-89
Days
Past
Due
     90
Days
or
More
Past
Due
     30-59
Days
Past
Due
     60-89
Days
Past
Due
     90
Days
or
More
Past
Due
     30-59
Days
Past
Due
     60-89
Days
Past
Due
     90
Days
or
More
Past
Due
 

Real estate loans:

                                            

One- to four-family residential

   $ 403       $ 133       $ 46       $ 7       $ —         $ 105       $ 814       $ —         $ 119       $ 451       $ 710       $ 736       $ 695       $ 164       $ 1,258   

Commercial

     —           —           —           —           —           387         112         1,059         1,992         —           309         2,364         —           933         —     

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     —           247         —           287         —           50         —           —           —           —           —           176         102         —           48   

Construction

     —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —     

Commercial and industrial loans

     —           —           —           —           —           —           35         50         —           —           —           —           22         —           —     

Consumer loans

     —           —           —           —           —           —           80         —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 403       $ 380       $ 46       $ 294       $ —         $ 542       $ 1,041       $ 1,109       $ 2,111       $ 451       $ 1,019       $ 3,276       $ 819       $ 1,097       $ 1,306   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

92


Table of Contents

Allowance for Loan Losses .  The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. We evaluate the need to establish allowances against losses on loans on a regular basis. When additional allowances are necessary, a provision for loan losses is charged to earnings.

Our methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses consists of: (1) a general component related to the remainder of the loan portfolio and (2) an allocated component related to impaired loans. Although we determine the amount of each element of the allowance separately, the entire allowance for loan losses is available for the entire portfolio.

General Component. The general component of the allowance for loan losses is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors stratified by our loan segments. Management uses a rolling average of historical losses based on a trailing 48 month period, a time frame appropriate to capture relevant loss data for each loan segment. This historical loss factor is adjusted for the following qualitative factors: levels/trends in delinquencies; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of changes in risk selection and underwriting standards and other changes in lending policies, procedures and practices; experience/ability/depth of lending management and staff; national and local economic trends and conditions, regulatory and legal factors; and risk rating concentrations.

Allocated Component. The allocated component of the allowance for loan losses relates to loans that are individually evaluated and determined to be impaired. Residential real estate, commercial, commercial real estate and construction loans are evaluated for impairment on a loan-by-loan basis. Impairment is measured by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. An allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value) of the impaired loan are lower than the carrying value of that loan. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. Accordingly, we do not separately identify individual consumer loans or second mortgages and home equity loans and lines of credit for impairment disclosures, unless such loans are 90 days or more past due or subject to a troubled debt restructuring agreement.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

We periodically may agree to modify the contractual terms of loans. When a loan is modified and a concession is made to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty, the modification is considered a troubled debt restructuring. All troubled debt restructurings are initially classified as impaired.

We identify loans that may need to be charged-off as a loss by reviewing all impaired loans and related loss analyses. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when we believe the uncollectibility of the loan balance is confirmed. A borrower’s inability to make payments under the terms of the loan and a shortfall in collateral value would generally result in our charging off the loan to the extent of the loss deemed to be confirmed.

At December 31, 2015, our allowance for loan losses was $3.2 million, or 1.12% of total loans and 156.6% of nonperforming loans. At December 31, 2014, our allowance for loan losses was $3.5 million, or 1.40% of total loans and 103.5% of nonperforming loans. Nonperforming loans at December 31, 2015 were $2.1 million, or 0.7% of total loans, compared to $3.4 million, or 1.4% of total loans, at December 31, 2014 and $5.6 million, or 2.7% of total loans, at December 31, 2013. The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level that represents management’s best estimate of losses in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. However, there can be no assurance that the allowance for loan losses will be adequate to cover losses which may be realized in the future or that additional provisions for loan losses will not be required.

 

93


Table of Contents

Although we believe that we use the best information available to establish the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary and our results of operations could be adversely affected if circumstances differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the determinations. Furthermore, while we believe we have established our allowance for loan losses in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, there can be no assurance that the FDIC and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, in reviewing our loan portfolio, will not require us to increase our allowance for loan losses based on judgments different from ours. In addition, because future events affecting borrowers and collateral cannot be predicted with certainty, there can be no assurance that the existing allowance for loan losses is adequate or that increases will not be necessary should the quality of any loans deteriorate as a result of the factors discussed above. Any material increase in the allowance for loan losses may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operation.

 

94


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the breakdown of the allowance for loan losses by loan category at the dates indicated.

 

    At December 31,  
    2015     2014     2013     2012     2011  

(Dollars in
thousands)

  Amount     % of
Allowance
Amount to
Total
Allowance
    % of
Loans in
Category
to Total
Loans
    Amount     % of
Allowance
Amount to
Total
Allowance
    % of
Loans in
Category
to Total
Loans
    Amount     % of
Allowance
Amount to
Total
Allowance
    % of
Loans in
Category
to Total
Loans
    Amount     % of
Allowance
Amount to
Total
Allowance
    % of
Loans in
Category
to Total
Loans
    Amount     % of
Allowance
Amount to
Total
Allowance
    % of
Loans in
Category
to Total
Loans
 
                             

Real estate loans:

                             

One- to four- family residential

  $ 1,076        33.22     57.99   $ 1,368        38.60     60.48   $ 1,490        38.91     59.47   $ 1,138        32.25     51.47   $ 991        26.36     50.99

Commercial

    1,367        42.20        26.09        1,539        43.43        27.20        1,841        48.08        29.94        1,956        55.41        37.80        2,383        63.36        40.55   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

    512        15.81        11.58        488        13.77        10.13        396        10.34        9.12        332        9.41        8.33        275        7.31        6.44   

Construction

    159        4.91        2.72        60        1.69        0.87        1        0.03        —          8        0.23        0.13        —          —          —     

Commercial and industrial loans

    72        2.22        0.71        51        1.44        0.86        82        2.14        1.11        78        2.21        1.80        90        2.39        1.55   

Consumer loans

    53        1.64        0.91        38        1.07        0.46        19        0.50        0.36        18        0.51        0.47        22        0.58        0.47   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 3,239        100.00     100.00   $ 3,544        100.00     100.00   $ 3,829        100.00     100.00   $ 3,530        100.00     100.00   $ 3,761        100.00     100.00
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

95


Table of Contents

Analysis of Loan Loss Experience. The following table sets forth an analysis of the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)    2015     2014     2013     2012     2011  

Allowance at beginning of period

   $ 3,544      $ 3,829      $ 3,530      $ 3,761      $ 3,962   

Provision (credit) for loan losses

     (137     120        1,911        390        775   

Charge offs:

          

Real estate loans:

          

One- to four-family residential

     (128     (108     (142     (704     (123

Commercial

     (35     (228     (1,442     —          (764

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     —          —          (46     (35     (128

Construction

     —          —          —          —          —     

Commercial and industrial loans

     —          (85     (27     —          (23

Consumer loans

     (40     (32     (31     (21     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

     (203     (453     (1,688     (760     (1,038
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries:

          

Real estate loans:

          

One- to four-family residential

     17        5        8        54        —     

Commercial

     —          5        58        70        59   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     —          —          —          —          —     

Construction

     —          —          —          —          —     

Commercial and industrial loans

     3        16        —          —          —     

Consumer loans

     15        22        10        15        3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     35        48        76        139        62   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (charge-offs) recoveries

     (168     (405     (1,612     (621     (976
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance at end of period

   $ 3,239      $ 3,544      $ 3,829      $ 3,530      $ 3,761   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans outstanding (1)

   $ 288,390      $ 252,552      $ 207,803      $ 182,936      $ 183,130   

Average loans outstanding

   $ 271,337      $ 221,907      $ 194,361      $ 181,670      $ 187,385   

Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans outstanding (1)

     1.12     1.40     1.84     1.93     2.05

Net loans charged off as a percent of average loans outstanding

     0.06     0.18     0.83     0.34     0.52

Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans

     156.62     103.50     67.81     63.27     102.68

 

(1) Total loans exclude loans held for sale but include net deferred loan costs and fees.

Investment Activities

General . The goals of our investment policy are to provide and maintain liquidity to meet deposit withdrawal and loan funding needs, to help mitigate interest rate and market risk, to diversify our assets, and to generate a reasonable rate of return on funds within the context of our interest rate and credit risk objectives. Our board of directors is responsible for adopting our investment policy. The investment policy is reviewed annually by the board of directors. Authority to make investments under the approved investment policy guidelines is delegated to our president and chief executive officer and our chief financial officer. All investment transactions are reviewed at the next regularly scheduled meeting of the board of directors. We classify all of our securities as available-for-sale.

We have legal authority to invest in various types of liquid assets, including U.S. Treasury obligations, securities of various government-sponsored enterprises and municipal governments, deposits at the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, certificates of deposit of federally insured institutions, investment grade corporate bonds and investment grade marketable equity securities. We also are required to maintain an investment in Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston stock. While we have the authority under applicable law to invest in derivative securities, we had no investments in derivative securities at December 31, 2015. While not derivative securities, mortgage loan commitments and forward sale loan commitments are accounted for as derivative financial instruments. See “—Mortgage Banking.”

 

96


Table of Contents

Investment Securities.   The following table sets forth the amortized cost and fair values of our securities portfolio at the dates indicated.

 

     At December 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  

(In thousands)

   Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
 
                 

Securities available-for-sale:

                 

Debt securities:

                 

U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises

   $ 6,886       $ 7,033       $ 12,301       $ 12,418       $ 9,949       $ 9,872   

Corporate

     4,250         4,280         4,311         4,387         13,753         13,735   

Municipals

     15,327         15,775         16,592         17,101         17,527         17,754   

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

                 

U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises

     19,742         20,028         26,051         26,623         30,891         30,942   

U.S. Government-guaranteed

     7,276         7,326         5,952         5,982         8,808         8,817   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

                 

U.S. Government guaranteed

     7,355         7,280         8,192         8,074         12,096         11,398   

Marketable equity securities:

                 

Common stocks

     —           —           2,643         2,734         3,909         4,789   

Mutual funds

     545         545         588         556         588         546   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available-for-sale

   $ 61,381       $ 62,267       $ 76,630       $ 77,875       $ 97,521       $ 97,853   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We classify all of our securities as available-for-sale. We do not engage in securities trading or derivatives activities in carrying out our investment strategies.

 

97


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the stated maturities and weighted average yields of investment securities at December 31, 2015. Certain mortgage-backed securities have adjustable interest rates and will reprice annually within the various maturity ranges. These repricing schedules are not reflected in the table below.

 

     One Year or Less     More than One Year
to Five Years
    More than Five Years
to Ten Years
    More than Ten Years     Total  
(Dollars in thousands)    Amortized
Cost
     Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
     Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
     Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
     Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
     Weighted
Average
Yield
 

Securities available-for-sale:

                         

Debt securities:

                         

U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises

   $ 1,000         2.13   $ 4,549         2.35   $ 1,337         3.00   $ —           —        $ 6,886         2.49

Corporates

     601         2.74     3,146         2.98     503         2.91     —           —          4,250         2.88

Municipals (1)

     1,417         2.28     7,407         2.63     6,502         2.84     —           —          15,326         2.58

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

                         

U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises

     2,558         2.86     6,872         2.81     8,767         2.59     1,546         2.48     19,743         2.69

U.S. Government-guaranteed

     741         2.74     2,576         2.74     2,412         2.74     1,547         2.75     7,276         2.74

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

                         

U.S. Government-guaranteed

     —           —          —           —          7,355         2.24     —           —          7,355         2.24

Marketable equity securities (2)

     —           —             —          —           —          545         2.98     545         2.98
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total securities available-for-sale

   $ 6,317         2.55   $ 24,550         2.70   $ 26,876         2.72   $ 3,638         2.74   $ 61,381         2.61
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

(1) Yields for municipal investments are not presented on a tax equivalent basis.
(2) Investments in marketable equity securities have no stated maturity and, accordingly, are presented herein with other investments maturing in more than 10 years.

 

98


Table of Contents

U.S. Government and Agency Obligations .  At December 31, 2015, we had U.S. government and agency securities totaling $7.0 million, which constituted 11.3% of our securities portfolio. While these securities generally provide lower yields than other investments in our securities investment portfolio, we maintain these investments, to the extent we deem appropriate, for liquidity purposes, as collateral for borrowings and for prepayment protection.

Corporate Debt Securities. At December 31, 2015, we had corporate debt securities totaling $4.3 million, which constituted 6.9% of our securities portfolio. All of our corporate debt securities are investment grade and have maturities not in excess of 10 years. These securities generally provide slightly higher yields than U.S. government and agency securities and mortgage-backed securities.

Municipal Securities. At December 31, 2015, we had municipal securities totaling $15.8 million, which constituted 25.3% of our securities portfolio. All of our current municipal securities are issued by municipalities in our market area and have maturities not in excess of 10 years. These securities generally provide slightly higher yields than U.S. government and agency securities and mortgage-backed securities, but are not as liquid as other investments, so we typically maintain investments in municipal securities, to the extent appropriate, for generating returns in our investment portfolio.

Mortgage-Backed Securities . At December 31, 2015, we had residential mortgage-backed securities totaling $27.4 million, which constituted 43.9% of our securities portfolio, and commercial mortgage-backed securities totaling $7.3 million, which constituted 11.7% of our securities portfolio. Mortgage-backed securities are securities issued in the secondary market that are collateralized by pools of mortgages. Certain types of mortgage-backed securities are commonly referred to as “pass-through” certificates because the principal and interest of the underlying loans is “passed through” to investors, net of certain costs, including servicing and guarantee fees. Residential mortgage-backed securities typically are collateralized by pools of one- to four-family or multi-family mortgages, although we invest primarily in mortgage-backed securities backed by one- to four-family mortgages. Commercial mortgage-backed securities typically are collateralized by pools of commercial mortgage loans. The issuers of such securities pool and resell the participation interests in the form of securities to investors such as Randolph Savings Bank. The interest rate of the security is lower than the interest rates of the underlying loans to allow for payment of servicing and guaranty fees. All of our mortgage-backed securities are either backed by Ginnie Mae, a U.S. government agency, the Small Business Administration or government-sponsored enterprises, such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.

Residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities issued by U.S. government agencies and government-sponsored enterprises are more liquid than individual mortgage loans because there is an active trading market for such securities. In addition, residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities may be used to collateralize our borrowings. Investments in residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities involve a risk that actual payments will be greater or less than the prepayment rate estimated at the time of purchase, which may require adjustments to the amortization of any premium or accretion of any discount relating to such interests, thereby affecting the net yield on our securities. Current prepayment speeds determine whether prepayment estimates require modification that could cause amortization or accretion adjustments.

Other Securities. We held common stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston in connection with our borrowing activities totaling $2.7 million at December 31, 2015. The Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston common stock is carried at cost. We may be required to purchase additional Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston stock if we increase borrowings in the future.

We also own common stock in the Savings Bank Life Insurance Company of Massachusetts, or SBLI, totaling $504,000 at December 31, 2015, which is carried at cost.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance . We invest in bank-owned life insurance to provide us with a funding source for our benefit plan obligations. Bank-owned life insurance also generally provides us non-interest income that is non-taxable. At December 31, 2015, our balance in bank-owned life insurance totaled $9.6 million and was issued by six insurance companies, all of which were rated A- or better by A.M. Best Company.

 

99


Table of Contents

Sources of Funds

General. Deposits, borrowings and loan repayments are the major sources of our funds for lending and other investment purposes. Scheduled loan repayments are a relatively stable source of funds, while deposit inflows and outflows and loan prepayments are significantly influenced by general interest rates and money market conditions.

Deposit Accounts. Deposits are attracted from within our market area by sales efforts of our commercial loan and retail officers, advertising and through our website. We offer a broad selection of deposit instruments, including noninterest-bearing demand deposits (such as checking accounts), interest-bearing demand accounts (such as NOW and money market accounts), savings accounts and certificates of deposit. From time to time we have utilized brokered deposits as part of our funding sources to fund loan growth. Brokered deposits are a more volatile source of funding than core deposits and do not increase our deposit franchise. In a rising rate environment, we may be unwilling or unable to pay a competitive rate. To the extent that such deposits do not remain with us, they may need to be replaced with borrowings, which could increase our cost of funds and negatively impact our interest rate spread, financial condition and results of operation. At December 31, 2015, we did not have any brokered deposits.

Deposit account terms vary according to the minimum balance required, the time periods the funds must remain on deposit and the interest rate, among other factors. In determining the terms of our deposit accounts, we consider the rates offered by our competition, our liquidity needs, profitability to us, and customer preferences and concerns. We generally review our deposit mix and pricing on a weekly basis. Our deposit pricing strategy has generally been to offer competitive rates and to offer periodically special rates in order to attract deposits of a specific type or term.

Business Banking and Cash Management Services. We also offer a variety of deposit accounts designed for businesses operating in our market area. Our business banking deposit products include a commercial checking account and checking accounts specifically designed for small businesses. We also offer remote deposit capture products for business customers to meet their online banking needs. Additionally, we offer money market accounts for businesses. We are seeking to increase our commercial deposits through expansion of our commercial loan portfolio and the resulting increase in our base of commercial customers.

 

100


Table of Contents

Deposits. The following table sets forth the average balances and weighted average rates of our deposit products at the dates indicated.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2015     2014     2013  
(Dollars in thousands)    Average
Balance
     Percent     Weighted
Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
     Percent     Weighted
Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
     Percent     Weighted
Average
Rate
 

Deposit type:

                     

Non-interest bearing demand

   $ 32,515         11     —        $ 30,230         10     —        $ 28,965         9     —     

NOW

     44,587         15     0.19     43,682         15     0.10     45,109         13     0.11

Money market deposits

     53,245         17     0.42     39,181         13     0.26     38,283         12     0.24

Regular and other savings

     91,458         30     0.13     92,743         32     0.10     104,349         32     0.12

Terms certificates

     81,925         27     0.93     88,413         30     1.07     109,522         34     1.42
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

   $ 303,730         100.00     0.39   $ 294,249         100.00     0.40   $ 326,228         100.00     0.56
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

101


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our term certificates classified by interest rate as of the dates indicated.

 

     At December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)    2015      2014      2013  

0.00% - 1.00%

   $ 42,242       $ 48,892       $ 47,257   

1.01 - 2.00%

     37,756         27,251         27,229   

2.01 - 3.00%

     3,393         4,213         24,809   

3.01 - 4.00%

     —           2,272         6,266   

4.01 - 5.00%

     —           —           110   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 83,391       $ 82,628       $ 105,671   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth the amount and maturities of our term certificates by interest rate at December 31, 2015.

 

     Amount Due         
(Dollars in thousands)    Less than
One Year
     More than
One Year
to Two
Years
     More than
Two Years
to Three
Years
     More than
Three
Years to
Four Years
     More than
Four Years
     Total      % of Total
Certificate
Accounts
 

0.00 - 1.00%

   $ 32,452       $ 8,296       $ 1,090       $ 404       $ —         $ 42,242         51

1.01 - 2.00%

     8,833         12,314         7,205         4,989         4,416         37,757         45

2.01 - 3.00%

     2,702         —           —           224         466         3,392         4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 43,987       $ 20,610       $ 8,295       $ 5,617       $ 4,882       $ 83,391         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2015, the aggregate amount of our term certificates in amounts greater than or equal to $100,000 was approximately $19.6 million. The following table sets forth the maturity of these certificates as of December 31, 2015.

 

(In thousands)

Maturity Period

   Amount  

Three months or less

   $ 4,302   

Over three through six months

     2,654   

Over six through twelve months

     8,550   

Over twelve months

     4,137   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 19,643   
  

 

 

 

Borrowings. We may utilize advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston to supplement our supply of investable funds. The Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston functions as a central reserve bank providing credit for its member financial institutions. As a member, we are required to own capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston and are authorized to apply for advances on the security of such stock and certain of our whole first mortgage loans. Advances are made under several different programs, each having its own interest rate and range of maturities. Depending on the program, limitations on the amount of advances are based either on a fixed percentage of an institution’s net worth or on the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston’s assessment of the institution’s creditworthiness. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we had $34.9 million and $24.1 million in outstanding advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, respectively. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, based on available collateral and our ownership of Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston stock, and based upon our internal policy, we had access to additional Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston advances of up to $70.9 million and $66.2 million, respectively. We also have a $4.2 million available line of credit with Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston and a $3.5 million available line of credit with a correspondent bank at December 31, 2015. We had no overnight advances with Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston on these dates. All of our borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston are secured by a blanket lien on residential real estate.

 

102


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information concerning balances and interest rates on our borrowings at the dates and for the periods indicated.

 

     At or for the Year Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)    2015     2014     2013  

FHLB Advances:

      

Balance outstanding at end of period

   $ 34,914      $ 24,079      $ 9,771   

Average amount outstanding during the period

   $ 32,569      $ 16,344      $ 13,349   

Maximum outstanding at any month end

   $ 47,374      $ 26,589      $ 23,521   

Weighted average interest rate during the period

     0.51     0.72     1.10

Weighted average interest rate at end of period

     0.66     0.42     0.81

Properties

The following table sets forth information with respect to our banking and other offices, including the expiration date of leases with respect to leased facilities.

 

Office Name

  

Leased or Owned

  

Year Acquired or
Leased

  

Month of Lease
Expiration

50 South Franklin Street

Holbrook, MA 02343

   Owned    September 1, 1997    N/A

129 North Main Street

Randolph, MA 02368

   Owned    May 1, 1976    N/A

1125 North Main Street

Randolph, MA 02368

   Owned    November 10, 2000    N/A

15 Pleasant Street

Stoughton, MA 02072

   Owned    October 1, 1958    N/A

87 Sharon Street

Stoughton, MA 02072

   Leased    March 9, 1995    March 31, 2020

999 South Washington Street

North Attleboro, MA 02760

   Leased    March 1, 2014    February 28, 2017
10 Cabot Place
Stoughton, MA 02072
   Leased (1)    January 21, 2016    January 20, 2019

 

(1) Corporate office had been owned by the Randolph Savings Bank prior to a sale/leaseback transaction which occurred in January 2016.

Personnel

As of December 31, 2015, we had 85 full-time and 17 part-time employees, none of whom is represented by a collective bargaining unit. We believe our relationship with our employees is good.

 

103


Table of Contents

Subsidiaries

Randolph Savings Bank has five wholly-owned subsidiaries. Cabot Security Corporation is a Massachusetts securities corporation formed to hold certain of our investment securities for tax purposes. Randolph Investment Company, Inc., Randolph Investment II Company, Inc. and Randolph Investment III Company, Inc. are Massachusetts corporations formed to hold certain real estate owned. Randolph Holding RI II, LLC is a Rhode Island limited liability company formed to hold the lease on our former Cranston, Rhode Island property.

Legal Proceedings

We are not currently a party to any pending legal proceedings that we believe would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

M ANAGEMENT S D ISCUSSION AND A NALYSIS OF F INANCIAL C ONDITION AND R ESULTS OF O PERATIONS OF F IRST E ASTERN B ANKSHARES C ORPORATION

This section is intended to help potential investors understand the financial performance of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and its subsidiary through a discussion of the factors affecting its financial condition at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, and its results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. This section should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and notes thereto that appear elsewhere in this prospectus.

We principally engage in the retail mortgage banking business, which includes origination, secondary marketing and servicing of residential mortgage loans. We provide mortgage financing to borrowers for purchase money and refinance transactions for one-to-four-family residential properties. Our primary lending area includes Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, Connecticut, New York and, to a lesser extent, Maine, Vermont and Florida. In addition to our corporate headquarters and retail bank location, our mortgage division has six loan production offices in Massachusetts and one in New Hampshire. It is important to note that, although these areas are the current areas of concentration, we enjoy the benefit of a Federal banking charter which allows us to lend anywhere in the United States.

To support our mortgage banking activity, our strategy consists of attracting deposits from the general public through our retail banking office located in downtown Boston, Massachusetts and investing those deposits, along with borrowings, in loans secured by first lien mortgages on residential properties located in our market area. We have concentrated our activities on serving the borrowing needs of local homebuyers and builders in our market area by originating both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate one-to-four-family residential loans, construction loans and, to a lesser extent, consumer loans.

We employ loan officers that are full-time and part-time employees. Loan officers are principally responsible for developing new business opportunities and relationships with borrowers and referral partners. These employees are trained on the various loan products that are offered by us to best serve the borrower’s needs.

We are currently structured as a retail origination channel that acts as a mortgage banker delivering loans to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, on a servicing retained basis and sell to Massachusetts Housing Finance Agency and other national aggregators on a servicing released basis. Our menu of mortgage origination products and services gives us the flexibility to meet the needs of the borrower in a highly competitive mortgage market.

We have a servicing portfolio that primarily consists of first lien one-to-four-family residential mortgage loans. These loans are serviced for investors such as Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae and, to a lesser extent, the Connecticut Housing Finance Agency. This latter arrangement has afforded us the ability to maintain exceptional customer service, contact and retention of many customers we have served over the years.

Our results of operations depend primarily on noninterest income from our mortgage banking activities, namely, gains on sales of mortgage loans, loan serving income and gains on sale of mortgage servicing rights, as well as net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets and the interest we pay on interest-bearing liabilities. Our interest-earning assets consist primarily of residential mortgage loans as well as residential and commercial construction loans. Interest-bearing liabilities consist primarily of deposit accounts and borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, or FHLB.

 

104


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies

Certain of our accounting policies are important to the presentation of our financial condition, since they require management to make difficult, complex or subjective judgments, some of which may relate to matters that are inherently uncertain. Estimates associated with these policies are susceptible to material changes as a result of changes in facts and circumstances. Facts and circumstances which could affect these judgments include, but are not limited to, changes in interest rates, changes in the performance of the economy and changes in the financial condition of borrowers. Our significant accounting policies are discussed in detail in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance for loan losses when management believes the collectability of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectability of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as either additional information becomes available or circumstances change. The allowance for loan losses is allocated to loan types using historical loss experience applied to the loan portfolio (general component), an analysis of certain individual loans for impairment (specific component) and an analysis of uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable loss (unallocated component). Although we believe that we use the best information available to establish the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if economic or other conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the evaluation. In addition, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, as an integral part of its examination process, periodically reviews our allowance for loan losses and may require us to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination. A large loss could deplete the allowance and require increased provisions to replenish the allowance, which would adversely affect earnings. See Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2015 and 2014

Total Assets. Total assets decreased $1.1 million, or 1.6%, to $66.1 million at December 31, 2015 from $67.2 million at December 31, 2014. The decrease in total assets reflects a $4.1 million decrease in loans receivable, net, a $780,000 decrease in foreclosed real estate, and a $1.0 million decrease in other assets, partially offset by a $4.7 million increase in mortgage loans held for sale and a $1.0 million increase in mortgage servicing rights. The reduction in loans receivable, net was concentrated in our construction loan portfolio, which decreased by $4.1 million. The decrease in construction loans was offset by an increase of $4.7 million in our loans held for sale. This shift in assets reflected the growth in originations of one-to-four-family residential mortgage loans with a slowdown in the residential construction lending area.

Net Loans . Net loans decreased $4.1 million, or 11.0%, to $33.4 million at December 31, 2015 from $37.5 million at December 31, 2014. This reduction occurred primarily in the construction loans which decreased $4.1 million, or 20.3%, during 2015. The decrease was primarily attributable to the year starting with some severe weather conditions that set back new construction projects, as well as delaying several projects that were already in the pipeline.

Mortgage Loans Held for Sale. We are actively involved in the secondary mortgage market and designate the majority of our residential first mortgage loan production for sale. Total originations of one-to-four-family residential mortgage loans for sale in the secondary mortgage market were $422.3 million in 2015 and $287.0 million in 2014. The increase in loan originations was positively affected by the prevailing low interest rate environment in 2015 and by our focus on increasing the origination of purchase money mortgages which increased

 

105


Table of Contents

by 24.8% in 2015. The overall origination volume of such mortgages is less volatile than the origination volume associated with rate-sensitive loan refinancing transactions. Purchase money mortgages comprised 55% and 65% of residential mortgage loan originations in 2015 and 2014, respectively. At December 31, 2015, loans held for sale, which consists of closed residential first mortgage loans which we have committed to sell to investors, totaled $17.2 million compared to $12.5 million at December 31, 2014.

Other Assets. Other assets decreased $1.0 million to $1.1 million at December 31, 2015 from $2.2 million at December 31, 2014. At December 31, 2014, a $1.0 million receivable from the sale of servicing rights was included in other assets. The $1.0 million was collected during 2015. During 2015, we did not sell any servicing rights and therefore there was no outstanding receivable.

Mortgage Servicing Rights. We retain the servicing rights for a majority of the loans we originate and sell. We do separately sell mortgage servicing rights in the market from time to time though there were no such sales in 2015. As a result of the increase in loan originations in 2015, mortgage servicing rights increased $1.0 million, or 33.5%, to $4.1 million at December 31, 2015 compared to $3.1 million at December 31, 2014.

Deposits. Deposits decreased $4.3 million, or 11.1%, to $34.8 million at December 31, 2015 from $39.1 million at December 31, 2014. This decrease occurred primarily in term certificates, which decreased $3.0 million, or 19.2%. The reduction in term certificates included a decrease of $1.3 million in brokered deposits. The decrease in term certificates was replaced by short-term FHLB advances.

FHLB Advances. FHLB advances increased $3.0 million, or 23.3%, to $15.9 million at December 31, 2015 from $12.9 million at December 31, 2014. We increased our borrowings using overnight advances to fund increased loan originations.

Stockholder’s Equity. Stockholder’s equity increased $260,000, or 1.9%, to $14.1 million at December 31, 2015 from $13.8 million at December 31, 2014. This increase resulted from the net income for 2015 of $1.3 million less dividends paid to stockholder of $1.0 million.

Analysis of Net Interest Income

Net interest income represents the difference between income we earn on our interest-earning assets and the expense we pay on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income depends on the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the interest rates earned on such assets and paid on such liabilities.

 

106


Table of Contents

Average Balances and Yields. The following table sets forth average balance sheets, average yields and costs, and certain other information for the periods indicated. No tax-equivalent yield adjustments were made during the periods presented. All average balances are daily average balances. Non-accrual loans were included in the computation of average balances, but have been reflected in the table as loans carrying a zero yield. The yields set forth below include the effect of deferred fees, discounts and premiums that are amortized or accreted to interest income or expense.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2015     2014     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)  
(Dollars in thousands)    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest
Earned/
Paid
     Average
Yield/
Rate
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest
Earned/
Paid
     Average
Yield/
Rate
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest
Earned/
Paid
     Average
Yield/
Rate
 

Interest-earning assets:

                     

Loans (1)

   $ 54,942      $ 2,229         4.06   $ 44,969      $ 1,880         4.18   $ 52,106      $ 2,051         3.94

Short-term investments and other interest-earning deposits

     1,445        29         2.01     2,701        18         0.67     1,707        5         0.29
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total interest-earning assets

     56,387        2,258         4.00     47,670        1,898         3.98     53,813        2,056         3.82
    

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

    

Noninterest-earning assets

     8,656             9,308             12,420        
  

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total assets

   $ 65,043           $ 56,978           $ 66,233        
  

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

      

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                     

NOW and checking accounts

   $ 3,214        10         0.31   $ 3,295        10         0.30   $ 3,339        10         0.30

Savings accounts

     2,297        6         0.26     2,428        6         0.25     2,346        6         0.26

Money market accounts

     7,493        59         0.79     7,733        60         0.78     7,194        55         0.76

Certificates of deposit

     16,670        128         0.77     10,816        111         1.03     12,021        113         0.94
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total interest-bearing deposits

     29,674        203         0.68     24,272        187         0.77     24,900        184         0.74

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     10,280        82         0.80     8,118        111         1.37     12,698        164         1.29
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     39,954        285         0.71     32,390        298         0.92     37,598        348         0.93
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Noninterest-bearing liabilities:

                     

Noninterest-bearing deposits

     11,238             11,066             14,469        

Other noninterest-bearing liabilities

     1,037             938             1,407        
  

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total liabilities

     52,229             44,394             53,474        

Stockholder’s equity

     12,814             12,584             12,759        
  

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

   $ 65,043           $ 56,978           $ 66,233        
  

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

      

Net interest income

     $ 1,973           $ 1,600           $ 1,708      
    

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

    

Interest rate spread (2)

          3.29          3.06          2.89

Net interest-earning assets (3)

   $ 16,433           $ 15,280           $ 16,215        
  

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

      

Net interest margin (4)

          3.50          3.36          3.17

Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities

     141.13          147.18          143.13     
  

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

      

 

(1) Includes loans held for sale as well as nonaccruing loan balances and interest received on such loans.
(2) Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on average interest-earning assets and the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities.
(3) Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
(4) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.

 

107


Table of Contents

Rate/Volume Analysis. The following table presents the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income for the periods indicated. The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate). The net column represents the sum of the prior columns. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2015 v. 2014
    Year Ended
December 31, 2014 v. 2013
 
     Increase (Decrease) Due
to Changes in
    Total
Increase
(Decrease)
    Increase (Decrease) Due
to Changes in
     Total
Increase
(Decrease)
 
(In thousands)    Volume     Rate       Volume     Rate     

Interest-earning assets:

             

Loans

   $ 405      $ (56   $ 349      $ (291   $ 120       $ (171

Short-term investments and other interest-earning deposits

     (12     23        11        —          13         13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

     393        (33     360        (291     133         (158
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

             

NOW and checking accounts

     —          —          —          —          —           —     

Savings accounts

     —          —          —          —          —           —     

Money market accounts

     (3     2        (1     5        —           5   

Certificates of deposit

     50        (33     17        (12     10         (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

     47        (31     16        (7     10         3   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     27        (56     (29     (63     10         (53
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     74        (87     (13     (70     20         (50
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in net interest income

   $ 319      $ 54      $ 373      $ (221   $ 113       $ (108
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

Net Income.  Net income for the year ended December 31, 2015 increased $809,000, or 173.4%, to $1.3 million from $466,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in net income reflects increases in net interest income and gains on sale of mortgage loans during 2015 compared to 2014, partially offset by a decrease in gains on the sale of mortgage servicing rights and an increase in noninterest expense in 2015 over 2014 levels.

Interest Income. Interest income increased $360,000, or 19.0%, to $2.3 million in 2015 compared to $1.9 million in 2014. This increase was primarily due to the increase in the average balance of loans held for sale of $6.4 million, or 55.2%, in 2015 compared to 2014 which generated additional interest income of $237,000. The increase in the average balance of loans held for sale is a consequence of the increase in origination of one-to-four-family residential mortgage loans for sale in the secondary market. During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, we originated $422.3 million and $287.0 million of such loans, respectively.

Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased $13,000, or 4.2%, to $285,000 in 2015 compared to $298,000 in 2014. This decrease was due to lower rates paid on deposits and FHLB advances, which declined 9 basis points and 57 basis points, respectively, in 2015 from 2014.

Net Interest Income.   Net interest income increased $373,000, or 23.3%, to $2.0 million in 2015 compared to $1.6 million in 2014. This improvement resulted from a $349,000 increase in interest on loans, which reflects a $10.0 million increase in the average balance of loans outstanding, partially offset by a 12 basis point decline in the average yield on loans to 4.06% in 2015 from 4.18% in 2014.

 

108


Table of Contents

Gain on Sales of Mortgage Loans. The gain on sales of mortgage loans increased $3.2 million, or 43.9%, to $10.5 million in 2015 compared to $7.3 million in 2014. During 2015, we sold $417.6 million of residential mortgage loans compared to $289.7 million in 2014. The increase in loan originations was positively affected by the prevailing low interest rate environment in 2015 and by our focus on increasing the origination of purchase money mortgages which increased by 24.8% in 2015. The overall origination volume of such mortgages is less volatile than the origination volume associated with rate-sensitive loan refinancing transactions. Purchase money mortgages comprised 55% and 65% of residential mortgage loan originations in 2015 and 2014, respectively. Also, part of the increase in the loan origination volume was contributed to the addition of newly hired loan originators towards the end of 2014 and during 2015. This is consistent with the overall strategy to recruit and hire qualified mortgage loan originators that are looking to build and grow their business network with a company that is committed to support their efforts.

Gain on Sale of Servicing Rights. During 2015, we did not sell any servicing rights. During 2014, we sold the servicing rights to mortgage loans that had an unpaid principal balance of $371.0 million. The gain from this sale was $853,000. These loans were previously originated by us and sold to the secondary market with the servicing rights retained. As part of our business model, we periodically sell servicing rights depending on the prevailing interest rate environment.

Noninterest Expense. Noninterest expense increased $1.6 million, or 16.4%, to $11.7 million in 2015 compared to $10.1 million in 2014. This increase was principally due to higher salaries and employee benefits of $1.5 million and higher professional fees of $160,000. The increase in salaries in employee benefits of $1.5 million, or 20.1%, in 2015 compared to 2014 was primarily due to higher net commission expense of $1.3 million directly related to the improvement in mortgage loan origination volume during the year. The higher professional fees of $160,000 were due to the expenses associated with our pending merger with Randolph Bancorp.

Taxes.  State income taxes increased $10,000 in 2015 compared to 2014. Effective January 1, 2004, we elected to be treated as an S corporation under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and are no longer liable for federal income taxes.

Management of Market Risk

Overview . Managing risk is an essential part of successfully managing a financial institution. Our most prominent risk exposures are credit risk, interest rate risk, market risk and liquidity risk. Credit risk is the risk of not collecting the interest and/or the principal balance of a loan or security when it is due. Interest rate risk is the potential reduction of net interest income and gains on the sale of loans as a result of changes in interest rates. Market risk arises from fluctuations in interest rates that may result in changes in the values of financial instruments, such as available-for-sale securities that are recorded at fair value and mortgage servicing rights. Liquidity risk is the possible inability to fund obligations to depositors, lenders or borrowers when due. Other risks that we face are operational risks and reputation risk. Operational risks include risks related to fraud, regulatory compliance, processing errors, technology and disaster recovery. Reputation risk is the risk that negative publicity or press, whether true or not, could cause a decline in our customer base or revenue.

Credit Risk Management . Our strategy for credit risk management focuses on having well-defined credit policies and uniform underwriting criteria and providing prompt attention to potential problem loans. This strategy also emphasizes conservative loan-to-value ratios and guarantees of construction loans by parties with substantial net worth. In addition, periodically, we engage an outside loan review firm to perform a thorough review of our construction loan portfolio. This review involves analyzing all large borrowing relationships, delinquency trends and loan collateral valuation in order to identify impaired loans.

When a borrower fails to make a required loan payment, management takes a number of steps to have the borrower cure the delinquency and restore the loan to current status. Management makes initial contact with the borrower when the loan becomes 17 days past due. If payment is not then received by the 31st day of delinquency, additional letters and phone calls generally are made, and a plan of collection is pursued for each individual loan. A particular plan of collection may lead to foreclosure, the timing of which depends on the prospects for the borrower bringing the loan current, the financial strength and commitment of any guarantors, the type and value of the collateral securing the loan and other factors. If a foreclosure action is instituted and the loan is not brought current,

 

109


Table of Contents

paid in full, or refinanced before the foreclosure sale, the real property securing the loan generally is sold at foreclosure. We may consider loan workout arrangements with certain borrowers under certain circumstances, as well as the sale of the nonperforming loans. Management informs the board of directors on a monthly basis of the amount of loans delinquent more than 60 days.

Interest Rate Risk Management. Interest rate risk exists in both our mortgage banking and in our community banking operations. The principal interest rate risk in our mortgage banking operations is attributable to the interest rate lock commitments we make in connection with loan originations. These commitments require us to originate a loan at a specific interest rate upon successful completion of an underwriting process. The fair value of these commitments changes based on changes in market interest rates for loans of a similar duration. In order to mitigate this risk, we also enter into forward loan sale commitments with investors. These commitments require us to sell specifically identified loans to an investor at a pre-determined price. We do not match all of our interest rate lock commitments to forward loan sale commitments due to the expectation that not all interest rate lock commitments will result in a completed loan. We manage this risk on a daily basis and have policy limits on our exposure to unmatched commitments.

In our community banking operations, we manage the interest rate sensitivity of our interest-bearing liabilities and interest-earning assets in an effort to minimize the adverse effects of changes in the interest rate environment. Deposit accounts typically react more quickly to changes in market interest rates than mortgage loans because of the shorter maturities of deposits. As a result, sharp increases in interest rates may adversely affect our earnings while decreases in interest rates may beneficially affect our earnings. To reduce the potential volatility of our earnings, we have sought to improve the match between asset and liability maturities and rates, while maintaining an acceptable interest rate spread. Our primary strategy is to sell newly originated conforming and non-conforming fixed-rate and adjustable rate residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. We also originate construction loans which generally have terms of one year or less in order to manage interest rate risk. Depending on market conditions, loans are typically made for retention in our portfolio due to either circumstances that may limit their salability in the secondary market but which do not adversely affect their credit worthiness, or adjustable-rate loans to manage interest rate risk. We currently do not participate in hedging programs, interest rate swaps or other activities involving the use of derivative financial instruments.

Our goal is to manage asset and liability positions to moderate the effects of interest rate fluctuations on net interest and net income.

Net Interest Income Analysis. We analyze our sensitivity to changes in interest rates through our net interest income simulation model which is provided to us by an independent third party. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and the interest we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. We estimate what our net interest income would be for a one-year period based on current interest rates. We then calculate what the net interest income would be for the same period under different interest rate assumptions. The comparative scenarios assume immediate parallel shifts in the yield curve in increments of 100 basis point rate movements. A basis point equals one-hundredth of one percent and 100 basis points equals one percent. An increase in interest rates from 3% to 45 would mean, for example, a 100 basis points increase in the “Change in Interest Rates” column below. We also estimate the impact over a two year time horizon. The following table shows the estimated impact on net interest income for the one-year period beginning December 31, 2015 resulting from potential changes in interest rates. The model is run at least quarterly showing shocks from +300bp to -100bp, as we believe a decline of greater than -100bp is currently improbable. These estimates require certain assumptions to be made, including loan and mortgage-related investment prepayment speeds, reinvestment rates, and deposit maturities and decay rates. These assumptions are inherently uncertain. As a result, no simulation model can precisely predict the impact of changes in interest rates on our net interest income. Although the net interest income table below provides an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such estimates are not intended to, and do not, provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on our net interest income and will differ from actual results.

 

110


Table of Contents

Change in Interest Rates (basis points) (1)

   Net Interest Income
Year 1 Forecast
     Year 1 Change
from Level (basis points)
 
     (Dollars in thousands)         

+300

   $ 1,702         32   

+200

     1,694         24   

+100

     1,685         15   

Level

     1,670         —     

-100

     1,659         (11

 

(1) The calculated changes assume an immediate shock of the static yield curve.

Certain shortcomings are inherent in the methodology used in the above interest rate risk measurement. Modeling changes in net portfolio value requires making certain assumptions that may or may not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates. In this regard, the table presented assumes that the composition of our interest-sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of a period remains constant over the period being measured and assumes that a particular change in interest rates is reflected uniformly across the yield curve regardless of the duration or repricing of specific assets and liabilities. The tables also do not measure the changes in credit and liquidity risk that may occur as a result of changes in general interest rates. Accordingly, although the table provides an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to and do not provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on our economic value of equity and will differ from actual results.

Economic Value of Equity Analysis. In order to monitor and manage interest rate risk, we also use the net present value of equity at risk, or NPV, methodology. This methodology calculates the difference between the present value of expected cash flows from assets and liabilities. As with the net interest income analysis described above, the model is run at least quarterly showing shocks at +300bp and -100bp, because a decline of greater than -100bp is currently improbable. The board of directors and management review the methodology’s measurements on a quarterly basis.

The interest rate scenarios are used for analytical purposes and do not necessarily represent management’s view of future market movements. Results of the modeling are used to provide a measure of the degree of volatility interest rate movements may influence our earnings. Modeling the sensitivity of earnings to interest rate risk is decidedly reliant on numerous assumptions embedded in the model. These assumptions include, but are not limited to, management’s best assessment of the effect of changing interest rates on the prepayment speeds of certain assets and liabilities, projections for account balances in each of the product lines offered and the historical behavior of deposit rates and balances in relation to changes in interest rates. These assumptions are inherently changeable, and as a result, the model is not expected to precisely measure net interest income or precisely predict the impact of fluctuations in interest rates on net interest income. Actual results will differ from the simulated results due to timing, magnitude, and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions. Assumptions are supported with annual back testing of the model to actual market rate shifts.

 

111


Table of Contents

The table below sets forth, as of December 31, 2015, the estimated changes in the net present value of equity that would result from the designated changes in the United States Treasury yield curve under an instantaneous parallel shift for the First Federal Savings Bank of Boston. Computations of prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on numerous assumptions, including relative levels of market interest rates, loan prepayments and deposit decay, and should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results.

 

            Estimated Increase
(Decrease) in EVE
    EVE as Percentage of Economic
Value of Assets(3)
 

Changes in Interest Rates (basis points)(1)

   Estimated EVE(2)      Amount     Percent     EVE Ratio(3)     Changes in Basis
Points
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

+300

   $ 28,340       $ 7,341        35.0     37.17     769   

+200

     26,216         5,217        24.8     35.02     554   

+100

     23,817         2,818        13.4     32.51     303   

0

     20,999         —          —          29.48     —     

-100

     17,936         (3,062     (14.6 )%      26.22     (326

 

(1) Assumes instantaneous parallel changes in interest rates.
(2) EVE, or Economic Value of Equity at Risk, measures the Bank’s exposure to equity due to changes in a forecast interest rate environment.
(3) EVE Ratio represents EVE divided by the economic value of assets which should translate into built in stability for future earnings.

The table above indicates that at December 31, 2015, in the event of an instantaneous parallel 100 basis point decrease in interest rates, we would experience a 14.6% decrease in net portfolio value. In the event of an instantaneous 300 basis point increase in interest rates, we would experience a 35.0% increase in net portfolio value.

Depending on the relationship between long-term and short-term interest rates, market conditions and consumer preference, we may place greater emphasis on maximizing our net interest margin than on strictly matching the interest rate sensitivity of our assets and liabilities. We believe that the increased net income which may result from an acceptable mismatch in the actual maturity or re-pricing of our assets and liabilities can, during periods of declining or stable interest rates, provide sufficient returns to justify an increased exposure to sudden and unexpected increases in interest rates. We believe that our level of interest rate risk is acceptable using this approach.

Liquidity and Capital Resources. Liquidity is the ability to meet current and future financial obligations of a short-term and long-term nature. Our primary sources of funds consist of loan repayments and proceeds from the sale of loans and mortgage servicing rights. To a lesser extent, we rely on deposit inflows and borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows, proceeds from the sale of loans and mortgage servicing rights and borrowed funds and prepayments on loans are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition.

Our cash flows are composed of three primary classifications: cash flows from operating activities, investing activities, and financing activities. Net cash used in operating activities was $3.5 million in 2015 while net cash provided by operations was $3.0 million in 2014. This change was primarily due to the increase in loans held for sale at December 31, 2015 as compared to the prior year-end. Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities, which consists primarily of disbursements for portfolio loan originations, offset by principal collections on loans, proceeds from the sale of mortgage servicing rights and proceeds from sales of other real estate owned was $4.9 million and $(4.4 million) in 2015 and 2014, respectively. Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities, consisting primarily of the activity in deposit accounts, Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston advances and dividends paid was $(2.2 million) and $1.5 million in 2015 and 2014, respectively.

At December 31, 2015, we exceeded all of our regulatory capital requirements with a Tier 1 leverage capital of $12.2 million, or 18.8% of adjusted total assets, which is above the required level of $3.2 million, or 5.00% of adjusted total assets, and total risk-based capital of $12.6 million, or 39.8% of risk-weighted assets, which is above the required level of $ 3.2 million, or 10.00% of risk-weighted assets.

 

112


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2015, we had outstanding commitments to originate loans of $37.6 million and unadvanced funds on loans of $5.9 million. We anticipate that we will have sufficient funds available to meet our current loan origination commitments. Certificates of deposit that are scheduled to mature in less than one year from December 31, 2015 totaled $10.0 million of which $5.2 million are brokered deposits. Management expects, based on historical experience, that a portion of the maturing certificates of deposit will be renewed with new brokered deposits, if necessary, to fund the current loan origination commitments. However, we may utilize Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston advances, which may result in lower levels of interest expense. At December 31, 2015, we had additional borrowing capacity with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston of $5.5 million.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the normal course of operations, we engage in a variety of financial transactions that, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, are not recorded in our financial statements. These transactions involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit, interest rate and liquidity risk. Such transactions are used primarily to manage customers’ requests for funding and take the form of loan commitments and lines of credit. For information about our loan commitments and unused lines of credit, see Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements located elsewhere in this prospectus.

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, we did not engage in any off-balance sheet transactions reasonably likely to have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Impact of Recent Accounting Pronouncements

There are no newly issued accounting standards that upon application are expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Effect of Inflation and Changing Prices

The consolidated financial statements and related financial data presented in this prospectus have been prepared according to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering the change in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The primary impact of inflation on our operations is reflected in increased operating costs and the effect that general inflation may have on both short-term and long-term interest rates. Virtually all the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates generally have a more significant impact on a financial institution’s performance than do general levels of inflation. Although inflation expectations do affect interest rates, interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the prices of goods and services.

 

113


Table of Contents

B USINESS OF F IRST E ASTERN B ANKSHARES C ORPORATION AND F IRST F EDERAL S AVINGS B ANK OF B OSTON

First Eastern Bankshares Corporation

First Eastern Bankshares Corporation is a Massachusetts corporation that is the stock holding company of First Federal Savings Bank of Boston. First Eastern Bankshares Corporation’s business activities are limited to the ownership of the outstanding capital stock of First Federal Savings Bank of Boston.

The executive and administrative office of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation is located at 100 Brickstone Square, Andover, MA 01810. Our telephone number at this address is (978) 749-3100.

First Federal Savings Bank of Boston

First Federal Savings Bank of Boston is a federal savings association headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts and organized in 1923. First Federal Savings Bank of Boston is currently the wholly-owned subsidiary of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation. On a consolidated basis, as of December 31, 2015, First Eastern Bankshares had total assets of $66.1 million, net loans of $33.4 million, total deposits of $34.8 million and total stockholder’s equity of $14.1 million. First Federal Savings Bank of Boston’s primary business is offering a variety of insured deposit accounts and using such deposits as well as borrowings to originate loans, primary residential mortgage loans, to its customers.

First Federal Savings Bank of Boston’s main banking office is located at 19 School Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02108. Our telephone number at this address is (617) 742-0570. Our website address is www.firsteastern.com . Information on our websites is not incorporated into this prospectus and should not be considered part of this prospectus.

Supervision and Regulation

First Federal Savings Bank of Boston is a federal stock savings association. First Federal’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC. First Federal is subject to extensive regulation by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, as its chartering agency and primary federal regulator, and by the FDIC as its deposit insurer. First Federal is required to file reports with, and is periodically examined by, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency concerning its activities and financial condition. First Federal must also obtain regulatory approvals prior to entering into certain transactions, including, but not limited to, mergers with or acquisitions of other financial institutions. First Federal must comply with consumer protection regulations issued by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, the “CFPB”. The Bank is a member of and owns stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, which is one of the 12 regional banks in the Federal Home Loan Bank System.

First Eastern Bankshares Corporation is a savings and loan holding company subject to examination and supervision by, and is required to file certain reports with, the Federal Reserve.

Market Area

First Federal Savings Bank of Boston’s primary lending area includes Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, Connecticut, New York and, to a lesser extent, Maine, Vermont and Florida.

Competition

First Eastern Bankshares Corporation faces significant competition for deposits and loans. Our most direct competition for deposits has historically come from the banking institutions operating in our primary market area and from other financial service companies such as securities brokerage firms, credit unions and insurance companies. We also face competition for investors’ funds from money market funds and mutual funds. At June 30, 2015, which is the most recent date for which data is available from the FDIC, we held 0.21% of the deposits in Essex County, which was the 34th largest market share out of 36 financial institutions with offices in Essex County. Many of the banks owned by large national and regional holding companies and other community-based banks that operate in our primary market area are larger than we are and, therefore, may have greater resources or offer a broader range of products and services.

 

114


Table of Contents

Our competition for loans comes from financial institutions, including credit unions, in our primary market area and from other financial service providers, such as mortgage companies and mortgage brokers. Competition for loans also comes from non-depository financial service companies entering the mortgage market, such as insurance companies, securities companies and specialty finance companies. We also face competition from nationally active mortgage originators such as Quicken Loans.

Lending Activities

Our primary lending activity is the origination of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, residential construction loans, commercial construction loans and consumer loans throughout Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, Connecticut, New York and, to a lesser extent Maine, Vermont and Florida with ancillary activities in other states.

The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio at the dates indicated:

 

     At December 31,  
     2015     2014     2013  
(Dollars in thousands)    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  

Real estate loans:

            

One- to four-family residential

   $ 17,768        52.39   $ 17,757        46.71   $ 14,080        45.69

Residential construction

     16,835        49.65     22,025        57.93     17,741        57.57

Commercial construction

     5,238        15.45     6,123        16.11     5,862        19.02

Less: Due borrowers on unadvanced loans

     (5,935     (17.50 )%      (7,904     (20.79 )%      (6,892     (22.36 )% 
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total real estate loans

     33,906          38,001          30,791     

Consumer loans

     4        0.01     16        0.04     26        0.08
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 33,910        100.00   $ 38,017        100.00   $ 30,817        100.00
    

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Deferred loan origination costs (fees), net

     26          44          31     

Allowance for loan losses

     (563       (572       (640  
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Loans, net

   $ 33,373        $ 37,489        $ 30,208     
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

115


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth certain information at December 31, 2015 regarding scheduled contractual maturities during the periods indicated. The table does not include any estimate of prepayments which significantly shorten the average life of all loans and may cause our actual repayment experience to differ from that shown below. Demand loans having no stated schedule of repayments and no stated maturity are reported as due in one year or less. The amounts shown below exclude net deferred loan cost and fees. The following table also sets forth the rate structure of loans scheduled to mature after one year.

 

(In thousands)    One- to Four-
Family
Residential
Real Estate
     Residential
Construction
     Commercial
Construction
     Consumer      Total
Loans
 

Amounts due in:

              

One year or less

   $ 697       $ 16,835       $ 4,957       $ 4       $ 22,493   

More than one to five years

     2,757         —           43         —           2,800   

More than five years

     14,314         —           238         —           14,552   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 17,768       $ 16,835       $ 5,238       $ 4       $ 39,845   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest rate terms on amounts due after one year:

              

Fixed rate

   $ 12,372       $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 12,372   

Adjustable rate

     4,699         —           281         —           4,980   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 17,071       $ —         $ 281       $ —         $ 17,352   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

116


Table of Contents

Residential Mortgage (Portfolio) Loans . We offer residential mortgage loans to enable borrowers to purchase homes or refinance loans on existing homes, most of which serve as the primary residence of the owner. Excluding loans maturing in one year or less, at December 31, 2015, residential mortgage loans were $17.1 million, or 50.3% of total loans, and consisted of $12.4 million and $4.7 million of fixed-rate and adjustable rate loans, respectively. Non-owner occupied residential loans were $1.5 million, or 8% of total loans.

We offer fixed-rate and adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans with terms up to 30 years. Generally, our fixed-rate loans conform to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac underwriting guidelines and are originated with the intention to sell. Our adjustable-rate mortgage loans generally adjust annually after an initial fixed period that ranges from three to ten years. Interest rates and payments on our adjustable-rate loans generally are adjusted to a rate equal to a specified percentage above the one year U.S. Treasury or the one year LIBOR index. Depending on the loan type, the maximum amount by which the interest rate may be increased or decreased is generally 2% per adjustment period and the lifetime interest rate caps range from 5% to 6% over the initial interest rate of the loan.

Borrower demand for adjustable-rate compared to fixed-rate loans is a function of the level of interest rates, the expectations of changes in the level of interest rates, and the difference between the interest rates and loan fees offered for fixed-rate mortgage loans as compared to the interest rates and loan fees for adjustable-rate loans. The relative amount of fixed-rate and adjustable-rate mortgage loans that can be originated at any time is largely determined by the demand for each in a competitive environment. The loan fees, interest rates and other provisions of mortgage loans are determined by us on the basis of our own pricing criteria and competitive market conditions.

While residential mortgage loans are normally originated with up to 30-year terms, such loans typically remain outstanding for substantially shorter periods because borrowers often prepay their loans in full either upon sale of the property pledged as security or upon refinancing the original loan. Therefore, average loan maturity is a function of, among other factors, the level of purchase and sale activity in the real estate market, prevailing interest rates and the interest rates payable on outstanding loans. Additionally, our current practice is generally to (1) sell to the secondary market all newly originated residential mortgage loans, and (2) on some occasions hold in our portfolio shorter-term fixed-rate loans and adjustable-rate loans. Generally, conforming fixed-rate loans are sold to third parties with servicing either retained or released. Our portfolio lending generally consists of conforming and non-conforming adjustable-rate loans for owner-occupied and investor properties with loan-to-value ratios of up to 80%. We generally do not originate “interest only” mortgage loans on one- to four-family residential properties nor do we offer loans that provide for negative amortization of principal such as “option ARM” loans where the borrower can pay less than the interest owed on their loan. Additionally, we do not offer “subprime” loans (loans that are made with low down payments to borrowers with weakened credit histories typically characterized by payment delinquencies, previous charge-offs, judgments, bankruptcies or borrowers with questionable repayment capacity) or “Alt-A” loans (loans to borrowers having less than full documentation).

We will make loans with loan-to-value ratios up to 95% (97% for first time home buyers only); however, we generally require private mortgage insurance for residential loans secured by a first mortgage with a loan-to-value ratio over 80%. We require all properties securing mortgage loans to be appraised by a licensed real estate appraiser. We require title insurance on all first mortgage loans. Exceptions to these lending policies are based on an evaluation of credit risk related to the borrower and the size of the loan. Borrowers must obtain hazard insurance, and flood insurance is required for loans on properties located in a flood zone.

In an effort to provide financing for first-time buyers, we offer adjustable- and fixed-rate loans to qualified individuals and originate the loans using modified or expanded underwriting guidelines, and reduced closing costs.

Due to historically low interest rate levels, borrowers generally have preferred fixed-rate loans in recent years. While we anticipate that our adjustable-rate loans will better offset the adverse effects on our net interest income of an increase in interest rates as compared to fixed-rate mortgages, the increased mortgage payments required of adjustable-rate loans in a rising interest rate environment could cause an increase in delinquencies and defaults. The marketability of the underlying property also may be adversely affected in a high interest rate environment. In addition, although adjustable-rate mortgage loans help make our asset base more responsive to changes in interest rates, the extent of this interest sensitivity is limited by the annual and lifetime interest rate adjustment limits.

 

117


Table of Contents

Construction Loans. At December 31, 2015, construction loans, net of the unadvanced portion, were $16.1 million, or 47.6% of total loans. We primarily originate construction loans to individuals and to a lesser extent, contractors and builders, to finance the construction of residential dwellings. Our construction loans are both fixed and adjustable-rate, interest-only loans that provide for the payment of interest only during the construction phase, which is usually 9 to12 months. At the end of the construction phase, the loan may be paid in full or converted to a permanent mortgage loan. Construction loans made to individual borrowers can be made with a maximum loan to value ratio of up to 90% of the lesser of the appraised market value estimated upon completion or the combined acquisition plus construction costs of the project. Before making a commitment to fund a construction loan, we generally require an appraisal of the property by an independent licensed appraiser. Our construction loans do not provide for interest payments to be funded by interest reserves.

Our loan policy dictates a minimum equity contribution by the borrower of 25% of the land acquisition cost and an end loan-to-value ratio generally not greater than 80%, and up to 90% on an exception basis. All borrowers are underwritten and evaluated for creditworthiness based on past experience, debt service ability, net worth analysis including available liquidity, and other credit factors. We generally require personal guarantees on all construction loans. Advances are only made following an inspection of the property confirming completion of the required progress on the project and an update to the title completed by a bank approved attorney.

Most of our loans for the construction of residential properties are for residences being built that have not been sold prior to commencement of construction. At December 31, 2015, our construction loan portfolio consisted of $4.6 million in loans that were secured by residential real estate which has not been pre-sold and $16.7 million in loans that were secured by owner-occupied residential real estate. At December 31, 2015, our largest outstanding construction loan relationship was for a single-family subdivision aggregating $1.2 million. This project is secured by a first mortgage on homes built. This relationship was performing according to its original repayment terms at December 31, 2015.

Construction financing is considered to involve a higher degree of risk of loss than long-term financing on improved, occupied real estate. Risk of loss on a construction loan depends largely upon the accuracy of the initial estimate of the property’s value at completion of construction or development and the estimated cost (including interest) of construction. During the construction phase, a number of factors could result in delays and cost overruns. If the estimate of construction costs proves to be inaccurate, we may be required to advance funds beyond the amount originally committed to permit completion of the development. If the estimate of value proves to be inaccurate, we may be confronted, at or before the maturity of the loan, with a project having a value which is insufficient to assure full repayment. As a result of the foregoing, construction lending often involves the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment dependent, in part, on the success of the ultimate project rather than the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay principal and interest. If we are forced to foreclose on a project before or at completion due to a default, we may not be able to recover all of the unpaid balance of, and accrued interest on, the loan as well as related foreclosure and holding costs.

Consumer Loans . We infrequently make secured and unsecured loans to individuals. At December 31, 2015, consumer loans were $4,000, or less than 1% of total loans.

Loan Originations, Purchases and Sales . The primary source of loan originations is our staff of loan originators, advertising, referrals from customers, real estate brokers and other professionals.

Additionally, our current practice is generally (1) to sell to the secondary market the significant majority of newly originated residential mortgage loans and (2) to on occasion hold in our portfolio shorter-term fixed-rate loans and adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans. Our decision to hold loans is based on prevailing market interest rate conditions and interest rate risk management. Loans are sold to third parties with servicing retained, in the case of conforming loans, or released, in the case of jumbo residential mortgage loans, FHA, VA and other nonconforming loans.

 

118


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our loan originations (excluding loans originated for sale in the secondary market), purchases, sales and principal repayment activities during the periods indicated.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
(In thousands)    2015      2014      2013  

Total loans at beginning of period

   $ 38,017       $ 30,820       $ 31,577   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loan originations:

        

Real estate loans:

        

One- to four-family residential

     4         125         49   

Residential construction

     18,639         23,481         23,288   

Commercial construction

     5,034         6,190         4,605   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total real estate

     23,677         29,796         27,942   

Consumer loans:

        

Personal

     13         18         26   

Secured by savings accounts

     1         14         6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans originations

     23,691         29,828         27,974   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loan purchases:

        

Real estate loans:

        

One- to four-family residential

     813         734         1,195   

Residential construction

     —           —           —     

Commercial construction

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total real estate

     813         734         1,195   

Consumer loans:

        

Personal

     —           —           —     

Secured by savings accounts

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans purchases

     813         734         1,195   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other:

        

Principal repayments, net

     (32,030      (26,172      (29,243

Unadvanced funds on originations

     1,969         (1,012      (1,865

Loans transferred from loans held for sale

     1,479         4,662         1,182   

Transfer to other real estate owned

     (29      (843      —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other

     (28,611      (23,365      (29,926

Net increase (decrease)

     (4,107      7,197         (757
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans at end of period

   $ 33,910       $ 38,017       $ 30,820   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We also originate one-to-four-family residential mortgage loans for sale in the secondary mortgage market. During the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, we originated $422.3 million, $287.0 million and $409.0 million of such loans, respectively.

Loan Approval Procedures and Authority . Our lending activities follow written, nondiscriminatory underwriting standards and loan origination procedures established by our board of directors and management. Our board of directors has granted loan approval authority to certain executive officers. Loans in excess of any officer’s individual authority and up to the “in-house limit” established by the board of directors and loans containing any exceptions to our loan policies must be approved by the executive committee, which is comprised of our chief executive officer and one independent members of our board of directors. All construction loans to any single borrower that exceed the in-house limit of $1.0 million must be approved by the executive committee and ratified by the board of directors. The president and vice president of underwriting are authorized to grant lending authority to

 

119


Table of Contents

other employees for loans that are made for sale to the secondary market and other third party investors. Delegation of such authority is made after due consideration of the individual’s lending experience, past performance and his or her area of responsibility. The authorized amounts are up to the standard conforming high balanced government-sponsored enterprise agency loan limits. Non-conforming loans are typically pre-approved by the third party investor before the loan is consummated.

Loans-to-One Borrower Limit . The maximum amount that we may lend to one borrower and the borrower’s related entities is generally limited, by statute, to 15% of the capital and surplus when the loans are not fully-secured by collateral having a market value at least equal to their face amount and an additional 10% of capital and surplus when the amounts over 15% are fully-secured at all times by a perfected security interest in readily marketable collateral. At December 31, 2015, our regulatory limit on loans-to-one borrower was $1.9 million. At that date, our largest lending relationship totaled $1.2 million and was secured by a single family home. This loan was performing in accordance with its original repayment terms at December 31, 2015.

Loan Commitments. We issue commitments for fixed- and adjustable-rate mortgage loans conditioned upon the occurrence of certain events. Commitments to originate mortgage loans are legally binding agreements to lend to our customers. Generally, our loan commitments expire after 60 days.

Mortgage Banking Activities

We originate residential mortgage loans for sale into the secondary market. The majority of our residential first mortgage loans that we originate are underwritten to conform to the government-sponsored enterprise agencies Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. These loans are then sold directly to the agencies with servicing retained. Other loans such as jumbo (nonconforming), FHA, Mass Housing and VA mortgage loans are generally sold as servicing released. Mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition. The unpaid principal balances of mortgage loans serviced for others were $747.9 million and $780.7 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Net gains or losses recognized upon the sale of loans are included in noninterest income. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, we sold $417.6 million and $289.7 million of residential mortgage loans on the secondary market, which resulted in a net gain on sale of loans of $10.5 million and $7.3 million, respectively.

Interest rates affect the amount and timing of origination and servicing fees because consumer demand for new mortgages and the level of refinancing activity are sensitive to changes in mortgage interest rates. Typically, a decline in mortgage interest rates will lead to an increase in mortgage originations and fees and may also lead to an increase in mortgage servicing income, a component of noninterest income, depending on the level of new loans added to the servicing portfolio and prepayments. Given the time it takes for consumer behavior to fully react to interest rate changes, as well as the time required for processing a new application, providing the commitment and selling the loan, interest rate changes will affect origination and servicing fees with a lag. The amount and timing of the impact on origination and servicing fees will depend on the magnitude, speed and duration of the change in interest rates.

Mortgage servicing rights are recognized as separate assets at fair value when rights are acquired through sale of financial assets. We capitalize mortgage servicing rights at their fair value upon sale of the related loans. Capitalized servicing rights are amortized into mortgage servicing income in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying financial assets. Servicing rights are evaluated for impairment based upon the fair value of the rights as compared to amortized cost. We measure impairment of our servicing rights on a disaggregate basis based on the predominant risk characteristics of the portfolio and discounts the asset’s estimated future cash flows using a current market rate. We have determined the predominant risk characteristics to be prepayment risk and interest-rate risk. The fair value of the existing mortgage servicing rights as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 exceeded book value. To determine the fair value of mortgage servicing rights, we estimate the expected future net servicing revenue based on common industry assumptions, as well as on our historical experience.

 

120


Table of Contents

An analysis of mortgage servicing rights for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 is as follows:

 

     2015      2014  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 3,051,307       $ 5,367,422   

Capitalized rights

     2,536,235         1,840,208   

Sales of servicing rights

     —           (2,673,797

Amortization

     (1,513,723      (1,482,526
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 4,073,819       $ 3,051,307   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value, end of year

   $ 6,465,000       $ 5,042,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition. The unpaid principal balances of mortgage loans serviced for others were $747.9 million and $780.7 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Asset Quality

Nonperforming Assets . We consider foreclosed assets, loans that are maintained on a nonaccrual basis and loans that are past 90 days or more and still accruing to be nonperforming assets. The recognition of income on a loan is discontinued and previously accrued interest is reversed, when interest or principal payments become 90 days past due unless, in the opinion of management, the outstanding interest remains collectible and the loan is well secured. Past due status is determined based on contractual terms. Interest is subsequently recognized only as received until the loan is returned to accrual status. A loan is restored to accrual status when all interest and principal payments are current and the borrower has demonstrated to management the ability to make payments of principal and interest as scheduled. Our practice is to charge off any loan or portion of a loan when the loan is determined by management to be uncollectible due to the borrower’s failure to meet repayment terms, the borrower’s deteriorating or deteriorated financial condition, the depreciation of underlying collateral, the loan’s classification as a loss by regulatory examiners, or for other reasons.

Real estate that we acquire as a result of foreclosure or by deed-in-lieu of foreclosure is classified as other real estate owned until it is sold. When property is acquired it is recorded at its fair market value at the date of foreclosure less costs to sell, which becomes the property’s new basis. Any write-downs at time of acquisition are charged to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent to acquisition, a valuation allowance is established, if necessary, to report these assets at the lower of fair value less cost to sell or the new cost basis. Impairment losses on property to be held and used are measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of property exceeds its fair value. Gains and losses realized on the sale and any adjustment resulting from periodic re-evaluation of these assets are included in losses on and expenses of foreclosed real estate, net, as appropriate. The net costs of maintaining and operating these assets are expensed as incurred, while certain costs to improve such properties are capitalized.

Loans are designated as troubled debt restructures when a concession is made on credit as a result of financial difficulties of the borrower. Typically, such concessions consist of a reduction in interest rate to a below market rate, taking into account the credit quality of the note or a deferment of payments, principal or interest, which materially alters the Bank’s position or significantly extends the note’s maturity date, such that the present value of cash flows to be received is materially less than those contractually established at the loan’s origination. Restructured loans are included in the impaired loan category.

Losses on loans modified as troubled debt restructurings, if any, are charged against the allowance for loan losses when management believes the uncollectability of the loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance for loan losses. Loans modified as troubled debt restructurings with payment defaults are considered in the general component of the allowance for loan losses for each of the specified loan classes.

 

121


Table of Contents

The following table provides information with respect to our nonperforming assets, including troubled debt restructurings, at the dates indicated. We did not have any accruing loans past due 90 days or more at the dates presented.

 

     At December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)    2015     2014     2013  

Nonaccrual loans:

      

Real estate loans:

      

One- to four-family residential

   $ 607      $ 603      $ 848   

Residential construction

     —          —          —     

Commercial construction

     —          —          462   

Consumer loans:

      

Personal

     —          —          —     

Serviced by savings accounts

     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonaccrual loans

     607        603        1,310   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other real estate owned:

      

One- to four-family residential

     11        322        129   

Commercial construction

     —          469        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other real estate owned

     11        791        129   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets

   $ 618      $ 1,394      $ 1,439   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Performing troubled debt restructurings

   $ 863      $ 1,299      $ 1,327   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming loans to total loans(1)

     1.79     1.58     4.25

Total nonperforming assets to total assets

     0.94     2.08     2.20

 

(1) Loans include only portfolio loans and are presented before allowance for loan losses, but include deferred loan origination costs (fees), net.

Interest income that would have been recorded for the year ended December 31, 2015, had nonaccruing loans been current according to their original terms amounted to $11,000. Income related to nonaccrual loans included in interest income for the year ended December 31, 2015, amounted to $11,000.

Total nonperforming loans decreased from December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015, primarily due to the decline in other real estate owned as we were able to sell a large residential construction property in New York and a one-to-four-family residential property in Massachusetts during 2015.

Classified Loans . Federal regulations require us to review and classify assets on a regular basis. In addition, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency has the authority to identify problem assets and, if appropriate, require them to be classified. There are three classifications for problem assets: substandard, doubtful and loss. “Substandard assets” must have one or more defined weaknesses and are characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. “Doubtful assets” have the weaknesses of substandard assets with the additional characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values questionable, and there is a high possibility of loss. An asset classified as “loss” is considered uncollectible and of such little value that continuance as an asset of the institution is not warranted. When management classifies an asset as substandard or doubtful, a specific allowance for loan losses may be established. If management classifies an asset as loss, an amount equal to 100% of the portion of the asset classified loss is charged to the allowance for loan losses. The regulations also provide for a “special mention” category, described as assets that do not currently expose us to a sufficient degree of risk to warrant classification, but do possess credit deficiencies or potential weaknesses deserving our close attention. We utilize a seven grade internal loan rating system for one – to four-family residential real estate, construction and commercial loans. See note 3 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

122


Table of Contents

The following table shows the aggregate amounts of our regulatory classified loans at the dates indicated.

 

     At December 31,  
(In thousands)    2015      2014      2013  

Classified loans:

        

Substandard

   $ 801       $ 603       $ 2,597   

Doubtful

     —           —           15   

Loss

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total classified loans

   $ 812       $ 1,394       $ 2,741   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Special mention

   $ 998       $ 1,468       $ 2,077   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

None of the special mention loans at December 31, 2015 were on nonaccrual.

Other than as disclosed in the above tables, there are no other loans where management has serious doubts about the ability of the borrowers to comply with the present loan repayment terms.

 

123


Table of Contents

Delinquencies. The following table provides information about delinquencies in our loan portfolio at the dates indicated.

 

     30-59 Days
Past Due
     60-89 Days
Past Due
     Greater than
90 Days Past
Due
     Total
Past Due
     Past Due 90
Days
and Still
Accruing
     Loans on
Non-Accrual
 
     (In thousands)  

At December 31, 2015

                 

Mortgage loans on real estate:

                 

Residential real estate

   $ 1,182       $ —         $ 607       $ 1,788       $ —         $ 607   

Residential construction

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Commercial construction

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer loans:

                 

Personal loans

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Savings secured

     —           —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,182       $ —         $ 607       $ 1,788       $ —         $ 607   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2014

                 

Mortgage loans on real estate:

                 

Residential real estate

   $ 859       $ 302       $ 603       $ 1,764       $ —         $ 603   

Residential construction

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Commercial construction

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer loans:

                 

Personal loans

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Savings secured

     —           —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 859       $ 302       $ 603       $ 1,764       $ —         $ 603   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2013

                 

Mortgage loans on real estate:

                 

Residential real estate

   $ 672       $ —         $ 848       $ 1,520       $ —         $ 848   

Residential construction

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Commercial construction

     —           —           462         462         —           462   

Consumer loans:

                 

Personal loans

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Savings secured

     —           —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 672       $ —         $ 1,310       $ 1,982       $ —         $ 1,310   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

124


Table of Contents

Allowance for Loan Losses .  The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance for loan losses when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. We evaluate the need to establish allowances against losses on loans on a regular basis. When additional allowances are necessary, a provision for loan losses is charged to earnings.

Our methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses consists of three basic components: (1) a general component related to non-classified loans based on historical loss experience, adjusted for qualitative factors stratified by loan segments; (2) a specific component related to impaired loans; and (3) an unallocated component. Although we determine the amount of each element of the allowance separately, the entire allowance for loan losses is available for the entire portfolio.

General Component . The general component of the allowance for loan losses is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors stratified by our loan segments. Management utilizes a weighted rolling average of historical losses based on a time seven year time frame appropriate to capture relevant loss data for each loan segment. This historical loss factor is adjusted for the following qualitative factors: trends in delinquencies; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of changes in risk selection and underwriting standards and other changes in lending policies, procedures and practices; and national and local economic trends and conditions.

Specific Component . The specific component of the allowance for loan losses relates to loans that are classified as impaired. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis by either the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. An allowance is established when the measured value of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due.

We periodically may agree to modify the contractual terms of loans. When a loan is modified and a concession is made to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty, the modification is considered a troubled debt restructuring. All troubled debt restructurings are initially classified as impaired.

We identify loans that may need to be charged-off as a loss by reviewing all impaired loans and related loss analyses. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when we believe the uncollectability of the loan balance is confirmed. A borrower’s inability to make payments under the terms of the loan and a shortfall in collateral value would generally result in our charging off the loan to the extent of the loss deemed to be confirmed.

Unallocated Component . The unallocated component of the allowance for loan losses is maintained to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable loss. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating specific and general losses in the portfolio.

At December 31, 2015, our allowance for loan losses was $563,000, or 1.66% of total loans and 92.8% of nonperforming loans. At December 31, 2014, our allowance for loan losses was $572,000, or 1.50% of total loans and 94.9% of nonperforming loans. Nonperforming loans at December 31, 2015 were $607,000, or 1.8% of total loans, compared to $603,000, or 1.6% of total loans, at December 31, 2014 and $1.3 million, or 4.3% of total loans, at December 31, 2013. The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level that represents management’s best estimate of losses in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. However, there can be no assurance that the allowance for loan losses will be adequate to cover losses which may be realized in the future or that additional provisions for loan losses will not be required.

Although we believe that we use the best information available to establish the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary and our results of operations could be adversely affected if circumstances differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the determinations. Furthermore, while we believe we have established our allowance for loan losses in conformity with generally

 

125


Table of Contents

accepted accounting principles, there can be no assurance that the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, in reviewing our loan portfolio, will not require us to increase our allowance for loan losses based on judgments different from ours. In addition, because future events affecting borrowers and collateral cannot be predicted with certainty, there can be no assurance that the existing allowance for loan losses is adequate or that increases will not be necessary should the quality of any loans deteriorate as a result of the factors discussed above. Any material increase in the allowance for loan losses may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operation.

Analysis of Loan Loss Experience. The following table sets forth an analysis of the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)    2015     2014     2013  

Allowance at beginning of period

   $ 572      $ 640      $ 656   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

     —          —          80   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charge offs:

      

Real estate loans:

      

One- to four-family residential

     (25     (25     (96

Residential construction

     —          —          —     

Commercial construction

     —          (47     —     

Consumer loans:

      

Personal

     —          —          —     

Secured by savings accounts

     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

     (25     (72     (96
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries:

      

Real estate loans:

      

One- to four-family residential

     16        —          —     

Residential construction

     —          —          —     

Commercial construction

     —          4        —     

Consumer loans:

      

Personal

     —          —          —     

Secured by savings accounts

     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     16        4        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     (9     (68     (96
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance at end of period

   $ 563      $ 572      $ 640   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans outstanding (1)

   $ 33,936      $ 38,060      $ 30,848   

Average portfolio loans outstanding (1)

   $ 36,905      $ 33,401      $ 30,977   

Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans outstanding(1)

     1.66     1.50     2.07

Net loans charged off as a percent of average loans outstanding

     0.02     0.20     0.31

Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans

     92.75     94.86     48.85

 

(1) Loans include only portfolio loans and are presented before allowance for loan losses, but include deferred loan origination costs (fees), net.

Investment Activities

General . We have legal authority to invest in various types of liquid assets, including U.S. Treasury obligations, securities of various government-sponsored enterprises and municipal governments, deposits at the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, certificates of deposit of federally insured institutions, investment grade corporate bonds, investment grade marketable debt securities and investment grade marketable equity securities. We had no such investments at December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. We also are required to maintain an investment in Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston stock. While we have the authority under applicable law to invest in derivative securities, we had no investments in derivative securities at December 31, 2015.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock . We held common stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston in connection with our borrowing activities totaling $931,000 at December 31, 2015. The Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston common stock is carried at cost and classified as restricted equity securities. We may be required to purchase additional Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston stock if we increase borrowings in the future.

 

126


Table of Contents

Sources of Funds

General. Deposits, borrowings and loan repayments are the major sources of our funds for lending and other investment purposes. Scheduled loan repayments are a relatively stable source of funds, while deposit inflows and outflows and loan prepayments are significantly influenced by general interest rates and money market conditions.

Deposit Accounts. Deposits are attracted from within our market area by sales efforts of branch customer service representatives.. We offer a broad selection of deposit instruments, including noninterest-bearing demand deposits (such as checking accounts), interest-bearing demand accounts (such as NOW and money market accounts), savings accounts and term deposit certificates. From time to time we have utilized brokered deposits as part of our funding sources to fund loan growth. Brokered deposits are a more volatile source of funding than core deposits and do not increase our deposit franchise. In a rising rate environment, we may be unwilling or unable to pay a competitive rate. To the extent that such deposits do not remain with us, they may need to be replaced with borrowings, which could increase our cost of funds and negatively impact our interest rate spread, financial condition and results of operation. As of December 31, 2015, the aggregate amount of our brokered deposits was $5.2 million. The following table sets forth the maturity of these certificates as of December 31, 2015 (in thousands):

 

(In thousands)

Maturity Period

   Amount  

Three months or less

   $ 1,744   

Over three through six months

     2,489   

Over six through twelve months

     987   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,220   
  

 

 

 

Deposit account terms vary according to the minimum balance required the time periods the funds must remain on deposit and the interest rate, among other factors. In determining the terms of our deposit accounts, we consider the rates offered by our competition, our liquidity needs, profitability to us, and customer preferences and concerns. We generally review our deposit mix and pricing periodically. Our deposit pricing strategy has generally been to offer competitive rates and to offer periodically special rates in order to attract deposits of a specific type or term.

Deposit account balances at December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 are summarized as follows:

 

(In thousands)    2015      2014      2013  

Demand deposit accounts

   $ 10,418       $ 10,128       $ 13,595   

NOW and checking accounts

     2,873         2,894         2,906   

Regular savings accounts

     2,063         2,307         2,314   

Money market deposit accounts

     6,548         7,985         6,943   

Official checks

     229         156         69   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-certificate accounts

     22,131         23,470         25,827   

Certificate accounts (less than $250,000)

     11,890         14,901         10,117   

Certificate accounts (greater than $250,000)

     759         757         506   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total certificate accounts

     12,649         15,658         10,623   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

   $ 34,780       $ 39,128       $ 36,450   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

127


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our term deposit certificates classified by interest rate as of the dates indicated.

 

     At December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)    2015      2014      2013  

0.00% - 1.00%

   $ 9,717       $ 12,464       $ 6,942   

1.01 - 2.00%

     2,426         2,348         2,745   

2.01 - 3.00%

     506         845         936   

3.01 - 4.00%

     —           —           —     

4.01 - 5.00%

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 12,649       $ 15,657       $ 10,623   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth the maturities of our certificates of deposit at December 31, 2015.

 

(In thousands)       

Within one year

   $ 10,034   

Over one year to three years

     2,355   

Over three years

     260   
  

 

 

 
   $ 12,649   
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, related party deposits amounted to $918,000, $1.9 million and $1.9 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2015, the aggregate amount of our certificates of deposit in amounts greater than or equal to $100,000 was $9.5 million. The following table sets forth the maturity of these certificates as of December 31, 2015.

 

(In thousands)

Maturity Period

   Amount  

Three months or less

   $ 2,804   

Over three through six months

     3,642   

Over six through twelve months

     1,479   

Over twelve months

     1,580   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 9,505   
  

 

 

 

Borrowings. We may utilize advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston to supplement our supply of investable funds. The Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston functions as a central reserve bank providing credit for its member financial institutions. As a member, we are required to own capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston and are authorized to apply for advances on the security of such stock and certain of our whole first mortgage loans. provided certain standards related to creditworthiness have been met. Advances are made under several different programs, each having its own interest rate and range of maturities. Depending on the program, limitations on the amount of advances are based either on a fixed percentage of an institution’s net worth or on the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston’s assessment of the institution’s creditworthiness. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we had $15.9 million and $12.9 million in outstanding advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, respectively. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, based on available collateral and our ownership of Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston stock, and based upon our internal policy, we had access to additional Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston advances of up to $5.5 million and $4.3 million, respectively. All of our borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston are secured by a blanket lien on certain whole first mortgage loans and capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston.

 

128


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information concerning balances and maturities on our borrowings at the dates and for the periods indicated.

 

Year ending December 31:

   (In thousands)  

2016

   $ 13,511   

2017

     519   

2018

     364   

2019

     271   

2020

     1,186   

Thereafter

     32   
  

 

 

 
   $ 15,883   
  

 

 

 

Properties

The following table sets forth information with respect to our office properties as of December 31, 2015. We believe that our current facilities are adequate to meet our current and foreseeable needs.

 

Office Name and Address

   Leased or
Owned
   Year
Acquired or
Leased
   Month of
Lease
Expiration
   Square
Footage
     Net Book
Value of Real
Property
 

Banking Offices:

              

19 School Street

Boston, MA 02108

   Owned    1997    N/A      8,337       $ 1,301,000   

Other Properties:

              

100 Brickstone Square,

Andover, MA 01810

   Leased    1991    August 2017      22,101         N/A   

150 Wood Road, Suite 402

Braintree, MA 021084

   Leased    2016    December 2017      1,500         N/A   

20 Main Street

Leominster, MA 01453

   Leased    1993    Tenant at-will      1,446         N/A   

130 Cedar Street

Milford, MA 01757

   Leased    2007    Tenant at-will      3,000         N/A   

110 Elm Street

Millbury, MA 01527

   Leased    1996    Tenant at-will      460         N/A   

225 Water Street, SuiteB-126

Plymouth, MA 02360

   Leased    2015    September 2016      385         N/A   

875 State Road

Westport, MA 02790

   Leased    2007    December 2018      2,850         N/A   

167 South River Road, Unit 1

Bedford, NH 03110

   Leased    2008    Tenant at-will      1,186         N/A   

Personnel

As of December 31, 2015, we had 105 full-time and 13 part-time employees, none of whom is represented by a collective bargaining unit. We believe our relationship with our employees is good.

 

129


Table of Contents

Subsidiaries

First Federal Savings Bank of Boston owns 100% of the following subsidiaries: First Eastern Mortgage Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation, which is inactive; Prime Title Services, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation that provides mortgage loan closing services, primarily to customers of First Federal Savings Bank of Boston; and First Realty Acquisition Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation that acquires, holds, manages, and disposes of real property acquired in satisfaction of debts previously contracted and held by First Federal Savings Bank of Boston.

Legal Proceedings

We are not currently a party to any pending legal proceedings that we believe would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

S UPERVISION AND R EGULATION

General

Randolph Savings Bank is a Massachusetts stock savings bank and will be the wholly-owned subsidiary of Randolph Bancorp, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation, which will become a registered bank holding company upon the completion of the conversion. The Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC and by the Depositors Insurance Fund established by Massachusetts General Laws, or the MGL, for amounts in excess of the FDIC insurance limits. The Bank is subject to extensive regulation by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, as its chartering agency, and by the FDIC, its primary federal regulator and deposit insurer. The Bank is required to file reports with, and is periodically examined by, the FDIC and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks concerning its activities and financial condition. The Bank must also obtain regulatory approvals prior to entering into certain transactions, including, but not limited to, mergers with or acquisitions of other financial institutions. The Bank must comply with consumer protection regulations issued by the CFPB. The Bank is a member of and owns stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, which is one of the 12 regional banks in the Federal Home Loan Bank System.

Upon completion of the conversion, as a bank holding company, Randolph Bancorp, Inc. will be subject to examination and supervision by, and is required to file certain reports with, the Federal Reserve. Randolph Bancorp, Inc. will also be subject to the rules and regulations of the SEC under the federal securities laws.

The federal and state regulatory and supervisory structure establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which an institution can engage and is intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the deposit insurance funds, rather than for the protection of other creditors or shareholders. The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies concerning the establishment of deposit insurance assessment fees, classification of assets and establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes. Any change in such regulatory requirements and policies, whether by the Massachusetts legislature, the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve or the United States Congress, could have a material adverse impact on the financial condition and results of operations of Randolph Bancorp and Randolph Savings Bank. As is further described below, the Dodd-Frank Act has significantly changed the bank regulatory structure and may affect the lending, investment and general operating activities of depository institutions and their holding companies.

Set forth below are certain material regulatory requirements that are applicable to Randolph Bancorp, Inc. and Randolph Savings Bank. This description of statutes and regulations is not intended to be a complete description of such statutes and regulations and their effects on Randolph Bancorp, Inc. and Randolph Savings Bank.

Holding Company Regulation

General . After the conversion, Randolph Bancorp, Inc. will be a bank holding company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, or BHCA. As such, Randolph Bancorp, Inc. will be registered with the Federal Reserve and subject to regulations, examinations, supervision and reporting requirements applicable to bank holding companies. In addition, the Federal Reserve has enforcement authority over Randolph Bancorp, Inc. Among other things, this authority permits the Federal Reserve to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a serious risk to Randolph Bancorp, Inc.’s subsidiary insured depository institution.

 

130


Table of Contents

Permissible Activities. A bank holding company is generally prohibited from engaging in non-banking activities, or acquiring direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the voting securities of any company engaged in non-banking activities. One of the principal exceptions to this prohibition is for activities that the Federal Reserve had determined to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto as of November 11, 1999. Some of the principal activities that the Federal Reserve had determined by regulation to be so closely related to banking are: (i) making or servicing loans; (ii) performing certain data processing services; (iii) providing discount brokerage services; (iv) acting as fiduciary, investment or financial advisor; (v) leasing personal or real property; (vi) making investments in corporations or projects designed primarily to promote community welfare; and (vii) acquiring a savings association whose direct and indirect activities are limited to those permitted for bank holding companies. A bank holding company that is well-capitalized and well-managed within the meaning of applicable regulations and whose subsidiary depository institutions are well capitalized and well managed and meet certain additional requirements, may elect to become a “financial holding company.” Such an election allows a bank holding company to engage in a broader array of financial activities, including insurance and investment banking activities.

Acquisition of Control . The BHCA provides that no company may directly or indirectly acquire control of a bank without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve. Any company that acquires control of a bank becomes a “bank holding company” subject to registration, examination and regulation by the Federal Reserve. Pursuant to federal regulations, the term “company” is defined to include banks, corporations, partnerships, associations, and certain trusts and other entities, and a company has “control” of a bank or other company if the company owns, controls or holds with power to vote 25% or more of any class of voting stock of the bank or other company, controls in any manner the election of a majority of the directors of the bank or other company or if the Federal Reserve determines, after notice and opportunity for hearings that the Company has the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of the bank or other company. In addition, a bank holding company must obtain Federal Reserve approval prior to acquiring securities of a bank or bank holding company if, after such acquisition, the bank holding company would control more than 5% of any class of voting stock of the bank or bank holding company.

In evaluating applications by bank holding companies to acquire depository institutions, the Federal Reserve must consider, among other things, the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the company and institutions involved, the convenience and needs of the community, the extent to which a proposed acquisition, merger or consolidation would result in greater or more concentrated risks to the stability of the United States banking or financial system, and competitive factors. The Federal Reserve may not approve a transaction that would result in a monopoly and may not approve a transaction that would substantially lessen competition in any banking market unless it finds that the anticompetitive effects are clearly outweighed in the public interest by the probable effect of the transaction in meeting the convenience and needs of the community to be served. In addition to the approval of the Federal Reserve, prior approval may also be necessary from other agencies having supervisory jurisdiction over the bank to be acquired before any bank acquisition can be completed.

Under the Federal Change in Bank Control Act, no person, directly or indirectly or acting in concert with one or more other persons, may acquire control of an insured depository institution or a depository institution holding company unless the appropriate federal banking agency has been given 60 days’ prior written notice and has not issued a notice disapproving the proposed acquisition. The Federal Reserve is the appropriate federal banking agency with respect to an acquisition of control of a bank holding company. Acquisitions subject to approval under the BHCA are exempt from the prior notice requirement. Control, as defined under the Change in Bank Control Act and as implemented by the Federal Reserve with respect to bank holding companies, means the power to directly or indirectly direct the management or policies of a bank holding company or to vote 25% or more of any class of voting securities of the bank holding company. Acquisition of more than 10% of any class of a bank holding company’s voting stock is subject to a rebuttable presumption of control by the Federal Reserve if the bank holding company has registered securities under section 12 of the Exchange Act or if no other person will own, control or hold the power to vote a greater percentage of that class of voting stock immediately after the acquisition. There are also rebuttable presumptions in the regulations concerning whether a group is “acting in concert”, including presumed concerted action among members of an “immediate family.” Accordingly, the filing of a notice with the

 

131


Table of Contents

Federal Reserve would be required before any person or group of persons acting in concert could acquire 10% or more of the common stock of Randolph Bancorp, Inc., unless the person or group of persons files a rebuttal of control that is accepted by the Federal Reserve.

The Federal Reserve may prohibit a proposed acquisition of control if it finds, among other things, that:

 

    the acquisition would result in a monopoly or substantially lessen competition;

 

    the financial condition of the acquiring person might jeopardize the financial stability of the institution;

 

    the competence, experience or integrity of the acquiring person indicates that it would not be in the interest of the depositors or the public to permit the acquisition of control by such person; or

 

    the acquisition would have an adverse effect on the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund.

Capital. When it reaches $1 billion in total consolidated assets, Randolph Bancorp, Inc. will be subject to the Federal Reserve’s capital adequacy regulations for bank holding companies (on a consolidated basis). These capital standards have historically been similar to, though less stringent than, those of the FDIC for Randolph Savings Bank. Subject to certain exceptions, including an exception for bank holding companies with less than $1 billion of assets, the Dodd-Frank Act, required the Federal Reserve to establish, for all bank holding companies, minimum consolidated capital requirements that are as stringent as those required for insured depository institutions. Under regulations enacted by the Federal Reserve and generally effective January 1, 2015, all such bank holding companies are subject to regulatory capital requirements that are the same as or more stringent than the capital requirements applicable to Randolph Savings Bank. These capital requirements include provisions that, when applicable, might limit the ability of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. to pay dividends to its shareholders or repurchase its shares. See “—Federal Banking Regulation—Capital Requirements.” Randolph Bancorp, Inc. has conducted a pro forma analysis of the application of these new capital requirements as of December 31, 2015, assuming the merger and offering are completed, and has determined that it will not be subject to the new capital requirements as its total assets will remain below $1 billion.

Source of Strength. Federal Reserve policy requires bank holding companies to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to their depository institution subsidiaries. The Dodd-Frank Act codified the requirement that holding companies act as a source of financial strength. As a result, Randolph Bancorp, Inc. will be expected to commit resources to support Randolph Savings Bank, including at times when Randolph Bancorp, Inc. may not be in a financial position to provide such resources.

Dividends. The Federal Reserve has issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends and the repurchase of shares of common stock by bank holding companies. In general, the policy provides that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. Regulatory guidance provides for prior regulatory consultation with respect to capital distributions in certain circumstances such as where the company’s net income for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid over that period, is insufficient to fully fund the dividend or the company’s overall rate or earnings retention is inconsistent with the company’s capital needs and overall financial condition. The policy statement also states that a bank holding company should inform and consult with the Federal Reserve supervisory staff prior to redeeming or repurchasing common stock or perpetual preferred stock if the bank holding company is experiencing financial weaknesses or if the repurchase or redemption would result in a net reduction, as of the end of a quarter, in the amount of such equity instruments outstanding compared with the beginning of the quarter in which the redemption or repurchase occurred. These regulatory policies may affect the ability of Randolph Bancorp to pay dividends, repurchase shares of common stock or otherwise engage in capital distributions. In addition, the ability of Randolph Bancorp to pay dividends may be restricted if Randolph Savings Bank becomes undercapitalized.

Massachusetts Holding Company Regulation. Under the Massachusetts banking laws, a company owning or controlling two or more banking institutions, including a savings bank, is regulated as a bank holding company. The term “company” is defined by the Massachusetts banking laws similarly to the definition of “company” under

 

132


Table of Contents

the Bank Holding Company Act. Each Massachusetts bank holding company: (i) must obtain the approval of the Massachusetts Board of Bank Incorporation before engaging in certain transactions, such as the acquisition of more than 5% of the voting stock of another banking institution; (ii) must register and file reports with the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks; and (iii) is subject to examination by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks. Recent legislation enacted in Massachusetts provides an exemption from the requirement to obtain Board of Bank Incorporation approval for certain transactions involving a merger or consolidation subject to approval by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks. In addition, for a period of three years following completion of a conversion to stock form, no person may directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of a converting mutual holding company without prior written approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks.

Federal Banking Regulation

Business Activities. Under federal law, all state-chartered FDIC-insured banks, including savings banks, have been limited in their activities as principal and in their equity investments to the type and the amount authorized for national banks, notwithstanding state law. Federal law permits exceptions to these limitations. For example, certain state-chartered savings banks which had previously done so may, with FDIC approval, continue to exercise state authority to invest in common or preferred stocks listed on a national securities exchange and in the shares of an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The maximum permissible investment is the lesser of 100.0% of Tier 1 capital or the maximum amount permitted by Massachusetts law. Such grandfathered authority may be terminated under certain circumstances including a change in charter or a determination by the FDIC that such investments pose a safety and soundness risk.

The FDIC is also authorized to permit state banks to engage in state authorized activities or investments not permissible for national banks (other than non-subsidiary equity investments) if they meet all applicable capital requirements and it is determined that such activities or investments do not pose a significant risk to the FDIC insurance fund. The FDIC has adopted regulations governing the procedures for institutions seeking approval to engage in such activities or investments. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 specified that a state bank may control a subsidiary that engages in activities as principal that would only be permitted for a national bank to conduct in a “financial subsidiary,” if a bank meets specified conditions and deducts its investment in the subsidiary for regulatory capital purposes.

Capital Requirements. The FDIC currently requires federally insured state-chartered banks that are not members of the Federal Reserve System, or state non-member banks, to meet minimum capital standards: a 4.5% Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets ratio, a 6% Tier 1 equity to risk weighted assets ratio, an 8% total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio and a leverage ratio of 4%. Additionally, subject to a transition schedule beginning in 2016, the FDIC’s capital rules require Randolph Savings Bank to establish a capital conservation buffer of Tier I common equity in an amount above the minimum risk-based capital requirements for “adequately capitalized” institutions equal to 2.5% of total risk weighted assets, or face restrictions on the ability to pay dividends, pay discretionary bonuses, and to engage in share repurchases. If Randolph Bancorp, Inc. becomes subject to the Federal Reserve’s capital adequacy rules for bank holding companies, then Randolph Bancorp, Inc. would also become subject to a similar capital conservation buffer requirement that could restrict its ability to pay dividends, pay discretionary bonuses and/or engage in share repurchases. The capital conservation buffer is required to be fully implemented by January 1, 2019. Under the capital rules, risk-based capital ratios are calculated by dividing Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1 and total risk-based capital, respectively, by risk-weighted assets. On- and off-balance exposures are assigned to various risk-weight categories based primarily on relative risk.

Under the FDIC’s rules, an FDIC supervised institution such as Randolph Savings Bank is considered “well capitalized” if it (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater; (ii) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater; (iii) a common Tier 1 equity ratio of at least 6.5% or greater, (iv) a leverage capital ratio of 5.0% or greater; and (iv) is not subject to any written agreement, order, capital directive, or prompt corrective action directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure. The Bank is currently considered “well capitalized” under this standard.

Dividends . A state non-member bank may not make a capital distribution that would reduce its regulatory capital below the amount required by the FDIC’s regulatory capital regulations or for the liquidation account

 

133


Table of Contents

established in connection with its conversion to stock form. In addition, beginning in 2016, Randolph Savings Bank’s ability to pay dividends will be limited if Randolph Savings Bank does not have the capital conservation buffer required by the new capital rules, which may limit the ability of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. to pay dividends to its shareholders. See “—Capital Requirements.”

Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws. All institutions have a responsibility under the Community Reinvestment Act, or the CRA, and related regulations to help meet the credit needs of their communities, including low- and moderate-income borrowers. In connection with its examination of a state non-member bank, the FDIC is required to assess the institution’s record of compliance with the CRA. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. The CRA does require the FDIC, in connection with its examination of a state non-member bank, to assess the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by such institution, including applications to acquire branches and other financial institutions. The CRA requires the FDIC to provide a written evaluation of an institution’s CRA performance utilizing a four-tiered descriptive rating system. An institution’s failure to comply with the provisions of the CRA could, at a minimum, result in denial of certain corporate applications such as branches or mergers, or in restrictions on its activities. The CRA requires all institutions insured by the FDIC to publicly disclose their rating. The Bank received a “Satisfactory” CRA rating in its most recent federal examination.

Massachusetts has its own statutory counterpart to the CRA that is applicable to Randolph Savings Bank. The Massachusetts version is generally similar to the CRA but uses a five-tiered descriptive rating system. Massachusetts law requires the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks to consider, but not be limited to, a bank’s record of performance under Massachusetts law in considering any application by the bank to establish a branch or other deposit-taking facility, to relocate an office or to merge or consolidate with or acquire the assets and assume the liabilities of any other banking institution. The Bank’s most recent rating under Massachusetts law was “Satisfactory.”

In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibit lenders from discriminating in their lending practices on the basis of characteristics specified in those statutes. The failure to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act could result in enforcement actions by the FDIC, as well as other federal regulatory agencies and the Department of Justice.

Transactions with Related Parties. An insured depository institution’s authority to engage in transactions with its affiliates is limited by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and federal regulation. An affiliate is generally a company that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with an insured depository institution such as Randolph Savings Bank; however, a subsidiary of a bank that engages in bank permissible activities is generally not treated as an affiliate. Randolph Bancorp will be an affiliate of Randolph Savings Bank because of its control of Randolph Savings Bank. In general, transactions between an insured depository institution and its affiliates are subject to certain quantitative limits and collateral requirements. Transactions with affiliates also must be consistent with safe and sound banking practices, generally not involve the purchase of low-quality assets and be on terms that are as favorable to the insured depository institution as comparable transactions with non-affiliates.

The Bank’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and 10% shareholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons, is currently governed by the requirements of Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O of the Federal Reserve. Among other things, these provisions generally require that extensions of credit to insiders:

 

    be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons and that do not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features; and

 

    not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of Randolph Savings Bank’s capital.

 

134


Table of Contents

In addition, extensions of credit in excess of certain limits must be approved by Randolph Savings Bank’s loan committee or board of directors. Extensions of credit to executive officers are subject to additional limits based on the type of extension involved.

Enforcement. The FDIC has extensive enforcement responsibility over state non-member banks and has authority to bring enforcement actions against all “institution-affiliated parties,” including directors, officers, shareholders, attorneys, appraisers and accountants who knowingly or recklessly participate in wrongful action likely to have an adverse effect on an institution. Formal enforcement action by the FDIC may range from the issuance of a capital directive or cease and desist order to removal of officers and/or directors of the institution and the appointment of a receiver or conservator. Civil penalties cover a wide range of violations and actions, and range up to $25,000 per day, unless a finding of reckless disregard is made, in which case penalties may be as high as $1 million per day. The FDIC is required, with certain exceptions, to appoint a receiver or conservator for an insured state non-member bank if that bank was “critically undercapitalized” on average during the calendar quarter beginning 270 days after the date on which the institution became “critically undercapitalized.” The FDIC may also appoint itself as conservator or receiver for an insured state non-member bank under specified circumstances, including: (1) insolvency; (2) substantial dissipation of assets or earnings through violations of law or unsafe or unsound practices; (3) existence of an unsafe or unsound condition to transact business; (4) insufficient capital; or (5) the incurrence of losses that will deplete substantially all of the institution’s capital with no reasonable prospect of replenishment without federal assistance. The FDIC also has the authority to terminate deposit insurance.

Standards for Safety and Soundness. Federal law requires each federal banking agency to prescribe certain standards for all insured depository institutions. These standards relate to, among other things, internal controls, information systems and audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, compensation and other operational and managerial standards as the agency deems appropriate. Interagency guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If the appropriate federal banking agency determines that an institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the guidelines, the agency may require the institution to submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard. If an institution fails to meet these standards, the appropriate federal banking agency may require the institution to implement an acceptable compliance plan. Failure to implement such a plan can result in further enforcement action, including the issuance of a cease and desist order or the imposition of civil money penalties.

Interstate Banking and Branching. Federal law permits well-capitalized and well-managed bank holding companies to acquire banks in any state, subject to Federal Reserve approval, certain concentration limits and other specified conditions. Interstate mergers of banks are also authorized, subject to regulatory approval and other specified conditions. In addition, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, banks are now permitted to establish de novo branches on an interstate basis provided that branching is authorized by the law of the host state for banks chartered by the host state.

Prompt Corrective Action Regulations . The FDIC is required by law to take supervisory action against undercapitalized institutions under its jurisdiction, the severity of which depends upon the institution’s level of capital.

An institution that has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a common equity Tier 1 ratio of less than 4.5% or a Tier 1 leverage ratio of less than 4% is considered to be “undercapitalized.” An institution that has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0%, a common equity Tier 1 ratio of less than 3% or a Tier 1 leverage ratio of less than 3.0% is considered to be “significantly undercapitalized.” An institution that has a tangible capital to assets ratio equal to or less than 2% is deemed to be “critically undercapitalized.”

Generally, a receiver or conservator must be appointed for an institution that is “critically undercapitalized” within specific time frames. The regulations also provide that a capital restoration plan must be filed with the FDIC

 

135


Table of Contents

within 45 days of the date that an institution is deemed to have received notice that it is “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized.” Any holding company of an institution that is required to submit a capital restoration plan must guarantee performance under the plan in an amount of up to the lesser of 5% of the institution’s assets at the time it was deemed to be undercapitalized by the FDIC or the amount necessary to restore the institution to adequately capitalized status. This guarantee remains in place until the FDIC notifies the institution that it has maintained adequately capitalized status for each of four consecutive calendar quarters. Institutions that are undercapitalized become subject to certain mandatory measures such as a restrictions on capital distributions and asset growth. The FDIC may also take any one of a number of discretionary supervisory actions against undercapitalized institutions, including the issuance of a capital directive and the replacement of senior executive officers and directors.

Insurance of Deposit Accounts. The Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC insures deposits at FDIC-insured depository institutions such as Randolph Savings Bank. Deposit accounts in Randolph Savings Bank are insured by the FDIC up to a maximum of $250,000 per separately insured depositor and up to a maximum of $250,000 for self-directed retirement accounts. The FDIC charges insured depository institutions premiums to maintain the Deposit Insurance Fund.

Under the FDIC’s risk-based assessment system, small institutions (generally, those with less than $10 billion of assets) are assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other risk factors. Rates are based on each institution’s risk category and certain specified risk adjustments. Stronger institutions pay lower rates while riskier institutions pay higher rates. Assessments are based on an institution’s average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity instead of total deposits. Assessment rates (inclusive of possible adjustments) currently range from 2.5 to 45 basis points of each institution’s total assets less tangible capital. The FDIC may increase or decrease the scale uniformly, except that no adjustment can deviate more than two basis points from the base scale without notice and comment rulemaking. The FDIC’s current system represents a change, required by the Dodd-Frank Act, from its prior practice of basing the assessment on an institution’s volume of deposits.

In addition to the FDIC assessments, the Financing Corporation, or FICO, is authorized to impose and collect, with the approval of the FDIC, assessments for anticipated payments, issuance costs and custodial fees on bonds issued by the FICO in the 1980s to recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the FICO are due to mature in 2017 through 2019. As of September 30, 2015, the annualized FICO assessment was equal to 0.600 basis points of total assets less tangible capital.

The FDIC has authority to increase insurance assessments. Any significant increases would have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of Randolph Savings Bank. Management cannot predict what assessment rates will be in the future.

Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. We do not currently know of any practice, condition or violation that may lead to termination of our deposit insurance.

Prohibitions Against Tying Arrangements . State non-member banks are prohibited, subject to certain exceptions, from extending credit or offering any other service, or fixing or varying the consideration for such extension of credit or service, on the condition that the customer obtain some additional service from the institution or its affiliates or not obtain services of a competitor of the institution.

Federal Reserve System. Federal Reserve regulations require depository institutions to maintain noninterest-earning reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily NOW and regular checking accounts). The Bank’s required reserves can be in the form of vault cash and, if vault cash does not fully satisfy the required reserves, in the form of a balance maintained with the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston. The Federal Reserve regulations currently require that reserves be maintained against aggregate transaction accounts except for transaction accounts up to $14.5 million, which are exempt. Transaction accounts greater than $14.5 million up to $103.6 million have a reserve requirement of 3%, and those greater than $103.6 million have a reserve requirement of approximately $2.67 million plus 10% of the amount over $103.6 million. The Federal Reserve generally makes annual adjustments to the tiered reserves. The Bank is in compliance with these requirements.

 

136


Table of Contents

Federal Home Loan Bank System. The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, which is one of the 12 regional Federal Home Loan Banks comprising the Federal Home Loan Bank System. Each Federal Home Loan Bank serves as a central credit facility primarily for its member institutions as well as other entities involved in home mortgage lending. As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank, Randolph Savings Bank is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank. As of December 31, 2015, Randolph Savings Bank was in compliance with this requirement. Based on redemption provisions of the Federal Home Loan Bank, the stock has no quoted market value and is carried at cost. The Bank reviews for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of the cost basis of the Federal Home Loan Bank stock. As of December 31, 2015, no impairment has been recognized.

At its discretion, the Federal Home Loan Bank may declare dividends on the stock. The Federal Home Loan Banks are required to provide funds for certain purposes including the resolution of insolvent thrifts in the late 1980s and to contributing funds for affordable housing programs. These requirements could reduce the amount of dividends that the Federal Home Loan Banks pay to their members and result in the Federal Home Loan Banks imposing a higher rate of interest on advances to their members. As a result of losses incurred, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston suspended and did not pay dividends in 2009 and 2010. However, the Federal Home Loan Bank resumed payment of quarterly dividends in 2011 equal to an annual yield of 0.30% and continued to pay quarterly dividends in 2012 equal to an annual yield of 0.50% and in 2013 equal to an annual yield of 0.38%. In 2014 and 2015,the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston paid quarterly dividends with an annual yield of 1.49% and 2.54%, respectively. There can be no assurance that such dividends will continue in the future. Further, there can be no assurance that the impact of recent or future legislation on the Federal Home Loan Banks also will not cause a decrease in the value of the Federal Home Loan Bank stock held by Randolph Savings Bank.

Massachusetts Banking Laws and Supervision

General. As a Massachusetts stock savings bank, Randolph Savings Bank is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and to various Massachusetts statutes and regulations which govern, among other things, investment powers, lending and deposit-taking activities, borrowings, maintenance of surplus and reserve accounts, and payment of dividends. In addition, Randolph Savings Bank is subject to Massachusetts consumer protection and civil rights laws and regulations. The approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks is required for a Massachusetts-chartered bank to establish or close branches, merge with other financial institutions, issue stock and undertake certain other activities. Any Massachusetts bank that does not operate in accordance with the regulations, policies and directives of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks may be sanctioned. The Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks may suspend or remove directors or officers of a bank who have violated the law, conducted a bank’s business in a manner that is unsafe, unsound or contrary to the depositors’ interests, or been negligent in the performance of their duties. In addition, the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks has the authority to appoint a receiver or conservator if it is determined that the bank is conducting its business in an unsafe or unauthorized manner, and under certain other circumstances.

Lending Activities. A Massachusetts savings bank may make a wide variety of mortgage loans including fixed-rate loans, adjustable-rate loans, variable-rate loans, participation loans, graduated payment loans, construction and development loans, condominium and co-operative loans, second mortgage loans and other types of loans that may be made in accordance with applicable regulations. Commercial loans may be made to corporations and other commercial enterprises with or without security. Consumer and personal loans may also be made with or without security.

Insurance Sales. A Massachusetts savings bank may engage in insurance sales activities if the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks has approved a plan of operation for insurance activities and the bank obtains a license from the Massachusetts Division of Insurance. A bank may be licensed directly or indirectly through an affiliate or a subsidiary corporation established for this purpose. The Bank does not sell or refer insurance products, and has not sought approval for insurance sales activities.

 

137


Table of Contents

Dividends. A Massachusetts savings bank may declare cash dividends from net profits not more frequently than quarterly. Non-cash dividends may be declared at any time. No dividends may be declared, credited or paid if the bank’s capital stock is impaired. The approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks is required if the total of all dividends declared in any calendar year exceeds the total of its net profits for that year combined with its retained net profits of the preceding two years. Net profits for this purpose means the remainder of all earnings from current operations plus actual recoveries on loans and investments and other assets after deducting current operating expenses, actual losses, accrued dividends on preferred stock, if any, and all federal and state taxes.

Parity Authority. A Massachusetts bank may, after providing 30 days’ prior notice to the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, exercise any power and engage in any activity that has been authorized for national banks, federal savings associations or state banks in a state other than Massachusetts, provided that the activity is permissible under applicable federal law and not specifically prohibited by Massachusetts law. Such powers and activities must be subject to the same limitations and restrictions imposed on the national bank, federal thrift or out-of-state bank that exercised the power or activity.

Loans-to-One Borrower Limitations. Massachusetts banking law grants broad lending authority. However, with certain limited exceptions, total obligations to one borrower may not exceed 20% of the total of the bank’s capital stock, surplus and undivided profits.

Loans to a Bank’s Insiders. Massachusetts banking law prohibits any executive officer or director of a bank from borrowing or guaranteeing extensions of credit by such bank except to the extent permitted by federal law.

Investment Activities. In general, Massachusetts-chartered savings banks may invest in preferred and common stock of any corporation organized under the laws of the United States or any state provided such investments do not involve control of any corporation and do not, in the aggregate, exceed 4% of the bank’s deposits. Federal law imposes additional restrictions on Randolph Savings Bank’s investment activities. See “—Federal Banking Regulation—Business Activities.”

Regulatory Enforcement Authority. Any Massachusetts savings bank that does not operate in accordance with the regulations, policies and directives of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks may be subject to sanctions for non-compliance, including revocation of its charter. The Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks may, under certain circumstances, suspend or remove officers or directors who have violated the law, conducted the bank’s business in an unsafe or unsound manner or contrary to the depositors interests or been negligent in the performance of their duties. Upon finding that a bank has engaged in an unfair or deceptive act or practice, the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks may issue an order to cease and desist and impose a fine on the bank concerned. The Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks also has authority to take possession of a bank and appoint a liquidating agent under certain conditions such as an unsafe and unsound condition to transact business, the conduct of business in an unsafe or unauthorized manner of impaired capital. In addition, Massachusetts consumer protection and civil rights statutes applicable to Randolph Savings Bank permit private individual and class action law suits and provide for the rescission of consumer transactions, including loans, and the recovery of statutory and punitive damage and attorney’s fees in the case of certain violations of those statutes.

Depositors Insurance Fund. All Massachusetts-chartered savings banks are eligible to be members of the Depositors Insurance Fund, which insures savings bank deposits in excess of federal deposit insurance coverage. The Depositors Insurance Fund is authorized to charge savings banks an annual assessment fee on deposit balances in excess of amounts insured by the FDIC. Assessment rates are based on the institution’s risk category, similar to the method currently used to determine assessments by the FDIC discussed above under “—Federal Banking Regulation—Insurance of Deposit Accounts.”

Protection of Personal Information. Massachusetts has adopted regulatory requirements intended to protect personal information. The requirements, which became effective March 1, 2010, are similar to existing federal laws such as the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act that require organizations to establish written information security programs to prevent identity theft. The Massachusetts regulation also contains technology system requirements, especially for the encryption of personal information sent over wireless or public networks or stored on portable devices.

 

138


Table of Contents

Massachusetts has additional statutes and regulations that are similar to certain of the federal provisions discussed below.

Other Regulations

Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by Randolph Savings Bank are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates. The Bank’s operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the:

 

    Truth-In-Lending Act, which governs disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;

 

    Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, which requires that borrowers of mortgage loans for one- to four-family residential real estate receive various disclosures (including good faith estimates of settlement costs, lender servicing and escrow account practices) and prohibits certain practices that increase the cost of settlement services;

 

    Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, which requires financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;

 

    Equal Credit Opportunity Act, which prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;

 

    Fair Credit Reporting Act, which governs the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies;

 

    Biggert-Waters Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2012, which mandates flood insurance for mortgage loans secured by residential real estate in certain areas; and

 

    rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal laws.

In addition, the CFPB issues regulations and standards under these federal consumer protection laws that affect our consumer businesses. These include regulations setting “ability to repay” and “qualified mortgage” standards for residential mortgage loans and mortgage loan servicing and originator compensation standards. The Bank is evaluating recent regulations and proposals, and devotes significant compliance, legal and operational resources to compliance with consumer protection regulations and standards.

The operations of Randolph Savings Bank also are subject to the:

 

    Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;

 

    Truth in Savings Act, which governs the disclosure of terms and conditions regarding interest and fees related to deposit accounts;

 

    Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated thereunder, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services;

 

    Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act (also known as “Check 21”), which gives “substitute checks,” such as digital check images and copies made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper check;

 

   

USA PATRIOT Act, which requires depository institutions to, among other things, establish broadened anti-money laundering compliance programs, and due diligence policies and controls to

 

139


Table of Contents
 

ensure the detection and reporting of money laundering. Such required compliance programs are intended to supplement existing compliance requirements that also apply to financial institutions under the Bank Secrecy Act and the Office of Foreign Assets Control regulations; and

 

    Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, which places limitations on the sharing of consumer financial information by financial institutions with unaffiliated third parties. Specifically, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act requires all financial institutions offering financial products or services to retail customers to provide such customers with the financial institution’s privacy policy and provide such customers the opportunity to “opt out” of the sharing of certain personal financial information with unaffiliated third parties.

Federal Securities Laws

Our common stock will be registered with the SEC under the Exchange Act. As a result of the registration, we will be subject to the period reporting, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements of the Exchange Act.

M ANAGEMENT OF R ANDOLPH B ANCORP , I NC . AND R ANDOLPH S AVINGS B ANK

Shared Management Structure

Each of the directors of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. is also a director of Randolph Savings Bank. Additionally, each executive officer of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. is an executive officer of Randolph Savings Bank. We expect that Randolph Bancorp, Inc. and Randolph Savings Bank will continue to have common executive officers and directors until there is a business reason to establish separate management structures.

Directors

The following table provides information regarding our directors as of April 30, 2016:

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position(s)

  

Director Since

Louis J. Trubiano    65    Director and Chairman    2007
Roy A. Conrad    74    Director    1990
Paul R. Donovan    69    Director    2013
Daniel M. Joyce    61    Director    2012
James P. McDonough    65    Director, President and Chief Executive Officer    2013
John J. O’Connor, III    69    Director    2013
Richard A. Phillips, Sr.    70    Director    2007
Richard C. Pierce, Esq.    63    Director    1995
Kenneth K. Quigley, Jr., Esq.    58    Director    2013
James G. Welch    68    Director    2011
Janis E. Wentzell    69    Director    1999

The following includes a brief biography for each of our directors. The biography of each director also includes information regarding the experiences, qualifications, attributes or skills that caused our board of directors to determine that such member of our board of directors should serve as a director as of the date of this prospectus. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers. Unless otherwise stated, each director has held his or her current occupation for the last five years.

 

140


Table of Contents

Louis J. Trubiano. Mr. Trubiano has served as the president of Louis & Company, Inc., a marketing and advertising agency, since 1991. In that capacity, he has provided consulting and advertising services to many community banks. He also serves on the board of regional nonprofit organizations, including Christmas in the City. Mr. Trubiano is a past chair of the South Shore Chamber of Commerce. Among other reasons, Mr. Trubiano is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his understanding of the strategic marketing environment as it relates to community banks.

Roy A. Conrad. Mr. Conrad worked as the owner and principal at Hurley Funeral Home between 1995 and 2014 and is currently retired. We believe Mr. Conrad is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his management skills and experience in various leadership positions.

Paul R. Donovan. Mr. Donovan has served as a Vice President at Goldman Sachs since January 2015. Prior to that, he served as the chief information officer at Investor Lending Solutions and as an information technology consultant. Mr. Donovan also serves on the IT Transformation Advisory Board of the New York Life Insurance Company. Mr. Donovan’s expertise in information technology provides us with a unique perspective and business insights.

Daniel M. Joyce. Mr. Joyce is the chief executive officer and a director of Moors & Cabot, Inc., where he has served in a variety of roles since 1996. Prior to joining Moors & Cabot, Mr. Joyce served in a variety of executive and managerial capacities with Fidelity Investments, Hambrecht & Quist Capital Management LLC, and Dean Witter Reynolds. Mr. Joyce also served on the Board of Governors of the Boston Stock Exchange. Mr. Joyce is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his knowledge of the financial industry and his management skills.

James P. McDonough. Mr. McDonough has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since May 2013. From 2006 to 2012, Mr. McDonough served as Chancellor and Chief Financial Officer of the Archdiocese of Boston. Previously, Mr. McDonough spent 28 years at Abington Savings Bank, Abington, MA, including 12 years as President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. McDonough is a past chair of the South Shore Chamber of Commerce.

John J. O’Connor, III. Mr. O’Connor served as the chair, president and chief executive officer at The Community Bank, Brockton, Massachusetts, from 2010 to January 2013 and is currently retired. Between 1999 and 2009, Mr. O’Connor served as the chair, president and chief executive officer at South Coastal Bank. From 1995 to 1998, Mr. O’Connor served as a regional president at Citizens Bank of Massachusetts. Mr. O’Connor is a past chair of the South Shore Chamber of Commerce. Mr. O’Connor’s extensive experience in the banking industry, specifically commercial lending and credit, qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Richard A. Phillips, Sr. Mr. Phillips has been an owner of the Stoughton Town Spa Inc., a local restaurant, for 40 years. As a long time business operator, Mr. Phillips has valuable insight into the small business sector of our market area and economic conditions affecting the communities which we serve.

Richard C. Pierce, Esq. Mr. Pierce founded Housing Management Resources. Inc., a nationwide property management company specializing in affordable housing, in November 2001. Since then, he has served as the president and chief executive officer. He also serves on the board of Housing Management Resources, Inc. and Sage Housing, Inc. Mr. Pierce’s experience in property development, management, financing and permitting offers valuable insights into the real estate mortgage market which is a significant sector of our business.

Kenneth K. Quigley, Jr., Esq. Mr. Quigley has served as President of Curry College, a private, four-year, liberal arts-based institution located in Milton, Massachusetts, since 1996. Mr. Quigley has also served as an independent director on the Boards of companies listed on both the New York Stock Exchange and NASDAQ, including the former Hibernia Savings Bank and Central Bancorp, Inc. Mr. Quigley is a past chair of the South Shore Chamber of Commerce. We believe Mr. Quigley is qualified to serve on our board of directors based upon his prior board experience from his former directorships and his strong commitment to the local community.

James G. Welch. Mr. Welch has served as a consultant and business advisor in connection with various general business matters since 2011. From 1980 to 2011, Mr. Welch served as a shareholder and principal at Blum Shapiro & Company, P.C., a regional accounting firm serving privately owned businesses, non-profit organizations and high net-worth individuals. He has also served on a number of boards including South Shore YMCA and

 

141


Table of Contents

Verc/Sixt Car Rentals. Mr. Welch is a past chair of the South Shore Chamber of Commerce. During his career, Mr. Welch developed expertise in corporate governance, financial reporting and internal controls, which is relevant to our audit committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Janis E. Wentzell. Ms. Wentzell is the president of A Storage Solution, Inc., a self-storage facility founded by her in 1986. She also works as the president and owner of Autocraft, Inc., where Ms. Wentzell developed and operated automatic sales and service facilities since 1978. Ms. Wentzell has also managed a portfolio of residential and commercial properties from 1978 to present. Ms. Wentzell’s knowledge in the real estate market in communities in which we operate positions her to provide valuable input to our corporate strategy.

Executive Officers

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers who are not directors, as of April 30, 2016. Each executive officer serves at the discretion of our board of directors and holds office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

Name

 

Age

  

Position(s)

Michael K. Devlin   65    Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
Martie M. Dwyer   54    Senior Vice President, Senior Commercial Loan Officer
Ryan J. Kirwin   42    Senior Vice President, Residential Lending
Richard D. Olson, Jr.   48    Senior Vice President, Retail Banking & Corporate Marketing
Donna L. Thaxter   55    Senior Vice President, Human Resources
Thomas A. Foresta   41    Vice President & Chief Information Officer

The following includes a brief biography for each of our executive officers.

Michael K. Devlin. Mr. Devlin has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since November 2015. From March 2015 to October 2015, he served as our Vice President of Finance. Mr. Devlin served as a financial consultant from October 2013 to March 2015 and as a partner at Grant Thornton LLP from November 2004 to September 2013. He previously served as the Chief Financial Officer of Central Bancorp, Inc. and as a partner at Arthur Andersen LLP for 11 years.

Martie M. Dwyer. Ms. Dwyer has served as our Senior Vice President, Senior Commercial Loan Officer since June 2013. Previously, Ms. Dwyer was the senior vice president, senior commercial lender/retail director at the Community Bank between 2011 and 2013. Prior to that, she served as the executive vice president, retail director, at Admirals Bank from 2009 to 2011. She also serves on the board of Dove, Inc.

Ryan J. Kirwin. Mr. Kirwin served as our Vice President, Residential Lending Sales between September 2008 and September 2013, and has served as our Senior Vice President, Residential Lending since September 2013. He manages and oversees all aspects of the origination and sale of residential loans.

Richard D. Olson, Jr. Mr. Olson has served as our Senior Vice President, Retail Banking & Corporate Marketing since October 2013. Prior to that, Mr. Olson worked as the senior relationship manager for financial institutions at Federal Reserve Bank of Boston from May 2013 to October 2013. Before that, he was the senior vice president, director of consumer and small business banking at Northway Financial Inc. from December 2007 to May 2013. He also spent 18 years in various retail banking, marketing and operations positions at Bank of Boston and Bank of America.

Donna L. Thaxter. Ms. Thaxter has served as our Senior Vice President, Human Resources since June 2014. From June 2002 to June 2013, she was the owner and principal consultant for DLT and Associates, a consulting firm specializing in training and development, leadership coaching and development and general consulting relating to human resources and employee development issues.

Thomas A. Foresta . Mr. Foresta has served as our Vice President and Chief Information Officer since December 2013. Mr. Foresta served as the Chief Information Officer at Dean Bank from 2007 to November 2013, Vice President and Director of Information Systems at Capital Crossing Bank from 2005 to 2007 and in senior positions at Citizens Bank and Abington Savings Bank from 1998 to 2005.

 

142


Table of Contents

Board Composition

Our articles of organization provide that the size of our board of directors will be determined from time to by resolution of our board of directors. Our articles of organization also provides that no director shall serve after attaining age 75 or generally after completing seven terms except for the limited situations as set forth in the articles of organization. Our board of directors currently consists of 11 directors.

Our articles of organization provide for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of directors. We currently have three directors in Class I, four directors in Class II and four directors in Class III, each serving a staggered three-year term. At each annual meeting of shareholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the directors of the same class whose terms are then expiring. Our directors are divided among the three classes as follows:

 

    Class I directors will be Mr. McDonough, Mr. Pierce and Ms. Wentzell, and their term will expire at the annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 2017;

 

    Class II directors will be Mr. Conrad, Mr. Joyce, Mr. Phillips and Mr. Trubiano, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 2018; and

 

    Class III directors will be Mr. Donovan, Mr. O’Connor, Mr. Quigley and Mr. Welch, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 2019.

The classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company. We expect that additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors, if any, will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

Independence of the Board of Directors and Board Committees

The Nasdaq listing rules require that independent directors compose a majority of a listed company’s board of directors. In addition, the Nasdaq listing rules require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation, and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent and that audit committee members also satisfy independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Under Nasdaq listing rules, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of our board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In order to be considered independent under the Exchange Act, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries. In addition to satisfying general independence requirements under the Nasdaq listing rules, a member of a compensation committee of a listed company may not (other than in his or her capacity as a member of the compensation committee, the board of directors or any other board committee) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries. Additionally, the board of directors of the listed company must consider whether the compensation committee member is an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries and, if so, must determine whether such affiliation would impair the director’s judgment as a member of the compensation committee.

Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, including family and other relationships, including those relationships described under the section of this prospectus entitled “Transactions with Related Parties,” our board of directors determined that each of our directors, with the exception of Mr. McDonough, is “independent” under the Nasdaq listing rules. Mr. McDonough is not considered independent because he currently serves as our president and chief executive officer.

 

143


Table of Contents

Our board of directors also determined that each member of the audit, compensation, and nominating and corporate governance committees satisfies the independence standards for such committees established by the SEC and the Nasdaq Listing Rules, as applicable. In making these determinations on the independence of our directors, our board of directors considered the relationships that each such non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining independence.

Board Leadership Structure and the Role of the Board in Risk Oversight

Board Leadership Structure. Although our bylaws do not require that we separate the chairman of the board and chief executive officer positions, our board of directors believes that having separate positions is the appropriate leadership structure for us at this time. Separating these positions allows our chief executive officer to focus on our day-to-day business, while allowing the chairman of the board to lead our board of directors in its fundamental role of providing advice to and independent oversight of management. Our board of directors recognizes the time, effort and energy that the chief executive officer must devote to his position in the current business environment, as well as the commitment required to serve as our chairman, particularly as our board of directors’ oversight responsibilities continue to grow. Our board of directors also believes that this structure ensures a greater role for the independent directors in the oversight of the company and active participation of the independent directors in setting agendas and establishing priorities and procedures for the work of our board of directors. Our board recognizes that depending on the circumstances, other leadership models, such as combining the role of chairman of the board with the role of chief executive officer, might be appropriate. Accordingly, our board may periodically review its leadership structure. Our board of directors believes its administration of its risk oversight function, as discussed below, has not affected its leadership structure.

Our independent directors meet alone in executive session at least twice per year and more often as needed. The purpose of these executive sessions is to promote open and candid discussion among the independent directors.

Role of the Board in Risk Oversight. The board of directors is actively involved in oversight of risks that could affect Randolph Bancorp, Inc. including credit risk, interest rate risk, liquidity risk, operational risk, strategic risk and reputation risk. This oversight is conducted in part through committees of the board of directors, but the full board of directors has retained responsibility for general oversight of risks. The board of directors satisfies this responsibility through full reports by each committee regarding its considerations and actions, regular reports directly from officers responsible for oversight of particular risks within Randolph Bancorp, Inc. as well as through internal and external audits. Risks relating to the direct operations of Randolph Savings Bank are further overseen by the board of directors of Randolph Savings Bank, who are the same individuals who serve on the board of directors of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. Further, the board of directors oversees risks through the establishment of policies and procedures that are designed to guide daily operations in a manner consistent with applicable laws, regulations and risks acceptable to the organization.

Committees of the Board

Our board of directors has a standing audit committee, compensation committee, nominating and corporate governance committee and executive committee. The composition and responsibilities of each committee are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board.

Audit Committee. The audit committee is responsible for assisting our board of directors in its oversight of the integrity of our financial statements, the qualifications and independence of our independent auditors, and our internal financial and accounting controls. The audit committee has direct responsibility for the appointment, compensation, retention (including termination) and oversight of our independent auditors, and our independent auditors report directly to the audit committee. The audit committee also prepares the audit committee report that the SEC requires to be included in our annual proxy statement.

The members of the audit committee are Messrs. Donovan, Joyce, Quigley, Trubiano and Welch, with Mr. Joyce serving as chair. Each member of the audit committee qualifies as an independent director under the corporate governance standards of the Nasdaq listing rules and the independence requirements of the Exchange Act. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Joyce, Mr. Quigley, and Mr. Welch each qualifies as an “audit committee

 

144


Table of Contents

financial expert” as such term is currently defined under SEC rules. The audit committee has adopted a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and the NASDAQ listing rules, which upon completion of this offering we will post on our website.

Corporate Governance Committee. The corporate governance committee serves the function of both the nominating and corporate governance committee and the compensation committee. The corporate governance committee is responsible for making recommendations to our board of directors regarding candidates for directorships and the structure and composition of our board and the board committees. In addition, the corporate governance committee is responsible for developing and recommending to our board corporate governance guidelines applicable to us and advising our board on corporate governance matters.

The corporate governance committee approves the compensation objectives for the company, approves the compensation of the chief executive officer and approves or recommends to our board of directors for approval the compensation for other executives. The corporate governance committee reviews all compensation components, including base salary, bonus, benefits and other perquisites.

The members of the corporate governance committee are Messrs. Joyce, O’Connor, Quigley, Trubiano and Welch, with Mr. Welch serving as chair. Each member of the corporate governance committee is a “non-employee director” under the Exchange Act and an “outside director” as defined by Section 162(m) of the Code, and each is an independent director as defined by the Nasdaq listing rules. The corporate governance committee has adopted a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the Nasdaq Listing Rules, which upon completion of this offering we will post on our website.

Executive Committee. The executive committee generally has the authority to exercise the power of the full board of directors during intervals between meetings of the board. The members of the executive committee are Messrs. Joyce, McDonough, O’Connor, Quigley, Trubiano and Welch, with Mr. Trubiano serving as chair.

Our board of directors may establish other committees from time to time.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors including those officers responsible for financial reporting. Upon completion of this offering, we will post the code of business conduct and ethics on our website. We intend to disclose future amendments to the code or any waivers of its requirements on our website to the extent permitted by the applicable rules and exchange requirements.

 

145


Table of Contents

E XECUTIVE AND D IRECTOR C OMPENSATION

Executive Compensation

Summary Compensation Table. The following table sets forth information regarding compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our Chief Executive Officer and the two most highly compensated executive officers (other than the Chief Executive Officer) who were serving as executive officers at the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015. Each of these individuals is referred to as a “named executive officer”.

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Positions

  Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Nonequity
Incentive Plan
Compensation

($)
    All Other
Compensation (1)
($)
    Total
($)
 

James P. McDonough,
President and Chief Executive Officer

    2015        355,100        —          —          25,896        380,996   

Martie M. Dwyer,
Senior Vice President and Senior Commercial Loan Officer

    2015        185,400        17,000        —          13,410        215,810   

Richard D. Olson, Jr.,
Senior Vice President, Retail Banking and Corporate Marketing

    2015        175,100        21,000        —          12,998        208,998   

 

(1) The table below shows the components of this column for 2015:

 

Name

   Auto Allowance      401(k) Employer
Contributions
 

James P. McDonough

   $ 15,000       $ 10,896   

Martie M. Dwyer

   $ 6,000       $ 7,410   

Richard D. Olson, Jr.

   $ 6,000       $ 6,999   

Employment Arrangements

Since March 2013, Randolph Savings Bank has been a party to an employment arrangement with James P. McDonough, President and Chief Executive Officer, which provides for an annual salary, currently $355,100, subject to adjustment in accordance with Randolph Savings Bank’s customary salary review practices. The employment arrangement provides for Mr. McDonough’s participation in benefits and discretionary bonuses on generally the same terms as those available to similarly situated employees. It also provides for six weeks of paid vacation, reimbursement of reasonable travel, entertainment and other business expenses, and a monthly car allowance. Mr. McDonough’s employment with Randolph Savings Bank is on an “at-will” basis; however, in the event his employment is terminated without cause or he resigns for good reason, he will be eligible for 12 months of salary continuation following his termination, subject to his providing a release of claims and complying with a non-solicitation and non-disclosure agreement.

Randolph Savings Bank is a party to employment letters with each of Martie M. Dwyer, Senior Vice President and Senior Commercial Loan Officer, Richard D. Olson, Jr., Senior Vice President, Retail Banking and Corporate Marketing, and Donna L. Thaxter, Senior Vice President, Human Resources. Each employment letter provides, among other things, that upon the executive’s termination by Randolph Savings Bank other than for cause, or by the individual for good reason, Randolph Savings Bank will pay the executive an amount equal to one times his or her highest Base Salary in effect during the 12 months immediately prior to the termination date. Ms. Dwyer, Mr. Olson and Ms. Thaxter each has agreed that each of their respective employment letters will be terminated with no further force and effect from and after the date each enters into a change in control agreement as described below.

 

146


Table of Contents

Change in Control Agreements

In connection with the conversion, Randolph Bancorp, Inc. and Randolph Savings Bank will enter into: (1) two-year change in control agreements with each of Michael K. Devlin, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; Martie M. Dwyer, Senior Vice President and Senior Commercial Loan Officer; Ryan J. Kirwin, Senior Vice President, Residential Lending; Richard D. Olson, Jr., Senior Vice President, Retail Banking and Corporate Marketing; and Donna L. Thaxter, Senior Vice President, Human Resources; and (2) a one-year change in control agreement with Thomas A. Foresta, Vice President and Chief Information Officer. The agreements for all six officers are substantially similar, and provide that if, within 24 months after the effective date of a change in control of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. or Randolph Savings Bank (as defined in the agreements), the executive is involuntarily terminated other than for cause, disability or death, or voluntarily resigns for “good reason,” the executive will be entitled to a payment equal to two times (in the case of Messrs. Devlin, Kirwin and Olson and Mss. Dwyer and Thaxter) or one times (in the case of Mr. Foresta) the sum of (i) the executive’s annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the terminating event (or the executive’s annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the change in control, if higher) and (ii) the executive’s average annual bonus over the three fiscal years immediately prior to the change in control, payable in one lump-sum payment on the date of termination. Any payments required under the agreements will be reduced to the extent necessary to avoid penalties under Section 280G of the Code.

Agreements with Officers of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation

Pursuant to the merger agreement, we have entered into an agreement with each of Peter J. Fraser, President and Chief Operating Officer of First Federal Savings Bank of Boston, Chris A. Kreidermacher, Executive Vice-President and Chief Financial Officer of First Federal, and Kellie J. Lally, Vice-President/Internal Auditor of First Federal to become senior officers of Randolph Savings Bank effective upon the completion of the merger.

Pursuant to his agreement, Mr. Fraser will become a Senior Vice President of Randolph Savings Bank and President of its First Eastern Mortgage division, effective upon the completion of the merger. The agreement provides for base compensation at an annual rate equal to at least $200,000. Mr. Fraser is also entitled to receive an annual bonus payment based on the achievement of certain profitability metrics, to receive a monthly car allowance and also to participate in those employee benefit plans as specified in the merger agreement. Mr. Fraser’s agreement provides that, in the event his employment is terminated by us for any reason other than for death, disability or “cause” (as defined in his agreement) or Mr. Fraser resigns for “good reason” (as defined in his agreement) prior to the fifth anniversary of the completion of the merger, he will be entitled to receive an amount equal to two times the sum of (i) his then-current annual base salary and (ii) the average of his two most recent bonus awards, as adjusted if termination occurs prior to the grant of two such bonuses. Any such severance payment to Mr. Fraser is subject to the execution and effectiveness of a separation agreement, including a general release of claims in our favor. Additionally, should Randolph Savings Bank convert from a mutual form of organization to a stock form of organization, and if in connection with such conversion we offer a change in control agreement to at least one senior officer, then Mr. Fraser will also be entitled to receive a change in control agreement that provides for severance pay subject to his continued employment with us. If Mr. Fraser qualifies both for regular severance pay, as described above, as well as change in control severance benefits, he may elect only one severance payment, but not both. Mr. Fraser is also bound by certain confidentiality and nondisclosure terms and restrictive covenants, including non-competition and non-solicitation provisions, as provided in the agreement, which apply during the term of Mr. Fraser’s employment as well as for one year after any potential termination.

Pursuant to her agreement, Ms. Lally will become a senior officer with Randolph Savings Bank effective upon the completion of the merger. The agreement provides for base compensation at an annual rate equal to her base salary rate as an employee of First Federal. Ms. Lally is also entitled to receive an annual bonus payment under the terms of any annual short-term incentive plan that is in place for other members of the management team of Randolph Savings Bank, as well as to participate in those employee benefit plans as specified in the merger agreement. Ms. Lally’s agreement provides that, in the event her employment is terminated by us for any reason other than for death, disability or “cause” (as defined in her agreement) or Ms. Lally resigns for “good reason” (as defined in her agreement) prior to the fifth anniversary of the completion of the merger, subject to the execution and effectiveness of a separation agreement, including a general release of claims in our favor, she will be entitled to receive an amount equal to her then-current annual base salary. Ms. Lally is also bound by certain confidentiality and nondisclosure terms, as provided in the agreement, that apply during the term of Ms. Lally’s employment as well as after any potential termination.

 

147


Table of Contents

Pursuant to his agreement, Mr. Kreidermacher will become a senior officer with Randolph Savings Bank effective upon the completion of the merger through at least the first anniversary of the completion of the merger, at which time the possibility of his continued future employment will be considered. The agreement provides for base compensation at an annual rate equal to his base salary rate as an employee of First Federal. Mr. Kreidermacher is also entitled to receive an annual bonus payment under the terms of any annual short-term incentive plan that is in place for other members of the management team of Randolph Savings Bank, as well as to participate in those employee benefit plans as specified in the merger agreement. Mr. Kreidermacher’s agreement provides that if he and Randolph Savings Bank do not agree on mutually satisfactory terms for his continued employment before the first anniversary of the completion of the merger, then Mr. Kreidermacher may resign or be terminated without “cause” (as defined his agreement) as of such date. In the event of such resignation or termination without cause, Mr. Kreidermacher will be entitled to receive an amount equal to his then-current annual base salary. Alternatively, if Mr. Kreidermacher is terminated by us for any reason other than for death, disability or cause or if he resigns for “good reason” (as defined in his agreement) prior to the first anniversary of the completion of the merger, he will be entitled to receive an amount equal to his then-current annual base salary. If Mr. Kreidermacher qualifies for both types of severance benefits, he may elect only one severance payment, but not both. In each case, such severance payment is subject to the execution and effectiveness of a separation agreement, including a general release of claims in our favor. Mr. Kreidermacher is also bound by certain confidentiality and nondisclosure terms, as provided in the agreement, that apply during the term of Mr. Kreidermacher’s employment as well as after any potential termination.

Benefit Plans

401(k) Plan . Randolph Savings Bank currently maintains the Randolph Savings Bank 401(k) Plan, which is a tax qualified profit sharing plan with a salary deferral feature under Section 401(k) of the Code (the “401(k) Plan”). Generally, employees who have attained age 21 are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan, and make salary deferral contributions and share in Bank contributions to the 401(k) Plan.

A participant may contribute up to 75% of his or her compensation to the 401(k) Plan on a pre-tax and after-tax basis, subject to the limitations imposed by the Code. For 2015, the pre-tax deferral contribution limit is $18,000. A participant over age 50 may contribute, on a pre-tax basis, an additional $6,000 to the 401(k) Plan. Generally, a participant will become vested in his or her share of Bank matching contributions and discretionary nonelective contributions under a four-year (25% per year) vesting schedule. A participant is always 100% vested in his or her salary deferral and other Bank contributions.

Generally, a participant (or participant’s beneficiary) may receive a distribution from his or her vested account at retirement, age 59  1 2 (while employed with the Bank), death, disability or termination of employment, and elect for the distribution to be paid in a lump sum.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan.  In connection with the conversion, Randolph Savings Bank plans to adopt an employee stock ownership plan, or ESOP, for eligible employees who have attained age 21 and have completed one year of service.

It is anticipated that Randolph Savings Bank will engage an independent third party trustee to purchase, on behalf of the ESOP, that number of shares equal to 8.0% of the sum of the number of shares of common stock sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation. It is anticipated that the ESOP will fund its purchase in the offering through a loan from the Randolph Bancorp, Inc. (the “ESOP Loan”). The ESOP Loan will equal 100% of the aggregate purchase price of the common stock. The ESOP Loan will be repaid principally from the Bank’s contributions to the ESOP and dividends paid, if any, on shares of unallocated common stock held by the ESOP over the anticipated 25-year term of the loan. The interest rate for the ESOP Loan is expected to be the prime rate.

Shares purchased by the ESOP with the proceeds of the ESOP Loan will be held in a suspense account and released on a pro rata basis as the loan is repaid. Discretionary contributions to the ESOP and shares released from the suspense account will be allocated among participants in accordance with their employee compensation, on a pro rata basis.

 

148


Table of Contents

Participants will vest in the benefits allocated under the ESOP upon completion of three years of service. A participant will also become fully vested at retirement, upon death or disability or upon termination of the ESOP. Any unvested shares that are forfeited upon a participant’s termination of employment will be reallocated among the remaining ESOP participants.

Plan participants will be entitled to direct the plan trustee on how to vote common stock credited to their accounts. The trustee will vote allocated shares held in the ESOP as instructed by the plan participants and unallocated shares and allocated shares for which no instructions are received will be voted in the same ratio on any matter as those shares for which instructions are given, subject to the fiduciary responsibilities of the trustee.

Under applicable accounting requirements, compensation expense for a leveraged ESOP is recorded at the fair market value of the ESOP shares when committed to be released to participants’ accounts.

The ESOP must meet certain requirements of the Code and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. Randolph Savings Bank intends to request a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service regarding the tax-qualified status of the ESOP.

Director Compensation

Director Fees. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, the chairman of the board of directors received an annual base retainer of $36,000; the chairman of the audit committee, corporate governance committee and loan committee each received an annual base retainer of $30,000; and each other non-employee director received an annual base retainer of $24,000. No fees were paid for board or committee meetings attended. However, $500 and $250 were deducted from the annual base retainer for each board and committee meeting missed, respectively. No changes to director fees are contemplated in 2016.

The following table sets forth information concerning compensation accrued or paid to our non-employee directors during the year ended December 31, 2015, for their service on our board. Directors who are also our employees receive no additional compensation for their service as directors and are not set forth in the table below.

 

Name

   Fees Earned or Paid in
Cash (1) ($)
     All Other Compensation
($)
     Total
($)
 

Louis J. Trubiano

     34,500         —           34,500   

Roy A. Conrad

     24,000         —           24,000   

Paul R. Donovan

     24,000         —           24,000   

Daniel M. Joyce

     28,250         —           28,250   

John J. O’Connor, III

     29,750         —           29,750   

Richard A. Phillips, Sr.

     22,000         —           22,000   

Richard C. Pierce, Esq.

     27,225         —           27,225   

Kenneth K. Quigley, Jr., Esq.

     23,500         —           23,500   

James G. Welch

     29,500         —           29,500   

Janis E. Wentzell

     24,000         —           24,000   

 

(1) Includes retainer payments, meeting fees and committee and/or chair fees earned during the fiscal year, whether such fees were paid currently or deferred. Fees earned or paid also include fees for service on the committees of Randolph Savings Bank.

 

149


Table of Contents

Supplemental Retirement Plan . Randolph Savings Bank maintains a supplemental retirement plan for the benefit of directors and key executives selected by the board of directors. Messrs. Conrad and Pierce and Ms. Wentzell are currently the only active participants in the plan. The plan is an unfunded, non-qualified plan which is intended to qualify as a “top hat” plan for ERISA purposes.

Upon a participant’s early or normal retirement, he or she will receive a benefit payable in annual installments for his or her lifetime. If a participant terminates prior to attaining 10 years of service on the Board, then, upon such termination of service, all benefits under the plan will be forfeited.

If a participant is terminated by Randolph Savings Bank without cause or voluntarily resigns for good reason after attaining 10 years of service but prior to his or her early retirement date, then Randolph Savings Bank will distribute the participant’s accrued liability retirement account in accordance with his or her irrevocable distribution election. If a participant is terminated by Randolph Savings Bank without cause or voluntarily resigns for good reason after attaining 10 years of service and after his or her early retirement date, then the participant will be fully vested in his or her retirement benefits, which benefits will be paid in accordance with his or her irrevocable distribution election. If a participant’s service terminates due to disability, then Randolph Savings Bank will distribute the participant’s accrued liability retirement account in accordance with his or her irrevocable distribution election. If a participant’s service is terminated voluntarily or involuntarily, other than for cause, subsequent to a change in control (as defined in the plan), then the participant will receive benefits under the plan as if he or she had remained in service through his or her normal retirement date, which benefits will be paid in accordance with his or her irrevocable distribution election. If any payment under the plan is subject to an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, Randolph Savings Bank has agreed to provide additional compensation to the affected participant in order to fully compensate him or her for the amount of the excise tax.

If a participant dies while actively in service with Randolph Savings Bank, but prior to attaining the early retirement date and having served on the Board for 10 years, then Randolph Savings Bank will distribute the participant’s accrued liability retirement account in accordance with his or her irrevocable distribution election. If a participant dies while actively in service with Randolph Savings Bank, but after his or her early retirement date or normal retirement date, then the participant will be fully vested in his or her retirement benefits, which benefits will be paid in accordance with his or her irrevocable distribution election.

Future Stock-Based Benefit Plan

Following the offering, we intend to adopt a new stock-based benefit plan that will provide for grants of stock options and awards of restricted common stock. In accordance with applicable regulations, we anticipate that the plan will authorize a number of stock options and a number of shares of restricted stock, not to exceed 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares sold in the offering, including shares contributed to the charitable foundation. These limitations will not apply if the plans are implemented more than one year after the conversion.

The stock-based benefit plan will not be established sooner than six months after the offering and, if adopted within one year after the offering, would require the approval by shareholders owning two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. If the stock-based benefit plan is established after one year after the offering, it would require the approval of our shareholders by a majority of votes cast.

The following additional restrictions would apply to our stock-based benefit plan only if the plan is adopted within one year after the offering:

 

    Options and restricted stock awards must vest at a rate not to exceed 20% per year, except in the case of death, disability, or change in control;

 

    non-employee directors in the aggregate may not receive more than 30% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;

 

    any non-employee director may not receive more than 5% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan; and

 

    any officer or employee may not receive more than 25% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan.

 

150


Table of Contents

If the stock-based benefit plan is adopted more than one year but less than three years following the offering, the rights must vest on an equal installment basis over a period of not less than three years following establishment of the stock-based benefit plan. In addition, any stock-based benefit plan established or maintained, as applicable, during the three years following the close of the conversion will include provisions that comport with additional requirements, including the following:

 

    the duration of rights granted under the stock-based benefit plan must be limited, and in no event shall the exercise period exceed 10 years;

 

    the exercise price of stock rights shall not be less than the fair market value of the stock at the time that the rights are granted;

 

    rights under the plan must be exercised or expire within a reasonable time after termination or separation as an active officer, employee, or director; and

 

    stock-based benefit plan must contain a provision allowing our primary federal regulator to direct the institution to require plan participants to exercise or forfeit their stock rights.

We do not intend to present the stock-based benefit plan for shareholder approval before the first anniversary of the completion of the conversion. In the event of changes in applicable regulations or policies regarding stock-based benefit plans, including any regulations or policies restricting the size of awards and vesting of benefits as described above, the restrictions described above may not be applicable.

We may obtain the shares needed for our stock-based benefit plan by issuing additional shares of common stock from authorized but unissued shares or through stock repurchases.

The actual value of the shares awarded under stock-based benefit plans would be based in part on the price of Randolph Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock at the time the shares are awarded. The following table presents the total value of all shares of restricted stock that would be available for issuance under the stock-based benefit plans, assuming the shares are awarded when the market price of our common stock ranges from $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share.

 

Share Price     Minimum
150,880 Shares
    Midpoint
177,500 Shares
    Maximum
204,130 Shares
    Maximum,
as Adjusted
234,750 Shares
 
(In thousands, except share price information)  
$ 8.00      $ 1,207,040      $ 1,420,000      $ 1,633,040      $ 1,878,000   
  10.00        1,508,800        1,775,000        2,041,300        2,347,500   
  12.00        1,810,560        2,130,000        2,449,560        2,817,000   
  14.00        2,112,320        2,485,000        2,857,820        3,286,500   

 

151


Table of Contents

The grant-date fair value of the options granted under the stock-based benefit plans will be based in part on the price of shares of common stock of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. at the time the options are granted. The value also will depend on the various assumptions utilized in the option pricing model ultimately adopted. The following table presents the total estimated value of the options to be available for grant under the stock-based benefit plans, assuming the market price and exercise price for the stock options are equal and the range of market prices for the shares is $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share. The Black-Scholes option pricing model provides an estimate only of the fair value of the options, and the actual value of the options may differ significantly from the value set forth in this table.

 

Exercise Price     Grant-Date Fair
Value Per Option
    Minimum
377,196 Shares
    Midpoint
443,760 Shares
    Maximum
510,324 Shares
    Maximum,
as Adjusted
586,873 Shares
 
(In thousands, except exercise price and fair value information)  
$ 8.00      $ 2.24      $ 844,919      $ 994,022      $ 1,143,126      $ 1,314,596   
  10.00        2.80        1,056,149        1,242,528        1,428,907        1,643,244   
  12.00        3.36        1,267,379        1,491,034        1,714,689        1,971,893   
  14.00        3.92        1,478,608        1,739,539        2,000,470        2,300,542   

The tables presented above are provided for informational purposes only. There can be no assurance that our stock price will not trade below $10.00 per share. Before you make an investment decision, we urge you to read this prospectus carefully, including, but not limited to, the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17.

T RANSACTIONS WITH R ELATED P ERSONS

The following is a description of transactions, since January 1, 2012, to which we have been a party or will be a party, in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any of our executive officers or directors, or an affiliate or immediate family member thereof, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation, termination and change of control arrangements, which are described under “Executive and Director Compensation.”

Loans and Extensions of Credit.   The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 generally prohibits loans to our executive officers and directors. However, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act contains a specific exemption from such prohibition for loans by The Bank to its executive officers and directors in compliance with federal banking regulations. Federal regulations require that all loans or extensions of credit to executive officers and directors of insured institutions must be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with persons not related to Randolph Savings Bank and must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. The aggregate amount of our loans to our directors and their related entities was $32,000, $57,000, and $659,000 at December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, these loans were performing according to their original terms.

Other Transactions.   Since the beginning of our last fiscal year, there have been no transactions and there are no currently proposed transactions in which we were or are to be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and in which any of our executive officers or directors had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

 

152


Table of Contents

S UBSCRIPTIONS BY D IRECTORS AND E XECUTIVE O FFICERS

The following table sets forth information regarding intended common stock subscriptions by each of the directors and executive officers, including their associates, and by all directors, executive officers and their associates as a group. However, there can be no assurance that any such person or group will purchase any specific number of shares of our common stock. In the event the individual maximum purchase limitation is increased, persons subscribing for the maximum amount may increase their purchase order. Directors and executive officers will purchase shares of common stock at the same $10.00 purchase price per share and on the same terms as other purchasers in the offering. This table excludes shares of common stock to be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan, as well as any stock awards or stock option grants that may be made no earlier than six months after the completion of the offering. The directors and executive officers have indicated their intention to subscribe in the offering for an aggregate of 316,000 shares of common stock, equal to 7.12% of the number of shares of common stock to be sold in the offering and contributed to our charitable foundation at the midpoint of the offering range, assuming shares are available. Purchases by directors, executive officers and their associates will be included in determining whether the required minimum number of shares has been subscribed for in the offering. The shares being acquired by the directors, executive officers and their associates are being acquired for investment purposes, and not with a view towards resale.

 

Name

   Number of Shares (1)      Aggregate
Purchase Price
     Percent at Midpoint of
Offering Range
 

Directors:

        

Roy A. Conrad

     5,000       $ 50,000             

Paul R. Donovan

     15,000       $ 150,000             

Daniel M. Joyce

     30,000       $ 300,000             

James P. McDonough

     50,000       $ 500,000         1.16

John J. O’Connor, III

     2,000       $ 20,000             

Richard A. Phillips, Sr.

     50,000       $ 500,000         1.16

Richard C. Pierce, Esq.

     7,000       $ 70,000             

Kenneth K. Quigley, Jr., Esq.

     20,000       $ 200,000             

Louis J. Trubiano

     50,000       $ 500,000         1.16

James G. Welch

     2,000       $ 20,000             

Janis E. Wentzell

     10,000       $ 100,000             

Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors:

        

Michael K. Devlin

     10,000       $ 100,000             

Martie M. Dwyer

     20,000       $ 200,000             

Thomas A. Foresta

     25,000       $ 250,000             

Ryan J. Kirwin

     5,000       $ 50,000             

Richard D. Olson, Jr.

     10,000       $ 100,000             

Donna L. Thaxter

     5,000       $ 50,000             
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group

     316,000       $ 3,160,000         7.12

 

* Less than 1%.
(1) Includes purchases by the named individual’s spouse and other relatives of the named individual living in the same household. Other than as set forth in the table above, the named individuals are not aware of any other purchases by a person who or entity that would be considered an associate of the named individuals under the plan of conversion.

 

153


Table of Contents

A CQUISITION OF F IRST E ASTERN B ANKSHARES C ORPORATION

On September 1, 2015, we entered into the merger agreement with First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and Richard F. Kalagher, the sole shareholder of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation. The following is a brief summary of the significant provisions of the merger agreement. The summary is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the merger agreement, which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. You should read the merger agreement carefully and in its entirety.

Legal Steps of the Proposed Transaction

The merger agreement provides for the merger of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation with and into Randolph Bancorp, Inc. The surviving corporation in the merger will be Randolph Bancorp, Inc. It is anticipated that First Federal Savings Bank of Boston, First Eastern Bankshares Corporation’s wholly owned subsidiary, will merge with and into Randolph Savings Bank, with Randolph Savings Bank continuing as the surviving bank, contemporaneously with the merger.

In order to effectuate the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation, Randolph Bancorp is converting from the mutual to stock form of organization, and Randolph Bancorp, Inc. is offering shares of its common stock for sale in the offering. We currently expect to complete the merger simultaneously with the conversion and the offering. If, for any reason, the merger cannot be completed, our board of directors intends to proceed with the conversion. If for any reason the conversion cannot be completed, we will not proceed with the merger. Among the conditions that must be satisfied before the merger can be consummated is the receipt of all required regulatory approvals. Randolph Bancorp has filed applications with the FDIC and the Massachusetts Division of Banks and has received a waiver from the Federal Reserve in connection with the merger. Randolph Bancorp also must obtain the approval of its corporators in order to consummate the conversion, including the offering. Under the merger agreement, in the event that any governmental authority communicates with Randolph Bancorp or its representatives in any fashion regarding the conversion, the merger, or the regulatory approvals required for the merger or the conversion, Randolph Bancorp will, within three business days after such communication, provide First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and its counsel with a copy of any written communication or a summary of any oral communication.

The closing of the merger will occur on a date that is no later than five business days after the satisfaction or waiver of all of the closing conditions described in the merger agreement, unless this date is extended by the mutual agreement of the parties. The merger will become effective upon the filing of articles of merger with the Secretary of Commonwealth of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

Assuming Randolph Bancorp, Inc. receives sufficient subscriptions to complete the offering and all required regulatory approvals, it is expected the offering and merger will be consummated in July 2016.

Reasons for the Merger

Our board of directors believes that the merger will facilitate a primary component of our business strategy – to invest in our residential lending division. The merger will allow us to significantly grow our mortgage business while also adding depth to our talented team of mortgage professionals. The merger will also expand our footprint to include a branch office in downtown Boston, six loan production offices in Massachusetts and one loan production office in New Hampshire. We view the merger as a natural extension of the markets we currently serve and believe that the expanded footprint of the combined company will provide greater convenience to existing customers of both institutions who live or work in eastern Massachusetts. As a result of the merger, we will expand the range of products and services provided to the customers of First Federal Savings Bank of Boston, including access to additional branches, expanded products, and technology enabled services, while customers of Randolph Savings Bank will have access to an additional branch location and ATM in downtown Boston.

 

154


Table of Contents

Merger Consideration

In the merger, shareholders of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation will receive aggregate merger consideration of approximately $14.0 million, without interest, in cash, subject to certain adjustment set forth in the merger agreement.

Boards of Directors of the Surviving Corporation

Upon completion of the merger, the directors of Randolph Bancorp immediately prior to the effectiveness of the merger shall be the directors of the surviving corporation, each of whom shall serve in accordance with the articles of organization and bylaws of the surviving corporation.

Interest of Certain Persons in the Merger

As described below, certain of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation’s officers and directors have interests in the merger that are in addition to, or different from, the interests of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation’s shareholders generally. First Eastern Bankshares Corporation’s board of directors was aware of these conflicts of interest and took them into account in approving the merger.

Treatment of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation Equity Awards. There are no outstanding options to purchase First Eastern Bankshares Corporation common stock or other outstanding equity awards (including, without limitation, any restricted stock awards) to any director, officer, employee or consultant of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation or any of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation’s subsidiaries.

New Agreements with Randolph Savings Bank .   Pursuant to the merger agreement, we have entered into an agreement with Peter J. Fraser, President and Chief Operating Officer of First Federal Savings Bank of Boston, to become a Senior Vice President at Randolph Savings Bank and President of Randolph Savings Bank’s First Eastern Mortgage division effective upon completion of the merger. In addition, we have also entered into agreements with Chris A. Kreidermacher and Kellie J. Lally, Executive Vice-President/Chief Financial Officer and Vice-President/Internal Auditor of First Federal Savings Bank of Boston, respectively, to occupy management-level positions at Randolph Savings Bank effective upon the completion of the merger. For a description of these agreements, see “Executive Compensation – Employment Agreements” and “Executive Compensation – Proposed Change in Control Agreements.”

Conditions to the Merger

The obligations of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation, Richard F. Kalagher and Randolph Bancorp to consummate the merger are subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions:

 

    Randolph Bancorp and First Eastern Bankshares Corporation having obtained all regulatory approvals required to consummate the transactions provided for in the merger agreement, and all related statutory waiting periods having expired; and

 

    the absence of any order, decree or injunction in effect, or any law, statute or regulation enacted or adopted, that enjoins, prohibits, materially restricts or makes illegal the consummation of the transactions provided for in the merger agreement.

In addition, the obligation of Randolph Bancorp to complete the merger is subject to the fulfillment or written waiver, where permissible, of the following conditions:

 

    each of the representations and warranties of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and Richard F. Kalagher contained in the merger agreement having been true and correct as of the date of the merger agreement and as of the closing date of the merger, except for any such representations and warranties made as of a specified date, which shall be true and correct as of such date;

 

    each and all of the agreements and covenants of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and Richard F. Kalagher to be performed and complied with pursuant to the merger agreement on or prior to the closing date of the merger having been duly performed and complied with in all material respects;

 

155


Table of Contents
    Randolph Bancorp having received a properly executed certificate from each of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and Richard F. Kalagher that it is a U.S. person in compliance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.1445-2(b)(2);

 

    Randolph Bancorp having received a certificate from the president and chief financial officer of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation with respect to compliance with the foregoing conditions;

 

    all consents or approvals of (i) all persons (other than governmental authorities) required for the continued use and occupation of any leased real estate that are required in order to prevent a breach of, or default under, or a termination of any right of, or any right of acceleration of any liability under, any of the leases shall have been obtained, and (ii) the Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, the Federal Housing Administration, the United States Department of Veterans Affairs and the Massachusetts Housing Finance Agency, to the extent required for Randolph Savings Bank to continue to act as a seller/servicer following the consummation of the merger, shall have been obtained and shall be in full force and effect, unless the failure to obtain any such consent or approval set forth in subsection (i) or (ii) above (x) would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the future operation by First Eastern Bankshares Corporation of its business or (y) is the result of a failure of Randolph Savings Bank to be approved as a seller/servicer for such investors for reasons unrelated to the operation of the business of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation or First Federal Savings Bank of Boston prior to the effective time of the merger;

 

    each of Peter J. Fraser, President and Chief Operating Officer of First Federal Savings Bank of Boston, Chris A. Kreidermacher, Executive Vice-President and Chief Financial Officer of First Federal Savings Bank of Boston and Kellie J. Lally, Vice-President and Internal Auditor of First Federal Savings Bank of Boston having entered into an agreement to become an officer of Randolph Savings Bank effective upon the completion of the merger;

 

    at the effective time of the merger, First Federal Savings Bank of Boston’s employment of a required percentage of certain key employees; and

 

    the consolidated shareholder’s equity of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation having a value equal to or greater than $12,750,000 subject to certain adjustment set forth in the merger agreement.

The obligations of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and Richard F. Kalagher to complete the merger are subject to the fulfillment or written waiver, where permissible, of the following additional conditions:

 

    each of the representations and warranties of Randolph Bancorp contained in the merger agreement having been true and correct as of the date of the merger agreement and as of the closing date of the merger, except for any such representations and warranties made as of a specified date, which shall be true and correct as of such date;

 

    each and all of the agreements and covenants of Randolph Bancorp to be performed and complied with pursuant to the merger agreement on or prior to the closing date of the merger having been duly performed and complied with in all material respects;

 

    Randolph Savings Bank having executed and delivered the agreements with the officers of First Federal Savings Bank of Boston set forth above;

 

    First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and Richard F. Kalagher having received a certificate from the chief executive officer and chief financial officer of Randolph Bancorp with respect to compliance with the foregoing conditions.

“Material adverse effect” when used in reference to First Eastern Bankshares Corporation or Randolph Bancorp, means any fact, change, event, development, effect or circumstance that, individually or in the aggregate, (1) are, or would reasonably be expected to be, materially adverse to the business, business prospects, operations,

 

156


Table of Contents

assets, liabilities, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, cash flows or properties of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation or Randolph Bancorp, taken as a whole, or (2) would reasonably be expected to prevent First Eastern Bankshares Corporation or Randolph Bancorp from performing its obligations under the merger agreement or consummating the transactions provided for in the merger agreement; however, material adverse effect does not include the impact of:

 

    any fact, change, event, development, effect or circumstance arising after the date of the merger agreement affecting banks or their holding companies generally or arising from changes in general business or economic conditions (and not specifically relating to or having the effect of specifically relating to or having a materially disproportionate effect on First Eastern Bankshares Corporation or Randolph Bancorp, taken as a whole);

 

    any fact, change, event, development, effect or circumstance resulting from any change in law, generally accepted accounting principles or regulatory accounting after the date of the merger agreement, which affects generally entities such as First Eastern Bankshares Corporation or Randolph Bancorp, taken as a whole (and not specifically relating to or having the effect of specifically relating to or having a materially disproportionate effect on First Eastern Bankshares Corporation or Randolph Bancorp, taken as a whole);

 

    actions and omissions of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation or Randolph Bancorp taken with the prior written consent of the other party in furtherance of the transactions provided for in the merger agreement or otherwise permitted to be taken by First Eastern Bankshares Corporation or Randolph Bancorp under the merger agreement;

 

    any fact, change, event, development, effect or circumstance resulting from the announcement or pendency of the transactions provided for in the merger agreement;

 

    any failure by First Eastern Bankshares Corporation or Randolph Bancorp to meet any internal or published industry analyst projections or forecasts or estimates of revenues or earnings for any period; and

 

    changes in the value of the securities or loans reflected on the books of Randolph Bancorp, or any change in the value of the deposits or borrowings, of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation or Randolph Bancorp, or any of its subsidiaries, resulting from a change in the interest rates generally.

Termination

The merger agreement may be terminated and the merger and the transactions provided for in the merger agreement abandoned as follows:

 

    by mutual written consent of the parties;

 

    by any party if the merger is not consummated by October 31, 2016, except to the extent that the failure of the merger to be consummated shall be due to the failure of the party seeking to terminate the merger agreement to perform or observe the covenants and agreements of such party set forth herein;

 

    by a non-breaching party if there occurs a breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, or other agreement contained in the merger agreement that is not cured before the earlier of 30 days following written notice of such breach or October 31, 2016;

 

    Regulatory approval of the merger has not been obtained; or

 

   

by First Eastern Bankshares Corporation or Richard F. Kalagher, if (i) Randolph Bancorp withdraws its applications to governmental authorities seeking the regulatory approval or non-objection required for the conversion, (ii) the regulatory approval or non-objection required for the conversion have been denied by final nonappealable action of governmental authorities, (iii) Randolph Bancorp fails to actively pursue the regulatory approval or non-objection required for the conversion or the completion

 

157


Table of Contents
 

of the conversion, (iv) Randolph Bancorp abandons its pursuit of the completion of the conversion, (v) the corporators of Randolph Bancorp fail to approve the conversion pursuant to applicable law and the organizational documents, or (vi) Randolph Bancorp fails to receive sufficient orders for stock in the subscription, community and/or syndicated community or firm commitment offerings to complete the conversion.

The merger agreement describes the expenses and damages that will be payable in the event the merger agreement is terminated. These terms provide that in certain circumstances termination will be without liability, cost or expense on the part of either party. If the termination results from a willful breach of certain provisions, the breaching party will be liable for any and all damages, costs and expenses sustained or incurred by the non-breaching party. In addition, if the merger agreement is terminated for any reason described above other than for a breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, or other agreement contained in the merger agreement that is not cured in time, Randolph Bancorp will pay to First Eastern Bankshares Corporation an amount equal to $100,000.

No Solicitation

First Eastern Bankshares Corporation agrees not to release any third party from the confidentiality provisions of any agreement to which First Eastern Bankshares Corporation is a party.

First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and Richard F. Kalagher have each agreed that it will not, and will not permit any of its respective directors, officers, employees, advisors, representatives, or agents (which we refer to as First Eastern Bankshares Corporation’s representatives) to, directly or indirectly:

 

    participate in discussions, negotiate, undertake, authorize, recommend, propose or enter into, either as the proposed surviving, merged, acquiring or acquired corporation, any transaction involving a merger, consolidation, business combination, purchase or disposition of any material amount of the assets of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation (other than the sale of loans, servicing rights (as permitted by the merger agreement) or investment securities in the ordinary course of business) or any capital stock of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation other than the transactions contemplated by the merger agreement (each such transaction, an “acquisition transaction”);

 

    facilitate, knowingly encourage, solicit or initiate discussions, negotiations or submissions of proposals or offers in respect of an acquisition transaction;

 

    furnish or cause to be furnished, to any person, any confidential information concerning the business, operations, properties or assets of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation in connection with an acquisition transaction (other than the sale of loans or servicing rights in the ordinary course of business); or

 

    otherwise cooperate in any way with, or assist or participate in, facilitate or encourage, any effort or attempt by any other person to do or seek any of the foregoing.

Indemnification

Under the merger agreement, Randolph Bancorp has agreed that all rights to indemnification and all limitations of liability existing in favor of any director or officer of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, as provided in the articles of incorporation and bylaws of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation, similar governing documents of any First Eastern Bankshares Corporation subsidiary or in applicable law as in effect on the date of the merger agreement with respect to matters occurring on or prior to the effective time of the merger will survive the merger.

Conduct of Business Pending the Merger

Under the merger agreement, First Eastern Bankshares Corporation has agreed that, until the effective time of the merger or the termination of the merger agreement, and except as expressly permitted by the merger agreement or with the prior written consent of Randolph Bancorp, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, First Eastern Bankshares Corporation will not, and will cause each of its subsidiaries not to:

 

    conduct its business other than in the ordinary and usual course consistent with past practice;

 

158


Table of Contents
    fail to use reasonable best efforts to preserve intact its business organizations and assets, and maintain its rights, franchises, and existing relations with customers, suppliers, employees (including but not limited to mortgage loan originators) and business associates;

 

    take any action that would reasonably be expected to adversely affect the ability of either First Eastern Bankshares Corporation or Randolph Bancorp to obtain any necessary regulatory approval required to complete the transactions provided for in the merger agreement or adversely affect First Eastern Bankshares Corporation’s ability to perform any of its material obligations under the merger agreement;

 

    issue, sell or otherwise permit to become outstanding any securities or equity equivalents or enter into any agreement with respect to the foregoing, except with respect to stock options or stock based awards outstanding or authorized to be granted on the date of the merger agreement;

 

    accelerate the vesting of any existing stock options or other equity rights except pursuant to the merger agreement;

 

    effect a split, dividend, recapitalization or reclassification of its capital stock;

 

    grant or approve any preemptive or similar rights with respect to any shares of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation common stock;

 

    directly or indirectly combine, redeem, reclassify, purchase or otherwise acquire, any shares of its stock;

 

    make, declare or pay any dividend or other distribution on its capital stock other than:

 

    dividends paid by wholly-owned subsidiaries to First Eastern Bankshares Corporation or any other wholly-owned subsidiary of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation;

 

    a dividend to Richard F. Kalagher in the amount equal to the net income, of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries for the period beginning on July 1, 2015 and ending on the month-end prior to the effective time of the merger adjusted, under certain conditions, to include any gains on the sale of mortgage servicing rights realized in the period from the last day of the month prior to the closing date of the merger through the closing date of the merger;

 

    enter into or amend any employment, severance or similar arrangement with any director, officer, employee or consultant, grant any salary or wage increase, increase any mortgage loan originator commission rates, increase any employee benefit, or make any bonus or incentive payments except for such increases in compensation (excluding mortgage loan commissions) not to exceed, in the aggregate, five percent (5%) of the amounts paid to employees during 2015, or, individually, ten percent (10%) of the amount paid to the employee during 2015, as may be required by law, to satisfy existing contractual obligations and payments to be made under certain bonus agreements set forth in the merger agreement;

 

    enter into, establish, adopt, or amend any benefit plans or any agreement, arrangement, plan or policy between First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and any of its directors, officers or employees, except as required by law, to satisfy contractual obligations or for certain bonus agreements set forth in the merger agreement;

 

159


Table of Contents
    hire any member of senior management or other key employee, elect to any office any person who is not a member of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation’s management team as of the date of the merger agreement or elect to the First Eastern Bankshares Corporation board of directors any person who is not a member of the First Eastern Bankshares Corporation board of directors as of the date of the merger agreement, except for the hiring of at-will employees having a title of manager or lower at an annual rate of salary not to exceed $80,000 in the ordinary course of business;

 

    sell, transfer, mortgage, encumber or otherwise dispose of or discontinue any of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation’s assets, deposits, business or properties except (i) the sale, transfer or pledge of loans, in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and (ii) other transactions in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and in a transaction that, together with all other such transactions, is not material to First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole. For the avoidance of doubt, between July 1, 2015 and the closing, First Eastern Bankshares Corporation may sell mortgage servicing rights for loans with an unpaid principal balance at the time of closing of such sale of no more than $250,000,000 and such sale or sales shall be deemed in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and permissible under the relevant section of the merger agreement;

 

    amend its articles of organization or bylaws, except with respect to the amendment and restatement of the bylaws of First Federal Savings Bank of Boston following notice to Randolph Bancorp and compliance with applicable law;

 

    acquire all or any portion of the assets, business, securities, deposits or properties of any other entity, other than by way of foreclosures or acquisitions of control in a bona fide fiduciary capacity or in satisfaction of debts previously contracted in good faith, in each case in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and in accordance with the merger agreement;

 

    except as set forth in the disclosure schedule to the merger agreement, make any capital expenditures other than capital expenditures in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice in amounts not to exceed $100,000 in the aggregate;

 

    enter into or terminate any material agreement or amend or modify in any material respect any existing material agreement;

 

    settle any litigation, which settlement involves payment by First Eastern Bankshares Corporation or any of its subsidiaries of any amount that exceeds $50,000 individually or $100,000 in the aggregate and/or would impose any material restriction on the business of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation or any of its subsidiaries after the effective time of the merger, or waive or release any material rights or claims, or agree or consent to the issuance of any injunction, decree, order or judgment restricting or otherwise affecting its business or operations in any material respect;

 

    enter into any new material line of business;

 

    change its material lending, investment, underwriting, risk and asset liability management or other material banking and operating policies, except as required by applicable law, regulation or policies imposed by any regulatory authority;

 

    introduce any material new products or services, any material marketing campaigns or any material new sales compensation or incentive programs or arrangements;

 

    file any application or make any contract with respect to branching or site location or branching or site relocation;

 

    enter into any derivative transactions, except for borrower rate locks and forward loan sale commitments entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

160


Table of Contents
    incur, modify, extend or renegotiate any indebtedness for borrowed money (other than deposits, brokered deposits, federal funds purchased, Federal Home Loan Bank advances, and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, in each case in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice);

 

    prepay any indebtedness or other similar arrangements so as to cause First Eastern Bankshares Corporation or any of its subsidiaries to incur any prepayment penalty;

 

    assume, guarantee, endorse or otherwise as an accommodation become responsible for the obligations of any other person, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

 

    acquire (other than by way of foreclosures or acquisitions in a bona fide fiduciary capacity or in satisfaction of debts previously contracted in good faith, in each case in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice) any debt security or equity investment of a type or in an amount not in accordance with First Eastern Bankshares Corporation’s investment policy or any other debt security other than in accordance with First Eastern Bankshares Corporation’s investment policy, or restructure or materially change its investment securities portfolio or its interest rate risk position, through purchases, sales or otherwise, or in accordance with First Eastern Bankshares Corporation’s investment policy;

 

    make, increase or purchase any loan if, as a result of such action, the total commitment to the borrower and the borrower’s affiliates would equal or exceed $1,000,000;

 

    make, increase or purchase any fixed-rate loan with pricing below market rate;

 

    renegotiate, extend or modify any existing loan by First Federal Savings Bank of Boston in an amount equal to or greater than $500,000;

 

    renew or increase any existing loan by First Federal Savings Bank of Boston or purchase any loan in an amount equal to or greater than $500,000;

 

    invest in real estate or in any real estate development project, other than by way of foreclosure or acquisitions in a bona fide fiduciary capacity or in satisfaction of a debt previously contracted in good faith, in each case, in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

 

    foreclose on or take a deed or title to any real estate in the name of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation or any of its subsidiaries other than single-family residential properties without first conducting a Phase I environmental assessment of the property, or foreclose or take a deed or title to any real estate in the name of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation or any of its subsidiaries if such environmental assessment indicates the presence of a “Recognized Environmental Condition” (as such term is customarily used in Phase I environmental assessments);

 

    change its accounting principles, practices or methods other than as may be required by changes in laws or regulations or by generally accepted accounting principles;

 

    make or change any material (affecting or relating to more than $50,000 or more of taxable income) tax election, change an annual accounting period, adopt or change any material accounting method, file any material amended tax return, fail to timely file any material tax return, enter into any material closing agreement, settle or compromise any material liability with respect to taxes, agree to any material adjustment of any tax attribute, surrender any material right to claim a refund of taxes, consent to any material extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any tax claim or assessment, or take any other similar action relating to the filing of any material tax return or the payment of any material tax;

 

    change its loan policies or procedures except as required by a governmental authority; or

 

    agree or commit to do any of these prohibited activities.

 

161


Table of Contents

In addition, First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and Richard F. Kalagher have agreed that, except as permitted by the merger agreement or otherwise consented to by Randolph Bancorp in writing, First Eastern Bankshares Corporation will not, and will cause each of its respective subsidiaries not to, and Richard F. Kalagher will not:

 

    take any action that is intended or is reasonably likely to result in (a) any of its respective representations and warranties set forth in the merger agreement being or becoming untrue in any material respect at any time prior to the effective time of the merger, (b) any of the conditions to the merger set forth in the merger agreement not being satisfied or (c) a material violation of any provision of the merger agreement; or

 

    take any action that would adversely affect the ability of Randolph Bancorp to obtain the regulatory approvals.

Randolph Bancorp has agreed that, except as permitted by the merger agreement or otherwise consented to by First Eastern Bankshares Corporation in writing, it will not, and will cause each of its respective subsidiaries not to:

 

    take any action that would adversely affect the ability of Randolph Bancorp to obtain the regulatory approvals; or

 

    take any action that is intended or is reasonably likely to result in any of its respective representations and warranties set forth in the merger agreement being or becoming untrue in any material respect at any time prior to the effective time of the merger or any of the conditions to the merger set forth in the merger agreement not being satisfied.

The agreements relating to the conduct of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation’s and Randolph Bancorp’s business contained in the merger agreement are complicated and not easily summarized. You are urged to carefully read Article VI of the merger agreement filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Employee Benefits

Under the terms of the merger agreement, Randolph Bancorp will provide (or cause to be provided by its subsidiaries) the employees of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and any of its subsidiaries who remain employed at the effective time of the merger with at least the types and levels of substantially similar employee benefits as those provided to similarly-situated employees of Randolph Bancorp or its subsidiaries. Randolph Bancorp also has the right in its sole discretion to terminate, merge, continue or modify any of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation’s employee benefit plans, so long as such actions do not discriminate against First Eastern Bankshares Corporation’s employees relative to similarly situated employees of Randolph Bancorp or its subsidiaries. Randolph Bancorp will:

 

    subject to the merger agreement, use commercially reasonable efforts to treat, and cause its subsidiaries and the applicable employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements of its subsidiaries to treat, the service of the First Eastern Bankshares Corporation employees with First Eastern Bankshares Corporation or any of its subsidiaries as service rendered to Randolph Bancorp or any of its subsidiaries for purposes of eligibility to participate, vesting and for level of benefits (but not for benefit accrual under any defined benefit plan for any purposes under any post-termination/retiree welfare benefit plan, or for purposes of any equity based compensation or benefits) attributable to any period before the effective time, provided that service and other amounts will not be credited to the extent the crediting of such service or other amounts would result in the duplication of benefits;

 

    continue to offer qualified beneficiaries currently receiving health coverage under COBRA pursuant to the benefit plans of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation or its subsidiaries such coverage or similar coverage under the group health plans of Randolph Bancorp or its subsidiaries until such qualified beneficiary ceases to be eligible for COBRA coverage;

 

162


Table of Contents
    subject to the terms of Randolph Bancorp’s employee plans, take commercially reasonable efforts to provide each employee with credit for their prior service for eligibility and vesting purposes in Randolph Bancorp’s 401(k) plan;

 

    give or cause each continuing First Eastern Bankshares Corporation employee credit, for purposes of the vacation, sick leave and/or other paid leave benefit programs of Randolph Bancorp or its Subsidiaries, for such First Eastern Bankshares Corporation employee’ accrued and unpaid vacation, sick time and/or paid leave balance with First Eastern Bankshares Corporation as of the effective time of the merger to the extent those liabilities are fully reflected in the records of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation or its subsidiaries;

 

    use commercially reasonable efforts to cause its insurance providers to waive all pre-existing condition limitations and proof of insurability provisions (to the extent such limitations and provisions did not apply to a preexisting condition under First Eastern Bankshares Corporation’s equivalent plan) and eligibility waiting periods under such plans that would otherwise be applicable to newly-hired employees for all First Eastern Bankshares Corporation employees; and

 

    use or cause its subsidiaries to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause its insurance providers to honor under such plans any deductible, co-payment or out-of-pocket expenses incurred by First Eastern Bankshares Corporation employees and their covered dependents during the portion of the plan year prior to the relevant benefit plan determination date.

In addition, Randolph Bancorp has agreed to allocate an aggregate amount of $200,000 among certain of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation’s loan originators and other employees to be distributed as retention bonus to such employees.

Employees of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and any of its subsidiaries who remain employed as of the effective time of the merger, and who are not otherwise party to an employment agreement, change in control agreement or other separation agreement that provides a benefit upon a termination of employment, that are terminated by First Eastern Bankshares Corporation or its subsidiaries or by Randolph Bancorp or its subsidiaries following the effective time of merger for a reason other than cause within 12 months subsequent to the effective time or resigns for good reason (as defined in the merger agreement) will, subject to such person signing a release agreement, be entitled to severance benefits to be paid by Randolph Bancorp or its subsidiaries pursuant to Randolph Bancorp’s current severance practice, but in no event shall such severance benefits be less than two weeks of base salary, commissions, or wages for each full or partial year of employment with First Eastern Bankshares Corporation or its subsidiaries, with a minimum of four weeks of base salary or wages and a maximum of 26 weeks of base salary or wages. For purposes of this section, “cause” for termination shall have the same meaning as “just cause” for termination of employment under Massachusetts common law.

Other Covenants

The merger agreement also contains covenants relating to all requisite regulatory filings.

Representations and Warranties

The merger agreement contains representations and warranties that Randolph Bancorp, First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and Richard F. Kalagher made solely to each other as of specific dates. Those representations and warranties were made only for purposes of the merger agreement and may be subject to important qualifications and limitations agreed to by the parties, including the schedules referenced in the merger agreement that each party delivered to the other in connection with the execution of the merger agreement. Moreover, some of those representations and warranties may not be accurate or complete as of any specific date, may be subject to a standard of materiality provided for in the merger agreement, or may have been used for the purpose of allocating risk among Randolph Bancorp and First Eastern Bankshares Corporation rather than establishing matters as facts. Accordingly, they should not be relied upon as statements of factual information. Third parties are not entitled to the benefits of the representations and warranties in the merger agreement.

 

163


Table of Contents

The merger agreement contains reciprocal representations and warranties of Randolph Bancorp and First Eastern Bankshares Corporation relating to: due organization, existence, good standing and corporate authority; corporate power; corporate authority; no violation or breach of certain organizational documents, agreements and governmental orders; compliance with laws; litigation; financial reports and regulatory reports; regulatory capitalization; Community Reinvestment Act, anti-money laundering and customer information security compliance; and brokers.

The merger agreement contains additional representations and warranties by First Eastern Bankshares Corporation relating to: subsidiaries; capitalization; absence of certain changes; tax and tax returns; employee benefit programs; labor matters; insurance; environmental matters; intellectual property; personal data and privacy requirements; material agreements and defaults; property and leases; loans and nonperforming and classified assets; investment securities; investment management and trust activities; deposit insurance; derivative transactions; repurchase agreements; transactions with affiliates; and settlement services.

In addition, the merger agreement contains representations and warranties by Richard F. Kalagher relating to: authority; company ownership; non-contravention; Regulatory approvals; litigation and other regulatory actions; and brokers.

The merger agreement also contains additional representations and warranties by Randolph Bancorp and its subsidiaries relating to approvals and the sufficiency of funds to complete the merger.

The representations and warranties in the merger agreement are complicated and not easily summarized. You are urged to carefully read Articles III, IV and V of the merger agreement filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Expenses

Each party will pay all fees and expenses it incurs in connection with negotiating, preparing and executing the merger agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the merger agreement.

Amendments

Randolph Bancorp and First Eastern Bankshares Corporation may amend the merger agreement by executing a written amendment approved by the boards of directors of Randolph Bancorp and First Eastern Bankshares Corporation.

Regulatory Approvals Required for the Merger

Merger Approvals. Before Randolph Bancorp, Richard F. Kalagher and First Eastern Bankshares Corporation may complete the merger, they must obtain a number of regulatory approvals from, or give notices to, federal and state bank regulators.

Federal Reserve. Randolph Bancorp’s acquisition of indirect control of 100% of the outstanding shares of First Federal Savings Bank of Boston is subject to approval by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the “Federal Reserve”. The requirement for Randolph Bancorp to obtain such approval by submitting a notification under Section 4(j) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”), may be waived in the discretion of the Federal Reserve. Randolph Bancorp has received a waiver from the Federal Reserve, which confirms that it may acquire First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and First Federal Savings Bank of Boston without the filing of a formal notification.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The merger of First Federal Savings Bank of Boston with and into Randolph Savings Bank is subject to approval by the FDIC, under Section 18(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended, also known as the “Bank Merger Act.” Under the Bank Merger Act, the FDIC must consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the institutions involved in a merger transaction, the convenience and needs of the communities to be served, the effectiveness of each insured depository institution involved in the transaction in combating money laundering activities, and the risk of the proposed transaction to the stability of the United States banking or financial system. The FDIC also considers the

 

164


Table of Contents

performance of the applicant and the other depository institution involved in a business combination in helping to meet community credit needs, including low-and moderate-income neighborhoods, when evaluating an application under the Bank Merger Act.

Under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (“CRA”), the FDIC must take into account the record of performance of Randolph Savings Bank and First Federal Savings Bank of Boston in meeting the credit needs of the entire community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, served by each institution. As part of the review process, bank regulatory agencies frequently receive comments and protests from community groups and others. Randolph Savings Bank received a “Satisfactory” CRA rating on its most recent CRA performance evaluation prepared by the FDIC on April 21, 2014, and has a history of having obtained the “Satisfactory” rating for at least seven exam cycles since 1993. As Randolph Savings Bank has continued to grow, it has been able to adjust and sustain this level of CRA performance. First Federal Savings Bank of Boston received an “Outstanding” CRA rating on its most recent CRA performance evaluation prepared by the OCC on February 28, 2010.

In addition, the merger of First Federal Savings Bank of Boston with and into Randolph Savings Bank may not be completed prior to expiration of a 15 to 30 day period following FDIC approval of the merger, within which period the United States Department of Justice may file objections to the merger under the federal antitrust laws. While Randolph Bancorp and First Eastern Bankshares Corporation believe that the likelihood of objection by the Department of Justice is remote in this case, there can be no assurance that the Department of Justice will not initiate proceedings to block the merger of the two banks or if any proceeding is instituted or challenge is made, as to the result of the challenge.

The Massachusetts Division of Banks. The merger of First Federal Savings Bank of Boston with and into Randolph Savings Bank is subject to approval by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts under Chapter 167I, § 3 of the Massachusetts General Laws (“MGL”). MGL Chapter 167I, § 3 provides the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks with the legal authority to approve the merger. The Massachusetts Commissioner of Bank’s findings with respect to the foregoing are based on a determination as to whether or not competition among banking institutions would be unreasonably affected, and whether or not public convenience and advantage will be promoted. In making such a determination, the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks must consider, but is not limited to considering, a showing of net new benefits. The term “net new benefits,” as defined in MGL Chapter 167I, § 3, means “initial capital investments, job creation plans, consumer and business services, commitments to maintain and open branch offices within the continuing institution’s Community Reinvestment Act assessment area and such other matters as the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks may deem necessary or advisable.” Under Massachusetts law, the merger of First Federal Savings Bank of Boston with and into Randolph Savings Bank may not be completed until Randolph Savings Bank has made “arrangements satisfactory” to the Depositors Insurance Fund, which is the excess deposit insurer for Massachusetts savings banks. Randolph Bancorp has received a copy of a letter from the Depositors Insurance Fund addressed to the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks in which the Depositors Insurance Fund has confirmed that Randolph Savings Bank has made such arrangements. In addition, Massachusetts law generally requires a company, such as Randolph Bancorp, that owns or controls 25% or more of the voting stock of a banking institution to obtain the approval of the Massachusetts Board of Bank Incorporation before acquiring control of 25% or more of the voting securities of another banking institution and, thereby, becoming a bank holding company for purposes of Massachusetts law. However, this requirement does not apply to the acquisition of a banking institution by a company that would become a bank holding company if the banking institution being acquired is merged simultaneously with the acquisition, is not operated by the acquiring company as a separate institution, and the transaction is subject to approval by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks under Massachusetts law. A company that is entitled to this relief must comply with a provision of Massachusetts law under which nine tenths of one percent of the assets being acquired in Massachusetts must be made available for call by the Massachusetts Housing Partnership Fund for ten years for the purpose of financing housing for low to moderate income persons. The Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks may not approve a transaction subject to this requirement until the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks has received confirmation from the Massachusetts Housing Partnership Fund that “satisfactory arrangements” have been made. Randolph Bancorp has requested that the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks confirm that the acquisition by Randolph Bancorp of First Federal Savings Bank of Boston will not be subject to the prior approval of the Board of Bank Incorporation on the basis that First Federal Savings Bank of Boston will be merged with and into Randolph Savings Bank contemporaneously with the acquisition of First Federal Savings Bank of Boston by Randolph Bancorp, Randolph Bancorp will not operate First Federal

 

165


Table of Contents

Savings Bank of Boston as a separate institution, and the merger of First Federal Savings Bank of Boston with and into Randolph Savings Bank is subject to the prior approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks. Randolph Bancorp has received a copy of a letter from the Massachusetts Housing Partnership Fund to the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks confirming that Randolph Bancorp has made such arrangements.

Randolph Bancorp and First Eastern Bankshares Corporation have filed all applications and notices and will take all other appropriate action with respect to any requisite approvals or other action of any governmental authority.

Offering Approvals .   The board of trustees of Randolph Bancorp (MHC) has approved the plan of conversion and the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation. We are conducting the conversion and offering under the terms of a plan of conversion, which is subject to approval by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and the Federal Reserve.

The corporators of Randolph Bancorp (MHC), including a majority of the “independent” corporators, must approve the plan of conversion and the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation. We must also receive and accept orders for at least the minimum number of shares of common stock offered for sale in order to complete the conversion.

If, for any reason, the merger cannot be completed, our board of directors intends to proceed with the conversion and the offering.. If we cannot complete the offering, we will not proceed with the merger.

T HE C ONVERSION ; P LAN OF D ISTRIBUTION

General

The board of trustees of Randolph Bancorp (MHC) adopted a plan of conversion on January 26, 2016. The plan of conversion has also been approved by the board of directors of Randolph Savings Bank. The plan of conversion is subject to the approval of the corporators of Randolph Bancorp (MHC), including a majority of the independent corporators. Pursuant to the plan of conversion, Randolph Bancorp (MHC) will convert from a Massachusetts-chartered mutual holding company to a Massachusetts corporation, Randolph Bancorp, Inc. Randolph Bancorp, Inc. will contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds of the offering to Randolph Savings Bank. In connection with the conversion and offering, we also intend to establish and fund a charitable foundation, The Randolph Savings Bank Charitable Foundation. When the conversion is completed, all of the capital stock of Randolph Savings Bank will be owned by Randolph Bancorp, Inc. and all of the common stock of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. will be owned by public shareholders including our employee stock ownership plan and our new charitable foundation.

After funding of the merger consideration, funding a loan to the employee stock ownership plan and funding the cash component of the contribution to the charitable foundation, we intend to retain between $7.2 million and $12.4 million of the net proceeds of the offering, or $15.4 million if the offering range is increased by 15%, and to contribute the balance of the net proceeds to Randolph Savings Bank. The conversion will be consummated only upon the sale of at least 3,655,000 shares of our common stock offered (not including shares that we will contribute to our charitable foundation) pursuant to the plan of conversion.

The plan of conversion provides that we will offer shares of common stock for sale in the subscription offering to eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders, our tax-qualified employee plans, including our employee stock ownership plan, and to employees, officers, directors, trustees and corporators of Randolph Savings Bank and Randolph Bancorp (MHC) who are not eligible account holders. If all shares are not subscribed for in the subscription offering, we may, in our discretion, offer common stock for sale in a community offering to members of the general public, with a preference given to natural persons, and trusts of natural persons, residing in the Massachusetts counties of Bristol, Essex, Middlesex, Norfolk, Plymouth and Suffolk and the Rhode Island counties of Kent, Newport, Providence and Washington. Any shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription or community offerings may be offered to the public in a syndicated community offering, or, in a separate firm commitment underwritten public offering. See “—Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering.”

 

166


Table of Contents

We have the right to accept or reject, in whole or in part, any orders to purchase shares of the common stock received in the community offering. The community offering, if any, may begin at the same time as, during, or after the subscription offering, and must be completed within 45 days after the completion of the subscription offering unless otherwise extended by us with the approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks. See “—Community Offering.”

We determined the number of shares of common stock to be offered in the offering based upon an independent valuation of the estimated consolidated pro forma market value of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. All shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be sold at $10.00 per share. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock. The independent valuation will be updated and the final number of the shares of common stock to be issued in the offering will be determined at the completion of the offering. See “—Determination of Share Price and Number of Shares to be Issued” for more information as to the determination of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock.

The following is a brief summary of the conversion. We recommend reading the plan of conversion in its entirety for more information. A copy of the plan of conversion is available for inspection at each branch office of Randolph Savings Bank. The plan of conversion is also filed as an exhibit to Randolph Bancorp (MHC)’s application to convert from mutual to stock form of which this prospectus is a part. Randolph Bancorp (MHC)’s application for conversion may be inspected, without charge, at the Massachusetts Division of Banks, 1000 Washington Street, 10th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts. The plan of conversion is also filed as an exhibit to the registration statement we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, of which this prospectus is a part, copies of which may be inspected at the public reference facilities of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The registration statement is also available online at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Reasons for the Conversion

Our primary reasons for the conversion and the offering are to:

 

    Support future growth and profitability through, among other things, branch expansion and increased lending;

 

    Compete more effectively in the financial services marketplace by diversifying products and services offered to customers;

 

    Fund the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation;

 

    Facilitate future mergers and acquisitions;

 

    Make capital investments in facilities and technology;

 

    Increase philanthropic endeavors to the communities served by Randolph Savings Bank through the formation and funding of a charitable foundation to support charitable activities within the communities that it serves and will serve in the future;

 

    Offer depositors, employees, officers, directors, trustees and corporators an equity ownership interest in Randolph Bancorp, Inc.; and

 

    Attract and retain qualified directors, management and employees through stock-based compensation plans.

In the public stock holding company structure, we will have greater flexibility in structuring mergers and acquisitions. Our current structure prevents us from offering shares of common stock as consideration for a merger or acquisition. Potential sellers often want stock for at least part of the acquisition consideration. Our new public holding company structure will enable us to offer stock or cash consideration, or a combination thereof, and will therefore enhance our ability to compete with other bidders when acquisition opportunities arise.

 

167


Table of Contents

Other than the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation, we have no current arrangements or agreements to acquire other banks, thrifts, credit unions, financial service companies or branch offices. However, we have considered, and will continue to consider other potential acquisitions as opportunities arise.

We believe that the additional capital raised in the offering may enable us to take advantage of business opportunities that may not otherwise be available to us.

Approvals Required

The board of trustees of Randolph Bancorp (MHC) has approved the plan of conversion and the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation. We are conducting the conversion and offering under the terms of a plan of conversion, which is subject to approval by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and the Federal Reserve.

The corporators of Randolph Bancorp (MHC), including a majority of the “independent” corporators, must approve the plan of conversion and the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation. We must also receive and accept orders for at least the minimum number of shares of common stock offered for sale in order to complete the conversion.

If, for any reason, the merger cannot be completed, our board of directors intends to proceed with the conversion and the offering.. If we cannot complete the offering, we will not proceed with the merger.

The Corporators

The board of corporators of Randolph Bancorp (MHC) will cease to exist upon consummation of the mutual-to-stock conversion of Randolph Bancorp (MHC).

Effects of Conversion

Continuity . While the conversion is being accomplished, our normal business of accepting deposits and making loans will continue without interruption. We will continue to be subject to regulation by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Federal Reserve. After the conversion, we will continue to offer existing services to depositors, borrowers and other customers. The directors serving Randolph Savings Bank and Randolph Bancorp (MHC) at the time of the conversion will be the directors of Randolph Savings Bank and of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. after the conversion.

Effect on Deposit Accounts . Pursuant to the plan of conversion, each depositor of Randolph Savings Bank at the time of the conversion will automatically continue as a depositor after the conversion, and the deposit balance, interest rate and other terms of such deposit accounts will not change as a result of the conversion. Each such account will be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to the same extent as before the conversion, and each such account will continue to be insured in full for amounts in excess of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation limits by the excess insurer of savings bank deposits, the Depositors Insurance Fund. Depositors will continue to hold their existing certificates of deposit, statement savings and other evidences of their accounts.

Effect on Loans . No loan outstanding from Randolph Savings Bank will be affected by the conversion, and the amount, interest rate, maturity and security for each loan will remain as it was contractually fixed prior to the conversion.

Tax Effects . We will receive an opinion of our counsel or tax advisor with regard to federal and Massachusetts income tax consequences of the conversion to the effect that the conversion will not be taxable for federal or Massachusetts income tax purposes to Randolph Savings Bank, Randolph Bancorp, Inc. and Randolph Bancorp (MHC) or its members. See “—Material Income Tax Consequences.”

Effect on Liquidation Rights. Each depositor in Randolph Savings Bank has both a deposit account in Randolph Savings Bank and a corresponding pro rata ownership interest in the net worth of Randolph Bancorp (MHC) based upon the deposit balance in his or her account. This ownership interest is tied to the depositor’s account and has no tangible market value separate from the deposit account. This ownership interest may only be

 

168


Table of Contents

realized in the event of a complete liquidation of Randolph Bancorp (MHC) and Randolph Savings Bank. Any depositor who opens a deposit account at Randolph Savings Bank obtains such pro rata ownership interest in Randolph Bancorp (MHC) without any additional payment beyond the amount of the deposit. A depositor who reduces or closes his or her deposit account receives deposited funds but nothing for his or her ownership interest in the net worth of Randolph Bancorp (MHC), which is lost to the extent that the balance in the account is reduced or closed. Consequently, depositors in a stock subsidiary of a mutual holding company normally have no way of realizing the value of their ownership interest, which is realizable only in the unlikely event that Randolph Bancorp (MHC) and Randolph Savings Bank are liquidated. If this were to occur, the Randolph Savings Bank depositors of record at that time, as owners, would share pro rata in any residual surplus and reserves of Randolph Bancorp (MHC) after other claims, including claims of depositors to the amounts of their deposits, are paid.

Under the plan of conversion, however, the depositors of Randolph Savings Bank will receive rights in a liquidation account established by Randolph Bancorp, Inc. (and in a parallel liquidation account established in Randolph Savings Bank) which will represent the amount of Randolph Bancorp (MHC)’s total equity as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition included in this prospectus. Randolph Bancorp, Inc. and Randolph Savings Bank shall hold the liquidation accounts for the benefit of eligible account holders and supplemental eligible account holders who continue to maintain deposits in Randolph Savings Bank after the conversion. The liquidation account is designed to provide payments to depositors of their liquidation interests, if any, in the event of a liquidation of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. and Randolph Savings Bank. For further information, see “—Liquidation Rights.”

Determination of Share Price and Number of Shares to be Issued

The plan of conversion and Massachusetts regulations require that the aggregate purchase price of the common stock sold in the offering be based on the appraised pro forma market value of the common stock, as determined by an independent valuation. We have retained RP Financial, LC. to prepare an independent valuation appraisal. For its services in preparing the initial valuation and subsequent updates to the appraisal, RP Financial, LC. will receive a fee of $55,000, and will be reimbursed for its expenses up to $10,000. We have agreed to indemnify RP Financial, LC. and its employees and affiliates against specified losses, including any losses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws arising out of its services as independent appraiser, except where such liability results from its negligence or bad faith.

The independent valuation was prepared by RP Financial, LC. in reliance upon the information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements. RP Financial, LC. also considered the following factors, among others:

 

    the impact of the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation by Randolph Bancorp, Inc.;

 

    our present and projected results and financial condition;

 

    the economic and demographic conditions in our existing market area;

 

    certain historical, financial and other information relating to us;

 

    a comparative evaluation of our operating and financial characteristics with those of other similarly situated publicly traded savings institutions;

 

    the impact of the conversion and the offering on our equity and earnings potential;

 

    our potential to pay cash dividends;

 

    the trading market for securities of comparable institutions and general conditions in the market for such securities; and

 

    the contribution of cash and shares to the charitable foundation.

 

169


Table of Contents

Included in the independent valuation were certain assumptions as to our pro forma earnings after the conversion that were utilized in determining the appraised value. These assumptions included estimated expenses, an assumed after-tax rate of return on the net offering proceeds and purchases in the open market of 4% of the common stock issued in the offering (including shares contributed to the charitable foundation) by the stock-based benefit plan at the $10.00 purchase price. See “Pro Forma Data” for additional information concerning these assumptions. The use of different assumptions may yield different results.

The independent valuation states that as of as of February 12, 2016, the market value of the shares to be issued in the offering (including shares to be contributed to the charitable foundation) ranged from $37.7 million to $51.0 million, with a midpoint of $44.4 million. Our board of directors decided to offer the shares of common stock for a price of $10.00 per share primarily because it is the price most commonly used in mutual-to-stock conversions of financial institutions. The number of shares offered for sale will be equal to the aggregate offering price of the shares divided by the price per share. Based on this valuation and a $10.00 per share price, the number of shares of common stock being offered for sale by us will range from 3,655,000 shares to 4,945,000 shares. If the market conditions so warrant, the market value of the shares can be increased to a maximum, as adjusted, market value of $58.7 million and the number of shares offered for sale increased to a maximum, as adjusted, of 5,686,750 shares.

The appraisal is based in part on our financial condition and results of operations, the effect of the additional capital raised by the sale of shares of common stock in the offering and an analysis of a peer group of ten publicly traded savings bank and thrift holding companies that RP Financial, LC. considered comparable to us.

The appraisal peer group consists of the companies listed in the table below, all of which are traded on the NASDAQ Stock Market. Asset sizes are as of December 31, 2015.

 

Financial Institution

   Ticker    City    State    Total Assets  
                    (in millions)  

Bay Bancorp, Inc.

   BYBK    Columbia    MD    $ 491   

Chicopee Bancorp, Inc.

   CBNK    Chicopee    MA    $ 679   

Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

   CWAY    Warwick    RI    $ 528   

Georgetown Bancorp, Inc.

   GTWN    Georgetown    MA    $ 296   

Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.

   HBK    Towson    MD    $ 368   

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

   MELR    Melrose    MA    $ 224   

Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.

   PBHC    Oswego    NY    $ 623   

Prudential Bancorp, Inc.

   PBIP    Philadelphia    PA    $ 523   

Severn Bancorp, Inc.

   SVBI    Annapolis    MD    $ 762   

Wellesley Bancorp, Inc.

   WEBK    Wellesley    MA    $ 621   

WVS Financial Corp.

   WVFC    Pittsburgh    PA    $ 330   

 

170


Table of Contents

The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for Randolph Bancorp and the peer group companies identified by RP Financial, LC. Price-to-earnings multiples are shown on a “core” earnings basis, where earnings have been adjusted to omit non-recurring income and expense items. Price-to-book value multiples are shown for both reported book value and tangible book value, omitting intangible assets. Randolph Bancorp’s pricing ratios are based on earnings for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, book value as of December 31, 2015 and tangible book value as of December 31, 2015 and the peer group’s pricing ratios are based on earnings for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015 and book value as of December 31, 2015. Compared to the median pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the maximum of the offering range indicated a discount of 22.35% on a price-to-book value basis, a discount of 22.46% on a price-to-tangible book value basis. Randolph Bancorp’s price-to-core earnings multiple at the maximum of the offering range indicated a premium of 444.18% compared to the median pricing of the peer group. In evaluating the meaningfulness of the Price/Core Earnings measure, RP Financial noted in its appraisal report that two of the eleven peer group companies reported losses and did not have a meaningful earnings multiple. Additionally, three of the Peer Group companies had comparatively low earnings and as a result, reported core P/E multiple above 35 times which RP Financial considered to be not highly meaningful valuation purposes. Additionally, Randolph Bancorp’s earnings were low, even after incorporating the pro forma earnings contribution of the First Eastern Bankshares Corporation merger. All the foregoing considerations tended diminish the usefulness of the core P/E as an indicator of Randolph Bancorp’s pro forma market value.

 

     Price-to-core
earnings
multiple (1)
     Price-to-
book
value ratio
    Price-to-
tangible
book value
ratio
 

Randolph Bancorp, Inc. (pro forma)

       

Maximum, as adjusted

     175.83x         72.57     72.94

Maximum

     143.36x         68.63     69.01

Midpoint

     118.28x         64.56     64.94

Minimum

     95.58x         59.77     60.13

Valuation of peer group companies using stock prices as of February 12, 2015

       

Averages

     21.68x         90.80     92.86

Medians

     20.70x         88.38     88.94

 

(1) Price-to-earnings multiples calculated by RP Financial, LC. in the independent appraisal are based on an estimate of “core” or recurring earnings on a trailing twelve month basis for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015 for Randolph Bancorp, Inc. and on a trailing twelve month basis for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015 for the peer group companies.

Our board of directors carefully reviewed the information provided to it by RP Financial, LC. through the appraisal process, but did not make any determination regarding whether prior standard mutual-to-stock conversions have been undervalued, nor did the board of directors draw any conclusions regarding how the historical data reflected above may affect Randolph Bancorp, Inc.’s appraisal. Instead, we engaged RP Financial, LC. to help us understand the regulatory process as it applies to the appraisal and to advise the board of directors as to how much capital Randolph Bancorp, Inc. would be required to raise under the regulatory appraisal guidelines.

The independent valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of our common stock. RP Financial, LC. did not independently verify our consolidated financial statements and other information that we provided to them, nor did RP Financial, LC. independently value our assets or liabilities. The independent valuation considers Randolph Savings Bank as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of the liquidation value of Randolph Savings Bank. Moreover, because the valuation is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which may change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons purchasing our common stock in the offering will thereafter be able to sell their shares at prices at or above the $10.00 offering price per share.

Following commencement of the subscription offering, the maximum of the valuation range, including shares to be contributed to the charitable foundation, may be increased by up to 15%, or up to $58.7 million, without

 

171


Table of Contents

resoliciting subscribers, which would result in a corresponding increase of up to 15% in the maximum of the offering range of shares to be sold in the offering to up to 5,686,750 shares, to reflect changes in the market and financial conditions or demand for the shares. We will not decrease the minimum of the valuation range and the minimum of the offering range without a resolicitation of subscribers. The subscription price of $10.00 per share will remain fixed. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases” as to the method of distribution and allocation of additional shares that may be issued in the event of an increase in the offering range to fill unfilled orders in the offering.

If the update to the independent valuation at the conclusion of the offering results in an increase in the maximum of the valuation range to more than $58.7 million and a corresponding increase in the offering of shares to be sold to more than 5,686,750 shares, or a decrease in the minimum of the valuation range to less than $37.8 million and a corresponding decrease in the offering range of shares to be sold to fewer than 3,655,000 shares, in each case not including shares that will be contributed to the charitable foundation, then we will promptly return with interest at our statement savings rate all funds previously delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock and cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations, and, after consulting with the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, we may terminate the plan of conversion. Alternatively, we may hold a new offering, establish a new offering range, extend the offering period and commence a resolicitation of subscribers or take other actions as permitted by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks in order to complete the conversion and the offering. In the event that a resolicitation is commenced, we will notify subscribers of the extension of time and of the rights of subscribers to place a new stock order for a specified period of time. Any resolicitation following the conclusion of the subscription and community offerings would not exceed 45 days unless further extended by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks for periods of up to 90 days.

An increase in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would decrease both a subscriber’s ownership interest and our pro forma earnings and shareholders’ equity on a per share basis while increasing pro forma earnings and shareholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. A decrease in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would increase both a subscriber’s ownership interest and our pro forma earnings and shareholders’ equity on a per share basis, while decreasing pro forma earnings and shareholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. For a presentation of the effects of these changes, see “Pro Forma Data.”

Copies of the independent valuation appraisal report of RP Financial, LC. and the detailed memorandum setting forth the method and assumptions used in the appraisal report are available for inspection at our main office and as specified under “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights

In accordance with the plan of conversion, rights to subscribe for shares of common stock in the subscription offering have been granted in the following descending order of priority. The filling of all subscriptions that we receive will depend on the availability of common stock after satisfaction of all subscriptions of all persons having prior rights in the subscription offering and on purchase and ownership limitations set forth in the plan of conversion and as described below under “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

Priority 1: Eligible Account Holders . Each depositor of Randolph Savings Bank, with aggregate deposit account balances of $50.00 or more (a “Qualifying Deposit”) on December 31, 2014 (an “Eligible Account Holder”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase, subject to the overall purchase limitations, up to the greater of 25,000 shares of our common stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering, or 15 times the number of subscription shares offered multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of the Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of all Eligible Account Holders, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will first be allocated so as to permit each Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. If an amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.

 

172


Table of Contents

To ensure proper allocation of shares of our common stock, each Eligible Account Holder must list on his or her stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she has an ownership interest on December 31, 2014. In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed. In the event of an oversubscription, the subscription rights of Eligible Account Holders who are also our officers, directors, trustees, and corporators, or any of their associates, will be subordinated to the subscription rights of other Eligible Account Holders to the extent attributable to increased deposits during the year preceding December 31, 2014.

Priority 2: Supplemental Eligible Account Holders.  To the extent that there are sufficient shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, each depositor with a Qualifying Deposit as of the close of business on June 30, 2015 who is not an Eligible Account Holder (“Supplemental Eligible Account Holder”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to the greater of 25,000 shares of common stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering, or 15 times the number of subscription shares offered multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will be allocated so as to permit each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares of common stock or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. If an amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.

To ensure proper allocation of common stock, each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder must list on the stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest at June 30, 2015. In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed.

Priority 3: Tax-Qualified Plans . Our tax-qualified employee stock ownership plan will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering, including shares contributed to the charitable foundation. We expect our employee stock ownership plan to purchase 8% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering, including shares contributed to the charitable foundation. If the employee stock ownership plan is not able to fill its order in the offering, the employee stock ownership plan may purchase shares of common stock in the open market following the completion of the conversion and the offering in order to fund all or a portion of the plan.

Priority 4: Employees, Officers, Directors, Trustees and Corporators . Each employee, officer, director, trustee and corporator of Randolph Savings Bank and Randolph Bancorp (MHC) at the time of the offering who is not eligible in the first priority category shall receive at no cost non-transferable subscription rights to subscribe for common stock in an amount up to 25,000 shares; provided, however, that the aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be purchased by employees, officers, directors, trustees and corporators in the conversion shall be limited to 30% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the conversion (including shares purchased by employees, officers, directors, trustees and corporators under this priority and under the preceding priority categories, but not including shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan). Subscriptions of officers, directors, trustees and corporators are also subject to an additional overall purchase limitation. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” In the event that persons in this category subscribe for more shares of stock than are available for purchase by them, shares will be allocated among such subscribing persons on an equitable basis, such as by giving weight to the period of service, compensation, position of the individual subscriber and the amount of the order.

 

173


Table of Contents

Expiration Date . The subscription offering will expire at 2:00 p.m., Eastern time, on [Expiration Date] , unless extended by us for up to 45 days or such additional periods with the approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and the Federal Reserve, if necessary. Subscription rights will expire whether or not each eligible depositor can be located. We may decide to extend the expiration date of the subscription offering for any reason, whether or not subscriptions have been received for shares at the minimum, midpoint or maximum of the offering range. Subscription rights that have not been exercised prior to the expiration date will become void.

We will not execute orders until we have received orders to purchase at least the minimum number of shares of common stock. If we have not received orders to purchase at least 3,655,000 shares within 45 days after the expiration date and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and the Federal Reserve have not consented to an extension, all funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the offering will be returned promptly to the subscribers with interest at our statement savings rate and all deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled. If an extension beyond [Extension Date #1] is granted by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, we will resolicit subscribers, giving them an opportunity to confirm, change or cancel their orders. We will notify subscribers of the extension of time and of the rights of subscribers to place a new stock order for a specified period of time. If a subscriber does not respond, we will cancel his or her stock order and return his or her subscription funds, with interest, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock. Extensions may not go beyond January 26, 2018, which is twenty four months after the board of trustees of Randolph Bancorp (MHC) adopted the plan of conversion.

Persons in Non-Qualified States or Foreign Countries . We will make reasonable efforts to comply with the securities laws of all states in the United States in which persons entitled to subscribe for stock pursuant to the plan of conversion reside. However, we are not required to offer stock in the subscription offering to any person who resides in a foreign country.

Restrictions on Transferability of Subscription Rights . Subscription rights are non-transferable. See “—Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares” below for more information.

Community Offering

To the extent that shares of common stock remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions in the subscription offering, we may offer shares pursuant to the plan of conversion to members of the general public in a community offering. Shares may be offered with a preference to natural persons, and trusts of natural persons, residing in our local community, consisting of the Massachusetts counties of Bristol, Essex, Middlesex, Norfolk, Plymouth and Suffolk and the Rhode Island counties of Kent, Newport, Providence and Washington.

Subscribers in the community offering may purchase up to 25,000 shares of common stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” The opportunity to purchase shares of common stock in the community offering category is subject to our right, in our sole discretion, to accept or reject any such orders in whole or in part either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable following the expiration date of the offering. We have not established any set criteria for determining whether to accept or reject a purchase order in the community offering, and, accordingly, any determination to accept or reject purchase orders in the community offering will be based on the facts and circumstances known to us at the time.

If we do not have sufficient shares of common stock available to fill the orders of, we will allocate the available shares among those persons in a manner that permits each of them, to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares, or the number of shares subscribed for by such person. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated among natural persons, and trusts of natural persons, residing in the counties listed above, whose orders remain unsatisfied on an equal number of shares basis per order. If, after the allocation of shares to natural persons, and trusts of natural persons, residing in the counties listed above, we do not have sufficient shares of common stock available to fill the orders of other members of the general public, we will allocate the available shares among those persons in a manner that permits each of them, to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for by such person, and thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated among members of the general public whose orders remain unsatisfied on an equal number of shares basis per order.

 

174


Table of Contents

The term “residing” or “resident” as used in this prospectus means any person who occupies a dwelling within the counties listed above, has a present intent to remain within the community for a period of time and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the community, together with an indication that this presence within the community is something other than merely transitory in nature. We may utilize deposit or loan records or other evidence provided to us to decide whether a person is a resident. In all cases, however, the determination shall be in our sole discretion.

Expiration Date. The community offering may begin at the same time as, during or after the subscription offering, although it must terminate no more than 45 days following the subscription offering. We may decide to extend the community offering for any reason and are not required to give purchasers notice of any such extension unless such period extends beyond [Extension Date #1] . If an extension beyond [Extension Date #1] is granted by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and the Federal Reserve, we will cancel stock orders accepted in the community offering and return purchase funds, with interest, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock. We will then resolicit persons whose orders we accept in the community offering, giving them an opportunity to place a new order. These extensions may not go beyond January 26, 2018, which is twenty four months after the board of trustees of Randolph Bancorp (MHC) adopted the plan of conversion.

Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering

If feasible, our board of directors may decide to offer for sale shares of common stock not subscribed for or purchased in the subscription and community offerings in a syndicated community offering or firm commitment underwritten offering, subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as we may determine, in a manner that will achieve a wide distribution of our shares of common stock.

If a syndicated community offering or firm commitment underwritten offering is held, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will serve as sole book-running manager. In the event that shares of common stock are sold in a syndicated community or firm commitment underwritten offering, we will pay fees of 6.00% of the aggregate amount of common stock sold in the syndicated community or firm commitment underwritten offering to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods and any other broker-dealers included in the syndicated community or firm commitment underwritten offering. The shares of common stock will be sold at the same price per share ($10.00 per share) that the shares are sold in the subscription offering and the community offering.

In the event of a syndicated community offering, it is currently expected that investors would follow the same general procedures applicable to purchasing shares in the subscription and community offerings (the use of order forms and the submission of funds directly to Randolph Bancorp for the payment of the purchase price of the shares ordered) except that payment must be in immediately available funds (bank checks, money orders, deposit account withdrawals from accounts at Randolph Savings Bank or wire transfers). See “The Conversion; Plan of Distribution— Procedure for Purchasing Shares in Subscription and Community Offerings.” “Sweep” arrangements and delivery versus payment settlement will only be used in a syndicated community offering to the extent consistent with Rules 10b-9 and 15c2-4 and then-existing guidance and interpretations thereof of the Securities and Exchange Commission regarding the conduct of “min/max” offerings. Under a “sweep” arrangement, a customer’s brokerage account at the applicable participating broker-dealer will be debited in the amount of the purchase price for the shares of common stock that such customer intends to purchase in the syndicated community offering on the closing date. Customers must authorize participating broker-dealers to debit their brokerage accounts and must have the funds for full payment in their accounts on, but not before, the debit date.

In the event of a firm commitment underwritten offering, the proposed underwriting agreement will not be entered into with Keefe, Bruyette & Woods and Randolph Bancorp (MHC), Randolph Savings Bank and Randolph Bancorp, Inc. until immediately prior to the completion of the firm commitment underwritten offering. At that time, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods and any other broker-dealers included in the firm commitment underwritten offering will represent that they have received sufficient indications of interest to complete the offering. Pursuant to the terms of the underwriting agreement, and subject to certain customary provisions and conditions to closing, upon execution of the underwriting agreement, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods and any other underwriters will be obligated to purchase all the shares subject to the firm commitment underwritten offering.

 

175


Table of Contents

If for any reason we cannot effect a syndicated community offering or firm commitment underwritten offering of shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription and community offerings, or in the event that there are an insignificant number of shares remaining unsold after such offerings, we will try to make other arrangements for the sale of unsubscribed shares. The Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the Federal Reserve and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, must approve any such arrangements.

Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases

The plan of conversion includes the following limitations on the number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in the offering:

 

    No individual with one or more qualifying accounts, or individuals exercising subscription rights through a single qualifying account held jointly, may purchase more than 25,000 shares ($250,000) of common stock in the offering;

 

    No person or entity together with any associate or group of persons acting in concert may purchase more than 50,000 shares ($500,000) of common stock in the offering, except that our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan, may purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering including shares contributed to the charitable foundation (including shares issued in the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 15%);

 

    The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in all categories of the offering by the officers, trustees, directors and corporators of Randolph Bancorp and Randolph Savings Bank and their associates, in the aggregate, may not exceed 30% of the shares issued in the offering (including shares contributed to the charitable foundation); and

 

    The minimum purchase by each person purchasing shares in the offering is 25 shares, to the extent those shares are available.

Depending upon market or financial conditions, our board of directors, with the approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and the Federal Reserve and without further approval of our members, may decrease or increase the purchase limitations; provided that the purchase limitations (i) may not be increased to a percentage that is more than 5.0% of the common stock offered for sale and may not be decreased to a percentage that is less than one-tenth of a percent (0.10%) of the common stock offered for sale in the conversion, and (ii), in the case of our tax-qualified employee plans, may not be increased to more than 10% of the shares offered for sale. If a purchase limitation is increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount and who indicated a desire to be resolicited on the stock order form will be given the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the then-applicable limit. The effect of this type of resolicitation would be an increase in the number of shares of common stock owned by subscribers who choose to increase their subscriptions.

In the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 15% of the total number of shares of common stock offered in the offering, shares will be allocated in the following order of priority in accordance with the plan of conversion:

(1) to fill our tax-qualified employee benefit plans’ subscriptions for up to 10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering;

(2) in the event that there is an oversubscription at the Eligible Account Holder level, to fill unfulfilled subscriptions of these subscribers according to their respective priorities;

(3) in the event that there is an oversubscription at the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder level, to fill unfulfilled subscriptions of these subscribers according to their respective priorities;

(4) in the event that there is an oversubscription by our employees, officers, directors, trustees and corporators in the fourth priority of the subscription offering, to fill unfulfilled subscriptions of these subscribers on an equitable basis, such as by giving weight to the period of service, compensation, position of the individual subscriber and the amount of the order; and

 

176


Table of Contents

(5) to fill unfulfilled subscriptions in the community offering, with preference given first to natural persons, and trusts of natural persons, residing in the Massachusetts counties of Bristol, Essex, Middlesex, Norfolk, Plymouth and Suffolk and the Rhode Island counties of Kent, Newport, Providence and Washington.

The term “associate” of a person means:

(1) any corporation or organization, other than Randolph Bancorp (MHC), Randolph Savings Bank or Randolph Bancorp, Inc. or a majority-owned subsidiary of these entities, of which the person is a senior officer, partner or 10% beneficial shareholder or more of any class of equity securities;

(2) any trust or other estate in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as a trustee or in a fiduciary capacity, excluding any employee stock benefit plan in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as trustee or in a fiduciary capacity; and

(3) any relative or spouse of the person, or any relative of the spouse, who either has the same home as the person or who is a trustee, director or officer of Randolph Bancorp (MHC), Randolph Savings Bank or Randolph Bancorp, Inc.

The term “acting in concert” means persons seeking to combine or pool their voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose, pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise. When persons act together for such purpose, their group is deemed to have acquired their stock.

The determination of whether a group is acting in concert shall be made solely by us and may be based on any evidence upon which we choose to rely, including, without limitation, joint account relationships or the fact that such persons have filed joint Schedules 13D with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to other companies; provided, however, that the determination of whether a group is acting in concert remains subject to review by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks. Persons who have the same address, whether or not related, will be deemed to be acting in concert unless otherwise determined by us. Our directors are not treated as associates of each other solely because of their membership on the board of directors.

Common stock purchased in the offering will be freely transferable except for shares purchased by our directors and certain officers of Randolph Savings Bank and except as described below. Any purchases made by any associate of Randolph Savings Bank or Randolph Bancorp, Inc. for the explicit purpose of meeting the minimum number of shares of common stock required to be sold in order to complete the offering shall be made for investment purposes only and not with a view toward redistribution. In addition, under the guidelines of FINRA, members of FINRA and their associates are subject to certain restrictions on transfer of securities purchased in accordance with subscription rights and to certain reporting requirements upon purchase of these securities. For a further discussion of limitations on purchases of shares of our common stock at the time of conversion and thereafter, see “—Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares after Conversion” and “Restrictions on Acquisition of Randolph Bancorp, Inc.”

Marketing and Distribution; Compensation

Offering materials have been initially distributed to certain persons by mail, with additional copies made available through our Stock Information Center.

We have engaged Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, a broker-dealer registered with FINRA, as a financial advisor in connection with the offering of our common stock. In its role as financial advisor, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, will:

 

    provide advice on the financial and securities market implications of the plan of conversion and related corporate documents, including our business plan;

 

177


Table of Contents
    assist in structuring our offering, including developing and assisting in implementing a market strategy for the offering;

 

    review all offering documents, including this prospectus, stock order forms and related offering materials (we are responsible for the preparation and filing of such documents);

 

    assist us in preparing for and scheduling meetings with potential investors and broker-dealers, as necessary;

 

    assist us in analyzing proposals from outside vendors retained in connection with the offering, including printers, transfer agents and appraisal firms;

 

    assist us in the drafting and distribution of press releases as required or appropriate in connection with the offering;

 

    meet with the board of directors and management to discuss any of these services; and

 

    provide such other financial advisory and investment banking services in connection with the offering as may be agreed upon by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods and us.

For these services, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will receive a management fee of $30,000, $15,000 of which has been paid as of the date of this prospectus, and a success fee equal to 1.00% of the aggregate purchase price of Common Stock sold in the subscription and the community offering (net of insider purchases and shares purchased by our employee stock ownership plan). In the event that we must resolicit subscribers, and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods is required to provide significant services, we will pay Keefe, Bruyette & Woods additional compensation for such services, in an amount not to exceed $25,000. The management fee will be credited against the success fee.

The plan of conversion provides that, if necessary, all shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription and community offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a syndicated community offering or firm commitment offering. In the event that shares of common stock are sold in a syndicated community offering, we will pay fees of 6.00% of the aggregate amount of common stock sold in the syndicated community offering to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods and any other broker-dealers included in the syndicated community offering. We will also reimburse Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses associated with its marketing effort up to the maximum of $10,000. In addition, we will reimburse Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. for fees and expenses of its counsel not to exceed $100,000. In the event of unusual circumstances or delays or a re-solicitation in connection with the Offering, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will be reimbursed for its additional out-of-pocket expenses up to a maximum of $10,000, and up to an additional $15,000 for additional fees and expenses of their counsel. If the plan of conversion is terminated or if Keefe, Bruyette & Woods’ engagement is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the agency agreement, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will only receive reimbursement of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and will return any amounts paid or advanced by us in excess of these amounts. In the event that Keefe, Bruyette & Woods sells shares of common stock through a group of broker-dealers in a firm commitment underwritten offering, the underwriting discount will not exceed 6.00% of the aggregate amount of common stock sold in the firm commitment underwritten offering to the sole book-running manager, and any other broker-dealers included in the firm commitment underwritten offering. All fees payable with respect to a firm commitment underwritten offering will be in addition to fees payable with respect to the subscription offering and community offering.

We have also engaged Keefe, Bruyette & Woods to act as our conversion agent in connection with the offering. In its role as conversion agent, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will, among other things:

 

    consolidate accounts and develop a central file;

 

    assist us in establishing and managing the Stock Information Center;

 

    assist our financial printer with labeling of offering materials;

 

178


Table of Contents
    process stock order forms and produce daily reports and analysis;

 

    assist our transfer agent with the generation and mailing of stock ownership statements; and

 

    advise us on interest and refund calculations.

For these services, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will receive a fee of $27,000. We will also reimburse Keefe, Bruyette & Woods for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses associated with its acting as conversion agent. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods has agreed that our reimbursement obligation will not exceed $30,000, except in the event of unusual circumstances, delays or a re-solicitation in which case our reimbursement obligation will not exceed $40,000. If the plan of conversion is terminated or if Keefe, Bruyette & Woods’ engagement is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the agreement, for its services as our conversion agent Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will be entitled only to its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. We will indemnify Keefe, Bruyette & Woods against liabilities and expenses (including legal fees) related to or arising out of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods’ engagement as our conversion agent and performance of services as our conversion agent.

Solicitation of Offers by Officers and Directors

Some of our directors and executive officers may participate in the solicitation of offers to purchase common stock in the subscription and community offerings. These persons will be reimbursed for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the solicitation. Other trained employees of Randolph Savings Bank may assist in the offering, but only in ministerial capacities, and may provide clerical work in effecting a sales transaction. No offers or sales may be made by tellers or at the teller counters. Investment-related questions of prospective purchasers will be directed to executive officers or registered representatives of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods. Our other employees have been instructed not to solicit offers to purchase shares of common stock or provide advice regarding the purchase of common stock. We will rely on Rule 3a4-1 under the Exchange Act and sales of common stock will be conducted within the requirements of Rule 3a4-1, so as to permit officers, directors and employees to participate in the sale of common stock. None of our officers, directors or employees will be compensated in connection with their participation in the offering.

Procedure for Purchasing Shares in Subscription and Community Offerings

Expiration Date . The subscription offering will expire at 2:00 p.m., Eastern time, on [Expiration Date] , unless we extend it for up to 45 days. This extension may be approved by us, in our sole discretion, without further approval or additional notice to purchasers in the offering. Any extension of the subscription and/or community offering beyond [Extension Date #1] would require the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks’ and the Federal Reserve’s approval. If an extension beyond [Extension Date #1] is granted by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and the Federal Reserve, we will cancel all stock orders and return subscription funds, with interest, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock. We will then resolicit subscribers, giving them an opportunity to place new orders. We will notify these persons of the extension of time and of their ability to place a new stock order for a specified period of time. If we have not received orders to purchase the minimum number of shares offered in the offering by the expiration date or any extension thereof, we may terminate the offering and promptly refund all funds received for shares of common stock with interest at our statement savings rate. If the number of shares offered is reduced below the minimum of the offering range, or increased above the adjusted maximum of the offering range, subscribers may be resolicited with the approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and the Federal Reserve.

To ensure that each purchaser receives a prospectus at least 48 hours before [Expiration Date] , the expiration date of the offering, in accordance with Rule 15c2-8 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, no prospectus will be mailed any later than five days prior to the expiration date or hand delivered any later than two days prior to the expiration date. Execution of an order form will confirm receipt of delivery in accordance with Rule 15c2-8. Order forms will be distributed only with a prospectus. Subscription funds will be maintained in a segregated account at Randolph Savings Bank and will earn interest at our statement savings rate from the date the order form is processed.

 

179


Table of Contents

We reserve the right in our sole discretion to terminate the offering at any time and for any reason, in which case we will cancel any deposit account withdrawal orders and promptly return all funds delivered to us, with interest at our statement savings rate from the date the order was processed.

We have the right to reject any order submitted in the offering by a person who we believe is making false representations or who we otherwise believe, either alone or acting in concert with others, is violating, evading, circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion.

Use of Order Forms . In order to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offering, you must complete an original order form and remit full payment. We are not required to accept orders submitted on photocopied or facsimiled order forms. All order forms must be  received  (not postmarked) before 2:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [Expiration Date] . We are not required to accept order forms that are not received by that time, are executed defectively or are received without full payment or without appropriate deposit account withdrawal instructions. We are not required to notify subscribers of incomplete or improperly executed order forms. We have the right to permit the correction of incomplete or improperly executed order forms or waive immaterial irregularities. We do not represent, however, that we will do so and we have no affirmative duty to notify any prospective subscriber of any such defects. You may submit your order form and payment by mail using the return envelope provided, by overnight courier to the indicated address on the order form or by hand delivery to Randolph Savings Bank located at 10 Cabot Place, Stoughton, Massachusetts.  Please do not mail stock order forms to Randolph Savings Bank. We will not accept stock order forms at any other branch offices. Once tendered, an order form cannot be modified or revoked without our consent. If you are ordering shares, you must represent that you are purchasing shares for your own account and that you have no agreement or understanding with any person for the sale or transfer of the shares. We have the right to reject any order submitted in the offering by a person who we believe is making false representations or who we otherwise believe, either alone or acting in concert with others, is violating, evading, circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion and of the acceptability of the order forms will be final, subject to the authority of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and the Federal Reserve.

By signing the order form, you will be acknowledging that the common stock is not a deposit or savings account and is not federally insured or otherwise guaranteed by Randolph Savings Bank, Randolph Bancorp, the FDIC, the federal government or the Depositors Insurance Fund, and that you received a copy of this prospectus. However, signing the order form will not result in you waiving your rights under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

Payment for Shares . Payment for all shares of common stock will be required to accompany all completed order forms for the purchase to be valid. Payment for shares may be made by:

(1) personal check, bank check or money order, payable to Randolph Bancorp, Inc.; or

(2) authorization of withdrawal from the types of Randolph Savings Bank deposit accounts permitted on the order form.

Appropriate means for designating withdrawals from deposit accounts at Randolph Savings Bank are provided on the order form. The funds designated for withdrawal from a Randolph Savings Bank deposit account must be available in the account(s) at the time the order form is received. A hold will be placed on these designated deposit account funds, making them unavailable to the depositor. Funds authorized for withdrawal will continue to earn interest within the account at the contractual rate until the offering is completed, at which time the designated withdrawal will be made. Interest penalties for early withdrawal applicable to certificate of deposit accounts will not apply to withdrawals authorized for the purchase of shares of common stock; however, if a withdrawal results in a certificate of deposit account with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate of deposit will be canceled at the time of withdrawal without penalty and the remaining balance will be transferred to a savings account and earn interest at our statement savings rate subsequent to the withdrawal.

 

180


Table of Contents

In the case of payments made by check or money order, these funds must be available in the account(s) and will be immediately cashed and placed in a segregated account at Randolph Savings Bank and will earn interest at our statement savings rate from the date payment is processed until the offering is completed or terminated.

You may not remit cash, Randolph Savings Bank line of credit checks or any type of third-party checks (including those payable to you and endorsed over to Randolph Bancorp, Inc.). Additionally, you may not designate a direct withdrawal from Randolph Savings Bank accounts with check-writing privileges. Please provide a check instead. If you request that we directly withdraw the funds, we reserve the right to interpret that as your authorization to treat those funds as if we had received a check for the designated amount, and we will immediately withdraw the amount from your account. In the event we resolicit large subscribers, as described above in “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases,” those purchasers who wish to increase their purchases will not be able to use personal checks to pay for the additional shares, but instead must pay for the additional shares using immediately available funds. Wire transfers will not be accepted.

Once your executed stock order form is received, it may not be modified, amended or rescinded without our consent, unless the offering is not completed by [Extension Date #1] . In such event, unless an extension is approved by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and the Federal Reserve, stock orders will be cancelled and funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings will be returned promptly, with interest at [statement rate] % per annum. Additionally, all deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be cancelled. If an extension is granted, we will resolicit subscribers for a specified period of time, as described under “—Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights.”

Regulations prohibit Randolph Savings Bank from lending funds or extending credit to any persons to purchase shares of common stock in the offering.

We shall have the right, in our sole discretion, to permit institutional investors to submit irrevocable orders together with the legally binding commitment for payment and to thereafter pay for the shares of common stock for which they subscribe in the community offering at any time prior to 48 hours before the completion of the offering. This payment may be made by wire transfer.

If our employee stock ownership plan purchases shares in the offering, it will not be required to pay for such shares until completion of the offering, provided that there is a loan commitment from an unrelated financial institution or Randolph Bancorp, Inc. to lend to the employee stock ownership plan the necessary amount to fund the purchase.

Using Individual Retirement Account Funds.   If you are interested in using funds in your individual retirement account or other retirement account to purchase shares of common stock, you must do so through a self-directed retirement account. By regulation, Randolph Savings Bank’s retirement accounts are not self-directed, so they cannot be invested in shares of our common stock. Therefore, if you wish to use funds that are currently in a Randolph Savings Bank retirement account, you may not designate on the order form that you wish funds to be withdrawn from the account for the purchase of common stock. The funds you wish to use for the purchase of common stock will instead have to be transferred to an independent trustee or custodian, such as a brokerage firm, offering self-directed retirement accounts. The purchase must be made through that account. If you do not have such an account, you will need to establish one before placing a stock order. A one-time and/or annual administrative fee may be payable to the independent trustee or custodian. There will be no early withdrawal or Internal Revenue Service interest penalties for these transfers. Individuals interested in using funds in an individual retirement account or any other retirement account to purchase shares of common stock should contact our Stock Information Center for guidance as soon as possible, preferably at least two weeks prior to [Expiration Date] offering deadline. Processing such transactions takes additional time, and whether such funds can be used may depend on limitations imposed by the institutions where such funds are currently held. We cannot guarantee that you will be able to use such funds.

Delivery of Shares of Common Stock . All shares of common stock sold will be issued in book entry form. Stock certificates will not be issued. A statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock issued in the subscription and community offerings will be mailed by our transfer agent to the persons entitled thereto at the registration address noted by them on their stock order forms as soon as practicable following consummation of the

 

181


Table of Contents

offering. We expect trading in the stock to begin on the day of completion of the offering or the next business day. Until a statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock is available and delivered to purchasers, purchasers might not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they purchased, even though the common stock will have begun trading.   Your ability to sell your shares of common stock before receiving your statement will depend on arrangements you may make with a brokerage firm.

Other Restrictions . Notwithstanding any other provision of the plan of conversion, no person is entitled to purchase any shares of common stock to the extent the purchase would be illegal under any federal or state law or regulation, including state “blue sky” regulations, or would violate regulations or policies of FINRA, particularly those regarding free riding and withholding. We may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of his or her purchase and we may refuse to honor any purchase order if an opinion is not timely furnished. In addition, we are not required to offer shares of common stock to any person who resides in a foreign country.

Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares

Applicable banking regulations prohibit any person with subscription rights from transferring or entering into any agreement or understanding to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of the subscription rights issued under the plan of conversion or the shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise. These rights may be exercised only by the person to whom they are granted and only for his or her account. When registering your stock purchase on the stock order form, you cannot add the name(s) of others for joint stock registrations unless they are also named on the qualifying deposit account. Doing so may jeopardize your subscription rights. Each person exercising subscription rights will be required to certify that he or she is purchasing shares solely for his or her own account and that he or she has no agreement or understanding regarding the sale or transfer of such shares. The regulations also prohibit any person from offering or making an announcement of an offer or intent to make an offer to purchase subscription rights or shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise prior to completion of the offering.

We will pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies in the event we become aware of the transfer of subscription rights, and we will not honor orders that we believe involve the transfer of subscription rights.

Stock Information Center

If you have any questions regarding the conversion or the offering, please call our Stock Information Center at [telephone] , Monday through Friday between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern time. The Stock Information Center will be closed on bank holidays.

Liquidation Rights

Liquidation prior to the conversion . In the unlikely event that Randolph Bancorp (MHC) is liquidated prior to the conversion, all claims of creditors of Randolph Bancorp (MHC) would be paid first. Thereafter, if there were any assets of Randolph Bancorp (MHC) remaining, these assets would first be distributed to depositors of Randolph Savings Bank under such depositors’ liquidation rights. The amount received by such depositors would be equal to their pro rata interest in the remaining value of Randolph Bancorp (MHC), after the claims of creditors, based on the relative size of their deposit accounts.

Liquidation following the conversion . The plan of conversion provides for the establishment, upon the completion of the conversion, of a liquidation account by Randolph Bancorp, Inc. for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in an amount equal to Randolph Bancorp (MHC)’s total equity as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition included in this prospectus. The plan of conversion also provides for the establishment of a parallel bank liquidation account in Randolph Savings Bank to support the Randolph Bancorp, Inc. liquidation account.

In the unlikely event that Randolph Bancorp, Inc. and Randolph Savings Bank were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of Randolph Savings Bank depositors, would be paid first. However, except with respect to the liquidation account established by Randolph Bancorp, Inc. a depositor’s claim would be solely for the principal amount of his or her deposit accounts plus accrued interest.

 

182


Table of Contents

Depositors generally would not have an interest in the value of the assets of Randolph Savings Bank or Randolph Bancorp, Inc. above that amount.

The liquidation account established by Randolph Bancorp, Inc. is designed to provide payments to depositors of their liquidation interest (exchanged for the liquidation rights such persons had in Randolph Bancorp (MHC)) in the event of a liquidation of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. and Randolph Savings Bank or of Randolph Savings Bank by itself. Specifically, in the unlikely event that Randolph Bancorp, Inc. and Randolph Savings Bank were to completely liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of Randolph Savings Bank depositors, would be paid first, followed by distribution to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders of their interests in the liquidation account maintained by Randolph Bancorp, Inc. In a complete liquidation of both entities, or of Randolph Savings Bank by itself, when Randolph Bancorp, Inc. has insufficient assets to fund the distribution owed to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Randolph Savings Bank has positive net worth, Randolph Savings Bank shall make a distribution to fund Randolph Bancorp, Inc.’s remaining obligations under the liquidation account. If Randolph Bancorp, Inc. is sold or liquidated apart from a sale or liquidation of Randolph Savings Bank, then the Randolph Bancorp, Inc. liquidation account will cease to exist and Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will receive an equivalent interest in the bank liquidation account, subject to the same rights and terms as the liquidation account at Randolph Bancorp, Inc.

Pursuant to the plan of conversion, upon the written request of the applicable bank regulators Randolph Bancorp, Inc. shall, or upon the prior written approval of the applicable bank regulators, if necessary, Randolph Bancorp, Inc. may, at any time after two years from the completion of the conversion, transfer the Randolph Bancorp, Inc. liquidation account to Randolph Savings Bank, at which time the Randolph Bancorp, Inc. liquidation account shall be assumed by Randolph Savings Bank. Also, under the rules and regulations of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, a post-conversion merger, consolidation, or similar combination or transaction with another depository institution in which Randolph Bancorp, Inc. or Randolph Savings Bank is not the surviving institution would not be considered a liquidation. In such a transaction, the liquidation account would be assumed by the surviving institution.

Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder would have an initial pro rata interest in the liquidation account for each deposit account, including savings accounts, transaction accounts such as negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, money market deposit accounts, and certificates of deposit, with a balance of $50.00 or more held in Randolph Savings Bank on December 31, 2014 or June 30, 2015 equal to the proportion that the balance of each Eligible Account Holder’s or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s deposit accounts on December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 bears to the balance of all Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder deposit accounts in Randolph Savings Bank on such date.

If, however, on any December 31 annual liquidation account closing date commencing after the effective date of the conversion, the amount in any such deposit account is less than the amount in the deposit account on December 31, 2014 or June 30, 2015 or any other December 31 annual liquidation account closing date, then the interest in the liquidation account relating to such deposit account would be reduced from time to time by the proportion of any such reduction, and such interest will cease to exist if such deposit account is closed. In addition, no interest in the liquidation account would ever be increased despite any subsequent increase in the related deposit account. Payment pursuant to liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders would be separate and apart from the payment of any insured deposit accounts to such depositor. Any assets remaining after the above liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders are satisfied would be available for distribution to shareholders.

Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares after Conversion

The shares being acquired by the directors, executive officers and their associates are being acquired for investment purposes, and not with a view towards resale. All shares of common stock purchased in the offering by a director, trustee, corporator or officer of Randolph Savings Bank generally may not be sold for a period of one year following the closing of the conversion, except in the event of the death of such director, trustee, corporator or officer. Restricted shares will bear a legend giving notice of this restriction on transfer, and instructions will be issued to the effect that any transfer within this time period of any record ownership of the shares other than as

 

183


Table of Contents

provided above is a violation of the restriction. Any shares of common stock issued at a later date as a stock dividend, stock split or otherwise with respect to the restricted stock will be similarly restricted. The directors and executive officers of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. also will be restricted by the insider trading rules promulgated pursuant to the Exchange Act.

Purchases of shares of our common stock by any of our directors, officers and their associates, during the three-year period following the closing of the conversion may be made only through a broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, except with the prior written approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks. This restriction does not apply, however, to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of our outstanding common stock, to purchases of our common stock to fund stock options by one or more stock-based benefit plans or to any of our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans or nontax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including any stock-based benefit plans.

Under current federal regulations, we may not repurchase shares of our common stock during the first year following the completion of the offering, except when extraordinary circumstances exist and with prior regulatory approval, or except to fund management recognition plans (which would require notification to the Federal Reserve) or tax qualified employee stock benefit plans. In addition, under Massachusetts regulations, we may not repurchase shares of our common stock during the first three years following the completion of the offering except to fund tax-qualified or nontax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, or except in amounts not greater than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock where compelling and valid business reasons are established to the satisfaction of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks.

M ATERIAL I NCOME T AX C ONSEQUENCES

Completion of the conversion is subject to the prior receipt of an opinion of counsel with respect to federal and Massachusetts tax consequences of the conversion to Randolph Bancorp (MHC), Randolph Bancorp, Inc., Randolph Savings Bank and Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. We have received an opinion of counsel Goodwin Procter LLP as to the federal and Massachusetts tax consequences of the conversion. Unlike private letter rulings, opinions of counsel are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or any state taxing authority, and such authorities may disagree with such opinions. In the event of such disagreement, there can be no assurance that Randolph Bancorp (MHC), Randolph Bancorp, Inc., Randolph Savings Bank, or Eligible Account Holders or Supplemental Eligible Account Holders would prevail in a judicial proceeding.

Goodwin Procter LLP has issued an opinion to Randolph Bancorp (MHC), Randolph Bancorp, Inc., and Randolph Savings Bank that (i) the conversion will constitute a “reorganization” under Section 368 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended; (ii) for federal income and Massachusetts corporate excise and personal income tax purposes, neither Randolph Savings Bank, Randolph Bancorp (MHC), nor the Randolph Bancorp, Inc. will recognize any gain or loss as a result of the conversion, and (iii) provided the subscription rights have no value at the time of receipt, the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income or Massachusetts corporate excise or personal income tax purposes in connection with the conversion or the receipt of subscription rights.

The tax opinion with respect to the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders is based on the position that subscription rights to be received by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders do not have any economic value at the time of distribution. However, the issue of whether or not the nontransferable subscription rights have value is based on all the facts and circumstances. If the subscription rights granted to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders are deemed to have value, receipt of these rights could result in taxable gain to the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in an amount equal to their value. Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences in the event that subscription rights are deemed to have value.

We also have received a letter from RP Financial, LC. stating its belief that the subscription rights do not have any ascertainable fair market value and that the price at which the subscription rights are exercisable will not be more or less than the fair market value of the shares on the date of the exercise. This position is based on the fact that these rights are acquired by the recipients without cost, are nontransferable and of short duration, and afford the recipients the right only to purchase the common stock at the same price as will be paid by members of the general public in any community offering.

 

184


Table of Contents

We do not plan to apply for a private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service concerning the transactions described herein. Unlike private letter rulings issued by the Internal Revenue Service, opinions of counsel are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or any state tax authority, and such authorities may disagree with such opinions. In the event of such disagreement, there can be no assurance that the conclusions reached in an opinion of counsel would be sustained by a court if contested by the Internal Revenue Service.

The tax opinion has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to Randolph Bancorp, Inc.’s registration statement.

O UR C HARITABLE F OUNDATION

General

In furtherance of our commitment to our local community, we intend to establish a new charitable foundation, The Randolph Savings Bank Charitable Foundation, in connection with the conversion. The foundation will be established as a non-stock, nonprofit corporation and will be funded with shares of our common stock and cash, as further described below.

By further enhancing our visibility and reputation in our local community, we believe that our charitable foundation will enhance the long-term value of Randolph Savings Bank’s community banking franchise. The offering presents us with a unique opportunity to provide a substantial and continuing benefit to our communities through the charitable foundation.

Purpose of our Charitable Foundation

In connection with the closing of the offering, we intend to contribute to our charitable foundation a total of 3.2% of the shares of our common stock sold in the offering and the remainder in cash so that the aggregate contribution will equal 4% of the gross proceeds of the offering. The purpose of our charitable foundation is to provide financial support to charitable organizations in the communities in which we operate and will operate in the future and to enable our communities to share in our long-term growth. Our charitable foundation will be dedicated to community activities and the promotion of charitable causes, and may be able to support such activities in ways that are not presently available to us. Our charitable foundation will also support our ongoing obligations to the community under the Community Reinvestment Act.

Funding our charitable foundation with shares of our common stock in addition to cash is also intended to allow our communities to share in our potential growth and success after the offering is completed because our charitable foundation will benefit directly from any increases in the value of our shares of common stock. In addition, our charitable foundation will maintain close ties with Randolph Savings Bank, thereby forming a partnership within the communities in which the Bank operates.

Structure of our Charitable Foundation

Our charitable foundation will be incorporated under Massachusetts law as a non-stock, nonprofit corporation. The articles of organization of our charitable foundation will provide that the corporation is organized exclusively for charitable purposes as set forth in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code. The articles of organization will further provide that no part of the net earnings of our charitable foundation will inure to the benefit of, or be distributable to, its members, directors or officers or to private individuals.

Our charitable foundation will be governed by a board of directors, initially consisting of at least two individuals that are directors of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. and Randolph Savings Bank. We will also select one additional person to serve on our charitable foundation’s board of directors who will not be one of our officers or directors and who will have experience with local charitable organizations and grant making. For five years after the offering, one seat on our charitable foundation’s board of directors will be reserved for a person from our local community who has experience with local community charitable organizations and grant making and who is not one

 

185


Table of Contents

of our officers, directors or employees, and at least one seat on our charitable foundation’s board of directors will be reserved for one of the Bank’s directors. Except as described below in “—Regulatory Requirements Imposed on our Charitable Foundation,” on an annual basis, directors of our charitable foundation will elect the board to serve for one-year terms.

The board of directors of our charitable foundation will be responsible for establishing its grant and donation policies, consistent with the purposes for which it was established. As directors of a nonprofit corporation, directors of our charitable foundation will at all times be bound by their fiduciary duty to advance our charitable foundation’s charitable goals, to protect its assets and to act in a manner consistent with the charitable purposes for which our charitable foundation is established. The directors of our charitable foundation also will be responsible for directing the activities of our charitable foundation, including the management and voting of the shares of our common stock held by our charitable foundation. However, as required by applicable regulations, all shares of our common stock held by our charitable foundation must be voted in the same ratio as all other shares of our common stock on all proposals considered by our shareholders.

Our charitable foundation’s initial place of business will be located at our corporate headquarters. The board of directors of our charitable foundation will appoint such officers and employees as may be necessary to manage its operations. To the extent applicable, we will comply with the affiliate restrictions set forth in Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and the regulations of the Federal Reserve governing transactions between Randolph Savings Bank and our charitable foundation.

Capital for our charitable foundation will come from:

 

  (1) any dividends that may be paid on our shares of common stock in the future;

 

  (2) within the limits of applicable federal and state laws, loans collateralized by the shares of common stock; or

 

  (3) the proceeds of the sale of any of the shares of common stock in the open market from time to time.

As a private foundation under Section 501(c)(3) of the Code, our charitable foundation will be required to distribute annually in grants or donations a minimum of 5% of the average fair market value of its net investment assets.

Tax Considerations

We believe that an organization created for the above purposes should qualify as a Section 501(c)(3) exempt organization under the Code and should be classified as a private foundation. Our charitable foundation will submit a timely request to the Internal Revenue Service to be recognized as an exempt organization. As long as our charitable foundation files its application for tax-exempt status within 27 months of the last day of the month in which it was organized, and provided the Internal Revenue Service approves the application, its effective date as a Section 501(c)(3) organization will be the date of its organization.

Randolph Bancorp and Randolph Savings Bank are authorized by federal law to make charitable contributions. We believe that the offering presents a unique opportunity to establish and fund a charitable foundation given the substantial amount of additional capital being raised. In making such a determination, we considered the dilutive impact to our shareholders of the contribution of shares of common stock to our charitable foundation.

We believe that we should be entitled to a federal tax deduction in the amount of the fair market value of the stock at the time of the contribution. We are permitted to deduct for charitable purposes only an amount equal to 10% of our annual taxable income in any one year. We are permitted under the Code to carry the excess contribution over the five-year period following the contribution to our charitable foundation. We estimate that at all levels of the offering range, the contribution should be deductible for federal tax purposes over the six-year period (i.e., the year in which the contribution is made and the succeeding five-year period). However, we do not have any assurance that the Internal Revenue Service will grant tax-exempt status to our charitable foundation. In such event, our

 

186


Table of Contents

contribution to our charitable foundation would be expensed without a tax benefit, resulting in a reduction in earnings in the year in which the Internal Revenue Service makes such a determination. Furthermore, even if the contribution is deductible, we may not have sufficient earnings to be able to use the deduction in full. Any such decision to continue to make additional contributions to our charitable foundation in the future would be based on an assessment of, among other factors, our financial condition at that time, the interests of our shareholders and depositors, and the financial condition and operations of the foundation.

As a private foundation, earnings and gains, if any, from the sale of common stock or other assets are exempt from federal and state income taxation. However, investment income, such as interest, dividends and capital gains, is generally taxed at a rate of 2%. Our charitable foundation will be required to file an annual return with the Internal Revenue Service within four and one-half months after the close of its fiscal year. Our charitable foundation will be required to make its annual return available for public inspection. The annual return for a private foundation includes, among other things, an itemized list of all grants made or approved, showing the amount of each grant, the recipient, any relationship between a grant recipient and the foundation’s managers and a concise statement of the purpose of each grant.

Regulatory Requirements Imposed on our Charitable Foundation

Applicable regulations impose the following requirements on the establishment of our charitable foundation:

 

    the Federal Reserve and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks may examine our charitable foundation at the charitable foundation’s expense;

 

    our charitable foundation must comply with all supervisory directives imposed by the Federal Reserve or the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks;

 

    our charitable foundation must provide annually to the Federal Reserve and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks a copy of the annual report that the charitable foundation submits to the Internal Revenue Service;

 

    our charitable foundation must operate according to written policies adopted by its board of directors, including a conflict of interest policy;

 

    our charitable foundation may not engage in self-dealing and must comply with all laws necessary to maintain its tax-exempt status under the Code; and

 

    our charitable foundation must vote its shares of our common stock in the same ratio as all of the other shares voted on each proposal considered by our shareholders.

Within six months of completing the offering, our charitable foundation must submit to the Federal Reserve a three-year operating plan, conflicts of interest policy, gift instrument, bylaws and certificate of organization.

R ESTRICTIONS ON A CQUISITION OF R ANDOLPH B ANCORP , I NC .

General

The plan of conversion provides for Randolph Bancorp (MHC) to convert from mutual form to Randolph Bancorp, Inc. a stock holding company which will own 100% of the stock of Randolph Savings Bank. See the section of this prospectus entitled “The Conversion; Plan of Distribution —General.” Provisions in Randolph Bancorp, Inc.’s articles of organization and bylaws and in its benefit plans and agreements entered into in connection with the conversion, together with provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws and governing regulatory restrictions, may have anti-takeover effects.

The following discussion is a general summary of the material provisions of Massachusetts law, Randolph Bancorp, Inc.’s articles of organization and bylaws and certain other regulatory provisions that may be deemed to have an “anti-takeover” effect. The following description is necessarily general and is not intended to be a complete

 

187


Table of Contents

description of the document or regulatory provision in question. Randolph Bancorp, Inc.’s articles of organization and bylaws are included as part of Randolph Bancorp, Inc.’s application for conversion filed with the Federal Reserve and Randolph Bancorp, Inc.’s registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Articles of Organization and Bylaws of Randolph Bancorp, Inc.

Randolph Bancorp, Inc.’s articles of organization and bylaws contain a number of provisions, relating to corporate governance and rights of shareholders that might discourage future takeover attempts. As a result, shareholders who might desire to participate in such transactions may not have an opportunity to do so. In addition, these provisions will also render the removal of the board of directors or management of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. more difficult. The following description is a summary of the provisions of the articles of organization and bylaws. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Where You Can Find Additional Information” as to how to review a copy of these documents.

Classified Board . Randolph Bancorp, Inc.’s articles of organization provide that the board of directors will be divided into three classes, with directors in each class elected for three-year staggered terms except for the initial directors. Thus, it would take two annual elections to replace a majority of Randolph Bancorp, Inc.’s board. Randolph Bancorp, Inc.’s articles of organization provide that the size of the board of directors may be increased or decreased only by a majority vote of the board.

Vacancies; Removal . The articles of organization provide that any vacancy occurring in the board of directors, including a vacancy created by an increase in the number of directors, shall be filled for the remainder of the unexpired term by a majority vote of the directors then in office. The articles of organization also provide that a director may only be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of either a majority of the authorized board of directors of Randolph Bancorp or a majority of the shares eligible to vote. In the absence of these provisions, the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Randolph Bancorp could remove the entire board, with or without cause, and replace it with persons of such holders’ choice.

Elimination of Cumulative Voting . The articles of organization prohibit cumulative voting for the election of directors. No cumulative voting means that the directors, officers and employees of Randolph Savings Bank and the former trustees, officers and employees of Randolph Bancorp (MHC) may have the power to elect all directors of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. to be elected at that meeting. This could prevent public shareholder representation on Randolph Bancorp, Inc.’s board.

Meetings of Shareholders . The articles of organization also provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by the shareholders of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. may be taken only at an annual or special meeting or by unanimous written consent of all shareholders entitled to vote on the action in lieu of a meeting.

Restrictions on Call of Special Meetings . The articles of organization provide that a special meeting of shareholders may be called by the board of directors of Randolph Bancorp, Inc., the chairman of the board of directors, the president, or by the secretary or any other officer upon written application, by shareholders holding at least two-thirds of the capital stock entitled to vote at the meeting.

Advance Notice . The articles of organization and bylaws impose notice and information requirements in connection with the nomination by shareholders of candidates for election to the board of directors or the proposal by shareholders of business to be acted upon at an annual meeting of shareholders.

Authorization of Preferred Stock . The articles of organization authorize 1,000,000 shares of serial preferred stock, no par value per share. Randolph Bancorp, Inc. is authorized to issue preferred stock from time to time in one or more series subject to applicable provisions of law, and the board of directors is authorized to fix the designations, and relative preferences, limitations, voting rights, if any, including without limitation, offering rights of such shares (which could be multiple or as a separate class). In the event of a proposed merger, tender offer or other attempt to gain control of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. that the board of directors does not approve, it might be possible for the board of directors to authorize the issuance of a series of preferred stock with rights and preferences that would impede that completion of the transaction. An effect of the possible issuance of preferred stock, therefore, may be to deter a future attempt to gain control of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. The board of directors has no present plan or understanding to issue any preferred stock.

 

188


Table of Contents

Amendment to Articles of Organization and Bylaws . The articles of organization may be amended by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the total votes eligible to be cast by shareholders, voting together as a single class; provided, however, that if at least two-thirds of the directors recommend approval of the amendment, then such amendment shall require the affirmative vote of a majority of the total votes eligible to cast by shareholder, voting together as a single class.

The bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of each class eligible to be cast by shareholders, voting together as a single class; provided, however, that if at least two-thirds of the directors recommend approval of the amendment, then such amendment shall require the affirmative vote of a majority of the total votes eligible to cast by shareholder, voting together as a single class. These provisions could have the effect of discouraging a tender offer or other takeover attempt where the ability to make fundamental changes through bylaw amendments is an important element of the takeover strategy of the acquiror.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Randolph Bancorp’s Articles of Organization, Bylaws and Benefit Plans Adopted in the Conversion

The provisions described above are intended to reduce Randolph Bancorp, Inc.’s vulnerability to takeover attempts and other transactions which have not been negotiated with and approved by members of its board of directors. The provisions of the employment and change of control agreements, severance pay plan, supplemental executive retirement plan, benefit restoration plan, directors’ deferred compensation plan and the stock option plan to be established may also discourage takeover attempts by increasing the costs to be incurred by Randolph Savings Bank and Randolph Bancorp, Inc. in the event of a takeover. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Executive and Director Compensation— Proposed Change in Control Agreements,” and “—Future Stock-Based Benefit Plan(s).”

Randolph Bancorp, Inc.’s board of directors believes that the provisions of the articles of organization, bylaws and benefit plans to be established are in the best interests of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. and its shareholders. An unsolicited non-negotiated proposal can seriously disrupt the business and management of a corporation and cause it great expense. Accordingly, the board of directors believes it is in the best interests of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. and its shareholders to encourage potential acquirors to negotiate directly with management and that these provisions will encourage such negotiations and discourage non-negotiated takeover attempts. It is also the board of directors’ view that these provisions should not discourage persons from proposing a merger or other transaction at a price that reflects the true value of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. and that otherwise is in the best interests of all shareholders.

Regulatory Restrictions

For additional information, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Supervision and Regulation-Acquisition of Control.”

D ESCRIPTION OF C APITAL S TOCK OF R ANDOLPH B ANCORP , I NC .

General

Randolph Bancorp, Inc. is authorized to issue 15,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, no par value per share. Randolph Bancorp, Inc. currently expects to issue in the offering up to 5,868,726 shares of common stock including shares issued to our charitable foundation. Randolph Bancorp, Inc. will not issue shares of preferred stock in the conversion. Each share of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. common stock will have the same relative rights as, and will be identical in all respects to, each other share of common stock.

The shares of common stock of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. will represent non-withdrawable capital, will not be an account of an insurable type, and will not be insured by the FDIC or any other government agency.

 

189


Table of Contents

Common Stock

Dividends . Randolph Bancorp, Inc. can pay dividends on its common stock if, after giving effect to the distribution, it would be able to pay its indebtedness as the indebtedness comes due in the usual course of business and its total assets exceed the sum of its liabilities and the amount needed, if Randolph Bancorp, Inc. were to be dissolved at the time of the distribution, to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of any holders of capital stock who have a preference in the event of dissolution. The holders of common stock of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. will be entitled to receive and share equally in dividends as may be declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. If Randolph Bancorp, Inc. issues shares of preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock with respect to dividends.

Voting Rights . Upon consummation of the conversion, the holders of common stock of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. will have exclusive voting rights in Randolph Bancorp, Inc. except to the extent preferred stock with voting rights is subsequently issued. They will elect Randolph Bancorp, Inc.’s board of directors and act on other matters as are required to be presented to them under Massachusetts law or as are otherwise presented to them by the board of directors. Generally, each holder of common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and will not have any right to cumulate votes in the election of directors. Any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of Randolph Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock, however, will not be entitled or permitted to vote any shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit during the three-year period following the offering and conversion; thereafter, shares of common stock in excess of the 10% limit will be entitled to cast 1/100 th of a vote per share. If Randolph Bancorp, Inc. issues shares of preferred stock, holders of the preferred stock may also possess voting rights. Amendments to the articles of organization require a two-thirds shareholder vote in certain circumstances.

As a stock savings bank, corporate powers and control of Randolph Savings Bank are vested in its board of directors, who elect the officers of Randolph Savings Bank and who fill any vacancies on the board of directors. Voting rights of Randolph Savings Bank are vested exclusively in the owners of the shares of capital stock of the Bank, which will be Randolph Bancorp, Inc., Inc. Shares of Randolph Savings Bank’s stock will be voted at the direction of Randolph Bancorp, Inc.’s board of directors. Consequently, the holders of the common stock of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. will not have direct control of Randolph Savings Bank.

Liquidation . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Randolph Savings Bank, Randolph Bancorp, Inc., as the holder of 100% of the Bank’s capital stock, would be entitled to receive all assets of the Bank available for distribution, after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of the Bank, including all deposit accounts and accrued interest thereon, and after distribution of the balance in the liquidation account to eligible account holders and supplemental eligible account holders. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Randolph Bancorp, Inc., the holders of its common stock would be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of all its debts and liabilities, all of the assets of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. available for distribution, and eligible account holders and supplemental eligible account holders will be treated as surrendering their rights to the Randolph Bancorp, Inc. liquidation account and receiving an equivalent interest in Randolph Savings Bank liquidation account. If preferred stock is issued, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock in the event of liquidation or dissolution.

Preemptive Rights . Holders of the common stock of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. will not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares that may be issued, unless such preemptive rights are approved by the board of directors. The common stock cannot be redeemed.

Fully Paid and Nonassessable. Upon payment of the subscription price for the common stock, in accordance with the plan of conversion, all of the shares of common stock will be fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

None of the shares of Randolph Bancorp, Inc.’s authorized preferred stock will be issued as part of the offering or the conversion. Preferred stock may be issued with preferences and designations as our board of directors may from time to time determine. Our board of directors may, without shareholder approval, issue shares of preferred stock with voting, dividend, liquidation and conversion rights that could dilute the voting strength of the holders of the common stock and that could assist management in impeding an unfriendly takeover or attempted change in control.

 

190


Table of Contents

Transfer Agent

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is [NAME], [CITY], [STATE].

NASDAQ Global Market

We intend to apply to have our common stock approved for listing on the NASDAQ Global Market under the trading symbol “RNDB.”

L EGAL AND T AX M ATTERS

The validity of the shares of our common stock to be issued in the offering and the federal and Massachusetts income tax consequences of the conversion will be passed upon for Randolph Savings Bank and Randolph Bancorp, Inc. by Goodwin Procter LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. Certain legal matters relating to the offering will be passed upon for Keefe, Bruyette & Woods by Luse Gorman, PC, Washington, DC.

E XPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for the years then ended have been included in this prospectus and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of Crowe Horwath LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for the years then ended have been included in this prospectus and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of Marcum LLP, independent public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

RP Financial has consented to the publication herein of the summary of its report to Randolph Bancorp, Inc. setting forth its opinion as to the estimated pro forma market value of the shares of common stock upon completion of the conversion and offering and its letter with respect to subscription rights.

W HERE Y OU C AN F IND A DDITIONAL I NFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC, a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes part of that registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the accompanying exhibits and schedules. Some items included in the registration statement are omitted from this prospectus in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered in this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and the accompanying exhibits and schedules. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract, agreement or any other document are summaries of the material terms of these contracts, agreements or other documents. With respect to each of these contracts, agreements or other documents filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, reference is made to such exhibit for a more complete description of the matter involved.

A copy of the registration statement and the accompanying exhibits and schedules and any other document we file may be inspected without charge and copied at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the SEC’s website is www.sec.gov .

An application for approval of the conversion has been filed with the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and the Federal Reserve. This prospectus omits certain information contained in the applications. The application for conversion filed with the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks may be inspected, without charge, at the offices of the Massachusetts Division of Banks, 1000 Washington Street, 10th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts. To obtain a copy of the application filed with the Federal Reserve, you may contact the Vice President and Community Affairs Officer of the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston, at 617-973-3059.

 

191


Table of Contents

Our plan of conversion is available, upon request, at each of our branch offices.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and website of the SEC referred to above. We maintain a website at https://www.randolphsavings.com/ . You may access our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports, proxy statements and other information filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act with the SEC free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus.

 

 

192


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Table of Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7 – F-8   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F9 – F-51   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOU NTING FIRM

Audit Committee

Randolph Bancorp

Stoughton, Massachusetts

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Randolph Bancorp and subsidiary as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in equity and cash flows for the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the audit and independence standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Randolph Bancorp and subsidiary as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Crowe Horwath LLP

Crowe Horwath LLP

Livingston, New Jersey

March 4, 2016

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2015 and 2014

(In thousands)

 

     2015      2014  

Assets

  

Cash and due from banks

   $ 2,721       $ 3,274   

Interest-bearing deposits

     1,925         1,929   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

     4,646         5,203   

Certificates of deposit

     4,675         2,715   

Securities available for sale, at fair value

     62,267         77,875   

Loans held for sale

     2,870         2,341   

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $3,239 in 2015 and $3,544 in 2014

     285,151         249,008   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost

     2,728         1,803   

Accrued interest receivable

     1,065         1,008   

Mortgage servicing rights

     2,567         2,445   

Premises and equipment, net

     2,891         4,213   

Bank-owned life insurance

     9,620         10,210   

Foreclosed real estate

     500         600   

Other assets

     4,183         2,019   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 383,163       $ 359,440   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity

  

Deposits:

     

Non-interest bearing

   $ 37,968       $ 37,278   

Interest bearing

     271,227         257,184   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

     309,195         294,462   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     34,914         24,079   

Mortgagors’ escrow accounts

     1,445         1,338   

Post-employment benefit obligations

     3,294         3,611   

Other liabilities

     1,856         2,294   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     350,704         325,784   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 6 and 13)

     

Equity:

     

Retained earnings

     32,198         32,952   

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax

     261         704   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

     32,459         33,656   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 383,163       $ 359,440   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

(In thousands)

 

     2015     2014  

Interest and dividend income:

    

Loans

   $ 10,488      $ 9,320   

Securities-taxable

     1,512        1,956   

Securities-tax exempt

     409        462   

Interest-bearing deposits and certificates of deposit

     73        66   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest and dividend income

     12,482        11,804   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense:

    

Deposits

     1,188        1,185   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     168        118   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     1,356        1,303   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     11,126        10,501   

Provision (credit) for loan losses

     (137     120   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision (credit) for loan losses

     11,263        10,381   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-interest income:

    

Customer service fees

     1,572        1,668   

Net gain on sales of mortgage loans

     2,567        1,389   

Mortgage servicing

     234        351   

Gain (loss) on sales of securities and impairment write-downs, net

     (7     780   

Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance

     236        245   

Gain on sale of branches

     —          780   

Other

     469        44   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest income

     5,071        5,257   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-interest expenses:

    

Salaries and employee benefits

     9,270        8,275   

Occupancy and equipment

     1,725        1,565   

Data processing

     1,089        929   

Professional fees

     1,613        754   

Marketing

     382        365   

Foreclosed real estate, net

     123        27   

FDIC insurance

     297        304   

Other

     2,697        2,497   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

     17,196        14,716   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (862     922   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (108     3,089   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (754   $ (2,167
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

(In thousands)

 

     2015     2014  

Net loss

   $ (754   $ (2,167
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

    

Securities available for sale:

    

Unrealized holding gains (losses)

     (366     1,693   

Reclassification adjustment for impairment write-downs and net (gains) losses realized in income (1)

     7        (780
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains (losses)

     (359     913   

Related tax effects

     —          (310
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net-of-tax amount

     (359     603   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Post-retirement benefit plans:

    

Defined benefit pension plan:

    

Reclassification adjustment for actuarial (gains) losses recognized (2)

     344        (15

Losses arising during the year

     —          (518
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     344        (533
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental retirement plan:

    

Reclassification adjustments:

    

Actuarial losses (3)

     21        11   

Prior service cost recognized (3)

     29        29   

Actuarial losses arising during the year

     (361     (96
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (311     (56
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in post-retirement benefit plans

     33        (589

Related tax effects

     (117     200   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net-of-tax amount

     (84     (389
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

     (443     214   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (1,197   $ (1,953
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

( 1)   Amounts are included in gain (loss) on sales of securities and impairment write-downs in the consolidated statements of operations. Income tax (expense) benefit associated with these gains (losses) for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $0 and ($265,000), respectively.
(2)   Amounts are included in salaries and employee benefits expense in the consolidated statements of operations. Income tax benefit (expense) associated with these expenses for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $117,000 and $(5,000), respectively.
(3)   Amounts are included in other non-interest expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. Income tax benefit associated with these expenses for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $0 and $14,000, respectively.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

(In thousands)

 

           Accumulated        
           Other        
     Retained     Comprehensive     Total  
     Earnings     Income     Equity  
     (In thousands)  

Balance at January 1, 2014

   $ 35,119      $ 490      $ 35,609   

Net loss

     (2,167     —          (2,167

Other comprehensive income

     —          214        214   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

     32,952        704        33,656   

Net loss

     (754     —          (754

Other comprehensive loss

     —          (443     (443
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $ 32,198      $ 261      $ 32,459   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

(In thousands)

 

     2015     2014  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (754   $ (2,167

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Provision (credit) for loan losses

     (137     120   

Loans originated for sale

     (105,834     (62,606

Principal balance of loans sold

     105,305        61,991   

Net amortization of securities

     220        234   

Net change in deferred loan costs and fees

     (152     (391

Net (gain) loss on sales of securities and impairment write-downs

     7        (782

Depreciation and amortization

     631        622   

Impairment write-down on foreclosed real estate

     100        —     

Gain on sale of branches

     —          (780

Gain on life insurance settlement, net

     (293     —     

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

     (117     3,109   

Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance

     (236     (245

Net increase in mortgage servicing rights

     (122     (101

Other, net

     (1,244     937   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (2,626     (59
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Net cash paid on branch sale

     —          (31,940

Purchases of certificates of deposit

     (1,960     (735

Securities available for sale:

    

Sales

     2,990        33,421   

Calls/maturities

     5,727        2,329   

Purchases

     (549     (19,823

Principal payments on mortgage-backed securities

     6,854        5,510   

Loan originations, net of principal repayments

     (34,408     (37,061

Loans purchased

     (1,446     (8,846

Purchases of Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     (925     (32

Proceeds from sale of foreclosed real estate

     —          134   

Proceeds from life insurance settlement, net

     927        —     

Purchases of premises and equipment, net

     (406     (729
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (23,196     (57,772
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(continued)

F-7


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Concluded)

Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

(In thousands)

 

     2015     2014  

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Net increase in deposits

     14,733        8,446   

Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     31,401        41,900   

Repayments of Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     (20,566     (27,592

Net increase in mortgagors’ escrow accounts

     107        41   

Deferred stock conversion costs

     (410     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     25,265        22,795   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     (557     (35,036

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     5,203        40,239   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 4,646      $ 5,203   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

    

Interest paid on deposits and borrowed funds

   $ 1,348      $ 1,298   

Income tax refunds

     —          133   

Loans transferred to foreclosed real estate

     —          604   

Premises transferred to assets held for sale

     1,098        —     

In connection with branch sale:

    

Assets sold, excluding cash

     —          2,507   

Liabilities transferred

     —          35,227   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of presentation and consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Randolph Bancorp, a Massachusetts-chartered mutual holding company (the “Bancorp”) and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Randolph Savings Bank (the “Bank”) (collectively referred to herein as the “Company”). Bancorp has no assets or activities other than its 100% ownership of the Bank and an intercompany bank account. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Nature of Operations

The Company provides a variety of financial services to individuals and small businesses through its seven offices in Massachusetts. The Company’s primary deposit products are checking, savings and term certificate accounts and its primary lending products are residential and commercial mortgage loans.

Prior to the sale of two branch offices in March 2014, the Company also provided its products and services to customers in Rhode Island. See Note 2 for additional information.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) provides insurance coverage on all deposits up to $250,000 per depositor. As an FDIC insured institution, the Bank is subject to supervision, examination and regulation by the FDIC. Additionally, as a Massachusetts chartered savings bank, the Bank’s depositors are also insured by the Depositors Insurance Fund (“DIF”), a private industry-sponsored insurance company. The DIF insures bank deposits in excess of the FDIC insurance limits.

Use of estimates

In preparing consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated balance sheet and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the allowance for loan losses, post-retirement benefit obligations and deferred tax assets.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash equivalents include amounts due from banks, federal funds sold on a daily basis and interest-bearing deposits with original maturities of ninety days or less.

Certificates of deposit

Certificates of deposit have original maturities ranging from one to five years and are carried at cost.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Fair value hierarchy

The Company groups its assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value in three levels based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value.

Level 1 – Valuation is based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities. Valuations are obtained from readily available pricing sources.

Level 2 – Valuation is based on observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets and liabilities.

Level 3 – Valuation is based on unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets and liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include those for which the value is determined using unobservable inputs to pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

Transfers between levels are recognized at the end of a reporting period, if applicable.

Securities

All securities are classified as available for sale and are recorded at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income/loss.

Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the level yield method over the terms of the securities. Anticipated prepayments on mortgage-backed securities are used in applying this method. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the weighted average cost method for mutual funds and the specific identification method for other securities.

Each reporting period, the Company evaluates all securities with a decline in fair value below the amortized cost of the investment to determine whether or not the impairment is deemed to be other than temporary (“OTTI”).

OTTI is required to be recognized (1) if the Company intends to sell the security; (2) if it is “more likely than not” that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) for debt securities, if the present value of expected cash flows is not sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis. Marketable equity securities are evaluated for OTTI based on the severity and duration of the impairment and, if deemed to be other than temporary, the declines in fair value are reflected in earnings as realized losses. For all impaired debt securities that the Company intends to sell, or more likely than not will be required to sell, the full amount of the decline in fair value is recognized as OTTI through earnings. For all other impaired debt securities, credit-related OTTI is recognized through earnings and non-credit related OTTI is recognized in other comprehensive income/loss, net of applicable taxes.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

The Bank, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (“FHLBB”), is required to maintain an investment in capital stock of the FHLBB. Based on redemption provisions of the FHLBB, the stock has no quoted market value and is carried at cost. At its discretion, the FHLBB may declare dividends on the stock. The Bank reviews for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of the cost basis in the FHLBB stock. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, no impairment has been recognized.

Loans held for sale

Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate. Fair value is based on commitments in effect from investors or prevailing market prices. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income.

Loans

The Company grants residential real estate, commercial real estate, construction, commercial and consumer loans to customers. A substantial portion of the loan portfolio is represented by mortgage loans in eastern Massachusetts and Rhode Island. The ability of the Company’s debtors to honor their contracts is affected by real estate values and general economic conditions in these markets.

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, and net deferred loan origination fees and costs. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Certain direct loan origination costs and purchase premiums, net of origination fees, are deferred and recognized in interest income using the level yield method without anticipating prepayments.

Interest is not accrued on loans which are ninety days or more past due, or when, in the judgment of management, the collectibility of the principal or interest becomes doubtful. Past due status is based on contractual terms of the loan. Interest income previously accrued on such loans is reversed against current period earnings. Loans are returned to accrual status when all principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured, generally exhibited through a six-month payment stream.

Allowance for loan losses

The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Allowance for loan losses (continued)

 

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectibility of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as either additional information becomes available or circumstances change. The allowance for loan losses is allocated to loan types using both a formula-based approach applied to groups of loans (general component) and an analysis of certain individual loans for impairment (allocated component).

General component

The general component of the allowance for loan losses covers loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors stratified by the Company’s loan segments. Management uses a rolling average of historical losses based on a trailing 48 month time frame appropriate to capture relevant loss data for each loan segment. This historical loss factor is supplemented by the following qualitative factors: levels/trends in delinquencies; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of changes in risk selection and underwriting standards and other changes in lending policies, procedures and practices; experience/ability/depth of lending management and staff; national and local economic trends and conditions, regulatory and legal factors; and risk rating concentrations.

The qualitative factors are determined based on the various risk characteristics of each loan segment. Risk characteristics relevant to each portfolio segment are as follows:

Residential 1-4 family real estate – The Company generally does not originate loans with a loan-to-value ratio greater than 80 percent and does not grant loans that would be classified as subprime upon origination. All loans in this segment are collateralized by 1-4 family owner, and non-owner-occupied, residential real estate and repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower. The overall health of the economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment.

Second mortgages and home equity lines of credit (HELOC) – Loans in this segment are primarily secured by second-position liens, and the Company may or may not also have a first-position lien. Regardless of which creditor is in first position, the Company does not originate loans with a combined loan-to-value ratio greater than 80 percent. All loans in this segment are collateralized by owner-occupied residential real estate and repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower. The overall health of the economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment.

Commercial real estate – Loans in this segment consist of owner-occupied and non-owner-occupied property throughout Massachusetts and Rhode Island. The underlying cash flows generated by the operating entities of owner-occupied real estate support the associated debt. Rental cash flows, for which management obtains periodic rent rolls, support the debt associated with non-owner-occupied real estate and can be negatively impacted by increased vacancy rates.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Allowance for loan losses (concluded)

General component (concluded)

 

Construction – Loans in this segment primarily include real estate development loans for which payment is derived from sale of the property. Credit risk is affected by cost overruns, time to sell at an adequate price, and market conditions.

Commercial and Industrial – Loans in this segment are made to businesses and are generally secured by assets of the business. Repayment is expected from the cash flows of the business. A weakened economy, and resultant decreased consumer spending, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment.

Consumer – Loans in this segment are generally unsecured and repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower.

Allocated component

The allocated component of the allowance for loan losses relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired. Residential real estate, commercial and industrial, commercial real estate and construction loans are identified as being impaired they are evaluated for impairment on a loan-by-loan basis. Impairment is measured by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. An allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value) of the impaired loan are lower than the carrying value of that loan. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. Accordingly, the Company does not separately identify individual consumer loans or second mortgages and HELOCs for impairment disclosures, unless such loans are 90 days past due or are subject to a troubled debt restructuring agreement.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

The Company periodically may agree to modify the contractual terms of loans. When a loan is modified and a concession is made to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty, the modification is considered a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”). All TDRs are classified as impaired.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Bank-owned life insurance

Bank-owned life insurance policies are reflected on the consolidated balance sheets at their cash surrender value net of charges or other amounts that are probable at settlement. Changes in the net cash surrender value of the policies, as well as insurance proceeds received, are reflected in non-interest income in the consolidated statements of operations and are not subject to income taxes, unless such policies are surrendered prior to the death of the insured individuals.

Mortgage servicing rights

The Company services mortgage loans for others. Mortgage servicing rights are recognized as separate assets at fair value when rights are acquired through purchase or through sale of financial assets. Capitalized servicing rights are amortized into mortgage servicing income in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying financial assets. Servicing rights are evaluated for impairment based upon the fair value of the rights as compared to amortized cost. Impairment is determined by stratifying rights by predominant risk characteristics, such as interest rates and terms. Fair value is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income, using market-based assumptions. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance for an individual stratum, to the extent that fair value is less than the capitalized amount for the stratum. Changes in the valuation allowance, if any, are reported in mortgage servicing income.

Derivative financial instruments

Derivative loan commitments

Mortgage loan commitments qualify as derivative loan commitments if the loan that will result from exercise of the commitment will be held for sale upon funding. Loan commitments that are derivatives are recognized at fair value, including servicing values, on the consolidated balance sheets in other assets and other liabilities with changes in fair value recorded in the net gain on sale of mortgage loans. In estimating fair value, the Company assigns a probability to a loan commitment based on historical experience. Changes in the fair values of the loan commitments are recognized based on changes in the fair value of the underlying mortgage loan due to interest rate changes, changes in the probability the derivative loan commitment will be exercised, and the passage of time.

Forward loan sale commitments

The Company utilizes both “mandatory delivery” and “best efforts” forward loan sale commitments to mitigate the risk of potential decreases in the values of loans that would result from the exercise of the derivative loan commitments. Forward loan sale commitments are accounted for as derivative instruments, and are recognized at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets in other assets and other liabilities with changes in fair value recorded in the net gain on sale of mortgage loans. Fair values for forward loan sale commitments are based on changes in the fair values of the underlying loans.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Premises and equipment

Land is carried at cost. Buildings, equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets or the expected terms of the leases, if shorter. Expected terms include lease option periods to the extent that the exercise of such options is reasonably assured.

Premises and equipment held for sale are stated at the lower of amortized cost or fair value less costs to sell.

Transfers of financial assets

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

During the normal course of business, the Company may transfer a portion of a financial asset, for example, a participation loan. In order to be eligible for sales treatment, all cash flows from the loan must be divided proportionately, the rights of each loan holder must have the same priority, the loan holders must have no recourse to the transferor other than standard representations and warranties, and no loan holder can have the right to pledge or exchange the entire loan.

In certain cases, the Company may have an obligation to repurchase mortgage loans sold to third parties and to refund fees to the purchaser if a payment default or prepayment occurs, in each case within a prescribed time period not exceeding four months after the sale date, or in the case of a violation of its representations and warranties under the provisions of its loan sale agreements. The Company evaluates its obligations under these provisions and recognizes a liability for the fair value of its recourse obligations. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company determined that it had no liability in connection with the recourse provisions of its loan sale agreements.

Foreclosed assets

Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value, less costs to sell, at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. Revenue and expenses from operations, changes in the valuation allowance and any direct write-downs are included in foreclosed real estate expense.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Defined benefit pension and supplemental retirement plans

The Company accounts for its defined benefit pension (terminated in 2015) and supplemental retirement plans using an actuarial model that allocates pension costs over the service period of participants in the plans. The Company accounts for the over-funded or under-funded status of each plan as an asset or liability in its consolidated balance sheets and recognizes changes in the funded status in the year in which the changes occur through other comprehensive income or loss.

Advertising costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

Income taxes

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is determined based on the tax effects of the temporary differences between the book and tax basis of the various balance sheet assets and liabilities and gives current recognition to changes in tax rates and laws. A valuation allowance is established against deferred tax assets when, based upon available evidence including historical and projected taxable income, that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

A tax position is recognized as a benefit if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded.

The Company does not have any uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2015 and 2014 which require accrual or disclosure. The Company records interest and penalties as part of income tax expense. No interest or penalties were recorded for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

Comprehensive income (loss)

Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income (loss). Although certain changes in assets and liabilities are reported as a separate component of equity, such items, along with net income (loss), are components of comprehensive income (loss).

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (concluded)

Comprehensive income (loss) (concluded)

 

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income, included in total equity, are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2015      2014  
     (In thousands)  

Securities available for sale:

     

Net unrealized gain

   $ 886       $ 1,245   

Tax effect

     (423      (423
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net-of-tax amount

     463         822   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Post-retirement benefit plans:

     

Unrecognized net actuarial gain (loss):

     

Defined benefit pension plan

     —           (344

Supplemental retirement plan

     (743      (402

Unrecognized net prior service credit:

     

Supplemental retirement plan

     598         568   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (145      (178

Tax effect

     (57      60   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net-of-tax amount

     (202      (118
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

   $ 261       $ 704   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As the Company completed the termination of its defined benefit plan in 2015, the unrecognized net actuarial loss of $344,000 at December 31, 2014 was expensed in 2015. In 2016, the Company expects to recognize a credit of $25,000 in prior service costs and $38,000 in net actuarial losses as a component of net periodic pension cost for the supplemental retirement plan. These amounts are included in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2015. Prior service costs and net actuarial gains and losses are amortized to periodic pension cost over varying periods based on the plan participants to whom they relate.

Segment reporting

While the chief decision-makers monitor the revenue streams of the various products and services, operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a company-wide basis. Discrete financial information is not available other than on a company-wide basis. Therefore, Company management has determined there to be a single segment for financial reporting purposes.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (concluded)

 

Recent accounting pronouncements

There are no newly issued accounting standards that upon application are expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

2. SALE OF BRANCHES

In November 2013, the Bank entered into a Purchase and Assumption Agreement with another bank, which operates throughout Rhode Island. Under the terms of the agreement, in March 2014, the acquiring bank purchased the assets and assumed the liabilities of the Bank’s two Rhode Island branches. Assets included: (i) owned real property; (ii) personal property; (iii) branch lease and branch lease security deposit; (iv) loans agreed upon, plus accrued interest; (v) cash on hand; (vi) negative deposits and the advance lines; and (vii) records specified in the agreement. The assumed liabilities included: (i) deposits, including deposits in IRA and Keogh accounts; and (ii) liabilities for taxes of, or relating to, the assets, the assumed liabilities or the business or operation of the branches.

The purchase price for the transaction included a 4.0% premium for all core deposit liabilities assumed; the aggregate net book value of all of the branches’ assets other than cash on hand; accrued interest with respect to acquired loans; and the actual amount of cash on hand as of the closing date. The actual core deposit premium paid upon the close of the transaction was $756,000.

The aggregate book value of the assets and liabilities transferred was as follows:

 

     (In thousands)  

Premises and equipment, net

   $ 2,154   

Loans, including accrued interest

     369   

Other

     (16
  

 

 

 
     2,507   

Deposit liabilities

     35,227   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities in excess of assets transferred

     32,720   

Amount paid to acquirer (including cash on hand in branches)

     31,940   
  

 

 

 

Gain on sale

   $ 780   
  

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

3. SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

The amortized cost and fair value of securities available for sale, including gross unrealized gains and losses, are as follows:

 

            Gross      Gross         
     Amortized      Unrealized      Unrealized      Fair  
     Cost      Gains      Losses      Value  
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2015

           

Debt securities:

           

U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises

   $ 6,886       $ 159       $ (12    $ 7,033   

Corporate

     4,250         78         (48      4,280   

Municipal

     15,327         472         (24      15,775   

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

           

U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises

     19,742         406         (120      20,028   

U.S. Government-guaranteed

     7,276         50         —           7,326   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

           

U.S. Government-guaranteed

     7,355         33         (108      7,280   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     60,836         1,198         (312      61,722   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Mutual fund

     545         —           —           545   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   $ 61,381       $ 1,198       $ (312    $ 62,267   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

           

Debt securities:

           

U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises

   $ 12,301       $ 206       $ (89    $ 12,418   

Corporate

     4,311         109         (33      4,387   

Municipal

     16,592         558         (49      17,101   

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

           

U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises

     26,051         674         (102      26,623   

U.S. Government-guaranteed

     5,952         30         —           5,982   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

           

U.S. Government-guaranteed

     8,192         18         (136      8,074   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     73,399         1,595         (409      74,585   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Marketable equity securities:

           

Common stocks

     2,643         203         (112      2,734   

Mutual fund

     588         —           (32      556   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total marketable equity securities

     3,231         203         (144      3,290   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   $ 76,630       $ 1,798       $ (553    $ 77,875   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE (continued)

 

The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities by contractual maturity at December 31, 2015 are presented below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

     Amortized      Fair  
     Cost      Value  
     (In thousands)  

Within 1 year

   $ 3,018       $ 3,027   

After 1 year through 5 years

     15,102         15,457   

After 5 years through 10 years

     8,343         8,604   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     26,463         27,088   

Mortgage-backed securities

     34,373         34,634   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 60,836       $ 61,722   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Obligations of U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises consist primarily of securities issued by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and the Federal National Mortgage Association.

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, proceeds from sales of securities available for sale amounted to $2,990,000 and $33,421,000, respectively. Gross realized gains amounted to $570,000 and $1,375,000, respectively, and gross realized losses amounted to $249,000 and $595,000, respectively.

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, investment securities having a fair value of $3,988,000 and $4,270,000, respectively, were pledged as collateral for certain deposits and FHLBB borrowings.

There were no individual holdings of investment securities at December 31, 2015 and 2014, other than holdings of the U.S. Government and its agencies, that exceeded 10% of the Company’s equity as of such dates.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE (continued)

 

Information pertaining to securities with gross unrealized losses, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position, follows:

 

     Less Than Twelve Months      Over Twelve Months  
     Gross             Gross         
     Unrealized      Fair      Unrealized      Fair  
     Losses      Value      Losses      Value  
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2015

  

Debt securities:

           

U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises

   $ —         $ —         $ (12    $ 1,989   

Corporate

     —           —           (48      2,088   

Municipal

     —           —           (24      2,185   

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

           

U.S. Government-sponsored

     —           —           (120      5,994   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

           

U.S. Government-guaranteed

     —           —           (108      5,062   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

   $ —         $ —         $ (312    $ 17,318   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

           

Debt securities:

           

U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises

   $ —         $ —         $ (89    $ 3,911   

Corporate

     —           —           (33      2,160   

Municipal

     —           —           (49      2,972   

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

           

U.S. Government-sponsored

     —           —           (102      6,962   

U.S. Government-guaranteed

     —           —           

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

           

U.S. Government-guaranteed

     —           —           (136      5,584   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     —           —           (409      21,589   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Marketable equity securities:

           

Common stocks

     (70      573         (42      419   

Mutual fund

     —           —           (32      556   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total marketable equity securities

     (70      573         (74      975   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ (70    $ 573       $ (483    $ 22,564   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recognized OTTI write-downs of $328,000 on marketable equity securities that management either intended to sell (and later sold), or deemed an impairment to exist based on the severity and duration of the unrealized loss.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE (concluded)

 

At December 31, 2015, 29 debt securities have unrealized losses with aggregate depreciation of 1.8% from the Company’s amortized cost basis. The Company currently does not believe it is probable that it will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of these investments. Therefore, it is expected that the bonds would not be settled at a price less than the par value of the investment. Because the Company does not intend to sell any debt securities and it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell any debt securities before recovery of its amortized cost basis, it does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2015.

 

4. LOANS

A summary of the loan portfolio at year end is as follows:

 

     2015      2014  
     (In thousands)  

Mortgage loans on real estate:

     

Residential real estate:

     

1-4 family

   $ 166,483       $ 152,063   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     33,259         25,475   

Commercial

     74,911         68,380   

Construction

     7,807         2,189   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     282,460         248,107   

Commercial and industrial

     2,040         2,161   

Consumer

     2,602         1,148   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

     287,102         251,416   

Allowance for loan losses

     (3,239      (3,544

Net deferred loan costs and fees, and purchase premiums

     1,288         1,136   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 285,151       $ 249,008   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company has transferred a portion of its originated commercial real estate loans to participating lenders. The amounts transferred have been accounted for as sales and are therefore not included in the Company’s accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company and participating lenders share ratably in any gains or losses that may result from a borrower’s lack of compliance with contractual terms of the loan. The Company continues to service the loans on behalf of the participating lenders and, as such, collects cash payments from the borrowers, remits payments (net of servicing fees) to participating lenders and disburses required escrow funds to relevant parties. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company was servicing loans for participants aggregating $7,347,000 and $5,616,000, respectively.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

LOANS (continued)

 

The following table summarizes the changes in loans to directors, executive officers and their affiliates for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

     2015      2014  
     (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of the year

   $ 57       $ 659   

New loans

     —           2   

Repayments

     (25      (233

Reduction due to director changes

     —           (371
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 32       $ 57   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

All loans with related parties were performing at December 31, 2015.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

LOANS (continued)

 

The following table presents activity in the allowance for loan losses, by loan category, for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 and allocation of the allowance to each category as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

           Second                                  
     Residential     Mortgages      Commercial            Commercial              
     1-4 Family     and HELOC      Real Estate     Construction      and Industrial     Consumer     Total  
     (In thousands)  

Allowance for loan losses

                

Balance at January 1, 2014

   $ 1,490      $ 396       $ 1,841      $ 1       $ 82      $ 19      $ 3,829   

Provision (credit) for loan losses

     (19     92         (79     59         38        29        120   

Loans charged-off

     (108     —           (228     —           (85     (32     (453

Recoveries

     5        —           5        —           16        22        48   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

     1,368        488         1,539        60         51        38        3,544   

Provision (credit) for loan losses

     (181     24         (137     99         18        40        (137

Loans charged-off

     (128     —           (35     —           —          (40     (203

Recoveries

     17        —           —          —           3        15        35   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $ 1,076      $ 512       $ 1,367      $ 159       $ 72      $ 53      $ 3,239   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

                

Allowance for impaired loans

   $ 254      $ 2       $ 28      $ —         $ —        $ —        $ 284   

Allowance for non-impaired loans

     822        510         1,374        159         37        53        2,955   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses

   $ 1,076      $ 512       $ 1,402      $ 159       $ 37      $ 53      $ 3,239   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impaired loans

   $ 4,961      $ 277       $ 1,449      $ —         $ 16      $ —        $ 6,703   

Non-impaired loans

     161,522        32,982         73,462        7,807         2,024        2,602        280,399   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 166,483      $ 33,259       $ 74,911      $ 7,807       $ 2,040      $ 2,602      $ 287,102   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

                

Allowance for impaired loans

   $ 487      $ 5       $ 162      $ —         $ —        $ —        $ 654   

Allowance for non-impaired loans

     881        483         1,377        60         51        38        2,890   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses

   $ 1,368      $ 488       $ 1,539      $ 60       $ 51      $ 38      $ 3,544   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impaired loans

   $ 6,041      $ 135       $ 7,711      $ —         $ 17      $ —        $ 13,904   

Non-impaired loans

     146,022        25,340         60,669        2,189         2,144        1,148        237,512   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 152,063      $ 25,475       $ 68,380      $ 2,189       $ 2,161      $ 1,148      $ 251,416   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

LOANS (continued)

 

The following table presents past due and non-accrual loans, by loan category, at December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

     30 - 59
Days
Past Due
     60 - 89
Days
Past Due
     90 Days
or More
Past Due
     Total Past
Due
     Non-accrual
Loans
 
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2015

              

Residential 1-4 family

   $ 403       $ 133       $ 46       $ 582       $ 2,022   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     —           247         —           247         30   

Commercial and industrial

     —           —           —           —           16   

Consumer

     —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 403       $ 380       $ 46       $ 829       $ 2,068   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

              

Residential 1-4 family

   $ 7       $ —         $ 105       $ 112       $ 2,434   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     287         —           50         337         81   

Commercial and industrial

     —           —           387         387         892   

Consumer

     —           —           —           —           17   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 294       $ —         $ 542       $ 836       $ 3,424   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, there were no loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

LOANS (continued)

 

Further information pertaining to impaired loans, which includes both non-accrual loans and troubled debt restructurings, follows:

 

     Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
 
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2015

        

Impaired loans without a valuation allowance:

        

Residential 1-4 family

   $ 874       $ 874       $ —     

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     247         247         —     

Commercial real estate

     422         422         —     

Commercial and industrial

     16         16         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,559         1,559         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impaired loans with a valuation allowance:

        

Residential 1-4 family

     4,088         4,088         254   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     30         30         2   

Commercial real estate

     1,026         1,026         28   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     5,144         5,144         284   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired loans

   $ 6,703       $ 6,703       $ 284   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

        

Impaired loans without a valuation allowance:

        

Residential 1-4 family

   $ 461       $ 461       $ —     

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     50         50         —     

Commercial real estate

     1,114         1,114         —     

Commercial and industrial

     17         17         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,642         1,642         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impaired loans with a valuation allowance:

        

Residential 1-4 family

     5,580         5,580         487   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     85         85         5   

Commercial real estate

     6,597         6,597         162   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     12,262         12,262         654   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired loans

   $ 13,904       $ 13,904       $ 654   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

LOANS (continued)

 

Information related to the average balances of impaired loans and the interest income recognized on such loans, follows:

 

     Average      Interest      Cash Basis  
     Recorded      Income      Interest  
     Investment      Recognized      Recognized  
     (In thousands)  

Year Ended December 31, 2015

        

Residential 1-4 family

   $ 5,981       $ 239       $ 92   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     71         3         1   

Commercial real estate

     5,219         309         45   

Commercial and industrial

     17         1         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 11,288       $ 552       $ 139   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2014

        

Residential 1-4 family

   $ 6,000       $ 245       $ 86   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     86         4         4   

Commercial real estate

     9,033         418         33   

Commercial and industrial

     44         1         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 15,163       $ 668       $ 124   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

No additional funds are committed to be advanced in connection with impaired loans.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

The Company periodically grants concessions to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties.

At December 31, 2015, the Company had 19 residential real estate loans and 5 commercial real estate loans aggregating $4,898,000 and $1,233,000, respectively, which were subject to troubled debt restructuring agreements.

At December 31, 2014, the Company had 27 residential real estate loans and 11 commercial real estate loans aggregating $5,928,000 and $7,118,000, respectively, which were subject to troubled debt restructuring agreements.

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, $6,131,000 and $10,115,000, respectively, in troubled debt restructurings were performing in accordance with the terms of the modified loan agreements.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

LOANS (continued)

 

The Company’s troubled debt restructurings consist primarily of interest rate concessions for periods of three months to thirty years for residential real estate loans, and for periods up to one year for commercial real estate loans. In 2015, the Company modified 2 loans meeting the criteria of a troubled debt restructuring having a loan balance of $434,000 with rate reductions ranging from 1% to 3%. In 2014, such modifications of 5 loans were completed having a loan balance of $1,552,000 with rate reductions ranging from 1% to 3%.

Management performs a discounted cash flow calculation to determine the amount of impairment reserve required on each of the troubled debt restructurings. Any reserve required is recorded as part of the allowance for loan losses.

During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, there were no troubled debt restructurings that defaulted (over 30 days past due) within twelve months of the restructure date.

Credit Quality Information

The Company utilizes an eight-grade internal loan rating system for commercial real estate, construction and commercial loans, as follows:

Loans rated 1 – 3A are considered “pass” rated loans with low to average risk.

Loans rated 4 are considered “special mention.” These loans are starting to show signs of potential weakness and are being closely monitored by management.

Loans rated 5 are considered “substandard” and are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligors and/or the collateral pledged. There is a distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the weakness is not corrected.

Loans rated 6 are considered “doubtful” and have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, highly questionable and improbable.

Loans rated 7 are considered uncollectible (“loss”) and of such little value that their continuance as loans is not warranted.

On an annual basis, or more often if needed, the Company formally reviews the ratings on all commercial real estate, construction and commercial loans. Annually, the Company engages an independent third party to review a significant portion of loans within these segments. Management uses the results of these reviews as part of its annual review process.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

LOANS (concluded)

 

The following table presents the Company’s loans by risk rating at December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

     December 31, 2015      December 31, 2014  
     Commercial
Real Estate
     Construction      Commercial
and Industrial
     Commercial
Real Estate
     Construction      Commercial
and Industrial
 
     (In thousands)  

Loans rated 1 - 3A

   $ 73,517       $ 7,807       $ 2,006       $ 62,761       $ 2,189       $ 2,139   

Loans rated 4

     1,145         —           —           1,130         —           —     

Loans rated 5

     249         —           34         4,489         —           22   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 74,911       $ 7,807       $ 2,040       $ 68,380       $ 2,189       $ 2,161   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For consumer loans, residential real estate loans, second mortgages and HELOCs, the Company utilizes delinquency reports as the primary credit quality indicator.

 

5. LOAN SERVICING

Mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The unpaid principal balances of mortgage loans serviced for others were $317,162,000 and $289,408,000 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The following table summarizes the activity in the Company’s mortgage servicing rights for the indicated periods:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2015      2014  
     (In thousands)  

Mortgage servicing rights:

     

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 2,445       $ 2,346   

Additions

     642         452   

Amortization

     (486      (353
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     2,601         2,445   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Valuation allowances:

     

Balance at beginning of year

     —           2   

Provision (credit)

     34         (2
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     34         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Mortgage servicing rights, net

   $ 2,567       $ 2,445   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of mortgage servicing rights

   $ 2,981       $ 2,577   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

LOAN SERVICING (concluded)

 

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the fair value of servicing rights was determined using a discount rate of 10%, and projected annual prepayment speeds ranging from 6% to 39% for 2015 and 6% to 41% for 2014.

The predominant risk inherent in the valuation of mortgage servicing rights relates to changes in loan prepayments. Such changes are generally attributable to shifts in prevailing mortgage interest rates. When interest rates fall, borrowers are usually more likely to prepay their mortgage loans by refinancing them at a lower rate. As the likelihood of prepayment increases, the fair value of our mortgage servicing rights can decrease. Each quarter we evaluate the fair value of our mortgage servicing rights, and any reduction in fair value below book value reduces earnings in the period in which the decrease occurs.

Contractually specified servicing fees for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 amounted to $754,000 and $703,000, respectively, and are included in mortgage servicing income.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company resolved a request from FNMA to refund certain fees paid under the recourse provisions of the loan sale agreements. Fees totaling $66,000 were refunded and recognized as a reduction of the gain on sale of mortgage loans.

 

6. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

A summary of the cost and accumulated depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment is as follows:

 

     December 31,      Estimated  
     2015      2014      Useful
Life
 
     (In thousands)      (In years)  

Land

   $ 1,176       $ 1,382         NA   

Buildings and leasehold improvements

     3,670         5,514         5 to 50   

Equipment

     3,375         3,027         3 to 5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    
     8,221         9,923      

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (5,330      (5,710   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    
   $ 2,891       $ 4,213      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 amounted to $631,000 and $622,000, respectively.

In December 2015, the Company entered into a sale/leaseback agreement for its corporate office building at which time the net book value of the property, amounting to $1,098,000, was reclassified to assets held for sale included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015. The leaseback period is for three years. In January 2016, the sale of the building was completed at which time the Company recognized an insignificant gain after considering all selling costs.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT (concluded)

 

Pursuant to the terms of non-cancelable lease agreements in effect at December 31, 2015, including the lease for the corporate office building, future minimum rent commitments are as follows:

 

Year Ending       

December 31,

   Amount  
     (In thousands)  

2016

   $ 295   

2017

     253   

2018

     243   

2019

     81   

2020

     16   

Thereafter

     —     
  

 

 

 
   $ 888   
  

 

 

 

The leases contain options to extend for periods of three to five years. The cost of such rentals is not included above. Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 amounted to $160,000 and $134,000, respectively.

 

7. DEPOSITS

A summary of deposit balances, by type, is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2015      2014  
     (In thousands)  

Demand deposits

   $ 36,429       $ 37,278   

NOW accounts

     48,158         37,472   

Money market deposits

     46,527         49,529   

Regular and other savings

     94,690         87,555   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-certificate accounts

     225,804         211,834   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Term certificates less than $250,000

     75,853         76,120   

Term certificates of $250,000 or more

     7,538         6,508   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total certificate accounts

     83,391         82,628   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 309,195       $ 294,462   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company had no brokered deposits at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

DEPOSITS (concluded)

 

A summary of term certificates by maturity is as follows:

 

     December 31, 2015     December 31, 2014  
            Weighted            Weighted  
            Average            Average  

Maturing during:

   Amount      Rate     Amount      Rate  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

2015

   $ —           —     $ 47,881         0.83

2016

     43,987         0.74        18,339         1.14   

2017

     20,610         1.01        6,237         1.07   

2018

     8,295         1.13        6,989         1.12   

2019

     5,617         1.36        3,182         1.45   

2020

     4,882         1.68        —           —     
  

 

 

      

 

 

    
   $ 83,391         0.94   $ 82,628         0.96
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

8. BORROWINGS

A summary of borrowings from the FHLBB at December 31, 2015 and 2014 is as follows:

 

     2015     2014  
            Weighted            Weighted  
            Average            Average  
     Amount      Rate     Amount      Rate  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Fixed-rate advances maturing:

          

2015*

   $ —           —     $ 19,956         0.29

2016*

     23,176         0.52        1,684         1.02   

2017*

     7,238         0.83        439         0.97   

2018

     4,500         1.06        2,000         1.08   
  

 

 

      

 

 

    
   $ 34,914         0.66   $ 24,079         0.42
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

* Includes amortizing advances which require monthly principal and interest payments.

Advances from the FHLBB are secured by a blanket pledge agreement on the Bank’s qualified collateral, defined principally as 75% of the carrying value of first mortgage loans on owner-occupied residential property. Available borrowing capacity at December 31, 2015 was $70,939,000. At December 31, 2015, the Bank was in compliance with the FHLBB collateral requirements.

The Bank also has a $4,195,000 available line of credit with the FHLBB at an interest rate that adjusts daily. Borrowings under the line are limited to 2% of the Bank’s total assets. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, there were no advances outstanding.

The Bank also has a $3,500,000 available line of credit with a correspondent bank. No advances were outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

9. INCOME TAXES

Allocation of federal and state income taxes between current and deferred portions is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2015      2014  

Current tax expense (benefit):

     

Federal

   $ —         $ (30

State

     9         10   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current tax expense (benefit)

     9         (20
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax expense (benefit):

     

Federal

     (676      46   

State

     29         62   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (647      108   

Change in valuation allowance

     530         3,001   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax expense (benefit)

     (117      3,109   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total tax expense (benefit)

   $ (108    $ 3,089   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The reasons for the differences between the statutory federal income tax expense (benefit) and the actual tax expense (benefit) are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2015      2014  

Statutory federal tax at 34%

   $ (293    $ 313   

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

     

State taxes, net of federal tax effect

     25         48   

Bank-owned life insurance

     (217      (83

Tax exempt income

     (139      (157

Dividends received deduction

     (26      (44

Change in valuation allowance

     530         3,001   

Other, net

     12         11   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total tax expense (benefit)

   $ (108    $ 3,089   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

INCOME TAXES (continued)

 

The components of the net deferred tax asset are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2015      2014  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Federal

   $ 5,311       $ 4,693   

State

     677         679   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     5,988         5,372   

Valuation allowance

     (3,898      (3,368
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,090         2,004   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Federal

     (1,720      (1,660

State

     (370      (344
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (2,090      (2,004
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The tax effects of items giving rise to deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2015      2014  

Employee benefit plans

   $ 1,177       $ 1,442   

Allowance for loan losses

     1,294         1,415   

Funded status of post-retirement benefits

     (56      60   

Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale

     (423      (423

Alternative minimum tax credit

     462         462   

Depreciation and amortization

     86         (99

Net deferred loan origination costs

     (474      (406

Mortgage servicing rights

     (1,025      (977

Net operating loss carryover

     2,571         1,848   

Charitable contribution carryover

     84         62   

Merger expenses

     244         —     

Other, net

     (42      (16
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,898         3,368   

Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets

     (3,898      (3,368
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

INCOME TAXES (continued)

 

At December 31, 2015, the Company has a federal net operating loss carryover of $7,563,000, of which $4,745,000 expires on December 31, 2033, $690,000 expires on December 31, 2034 and $2,128,000 expires on December 31, 2035.

The Company has a charitable contribution carryover of $203,000 which expires in varying amounts in the years 2016 through 2020.

A summary of the change in net deferred tax assets is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2015      2014  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ —         $ 3,219   

Deferred tax benefit (provision)

     117         (3,109

Deferred tax effect of net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale

     —           (310

Deferred tax effect of post-retirement benefit plans

     (117      200   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company reduces deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company assesses the realizability of its deferred tax assets by (1) reviewing taxable income in allowable federal carry-back periods, and (2) assessing the likelihood of the Company generating federal and state taxable income, as applicable, in future periods in amounts sufficient to offset the deferred tax items in the periods they are expected to reverse.

In performing its year-end 2014 assessment of available evidence for purposes of determining whether it was more likely than not that some portion or all of deferred tax assets would be realized, management determined that a valuation allowance for all of its deferred tax assets was warranted. This determination was based on the Company’s NOL carryforward position, its current period operating results exclusive of non-recurring items and its expectations for the upcoming year. In performing its year-end 2015 assessment, management concluded that no significant changes in the key factors had occurred and that a valuation allowance for all deferred tax assets should be maintained.

The federal income tax reserve for loan losses at the Company’s base year amounted to $2,033,000. If any portion of the reserve is used for purposes other than to absorb the losses for which it was established, approximately 150% of the amount actually used (limited to the amount of the reserve) would be subject to taxation in the fiscal year in which used. As the Company intends to use the reserve only to absorb loan losses, a deferred income tax liability of $812,000 has not been provided.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

INCOME TAXES (concluded)

 

The Company’s income tax returns are subject to review and examination by federal and state taxing authorities. The Company is currently open to audit under the applicable statutes of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service for the years ended December 31, 2012 through 2015. The years open to examination by state taxing authorities vary by jurisdiction; no years prior to 2012 are open.

 

10. ON-BALANCE SHEET DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING

ACTIVITIES

Derivative Loan Commitments

Mortgage loan commitments qualify as derivative loan commitments if the loan that will result from exercise of the commitment will be held for sale upon funding. The Company enters into commitments to fund residential mortgage loans at specified rates and times in the future, with the intention that these loans will subsequently be sold in the secondary market.

Outstanding derivative loan commitments expose the Company to the risk that the price of the loans arising from exercise of the loan commitment might decline from inception of the rate lock to funding of the loan due to an increase in mortgage interest rates. If interest rates increase, the value of these loan commitments decreases. Conversely, if interest rates decrease, the value of these loan commitments increases. The notional amount of derivative loan commitments was $5,292,000 and $4,423,000 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The fair value of such commitments was an asset of $93,000 and $69,000, respectively, and is included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

Forward Loan Sale Commitments

The Company utilizes both “mandatory delivery” and “best efforts” forward loan sale commitments to mitigate the risk of potential decreases in the values of loans that would result from the exercise of the derivative loan commitments.

With a “mandatory delivery” contract, the Company commits to deliver a certain principal amount of mortgage loans to an investor at a specified price on or before a specified date. If the Company fails to deliver the amount of mortgages necessary to fulfill the commitment by the specified date, it is obligated to pay a “pair-off” fee, based on then-current market prices, to the investor to compensate the investor for the shortfall.

With a “best efforts” contract, the Company commits to deliver an individual mortgage loan of a specified principal amount and quality to an investor if the loan to the underlying borrower closes. Generally, the price the investor will pay the seller for an individual loan is specified prior to the loan being funded (e.g., on the same day the lender commits to lend funds to a potential borrower).

The Company expects that these forward loan sale commitments will experience changes in fair value opposite to the change in fair value of derivative loan commitments. The notional amount of undesignated forward loan sale commitments was $7,371,000 and $6,925,000 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The fair value of such commitments was a net asset of $14,000 and $46,000 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

11. MINIMUM REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

Banks and bank holding companies are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Capital adequacy guidelines and, additionally for banks, prompt corrective actions regulations, involve qualitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgement by regulators. Failure to meet capital requirements can initiate regulatory action. The final rules implementing Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s capital guidelines for U.S. banks (Basel III rules) became effective for the Company on January 1, 2015 with full compliance with all of the requirements being phased in over a multi-year schedule, and fully phased in by January 1, 2019. The net unrealized gain or loss on available for sale securities is not included in computing regulatory capital. Capital amounts and ratios for December 31, 2014 are calculated using Basel I rules. Management believes as of December 31, 2015, Bancorp and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bancorp and Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following tables) of total and Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets Tier 1 capital to average assets and common equity Tier 1 capital (all as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, that the Bancorp and Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

As of December 31, 2015, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, common equity Tier 1 and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following tables. There are no conditions or events since the notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

MINIMUM REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS (concluded)

 

The Bank’s actual and minimum capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table.

 

                               Minimum  
                               To Be Well  
                  For Minimum     Capitalized Under  
                  Capital     Prompt Corrective  
     Actual     Adequacy Purposes     Action Provisions  
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

December 31, 2015

               

Total capital (to risk weighted assets)

   $ 35,142         14.4   $ 19,465         8.0   $ 24,331         10.0

Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)

     32,098         13.2        14,599         6.0        19,465         8.0   

Common equity Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)

     32,098         13.2        10,949         4.5        15,815         6.5   

Tier 1 capital (to average assets)

     32,098         8.3        15,382         4.0        19,228         5.0   

December 31, 2014

               

Total capital (to risk weighted assets)

   $ 35,387         16.8   $ 16,864         8.0   $ 21,080         10.0

Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)

     32,726         15.5        8,432         4.0        12,648         6.0   

Tier 1 capital (to average assets)

     32,726         9.3        14,157         4.0        17,696         5.0   

Regulatory capital ratios for Bancorp were substantially the same as those of the Bank as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

12. PENSION AND OTHER POST-RETIREMENT PLANS

Defined benefit plan

The Company provided basic and supplemental pension benefits for eligible employees through the Savings Banks Employees Retirement Association’s (SBERA) Pension Plan. As of January 1, 2006, the Company froze new participation in the plan and, as of June 30, 2012, the Company curtailed the plan to eliminate future benefit accruals under the plan. The Company’s Board of Directors voted to terminate the plan effective in March 2014 and settlement of the plan occurred in July 2015.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

PENSION AND OTHER POST-RETIREMENT PLANS (continued)

Defined benefit plan (continued)

 

Information pertaining to the activity in the plan for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 is as follows:

 

     2015      2014  
     (In thousands)  

Change in plan assets:

     

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

   $ 3,197       $ 5,719   

Actual return on plan assets

     —           2   

Settlement payments

     (3,644      (2,378

Benefits paid

     (107      (146

Employer contributions

     554         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

     —           3,197   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in benefit obligation:

     

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

     3,552         5,078   

Interest cost

     71         248   

Actuarial loss

     128         750   

Settlement payments

     (3,644      (2,378

Benefits paid

     (107      (146
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of year

     —           3,552   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Funded status and accrued pension cost at year end

   $ —         $ (355
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated benefit obligation at year end

   $ —         $ 3,552   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2014, the discount rate used to determine the benefit obligation was 3.25% .

Net periodic pension cost, included in salaries and employee benefits expense, for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 consists of the following:

 

     2015      2014  
     (In thousands)  

Interest cost

   $ 71       $ 248   

Expected return on plan assets

     —           —     

Amortization of net actuarial (gain) loss

     344         (15

Settlement loss

     128         230   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 543       $ 463   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

PENSION AND OTHER POST-RETIREMENT PLANS (continued)

Defined benefit plan (concluded)

 

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost are as follows:

 

     2015     2014  

Discount rate

     3.25     5.00

Expected return on plan assets

     —          —     

As a result of the November 2013 decision by the Board of Directors to terminate the plan, the assets of the plan were reallocated in January 2014 to preserve, as best as possible, the then fair value of such assets. To do so, all plan assets were placed in money market funds. As a result, the actual yield on these funds in 2015 and 2014 was nominal and the expected rate of return on plan assets was 0%.

Supplemental retirement agreements

The Company has entered into supplemental retirement agreements with certain officers and directors that provide for supplemental benefits commencing with retirement. The present value of future benefits payable is accrued over the terms of employment or anticipated term of each participating director’s position, as applicable, taking into consideration the vesting provisions in the agreements.

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the accrued benefits related to the agreements amounted to $700,000 and $747,000, respectively. Total expense, included in non-interest expenses, related to these supplemental agreements amounted to $55,000 and $58,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

PENSION AND OTHER POST-RETIREMENT PLANS (continued)

 

Supplemental retirement plan

The Company has a master supplemental retirement plan (“Plan”) which covers certain officers and directors of the Company. In 2015 and 2014, the only active participants in the Plan were directors. Information pertaining to activity in the Plan follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2015      2014  
     (In thousands)  

Change in plan assets:

     

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

   $ —         $ —     

Employer contributions

     201         201   

Benefits paid

     (201      (201
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in benefit obligation:

     

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

     1,862         1,862   

Service cost

     11         15   

Interest cost

     72         90   

Actuarial loss

     361         96   

Benefits paid

     (201      (201
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of year

     2,105         1,862   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unfunded status and accrued supplemental pension cost at year end

   $ (2,105    $ (1,862
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated benefit obligation at year end

   $ 2,105       $ 1,862   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The assumptions used to determine the benefit obligation are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2015     2014  

Discount rate

     3.35     4.00

Annual inflation factor

     1.00     1.00

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

PENSION AND OTHER POST-RETIREMENT PLANS (continued)

Supplemental retirement plan (concluded)

 

Net periodic pension cost, included in other non-interest expenses, attributable to the Plan for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, consists of the following:

 

     2015      2014  
     (In thousands)  

Service cost

   $ 11       $ 15   

Interest cost

     72         90   

Amortization of net actuarial loss

     21         11   

Amortization of prior service cost

     29         29   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 133       $ 145   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following assumptions were used to determine the net periodic pension cost for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

     2015     2014  

Discount rate

     4.00     5.00

Annual inflation factor

     1.00     1.00

The Company expects to contribute $216,000 to the Plan for the year ending December 31, 2016.

Estimated future benefit payments, which reflect expected future services, as appropriate, are as follows:

 

Years Ending       

December 31,

   Amount  
     (In thousands)  

2016

   $ 216   

2017

     216   

2018

     216   

2019

     216   

2020

     216   

2021-2025

     1,129   

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

PENSION AND OTHER POST-RETIREMENT PLANS (concluded)

 

Endorsement split-dollar life insurance arrangements

The Company is the sole owner of life insurance policies pertaining to certain of the Company’s directors and executives. The Company has entered into agreements with these directors and executives whereby the Company will pay to the directors’ and executives’ estates or beneficiaries a portion of the death benefit that the Company will receive as beneficiary of such policies. Expense associated with this post-retirement benefit for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 amounted to $143,000 and $53,000, respectively. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the accrued benefits related to the split-dollar arrangements amounted to $489,000 and $648,000, respectively.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, a former company executive having a split dollar life insurance agreement passed away. Included in other non-interest income and other non-interest expense is $402,000 and $117,000, respectively, resulting from the settlement of the underlying life insurance policies and acceleration of the benefits due under the agreement.

401(k) Plan

The Company has a 401(k) Plan whereby each employee reaching the age of 21 automatically becomes a participant in the plan. Employees may contribute up to 15% of their compensation subject to certain limits based on federal tax laws. Effective in 2013, all employees who have worked for one year or 1,000 hours are eligible for an automatic employer contribution of 3% of employees’ compensation, which includes no vesting period. Effective in 2015, all employees became eligible to receive employer contributions upon hire. The Company also matches 50% of the first 2% of an eligible employee’s contributions, allowing for a total employer contribution of 4% of employees’ compensation. Matching contributions vest over a four year service period. In addition, a profit sharing provision allows for an additional discretionary contribution by the Company upon approval of the Board of Directors. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, expenses attributable to the plan amounted to $282,000 and $176,000, respectively.

 

13. OTHER COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

In the normal course of business, there are outstanding commitments and contingencies which are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Loan commitments

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of market, credit and interest rate risk which are not recognized in the consolidated financial statements.

The Company’s exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amount of these commitments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

OTHER COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (concluded)

Loan commitments (concluded)

 

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the following financial instruments were outstanding whose contract amounts represent credit risk:

 

     2015      2014  
     (In thousands)  

Commitments to originate loans

   $ 10,173       $ 14,127   

Unused lines and letters of credit

     34,434         30,388   

Unadvanced funds on construction loans

     5,568         815   

Overdraft lines of credit

     9,148         8,628   

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The commitments for lines of credit may expire without being drawn upon. Therefore, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The majority of these financial instruments are collateralized by real estate.

Other contingencies

We are not currently a party to any pending legal proceedings that we believe would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

14. FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

Determination of fair value

The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is best determined based upon quoted market prices. However, in many instances, there are no quoted market prices for the Company’s various assets and liabilities. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. Accordingly, the fair value estimates may not be realized in an immediate settlement of the asset or liability.

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating fair value disclosures:

Cash and cash equivalents – The carrying amounts of cash and short-term instruments approximate fair values based on the short-term nature of the assets.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (continued)

Determination of fair value (continued)

 

Certificates of deposit – Certificates of deposit are carried at cost. These assets are measured at fair value in level 2 based on pricing models that consider standard input factors such as observable market data, benchmark yields, interest rate volatilities, broker/dealer quotes, credit spreads and new issue data.

Securities – All fair value measurements are obtained from a third-party pricing service and are not adjusted by management. The securities measured at fair value in Level 1 are based on quoted market prices in an active exchange market. Securities measured at fair value in Level 2 are based on pricing models that consider standard input factors such as observable market data, benchmark yields, interest rate volatilities, broker/dealer quotes, credit spreads and new issue data.

Federal Home Loan Bank stock – It is not practical to determine the fair value of FHLB stock due to restrictions on its transferability.

Loans held for sale – Fair values are based on commitments in effect from investors or prevailing market prices.

Loans – For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values. Fair values for other loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using market interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. Fair values for non-performing loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses or underlying collateral values, where applicable.

Mortgage servicing rights – Fair value is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income, using various assumptions related to fees, discount rates and prepayment speeds.

Deposit liabilities – The fair values disclosed for demand deposits (e.g., interest and non-interest checking, passbook savings, and money market accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying amounts). Fair values for fixed-rate term certificates are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies market interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities.

FHLBB advances – The fair values of the Company’s FHLBB advances are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on the current incremental borrowing rates in the market for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

Accrued interest – The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate fair value.

On-balance-sheet derivatives Fair values of forward loan sale commitments and derivative loan commitments are based on fair values of the underlying mortgage loans and, for derivative loan commitments, fair values also include the value of servicing, deferred origination fees/costs and the probability of such commitments being exercised. Significant management judgment and estimation is required in determining these fair value measurements.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (continued)

Determination of fair value (concluded)

 

Off-balance sheet credit-related instruments – Fair values for off-balance-sheet, credit-related financial instruments are based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standing. The fair values of these instruments are not material.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below. There were no liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2015.

 

                          Total  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Fair Value  
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2015

           

Assets:

           

Securities available for sale:

           

Debt securities

   $ —         $ 61,722       $ —         $ 61,722   

Mutual fund

     —           —           545         545   

Derivative loan commitments

     —           —           93         93   

Forward loan sale commitments

     —           —           14         14   

 

                          Total  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Fair Value  
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2014

           

Assets:

           

Securities available for sale:

           

Debt securities

   $ —         $ 74,585       $ —         $ 74,585   

Common stock

     2,734         —           —           2,734   

Mutual fund

     —           —           556         556   

Derivative loan commitments

     —           —           69         69   

Forward loan sale commitments

     —           —           6         6   

Liabilities:

           

Forward loan sale commitments

     —           —           8         8   

There were no transfers between levels for assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis during 2015 or 2014.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (continued)

 

Assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis

The Company may also be required, from time to time, to measure certain other assets on a non-recurring basis in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. These adjustments to fair value usually result from application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting or write-downs of individual assets. The following table summarizes the fair value hierarchy used to determine each adjustment and the carrying value of the related assets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014. The gains and losses represent the amounts recorded during 2015 and 2014 on the assets held at year-end. There are no liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

 

                          Year Ended  
     December 31, 2015      December 31, 2015  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total Gains (Losses)  
     (In thousands)  

Loans held for sale

   $ —         $ 2,870       $ —         $ —     

Collateral dependent impaired loans

     —           —           552         —     

Foreclosed real estate

     —           —           500         (100

Mortgage servicing rights

     —           2,567         —           (34
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —         $ 5,437       $ 1,052       $ (134
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     December 31, 2014      Year Ended
December 31, 2014
 
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total Gains (Losses)  
     (In thousands)  

Loans held for sale

   $ —         $ 2,341       $ —         $ —     

Collateral dependent impaired loans

     —           —           88         (5

Foreclosed real estate

     —           —           600         (228

Mortgage servicing rights

     —           2,445         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —         $ 4,786       $ 688       $ (233
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gains or losses applicable to impaired loans are based on the appraised value of the underlying collateral, less estimated selling costs, and are not recorded directly to current earnings but rather as a component in determining the allowance for loan losses. Gains or losses applicable to foreclosed real estate are based on the appraised value of the underlying collateral, less estimated selling costs, and are recorded in foreclosed real estate expense. Losses recognized prior to the foreclosure date are charged to the allowance for loan losses, consistent with the accounting for impaired loans.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (continued)

Assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis (concluded)

 

Gains or losses applicable to mortgage servicing rights are based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income, using various assumptions related to fees, discount rates and prepayment speeds.

Summary of fair values of financial instruments

The estimated fair values, and related carrying amounts, of the Company’s financial instruments are presented below. Certain financial instruments and all non-financial instruments are exempt from disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented herein do not represent the underlying fair value of the Company. This table excludes financial instruments for which the carrying amount approximates fair value. Financial assets for which the fair value approximates carrying value include cash and cash equivalents, certificates of deposit and accrued interest receivable. Financial liabilities for which the fair value approximates carrying value include mortgagor’s escrow accounts and accrued interest payable.

 

     December 31, 2015  
     Carrying      Fair                       
     Amount      Value      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  
     (In thousands)  

Financial assets:

              

Certificates of deposit

   $ 4,675       $ 4,711       $ —         $ 4,711       $ —     

Securities available for sale

     62,267         62,267         —           61,722         545   

Loans held for sale

     2,870         2,931         —           2,931         —     

Loans, net

     285,151         283,542         —           —           283,542   

Derivative assets

     107         107         —           107         —     

Financial liabilities:

              

Deposits

   $ 309,195       $ 309,076       $ —         $ 309,076       $ —     

FHLBB advances

     34,914         34,971         —           34,971         —     

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (concluded)

Summary of fair values of financial instruments (concluded)

 

     December 31, 2014  
     Carrying      Fair                       
     Amount      Value      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  
     (In thousands)  

Financial assets:

              

Certificates of deposit

   $ 2,715       $ 2,715       $ —         $ 2,715       $ —     

Securities available for sale

     77,875         77,875         2,734         74,585         556   

Loans held for sale

     2,341         2,399         —           2,399         —     

Loans, net

     249,008         247,721         —           —           247,721   

Derivative assets

     75         75         —           75         —     

Financial liabilities:

              

Deposits

   $ 294,462       $ 294,741       $ —         $ 294,741       $ —     

FHLBB advances

     24,079         —           —           24,014         —     

Derivative liabilities

     8         8         —           8         —     

 

15. OTHER EXPENSES

Included in other non-interest expenses in 2015 and 2014 are certain items exceeding 1% of the Company’s total interest and non-interest income as follows:

 

     2015      2014  
     (In thousands)  

Software amortization and maintenance

   $ 358       $ 395   

Debit card expense

     326         289   

Directors fees

     267         285   

Internet and data charges

     181         198   

Supplemental retirement plans

     187         195   

 

16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Pending Acquisition

On September 1, 2015, Bancorp entered into a merger agreement with First Eastern Bankshares Corporation (“First Eastern”), parent company of First Federal Savings Bank of Boston (“First Federal”), pursuant to which First Eastern will merge with and into Bancorp in a transaction to be accounted for as a business combination. As part of this transaction, First Federal will merge with and into the Bank. Based in Andover, Massachusetts, First Eastern had $66.1 million in total assets and $52.0 million in total liabilities as of December 31, 2015, and through First Federal, operates eight loan production offices throughout eastern Massachusetts and a branch banking office providing traditional banking services in Boston, Massachusetts. Under the terms of the merger agreement, Bancorp expects to pay the shareholder of First Eastern approximately $14.0 million.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (continued)

Pending Acquisition (concluded)

 

On February 5, 2016, the merger agreement was amended to, among other things, extend the date by which the transaction must be completed to October 31, 2016.The transaction is subject to closing conditions including receipt of regulatory approvals. The merger is currently expected to be consummated shortly after completion of the stock offering discussed below. The Company incurred $611,000 in merger related expenses during the year ended December 31, 2015 in connection with this transaction which are classified with professional fees in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Plan of Conversion

On January 26, 2016, the Board of Trustees of Bancorp and Board of Directors of the Bank jointly adopted a Plan of Conversion under which Bancorp would convert from a mutual holding company to a stock holding company. The conversion to a stock holding company is subject to approval by the corporators of Bancorp including a majority of the independent corporators, and various regulatory agencies, including the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Commissioner of Banks of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The plan of conversion also includes the filing of a registration statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. If all such approvals are obtained, Bancorp will issue and sell shares of its common stock in a subscription offering to eligible depositors of the Bank, tax-qualified benefit plans established by the Bank or Bancorp (including an employee stock ownership plan being established in connection with the conversion), and other eligible subscribers and, if necessary, in a community offering to the public. The stock offering is expected to be completed in the third quarter of 2016.

The cost of conversion and issuing the capital stock is being deferred and will be deducted from the proceeds of the offering. In the event the conversion and offering are not completed, all deferred costs will be charged to operations. At December 31, 2015, the Company had incurred $410,000 in conversion costs, which are included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2015.

As part of the Plan of Conversion, the stock holding company plans to establish a charitable foundation to be funded with a combination of cash and holding company stock equal to 4% of the gross proceeds of the stock sold in the offering.

At the time of conversion, the stock holding company and the Bank will be required to restrict their net worth by establishing liquidation accounts (collectively, the “liquidation account”) for the benefit of eligible account holders who continue to maintain deposit accounts at the Bank after conversion. The liquidation account will be reduced annually to the extent eligible depositors reduce their qualifying deposits and cannot be increased thereafter with additional deposits. In the event of a complete liquidation of the Bank, and only in such event, each eligible account holder would be entitled to receive a distribution from the liquidation account in an amount proportionate to the adjusted qualifying account balances then held.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (concluded)

 

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (concluded)

Plan of Conversion (concluded)

 

The stock holding company and the Bank may not declare or pay dividends if those dividends would cause regulatory capital to be reduced below applicable capital requirements or the amount required to be maintained in the liquidation account.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

CONTENTS

 

Independent Auditors’ Report

     G-2 – G-3   

Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

     G-4   

Consolidated Statements of Income

     G-5   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholder’s Equity

     G-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     G-7 – G-8   

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

     G-9 – G-38   

 

G-1


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

To The Board of Directors

First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and Subsidiary

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation (the “Corporation”) and Subsidiary, which comprise the consolidated statements of financial condition as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholder’s equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of the internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

 

G-2


Table of Contents

Opinion

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and Subsidiary at December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Marcum LLP

Marcum LLP

Boston, MA

March 4, 2016

 

G-3


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

     2015      2014  

Assets

     

Cash and due from banks

   $ 6,747,750       $ 7,509,446   

Mortgage loans held for sale

     17,243,384         12,505,719   

Loans receivable, net

     33,373,242         37,488,592   

Accrued interest receivable

     130,363         120,402   

Premises and equipment, net

     1,622,337         1,758,012   

Foreclosed real estate

     11,378         791,247   

Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank, at cost

     930,700         987,400   

Mortgage servicing rights

     4,073,819         3,051,307   

Goodwill, net

     789,208         789,208   

Other assets

     1,143,500         2,160,682   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 66,065,681       $ 67,162,015   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholder’s Equity

     

Liabilities

     

Deposits

   $ 34,780,305       $ 39,127,921   

Advances and borrowings from Federal Home Loan Bank

     15,882,806         12,886,388   

Borrowers’ escrow accounts

     446,342         275,501   

Deferred income taxes

     22,000         52,000   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     844,230         990,175   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     51,975,683         53,331,985   

Stockholder’s Equity

     

Common stock, $1 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, 1,000 shares issued and outstanding

     667         667   

Additional paid-in capital

     196,000         196,000   

Retained earnings

     13,893,331         13,633,363   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Stockholder’s Equity

     14,089,998         13,830,030   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholder’s Equity

   $ 66,065,681       $ 67,162,015   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

G-4


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

     2015     2014  

Interest Income

    

Loans receivable

   $ 2,229,210      $ 1,879,756   

Short-term investments and other interest bearing deposits

     29,357        18,393   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Interest Income

     2,258,567        1,898,149   

Interest Expense

    

Deposits

     202,959        186,632   

Borrowed funds

     82,208        110,951   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Interest Expense

     285,167        297,583   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

     1,973,400        1,600,566   

Noninterest Income

    

Loan servicing fees

     380,623        649,904   

Gain on sales of mortgage loans

     10,494,512        7,291,274   

Gain on sales of servicing rights

     —          853,431   

Other operating income

     143,904        130,364   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Noninterest Income

     11,019,039        8,924,973   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noninterest Expense

    

Compensation and fringe benefits

     8,667,096        7,214,115   

Occupancy and equipment

     1,609,488        1,617,390   

Losses on and expenses of foreclosed real estate, net

     10,648        28,839   

Other operating expenses

     1,420,239        1,198,898   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Noninterest Expense

     11,707,471        10,059,242   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income Before Income Taxes

     1,284,968        466,297   

State Income Taxes

    

Current

     40,000        1,000   

Deferred

     (30,000     (1,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     10,000        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

   $ 1,274,968      $ 466,297   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

G-5


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

            Additional            Total  
     Common      Paid-In      Retained     Stockholder’s  
     Stock      Capital      Earnings     Equity  

Balances , December 31, 2013

   $ 667       $ 196,000       $ 13,475,304      $ 13,671,971   

Net income

     —           —           466,297        466,297   

Dividends paid

     —           —           (308,238     (308,238
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances , December 31, 2014

     667         196,000         13,633,363        13,830,030   

Net income

     —           —           1,274,968        1,274,968   

Dividends paid

     —           —           (1,015,000     (1,015,000
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances , December 31, 2015

   $ 667       $ 196,000       $ 13,893,331      $ 14,089,998   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

G-6


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

     2015     2014  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

    

Net income

   $ 1,274,968      $ 466,297   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation

     186,828        206,246   

Amortization of mortgage servicing rights

     1,513,723        1,482,526   

Gain on sale of servicing rights

     —          (853,431

Gain on sales and adjustments to foreclosed real estate

     11,206        22,950   

Deferred income taxes

     (30,000     (1,000

Mortgage loans originated for sale

     (422,288,941     (286,973,515

Proceeds from sale of mortgage loans

     428,045,788        297,037,997   

Gain on sale of mortgage loans

     (10,494,512     (7,291,274

(Increase) decrease in:

    

Accrued interest receivable

     (9,961     (19,151

Mortgage servicing rights

     (2,536,235     (1,930,163

Other assets

     1,017,182        971,998   

Decrease in:

    

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     (145,945     (131,455
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total adjustments

     (4,730,867     2,521,728   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Operating Activities

     (3,455,899     2,988,025   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

    

Net decrease (increase) in loans

     4,074,472        (8,080,383

Purchases of premises and equipment

     (51,153     (81,284

Capital additions to foreclosed real estate

     (53,352     —     

Proceeds from sales of foreclosed real estate

     862,893        114,884   

Proceeds from sales of servicing rights

     —          3,617,183   

Redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     56,700        36,900   

Decrease in due from shareholder

     —          8,238   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities

     4,889,560        (4,384,462
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

G-7


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

     2015     2014  

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

    

Net (decrease) increase in deposits

   $ (4,347,616   $ 2,676,785   

Net increase in short term advances from Federal Home Loan Bank

     3,500,000        1,500,000   

Borrowings from Federal Home Loan Bank

     —          213,000   

Payments on advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank

     (503,582     (2,475,458

Net increase (decrease) in borrowers’ escrow accounts

     170,841        (69,143

Dividends paid

     (1,015,000     (308,238
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Financing Activities

     (2,195,357     1,536,946   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (Decrease) Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents

     (761,696     140,509   

Cash and Cash Equivalents , Beginning of Year

     7,509,446        7,368,937   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents , End of Year

   $ 6,747,750      $ 7,509,446   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosures

    

Cash paid during the year for interest

   $ 283,023      $ 304,355   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for income taxes

   $ 23,793      $ 2,514   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans transferred to foreclosed real estate during the year

   $ 40,878      $ 799,964   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

G-8


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

N OTE 1—N ATURE OF O PERATIONS A ND S UMMARY OF S IGNIFICANT A CCOUNTING P OLICIES

B ASIS OF P RESENTATION AND C ONSOLIDATION

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation (the “Corporation”), its wholly owned subsidiary, First Federal Savings Bank of Boston (the “Bank”), and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, First Realty Acquisition Corporation and Prime Title Services, Inc. In September 2011, the Bank’s subsidiary, First Eastern Mortgage Corporation was merged into and became a division of the Bank. All significant intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation.

N ATURE OF O PERATIONS AND S EGMENT R EPORTING

The Corporation provides a variety of financial services to individuals and small businesses in Eastern Massachusetts. Its primary deposit products are checking, savings and term certificate accounts, and its primary lending products are residential and construction mortgages, and small business and consumer loans. First Eastern Mortgage, a division of the Bank, provides mortgage banking services.

M ETHOD OF A CCOUNTING

The consolidated financial statements are prepared on the accrual basis of accounting for all significant items of income and expense.

U SE OF E STIMATES

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change relate to the determination of the allowance for losses on loans and the valuation of foreclosed real estate. In connection with the determination of the estimated losses on loans and valuation of foreclosed real estate, management obtains independent appraisals for significant properties.

While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans and foreclosed real estate, further reductions in the carrying amounts of loans and foreclosed assets may be necessary, based on changes in local economic conditions.

 

G-9


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

N OTE 1—N ATURE OF O PERATIONS A ND S UMMARY OF S IGNIFICANT A CCOUNTING P OLICIES (C ONTINUED )

 

U SE OF E STIMATES (C ONTINUED )

 

In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the estimated losses on loans and foreclosed real estate. Such agencies may require the Corporation to recognize additional losses based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination. Because of these factors, it is reasonably possible that the estimated losses on loans and foreclosed real estate may change materially in the near term. However, the amount of the change that is reasonably possible cannot be estimated.

S TATEMENTS OF C ASH F LOWS

For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, the Corporation considers all cash, amounts due from depository institutions, and federal funds sold to be cash and cash equivalents.

L OANS R ECEIVABLE

Lending activities are conducted throughout Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, Connecticut, New York and Florida with ancillary activity in other states. The Corporation grants single-family and multi-family residential loans, commercial real estate loans, commercial loans and consumer loans. In addition, the Corporation grants loans for the construction of residential homes, multi-family properties, commercial real estate properties and for land development. Most loans granted by the Corporation are collateralized by real estate. The ability and willingness of borrowers to honor their repayment commitments is generally dependent on the health of the real estate economic sector in the borrower’s geographic areas and the general economy.

Loans receivable that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off, generally are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances reduced by any charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, and any deferred fees or costs on originated loans. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination and commitment fees, net of certain direct loan origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the loan yield using the interest method.

The recognition of income on a loan is discontinued and previously accrued interest is reversed, when interest or principal payments become ninety days past due unless, in the opinion of management, the outstanding interest remains collectible and the loan is well secured. Past due status is determined based on contractual terms. Interest is subsequently recognized only as

 

G-10


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

N OTE 1—N ATURE OF O PERATIONS A ND S UMMARY OF S IGNIFICANT A CCOUNTING P OLICIES (C ONTINUED )

 

L OANS R ECEIVABLE (C ONTINUED )

 

received until the loan is returned to accrual status. A loan is restored to accrual status when all interest and principal payments are current and the borrower has demonstrated to management the ability to make payments of principal and interest as scheduled. The Corporation’s practice is to charge off any loan or portion of a loan when the loan is determined by management to be uncollectible due to the borrower’s failure to meet repayment terms, the borrower’s deteriorating or deteriorated financial condition, the depreciation of underlying collateral, the loan’s classification as a loss by regulatory examiners, or for other reasons.

A LLOWANCE FOR L OAN L OSSES

The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

The allowance for loan losses is based on two basic principles of accounting: (i) FASB ASC 450, Contingencies , which requires that losses be accrued when they are probable of occurring and estimable and (ii) FASB ASC 310, Receivables , which requires that losses on impaired loans be accrued based on the differences between the loan balance and either the value of collateral, if such loans are considered to be collateral dependent and or the loan’s value as observable in the secondary market. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, the Corporation has concerns about the ability to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due.

Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

 

G-11


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

N OTE 1—N ATURE OF O PERATIONS A ND S UMMARY OF S IGNIFICANT A CCOUNTING P OLICIES (C ONTINUED )

 

A LLOWANCE FOR L OAN L OSSES (C ONTINUED )

 

The Corporation’s goal is to mitigate risks from an unforeseen threat to the loan portfolio as a result of an economic downturn or other negative influences. Plans that aid in mitigating these potential risks in managing the loan portfolio include: enforcing loan policies and procedures, evaluating the borrower’s business plan through the loan term, identifying and monitoring primary and alternative sources of repayment and obtaining adequate collateral to mitigate loss in the event of liquidation. Specific reserves are established based upon credit and/or collateral risks on an individual loan basis. A risk rating system is used to estimate potential loss exposure and to provide a measuring system for setting general and specific reserve allocations.

The Corporation’s allowance for loan losses has three basic components: general, specific and unallocated components, as further described below. Each of these components is determined based upon estimates that can and do change when the actual events occur. As a result of the uncertainties inherent in the estimation process, management’s estimate of loan losses and the related allowance could change in the near term.

General reserves:

The general component of the allowance for loan losses covers non-classified loans and is based on historical loss experience, adjusted for qualitative factors, stratified by the following loan segments: residential real estate, residential construction, and commercial construction. Management utilizes a weighted rolling average of historical losses based on a time frame appropriate to capture relevant loss data for each loan segment. The historical loss factor is adjusted for the following qualitative factors: trends in delinquencies; trends in volume and terms of loans, effects of changes in risk selection and underwriting standards and other changes in lending policies; and national and local economic trends and conditions. There were no changes in the Corporation’s policies or methodology pertaining to the general component of the allowance for loan losses during 2015.

The qualitative factors are determined based on the various risk characteristics of each loan segment. Risk characteristics relevant to each portfolio segment are as follows:

Residential and home equity mortgages – The Corporation generally does not generate loans with a loan-to-value ratio greater than 80 percent, unless private mortgage insurance is obtained, and does not grant subprime loans. All loans in these segments are collateralized by residential real estate and repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower. The overall health of the economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment.

 

G-12


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

N OTE 1—N ATURE OF O PERATIONS A ND S UMMARY OF S IGNIFICANT A CCOUNTING P OLICIES (C ONTINUED )

 

A LLOWANCE FOR L OAN L OSSES (C ONTINUED )

 

General reserves: (Continued)

Residential and commercial construction loans – Loans in this segment primarily include real estate development loans for which payment is derived from sale of the property, as well as construction projects in which the property will ultimately be used by the borrower. Credit risk is affected by cost overruns, time to sell at an adequate price, and market conditions.

Consumer loans – Loans in this segment may be secured or unsecured and repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower.

Specific Reserves:

The specific component of the allowance for loan losses relates to loans that are classified as impaired. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis by either the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. An allowance is established when the measured value of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due.

The Corporation periodically may agree to modify the contractual terms of loans. When a loan is modified and a concession that the Corporation would not otherwise consider is made because the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, the modification is considered a troubled debt restructuring (TDR). All TDRs are initially classified as impaired.

Unallocated reserves:

An unallocated component is maintained to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable loss. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating specific and general losses in the portfolio.

 

G-13


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

N OTE 1—N ATURE OF O PERATIONS A ND S UMMARY OF S IGNIFICANT A CCOUNTING P OLICIES (C ONTINUED )

 

D ERIVATIVE F INANCIAL I NSTRUMENTS

 

The Corporation follows FASB ASC 815, Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities. This statement requires that all derivatives be recognized as assets or liabilities in the statement of financial condition and measured at fair value.

In conjunction with the Corporation’s mortgage banking activities, the Corporation enters into rate-lock agreements with individual borrowers and forward loan sale commitments. The rate-lock agreements with individual borrowers require the Corporation to originate a loan at a specific interest rate upon completion of various underwriting requirements. The investor loan sale commitments require the Corporation to sell specifically identified loans to an investor at a predetermined price. The Corporation enters into forward loan sale commitments to mitigate the interest rate risk associated with rate-lock agreements which have not been committed to an individual investor. The gain or loss on any derivative instrument not designated as a hedge is currently recognized in earnings.

M ORTGAGE L OANS H ELD FOR S ALE

Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value, based upon commitments from institutional investors to purchase such loans and prevailing market conditions. Net unrealized losses are recognized in a valuation allowance by charges to income.

In certain cases, the Corporation may have an obligation to repurchase certain mortgage loans sold to third parties and to refund certain fees to the purchaser if a payment default or prepayment occurs, in each case within a prescribed time period after the date of sale which does not exceed 120 days. Accounting guidance requires a guarantor to recognize, at inception of a guarantee, a liability in an amount equal to the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. The Corporation considers loans sold with recourse to be guarantees. Currently, the Corporation does not have any loans with recourse.

P REMISES AND E QUIPMENT

Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization is computed based on straight-line and accelerated methods over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets.

 

G-14


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

N OTE 1—N ATURE OF O PERATIONS A ND S UMMARY OF S IGNIFICANT A CCOUNTING P OLICIES (C ONTINUED )

 

M ORTGAGE S ERVICING R IGHTS

 

Mortgage servicing assets are recognized separately when rights are acquired through purchase or through sale of originated loans. Under the servicing assets and liabilities accounting principles guidance in FASB ASC 860-50, servicing rights resulting from the sale of originated loans by the Corporation are initially measured at fair value at the date of transfer. The Corporation subsequently measures each class of servicing asset using the amortization method. Under this amortization method, servicing rights are amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income. In addition, capitalized mortgage servicing rights are required to be assessed for impairment based on the fair value of those rights. Fair values are estimated using the discounted cash flows based on current market rates.

G OODWILL , N ET

In connection with the acquisition of First Federal Savings Bank of Boston on March 23, 1988, costs allocated to this purchase in excess of market value (goodwill) have been capitalized. For the years ended December 31, 2001 and prior, the Corporation amortized this goodwill on a straight-line method, over a twenty year period.

In accordance with ASC Topic 350, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but are instead tested for impairment at least annually or as circumstances indicate their value may no longer be recoverable. The impairment test for goodwill uses a two-step approach, which is performed at the reporting unit level. The first step compares the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, there is a potential impairment and step two must be performed. The second step compares the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to its implied fair value (i.e. fair value of the reporting unit less the fair value of the unit’s assets and liabilities, including identifiable intangible assets).

Pursuant to recent authoritative accounting guidance, the Corporation has an option to elect to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. If the Corporation determines that it is more likely than not that its fair value is not less than its carrying amount, then the two-step goodwill impairment test is not required to be performed.

 

G-15


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

N OTE 1—N ATURE OF O PERATIONS A ND S UMMARY OF S IGNIFICANT A CCOUNTING P OLICIES (C ONTINUED )

 

G OODWILL , N ET (C ONTINUED )

 

The Corporation elected the qualitative approach and assessed factors such as economic conditions, industry and market environment, overall financial performance and various other specific events. Based on this assessment, the Corporation determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is not less than its carrying value. As a result of this evaluation, the Corporation determined that goodwill was not impaired at December 31, 2015.

F ORECLOSED R EAL E STATE AND O THER R EAL E STATE O WNED

Foreclosed real estate includes both formally foreclosed property and in-substance foreclosed property. In-substance foreclosed properties are those properties for which the institution has taken physical possession, regardless of whether formal foreclosure proceedings have taken place.

At the time of foreclosure, foreclosed real estate is recorded at fair value less costs to sell, which becomes the property’s new basis. Any write-downs at time of acquisition are charged to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent to acquisition, a valuation allowance is established, if necessary, to report these assets at the lower of fair value less cost to sell or the new cost basis. Impairment losses on property to be held and used are measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of property exceeds its fair value. Gains and losses realized on the sale and any adjustment resulting from periodic re-evaluation of these assets are included in losses on and expenses of foreclosed real estate, net, as appropriate. The net costs of maintaining and operating these assets are expensed as incurred, while certain costs to improve such properties are capitalized.

F EDERAL H OME L OAN B ANK S TOCK

The Corporation, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (FHLB), is required to maintain an investment in capital stock of the FHLB. Based on redemption provisions of the FHLB, the stock has no quoted market value and is carried at cost. At its discretion, the FHLB may declare dividends on the stock. Management reviews for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of the cost basis in the stock. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, no impairment has been recognized.

 

G-16


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

N OTE 1—N ATURE OF O PERATIONS A ND S UMMARY OF S IGNIFICANT A CCOUNTING P OLICIES (C ONTINUED )

 

T RANSFERS OF F INANCIAL A SSETS

 

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Corporation, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Corporation does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before maturity.

During the normal course of business, the Corporation may transfer a portion of a financial asset, for example, a participation loan or government guaranteed portion of a loan. In order to be eligible for sales treatment, the transfer of the portion of the loan must meet the criteria of a participating interest. If it does not meet the criteria of a participating interest, the transfer must be accounted for as a secured borrowing.

In order to meet the criteria for a participating interest, all cash flows from the loans must be divided proportionately, the rights of each loan holder must have the same priority, the loan holders must have no recourse to the transfer other than standard representations and warranties and no loan holder has the right to pledge or exchange the entire loan.

I NCOME T AXES

Effective January 1, 2004, the Corporation elected, with the consent of its stockholder, to be treated as an “S” Corporation under the Internal Revenue Code. As such, the Corporation is no longer liable for federal income taxes. State income taxes, which the Corporation continues to be liable for, are included in the consolidated financial statements.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed annually for differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. Income tax expense is the tax payable or refundable for the period plus or minus the change during the period in related deferred tax assets and liabilities.

 

G-17


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

N OTE 1—N ATURE OF O PERATIONS A ND S UMMARY OF S IGNIFICANT A CCOUNTING P OLICIES (C ONTINUED )

 

I NCOME T AXES (C ONTINUED )

The Corporation recognizes and measures its unrecognized tax positions in accordance with FASB ASC 740, Income Taxes. Under that guidance, the Corporation assesses the likelihood, based on their technical merit, that tax positions will be sustained upon examination based on the facts, circumstances and information available at the end of each period. The measurement of unrecognized tax positions is adjusted when new information is available, or when an event occurs that requires a change. The Corporation’s policy is to analyze its tax positions for all open years. The Corporation has not identified any uncertain tax positions requiring accrual or disclosure at December 31, 2015 and 2014. Interest and penalties, if any, associated with uncertain tax positions are classified as additional income tax expense, in the statements of income. The Corporation’s income tax returns are subject to review and examination by federal and state taxing authorities; however, there are currently no examinations for any tax periods in progress. Management of the Corporation believes it is no longer subject to examination for years prior to 2012.

R ECLASSIFICATIONS

Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2014 consolidated financial statements in order to conform to the presentation used in the 2015 consolidated financial statements.

S UBSEQUENT E VENTS

The Corporation has evaluated subsequent events through March 4, 2016, which is the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

 

G-18


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

N OTE 2—L OANS R ECEIVABLE

Loans receivable at December 31 are summarized as follows:

 

     2015     2014  

Mortgage loans on real estate:

    

Residential real estate

   $ 17,768,486      $ 17,757,180   

Residential construction

     16,835,133        22,025,449   

Commercial construction

     5,238,015        6,122,926   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     39,841,634        45,905,555   

Less:

    

Due borrowers on unadvanced loans

     (5,934,964     (7,904,153
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total mortgage loans

     33,906,670        38,001,402   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consumer loans:

    

Personal

     3,070        5,108   

Loans secured by savings accounts

     713        10,862   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other loans

     3,783        15,970   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

     33,910,453        38,017,372   

Allowance for loan losses

     (562,835     (572,164

Net deferred loan origination fees and costs

     25,624        43,384   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 33,373,242      $ 37,488,592   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

G-19


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

N OTE 3—A LLOWANCE FOR L OAN L OSSES

Activity in the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2015 is as follows:

 

     Residential     Residential     Commercial     Personal      Savings                
     Real Estate     Construction     Construction     Loans      Secured      Unallocated      Total  

Allowance for Loan Losses:

                 

Balance at December 31, 2014

   $ 293,510      $ 125,545      $ 72,905      $ —         $ —         $ 80,204       $ 572,164   

Provision for losses

     20,213        (29,585     (25,897     —           —           35,269         —     

Loans charged off

     (25,000     —          —          —           —           —           (25,000

Recoveries

     15,671        —          —          —           —           —           15,671   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $ 304,394      $ 95,960      $ 47,008      $ —         $ —         $ 115,473       $ 562,835   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 106,879      $ —        $ —        $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 106,879   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 197,515      $ 95,960      $ 47,008      $ —         $ —         $ 115,473       $ 455,956   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans receivable:

                 

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 1,526,355      $ 73,883      $ —        $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 1,600,238   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     16,242,131        16,761,250        5,238,015        3,070         713         —           38,245,179   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $ 17,768,486      $ 16,835,133      $ 5,238,015      $ 3,070       $ 713       $ —         $ 39,845,417   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

G-20


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

N OTE 3—A LLOWANCE FOR L OAN L OSSES (C ONTINUED )

 

Activity in the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2014 is as follows:

 

     Residential     Residential      Commercial     Personal      Savings                
     Real Estate     Construction      Construction     Loans      Secured      Unallocated      Total  

Allowance for Loan Losses:

                  

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ 336,119      $ 109,996       $ 162,100      $ —         $ —         $ 31,617       $ 639,832   

Provision for losses

     (17,609     15,549         (46,527     —           —           48,587         —     

Loans charged off

     (25,000     —           (47,000     —           —           —           (72,000

Recoveries

     —          —           4,332        —           —           —           4,332   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

   $ 293,510      $ 125,545       $ 72,905      $ —         $ —         $ 80,204       $ 572,164   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 106,879      $ —         $ —        $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 106,879   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 186,631      $ 125,545       $ 72,905      $ —         $ —         $ 80,204       $ 465,285   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans receivable:

                  

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 1,552,348      $ —         $ 501,604      $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 2,053,952   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     16,204,832        22,025,449         5,621,322        5,108         10,862         —           43,867,573   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

   $ 17,757,180      $ 22,025,449       $ 6,122,926      $ 5,108       $ 10,862       $ —         $ 45,921,525   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

G-21


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

N OTE 3—A LLOWANCE FOR L OAN L OSSES (C ONTINUED )

 

C REDIT Q UALITY I NFORMATION

The Corporation utilizes a six grade internal loan rating system for commercial real estate and commercial loans as follows:

Loans rated 1-3 : Loans in this category are considered “pass” rated loans with low to average risk.

Loans rated 4 : Loans in this category are considered “special mention”. These loans are starting to show signs of potential weakness and are closely being monitored by management. If not corrected or mitigated, the weakness may expose the Corporation to an increased risk of loss.

Loans rated 5 : Loans in this category are considered “substandard”. Generally, a loan is considered substandard if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligors and/or of the pledged collateral. There is a distinct possibility that the Corporation will sustain some loss if the weakness is not corrected.

Loans rated 6 : Loans in this category are considered as “doubtful”. Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent to those classified as substandard with the added characteristic that the weakness makes collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, highly questionable and improbable.

 

G-22


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

N OTE 3—A LLOWANCE FOR L OAN L OSSES (C ONTINUED )

 

The following table presents the Corporation’s loans by risk rating at December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

     Risk      Residential      Residential      Commercial  
     Rating      Real Estate      Construction      Construction  

December 31, 2015

           

Category:

           

Pass

     1-3       $ 15,969,784       $ 16,835,133       $ 5,238,015   

Special mention

     4         997,798         —           —     

Substandard

     5         800,904         —           —     

Doubtful

     6         —           —           —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 17,768,486       $ 16,835,133       $ 5,238,015   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

           

Category:

           

Pass

     1-3       $ 15,994,952       $ 22,025,449       $ 5,814,602   

Special mention

     4         1,159,695         —           308,324   

Substandard

     5         602,533         —           —     

Doubtful

     6         —           —           —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 17,757,180       $ 22,025,449       $ 6,122,926   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Corporation does not assign risk ratings to consumer loans unless they are contractually past 90 days past due or more or where legal action has commenced against the borrower. Those loans not assigned a rating are considered “pass”.

On an annual basis, or more often if needed, the Corporation formally reviews the ratings on all commercial construction loans. Annually, the Corporation engages an independent third party to review a significant portion of loans within these segments. Management uses the results of these reviews as part of its annual review process.

 

G-23


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

N OTE 3—A LLOWANCE FOR L OAN L OSSES (C ONTINUED )

 

The following tables are a summary of past due loans as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

                   Greater than             Past Due 90         
     30-59 Days      60-89 Days      90 Days      Total Past      Days and Still      Loans on  
     Past Due      Past Due      Past Due      Due      Accruing      Non-Accrual  

December 31, 2015

                 

Mortgage loans on real estate:

                 

Residential real estate

   $ 1,182,124       $ —         $ 606,534       $ 1,788,658       $ —         $ 606,534   

Residential construction

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Commercial construction

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Other loans:

                 

Personal loans

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Savings secured

     —           —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,182,124       $ —         $ 606,534       $ 1,788,658       $ —         $ 606,534   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

                 

Mortgage loans on real estate:

                 

Residential real estate

   $ 858,562       $ 301,632       $ 602,533       $ 1,762,727       $ —         $ 602,533   

Residential construction

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Commercial construction

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Other loans:

                 

Personal loans

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Savings secured

     —           —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 858,562       $ 301,632       $ 602,533       $ 1,762,727       $ —         $ 602,533   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

G-24


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

N OTE 3 - A LLOWANCE FOR L OAN L OSSES (C ONTINUED )

 

The following is a summary of impaired loans as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

            Unpaid             Average      Interest  
     Recorded      Principal      Related      Recorded      Income  
     Investment      Balance      Allowance      Investment      Recognized  

December 31, 2015

              

Impaired loans without a valuation allowance:

              

Residential real estate

   $ 484,442       $ 484,442       $ —         $ 473,818       $ 20,439   

Residential construction

     —           —           —           —           —     

Commercial construction

     73,883         73,883         —           79,886         4,197   

Personal loans

     —           —           —           —           —     

Savings secured

     —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     558,325         558,325         —           553,704         24,636   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impaired loans with a valuation allowance:

              

Residential real estate

     1,041,913         1,041,913         106,879         1,050,954         39,540   

Residential construction

     —           —           —           —           —     

Commercial construction

     —           —           —           —           —     

Personal loans

     —           —           —           —           —     

Savings secured

     —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,041,913         1,041,913         106,879         1,050,954         39,540   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired loans

   $ 1,600,238       $ 1,600,238       $ 106,879       $ 1,604,658       $ 64,176   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

              

Impaired loans without a valuation allowance:

              

Residential real estate

   $ 492,353       $ 492,353       $ —         $ 497,284       $ 16,823   

Residential construction

     —           —           —           —           —     

Commercial construction

     501,604         501,604         —           511,989         24,595   

Personal loans

     —           —           —           —           —     

Savings secured

     —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     993,957         993,957         —           1,009,273         41,418   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impaired loans with a valuation allowance:

              

Residential real estate

     1,059,995         1,059,995         106,879         1,069,493         45,435   

Residential construction

     —           —           —           —           —     

Commercial construction

              

Personal loans

     —           —           —           —           —     

Savings secured

     —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,059,995         1,059,995         106,879         1,069,493         45,435   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired loans

   $ 2,053,952       $ 2,053,952       $ 106,879       $ 2,078,766       $ 86,853   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

No additional funds are committed to be advanced in connection with impaired loans.

 

G-25


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

N OTE 3—A LLOWANCE FOR L OAN L OSSES (C ONTINUED )

 

The following table provides information on loans modified as TDRs during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

     Number of      Pre-Modification      Post-Modification  
     Contracts      Balance      Balance  

2015

        

Residential Mortgages

     2       $ 252,668       $ 252,668   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2014

        

Residential Mortgages

     —         $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table provides information on how loans were modified as TDRs during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

     2015      2014  

Combination of adjusted interest rate, maturity extension

   $ 108,347       $ —     

Maturity extension

     144,321         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 252,668       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2015, there were no loans modified as a TDR within the previous twelve months for which there was a subsequent default.

Loans are designated as troubled debt restructures when a concession is made on credit as a result of financial difficulties of the borrower. Typically, such concessions consist of a reduction in interest rate to a below market rate, taking into account the credit quality of the note or a deferment of payments, principal or interest, which materially alters the Corporation’s position or significantly extends the note’s maturity date, such that the present value of cash flows to be received is materially less than those contractually established at the loan’s origination. Restructured loans are included in the impaired loan category.

Losses on loans modified as TDRs, if any, are charged against the allowance for loan losses when management believes the uncollectibility of the loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance for loan losses. Loans modified as TDRs with payment defaults are considered in the general component of the allowance for loan losses for each of the Corporation’s loan classes.

 

G-26


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

N OTE 4—L OAN S ERVICING

 

Mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition. The unpaid principal balances of mortgage loans serviced for others were $747,938,434 and $780,707,897 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The Corporation measures impairment of its servicing rights on a disaggregate basis based on the predominant risk characteristics of the portfolio and discounts the asset’s estimated future cash flows using a current market rate. The Corporation has determined the predominant risk characteristics to be prepayment risk and interest-rate risk. The fair value of the existing mortgage servicing rights as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 exceeded its book value and did not require a valuation allowance to be established. To determine the fair value of mortgage servicing rights, the Corporation estimates the expected future net servicing revenue based on common industry assumptions, as well as on the Corporation’s historical experience.

An analysis of mortgage servicing rights for the years ended December 31 is as follows:

 

     2015      2014  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 3,051,307       $ 5,367,422   

Capitalized rights

     2,536,235         1,840,208   

Sales of servicing rights

     —           (2,673,797

Amortization

     (1,513,723      (1,482,526
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 4,073,819       $ 3,051,307   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value, end of year

   $ 6,465,000       $ 5,042,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

N OTE 5—A CCRUED I NTEREST R ECEIVABLE

Accrued interest receivable at December 31, consists of the following:

 

     2015      2014  

Loans receivable

   $ 122,363       $ 116,214   

Other

     8,000         3,687   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 130,363       $ 119,901   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

G-27


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

N OTE 6—P REMISES AND E QUIPMENT

 

A summary of premises and equipment at December 31 is as follows:

 

     2015      2014  

Land

   $ 1,000,000       $ 1,000,000   

Building and improvements

     3,432,245         3,428,745   

Office equipment

     1,619,536         1,574,173   

Furniture and fixtures

     381,451         379,163   

Motor vehicles

     147,017         147,017   

Leasehold improvements

     160,148         160,148   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     6,740,397         6,689,246   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (5,118,060      (4,931,234
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,622,337       $ 1,758,012   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense, for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 amounted to $186,828 and $206,246 respectively.

N OTE 7—D EPOSITS

Deposit account balances at December 31, are summarized as follows:

 

     2015      2014  

Demand deposit accounts

   $ 10,417,762       $ 10,127,799   

NOW and checking accounts

     2,873,057         2,894,244   

Regular savings accounts

     2,062,724         2,307,445   

Money market deposit accounts

     6,548,378         7,985,206   

Official checks

     229,410         155,903   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-certificate accounts

     22,131,331         23,470,597   

Certificate accounts (less than $250,000)

     11,889,590         14,900,643   

Certificate accounts (greater than $250,000)

     759,384         756,681   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     12,648,974         15,657,324   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 34,780,305       $ 39,127,921   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

G-28


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

N OTE 7—D EPOSITS (C ONTINUED )

 

At December 31, 2015, scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit are as follows:

 

Within one year

   $ 10,033,232   

Over one year to three years

     2,355,338   

Over three years

     260,404   
  

 

 

 
   $ 12,648,974   
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, related party deposits amounted to $918,000 and $1,894,072, respectively.

N OTE 8—A DVANCES AND B ORROWINGS FROM F EDERAL H OME L OAN B ANK

At December 31, 2015, the Corporation had outstanding advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston amounting to $15,882,806, which mature at various dates through 2021 and bear interest at rates ranging from .51% to 2.05%. These advances may be prepaid at any time subject to a prepayment fee.

Principal maturities under these advances are as follows:

 

Year ending December 31 :

  

2016

   $ 13,511,209   

2017

     519,137   

2018

     363,500   

2019

     270,489   

2020

     1,186,236   

Thereafter

     32,235   
  

 

 

 
   $ 15,882,806   
  

 

 

 

The Corporation is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (FHLB). As part of the Corporation’s borrowing arrangement with the FHLB, the Bank is required to purchase FHLB stock in an amount determined on the basis of the Corporation’s residential mortgage loans and its borrowings from the FHLB. This stock, which is restricted, is redeemable at par and earns dividends declared at the discretion of the FHLB.

The Corporation has a variable rate overnight line of credit of $2,000,000 with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston. No borrowings were outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

G-29


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

N OTE 8—A DVANCES AND B ORROWINGS FROM F EDERAL H OME L OAN B ANK (C ONTINUED )

 

All borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston are secured by certain unencumbered mortgage loans. In addition, the Corporation’s stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank is pledged to secure borrowings.

N OTE 9—I NCOME T AXES

The Corporation and its subsidiaries are included in a consolidated federal income tax return. For state purposes, the Corporation and its subsidiaries file either combined or separate state income tax returns, depending on the requirements of the states in which the Corporation does business.

Income tax expense for the years ended December 31, is summarized as follows:

 

     2015      2014  

Current:

     

State

   $ 40,000       $ 1,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current

     40,000         1,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred:

     

State

     (30,000      (1,000
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred

     (30,000      (1,000
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

   $ 10,000       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The components of the net deferred tax liability at December 31 are summarized as follows:

 

     2015      2014  

Total deferred tax asset for deductible temporary differences

   $ 29,714       $ 27,460   

Total deferred tax liability for taxable temporary differences

     51,714         79,460   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (22,000    $ (52,000
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

G-30


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

N OTE 9—I NCOME T AXES (C ONTINUED )

 

The tax effects of significant temporary differences at December 31 are summarized as follows:

 

     2015      2014  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Book allowance for estimated loan losses

   $ 20,825       $ 21,170   

Book versus tax basis of loans held for sale

     8,889         6,290   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 29,714       $ 27,460   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Book versus tax method of sale of servicing rights

   $ —         $ 9,079   

Book versus tax basis of premises and equipment

     44,751         63,415   

Other

     6,963         6,966   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 51,714       $ 79,460   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

N OTE 10—C OMMITMENTS AND C ONTINGENT L IABILITIES

The Corporation enters into financial agreements in the normal course of business that have off-balance sheet risks. These arrangements are used to meet the financing needs of its customers and to limit its own exposure to fluctuating market conditions. These financial agreements include commitments to originate loans, unused commercial and home equity lines of credit, unadvanced portions of construction loans and commercial letters of credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

Financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk at December 31 are as follows:

 

     2015      2014  

Commitments to originate loans

   $ 37,622,383       $ 25,170,174   

Commitments to sell loans

     39,084,428         27,741,476   

Unadvanced portion of home equity lines of credit

     15,000         12,381   

Unadvanced portions of constructions loans

     5,934,964         7,904,153   

Unadvanced portion of overdraft lines of credit

     5,130         3,392   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 82,661,905       $ 60,831,576   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

G-31


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

N OTE 10—C OMMITMENTS AND C ONTINGENT L IABILITIES (C ONTINUED )

 

The Corporation’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party of these financial agreements is represented by the contractual amount of those commitments. These financial instruments are agreements to lend to a customer provided there are no violations of any conditions established in the contract. In addition, the agreements generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since some commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The amount and type of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Corporation upon extension of credit, varies and is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty.

Commercial letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Corporation to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Commercial letters of credit generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Corporation’s policy for obtaining collateral, and the nature of such collateral, is essentially the same as that involved in making commitments to extend credit.

The Corporation uses the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. The Corporation evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis.

The Corporation may be subject to legal proceedings and claims which arise in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate outcome of the claims and litigation, if any will not have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial position.

N OTE 11—R EGULATORY M ATTERS

The Corporation and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet the minimum regulatory capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Corporation’s and the Bank’s consolidated financial statements. Under the regulatory capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Corporation and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines involving quantitative measures of its assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

 

G-32


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

N OTE 11—R EGULATORY M ATTERS (C ONTINUED )

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Corporation and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of total and Tier I, and Common Equity Tier I capital (as defined) to risk weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier I capital to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, that the Corporation and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

In 2014, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation adopted final rules implementing the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s capital guidelines for U.S. banks. Under the final rules, minimum requirements will increase for both the quantity and quality of capital held by the Bank. The rules include a new Common Equity Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets minimum ratio of 4.5%; raise the minimum ratio of Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets from 4.0% to 6.0%; require a minimum ratio of Total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%; and require a minimum Tier I to total average assets ratio of 4.0%. A new capital conservation buffer, comprised of common equity Tier I capital, is also established above the minimum regulatory capital requirements. This capital conservation buffer will be phased in beginning January 1, 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and increases each subsequent year by an additional 0.625% until reaching its final level of 2.5% on January 1, 2019. Strict eligibility criteria for regulatory capital instruments were also implemented under the final rules.

The phase-in period for the final rules began for the Bank on January 1, 2015, with full compliance with all of the final rule’s requirements phased in over a multi-year schedule and should be fully phased-in by January 1, 2019. Management believes that the Bank’s capital levels will remain characterized as “well-capitalized” under the new rules.

As of September 30, 2015, the most recent examination from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Bank was categorized as well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well-capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based, and Tier I leverage capital ratios as set forth in the accompanying table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the institution’s category.

 

G-33


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

N OTE 11—R EGULATORY M ATTERS (C ONTINUED )

 

The following table sets forth the Corporation’s and the Bank’s various regulatory capital categories at December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

                               To Be Well Capitalized  
                  For Capital     Under Prompt Corrective  
     Actual     Adequacy Purposes     Action Provisions  
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount             Ratio  

As of December 31, 2015:

                  

Total capital (to risk weighted assets)

                  

Consolidated

   $ 12,605,000         39.8   $ 2,534,240         8   $ 3,167,800       ³           10

Bank

     12,338,000         39.2     2,520,080         8     3,150,100       ³           10

Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)

                  

Consolidated

     12,194,000         38.5     1,900,680         6     2,534,240       ³           8

Bank

     11,927,000         37.9     1,890,060         6     2,520,080       ³           8

Tier 1 capital (to total average assets)

                  

Consolidated

     12,194,000         18.8     2,597,520         4     3,246,900       ³           5

Bank

     11,927,000         18.4     2,590,440         4     3,238,050       ³           5

Common equity Tier I Capital (to risk weighted assets)

                  

Consolidated

     12,194,000         18.8     1,425,510         4.5     2,059,070       ³           6.5

Bank

     11,927,000         18.4     1,417,545         4.5     2,047,565       ³           6.5

As of December 31, 2014:

                  

Total capital (to risk weighted assets)

                  

Consolidated

   $ 13,495,000         37.1   $ 2,908,240         8   $ 3,635,300       ³           10

Bank

     13,040,000         36.1     2,888,240         8     3,610,300       ³           10

Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)

                  

Consolidated

     13,042,000         35.9     1,454,120         4     2,181,180       ³           6

Bank

     12,587,000         34.9     1,444,120         4     2,166,180       ³           6

Tier 1 capital (to total average assets)

                  

Consolidated

     13,042,000         19.7     2,650,760         4     3,313,450       ³           5

Bank

     12,587,000         19.1     2,640,760         4     3,300,950       ³           5

N OTE 12—L EASE C OMMITMENTS

The Corporation is obligated under several lease agreements for office space which expire at various dates through December, 2018. Some of the leases require additional payments for real estate taxes and operating expenses.

 

G-34


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

N OTE 12—L EASE C OMMITMENTS (C ONTINUED )

 

The following is a schedule by years of future minimum rental payments required under these operating leases as of December 31, 2015:

 

Year ending December 31:

  

2016

   $ 409,206   

2017

     293,610   

2018

     48,600   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum payments required

   $ 751,416   
  

 

 

 

Rent expense amounted to $591,712 and $611,733 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

N OTE 13—E MPLOYEE B ENEFIT P LANS

The Corporation and its subsidiaries sponsor a 401(k) savings plan in which substantially all employees may participate. Eligible employees may contribute up to 60% of their salary, subject to certain limitations. The employer’s annual contribution will be the lesser of half the employees’ contribution up to 5% of annual salary or $1,250. Employer contributions to the plan amounted to $94,783 and $60,068 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

N OTE 14—R ELATED P ARTY T RANSACTIONS

The Corporation and subsidiaries paid appraisal fees of approximately $519,000 and $397,000 during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, to a corporation whose majority stockholder is also the sole stockholder of the Corporation. A substantial portion of these fees were reimbursed by borrowers at the time of loan closing. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, loans receivable from directors and officers amounted to $0.

 

G-35


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

N OTE 15—F AIR V ALUE M EASUREMENTS

D ETERMINATION OF F AIR V ALUE

FASB ASC 825, Financial Instruments , permits entities to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The objective is to improve financial reporting by providing entities with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. The election to use the fair value option is available when an entity first recognizes a financial asset or financial liability or upon entering into a Corporation commitment. Subsequent changes must be recorded in earnings.

FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement , clarifies that fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. Under this guidance, fair value measurements are not adjusted for transaction costs.

F AIR V ALUE H IERARCHY

This guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under this guidance are described below.

 

Level 1      Valuations for assets and liabilities traded in active exchange markets. Valuations are obtained from readily available pricing sources for market transactions involving identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2      Valuations for assets and liabilities traded in less active dealer or broker markets. Valuations are obtained from third party pricing services for identical or comparable assets or liabilities which use observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
Level 3      Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

 

G-36


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

N OTE 15—F AIR V ALUE M EASUREMENTS (C ONTINUED )

 

A SSETS AND L IABILITIES M EASURED AT F AIR V ALUE ON A N ON -R ECURRING B ASIS

The Corporation may be required, from time to time, to measure certain other assets and liabilities on a non-recurring basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. These adjustments to fair value usually result from application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting or write-downs of individual assets. The following table summarizes the fair value hierarchy used to determine each adjustment and the carrying value of the related individual asset at December 31, 2015 and 2014. The loss represents the amount of write-down recorded during 2015 and 2014 on the assets at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Carrying values of assets and liabilities measured on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:

 

            Fair Value Measurements Using:      Total  
     Carrying Value      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Losses  

December 31, 2015

              

Mortgage loans held for sale

   $ 17,243,384       $ —         $ 17,243,384       $ —         $ —     

Impaired loans

     307,873         —           —           307,873         —     

Mortgage servicing rights

     4,073,819         —           4,073,819         —           —     

Foreclosed real estate

     11,378         —           11,378         —           (18,294
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 21,636,454       $ —         $ 21,328,581       $ 307,873       $ (18,294
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

              

Mortgage loans held for sale

   $ 12,505,719       $ —         $ 12,505,719       $ —         $ —     

Impaired loans

     770,268         —           —           770,268         —     

Mortgage servicing rights

     3,051,307         —           3,051,307         —           —     

Foreclosed real estate

     791,247         —           791,247         —           (1,198
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 17,118,541       $ —         $ 16,348,273       $ 770,268       $ (1,198
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

A description of the valuation techniques applied to the Corporation’s major categories of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis follows:

Mortgage loans held for sale —Mortgage loans held for sale are evaluated to determine they are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. The fair value is based on market prices for similar assets. For this reason, mortgage loans held for sale are categorized as Level 2 assets.

 

G-37


Table of Contents

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

N OTE 15—F AIR V ALUE M EASUREMENTS (C ONTINUED )

 

A SSETS AND L IABILITIES M EASURED AT F AIR V ALUE ON A N ON -R ECURRING B ASIS (C ONTINUED )

 

Impaired loans— Impaired loans are evaluated and valued at the time the loan is identified as impaired, at the lower of cost or market value. Market value is measured based on the value of the collateral securing these loans and are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. The value of real estate collateral is determined based on appraisal by qualified licensed appraisers hired by the Corporation. Appraised and reported values may be discounted based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of valuation, and/or management’s expertise and knowledge of the property.

Mortgage Servicing Rights: Mortgage serving rights are carried at the lower of cost or market and are periodically evaluated for impairment using a valuation model that calculates the present value of net servicing income, using various assumptions related to fees, discount rates and prepayment speeds.

Foreclosed Real Estate: The amount of foreclosed real estate represents properties acquired through foreclosure carried at estimated fair value (based on appraisal) less estimated costs to sell. Appraised values are typically based on a blend of (a) an income approach using unobservable cash flows to measure fair value, and (b) a market approach using observable market comparables. These appraised values may be discounted based on management’s historical knowledge, expertise, or changes in market conditions from the time of valuation.

N OTE 16—S UBSEQUENT E VENTS

On September 1, 2015, the Corporation entered into a merger agreement with Randolph Bancorp, pursuant to which the Corporation will merge with and into Randolph Bancorp in a transaction to be accounted for as a business combination. As part of this transaction, the Bank will merge with and into Randolph Savings Bank, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Randolph Bancorp.

On February 5, 2016, the merger agreement was amended to, among other things, extend the date by which the transaction must be completed to October 31, 2016.The transaction is subject to closing conditions including receipt of regulatory approvals. The merger is currently expected to be consummated in the third quarter of 2016.

 

G-38


Table of Contents

 

 

No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representation other than as contained in this prospectus and, if given or made, such other information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by Randolph Bancorp, Inc. or Randolph Savings Bank. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby to any person in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which the person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so, or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale hereunder shall under any circumstances create any implication that there has been no change in the affairs of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. or Randolph Savings Bank since any of the dates as of which information is furnished herein or since the date hereof.

Up to 4,945,000 Shares

(Subject to Increase to up to 5,686,750 Shares)

Randolph Bancorp, Inc.

(Holding Company for Randolph Savings Bank)

COMMON STOCK

par value $0.01 per share

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods

                         A Stifel Company

[prospectus date]

 

 

These securities are not deposits or accounts and are not federally insured or guaranteed.

 

 

Until                     , all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Part II

Information not required in prospectus

 

Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution

The following table sets forth the estimated costs and expenses payable by the registrant in connection with the registration of securities being registered under this Registration Statement. All amounts except the SEC registration fee are estimates.

 

          Amount (1)  

*

  

Registrant’s Legal Fees and Expenses

   $ 500,000   

*

  

Registrant’s Accounting Fees and Expenses

     150,000   

*

  

Marketing Agent Fees and Expenses (1)

     645,125   

*

  

Records Management Fees and Expenses (1)

     57,000   

*

  

Appraisal Fees and Expenses

     65,000   

*

  

Printing, Postage, Mailing and EDGAR Fees

     250,000   

*

  

Filing Fees (Nasdaq, FINRA, SEC and Commonwealth of Massachusetts)

     20,000   

*

  

Transfer Agent Fees and Expenses

     20,000   

*

  

Business Plan Fees and Expenses

     46,000   

*

  

Other

     51,875   
     

 

 

 

*

  

Total

   $ 1,805,000   
     

 

 

 

 

* Estimated.
(1) Randolph Bancorp, Inc. has retained Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. to assist in the sale of common stock on a best efforts basis in the subscription, community and syndicated or firm commitment offerings. Fees are estimated at the adjusted maximum of the offering range, assuming all of the shares are sold in the subscription and community offerings.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers

Sections 6.5 and 6.6 of the Articles of Organization of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. set forth circumstances under which directors, officers, employees and agents of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. may be insured or indemnified against liability which they incur in their capacities as such:

Section 6.5 Indemnification of Directors and Others.

(a) Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or otherwise (hereinafter a “Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was (a) a Director of the Corporation, or (b) serving, at the request of the Corporation as evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors prior to the occurrence of the event to which the indemnification relates, as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (such persons described in (a) and (b) are sometimes hereinafter referred to as an “Indemnitee”), whether the basis of such Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as such a Director or officer of the Corporation or as such other director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as such a Director or officer of the Corporation or as such other director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act (the “MBCA”), as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto), against all expense, liability and loss (including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be such a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 6.5(c) with respect to Proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee only if such Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Section 6.5 shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “Advancement of Expenses”); provided, however, that, if the MBCA so requires, an Advancement of Expenses incurred by an Indemnitee shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking made in accordance with the MBCA (hereinafter an “Undertaking”), by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, which shall include, without limitation, an undertaking to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “Final Adjudication”) that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 6.5 or otherwise. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any indemnification hereunder shall be provided only to the extent permitted by 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k) and the regulations issued thereunder.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

(b) Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation.  The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification, and to an Advancement of Expenses, to any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Section 6.5.

(c) Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit . If a claim under this Section 6.5 is not paid in full by the Corporation within 60 days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an Advancement of Expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be 20 days, the Indemnitee may at any time hereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If the Indemnitee is successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the Indemnitee shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to an Advancement of Expenses) it shall be a defense that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MBCA. In addition, in any suit by the Corporation to recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a Final Adjudication that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MBCA. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or Shareholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MBCA, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or Shareholders) that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the Indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an Advancement of Expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such Advancement of Expenses, under this Section 6.5 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

(d) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights to indemnification and to Advancement of Expenses conferred in this Section 6.5 shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under these Bylaws, the Articles of Organization or any statute, agreement, vote of Shareholders or of disinterested Directors or otherwise.

(e) Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or any director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the MBCA. The Corporation’s obligation to provide indemnification under this Section 6.5 shall be offset to the extent of any other source of indemnification or any otherwise applicable insurance coverage under a policy maintained by the Corporation or any other person.

(f) Amendments.  Without the consent of a person entitled to the indemnification and other rights provided in this Section 6.5 (unless otherwise required by the MBCA), no amendment modifying or terminating such rights shall adversely affect such person’s rights under this Section 6.5 with respect to the period prior to such amendment.

(g) Savings Clause . If this Section 6.5 or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each Indemnitee as to any liabilities and expenses with respect to any proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Section 6.5 that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Section 6.6 Limitation of Liability of Directors.

(a) Limitation of Liability. No Director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability; provided, however, that this Section 6.6 shall not eliminate or limit any liability of a Director (a) for any breach of the Director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its shareholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) for improper distributions under Section 6.40 of Chapter 156D of the Massachusetts General Laws or (d) with respect to any transaction from which the Director derived an improper personal benefit.

(b) Amendment. No amendment or repeal of this Section 6.6 shall adversely affect the rights and protection afforded to a Director of this Corporation under this Section 6.6 for acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment or repeal. If the Massachusetts General Laws is hereafter amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of Directors or to authorize corporate action to further eliminate or limit such liability, then the liability of the Directors of this Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Massachusetts General Laws as so amended.

 

Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities

Not applicable.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules

(a) Exhibits . The exhibits and financial statement schedules filed as part of this registration statement are as follows:

 

  1.1    Engagement Letters between Randolph Savings Bank and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
  1.2    Form of Agency Agreement between Randolph Savings Bank and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. *
  2.1    Plan of Conversion
  2.2    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 1, 2015, by and among Randolph Bancorp, First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and Richard F. Kalagher
  2.3    Amendment No. 1 to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 15, 2015, by and among Randolph Bancorp, First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and Richard F. Kalagher
  2.4    Amendment No. 2 to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 5, 2016 by and among Randolph Bancorp, First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and Richard F. Kalagher
  3.1    Articles of Organization of Randolph Bancorp, Inc.
  3.2    By-Laws of Randolph Bancorp, Inc.
  4.1    Form of Common Stock Certificate of Randolph Bancorp, Inc.
  5.1    Opinion of Goodwin Procter LLP regarding legality of securities being registered
  8.1    Federal and State Tax Opinion of Goodwin Procter LLP *
10.1    Randolph Savings Bank Supplemental Retirement Plan †
10.2    Form of Randolph Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan †
10.3    Employment Letter, dated as of March 22, 2013, by and between Randolph Savings Bank and James P. McDonough†
10.4    Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2015, by and between Randolph Savings Bank and Peter J. Fraser †
10.5    Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2015, by and between Randolph Savings Bank and Chris A. Kreidermacher†
10.6    Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2015, by and between Randolph Savings Bank and Kellie J. Lally †
10.7    Form of Change in Control Agreement †
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1    Consent of Goodwin Procter LLP (contained in Opinion included as Exhibit 5.1)
23.2    Consent of RP Financial, LC.
23.3    Consent of Crowe Horwath LLP
23.4    Consent of Marcum LLP
24    Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)
99.1    Appraisal Agreement between Randolph Savings Bank and RP Financial, LC.
99.2    Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Subscription Rights
99.3    Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC.
99.4    Marketing Materials*
99.5    Stock Order Form*
99.6    Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Liquidation Account

 

Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement.
* To be filed by amendment.

(b) Financial Statement Schedule . No financial statement schedules are filed because the required information is not applicable or is included in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§230.424 of this chapter);

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(5) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(6) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

(7) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(8) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Stoughton, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on this 3rd day of March, 2016.

 

Randolph Bancorp, Inc.
By:  

/s/    James P. McDonough

 

James P. McDonough

President and Chief Executive Officer

Power of Attorney

We, the undersigned directors and officers of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. hereby severally constitute and appoint James P. McDonough and Michael K. Devlin, and each of them, as our true and lawful attorney and agent, to do any and all things in our names in the capacities indicated below which said James P. McDonough and Michael K. Devlin, and each of them, may deem necessary or advisable to enable the Company to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statement on Form S-1 relating to the offering of the Company’s common stock, including specifically, but not limited to, power and authority to sign for us in our names in the capacities indicated below the registration statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto; and we hereby approve, ratify and confirm all that said James P. McDonough and Michael K. Devlin, and each of them, shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    James P. McDonough

James P. McDonough

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director   March 3, 2016

/s/    Michael K. Devlin

Michael K. Devlin

   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary   March 3, 2016

/s/    Louis J. Trubiano

Louis J. Trubiano

   Chairman of the Board   March 3, 2016

/s/    Roy A. Conrad

Roy A. Conrad

   Director   March 3, 2016

 

Paul R. Donovan

   Director  

/s/    Daniel M. Joyce

Daniel M. Joyce

   Director   March 3, 2016

/s/    John J. O’Connor, III

John J. O’Connor, III

   Director   March 3, 2016

 

II-6


Table of Contents

/s/    Richard A. Phillips, Sr.

Richard A. Phillips, Sr.

   Director   March 3, 2016

/s/    Richard C. Pierce, Esq.

Richard C. Pierce, Esq.

   Director   March 3, 2016

/s/    Kenneth K. Quigley, Jr., Esq.

Kenneth K. Quigley, Jr., Esq.

   Director   March 3, 2016

/s/    James G. Welch

James G. Welch

   Director   March 3, 2016

/s/    Janis E. Wentzell

Janis E. Wentzell

   Director   March 3, 2016

 

II-7


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit
number

  

Description of exhibit

  1.1    Engagement Letters between Randolph Savings Bank and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
  1.2    Form of Agency Agreement between Randolph Savings Bank and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. *
  2.1    Plan of Conversion
  2.2    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 1, 2015, by and among Randolph Bancorp, First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and Richard F. Kalagher
  2.3    Amendment No. 1 to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 15, 2015, by and among Randolph Bancorp, First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and Richard F. Kalagher
  2.4    Amendment No. 2 to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 5, 2016 by and among Randolph Bancorp, First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and Richard F. Kalagher
  3.1    Articles of Organization of Randolph Bancorp, Inc.
  3.2    By-Laws of Randolph Bancorp, Inc.
  4.1    Form of Common Stock Certificate of Randolph Bancorp, Inc.
  5.1    Opinion of Goodwin Procter LLP regarding legality of securities being registered
  8.1    Federal and State Tax Opinion of Goodwin Procter LLP *
10.1    Randolph Savings Bank Supplemental Retirement Plan †
10.2    Form of Randolph Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan †
10.3    Employment Letter, dated as of March 22, 2013, by and between Randolph Savings Bank and James P. McDonough†
10.4    Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2015, by and between Randolph Savings Bank and Peter J. Fraser †
10.5    Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2015, by and between Randolph Savings Bank and Chris A. Kreidermacher†
10.6    Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2015, by and between Randolph Savings Bank and Kellie J. Lally †
10.7    Form of Change in Control Agreement †
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1    Consent of Goodwin Procter LLP (contained in Opinion included as Exhibit 5.1)
23.2    Consent of RP Financial, LC.
23.3    Consent of Crowe Horwath LLP
23.4    Consent of Marcum LLP
24    Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)
99.1    Appraisal Agreement between Randolph Savings Bank and RP Financial, LC.
99.2    Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Subscription Rights
99.3    Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC.
99.4    Marketing Materials*
99.5    Stock Order Form*
99.6    Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Liquidation Account

 

Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement.
* To be filed by amendment.

Exhibit 1.1

 

LOGO   K EEFE , B RUYETTE  & W OODS   
  A Stifel Company   

April 16, 2015

Randolph Savings Bank

129 North Main Street

Randolph, MA 02368

 

Attention:    James McDonough
   President and Chief Executive Officer

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This letter confirms the engagement of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., a Stifel Company (“KBW”) to act as the exclusive financial advisor to Randolph Savings Bank (the “Bank”) and, upon formation, the new stock Holding Company (as defined below) in connection with the Bank’s proposed conversion from the mutual to the stock form of organization (the “Conversion”) pursuant to the Bank’s Plan of Conversion. In accordance with the Plan of Conversion and in order to effect the Conversion, it is contemplated that the Bank will convert from mutual to stock form, issuing all of its common stock to a new stock holding company (the “Holding Company”), and the Holding Company will offer and sell shares of its common stock (the “Common Stock”) initially to eligible persons in a Subscription Offering, with any remaining unsold shares offered (A) to the general public in a direct community offering (the “Community Offering”), (B) if necessary, through a syndicate of broker-dealers organized by KBW (a “Syndicated Community Offering”), and (C), if necessary, a Publicly Underwritten Offering, (the Subscription Offering, the Community Offering and any Syndicated Community Offering or Publicly Underwritten Offering are collectively referred to herein as the “Offerings”). The Bank and the Holding Company are collectively referred to herein as the “Company”. This letter sets forth the terms and conditions of our engagement.

In addition, KBW will act as Conversion Agent in connection with the Offerings pursuant to the terms of a separate agreement between the Company and KBW.

 

1. Advisory/Offering Services

As the Company’s exclusive financial advisor, KBW will provide financial and logistical advice to the Company and will assist the Company’s management, legal counsel, accountants and other advisors in connection with the Conversion and related issues. We anticipate our services will include the following, each as may be necessary and as the Company may reasonably request:

 

  1. Provide advice on the financial and securities market implications of the Conversion and any related corporate documents, including the Company’s Business Plan;

 

  2. Assist in structuring the Offerings, including developing and assisting in implementing a marketing strategy for the Offerings;

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., 18 Columbia Turnpike, Florham Park, NJ 07932, (973) 549-4036


Randolph Savings Bank

April 16, 2015

Page 2 of 8

 

  3. Reviewing all offering documents related to the Offerings, including the Prospectus, stock order forms, letters, brochures and other related offering materials (it being understood that preparation and riling of such documents will be the responsibility of the Company and its counsel);

 

  4. Assisting the Company in preparing for and scheduling meetings with potential investors and broker-dealers, as necessary;

 

  5. Assist the Company in analyzing proposals from outside vendors retained in connection with the Offerings, including printers, transfer agents and appraisal firms;

 

  6. Assist the Company in the drafting and distribution of press releases as required or appropriate in connection with the Offerings;

 

  7. Meet with the Board of Directors and/or management of the Company to discuss any of the above services; and

 

  8. Such other financial advisory and investment banking services in connection with the Offerings as may be agreed upon by KBW and the Company.

 

2. Due Diligence Review

The Company acknowledges and agrees that KBW’s obligation to perform the services contemplated by this agreement shall be subject to the satisfactory completion of such investigations and inquiries relating to the Company, and its directors, officers, agents and employees, as KBW and their counsel in their sole discretion my deem appropriate under the circumstances (the “Due Diligence Review”). The Company agrees it will make available to KBW all information, whether or not publicly available, which KBW reasonably requests (the “Information”), and will permit KBW to discuss with the board of directors and management the operations and prospects of the Company. KBW will treat all Confidential Information (as defined herein) as confidential in accordance with the provisions of Section 9 hereof. The Company recognizes and confirms that KBW (a) will use and rely on and assume the accuracy and completeness of the Information in performing the services contemplated by this agreement without having independently verified or analyzed the accuracy or completeness of same, and (b) does not assume responsibility or liability for the accuracy or completeness of the Information or to conduct any independent verification or any appraisal or physical inspection of properties or assets. The Company acknowledges and agrees that KBW will rely upon Company management as to the reasonableness and achievability of any financial and operating forecasts and projections provided to KBW, and that KBW will assume, at the Company’s direction, that all financial forecasts and projections have been reasonably prepared by Company management on a basis reflecting the best then currently available estimates and judgments of management as to the expected future financial performance of the Company, and that such forecasts and projections will be realized in the amounts and in the time periods currently estimated by such management.

 

3. Regulatory Filings

The Company will cause appropriate offering documents to be filed with all regulatory agencies including the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), and the appropriate federal and/or state bank regulatory agencies. In addition, the Company and KBW agree that the Company’s counsel shall serve as counsel with respect to blue sky matters in


Randolph Savings Bank

April 16, 2015

Page 3 of 8

 

connection with the Offerings, and that the Company shall cause such counsel to prepare a Blue Sky Memorandum related to the Offerings including KBW’s participation therein and shall furnish KBW a copy thereof addressed to KBW or upon which counsel shall state KBW may rely.

 

4. Fees

For the services hereunder, the Company shall pay the following fees to KBW at closing unless stated otherwise:

 

  (a) Management Fee : A Management Fee of $30,000 payable as follows: $15,000 upon the signing of this agreement and $15,000 upon the filing of the initial Registration Statement. Such fees shall be deemed to have been earned when due. Should the Offerings or this agreement be terminated for any reason KBW shall have earned and be entitled to be paid fees accruing through the stage at which point the termination occurred.

 

  (b) Success Fee : A Success Fee of one percent (1.00%) of the aggregate dollar amount of Common Stock sold in the Subscription and Community Offerings. Such fees shall be due at the closing of the Offerings. No fee shall be payable to any shares sold to the officers, directors, employees or the immediate family of such persons (“Insiders”), and qualified and non-qualified employee benefit plans or issued to any charitable foundation established by the Company in connection with the Conversion. “Immediate family” includes the spouse, parents, siblings and children who live in the same house as the officer, director or employee. The Management Fee described in 4(a), to the extent then already paid, will be credited against the Success Fee. The obligation to pay to KBW the full Success Fee upon completion of the Offerings shall survive any termination of this agreement, including any termination occurring prior to the completion of such Offerings.

 

  (c) Syndicated Community Offering or Publicly Underwritten Offering : For Common Stock sold by a group of selected dealers (including KBW) pursuant to a Syndicated Community Offering for which KBW will serve as sole book-running manager (the “Selling Group’), a fee equal to one percent (1.00%) of the aggregate dollar amount of Common Stock sold in the Syndicated Community Offering, which fee paid to KBW, along with the fee payable directly by the Company to KBW and other selected broker dealers for their sales shall not exceed six percent (6.0%) of the aggregate dollar amount of Common Stock Sold. Alternatively, for stock sold by underwriters (including KBW) pursuant to a Publicly Underwritten Offering, any fees will be paid separately by the Company, and the underwriting discount will not exceed six percent (6.0%) of the aggregate dollar amount of Common Stock so sold. KBW will not commence sales of the Common Stock through the Selling Group without the specific prior approval of the Company. KBW reserves the right and may, in its sole discretion, determine not to proceed with the Syndicated Community Offering or any Publicly Underwritten Offering based upon market conditions. Additionally, in both the Syndicated Community and Publicly Underwritten Offerings, KBW will require sufficient indications of interest of at least up to the minimum of the offering range in order to satisfy the closing requirements.


Randolph Savings Bank

April 16, 2015

Page 4 of 8

 

  (d) If, as a result of any resolicitation of subscribers undertaken by the Company, KBW reasonably determines that it is required or requested to provide significant services, KBW will be entitled to additional compensation for such services, which additional compensation will not exceed $25,000.

The payment of compensation by the Company to KBW pursuant to this paragraph 4 is subject to FINRA’s review of such compensation, if such review is required under applicable FINRA rules and regulations.

 

5. Additional Services

KBW further agrees to provide financial advisory assistance to the Company for a period of three years following completion of the Offerings, including general strategic planning, the creation of a capital management strategy designed to enhance the value of the Company, including the formation of a dividend policy and share repurchase program, assistance with shareholder relations matters, general advice on mergers and acquisitions, and other related financial matters, without the payment by the Company of any fees in addition to those set forth in Section 4 hereof. Nothing in this letter agreement shall require the Company to obtain such services from KBW. If KBW acts as a financial advisor to the Company in connection with any specific transactions, the terms of such engagement will be set forth in a separate agreement between the Company and KBW.

 

6. Expenses

The Company will bear all expenses of the proposed Offerings customarily borne by issuers, including, without limitation, regulatory filing fees, SEC, “Blue Sky,” and FINRA filing and registration fees; the fees of the Company’s accountants, attorneys, appraiser, business plan consultant, transfer agent and registrar, printing, mailing and marketing and Syndicated Community Offering or Publicly Underwritten Offering expenses associated with the Offerings; the fees set forth in Section 4; and fees for “Blue Sky” legal work. If KBW incurs expenses on behalf of Company, the Company will reimburse KBW for such expenses.

KBW will also be reimbursed for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, not to exceed $10,000 (subject to the provisions of this paragraph), related to the Offerings, including, but not limited to, costs of travel, meals and lodging, photocopying, telephone, facsimile, and couriers. KBW will also be reimbursed for fees and expenses of its counsel not to exceed $100,000 (subject to the provisions of this paragraph). These expense caps assume no unusual circumstances or delays, and no re-solicitation in connection with the Offerings. In the event of a Syndicated Community Offering or a Publicly Underwritten Offering, road shows and marketing expenses may not to exceed $20,000. The Company acknowledges and agrees that, in the event unusual circumstances arise or a delay or resolicitation occurs (including but not limited a delay in the Offerings which would require an update of the financial information in tabular form to reflect a period later than that set forth in the original filing of the offering documents), such expense caps may be increased by additional amounts, not to exceed an additional $10,000 in the case of additional out-of-pocket


Randolph Savings Bank

April 16, 2015

Page 5 of 8

 

expenses of KW and an additional $15,000 in the case of additional fees and expenses of KBW’s legal counsel. The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to apply to or in any way impair or limit the indemnification or contribution provisions contained herein.

 

7. Limitations

The Company acknowledges that all opinions and advice (written or oral) given by KBW to the Company in connection with KBW’s engagement are intended solely for the benefit and use of the Company for the purposes of its evaluation of the proposed Offerings. Unless otherwise expressly stated in an opinion letter issued by KBW or otherwise expressly agreed, no one other than the Company is authorized to rely upon this engagement of KBW or any statements or conduct by KBW. The Company agrees that no such opinion or advice shall be used, reproduced, disseminated, quoted or referred to at any time, in any manner, or for any purpose, nor shall any public references to KBW be made by the Company or any of its representatives without the prior written consent of KBW.

The Company acknowledges and agrees that KBW has been retained to act solely as financial advisor to the Company and not as an advisor to or agent of any other person, and the Company’s engagement of KBW is not intended to confer rights upon any person not a party to this Agreement (including shareholders, employees or creditors of the Company) as against KBW or its affiliates, or their respective directors, officers, employees or agents. In such capacity, KBW shall act as an independent contractor, and any duties arising out of its engagement shall be owed solely to the Company. It is understood that KBW’s responsibility to the Company is solely contractual in nature and KBW does not owe the Company, or any other party, any fiduciary duty as a result of this Agreement.

 

8. Benefit

This letter agreement shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, and the obligations and liabilities assumed hereunder by the parties hereto shall be binding upon their respective successors; provided, however, that this letter agreement shall not be assignable without the mutual consent of KBW and the Company.

 

9. Confidentiality

KBW acknowledges that a portion of the Information provided to it in connection with its engagement hereunder may contain confidential and proprietary business information concerning the Company (such Information, the “Confidential Information”). KBW agrees that, except as contemplated in connection with the performance of its services under this agreement, as authorized by the Company or as required by law, regulation or legal process, it will treat as confidential all Confidential Information; provided, however, that KBW may disclose such Confidential Information to its agents and advisors who are assisting or advising KBW in performing its services hereunder and who have been instructed to be bound by the terms and conditions of this paragraph. As used herein, the term “Confidential Information” shall not include information which (a) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by KBW in violation of this Agreement, (b) was available to KBW on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to KBW or its representatives by the Company, or (c) becomes available to KBW on a non-confidential basis from a person other than the Company who is not known to KBW to be bound not to disclose such information pursuant to a contractual obligation of confidentiality to the Company.


Randolph Savings Bank

April 16, 2015

Page 6 of 8

 

The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that the presentation materials and financial models used by KBW in performing its services hereunder have been developed by and are proprietary to KBW. The Company agrees that it will not reproduce or distribute all or any portion of such models or presentations without the prior consent from KBW in writing.

 

10. Indemnification

As KBW will be acting on behalf of the Company in connection with the Offerings, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless KBW and its affiliates, the respective partners, directors, officers, employees and agents of KBW and its affiliates and each other person, if any, controlling KBW or any of its affiliates and each of their successors and assigns (KBW and each such person being an “Indemnified Party”) to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under applicable federal or state law, or otherwise related to or arising out of the Offerings or the engagement of KBW pursuant to, or the performance by KBW of the services contemplated by, this letter, and will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all expenses (including legal fees and expenses) as they are incurred, including expenses incurred in connection with the investigation, preparing for or defending any such action or claim whether or not in connection with pending or threatened litigation, or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not KBW is a party; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (a) arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement of a material fact or the omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make not misleading any statements contained in any final prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, made in reliance on and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by KBW expressly for use therein or (b) to the extent that any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense is found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from KBW’s gross negligence or bad faith of KBW.

If the indemnification provided for in the foregoing paragraph is judicially determined to be unavailable (other than in accordance with the terms hereof) to any person otherwise entitled to indemnity in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, then, in lieu of indemnifying such person hereunder, the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (and expenses relating thereto) (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits to the Company, on the one hand, and KBW, on the other hand, of the engagement provided for in this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided for in clause (i) above is not available, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in such clause (i) but also the relative fault of each of the Company and KBW, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, however, in no event shall KBW’s aggregate contribution to the amount paid or payable exceed the aggregate amount of fees actually received by KBW under this Agreement. For the purposes of this Agreement, the relative benefits to the Company and to KBW of the engagement under this Agreement shall be deemed to be


Randolph Savings Bank

April 16, 2015

Page 7 of 8

 

in the same proportion as (a) the total value paid or contemplated to be paid or received or contemplated to be received by the Company in the Conversion and the Offerings that are the subject of the engagement hereunder, whether or not consummated, bears to (b) the fees paid or to be paid to KBW under this Agreement.

The Company also agrees that neither KBW, nor any of its affiliates nor any officer, director, employee or agent of KBW or any of its affiliates, nor any person controlling KBW or any of its affiliates, shall have any liability to the Company for or in connection with such engagement except for any such liability for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company which are finally judicially determined to have resulted primarily from KBW’s bad faith or gross negligence. The foregoing agreement shall be in addition to any rights that KBW, the Company or any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise, including, but not limited to, any right to contribution. For the sole purpose of enforcing and otherwise giving effect to the indemnification and contribution provisions of this agreement, the Company hereby consents to personal jurisdiction and service and venue in any court in which any claim which is subject to this agreement is brought against KBW or any other indemnified party.

The Company agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of KBW, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not KBW is an actual or potential party to such claim, action, suit, or proceeding) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of KBW from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.

 

11. Definitive Agreement

This letter agreement reflects KBW’s present intention of proceeding to work with the Company on its proposed Offerings. No legal and binding obligation is created on the part of the Company or KBW with respect to the subject matter hereof, except as to (i) the agreement to maintain the confidentiality of Confidential Information set forth in Section 9, (ii) the payment of certain fees as set forth in Section 4, (iii) the payment of fees and expenses as set forth in Section 6, (iv) the limitations set forth in Section 7, (v) the indemnification and contribution and other provisions set forth in Section 10 and (iv) those terms set forth in a mutually agreed upon Agency Agreement between KBW and the Company to be executed prior to commencement of the Offerings, all of which, notwithstanding anything to the contrary that may be contained herein, shall constitute the binding obligations of the parties hereto and which shall survive the termination of this letter agreement or the completion of the services furnished hereunder and shall remain operative and in full force and effect.

KBW’s execution of such Agency Agreement shall also be subject to (a) KBW’s satisfaction with Due Diligence Review, (b) preparation of offering materials that are satisfactory to KBW, (c) compliance with all relevant legal and regulatory requirements to the reasonable satisfaction of KBW and its counsel, (d) agreement that the price established by the independent appraiser is reasonable, and (e) market conditions at the time of the proposed Offerings.


Randolph Savings Bank

April 16, 2015

Page 8 of 8

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and can be altered only by written consent signed by the parties. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof. Any right to trial by jury with respect to any claim or action arising out of this agreement or conduct in connection with the engagement is hereby waived by the parties hereto.

If the foregoing correctly sets forth our mutual understanding, please so indicate by signing and returning the original copy of this letter to the undersigned.

 

Very truly yours,    
KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC., A STIFEL COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Robin P. Suskind

   
  Robin P. Suskind    
  Managing Director    
RANDOLPH SAVINGS BANK    
By:  

/s/ James McDonough

    Date: April 27, 2015
  James McDonough    
  President and Chief Executive Officer    


LOGO   K EEFE , B RUYETTE  & W OODS   
  A Stifel Company   

April 16, 2015

Randolph Savings Bank

129 North Main Street

Randolph, MA 02368

 

Attention:    James McDonough
   President and Chief Executive Officer

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This letter confirms the engagement of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., a Stifel Company (“KBW”) to act as the conversion agent to Randolph Savings Bank (the “Bank”) and, upon formation, the new stock Holding Company (as defined below) in connection with the Bank’s proposed conversion from the mutual to the stock form of organization (the “Conversion”) pursuant to the Bank’s Plan of Conversion. In accordance with the Plan of Conversion and in order to effect the Conversion, it is contemplated that the Bank will convert from mutual to stock form, issuing all of its common stock to a new stock holding company (the “Holding Company”), and the Holding Company will offer and sell shares of its common stock (the “Common Stock”) initially to eligible persons in a Subscription Offering, with any remaining unsold shares offered (A) to the general public in a direct community offering (the “Community Offering”), (B) if necessary, through a syndicate of broker-dealers organized by KBW (a “Syndicated Community Offering”), and (C), if necessary, a Publicly Underwritten Offering, (the Subscription Offering, the Community Offering and any Syndicated Community Offering or Publicly Underwritten Offering are collectively referred to herein as the “Offerings”). The Bank and the Holding Company are collectively referred to herein as the “Company”. This letter sets forth the terms and conditions of our engagement.

 

1. Conversion Agent Services

As Conversion Agent, KBW will provide the following services, as the Company may reasonably request.

 

  1. Consolidation of Accounts and Development of a Central File, including, but not limited to the following:

 

    Consolidate accounts having the same ownership and separate the consolidated file information into necessary groupings to satisfy mailing requirements;

 

    Create the master file of account holders as of key record dates; and

 

    Provide software for the operation of the Company’s Stock Information Center, including subscription management.

 

  2. Special Meeting Services, including, but not limited to the following:

 

    Assist the Company’s financial printer with labeling of the notice of special meeting materials to corporators;

 

    Provide support for any follow-up reminder mailings, as needed;

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., 18 Columbia Turnpike, Florham Park, NJ 07932, (973) 549-4036


Randolph Savings Bank

April 16, 2015

Page 2 of 5

 

    Assist at the Company’s special meeting of corporators, if requested and the election is not contested.

 

  3. Subscription and Community Offering Services and Stock Information Center Management, including, but not limited to the following:

 

    Provide experienced KBW representatives registered with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) to manage and supervise the Stock Information Center (the “Center”);

 

    Administer the Center, pursuant to which all substantive investor-related matters will be handled by employees of KBW;

 

    Train and supervise Center staff assisting with order processing;

 

    Assist in educating Company personnel about the Offerings, their roles and relevant securities laws pertaining to the Offerings;

 

    Assist in establishing recordkeeping and reporting procedures;

 

    Assist the Company’s financial printer with labeling of stock offering materials for delivery to eligible subscribers;

 

    Perform stock order form processing and production of daily reports and analysis;

 

    Provide supporting account information to the Company’s legal counsel for ‘blue sky’ research and applicable registration;

 

    Assist the Company’s transfer agent with the generation and mailing of stock certificates or statements of ownership; and

 

    Perform interest and refund calculations and provide a file to enable the Company or its transfer agent to generate interest and refund checks and 1099-INT reporting as appropriate.

 

2. Fees

For the Conversion Agent services outlined above, the Company agrees to pay KBW a fee of $27,000. This fee is based upon the requirements of current banking regulations, the Conversion as currently contemplated, and the expectation that member data will be processed as of three key record dates. Any material changes in regulations or the Plan of Conversion, or delays requiring duplicate or replacement processing due to changes to record dates, may result in additional fees not to exceed $5,000. All fees under this agreement shall be payable as follows: (a) $5,000 payable upon execution of this agreement, which shall be non-refundable; and (b) the balance upon the completion of the Offerings.

 

3. Expenses

In addition to any fees that may be payable to KBW hereunder, the Company agrees to reimburse KBW, upon request made from time to time, for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with its engagement hereunder, regardless of whether the Offerings are consummated, including travel, lodging, food, telephone, postage, forms and supplies, and other similar expenses, which will not exceed $30,000 without the Company’s consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); provided however that the Company acknowledges and agrees that such expense cap may be increased by an additional amount, not to exceed $10,000, for additional out-of-pocket expenses in the event a resolicitation of the Offerings should occur. In addition,


Randolph Savings Bank

April 16, 2015

Page 3 of 5

 

the Company will bear all costs related to the operating of the Stock Information Center including hiring temporary personnel, if necessary. In the event KBW incurs such expenses on behalf of the Company, the Company shall reimburse KBW for such reasonable fees and expenses regardless of whether the Offerings are successfully completed. KBW will not incur any single expense of more than $1,000 without the prior approval of the Company. The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to apply to or in any way impair the indemnification provisions of this letter.

 

4. Reliance on Information Provided

The Company agrees to provide KBW with such information (the “Information”) as KBW may reasonably require in performance of its services under this agreement. The Company recognizes and confirms that KBW (a) will use and rely on and assume the accuracy and completeness of the Information in performing the services contemplated by this agreement without having independently verified or analyzed the accuracy or completeness of same, and (b) does not assume responsibility or liability for the accuracy or completeness of the Information or to conduct any independent verification or any appraisal or physical inspection of properties or assets.

 

5. Limitations

The Company acknowledges and agrees that KBW, as Conversion Agent hereunder, (a) shall have no duties or obligations other than the contractual obligations to the Company specifically set forth herein; (b) will be regarded as making no representations and having no responsibilities as to the validity, sufficiency, value or genuineness of any order form or any stock certificates or the shares represented thereby, and will not be required to and will make no representations as to the validity, value or genuineness of the offer; (c) shall not be obliged to take any legal action hereunder which might in its judgment involve any expense or liability, unless it shall have been furnished with an indemnity satisfactory to it; and (d) may rely on and shall be protected in acting in reliance upon any certificate, instrument, opinion, notice, letter, telex, telegram, or other document or security delivered to it and in good faith believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper party or parties.

The Company also agrees neither KBW, nor any of its affiliates nor any officer, director, employee or agent of KBW or any of its affiliates, nor any person controlling KBW or any of its affiliates, shall be liable to any person or entity, including the Company and any purchaser or potential purchaser of Common Stock in the Offerings, by reason of any error of judgment, or for any act done by it in good faith, or for any mistake of law or fact in connection with this agreement and the performance hereof, unless caused by or arising primarily out of KBW’s bad faith or gross negligence. The foregoing agreement shall be in addition to any rights that KBW, the Company or any Indemnified Party (as defined herein) may have at common law or otherwise, including, but not limited to, any right to contribution.

Anything in this agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall KBW be liable for special, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if KBW has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.


Randolph Savings Bank

April 16, 2015

Page 4 of 5

 

6. Indemnification

The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless KBW and its affiliates, the respective partners, directors, officers, employees, and agents of KBW and its affiliates and each other person, if any, controlling KBW or any of its affiliates and each of their successors and assigns (KBW and each such person being an “Indemnified Party”) to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under applicable federal or state law, or otherwise, related to or arising out of the engagement of KBW pursuant to, and the performance by KBW of the services contemplated by, this letter, and will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all expenses (including counsel fees and expenses) as they are incurred, including expenses incurred in connection with investigation, preparing for or defending any such action or claim whether or not in connection with pending or threatened litigation, or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not KBW is a Party. The Company will not be liable under the foregoing indemnification provision to the extent that any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense is found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from KBW’s bad faith or gross negligence.

If the indemnification provided for in the foregoing paragraph is judicially determined to be unavailable (other than in accordance with the terms hereof) to any person otherwise entitled to indemnity in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, then, in lieu of indemnifying such person hereunder, the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (and expenses relating thereto) (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits to the Company, on the one hand, and KBW, on the other hand, of the engagement provided for in this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided for in clause (i) above is not available, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in such clause (i) but also the relative fault of each of the Company and KBW, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, however, in no event shall KBW’s aggregate contribution to the amount paid or payable exceed the aggregate amount of fees actually received by KBW under this Agreement. For the purposes of this Agreement, the relative benefits to the Company and to KBW of the engagement under this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as (a) the total value paid or contemplated to be paid or received or contemplated to be received by the Company in the Conversion and the Offerings that are the subject of the engagement hereunder, whether or not consummated, bears to (b) the fees paid or to be paid to KBW under this Agreement. For the sole purpose of enforcing and otherwise giving effect to the indemnification and contribution provisions of this agreement, the Company hereby consents to personal jurisdiction and service and venue in any court in which any claim which is subject to this agreement is brought against KBW or any other indemnified party.

The Company agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of KBW, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not KBW is an actual or potential party to such claim, action, suit, or proceeding) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of KBW from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.


Randolph Savings Bank

April 16, 2015

Page 5 of 5

 

7. Definitive Agreement

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and can be altered only by written consent signed by the parties. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof. Any right to trial by jury with respect to any claim or action arising out of this agreement or conduct in connection with the engagement is hereby waived by the parties hereto.

If the foregoing correctly sets forth our mutual understanding, please so indicate by signing and returning the original copy of this letter to the undersigned.

 

Very truly yours,    
KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC., A STIFEL COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Robin P. Suskind

   
  Robin P. Suskind    
  Managing Director    
RANDOLPH SAVINGS BANK    
By:  

/s/ James McDonough

    Date: April 27, 2015
  James McDonough    
  President and Chief Executive Officer    

Exhibit 2.1

 

 

RANDOLPH BANCORP

PLAN OF CONVERSION

 

     Adopted by the Board of Trustees
     on January 26, 2016, as amended
     on March 3, 2016

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE 1. INTRODUCTION - BUSINESS PURPOSE      5   
ARTICLE 2. DEFINITIONS      7   

2.1.

 

Acting in Concert

     7   

2.2.

 

Affiliate

     7   

2.3.

 

Application

     8   

2.4.

 

Associate

     8   

2.5.

 

Bank

     8   

2.6.

 

Bank Liquidation Account

     8   

2.7.

 

BHCA

     8   

2.8.

 

Commissioner

     8   

2.9.

 

Community Offering

     8   

2.10.

 

Control

     8   

2.11.

 

Conversion

     8   

2.12.

 

Corporator

     8   

2.13.

 

Deposit Account

     9   

2.14.

 

Direct Community Offering

     9   

2.15.

 

Division

     9   

2.16.

 

Eligible Account Holder

     9   

2.17.

 

Eligibility Record Date

     9   

2.18.

 

Employee

     9   

2.19.

 

Employee Plan

     9   

2.20.

 

ESOP

     9   

2.21.

 

Estimated Valuation Range

     9   

2.22.

 

Exchange Act

     9   

2.23.

 

FDIC

     9   

2.24.

 

Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering

     9   

2.25.

 

Foundation

     10   

2.26.

 

FRB

     10   

2.27.

 

FRB Application

     10   

2.28.

 

Group Maximum Purchase Limit

     10   

2.29.

 

Holding Company Common Stock

     10   

2.30.

 

Holding Company Conversion Stock

     10   

2.31.

 

Independent Appraiser

     10   

2.32.

 

Independent Corporator

     10   

2.33.

 

Independent Valuation

     10   

2.34.

 

Individual Maximum Purchase Limit

     10   

2.35.

 

Information Statement

     10   

 

(i)


2.36.

 

IRS

     10   

2.37.

 

Liquidation Account

     10   

2.38.

 

Local Community

     10   

2.39.

 

Marketing Agent

     10   

2.40.

 

Market Maker

     11   

2.41.

 

MGL

     11   

2.42.

 

MHC

     11   

2.43.

 

Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Benefit Plan

     11   

2.44.

 

Offering

     11   

2.45.

 

Officer

     11   

2.46.

 

Person

     11   

2.47.

 

Plan

     11   

2.48.

 

Qualifying Deposit

     11   

2.49.

 

Range Maximum

     11   

2.50.

 

Range Minimum

     11   

2.51.

 

Regulations

     11   

2.52.

 

SEC

     12   

2.53.

 

Special Meeting

     12   

2.54.

 

Stock Holding Company

     12   

2.55.

 

Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account

     12   

2.56.

 

Subscription Offering

     12   

2.57.

 

Subscription Price

     12   

2.58.

 

Subsidiary

     12   

2.59.

 

Supplemental Eligible Account Holder

     12   

2.60.

 

Supplemental Eligibility Record Date

     12   

2.61.

 

Syndicated Community Offering

     12   

2.62.

 

Tax-Qualified Employee Plan

     12   

ARTICLE 3 . GENERAL PROCEDURE FOR CONVERSION

     13   

3.1.

 

Preconditions to Conversion

     13   

3.2.

 

Submission of Plan to Commissioner and FRB

     13   

3.3.

 

Special Meeting of Corporators to Approve the Plan

     13   

3.4.

 

Stock Holding Company Articles of Organization And Bylaws

     13   

3.5.

 

Bank Charter And Bylaws

     14   

3.6.

 

Conversion Procedures

     14   

3.7.

 

Conversion to Stock Holding Company

     14   

3.8.

 

Offer and Sale of Holding Company Conversion Stock

     14   

ARTICLE 4. ESTABLISHMENT AND FUNDING OF CHARITABLE FOUNDATION

     15   

4.1.

 

Establishment of the Foundation

     15   

4.2.

 

Purposes of the Foundation; Charitable Contributions

     15   

4.3.

 

Board of Directors of the Foundation

     16   

 

(ii)


ARTICLE 5. SHARES TO BE OFFERED

     16   

5.1.

 

Holding Company Common Stock

     16   

5.2.

 

Independent Valuation, Purchase Price and Number of Shares

     17   

ARTICLE 6. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS AND ORDERS FOR COMMON STOCK

     18   

6.1.

 

Distribution of Prospectus

     18   

6.2.

 

Order Forms

     18   

6.3.

 

Undelivered, Defective or Late Order Form; Insufficient Payment

     19   

6.4.

 

Payment for Stock

     19   

ARTICLE 7. STOCK PURCHASE PRIORITIES

     20   

7.1.

 

Priorities for Offering

     20   

7.2.

 

Certain Determinations

     20   

7.3.

 

Minimum Purchase; No Fractional Shares

     21   

7.4.

 

Overview of Priorities

     21   

7.5.

 

Priorities For Subscription Offering

     21   

7.6.

 

Priorities for Direct Community Offering

     23   

7.7.

 

Priorities for Syndicated Community Offering

     24   

ARTICLE 8. ADDITIONAL LIMITATIONS ON PURCHASES

     25   

8.1.

 

General

     25   

8.2.

 

Individual Maximum Purchase Limit

     25   

8.3.

 

Group Maximum Purchase Limit

     25   

8.4.

 

Purchases by Officers, Directors, Trustees and Corporators

     26   

8.5.

 

Special Rule for Tax-Qualified Employee Plans

     26   

8.6.

 

Increase in the Total Number of Shares Offered

     26   

8.7.

 

Illegal Purchases

     26   

8.8.

 

Rejection of Orders

     26   

8.9.

 

Subscribers in Non-Qualified States or in Foreign Countries

     26   

8.10.

 

No Offer to Transfer Shares

     27   

8.11.

 

Confirmation by Purchasers

     27   

ARTICLE 9. POST OFFERING MATTERS

     27   

9.1.

 

Stock Purchases After the Conversion

     27   

9.2.

 

Resales of Stock by Management Persons

     27   

9.3.

 

Stock Certificates

     28   

9.4.

 

Restriction on Financing Stock Purchases

     28   

9.5.

 

Stock Benefit Plans

     28   

9.6.

 

Market for Holding Company Common Stock

     29   

9.7.

 

Liquidation Account

     29   

9.8.

 

Repurchase of Stock

     32   

9.9.

 

Conversion Expenses

     32   

9.10.

 

Public Inspection of Applications

     33   

 

(iii)


9.11.

 

Enforcement of Terms and Conditions

     33   

9.12.

 

Voting Rights Following the Offering

     33   

ARTICLE 10. MISCELLANEOUS

     33   

10.1.

 

Interpretation of Plan

     33   

10.2.

 

Amendment or Termination of the Plan

     33   

10.3.

 

Expenses

     34   

10.4.

 

Governing Law

     34   

Exhibit 3.4 — Articles of Organization and Bylaws of the Stock Holding Company

Exhibit 3.5 — Charter and Bylaws of the Bank

Exhibit 3.7 — Initial Members of the Board of Directors of the Stock Holding Company

Exhibit 7.6 — Local Community; Massachusetts and Rhode Island Counties Served by Randolph Savings Bank

 

(iv)


RANDOLPH BANCORP

PLAN OF CONVERSION

ARTICLE 1.

Introduction - Business Purpose

This Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”) provides for the conversion and reorganization of Randolph Bancorp, a Massachusetts-chartered mutual holding company (the “MHC”), into a capital stock form of organization (the “Conversion”). The MHC currently owns 100% of the common stock of Randolph Savings Bank (the “Bank”), a Massachusetts-chartered savings bank, which is headquartered in Randolph, Massachusetts. The purposes of the Conversion are to (1) support future growth and profitability through, among other things, branch expansion and increased lending; (2) compete more effectively in the financial services marketplace by diversifying the products and services offered to customers; (3) fund the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation; (4) make capital investments in facilities and technology; (5) increase philanthropic endeavors to the communities served by the Bank through the formation and funding of a charitable foundation to support charitable activities within these communities; (6) offer depositors, employees, management and directors an equity ownership interest in the stock holding company; and (7) attract and retain qualified directors, management and employees through stock-based compensation plans. The Conversion is also intended to provide an additional source of capital not now available to the MHC or the Bank. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Article 1 shall have the respective meanings set forth in Article 2 hereof.

The board of trustees of the MHC has adopted this Plan to be carried out under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the regulations of the Massachusetts Division of Banks, and other applicable laws and regulations. The board of trustees of the MHC currently contemplates that, following the Conversion, all of the capital stock of the Bank will be held by a Massachusetts-chartered business corporation (the “Stock Holding Company”) and that the Stock Holding Company will issue and sell its capital stock (the “Holding Company Conversion Stock”) upon the terms and conditions set forth herein to Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (if any), the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans established by the Bank or the Stock Holding Company, and Employees, Officers, directors, trustees and Corporators of the MHC and/or the Bank, according to the respective priorities set forth in the Plan. Any shares not subscribed for by the foregoing classes of Persons will be offered for sale to certain members of the public directly by the Stock Holding Company through a Direct Community Offering or a Syndicated Community Offering or through a combination thereof. Alternatively, any shares not subscribed for by the foregoing classes of Persons may be offered for sale in a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, or in any other manner permitted by the Commissioner and the FRB. All sales of Holding Company Conversion Stock in a Direct Community Offering, a Syndicated Community Offering, a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, or in any other manner permitted by the Commissioner and the FRB, will be at the sole discretion of the board of trustees of the MHC and the board of directors of the Stock Holding Company.


The Plan provides for the conversion of the MHC from a Massachusetts mutual holding company to a Massachusetts corporation, the Stock Holding Company. As a result of the conversion, the Stock Holding Company will own 100% of the common stock of the Bank. The foregoing is subject to modification as necessary to address tax and regulatory considerations. Upon the Conversion, Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (if any) will be granted interests in the liquidation account to be established by the Bank pursuant to Section 9.7 hereof.

Under the Plan, the Stock Holding Company may, subject to the purchase priority rights of depositors, tax-qualified employee benefit plans (specifically our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan) and employees, officers, directors, trustees, Corporators of the MHC and the Bank, offer the common stock for sale in a direct community offering to members of the general public. The Stock Holding Company will use the capital raised, directly or after investing such capital into the Bank, to further the expansion of the activities of the Stock Holding Company and the Bank. In addition, after the Conversion, the Stock Holding Company would have the ability to issue additional shares of Holding Company Common Stock to raise additional capital or in connection with additional mergers or acquisitions, including the pending acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiary, First Federal Savings Bank of Boston, for cash, although no additional capital issuance and no additional merger or acquisition is planned or contemplated at the present time. In addition, stock ownership by Officers and other Employees of the Stock Holding Company and the Bank has proven to be an effective performance incentive, as well as a means of attracting and retaining qualified personnel. Finally, the board of directors, board of trustees and senior management also believe that the Conversion will be beneficial to the population within the Bank’s primary market area. The Conversion will provide local customers and other residents with an opportunity to become equity owners of the Bank, and thereby participate in possible stock price appreciation and cash dividends, which is consistent with the objective of being a locally-owned financial institution serving local financial needs. The board of trustees and management believe that, through local stock ownership, current customers and non-customers who purchase Holding Company Conversion Stock will seek to enhance the financial success of the Bank through consolidation of their banking business and increased referrals to the Bank.

In furtherance of the MHC’s commitment to its community, the MHC intends to cause to be formed a charitable foundation (the “Foundation”) as part of the Conversion. The Foundation will be dedicated to charitable purposes within the Bank’s community that it currently serves and will serve in the future. The Foundation is intended to complement the Bank’s community reinvestment activities in a manner that will allow the Bank’s community to share in the growth and profitability of the Stock Holding Company and the Bank over the long term. Consistent with the Bank’s goal, the Stock Holding Company intends, immediately following the Conversion, to contribute to the Foundation 3.2% of the shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock sold in the Offering and the remainder in cash so that the aggregate contribution will equal 4.0% of the gross proceeds of the Offering.

The Plan is subject to the approval of various regulatory agencies, and must be approved by a majority of the total votes of the MHC’s Corporators and a majority of the MHC’s Independent Corporators (who shall constitute not less than 60% of all Corporators) eligible to be cast at the annual meeting or at a special meeting called for such purpose. By approving the Plan, the Corporators will also be approving the Articles of Organization and Bylaws of the Stock Holding Company and all other steps necessary or incidental to the Conversion.

 

-6-


The Bank became a stock-form subsidiary of the MHC when Randolph Savings Bank reorganized into mutual holding company form in 2002. Accordingly, the Conversion will not affect the corporate existence of the Bank. The Bank’s business and operations will not be affected or interrupted by the Conversion and the Bank will continue as the same legal entity after the Conversion. The Bank, upon combination with the MHC, will succeed to all of the presently existing rights, interests, duties and obligations of the MHC to the extent provided by law. The deposit accounts and loan accounts of the Bank’s customers will not be affected by the Conversion. Upon Conversion, each deposit account holder of the Bank will continue to hold exactly the same deposit account as the holder held immediately before the Conversion, and such deposit account holders shall have all of the same rights and privileges after the Conversion. All deposit accounts in the Bank following the Conversion will continue to be insured up to the legal maximum by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC and the Depositors Insurance Fund established by Section 1 of Chapter 44 of the acts of 1932, as amended, of the MGL for amounts in excess of FDIC coverage limits, in the same manner as such deposit accounts were insured immediately before the Conversion. There will be no change in the Bank’s loans. The Conversion will not result in any reduction of the Bank’s reserves or net worth.

ARTICLE 2.

Definitions

As used in the Plan, the terms set forth below have the following meanings:

2.1. Acting in Concert . The term “Acting in Concert” means Persons seeking to combine or pool their voting or other interests (such as subscription rights) in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose, pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise. When Persons act together for such purpose, their group is deemed to have acquired their stock. The determination of whether a group is Acting in Concert shall be made solely by the board of trustees or directors of the MHC, the Stock Holding Company or the Bank, as applicable, or Officers delegated by such board and may be based on any evidence upon which the board or such delegatee chooses to rely, including, without limitation, joint account relationships or the fact that such Persons have filed joint Schedules 13D with the SEC with respect to other companies; provided, however , that the determination of whether a group is Acting in Concert remains subject to review by the Division. Persons living at the same address, whether or not related, will be deemed to be Acting in Concert unless otherwise determined by the board or such delegatee. Trustees of the MHC and directors of the Stock Holding Company and the Bank shall not be deemed to be Acting in Concert solely as a result of their membership on any such board or boards, including the board of Corporators.

2.2. Affiliate . An “Affiliate” of, or a Person “Affiliated” with, a specified Person, is a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Person specified.

 

-7-


2.3. Application . The application, including a copy of the Plan, submitted by the MHC to the Commissioner for approval of the Conversion.

2.4. Associate . The term “Associate,” when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means: (a) any corporation or organization (other than the Bank, the Stock Holding Company, the MHC or a majority-owned subsidiary of any thereof) of which such Person is an Officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of 10% or more of any class of equity securities; (b) any trust or other estate in which such Person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (c) any relative or spouse of such Person or any relative of such spouse, who has the same home as such Person or who is a director or trustee or officer of the MHC or the Bank; provided , however , that any Tax-Qualified or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plan shall not be deemed to be an Associate of any director, trustee or Officer of the MHC, the Stock Holding Company or the Bank, to the extent provided in the Plan. When used to refer to a Person other than an Officer, director or trustee of the Bank, the MHC or the Stock Holding Company, the MHC in its sole discretion may determine the Persons that are Associates of other Persons. Trustees of the MHC and directors of the Stock Holding Company and the Bank shall not be deemed to be Associates solely as a result of their membership on such board.

2.5. Bank . Randolph Savings Bank.

2.6. Bank Liquidation Account . The account established in the Bank representing the liquidation interests received by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (if any) in connection with the Conversion.

2.7. BHCA . The Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended.

2.8. Commissioner . The Commissioner of Banks of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

2.9. Community Offering . A Direct Community Offering and/or a Syndicated Community Offering.

2.10. Control . The term “Control” (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by,” and “under common control with”) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

2.11. Conversion . The conversion of the MHC to stock form pursuant to the Plan, and all steps incident or necessary thereto, including, as applicable, (a) the formation of the Stock Holding Company as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the MHC, (b) the contribution of the Bank’s outstanding common stock by the MHC to the Stock Holding Company, (c) the combination, by merger or otherwise, of the MHC with and into the Stock Holding Company, pursuant to which the MHC will cease to exist, and (d) the issuance of Holding Company Conversion Stock by the Stock Holding Company in the Offering as provided herein. The foregoing is subject to modification as necessary to address tax or regulatory considerations.

2.12. Corporator . A member of the board of Corporators of the MHC.

 

-8-


2.13. Deposit Account . Any withdrawable deposit account offered by the Bank, including, without limitation, savings accounts, NOW account deposits, certificates of deposit, demand deposits, Keogh Plans, SEPs and Individual Retirement Accounts for which the Bank acts as custodian or trustee, and such other types of deposit accounts as may then have been authorized by Massachusetts or federal law and regulations, but not including repurchase agreements, savings bank life insurance policies, certain escrow accounts, or trust department accounts held separately from deposit accounts in accordance with Section 4 of Chapter 167G of the MGL.

2.14. Direct Community Offering . The offering for sale directly by the Stock Holding Company of Holding Company Conversion Stock (a) to the Local Community, as provided in Section 7.6 of the Plan, with preference given to natural persons residing in the Local Community, and then (b) to the public at large. The Direct Community Offering may be conducted simultaneously with the Subscription Offering.

2.15. Division . The Division of Banks of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

2.16. Eligible Account Holder . Any Person holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Eligibility Record Date.

2.17. Eligibility Record Date . December 31, 2014, the date for determining who qualifies as an Eligible Account Holder.

2.18. Employee . All persons who are employed by the Bank, the Stock Holding Company or the MHC or any subsidiary of the Bank, the Stock Holding Company or the MHC. The term “Employee” does not include a trustee, director or Officer.

2.19. Employee Plan . Any Tax-Qualified Employee Plan or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Benefit Plan of the MHC, the Stock Holding Company or the Bank.

2.20. ESOP . The employee stock ownership plan to be established by the Bank.

2.21. Estimated Valuation Range . The dollar range of the Offering, as determined by the Independent Appraiser before the Offering and as it may be amended from time to time thereafter. The Estimated Valuation Range may vary within 15% above or 15% below the midpoint of such range, with a possible adjustment by up to 15% above the Range Maximum, as described more fully in Section 5.2 of the Plan.

2.22. Exchange Act . The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

2.23. FDIC . The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

2.24. Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering The offering, at the sole discretion of the Stock Holding Company, of Holding Company Conversion Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and any Direct Community Offering, to members of the general public through one or more underwriters. A Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering may occur following the Subscription Offering and the Direct Community Offering, if any.

 

-9-


2.25. Foundation . A charitable foundation established and funded by the Stock Holding Company immediately following the Conversion as contemplated by Article 4 hereof. The Foundation will qualify as an exempt organization under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

2.26. FRB. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

2.27. FRB Application . The application to be submitted by the MHC to the FRB seeking the FRB’s prior approval of the MHC’s conversion from mutual to stock form.

2.28. Group Maximum Purchase Limit . The limitation on the purchase of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock established by Section 8.3, as such limit may be increased pursuant to said Section 8.3.

2.29. Holding Company Common Stock . The common stock authorized to be issued from time to time by the Stock Holding Company.

2.30. Holding Company Conversion Stock . The Holding Company Common Stock to be issued by the Stock Holding Company in the Conversion.

2.31. Independent Appraiser . The appraiser retained by the MHC to prepare an appraisal of the pro forma market value of the Holding Company Conversion Stock.

2.32. Independent Corporator . A Corporator who is not an Employee, Officer, or trustee of the MHC or an Employee, Officer, director, or “significant borrower” of the Bank as determined by the Commissioner.

2.33. Independent Valuation . The estimated pro forma market value of the Holding Company Conversion Stock as determined by the Independent Appraiser.

2.34. Individual Maximum Purchase Limit . The limitation on the purchase of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock established by Section 8.2, as such limit may be increased pursuant to said Section 8.2.

2.35. Information Statement . The information statement required to be sent to the Corporators in connection with the Special Meeting.

2.36. IRS . The United States Internal Revenue Service.

2.37. Liquidation Account . The liquidation account established pursuant to Section 9.7 of the Plan.

2.38. Local Community . The Massachusetts and Rhode Island counties listed on Exhibit 7.6 .

2.39. Marketing Agent . The broker-dealer responsible for managing the Offering and sale of the Holding Company Conversion Stock.

 

-10-


2.40. Market Maker . A broker-dealer ( i.e ., any Person who engages directly or indirectly as agent, broker, or principal in the business of offering, buying, selling or otherwise dealing or trading in securities issued by another Person) who, with respect to a particular security, (i) regularly publishes a bona fide, competitive bid and offers quotations on request in a recognized inter-dealer quotation system, (ii) furnishes a bona fide, competitive bid and offers quotations on request, and (iii) is ready, willing and able to effect transactions in reasonable quantities at the dealer’s quoted prices with other brokers or dealers.

2.41. MGL . The General Laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

2.42. MHC . Randolph Bancorp, the Massachusetts-chartered holding company for the Bank as it exists in mutual form prior to the Conversion.

2.43. Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Benefit Plan . Any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan which is not qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

2.44. Offering . The Subscription Offering, the Direct Community Offering, the Syndicated Community Offering and the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering.

2.45. Officer . The President, any officer of the level of vice president or above, the Clerk, the Secretary, and the Treasurer of the Bank, the MHC or the Stock Holding Company, as the case may be.

2.46. Person . An individual, corporation, partnership, association, joint-stock company, trust (including Individual Retirement Accounts, SEPs and Keogh Accounts), unincorporated organization, government entity or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

2.47. Plan . This Plan of Conversion.

2.48. Qualifying Deposit . The aggregate balances of all Deposit Accounts of an Eligible Account Holder as of the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date or of a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder as of the close of business on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, as the case may be, provided that such aggregate balance is not less than $50. In determining the aggregate balance, any Deposit Account having a negative balance on the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date shall be disregarded.

2.49. Range Maximum . The valuation which is 15% above the midpoint of the Estimated Valuation Range.

2.50. Range Minimum . The valuation which is 15% below the midpoint of the Estimated Valuation Range.

2.51. Regulations . The regulations of the Division regarding mutual to stock conversions of mutual holding companies and the regulations of the FRB regarding mutual to stock conversions of mutual holding companies.

 

-11-


2.52. SEC . The Securities and Exchange Commission.

2.53. Special Meeting . The special meeting of Corporators called for the purpose of voting on the Plan.

2.54. Stock Holding Company . The stock-form holding company that will (a) be a newly-chartered Massachusetts corporation known as Randolph Bancorp, Inc., (b) issue Holding Company Conversion Stock in the Conversion, and (c) own 100% of the common stock of the Bank upon consummation of the Conversion in exchange for a portion of the net proceeds received from the sale of the Conversion Stock.

2.55. Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account . The account established by the Stock Holding Company representing the liquidation interests received by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (if any) in connection with the Conversion in exchange for their interests in the MHC immediately prior to the Conversion.

2.56. Subscription Offering . The offering of Holding Company Conversion Stock for subscription by Persons holding subscription rights pursuant to the Plan.

2.57. Subscription Price . The price per share, determined as provided in Section 5.2 of the Plan, at which the Holding Company Conversion Stock will be sold in the Offering.

2.58. Subsidiary . A company that is controlled by another company, either directly or indirectly through one or more subsidiaries.

2.59. Supplemental Eligible Account Holder . Any Person (other than Officers, directors, trustees, or Corporators of the MHC, the Stock Holding Company or the Bank and their Associates) holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date (if established).

2.60. Supplemental Eligibility Record Date . If the Eligibility Record Date is more than 15 months prior to the date of the latest amendment to the Application filed prior to approval of the Application by the Commissioner, a supplemental record date shall be established for determining who qualifies as a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder. If required, the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date is June 30, 2015.

2.61. Syndicated Community Offering . At the sole discretion of the Stock Holding Company, the offering of Holding Company Conversion Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering or Direct Community Offering to members of the general public following or contemporaneously with the Direct Community Offering through a syndicate of broker-dealers.

2.62. Tax-Qualified Employee Plan . Any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan (including the ESOP, any stock bonus plan, profit-sharing plan, 401(k) plan or other plan) of the Bank, the Stock Holding Company, the MHC or any of their Affiliates, which, with its related trusts, meets the requirements to be qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

-12-


ARTICLE 3.

General Procedure for Conversion

3.1. Preconditions to Conversion . The Conversion is expressly conditioned upon prior occurrence of the following:

3.1.1 Approval of the Plan by the affirmative vote of a majority of the total votes of the MHC’s Corporators and a majority of the MHC’s Independent Corporators (who shall constitute not less than 60% of all Corporators) eligible to be cast at the annual meeting or at a special meeting called for such purpose.

3.1.2 Approval by the Commissioner of the Application, including the Plan and all exhibits hereto.

3.1.3 Approval by the FRB of the FRB Application.

3.2. Submission of Plan to Commissioner and FRB . Upon approval by at least two-thirds of all trustees of the MHC, the Plan will be submitted to the Commissioner as part of the Application and to the FRB as part of the FRB Application, together with a copy of the proposed Information Statement and all other material required by the Regulations, for approval by the Commissioner and approval or non-objection, as applicable, by the FRB. The MHC must also receive an opinion of its counsel as to the federal and Massachusetts income tax consequences of the Conversion substantially to the effect that the Conversion will not result in a taxable transaction to the MHC, the Bank, the Stock Holding Company or (provided the subscription rights have no value) the Bank’s depositors under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or Massachusetts law. Upon a determination by the Commissioner that the Application is complete, the MHC will publish and post public announcements and notices of the Application as required by the Commissioner and the Regulations. The MHC and the Stock Holding Company will also publish any notice required in connection with the FRB Application.

3.3. Special Meeting of Corporators to Approve the Plan . Following approval of the Plan and the proposed Information Statement by the Commissioner, the Special Meeting shall be scheduled in accordance with the MHC’s Bylaws. The Plan (as may be revised in response to comments received from the Commissioner and the FRB), any proposed revisions and amendments to the charters and bylaws of the Bank, the Articles of Organization and Bylaws of the Stock Holding Company, and any information required pursuant to the Regulations, will be submitted to the Corporators for their consideration and approval at the Special Meeting. The MHC will mail to each Corporator a copy of the Information Statement not less than seven days before the Special Meeting. Following approval of the Plan by the Corporators, the MHC intends to take such steps as may be appropriate pursuant to applicable laws and regulations to convert the MHC to a Massachusetts-chartered stock form holding company and to otherwise effect the Conversion.

3.4. Stock Holding Company Articles of Organization And Bylaws . The board of trustees of the MHC and the board of directors of the Bank will take all necessary steps to form the Stock Holding Company and to complete the Offering, including the timely filing of all necessary applications to appropriate regulatory authorities, and the filing of a registration

 

-13-


statement to register the sale of the Conversion Stock with the SEC. Copies of the Articles of Organization and Bylaws of the Stock Holding Company are attached hereto as Exhibit 3.4 , and are made a part of the Plan. By their approval of the Plan, the Corporators shall have approved and adopted the Articles of Organization and Bylaws of the Stock Holding Company.

3.5. Bank Charter And Bylaws . Copies of the current Charter and Bylaws of the Bank are attached hereto as Exhibit 3.5 , and are made a part of the Plan. By their approval of the Plan, the trustees, as the governing body of the sole stockholder of the Bank, have approved that the Bank shall continue to operate pursuant to its current Charter and Bylaws.

3.6. Conversion Procedures . The Conversion will be effected through the following steps or in any manner selected by the board of trustees of the MHC which is consistent with the purposes of this Plan and applicable laws and regulations: (a) the formation of the Stock Holding Company as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the MHC, (b) the contribution of the Bank’s outstanding common stock by the MHC to the Stock Holding Company, (c) the combination, by merger or otherwise, of the MHC with and into the Stock Holding Company, pursuant to which the MHC will cease to exist, and (d) the issuance of Holding Company Conversion Stock by the Stock Holding Company in the Offering as provided herein. The choice of which method to use to effect the Conversion will be made by the board of trustees of the MHC immediately prior to the consummation of the Conversion. Approval of the Plan by the board of trustees and Corporators of the MHC shall also constitute approval of the conversion of the MHC into the Stock Holding Company as set forth herein and approval of any other of the transactions that are necessary to implement the Plan.

3.7. Conversion to Stock Holding Company . Upon the consummation of the Conversion, the Stock Holding Company will be chartered as a Massachusetts corporation and will be authorized to exercise any and all powers, rights and privileges, and will be subject to all limitations applicable to bank holding companies under applicable laws and regulations. The members of the board of directors of the Stock Holding Company will be those Persons whose names are set forth on Exhibit 3.7 to the Plan, each to hold office until the Annual Meeting (or Special Meeting in lieu thereof) in the year set forth opposite their respective names on such Exhibit 3.7 , and until their successors are elected and have been qualified, and otherwise in accordance with the Articles of Organization and Bylaws of the Stock Holding Company. The Officers of the MHC immediately prior to the Conversion shall be the Officers of the Stock Holding Company, in each case to serve at the pleasure of the board of directors of the Stock Holding Company. The Stock Holding Company will own 100% of the common stock of the Bank upon consummation of the Conversion.

3.8. Offer and Sale of Holding Company Conversion Stock .

3.8.1 If the Corporators approve the Plan, and upon receipt of all required regulatory approvals, the Holding Company Conversion Stock will be offered for sale in a Subscription Offering simultaneously to Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (if any), any Tax-Qualified Employee Benefit Plans, and Employees, Officers, directors, trustees and Corporators in the manner set forth in Article 7 hereof. The Subscription Offering period will run for no less than 20 but no more than 45 days from the date of distribution of the Subscription Offering materials, unless extended by the MHC with the

 

-14-


approval of the Commissioner and the FRB, if required. If feasible, any Holding Company Conversion Stock remaining will then be sold to the general public through a Direct Community Offering as provided in Article 7 hereof, which may be held either subsequent to or concurrently with the Subscription Offering.

3.8.2 If feasible, any shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock remaining unsold after completion of the Subscription Offering and a Direct Community Offering may, in the sole discretion of the Stock Holding Company, be sold in a Syndicated Community Offering or a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering (which may commence following or contemporaneously with the Direct Community Offering) or in any manner receiving the required approval of any regulatory agencies. If for any reason a Syndicated Community Offering or a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering cannot be effected, the Stock Holding Company will use its best efforts to obtain other purchasers in order to meet the Range Minimum, subject to the approval of the Commissioner and the FRB, if required. The sale of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock to be sold pursuant to this Plan must be completed within 45 days after expiration of the Subscription Offering; subject to the extension of such 45 day period by the Stock Holding Company with the approval of the Commissioner and the FRB, if required. The Stock Holding Company may seek one or more extensions of such 45 day period if necessary to complete the sale of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock. If all available shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock are sold in the Subscription Offering and any Direct Community Offering, there will be no Syndicated Community Offering or firm commitment Underwritten Offering and the Conversion will be consummated upon completion of the Subscription Offering or the Direct Community Offering, as the case may be.

ARTICLE 4.

Establishment and Funding of Charitable Foundation.

4.1. Establishment of the Foundation . As part of the Conversion, the Stock Holding Company intends to establish the Foundation which will qualify as an exempt organization under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and to contribute to the Foundation 3.2% of the shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock sold in the Offering and the remainder in cash so that the aggregate contribution will equal 4.0% of the gross proceeds of the Offering.

4.2. Purposes of the Foundation; Charitable Contributions . The Foundation is being formed in connection with the Conversion in order to support the Bank’s charitable activities within the communities served by the Bank, and to complement the Bank’s community reinvestment activities in a manner that will allow the Bank’s local communities to share with the Bank’s community – including the community that the Bank currently serves and will serve in the future – a part of the Bank’s financial success as a locally headquartered, community-minded, financial services institution. The funding of the Foundation with Holding Company Common Stock accomplishes this goal as it enables the community to share in the growth and profitability of the Stock Holding Company and the Bank over the long term. The Foundation will be dedicated to the promotion of charitable purposes including, without limitation, community development, grants or donations to support housing assistance, not-for-profit community groups and other types of organizations or civic minded projects. The Foundation will annually distribute total grants to assist charitable organizations or to fund projects within

 

-15-


the Stock Holding Company’s and the Bank’s community of not less than 5.0% of the average fair value of Foundation assets each year, less certain expenses. In order to serve the purposes for which it was formed and maintain its Section 501(c)(3) qualification, the Foundation may sell a portion of the Holding Company Common Stock contributed to it by the Holding Company. The Foundation will operate in accordance with the following conditions:

 

    The Foundation must vote its shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the same ratio as other holders of such shares;

 

    The Foundation shall be subject to examination by the Division;

 

    The Foundation shall comply with all supervisory directives or regulatory bulletins imposed by the Division;

 

    The Foundation shall operate in compliance with written policies adopted by its board of directors, including adopting a business plan and conflict of interest policy;

 

    The Foundation shall provide annual reports to the Division describing the grants made and the grant recipients;

 

    The Foundation shall not engage in self-dealing and shall comply with all laws necessary to maintain its tax-exempt status under the Internal Revenue Code;

 

    The Articles of Organization and Bylaws of the Foundation shall not be amended in any material way without the prior written approval of the Commissioner; and

 

    Such conditions, if any, as may be imposed by the Commissioner.

4.3. Board of Directors of the Foundation . The board of directors of the Foundation initially will consist of a majority of individuals who are directors of the Stock Holding Company or the Bank. The board of directors of the Foundation will be responsible for establishing the policies of the Foundation with respect to grants or donations, consistent with the stated purposes of the Foundation. For a period of five years following the Conversion, at least one director on the board of directors of the Foundation will be an independent director who is not an Employee, Officer, director of the Stock Holding Company or the Bank nor a significant borrower of the Bank.

ARTICLE 5.

Shares to be Offered

5.1. Holding Company Common Stock . The Holding Company Common Stock shall be fully paid and nonassessable. The total number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock authorized under the Stock Holding Company’s articles of incorporation will exceed the number of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock to be issued to the Stock Holding Company stockholders in the Conversion. HOLDING COMPANY COMMON STOCK WILL NOT BE COVERED BY DEPOSIT INSURANCE.

 

-16-


5.2. Independent Valuation, Purchase Price and Number of Shares.

5.2.1 Independent Valuation . An Independent Appraiser shall be employed by the MHC to provide it with an Independent Valuation as required by the Regulations, which value shall be included in the prospectus (as described in Section 6.1 of this Plan) filed with the Commissioner, the FRB and the SEC. The trustees of the MHC shall thoroughly review and analyze the methodology and reasonableness of the Independent Valuation. The Independent Valuation will be made by a written report to the MHC, contain the factors upon which the Independent Valuation was made and conform to procedures adopted by the Commissioner and the FRB. Based on the Independent Valuation provided by the Independent Appraiser to the MHC before the commencement of the Subscription Offering, the board of trustees of the MHC shall determine the percentage of shares to be sold in the Offering, which shall form the midpoint of the Estimated Valuation Range. Such Estimated Valuation Range will vary within 15% above (the “Range Maximum”) to 15% below (the “Range Minimum”) such midpoint. The Independent Appraiser shall also present to the MHC at the close of the Subscription Offering a valuation of the pro forma market value of the Holding Company Conversion Stock.

5.2.2 Subscription Price . All shares sold in the Conversion will be sold at a uniform price per share (the “Subscription Price”), preliminarily set at $10.00, which price will be definitively determined before the commencement of the Offering. If there is a Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, the price per share at which the Holding Company Conversion Stock is sold in such Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering shall be equal to the per share purchase price of the shares sold in the Subscription Offering and the Direct Community Offering. The aggregate purchase price for all shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock will be equal to the estimated consolidated pro forma market value of the Holding Company Conversion Stock, as determined for such purpose by the Independent Appraiser.

5.2.3 Number of Shares . The total number of shares (and a range thereof) of Holding Company Conversion Stock to be issued and offered for sale will be determined by the board of trustees of the MHC and the board of directors of the Bank immediately before the commencement of the Subscription Offering based on the Independent Valuation, the Estimated Valuation Range and the Subscription Price. The Independent Valuation, and such number of shares, shall be subject to adjustment thereafter if necessitated by market or financial conditions, with the approval of the Commissioner and the FRB, if necessary. In particular, the total number of shares may be increased by up to 15% above the Range Maximum if the Independent Valuation is increased subsequent to the commencement of the Subscription Offering to reflect changes in market and financial conditions or demand for the Holding Company Conversion Stock and the resulting aggregate purchase price is not more than 15% above the Range Maximum.

5.2.4 Increase or Decrease in Number of Shares . The number of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock to be sold in the Offering may be increased or decreased by the Stock Holding Company, subject to the following provisions. In the event that the aggregate purchase price of the number of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock ordered is below the minimum of the Estimated Valuation Range, or materially above the Range Maximum, resolicitation of purchasers may be required, provided, however , that a resolicitation will not be required if the number of shares increases by up to 15% above the Range Maximum. Any such resolicitation shall be effected in such manner and within such time as the Stock Holding Company shall establish, with the approval of the Commissioner and the FRB, if required.

 

-17-


5.2.5 Confirmation of Valuation . Notwithstanding the foregoing, no sale of Holding Company Conversion Stock may be consummated unless, before such consummation, the Independent Appraiser confirms to the MHC, the Stock Holding Company, the Bank and to the Commissioner and the FRB that, to the best knowledge of the Independent Appraiser, nothing of a material nature has occurred which, taking into account all relevant factors, would cause the Independent Appraiser to conclude that the aggregate value of all shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock to be sold, at the Subscription Price, is incompatible with its estimate of the aggregate consolidated pro forma market value of the Holding Company Conversion Stock. An increase in the aggregate value of the Holding Company Conversion Stock by up to 15% above the Range Maximum would not be deemed to be material. If such confirmation is not received, the MHC may cancel the Conversion, resolicit and extend the Offering and establish a new Subscription Price and/or Estimated Valuation Range, or hold a new Offering or take such other action as the Commissioner and the FRB may permit.

ARTICLE 6.

Subscription Rights and Orders for Common Stock

6.1. Distribution of Prospectus . The Offering shall be conducted in compliance with the Regulations and applicable SEC regulations. As soon as practicable after the prospectus prepared by the Stock Holding Company has been declared effective and/or approved for use by the Commissioner, the FRB and the SEC, copies of the prospectus and order forms will be distributed to all Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (if any), any Tax-Qualified Employee Plan and Employees, Officers, directors, trustees and Corporators at their last known addresses appearing on the records of the Bank for the purpose of subscribing for shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock in the Subscription Offering and will be made available (if and when a Community Offering is held) for use by those Persons eligible to purchase in the Community Offering.

6.2. Order Forms . Each order form will be preceded or accompanied by the prospectus describing the Stock Holding Company, the Bank, the Holding Company Conversion Stock and the Subscription and Community Offerings. Each order form will contain, among other things, the following:

6.2.1 A specified date by which all order forms must be received by the Stock Holding Company, which date shall be not less than 20 nor more than 45 days following the date on which the order forms are mailed by the Stock Holding Company, and which date will constitute the expiration of the Subscription Offering, unless extended;

6.2.2 The Subscription Price per share for shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock to be sold in the Offering;

6.2.3 A description of the minimum and maximum number of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock that may be subscribed for pursuant to the exercise of subscription rights or otherwise purchased in the Offering;

 

-18-


6.2.4 Instructions as to how the recipient of the order form is to indicate thereon the number of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock for which such Person elects to subscribe and the available alternative methods of payment therefor;

6.2.5 An acknowledgment that the recipient of the order form has received a copy of the prospectus before execution of the order form;

6.2.6 A statement indicating the consequences of failing to properly complete and return the order form, including a statement to the effect that all subscription rights are nontransferable, will be void at the end of the Subscription Offering, and can only be exercised by delivering to the Stock Holding Company within the Subscription Offering period such properly completed and executed order form, together with payment in the full amount of the purchase price as specified in the order form for the shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock for which the recipient elects to subscribe in the Subscription Offering; and

6.2.7 A statement to the effect that the executed order form, once received by the Stock Holding Company, may not be modified or amended by the subscriber without the consent of the Stock Holding Company.

6.3. Undelivered, Defective or Late Order Form; Insufficient Payment . In t he event order forms (a) are not delivered for any reason or are returned undelivered to the Stock Holding Company by the United States Postal Service, (b) are not received back by the Stock Holding Company or are received by the Stock Holding Company after the expiration date specified thereon, (c) are defectively filled out or executed, (d) are not accompanied by the full required payment for the shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock subscribed for (including cases in which Deposit Accounts from which withdrawals are authorized are insufficient to cover the amount of the required payment), or (e) are not mailed pursuant to a “no mail” order placed in effect by the account holder, the subscription rights of the Person to whom such rights have been granted will lapse as though such Person failed to return the completed order form within the time period specified thereon; provided, however , that the Stock Holding Company may, but will not be required to, waive any immaterial irregularity on any order form or require the submission of corrected order forms or the remittance of full payment for subscribed shares by such date as the Stock Holding Company may specify, and all interpretations by the MHC and the Stock Holding Company of terms and conditions of this Plan and of the order forms will be final, subject to the review and approval of the Commissioner. The Stock Holding Company reserves the right in its sole discretion to accept or reject orders received on photocopied or faxed order forms.

6.4. Payment for Stock .

6.4.1 All payments for Holding Company Conversion Stock subscribed for or ordered in the Offering must be delivered in full to the Stock Holding Company, together with a properly completed and executed order form, except in the case of the Syndicated Community Offering or firm commitment Underwritten Offering, on or before the expiration date specified on the order form, unless such date is extended by the MHC and the Stock Holding Company; provided, further , that if any Employee Plan subscribes for shares during the Subscription Offering, such plans will not be required to pay for the shares at the time they subscribe but

 

-19-


rather may pay for such shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock subscribed for by such plans at the Subscription Price immediately prior to consummation of the Offering, provided, however , that, in the case of the ESOP there is in force from the time of its subscription until the consummation of the Conversion, a loan commitment to lend to the ESOP, at such time, the aggregated Subscription Price of the shares for which it subscribed. Payment for Holding Company Conversion Stock may also be made by a participant in an Employee Plan (including the Bank’s 401(k) plan) causing funds held for such participant’s benefit by an Employee Plan to be paid over for such purchase to the extent that such plan allows participants or any related trust established for the benefit of such participants to direct that some or all of their individual accounts or sub-accounts be invested in Holding Company Conversion Stock.

6.4.2 Payment for Holding Company Conversion Stock shall be made either by check, bank draft or money order, or if a purchaser has a Deposit Account in the Bank (and if the MHC has elected to permit such withdrawals from the type of Deposit Account maintained by such Person), such purchaser may pay for the shares subscribed for by authorizing the Bank to make a withdrawal from the purchaser’s Deposit Account at the Bank in an amount equal to the aggregate purchase price of such shares. Wire transfers may be accepted at the sole discretion of the Stock Holding Company. Any authorized withdrawal, whether from a savings, passbook or certificate account, shall be without penalty as to premature withdrawal. If the authorized withdrawal is from a certificate account, and the remaining balance does not meet the applicable minimum balance requirements, the certificate shall be canceled at the time of withdrawal, without penalty, and the remaining balance will earn interest at the statement savings rate. Funds for which a withdrawal is authorized will remain in the purchaser’s Deposit Account but may not be used by the purchaser pending consummation of the Offering or expiration of the 45-day period (or such longer period as may be approved by the Commissioner) following termination of the Subscription Offering, whichever occurs first. After consummation of the Offering, the withdrawal will be given effect only to the extent necessary to satisfy the subscription (to the extent it can be filled) at the Subscription Price. Interest will continue to be earned on any amounts authorized for withdrawal until such withdrawal is given effect. Interest on checks, money orders and bank drafts will be paid by the Bank at the Bank’s statement savings rate. Such interest will be paid from the date payment is received by the Bank until consummation or termination of the Offering. If for any reason the Offering is not consummated, all payments made by subscribers in the Offering will be refunded to them with interest. In case of amounts authorized for withdrawal from Deposit Accounts, refunds will be made by canceling the authorization for withdrawal.

ARTICLE 7.

Stock Purchase Priorities

7.1. Priorities for Offering . All purchase priorities established by this Article 7 shall be subject to the purchase limitations set forth in, and shall be subject to adjustment as provided in, Article 8 of this Plan. In addition to the priorities set forth in this Article 7, the MHC may establish other priorities for the purchase of Holding Company Conversion Stock, subject to the approval of the Commissioner and the FRB.

7.2. Certain Determinations . All interpretations or determinations of whether prospective purchasers are “residents,” “Associates,” or “Acting in Concert,” or whether a

 

-20-


purchase conflicts with the purchase limitations in the Plan, and any other interpretations of any and all other provisions of the Plan shall be made by and at the sole discretion of the Stock Holding Company, and may be based on whatever evidence the Stock Holding Company may choose to use in making any such determination; provided, however, that the determination of whether a group is Acting in Concert remains subject to review by the Division. Such determination shall be conclusive, final and binding on all Persons and the Stock Holding Company may take any remedial action, including, without limitation, rejecting the purchase or referring the matters to the Commissioner for action, as in its sole discretion the Stock Holding Company may deem appropriate.

7.3. Minimum Purchase; No Fractional Shares . The minimum purchase by any Person shall be 25 shares (to the extent that shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock are available for purchase); provided, however , that the aggregate purchase price for any minimum share purchase shall not exceed $500. No fractional shares will be allocated or issued.

7.4. Overview of Priorities . In descending order of priority, the opportunity to purchase Holding Company Conversion Stock shall be given in the Subscription Offering to: (a) Eligible Account Holders; (b) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (if any); (c) Tax-Qualified Employee Plans; and (d) Employees, Officers, directors, trustees and Corporators of the MHC and the Bank of any subsidiary of the Bank.

7.5. Priorities For Subscription Offering .

7.5.1 First Priority: Eligible Account Holders . Upon approval of the Plan by the Corporators and the receipt of permission from the Commissioner, and the FRB if required, to offer the Holding Company Conversion Stock for sale, each Eligible Account Holder shall receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights on a first priority basis to subscribe for a number of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock equal to the greatest of (a) a number determined by dividing the Individual Maximum Purchase Limit (as such term is defined in Section 8.2) by the per share Subscription Price, (b) one-tenth of one percent (.10%) of the shares issued in the Offering, or (c) 15 times the product (rounded down to the nearest whole number) obtained by multiplying (1) the total number of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock to be issued in the Offering by (2) a fraction, of which the numerator is the Qualifying Deposit of the Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders. If there are insufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders, shares will be allocated first to Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each such subscribing Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for. Thereafter, unallocated shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock will be allocated pro rata to remaining subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled in the same proportion that each such subscriber’s Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. Subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Conversion Stock received by Officers, directors, trustees and Corporators of the MHC and the Bank (and their Associates) based on their increased deposits in the Bank in the one year preceding the Eligibility Record Date shall be subordinated to the subscription rights of other Eligible Account Holders. To ensure proper allocation of stock, each Eligible Account Holder must list on his or her subscription order form all Deposit Accounts in which he had an ownership interest as of the Eligibility Record Date.

 

-21-


7.5.2 Second Priority: Supplemental Eligible Account Holders . To the extent there are shares remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) shall receive non-transferable subscription rights to subscribe for a number of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock equal to the greatest of (a) a number determined by dividing the Individual Maximum Purchase Limit by the per share Subscription Price, (b) one-tenth of one percent (.10%) of the shares issued in the Offering, or (c) 15 times the product (rounded down to the nearest whole number) obtained by multiplying (1) the total number of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock to be issued in the Offering by (2) a fraction, of which the numerator is the Qualifying Deposit of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. In the event Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (if any) subscribe for a number of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock which, when added to the shares subscribed for by Eligible Account Holders, exceed available shares, the available shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock will be allocated first among subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the same proportion that such subscriber’s Qualifying Deposit on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled.

7.5.3 Third Priority: Tax-Qualified Employee Plans . To the extent there are shares remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (if any), the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans shall be given the opportunity to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the Holding Company Conversion Stock issued in the Offering. In the event that the total number of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock offered in the Offering is increased to an amount greater than the Range Maximum, the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans shall have a priority right to purchase any such shares exceeding the Range Maximum (up to the aggregate of 10% of Holding Company Conversion Stock to be issued in the Offering). If the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans are not able to fill their orders in full in the Offering, then the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans may purchase shares in the open market following consummation of the Offering or utilize authorized but unissued shares of Holding Company Common Stock only with prior Commissioner approval.

7.5.4 Fourth Priority: Employees, Officers, Directors, Trustees and Corporators . To the extent there are shares remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (if any), and any Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, each Employee, Officer, director, trustee and Corporator of the MHC or the Bank who is not an Eligible Account Holder or a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall receive non-transferable subscription rights to subscribe for shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock offered in the Offering in an amount equal to the Individual Maximum

 

-22-


Purchase Limit; provided, however , that the aggregate number of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock that may be purchased by Officers, directors, trustees and Corporators in the Conversion shall be limited to 30% of the total number of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock issued in the Offering (including shares purchased by Officers, directors, trustees and Corporators under this Section 7.5.4 and under the preceding priority categories, but not including shares purchased by the ESOP). In the event that Officers, directors, trustees and Corporators subscribe under this Section 7.5.4 for more shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock than are available for purchase by them, the shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock available for purchase will be allocated by the Stock Holding Company among such subscribing Persons on an equitable basis, such as by giving weight to the period of service, compensation and position of the individual subscriber.

7.6. Priorities for Direct Community Offering .

7.6.1 Any shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering may be offered for sale in a Direct Community Offering. This will involve an offering of all unsubscribed shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock directly to the general public. The Direct Community Offering, if any, shall be for a period of not more than 45 days unless extended by the Stock Holding Company, and shall commence concurrently with, during or promptly after the Subscription Offering. The Stock Holding Company may use broker-dealers or investment banking firms on a best efforts basis to assist in selling the unsubscribed shares in the Subscription and Direct Community Offering. The Stock Holding Company may pay a commission or other fee to such broker-dealers or investment banking firms as to the shares sold in the Subscription and Direct Community Offering and may also reimburse such firm or firms for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the sale. The Holding Company Conversion Stock will be offered and sold in the Direct Community Offering, in accordance with the Regulations, so as to achieve the widest distribution of the Holding Company Conversion Stock. In making the Direct Community Offering, the Bank will give preference to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Local Community. No Person may subscribe for or purchase more than the Individual Maximum Purchase Limit of Holding Company Conversion Stock in the Direct Community Offering. The Stock Holding Company, in its sole discretion, may reject subscriptions, in whole or in part, received from any Person under this Section 7.6.

7.6.2 In the event of an oversubscription for shares in the Direct Community Offering, available shares will be allocated (to the extent shares remain available) first to cover orders of natural Persons residing in the Local Community, so that each such Person may receive 100 shares, and thereafter, on an equal number of shares per order or on such other reasonable basis as may be determined by the Stock Holding Company. If oversubscription does not occur among natural Persons residing in the Local Community, orders accepted in the Direct Community Offering shall be filled up to a maximum not to exceed 2% of the Holding Company Conversion Stock, and thereafter remaining shares shall be allocated on an equal number of shares per order basis until all orders have been filled or all shares are allocated.

7.6.3 The terms “residence, “reside,” or “residing” as used herein with respect to any Person shall mean any Person who occupies a dwelling within the Local Community, has a present intent to remain in the Local Community for a period of time, and manifests the

 

-23-


genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the Local Community together with an indication that such presence within the Local Community is not merely transitory in nature. To the extent the Person is a corporation or other business entity, the principal place of business or headquarters must be in the Local Community. To the extent a Person is a personal benefit plan, the circumstances of the beneficiary shall apply with respect to this definition. In the case of all other benefit plans or trusts, circumstances of the trustee shall be examined for purposes of this definition. The Bank may use deposit or loan records or such other evidence provided to it to determine whether a Person is a resident. In all cases, however, such a determination shall be in the sole discretion of the Stock Holding Company.

7.7. Priorities for Syndicated Community Offering .

7.7.1 Any shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock not sold in the Subscription Offering or in the Direct Community Offering, if any, may be offered for sale to the general public by a selling group of broker-dealers in a Syndicated Community Offering, subject to terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by the Stock Holding Company in a manner that is intended to achieve the widest distribution of the Holding Company Conversion Stock subject to the rights of the Stock Holding Company to accept or reject in whole or in part all orders in the Syndicated Community Offering. No Person may purchase in the Syndicated Community Offering more than the Individual Maximum Purchase Limit of Holding Company Conversion Stock. It is expected that any Syndicated Community Offering will commence as soon as practicable after expiration of the Direct Community Offering, if any. The Syndicated Community Offering shall be completed within 45 days after the termination of the Subscription Offering, unless such period is extended as provided herein. The commission in the Syndicated Community Offering shall be determined by a marketing agreement between the Stock Holding Company and the Marketing Agent. Such agreement shall be filed with the Division and the FRB (if required), and the SEC.

7.7.2 Alternatively, if feasible, any shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock not sold in the Subscription Offering or in the Direct Community Offering, if any, may be offered for sale in a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by the Stock Holding Company, subject to the right of the Stock Holding Company to accept or reject in whole or in part any orders in the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering.

7.7.3 If for any reason a Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering of unsubscribed shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock cannot be effected or is not deemed to be advisable, and any shares remain unsold after the Subscription Offering and the Direct Community Offering, if any, the Stock Holding Company may seek to make other arrangements for the sale of the remaining shares in order to meet the Range Minimum. Such other arrangements will be subject to the approval of the Commissioner and the FRB, if required, and will be in compliance with applicable state and federal securities laws.

 

-24-


ARTICLE 8.

Additional Limitations on Purchases

8.1. General . Purchases of Holding Company Conversion Stock in the Conversion will be subject to the purchase limitations set forth in this Article 8.

8.2. Individual Maximum Purchase Limit . This Section 8.2 sets forth the “Individual Maximum Purchase Limit.” No Person, through one or more qualifying deposit accounts, or Persons exercising subscription rights through a single qualifying deposit account held jointly, may purchase in the Offering (including the Subscription Offering, the Direct Community Offering and the Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering) more than $250,000 of Holding Company Conversion Stock, except that: (a) the Stock Holding Company may, in its sole discretion and without further notice to or solicitation of subscribers or other prospective purchasers, (i) increase such Individual Maximum Purchase Limit to up to 5% of the number of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock offered in the Offering, or (ii) decrease such Individual Maximum Purchase Limit to no less than one-tenth of one percent (.10%) of the number of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock offered in the Offering; and (b) Tax-Qualified Employee Plans may purchase up to 10% of the shares issued in the Offering. If the Stock Holding Company increases the Individual Maximum Purchase Limit (as permitted by this Section 8.2), subscribers in the Subscription Offering who ordered the previously-effective maximum amount will be given the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the then applicable limit. Requests to purchase additional shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock under this provision will be determined by the Stock Holding Company, in its sole discretion. In the event that the Individual Maximum Purchase Limit is increased to 5% of the number of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock offered in the Offering, such limitation may be further increased to 9.99% of the number of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock sold in the Offering; provided that orders for Holding Company Conversion Stock exceeding 5% of the number of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock offered in the Conversion shall not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the number of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock sold in the Offering. Requests to purchase additional shares of the Holding Company Conversion Stock in the event that the purchase limitation is so increased will be determined by the board of directors of the Stock Holding Company in its sole discretion.

8.3. Group Maximum Purchase Limit . This Section 8.3 sets forth the “Group Maximum Purchase Limit.” No Person and his or her Associates or group of Persons Acting in Concert, may purchase in the Offering (including the Subscription Offering, the Direct Community Offering and the Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering) more than $500,000 of Holding Company Conversion Stock, except that: (a) the Stock Holding Company may, in its sole discretion and without further notice to or solicitation of subscribers or other prospective purchasers, (i) increase such Group Maximum Purchase Limit to up to 5% of the number of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock offered in the Offering, or (ii) decrease such Group Maximum Purchase Limit to no less than one-tenth of one percent (.10%) of the number of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock offered in the Offering; and (b) Tax-Qualified Employee Plans may purchase up to 10% of the shares issued in the Offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Stock Holding Company increases the Individual Maximum Purchase Limit (as permitted by Section 8.2) to a

 

-25-


number that is in excess of the Group Maximum Purchase Limit established by this Section 8.3, the Group Maximum Purchase Limit shall automatically be increased so as to be equal to the Individual Maximum Purchase Limit, as adjusted.

8.4. Purchases by Officers, Directors, Trustees and Corporators . The aggregate number of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock to be purchased in the Offering by Officers, directors, trustees and Corporators of the MHC and the Bank (and their Associates) shall not exceed 30% of the total number of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock issued in the Conversion (excluding shares held by any Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Benefit Plan or Tax-Qualified Employee Plan attributable to such person).

8.5. Special Rule for Tax-Qualified Employee Plans . Shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock purchased by any individual participant (“Plan Participant”) in a Tax-Qualified Employee Plan using funds therein pursuant to the exercise of subscription rights granted to such Participant in his individual capacity as an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall not be deemed to be purchases by a Tax-Qualified Employee Plan for purposes of calculating the maximum amount of Holding Company Conversion Stock that Tax-Qualified Employee Plans may purchase pursuant to this Plan, if the individual Plan Participant controls or directs the investment authority with respect to such account or subaccount.

8.6. Increase in the Total Number of Shares Offered . In the event that (a) the total number of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock offered in the Conversion is increased to an amount greater than the Range Maximum, and (b) there shall be additional shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock available after the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans shall have exercised their priority right (established pursuant to Section 7.5.3) to purchase shares exceeding the Range Maximum, any additional shares not purchased by the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans will be issued to fill unfulfilled subscriptions of other subscribers according to their respective priorities set forth in the Plan.

8.7. Illegal Purchases . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, no Person shall be entitled to purchase any Holding Company Conversion Stock to the extent such purchase would be illegal under any federal law or state law or regulation or would violate regulations or policies of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. The Stock Holding Company and/or its agents may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of such purchase and may refuse to honor any purchase order if such opinion is not timely furnished.

8.8. Rejection of Orders . The Stock Holding Company has the right in its sole discretion to reject any order submitted by a Person whose representations the Stock Holding Company believes to be false or who it otherwise believes, either alone or Acting in Concert with others, is violating, circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent the terms and conditions of the Plan.

8.9. Subscribers in Non-Qualified States or in Foreign Countries . The Stock Holding Company will make reasonable efforts to comply with the securities laws of any state in the United States in which its depositors reside, and will only offer and sell the Holding Company Conversion Stock in states in which the offers and sales comply with such states’

 

-26-


securities laws. However, no Person will be offered or allowed to purchase any Holding Company Conversion Stock under the Plan if he or she resides (a) in a foreign country or (b) in a state of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply: (i) a small number of Persons otherwise eligible to purchase shares under the Plan reside in such state; (ii) the offer or sale of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock to such Persons would require the Stock Holding Company or its Employees to register, under the securities laws of such state, as a broker or dealer or to register or otherwise qualify its securities for sale in such state; or (iii) such registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.

8.10. No Offer to Transfer Shares . Before the consummation of the Offering, no Person shall offer to transfer, or enter into any agreement or understanding to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of any subscription rights or shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock, except pursuant to the Plan. The following shall not constitute impermissible transfers under this Plan. Any Person having subscription rights in his individual capacity as an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder may exercise such subscription rights by causing a tax-qualified plan to make such purchase using funds allocated to such Person in such tax-qualified plan if such individual plan participant controls or directs the investment authority with respect to such account or subaccount. A tax-qualified plan that maintains an Eligible Deposit Account in the Bank as trustee for or for the benefit of a Person who controls or directs the investment authority with respect to such account or subaccount (“Beneficiary”) may, in exercising its subscription rights, direct that the Holding Company Conversion Stock be issued in the name of such individual Beneficiary in his individual capacity.

8.11. Confirmation by Purchasers . Each Person ordering Holding Company Conversion Stock in the Conversion will be deemed to confirm that such purchase does not conflict with the purchase limitations in the Plan.

ARTICLE 9.

Post Offering Matters

9.1. Stock Purchases After the Conversion . For a period of three years after the Conversion, no Officer or director of the Stock Holding Company or the Bank, or their Associates, may purchase, without the prior written approval of the Commissioner and the FRB, if required, any Holding Company Common Stock except from a broker-dealer registered with the SEC, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to (a) negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of the outstanding Holding Company Common Stock or (b) purchases of stock made by and held by or otherwise made pursuant to any Tax-Qualified or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plan even if such stock is attributable to Officers or directors of the Bank of the Stock Holding Company or their Associates.

9.2. Resales of Stock by Management Persons . Holding Company Conversion Stock purchased in the Offering by Officers, directors, trustees and Corporators of the Bank, the Stock Holding Company and the MHC or their Associates may not be resold for a period of at least one year following the date of purchase, except in the case of death or substantial disability, as determined by the Commissioner, of such Person, or upon the written approval of the Commissioner.

 

-27-


9.3. Stock Certificates . Shares of Holding Company Common Stock will be issued in book entry form. Stock certificates will not be issued. Appropriate instructions shall be issued to the Stock Holding Company’s transfer agent with respect to applicable restrictions on transfers of stock set forth in Section 9.2. Any shares of stock issued as a stock dividend, stock split or otherwise with respect to such restricted stock shall be subject to the same restrictions as apply to the restricted stock.

9.4. Restriction on Financing Stock Purchases . The Stock Holding Company will not offer or sell any of the Holding Company Common Stock proposed to be issued to any Person whose purchase would be financed by funds loaned, directly or indirectly, to the Person by the Stock Holding Company, the Bank or any of their Affiliates; provided, however, that the Stock Holding Company, or a subsidiary thereof, may loan funds to the ESOP for the purchase of Holding Company Conversion Stock.

9.5. Stock Benefit Plans . The board of directors of the Bank and/or the Stock Holding Company are permitted under the Regulations, and may decide, to adopt one or more stock benefit plans for the benefit of the Employees, Officers and directors of the Bank and Stock Holding Company, including an ESOP, an employer stock fund option in the 401(k) plan, stock award plans and stock option plans, which will be authorized to purchase Holding Company Common Stock and grant options for Holding Company Common Stock. However, only the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans will be permitted to purchase Holding Company Conversion Stock in the Offering subject to the purchase priorities set forth in the Plan. Pursuant to the Regulations, the Stock Holding Company may authorize the ESOP to purchase up to 8% of the Holding Company Conversion Stock to be issued and any other Tax-Qualified Employee Plans to purchase in the aggregate up to 2% of the Holding Company Conversion Stock to be issued in the Offering. The Bank or the Stock Holding Company may make scheduled discretionary contributions to one or more Tax-Qualified Employee Plans to purchase Holding Company Common Stock or to purchase issued and outstanding shares of Holding Company Common Stock or authorized but unissued shares of Holding Company Common Stock subsequent to the completion of the Offering; provided, however , that such contributions do not cause the Bank to fail to meet any of its regulatory capital requirements. The Plan specifically authorizes the grant and issuance by the Stock Holding Company of (i) awards of Holding Company Common Stock after the Offering pursuant to one or more stock recognition and award plans (the “Recognition Plans”) in an amount up to 4% of the number of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock issued in the Offering, (ii) options to purchase a number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock in an amount up to 10% of the number of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock issued in the Conversion, and shares of Holding Company Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such options, and (iii) at the closing of the Conversion or at any time thereafter, Holding Company Common Stock in an amount up to 8% of the number of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock issued in the Conversion to the ESOP and an amount up to 2% of the number of shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock issued in the Conversion to the Bank’s 401(k) plan. Shares awarded to the Tax Qualified Employee Plans or pursuant to the Recognition Plans, and shares issued upon exercise of options may be authorized but unissued shares of the Stock Holding Company’s Holding Company Common Stock, or shares of Holding Company Common Stock purchased by the Stock Holding Company or such plans in the open market. Such limitations shall not apply if (a) the Recognition Plans or stock option plans are adopted no earlier than one year following the completion of the Offering, (b)

 

-28-


all Holding Company Common Stock awarded in excess of such limitations must be acquired in the secondary market and (c) such secondary market acquisitions must be no earlier than when such limitations can be exceeded.

9.6. Market for Holding Company Common Stock . If at the close of the Offering the Stock Holding Company has more than 300 shareholders of any class of stock, the Stock Holding Company shall use its best efforts to:

9.6.1 Encourage and assist a Market Maker to establish and maintain a market for that class of stock;

9.6.2 List that class of stock on a national or regional securities exchange, or on the NASDAQ system; and

9.6.3 Promptly register the Holding Company Common Stock with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act, and undertake not to deregister such Holding Company Common Stock for a period of three years thereafter.

9.7. Liquidation Account .

9.7.1 For purposes of granting a priority claim to the assets of the Bank in the event of a complete liquidation thereof to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (if any) who continue to maintain Deposit Accounts at the Bank, the Stock Holding Company will, at the time of Conversion, establish a Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account in an amount equal to the net worth of the MHC set forth in its latest statement of financial condition contained in the final Prospectus distributed in connection with the Conversion. The function of the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account is to establish a priority on liquidation and, except as provided for in this Section 9.7, shall not operate to restrict the use or application of any of the net worth accounts of the Stock Holding Company. In addition, the Bank shall also establish a Bank Liquidation Account in an amount equal to the MHC’s total equity as set forth in the latest consolidated statement of financial condition contained in the final Prospectus distributed in connection with the Conversion. The Bank Liquidation Account also shall be maintained for the benefit of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (if any) who continue to maintain their Deposit Accounts at the Bank. Except as otherwise noted, the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account and the Bank Liquidation Account are collectively referred to herein as the “Liquidation Account.”

9.7.2 Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) shall, with respect to each Deposit Account, hold a related inchoate interest in a portion of the Liquidation Account balance, in relation to each Deposit Account balance at the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date (if established), as the case may be, or to such balance as it may be subsequently reduced, as hereinafter provided. The initial Liquidation Account balance shall not be increased, and shall be subject to downward adjustment to the extent of any downward adjustment of any subaccount balance of any Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder in accordance with 209 CMR 33.05(12).

 

-29-


9.7.3 The amount of the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account shall equal at all times the amount of the Bank Liquidation Account, and in no event will any Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) be entitled to a distribution exceeding such holder’s subaccount balance in the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account or Bank Liquidation Account. A distribution to an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) from the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account will extinguish the right of the Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) to receive a distribution from the Bank Liquidation Account.

9.7.4 In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of (i) the Bank or (ii) the Bank and the Stock Holding Company (and only in such event), following all liquidation payments to creditors (including those to depositors to the extent of their Deposit Accounts), each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) shall be entitled to receive a liquidating distribution from the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account, in the amount of the then-adjusted subaccount balances for his or her deposit accounts then held, before any liquidating distribution may be made to any holders of the Stock Holding Company’s capital stock. No merger, consolidation, reorganization, or purchase of bulk assets with assumption of deposit accounts and other liabilities, or similar transactions, in which the Stock Holding Company and/or the Bank is not the surviving institution, shall be deemed to be a complete liquidation for this purpose. In such transactions, the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the surviving holding company or institution.

9.7.5 In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of (i) the Bank or (ii) the Bank and the Stock Holding Company (and only in such event), following all liquidation payments to creditors of the Bank (including those to account holders to the extent of their Deposit Accounts), at a time when the Bank has a positive net worth and the Stock Holding Company does not have sufficient assets (other than the stock of the Bank) at the time of liquidation to fund the obligations under the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account, the Bank with respect to the Bank Liquidation Account, shall immediately pay directly to each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) an amount necessary to fund the Stock Holding Company’s remaining obligation under the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account, before any liquidation distribution may be made to any holders of the Bank’s capital stock and without making such amount subject to the Stock Holding Company’s creditors. Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) shall be entitled to receive a distribution from the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account, in the amount of the then adjusted subaccount balance for his Deposit Account then held, before any distribution may be made to any holders of the Stock Holding Company’s capital stock.

9.7.6 In the event of a complete liquidation of the Stock Holding Company where the Bank is not also completely liquidating, or in the event of a sale or other disposition of the Stock Holding Company apart from the Bank, each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) shall be treated as surrendering such Person’s rights to the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account and receiving from the Stock Holding Company an equivalent interest in the Bank Liquidation Account. Each such holder’s interest in the Bank Liquidation Account shall be subject to the same rights and terms as if the Bank Liquidation Account were the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account (except that the Stock Holding Company shall cease to exist).

 

-30-


9.7.7 For the three-year period following the completion of the Conversion, the Stock Holding Company will not without prior approval of the Commissioner and the FRB: (i) sell or liquidate the Stock Holding Company, or (ii) cause the Bank to be sold or liquidated. Upon the written request of the FRB and, if necessary, the Commissioner, the Stock Holding Company shall, or upon the prior written approval of the FRB and, if necessary, the Commissioner, the Stock Holding Company may, at any time after two years from the completion of the Conversion, transfer the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account to the Bank at which time the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the Bank, and the interests of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (if any) will be solely and exclusively established in the Bank Liquidation Account. In the event such transfer occurs, the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account shall become the liquidation account of the Bank and shall not be subject in any manner or amount to the claims of the Stock Holding Company’s creditors. Approval of the Plan by the Corporators shall constitute approval of the transactions described therein

9.7.8 The initial subaccount balance for a Deposit Account held by an Eligible Account Holder and/or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) shall be determined by multiplying the opening balance in the Liquidation Account by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of such Eligible Account Holder’s or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s Qualifying Deposit and the denominator of which is the total amount of all Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in the Bank. For Deposit Accounts in existence on both dates, separate subaccounts shall be determined on the basis of the Qualifying Deposits in such Deposit Accounts on such record dates. Such initial subaccount balance shall not be increased by additional Deposits, but shall be subject to downward adjustment as described below. The initial subaccount balance in the Stock Holding Company Liquidation Account for a Deposit Account held by an Eligible Account Holder and/or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) shall be determined in the same manner as their interest in the Bank Liquidation Account is determined. Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (if any) do not retain any voting rights in either the Stock Holding Company or the Bank based on their liquidation subaccounts.

9.7.9 If, at the close of business on the last day of any period for which the Stock Holding Company has prepared audited financial statements subsequent to the effective date of the Offering, the deposit balance in the Deposit Account of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (if any) is less than the lesser of: (a) the balance in the Deposit Account at the close of business on the last day of any period for which the Stock Holding Company has prepared audited financial statements subsequent to the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date (if established), or (b) the amount in such Deposit Account as of the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, then the subaccount balance for such Deposit Account shall be adjusted by reducing such subaccount balance, in an amount proportionate to the reduction in the balance of such Deposit Account. In the event of such downward adjustment, the subaccount balance shall not be subsequently increased, notwithstanding any subsequent increase in the deposit balance of the related Deposit Account. If any such Deposit Account is closed, the related subaccount shall be reduced to zero.

 

-31-


For purposes of this Section 9.7, a time account shall be deemed to be closed upon its maturity date regardless of any renewal thereof. A distribution of each subaccount balance may be made only in the event of a complete liquidation of the Stock Holding Company subsequent to the Conversion and only out of funds available for such purpose after payment of all creditors.

9.7.10 Neither the Bank nor the Stock Holding Company shall be required to set aside funds for the purpose of establishing the Liquidation Account. The creation and maintenance of the Liquidation Account shall not operate to restrict the use or application of any of the net worth accounts of the Bank or the Stock Holding Company, except that neither the Bank nor the Stock Holding Company shall declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause its net worth to be reduced below the amount required to maintain the Liquidation Account.

9.8. Repurchase of Stock .

9.8.1 Based upon facts and circumstances following the Conversion and subject to applicable regulatory and accounting requirements, the board of directors of the Stock Holding Company may determine to repurchase stock in the future. Such facts and circumstances may include but not be limited to: (a) market and economic factors such as the price at which the Holding Company Common Stock is trading in the market, the volume of trading, the attractiveness of other investment alternatives in terms of the rate of return and risk involved in the investment, the ability to increase the book value and/or earnings per share of the remaining outstanding shares, and the opportunity to improve the Stock Holding Company’s return on equity; (b) the avoidance of dilution to stockholders by not having to issue additional shares to cover the exercise of stock options or the purchase of shares by the ESOP in the event the ESOP is unable to acquire shares in the Subscription Offering, or to fund any stock plans adopted after the consummation of the Conversion; and (c) any other circumstances in which repurchases would be in the best interests of the Stock Holding Company and its shareholders.

9.8.2 The Stock Holding Company may not repurchase any shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock within three years of its date of issuance, unless the repurchase:

(a) is part of a general repurchase made on a pro rata basis pursuant to an offer approved by the Commissioner and made to all shareholders of the Stock Holding Company;

(b) is limited to the repurchase of qualifying shares of a director;

(c) is purchased in the open market by an Employee Plan in an amount reasonable and appropriate to fund such plan; or

(d) is limited to stock repurchases of no greater than 5% of the outstanding capital stock of the Stock Holding Company where compelling and valid business reasons are established to the satisfaction of the Commissioner.

9.9. Conversion Expenses . The Regulations require that the expenses of the Conversion must be reasonable. The MHC, the Stock Holding Company and the Bank will use its best efforts to assure that the expenses incurred by them in effecting the Conversion will be reasonable.

 

-32-


9.10. Public Inspection of Applications . The MHC, the Stock Holding Company and the Bank will maintain a copy of the Applications in the main banking office of the Bank and such copy will be available for public inspection.

9.11. Enforcement of Terms and Conditions . Each of the MHC and the Stock Holding Company shall have the right to take all such action as they, in their sole discretion, may deem necessary, appropriate or advisable in order to monitor and enforce the terms, conditions, limitations and restrictions contained in the Plan and the terms, conditions and representations contained in the order forms, including, but not limited to, the right to require any subscriber or purchaser to provide evidence, in a form satisfactory to the MHC and the Stock Holding Company, of such Person’s eligibility to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Holding Company Conversion Stock under the terms of the Plan and the absolute right (subject only to any necessary regulatory approvals or concurrence) to reject, limit or revoke acceptance of any subscription or order and to delay, terminate or refuse to consummate any sale of Holding Company Conversion Stock that it believes might violate, or is designed to, or is any part of a plan to, evade or circumvent such terms, conditions, limitations, restrictions and representations. Any such action shall be final, conclusive and binding on all Persons, and the MHC, the Stock Holding Company, the Bank and their trustees, directors, Officers, Employees, Corporators and agents shall be free from any liability to any Person on account of any such action.

9.12. Voting Rights Following the Offering . Following the Offering, the holders of the capital stock of the Stock Holding Company shall have exclusive voting rights in the Stock Holding Company.

ARTICLE 10.

Miscellaneous

10.1. Interpretation of Plan . All interpretations of the plan and application of its provisions to particular circumstances by the MHC, Stock Holding Company and the Bank shall be final, subject to the authority of the Commissioner. When a reference is made in this Plan to Sections or Exhibits, such reference shall be to a Section of or Exhibit to the Plan unless otherwise indicated. The recitals hereto constitute an integral part of the Plan. References to Sections include subsections, which are part of the related Section ( e.g. , a section numbered “Section 5.5.1” would be part of “Section 5.5” and references to “Section 5.5” would also refer to material contained in the subsection described as “Section 5.5.1”). The table of contents and headings contained in the Plan are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of the Plan. Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in the Plan, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”.

10.2. Amendment or Termination of the Plan . If deemed necessary or desirable, the terms of the Plan may be substantively amended by a majority vote of the members of the board of trustees of the MHC as a result of comments from regulatory authorities at any time prior to approval of the Plan by the Commissioner and at any time thereafter with the concurrence of the Commissioner. If amendments to the Plan are made after the Special Meeting, no further

 

-33-


approval of the Corporators will be necessary unless otherwise required by the Commissioner. The Plan may be terminated by the board of trustees in its sole discretion, at any time prior to the Special Meeting and at any time thereafter with the concurrence of the Commissioner. The Plan will terminate if the sale of all shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock is not completed within twenty four months from the date of approval of the Plan by the board of trustees of the MHC.

10.3. Expenses . The expenses incurred in connection with the Conversion, to be initially borne by the Bank, shall be paid or reimbursed by the Stock Holding Company promptly after consummation of the Conversion, and shall be reasonable.

10.4. Governing Law . This Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

-34-


Exhibit 3.4

Articles of Organization and Bylaws of the Stock Holding Company

 

-35-


 

LOGO                     

William Francis Galvin

Secretary of the Commonwealth

One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512

Articles of Organization

(General Laws Chapter 156D, Section 2.02; 950 CMR 113.16)

ARTICLE I

The exact name of the corporation is:

Randolph Bancorp, Inc.

ARTICLE II

Unless the articles of organization otherwise provide, all corporations formed pursuant to G.L. Chapter 156D have the purpose of engaging in any lawful business. Please specify if you want a more limited purpose:

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in the following business activities: to buy, sell, deal in, or hold securities of every kind and description; to operate as a holding company and to carry on any business permitted to holding companies under applicable laws and regulations; and in general to carry on any business permitted to corporations organized under Chapter 156D of the Massachusetts General Laws as now in force or hereafter amended.

ARTICLE III

State the total number of shares and par value, if any, of each class of stock that the corporation is authorized to issue. All corporations must authorize stock. If only one class or series is authorized, it is not necessary to specify any particular designation.

The total number of shares and par value of each class of stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is as follows:

 

Common:    15,000,000 shares, $.01 par value
Preferred:    1,000,000 shares, no par value

ARTICLE IV

Prior to the issuance of shares of any class or series, the articles of organization must set forth the preferences, limitations and relative rights of that class or series. The articles may also limit the type or specify the minimum amount of consideration for which shares of any class or series may be issued. Please set forth the preferences, limitations and relative rights of each class or series and, if desired, the required type and minimum amount of consideration to be received.

See Appendix A.

 

-36-


ARTICLE V

The restrictions, if any, imposed by the articles of organization upon the transfer of shares of any class or series of stock are:

See Appendix B.

ARTICLE VI

Other lawful provisions, and if there are no such provisions, this article may be left blank.

See Appendix C.

ARTICLE VII

The effective date of organization of the corporation is the date and time the articles were received for filing if the articles are not rejected within the time prescribed by law. If a later effective date is desired, specify such date, which may not be later than the 90th day after the articles are received for filing:

Effective upon filing.

ARTICLE VIII

The information contained in this article is not a permanent part of the articles of organization.

a. The street address of the initial registered office of the Corporation in Massachusetts is:

155 Federal Street, Suite 700, Boston, MA 02110

b. The name of its initial registered agent at its registered office is:

C T Corporation System

c. The name, residential address and post office address of each Director and Officer of the Corporation is as follows:

 

Title

  

Name

  

Residential Address

and Post Office Address

President and Chief Executive Officer:    James P. McDonough   

81 Hannah Niles Way

Braintree, MA 02184

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary:    Michael K. Devlin   

23 Puritan Lane

Swampscott, MA 01945

Director:    Richard C. Pierce, Esq.   

16 Chief Lane

Canton, MA 02021

Director:    Roy A. Conrad   

4 Intervale Terrace

Randolph, MA 02368

 

-37-


Title

  

Name

  

Residential Address

and Post Office Address

Director:    Paul R. Donovan   

12 Warner Road

Abington, MA 02351

Director:    Daniel M. Joyce   

1A Joy Street, Unit 2

Boston, MA 02108

Director:    James P. McDonough   

81 Hannah Niles Way

Braintree, MA 02184

Director:    John J. O’Connor, III   

800 Careswell Street

Marshfield, MA 02050

Director:    Richard A. Phillips, Sr.   

94 Cabral Circle

Stoughton, MA 02072

Director:    Kenneth K. Quigley, Jr. Esq.   

956 Brush Hill Road

Milton, MA 02186

Director:    Louis J. Trubiano   

20 Weathervane Road

Canton, MA 02021

Director:    James G. Welch   

3 Cranberry Lane

Hingham, MA 02043

Director:    Janis E. Wentzell   

8 Sweet Meadow Drive

South Easton, MA 02375

d. The fiscal year (i.e., tax year) of the Corporation shall end on the last day of the month of December.

e. A brief description of the type of business in which the corporation intends to engage:

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in the following business activities: to buy, sell, deal in, or hold securities of every kind and description; to operate as a holding company and to carry on any business permitted to holding companies under applicable laws and regulations; and in general to carry on any business permitted to corporations organized under Chapter 156D of the Massachusetts General Laws as now in force or hereafter amended.

f. The street address of the principal office of the corporation is:

10 Cabot Place, Stoughton, MA 02072

g. The street address where the records of the corporation required to be kept in Massachusetts are located is:

10 Cabot Place, Stoughton, MA 02072

[Remainder of page intentionally blank]

 

-38-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF AND UNDER THE PAINS AND PENALTIES OF PERJURY , I, whose signature appears below as incorporator and whose name and residential address is clearly printed beneath my signature, do hereby associate with the intention of forming this Corporation under the provisions of General Laws, Chapter 156D and do hereby sign these Articles of Organization as incorporator this      day of             , 2016.

 

 

William P. Mayer
35 Church Street
Newton, MA 02458

 

-39-


APPENDIX A

TO THE

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION OF

RANDOLPH BANCORP, INC.

CAPITAL STOCK

Section 4.1. Common Stock. Except as provided by law or in this ARTICLE IV (or in any Articles of Amendment), holders of the common stock shall exclusively possess all voting power. Each holder of shares of common stock shall be entitled to one vote on all matters for each share held by such holder. Shareholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes for election of directors.

Whenever there shall have been paid, or declared and set aside for payment, to the holders of the outstanding shares of any class of stock having preference over the common stock as to the payment of dividends, the full amount of dividends and of sinking fund, retirement fund or other retirement payments, if any, to which such holders are respectively entitled in preference to the common stock, then dividends may be paid on the common stock and on any class or series of stock entitled to participate therewith as to dividends, out of any assets legally available for the payment of dividends, but only when and as declared by the Board of Directors.

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after there shall have been paid to or set aside for the holders of any class having preferences over the common stock in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the full preferential amounts of which they are respectively entitled, the holders of the common stock, and of any class or series of stock entitled to participate therewith, in whole or in part, as to distribution of assets, shall be entitled, after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of the Corporation, to receive the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution, in cash or in kind, in proportion to their holdings.

Each share of common stock shall have the same relative rights as, and be identical in all respects with, all the other shares of common stock.

Section 4.2. Preferred Stock. Subject to any limitations prescribed by law, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is authorized, by vote or votes from time to time adopted, to provide for the issuance of one or more classes of preferred stock, which shall be separately identified. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to divide any authorized class of preferred stock of the Corporation into one or more series, to establish or change from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix and state the voting powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of the shares of any series so established and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof. Each series shall be separately designated so as to distinguish the shares thereof from the shares of all other series and classes. The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each series shall include, but not be limited to, determination of one or more of the following:

(a) the distinctive serial designation and the number of shares constituting such series;

 

-40-


(b) the dividend rates or the amount of dividends to be paid on the shares of such series, whether dividends shall be cumulative and, if so, from which date or dates, the payment date or dates for dividends, and the participating or other special rights, if any, with respect to dividends;

(c) the voting powers, full or limited, if any, of shares of such series;

(d) whether the shares of such series shall be redeemable and, if so, the price or prices at which, and the terms and conditions on which, such shares may be redeemed;

(e) the amount or amounts payable upon the shares of such series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation;

(f) whether the shares of such series shall be entitled to the benefit of a sinking or retirement fund to be applied to the purchase or redemption of such shares, and if so entitled, the amount of such fund and the manner of its application, including the price or prices at which such shares may be redeemed or purchased through the application of such fund;

(g) whether the shares of such series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes or of any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the Corporation, and if so convertible or exchangeable, the conversion price or prices or the rate or rates of exchange, and the adjustments thereof, if any, at which such conversion or exchange may be made, and any other terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange;

(h) the price or other consideration for which the shares of such series shall be issued;

(i) whether the shares of such series that are redeemed or converted shall have the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock and whether such shares may be reissued as shares of the same or any other series of stock; and

(j) such other powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof as are permitted by law and as the Board of Directors of the Corporation may deem advisable.

Each share of each series of preferred stock shall have the same relative rights as and be identical in all respects with all the other shares of the same series. Subject to the authority of the Board of Directors as set forth in subsection (i) above, any shares of preferred stock shall, upon reacquisition thereof by the Corporation, be restored to the status of authorized but unissued preferred stock under this Section 4.2.

Except as specifically provided in these Articles, the holders of preferred stock or common stock shall not be entitled to any vote and shall not have any voting rights concerning the designation or issuance of any shares of preferred stock authorized by and complying with the conditions of these Articles, and subject to the authority of the Board of Directors or any authorized committee thereof as set forth above, the right to any such vote is expressly waived by all present and future holders of the capital stock of the Corporation.

 

-41-


APPENDIX B

TO THE

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION OF

RANDOLPH BANCORP, INC.

ARTICLE V

LIMITATION ON BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF STOCK

Section 5.1. Applicability of Article. The provisions of this ARTICLE V shall become effective upon (i) the consummation of the Conversion and (ii) the concurrent acquisition by the Corporation of all of the outstanding capital stock of the Randolph Savings Bank (the “Effective Date”). All terms used in this ARTICLE V and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in Section 6.1 through Section 6.10 below.

Section 5.2. Prohibitions Relating to Beneficial Ownership of Voting Stock. No Person (as defined in Section 5.7) other than the Corporation, any Subsidiary (as defined in Section 5.7) or any pension, profit-sharing, stock bonus or other compensation plan maintained by the Corporation or any Subsidiary is a member for the benefit of the employees of the Corporation or any Subsidiary, or any trust or custodial arrangement established in connection with any such plan) shall directly or indirectly acquire or hold the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of the issued and outstanding shares of Voting Stock (as defined in Section 5.7) of the Corporation. Any Person so prohibited who directly or indirectly acquires or holds the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of the issued and outstanding shares of Voting Stock in violation of this Section 5.2 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and Section 5.4. The Corporation is authorized to refuse to recognize a transfer or attempted transfer of any shares of Voting Stock to any Person who beneficially owns, or who the Corporation believes would become by virtue of such transfer the beneficial owner of, more than 10% of shares of the Voting Stock.

Section 5.3. Excess Shares. If, notwithstanding the foregoing prohibition, a Person subject to the foregoing prohibition shall voluntarily or involuntarily become or attempt to become the purported beneficial owner (the “Purported Owner”) of shares of Voting Stock in excess of 10% of the issued and outstanding shares of Voting Stock, (i) during the period of three years following the date of the completion of the Conversion (the “Initial Period”), the number of shares in excess of 10% shall be deemed to be “Excess Shares,” and shall not be counted as shares entitled to vote, shall not be voted by any person or counted as voting shares in connection with any matter submitted to the shareholders for a vote, and shall not be counted as outstanding for purposes of determining the affirmative vote necessary to approve any matter submitted to the shareholders for a vote; or (ii) following the Initial Period, the holder of any Excess Shares shall be entitled to cast only one one-hundredth (1/100) of one vote per share for each Excess Share.

The restrictions set forth in this ARTICLE V shall be noted conspicuously on all certificates evidencing ownership of shares of Voting Stock.

 

-42-


Section 5.4. Powers of the Board of Directors.

(a) The Board of Directors may, to the extent permitted by law, from time to time establish, modify, amend or rescind, by Bylaw or otherwise, regulations and procedures not inconsistent with the express provisions of this ARTICLE V for the application, administration and implementation of the provisions of this ARTICLE V.

(b) When it appears that a particular Person has become a Purported Owner of Excess Shares in violation of Section 5.2 or Section 5.3, or of the regulations or procedures of the Board of Directors with respect to this ARTICLE V, and that the provisions of this ARTICLE V require application, interpretation or construction, then a majority of the Directors of the Corporation shall have the power and duty to interpret all of the terms and provisions of this ARTICLE V and to determine on the basis of information known to them after reasonable inquiry all facts necessary to ascertain compliance with this ARTICLE V, including, without limitation, (i) the number of shares of Voting Stock beneficially owned by any Person or Purported Owner, (ii) whether a Person or Purported Owner is an Affiliate (as defined in Section 5.7) or Associate (as defined in Section 5.7) of, or is acting in concert with, any other Person or Purported Owner, (iii) whether a Person or Purported Owner has an agreement, arrangement or understanding with any other Person or Purported Owner as to the voting or disposition of any shares of the Voting Stock, (iv) the application of any other definition or operative provision of this ARTICLE V to the given facts or (v) any other matter relating to the applicability or effect of this ARTICLE V.

The Board of Directors shall have the right to demand that any Person who is reasonably believed to be a Purported Owner of Excess Shares (or who holds of record shares of Voting Stock beneficially owned by any Person reasonably believed to be a Purported Owner in excess of such limit) supply the Corporation with information as to (x) the record owner(s) of all shares of Voting Stock beneficially owned by such Person or Purported Owner and (y) any other factual matter relating to the applicability or effect of this ARTICLE V as may reasonably be requested of such Person or Purported Owner.

Any applications, interpretations, constructions or any other determinations made by the Board of Directors pursuant to this ARTICLE V, in good faith and on the basis of such information and assistance as was then reasonably available for such purpose, shall be conclusive and binding upon the Corporation and its shareholders, and no shareholder shall have the right to challenge any such application, interpretation, construction or determination.

Section 5.5. Severability. In the event any provision (or portion thereof) of this ARTICLE V shall be found to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions (or portions thereof) of this ARTICLE V shall remain in full force and effect, and shall be construed as if such invalid, prohibited or unenforceable provision had been stricken herefrom or otherwise rendered inapplicable, it being the intent of this Corporation and its shareholders that each such remaining provision (or portion thereof) of this ARTICLE V remain, to the fullest extent permitted by law, applicable and enforceable as to all shareholders, including Purported Owners, if any, notwithstanding any such finding.

 

-43-


Section 5.6. Exclusions. This ARTICLE V shall not apply to (a) any offer or sale with a view towards public resale made exclusively by the Corporation to any underwriter or underwriters acting on behalf of the Corporation, or to the selling group acting on such underwriter’s or underwriters’ behalf, in connection with a public offering of the Common Stock; or (b) any reclassification of securities (including any reverse stock split), or recapitalization of the Corporation, or any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any of its Subsidiaries or any other transaction or reorganization that does not have the effect, directly or indirectly, of changing the beneficial ownership interests of the Corporation’s shareholders, other than pursuant to the exercise of any dissenters’ appraisal rights, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments, which changes do not exceed, in the aggregate, 1% of the issued and outstanding shares of such class of equity or convertible securities.

Section 5.7. Definitions . For the purposes of these Articles of Organization:

(a) A “Person” shall include an individual, a group acting in concert, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint venture, a pool, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities or any other entity.

(b) “Affiliate” and “Associate” shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as in effect on the date of filing of these Articles.

(c) “Subsidiary” means any corporation of which a majority of any class of equity security is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation.

(d) “Voting Stock” means the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of Directors (the “Voting Stock”).

 

-44-


APPENDIX C

TO THE

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION OF

RANDOLPH BANCORP, INC.

ARTICLE VI

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

Section 6.1. Corporate Governance.

The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its Directors and shareholders:

(a) Board of Directors. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by statute or by these Articles or the Bylaws of the Corporation, the Directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.

(b) Shareholder Meetings. Any action to be taken by the shareholders of the Corporation may be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of shareholders of the Corporation or by the unanimous consent in writing of all shareholders entitled to vote on the action.

(c) Special Shareholder Meetings.

(i) Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of preferred stock of the Corporation, special meetings of the shareholders entitled to vote may be called by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

(ii) If the Corporation shall not have a class of voting stock registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), special meetings of the shareholders entitled to vote shall be called by the Secretary, or in case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of the Secretary, by any other officer, upon written application of the holders of at least ten percent (10%) of all the votes entitled to be cast on any issue to be considered at the proposed meeting.

(iii) If the Corporation shall have a class of voting stock registered under the Exchange Act, special meetings of the shareholders entitled to vote shall be called by the Secretary, or in case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of the Secretary, by any other officer, upon written application of one or more shareholders who hold at least (i) sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66  2 3 %) in interest of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, or (ii) such lesser percentage, if any, (but not less than forty percent (40%)) as shall be determined to be the maximum percentage which the Corporation is permitted by applicable law to establish for the call of such meeting.

 

-45-


(iv) Application to a court pursuant to Section 7.03 of Chapter 156D of the Massachusetts General Laws, or successor provisions, requesting the call of a special meeting of shareholders, may be ordered if (i) on application of any shareholder of the Corporation entitled to participate in an annual meeting if an annual meeting was not held within the earlier of six (6) months after the end of the Corporation’s fiscal year or 15 months after its last annual meeting; or (ii) on application of a shareholder who signed a demand for a special meeting valid under Section 7.02 of Chapter 156D of the Massachusetts General Laws, if notice of the special meeting was not given within 30 days after the date the demand was delivered to the Secretary or within such further time as the court may order under the circumstances or the special meeting was not held in accordance with the notice.

(v) At a special meeting of shareholders, only such business shall be conducted, and only such proposals shall be acted upon, as shall have been stated in the written notice of the special meeting, unless otherwise provided by law.

Section 6.2 Directors.

(a) Composition . The number of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed solely and exclusively by resolution duly adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Directors shall be divided into three classes, with the term of office of the first class to expire at the first annual meeting of shareholders, the term of office of the second class to expire at the annual meeting of shareholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class to expire at the annual meeting of shareholders two years thereafter. At each annual meeting of shareholders following such initial classification and election, Directors elected to succeed those Directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of shareholders after their election. No Director shall serve after attaining age seventy-five (75). No person shall serve as Director after completing seven (7) terms in office, provided that, notwithstanding this limitation, any Director serving as a director of Randolph Savings Bank on January 1, 2014 may be nominated for and elected to serve an additional three (3) terms as a Director of the Corporation so long as such Director is otherwise qualified to serve as a director of Randolph Savings Bank. For the purpose of this section, for every three (3) years any person served as a director of Randolph Savings Bank prior to the incorporation of the Corporation, such person is deemed to have served one (1) term as a Director of the Corporation.

(b) Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships.  Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock the outstanding and except as otherwise required by applicable law, any and all vacancies in the Board of Directors, however occurring including, without limitation, by reason of an increase in size of the Board of Directors, or the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of a Director, shall be filled solely and exclusively by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors then in office, even though less than a quorum. A vacancy that will occur at a specific later date may be filled before the vacancy occurs but the new Director may not take office until the vacancy occurs. Directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of shareholders at which the term of office of the class to which they have been chosen expires. No decrease in the number of Directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent Director.

 

-46-


(c) Shareholder Nominations. Advance notice of shareholder nominations for the election of Directors and of business to be brought by shareholders before any meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

(d) Removal. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any Director may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of either (i) a majority of the directors then in office or (ii) the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors, voting together as a single class.

Section 6.3 Amendment to Bylaws.

The Bylaws of the Corporation may be amended or repealed in whole or in part by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of each class of the capital stock at the time outstanding and entitled to vote at any annual meeting of shareholders or special meeting of shareholders; provided, however, that if the Board of Directors recommends, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the Directors then in office at a duly constituted meeting of the Board of Directors, that shareholders approve such amendment at such meeting of shareholders, such amendment shall only require the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of each class of capital stock at the time outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting; provided, further, that notice of the substance of the proposed amendment is stated in the notice of such meeting. The Directors may make, amend or repeal the Bylaws, in whole or in part, except with respect to any provision thereof which by law, these Articles of Organization or the Bylaws requires action by the shareholders. Not later than the time of giving notice of the meeting of shareholders next following the making, amending or repealing by the Directors of any Bylaw, notice thereof stating the substance of such change shall be given to all shareholders entitled to vote on amending the Bylaws. Any Bylaw adopted or amended by the Directors may be amended or reinstated by the shareholders entitled to vote on amending the Bylaws following the procedures outlined above.

Section 6.4 Pre-Emptive Rights.

Holders of the capital stock of the Corporation shall not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares of the capital stock of the Corporation which may be issued.

Section 6.5 Indemnification of Directors and Others.

(a) Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or otherwise (hereinafter a “Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was (a) a Director of the Corporation, or (b) serving, at the request of the Corporation as evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors prior to the occurrence of the event to which the indemnification relates, as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (such persons described in (a) and (b) are

 

-47-


sometimes hereinafter referred to as an “Indemnitee”), whether the basis of such Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as such a Director or officer of the Corporation or as such other director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as such a Director or officer of the Corporation or as such other director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act (the “MBCA”), as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto), against all expense, liability and loss (including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be such a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 6.5(c) with respect to Proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee only if such Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Section 6.5 shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “Advancement of Expenses”); provided, however, that, if the MBCA so requires, an Advancement of Expenses incurred by an Indemnitee shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking made in accordance with the MBCA (hereinafter an “Undertaking”), by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, which shall include, without limitation, an undertaking to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “Final Adjudication”) that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 6.5 or otherwise. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any indemnification hereunder shall be provided only to the extent permitted by 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k) and the regulations issued thereunder.

(b) Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation.  The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification, and to an Advancement of Expenses, to any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Section 6.5.

(c) Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit . If a claim under this Section 6.5 is not paid in full by the Corporation within 60 days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an Advancement of Expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be 20 days, the Indemnitee may at any time hereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If the Indemnitee is successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the Indemnitee shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to an Advancement of Expenses) it shall be a defense that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MBCA. In addition, in any suit by the Corporation to recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an

 

-48-


Undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a Final Adjudication that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MBCA. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or Shareholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MBCA, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or Shareholders) that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the Indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an Advancement of Expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such Advancement of Expenses, under this Section 6.5 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

(d) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights to indemnification and to Advancement of Expenses conferred in this Section 6.5 shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under these Bylaws, the Articles of Organization or any statute, agreement, vote of Shareholders or of disinterested Directors or otherwise.

(e) Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or any director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the MBCA. The Corporation’s obligation to provide indemnification under this Section 6.5 shall be offset to the extent of any other source of indemnification or any otherwise applicable insurance coverage under a policy maintained by the Corporation or any other person.

(f) Amendments.  Without the consent of a person entitled to the indemnification and other rights provided in this Section 6.5 (unless otherwise required by the MBCA), no amendment modifying or terminating such rights shall adversely affect such person’s rights under this Section 6.5 with respect to the period prior to such amendment.

(g) Savings Clause . If this Section 6.5 or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each Indemnitee as to any liabilities and expenses with respect to any proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Section 6.5 that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 6.6 Limitation of Liability of Directors.

(a) Limitation of Liability. No Director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability; provided, however, that this Section 6.6 shall not eliminate or limit any liability of a Director (a) for any breach of the Director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its shareholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in

 

-49-


good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) for improper distributions under Section 6.40 of Chapter 156D of the Massachusetts General Laws or (d) with respect to any transaction from which the Director derived an improper personal benefit.

(b) Amendment. No amendment or repeal of this Section 6.6 shall adversely affect the rights and protection afforded to a Director of this Corporation under this Section 6.6 for acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment or repeal. If the Massachusetts General Laws is hereafter amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of Directors or to authorize corporate action to further eliminate or limit such liability, then the liability of the Directors of this Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Massachusetts General Laws as so amended.

Section 6.7 Transactions with Interested Persons.

(a) Transactions with Interested Persons not Void or Voidable. Unless entered into in bad faith, no contract or transaction by the Corporation shall be void, voidable or in any way affected by reason of the fact that it is with an Interested Person. For the purposes of this Section 6.7, “Interested Person” means any person or organization in any way interested in the Corporation whether as a director, officer, shareholder, employee or otherwise, and any other entity in which any such person or organization of the Corporation is in any way interested.

(b) Interested Persons not Liable . Unless such contract or transaction was entered into in bad faith, no Interested Person, because of such interest, shall be liable to the Corporation or to any other person or organization for any loss or expense incurred by reason of such contract or transaction or shall be accountable for any gain or profit realized from such contract or transaction.

(c) Interested Person Necessary for Quorum or Vote.  The provisions of this Section 6.7 shall be operative notwithstanding the fact that the presence of an Interested Person was necessary to constitute a quorum at a meeting of Directors or shareholders of the Corporation at which such contract or transaction was authorized or that the vote of an Interested Person was necessary for the authorization of such contract or transaction.

Section 6.8 Acting As a Partner.

The Corporation may be a partner in any business enterprise which it would have power to conduct by itself.

Section 6.9 Shareholders’ Meetings.

Meetings of shareholders may be held at such place in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts or, if permitted by applicable law, elsewhere in the United States as the Board of Directors may determine.

 

-50-


Section 6.10 Amendment to Articles of Organization.

These Articles may be amended at a duly constituted meeting of shareholders called expressly for such purpose, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the total votes eligible to be cast by shareholders on such amendment, voting together as a single class; provided, however, that if the Board of Directors recommends, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the Directors then in office at a duly constituted meeting of the Board of Directors, that shareholders approve such amendment at such meeting of shareholders, such amendment shall only require the affirmative vote of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by shareholders on such amendment, voting together as a single class.

 

-51-


COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

William Francis Galvin

Secretary of the Commonwealth

One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512

Articles of Organization

(General Laws Chapter 156D, Section 2.02; 950 CMR 113.16)

 

  I hereby certify that upon examination of these articles of organization, duly submitted to me, it appears that the provisions of the General Laws relative to the organization of corporations have been complied with, and I hereby approve said articles; and the filing fee in the amount of $         having been paid, said articles are deemed to have been filed with me this      day of             , 20    , at              a.m./p.m.  
        time  
    Effective date:  

 

     
      (must be within 90 days of date submitted)      
     

WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN

Secretary of the Commonwealth

     

 

           
Examiner            
    Filing fee: $275 for up to 275,000 shares plus $100 for each additional 100,000 shares or any fraction thereof.    

 

           
Name approval            

 

     

 

TO BE FILLED IN BY CORPORATION

     
C       Contact Information:      

 

           
M       William P. Mayer, Esq.      
     

Goodwin Procter LLP

53 State Street

Boston, MA 02109-2881

(617) 570-8794

wmayer@goodwinprocter.com

     
   

 

Upon filing, a copy of this filing will be available at www.sec.state.ma.us/cor. If the document is rejected, a copy of the rejection sheet and rejected document will be available in the rejected queue.

   

 

-52-


BY-LAWS

of

RANDOLPH BANCORP, INC.

 

53


Table of Contents

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

     1   

Section 1.01

   Articles of Organization      1   

ARTICLE II SHAREHOLDERS

     1   

Section 2.01

   Annual Meetings      1   

Section 2.02

   Special Meetings      1   

Section 2.03

   Place of Meetings      2   

Section 2.04

   Notice of Meetings      2   

Section 2.05

   Notice of Shareholder Business and Nominations      3   

Section 2.06

   Rescheduling of Meetings; Adjournments      7   

Section 2.07

   Quorum      8   

Section 2.08

   Voting and Proxies      8   

Section 2.09

   Action at Meeting      9   

Section 2.10

   Action without Meeting      9   

Section 2.11

   Form of Shareholder Action      9   

Section 2.12

   Shareholders List for Meeting      10   

Section 2.13

   Conduct of Business      10   

Section 2.14

   Voting Procedures and Inspectors of Elections      10   

ARTICLE III BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     11   

Section 3.01

   Powers      11   

Section 3.02

   Enumeration, Election and Term of Office      11   

Section 3.03

   Vacancies      11   

Section 3.04

   Regular Meetings      12   

Section 3.05

   Special Meetings      12   

Section 3.06

   Notice      12   

Section 3.07

   Quorum, Action at a Meeting      12   

Section 3.08

   Action Without a Meeting      13   

Section 3.09

   Manner of Participation      13   

Section 3.10

   Resignations and Removals      13   

Section 3.11

   Presumption of Assent      13   

Section 3.12

   Honorary Directors      13   

Section 3.13

   Committees      14   

Section 3.14

   Powers of Executive Committee      14   

ARTICLE IV OFFICERS

     14   

Section 4.01

   Enumeration      14   

Section 4.02

   Election      14   

Section 4.03

   Qualification      14   

Section 4.04

   Resignation and Removal      15   

Section 4.05

   Chairman of the Board      15   

Section 4.06

   Chief Executive Officer      15   

Section 4.07

   President and Vice Presidents      15   

Section 4.08

   Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers      15   


Section 4.09

   Secretary and Assistant Secretaries      16   

Section 4.10

   Other Powers and Duties      16   

Section 4.11

   Absence, Disability and Vacancies      16   

ARTICLE V CAPITAL STOCK

     16   

Section 5.01

   Authorized Capital Stock      16   

Section 5.02

   Certificate of Stock      16   

Section 5.03

   Transfer of Shares of Stock      17   

Section 5.04

   Transfer Agents and Registrars; Further Regulations      17   

Section 5.05

   Loss of Certificates      17   

Section 5.06

   Record Date      17   

ARTICLE VI MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     18   

Section 6.01

   Fiscal Year      18   

Section 6.02

   Seal      18   

Section 6.03

   Execution of Instruments      18   

Section 6.04

   Voting of Securities      18   

Section 6.05

   Resident Agent      18   

Section 6.06

   Corporation Records      18   

ARTICLE VII AMENDMENTS

     18   

ARTICLE VIII CONTROL SHARE ACQUISITION STATUTE

     19   

 

ii


BY-LAWS

of

RANDOLPH BANCORP, INC.

ARTICLE I

Articles of Organization

Section 1.01 Articles of Organization . The name and purposes of the Corporation shall be as set forth in the Articles of Organization. These By-Laws, the powers of the Corporation and of its Directors and shareholders, and all matters concerning the conduct and regulation of the business of the Corporation shall be subject to such provisions in regard thereto, if any, as are set forth in the Articles of Organization. All references in these By-Laws to the Articles of Organization shall be construed to mean the Articles of Organization of the Corporation as from time to time amended.

ARTICLE II

Shareholders

Section 2.01 Annual Meetings . The annual meeting of shareholders shall be held each year on the date and at the time and place within or without the United States as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President. The purposes for which the annual meeting is to be held, in addition to those prescribed by law, by the Articles of Organization or by these Bylaws, may be specified by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President and shall be specified in the notice of the meeting. In the event the time for an annual meeting is not fixed in accordance with these Bylaws to be held within 13 months after the last annual meeting was held, the Board of Directors may designate a special meeting held thereafter as a special meeting in lieu of the annual meeting, and such special meeting shall have, for purposes of these Bylaws or otherwise, all the force and effect of an annual meeting. Any and all references hereafter in these Bylaws to an annual meeting or annual meetings shall be deemed to refer also to any special meeting(s) in lieu thereof.

Section 2.02 Special Meetings .

(a) Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of preferred stock of the Corporation, special meetings of the shareholders entitled to vote may be called by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

(b) If the Corporation shall not have a class of voting stock registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), special meetings of the shareholders entitled to vote shall be called by the Secretary, or in case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of the Secretary, by any other officer, upon written application of the holders of at least ten percent (10%) of all the votes entitled to be cast on any issue to be considered at the proposed meeting.

(c) If the Corporation shall have a class of voting stock registered under the Exchange Act, special meetings of the shareholders entitled to vote shall be called by the Secretary, or in case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of the Secretary, by any other officer, upon written application of the holders of one or more shareholders who hold at least (i) sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66  2 3 %) in interest of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, or (ii) such lesser percentage, if any, (but not less than forty percent (40%)) as shall be determined to be the maximum percentage which the Corporation is permitted by applicable law to establish for the call of such meeting.

(d) Only business within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice may be conducted at a special meeting, unless otherwise provided by law.


Section 2.03 Place of Meetings . All meetings of the shareholders shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation in Massachusetts, unless a different place within Massachusetts or, if permitted by the Articles of Organization, elsewhere within the United States as is designated by the President or by a majority of the Directors acting by resolution or by written instrument or instruments signed by them. Any adjourned session of any meeting of the shareholders shall be held at such place within Massachusetts or, if permitted by the Articles of Organization, elsewhere within the United States as is designated in the vote of adjournment.

Section 2.04 Notice of Meetings . A written notice of the place, date and hour of all meetings of shareholders (other than adjournments governed by Section 2.06 of this Article II) stating the purposes of the meeting shall be given at least seven days and not more than 60 days before the meeting to each shareholder entitled to vote thereat and to each shareholder who is otherwise entitled by law, the Articles of Organization or these Bylaws to such notice. Notice may be given to a shareholder by any means permitted under applicable law, including, without limitation, by leaving such notice with him or at his residence or usual place of business, or by mailing it, postage prepaid, and addressed to such shareholder at his address as it appears in the records of the Corporation. Such notice shall be given by the Secretary, or in case of the death, absence, incapacity, or refusal of the Secretary, by any other officer or by a person designated either by the Secretary, by the person or persons calling the meeting or by the Board of Directors. If notice is given by mail, such notice shall be deemed given when dispatched. If notice is not given by mail and is given by leaving such notice at the shareholder’s residence or usual place of business, it shall be deemed given when so left. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, notice may be given to a shareholder by electronic transmission in a manner specified by the shareholder, including, without limitation, by facsimile transmission, electronic mail or posting on an electronic network. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in case of any special meeting called upon the written demands of shareholders, such meeting shall be scheduled not less than 60 nor more than 90 days after the date on which the Secretary has received sufficient demands to require that such meeting be called and written notice thereof shall be given in accordance with this Section 2.04 within 30 days of receipt of such demands.

Notice of an annual or special meeting of shareholders need not be given to a shareholder if a written waiver of notice is signed before or after such meeting by such shareholder or such shareholder’s authorized attorney, if communication with such shareholder is unlawful, or if such shareholder attends such meeting unless (i) the shareholder at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting or (ii) the shareholder objects to the consideration of a particular matter at the meeting as not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice when the matter is presented. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual meeting or special meeting of shareholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

Section 2.05 Notice of Shareholder Business and Nominations.

(a) Annual Meetings of Shareholders .

(i) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the proposal of other business to be considered by the shareholders may be made at an annual meeting of shareholders (A) by or at the


direction of the Board of Directors or (B) by any shareholder of the Corporation who was a shareholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Bylaw, who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who is present at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Bylaw as to such nomination or business. For the avoidance of doubt, for a shareholder to bring nominations or business before an annual meeting of shareholders (other than matters properly brought under Rule 14a-8 (or any successor rule) under the Exchange Act), such shareholder must comply with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.05 and this shall be the exclusive means for a shareholder to bring such nominations or business properly before an annual meeting of shareholders. In addition to the other requirements set forth in this Bylaw, for any proposal of business to be considered at an annual meeting, such proposal must be a proper subject for action by shareholders of the Corporation under Massachusetts law.

(ii) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting of shareholders by a shareholder pursuant to clause (B) of paragraph (a)(i) of this Bylaw, in addition to other applicable requirements, the shareholder must (1) have given Timely Notice (as defined below) thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and (2) have provided any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Bylaw. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice under this paragraph (a)(ii) shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 90th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days before or delayed by more than 60 days after such anniversary date, notice by the shareholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made (such notice within such time periods shall be referred to as “Timely Notice”). Such shareholder’s Timely Notice shall set forth:

(A) as to each person whom the shareholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a Director, all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of Directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a Director if elected);

(B) as to any other business that the shareholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, any material interest in such business of such shareholder and the beneficial owner(s), if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, and the names and addresses of other shareholders (including beneficial owners) known by the shareholder


proposing such business to support such proposal, and the class and number of shares of the Corporation’s capital stock beneficially owned by such other shareholder(s) or other beneficial owner(s); and

(C) as to the shareholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner(s), if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made: (i) the name and address of such shareholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner(s); (ii) (a) the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation which are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially and of record by such shareholder and any such beneficial owner(s), (b) any derivative, swap or other transaction or series of transactions engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such shareholder and/or any such beneficial owner(s) the purpose or effect of which is to give such shareholder and/or any such beneficial owner(s) economic benefit and/or risk similar to ownership of shares of any class or series of the Corporation, in whole or in part, including due to the fact that such derivative, swap or other transaction provides, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit or avoid a loss from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of any class or series of the Corporation (“Synthetic Equity Interests”) and such disclosure shall identify the counterparty to each such Synthetic Equity Interest and shall include, for each such Synthetic Equity Interest, whether or not (x) such Synthetic Equity Interest conveys any voting rights, directly or indirectly, in such shares to such shareholder and/or any such beneficial owner(s), (y) such Synthetic Equity Interest is required to be, or is capable of being, settled through delivery of such shares and (z) such shareholder, any such beneficial owner(s) and/or, to their knowledge, the counterparty to such Synthetic Equity Interest has entered into other transactions that hedge or mitigate the economic effect of such Synthetic Equity Interest, (c) any proxy (other than a revocable proxy given in response to a public proxy solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Exchange Act), agreement, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which such shareholder and/or any such beneficial owner(s) has or shares a right to vote any shares of any class or series of the Corporation, (d) any agreement, arrangement, understanding or relationship (which disclosure shall identify the counterparty thereto), including any hedge, repurchase or similar so-called “stock borrowing” agreement or arrangement, engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such shareholder and/or any such beneficial owner(s), the purpose or effect of which is to mitigate loss to, reduce the economic risk of shares of any class or series of the Corporation by, manage the risk of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such shareholder and/or any such beneficial owner(s) with respect to the shares of any class or series of the Corporation, or which provides, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit from any decrease in the value of the shares of any class or series of the Corporation (“Short Interests”), (e) any rights to dividends or other distributions on the shares of any class or series of the Corporation owned beneficially by such shareholder and/or any such beneficial owner(s) that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (f) any performance-related fees (other than an asset based fee) that such shareholder and/or any such beneficial owner(s) is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of any class or series of the Corporation, any Synthetic Equity Interests or Short Interests, if any (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (a) through (f) are referred to as “Material Ownership Interests”); and (iii) a description of all


arrangements or understanding among such shareholder and/or any such beneficial owner(s) and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made.

(iii) A shareholder providing Timely Notice of nominations or business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting of shareholders shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information (including, without limitation, the Material Ownership Interests information) provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Bylaw shall be true and correct as of the record date for the meeting and as of the date that is 10 business days prior to such annual meeting, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 5th business day after the record date for the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than the close of business on the 8th business day prior to the date for the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of 10 business days prior to the meeting).

(iv) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph (a)(ii) of this Bylaw to the contrary, in the event that the number of Directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for Director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the Corporation at least 85 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a shareholder’s notice required by this paragraph (a) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

 

  (b) General .

(i) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the provisions of this Bylaw shall be eligible for election and to serve as Directors and only such business shall be conducted at an annual meeting of shareholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Bylaw. The Board of Directors or a designated committee thereof shall have the power to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made in accordance with the provisions of this Bylaw. If neither the Board of Directors nor such designated committee makes a determination as to whether any shareholder proposal or nomination was made in accordance with the provisions of this Bylaw, the presiding officer of the annual meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether the shareholder proposal or nomination was made in accordance with the provisions of this Bylaw. If the Board of Directors or a designated committee thereof or the presiding officer, as applicable, determines that any shareholder proposal or nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions of this Bylaw, such proposal or nomination shall be disregarded and shall not be presented for action at the annual meeting.


(ii) Except as otherwise required by law, nothing contained in this Section 2.05 shall obligate the Corporation or the Board of Directors to include in any proxy statement or other shareholder communication distributed on behalf of the Corporation or the Board of Directors information with respect to any nominee for Director submitted by a shareholder.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.05, if the shareholder (or a qualified representative of the shareholder) does not appear at the annual meeting to present a nomination or any business, such nomination or business shall be disregarded, notwithstanding the proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this paragraph (iii), to be considered a qualified representative of the shareholder, a person must be authorized by a written instrument executed by such shareholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such shareholder to act for such shareholder as proxy at the meeting of shareholders and such person must produce such written instrument or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the written instrument or electronic transmission, at the meeting of shareholders.

(iv) For purposes of this Bylaw, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(v) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Bylaw, a shareholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Bylaw. Nothing in this Bylaw shall be deemed to affect any rights of (i) shareholders to have proposals included in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor rule) under the Exchange Act and, to the extent required by such rule, have such proposals considered and voted on at an annual meeting of shareholders or (ii) the holders of any series of undesignated preferred stock to elect Directors under specified circumstances.

Section 2.06 Rescheduling of Meetings; Adjournments . Notwithstanding any other provision in these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may change the date, time and location of any annual or special meeting of the shareholders (other than a special meeting called upon the written application of shareholders (a “Meeting Requested by Shareholders”)), and a record date with respect thereto, prior to the time for such meeting, including, without limitation, by postponing or deferring the date of any such annual or special meeting (other than a Meeting Requested by Shareholders) previously called or by canceling any special meeting previously called (other than a Meeting Requested by Shareholders). This action may be taken regardless of whether any notice or public disclosure with respect to any such meeting or record date has been sent or made pursuant to Section 2.04 of this Article II hereof or otherwise. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment, postponement or rescheduling of any previously scheduled annual meeting of shareholders commence a new time period for the giving of a shareholder’s notice under Section 2.05 of Article II of these Bylaws.


When any meeting is convened, the presiding officer may adjourn the meeting if (a) no quorum is present for the transaction of business, (b) the Board of Directors determines that adjournment is necessary or appropriate to enable the shareholders to consider fully information which the Board of Directors determines has not been made sufficiently or timely available to shareholders, or (c) the Board of Directors determines in its sole discretion that adjournment is otherwise in the best interests of the Corporation. When any annual meeting or special meeting of shareholders is adjourned to another date, time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting other than an announcement at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken of the date, time and place to which the meeting is adjourned; provided, however, that if a new record date for the adjourned meeting is fixed, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given under this Article II to persons who are shareholders as of the new record date. A meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the votes properly cast upon the question, whether or not a quorum is present. Any business which could have been transacted at any meeting of the shareholders as originally called may be transacted at any adjournment thereof.

Section 2.07 Quorum .

(a) Unless otherwise provided by law, or in the Articles of Organization, these Bylaws or a resolution of the Directors requiring satisfaction of a greater quorum requirement for any voting group, a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter by a voting group constitutes a quorum of that voting group for action on that matter. As used in these Bylaws, a “voting group” includes all shares of one or more classes or series that, under the Articles of Organization or the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act, as in effect from time to time (or any successor statute) (the “MBCA”), are entitled to vote and to be counted together collectively on a matter at a meeting of shareholders. Shares owned by the Corporation in a fiduciary capacity shall be deemed outstanding for quorum purposes.

(b) Both abstentions and broker non-votes are to be counted as present for the purpose of determining the existence of a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting. A share once represented for any purpose at the meeting is deemed present for quorum purposes for the remainder of the meeting and for any adjournment of that meeting unless (i) the shareholder attends solely to object to lack of notice, defective notice or the conduct of the meeting on other grounds and does not vote the shares or otherwise consent that they are to be deemed present, or (ii) in the case of adjournment, a new record date is or shall be set for the adjournment meeting.

Section 2.08 Voting and Proxies . Both abstentions and broker non-votes are to be counted as present for the purpose of determining the existence of a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting. However, for purposes of determining the number of shares voting on a particular proposal, abstentions and broker non-votes are not to be counted as votes cast or shares voting. Unless otherwise provided by law or by the Articles of Organization, each shareholder shall have, with respect to each matter voted upon at a meeting of shareholders, one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote owned by such shareholder of record according to the books of the Corporation. A shareholder may vote his or her shares either in person or may appoint a proxy to vote or otherwise act for him or her by signing an appointment form, either personally or by his or her attorney-in-fact. An appointment of a proxy is effective when received by the Secretary or other officer or agent authorized to tabulate votes. Unless otherwise provided in the appointment form, an appointment is valid for a period of 11 months from the date the shareholder signed the form or, if undated, from the date of its receipt by such officer or agent.


Any shareholder’s proxy may be transmitted by facsimile or other electronic means in a manner complying with applicable law. Except as otherwise permitted by law or limited therein, proxies shall entitle the persons authorized thereby to vote at any adjournment of such meeting but shall not be valid after final adjournment of such meeting. A proxy with respect to stock held in the name of two or more persons shall be valid if executed by one of them if the person signing appears to be acting on behalf of all the co-owners unless at or prior to exercise of the proxy, the Corporation receives a specific written notice to the contrary from any one of them. Subject to the provisions of Section 7.24 of the MBCA (or any successor provision thereof) and to any express limitation on the proxy’s authority provided in the appointment form, the Corporation is entitled to accept the proxy’s vote or other action as that of the shareholder making the appointment. A proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a shareholder shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise and the burden of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger.

Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Organization, if authorized by the Board of Directors, subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, shareholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of shareholders may, by means of remote communications: (i) participate in a meeting of shareholders; and (ii) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of shareholders, provided that: (a) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a shareholder or proxyholder; (b) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such shareholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the shareholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings; and (c) if any shareholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

Section 2.09 Action at Meeting . If a quorum of a voting group exists, favorable action on a matter, other than election of Directors, is taken by a voting group if the votes cast within the group favoring the action exceed the votes cast opposing the action, unless a greater number of affirmative votes is required by the MBCA, the Articles of Organization, these Bylaws or a resolution of the Board of Directors requiring receipt of a greater affirmative vote of the shareholders, including one or more separate voting groups. Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Organization or these Bylaws, Directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast by the shares entitled to vote in the election at a meeting at which a quorum is present. No ballot shall be required for any election unless requested by a shareholder present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election. Absent special circumstances, shares of the Corporation’s stock are not entitled to vote if they are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation or by another entity of which the Corporation owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the voting interests. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, however, the Corporation may vote any share of stock held by it, directly or indirectly, in a fiduciary capacity.

Section 2.10 Action without Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of Shareholders (including any actions or powers reserved to the Shareholders under these Bylaws) may be taken without a meeting provided that all Shareholders entitled to vote on the matter consent to the action in writing and the written consents describe the action taken, are signed by all such Shareholders, bear the date of the signatures of such Shareholders, and are delivered to the Corporation for inclusion with the records of the meetings of Shareholders within 60 days of the earliest dated consent required to be delivered under this Section. Such consents shall be treated for all purposes as a vote at a meeting.


Section 2.11 Form of Shareholder Action .

(a) Any vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or other action by a shareholder or by the proxy or other agent of any shareholder shall be considered given in writing, dated and signed, if, in lieu of any other means permitted by law, it consists of an electronic transmission that is permitted under applicable law, including, without limitation, an electronic transmission that sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Corporation can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the shareholder, proxy or agent or by a person authorized to act for the shareholder, proxy or agent and (ii) the date on which such shareholder, proxy, agent or authorized person transmitted the electronic transmission. The date on which the electronic transmission is transmitted shall be considered to be the date on which it was signed. The electronic transmission shall be considered received by the Corporation if it has been sent to any address specified by the Corporation for the purpose or, if no address has been specified, to the principal office of the Corporation, addressed to the Secretary or other officer or agent having custody of the records of proceedings of shareholders, or is otherwise received by the Corporation in a manner permitted by applicable law.

(b) Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or other action by a shareholder or by the proxy or other agent of any shareholder may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any purpose for which the original writing could be used, but the copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

Section 2.12 Shareholders List for Meeting .

(a) After fixing a record date for a meeting of shareholders, the Corporation shall prepare an alphabetical list of the names of all its shareholders who are entitled to notice of the meeting. The list shall be arranged by voting group, and within each voting group by class or series of shares, and shall show the address of and number of shares held by each shareholder, but need not include an electronic mail address or other electronic contact information for any shareholder.

(b) The shareholders list shall be available for inspection by any shareholder, beginning two business days after notice is given of the meeting for which the list was prepared and continuing through the meeting: (1) at the Corporation’s principal office or at a place identified in the meeting notice in the city where the meeting will be held; or (2) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting.

(c) The Corporation shall make the shareholders list available at the meeting, and any shareholder or his or her agent or attorney is entitled to inspect the list at any time during the meeting or any adjournment.

Section 2.13 Conduct of Business . The Chairman of the Board or his designee, or, if there is no Chairman of the Board or such designee, then the Chief Executive Officer or his designee, or, if the office of President shall be vacant, then a person appointed by a majority of the Board of Directors, shall preside at any meeting of shareholders as the chairman of the meeting. In addition to his powers pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(i), the person presiding at any meeting of shareholders shall determine the order of business and the procedures at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him in order.


Section 2.14 Voting Procedures and Inspectors of Elections . In advance of any meeting of shareholders, the Board of Directors may appoint one or more inspectors to act at an annual or special meeting of shareholders and make a written report thereon. Any inspector may, but need not, be an officer, employee or agent of the Corporation. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector(s) shall (i) ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, (ii) determine the shares represented at a meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (iii) count all votes and ballots, (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and (v) certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting, and their count of all votes and ballots. The inspector(s) may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspector(s) in the performance of their duties. The presiding officer may review all determinations made by the inspector(s), and in so doing the presiding officer shall be entitled to exercise his or her sole judgment and discretion and he or she shall not be bound by any determinations made by the inspector(s). All determinations by the inspector(s) and, if applicable, presiding officer, shall be subject to further review by the Board of Directors and any court of competent jurisdiction.

ARTICLE III

Board of Directors

Section 3.01 Powers. The business of the Corporation shall be managed by a Board of Directors who shall have and may exercise (or grant authority to be exercised) all the powers of the Corporation except as otherwise reserved to the shareholders by law, by the Articles of Organization or by these Bylaws. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall have the power, unless otherwise provided by law, to purchase and to lease, pledge, mortgage and sell all property of the Corporation (including to issue or sell the authorized but unissued stock of the Corporation and to determine, subject to applicable requirements of law, the consideration for which stock is to be issued and the manner of allocating such consideration between capital and surplus) and to make such contracts and agreements as they deem advantageous, to fix the price to be paid for or in connection with any property or rights purchased, sold, or otherwise dealt with by the Corporation, to borrow money, issue bonds, notes and other obligations of the Corporation, and to secure payment thereof by mortgage or pledge of all or any part of the property of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may determine the compensation of Directors. The Board of Directors or such officer or committee as the Board of Directors may designate, may determine the compensation and duties, in addition to those prescribed by these Bylaws, of all officers, agents and employees of the Corporation.

Section 3.02 Enumeration, Election and Term of Office. The number of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed solely and exclusively by resolution duly adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Directors shall hold office in the manner provided in the Articles of Organization. No Director need be a shareholder of the Corporation or a resident of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. Whenever used in these By-Laws, the phrase “entire Board of Directors” shall mean that number of Directors fixed by the most recent resolution adopted pursuant to the preceding sentence prior to the date as of which a determination of the number of Directors then constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be relevant for any purpose under these By-Laws .


Section 3.03 Vacancies . The Board of Directors may act notwithstanding a vacancy or vacancies in its membership. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock the outstanding and except as otherwise required by applicable law, any and all vacancies in the Board of Directors, however occurring including, without limitation, by reason of an increase in size of the Board of Directors, or the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of a Director, shall be filled solely and exclusively by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors then in office, even though less than a quorum. A vacancy that will occur at a specific later date may be filled before the vacancy occurs but the new Director may not take office until the vacancy occurs.

Section 3.04 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such times and places within or without the Commonwealth of Massachusetts as the Board of Directors may fix from time to time and, when so fixed, no notice thereof need by given, provided that any Director who is absent when such times and places are fixed shall be given notice of the fixing of such times and places. The first meeting of the Board of Directors following the annual meeting of the shareholders may be held without notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of the shareholders or the special meeting held in lieu thereof. If in any year a meeting of the Board of Directors is not held at such time and place, any action to be taken may be taken at any later meeting of the Board of Directors with the same force and effect as if held or transacted at such meeting.

Section 3.05 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Directors may be held at any time and at any place designated in the call of the meeting (which may be oral or in writing), when called by the President or the Treasurer or by one or more Directors, reasonable notice thereof being given to each Director by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or by the officer or one of the Directors calling the meeting.

Section 3.06 Notice . Notice of the time, date and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given to each Director by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, or in case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of such persons, by the officer or one of the Directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be given to each Director in person or by telephone, voice mail, telegraph, teletype or other electronic means or by facsimile sent to his business or home address, at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, or by written notice mailed to his or her business or home address at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting. Written notice, other than notice by electronic, telephone or similar means, is effective upon deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to the Director’s address shown in the Corporation’s records. Notice need not be given to any Director who waives notice. A Director may waive any notice before or after the date and time of the meeting. The waiver shall be in writing, signed by the Director entitled to the notice, or in the form of an electronic transmission by the Director to the Corporation, and filed with the minutes or corporate records. A Director’s attendance at or participation in a meeting waives any required notice to him or her of the meeting unless the Director at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon his or her arrival, objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken at the meeting.

Section 3.07 Quorum, Action at a Meeting . At any meeting of the Directors, a quorum for any election or for the consideration of any question shall consist of a majority of the Directors then in office, but a smaller number may constitute a quorum pursuant to Section 8.55 or Section 8.56 of the MBCA in making a determination that indemnification or advancement of expenses is permissible in a specific proceeding. Whether or not a quorum is present any meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the votes properly cast upon the question, and the meeting may be held as adjourned


without further notice. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the votes of a majority of the Directors present shall be requisite and sufficient for appointment to any office and shall decide any question brought before such meeting, except in any case where a larger vote is required by law, by the Articles of Organization or by these Bylaws.

Section 3.08 Action Without a Meeting . Unless the Articles of Organization otherwise provide, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Directors may be taken without a meeting if a written consent thereto is signed by all the Directors, or delivered to the Corporation by means of electronic transmission, and such written consent is filed with the records of the meetings of the Directors. Action taken under this Section is effective when the last Director signs or delivers the consent, unless the consent specifies a different effective date. Such consent shall be treated as a vote at a meeting for all purposes. Such consents may be executed in one or more counterparts and not every Director need sign the same counterpart.

Section 3.09 Manner of Participation . Members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated thereby may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by, or conduct the meeting through the use of, any means of communication by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

Section 3.10 Resignations and Removals . Any Director may resign at any time by delivering his resignation in writing to the President or the Secretary or to a meeting of the Directors. Such resignations shall take effect at such time as is specified therein, or if no such time is so specified, then upon delivery thereof to the President or the Secretary or to a meeting of the Directors.

No Director or officer who resigns or is removed shall have any right to any compensation as such Director or officer for any period following his resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of such removal whether his compensation be by the month or by the year or otherwise; provided, however, that the foregoing provision shall not prevent such Director or officer from obtaining damages for breach of any contract of employment legally binding upon the Corporation.

Section 3.11 Presumption of Assent . A Director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any Corporation matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent or abstention has been entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he has filed a written dissent to such action with the person acting as the Secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or has forwarded such dissent by registered mail to the Secretary of the Corporation within five (5) days after the date such dissenting Director receives a copy of the minutes of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted in favor of such action.

Section 3.12 Honorary Directors . Subject to applicable provisions of law, any person who shall have served as a Director of the Corporation for ten years or more may, upon ceasing to be a member of the Board of Directors and upon the request of a majority of the Board of Directors, continue as an Honorary Director, without compensation, in the manner which is and for such term as is provided by law. Any such Honorary Director shall not be deemed to be an officer or member of the Board of Directors, and shall not receive compensation or be required to attend meetings or be authorized or required to perform any duties.

Section 3.13 Committees . The Board of Directors, by vote of a majority of all of the Directors then in office, shall elect an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, an Executive Committee, a Governance Committee and may elect such other committees as it deems appropriate. The


Board of Directors may delegate to such committees some or all of its powers except those which by law or by these By-Laws may not be delegated. Any such committee shall consist of not less than three (3) members of the Board of Directors. No member of the Audit Committee shall be an operating officer of the Corporation. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any such committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors or in such rules, its business shall be conducted so far as possible in the same manner as is provided by these By-Laws for the Board of Directors. All members of such committees shall hold such offices at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may abolish any committee (other than the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee, the Executive Committee and the Governance Committee) at any time, subject to applicable law. Any committee to which the Board of Directors delegates any of its powers or duties shall keep records of its meetings and shall report its action to the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have power to rescind any action of any committee, but no such rescission shall have retroactive effect.

Section 3.14 Powers of Executive Committee . In addition to the powers and duties provided by law, the Executive Committee, when the Board of Directors is not in session, may act as an executive committee and exercise general supervision and control in all matters pertaining to the interests of the Corporation not otherwise provided by law or in these By-Laws, subject at all times to the direction and control of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IV

Officers

Section 4.01 Enumeration . The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer, and a Secretary, and shall include such other officers, including without limitation a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, and one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers, or Assistant Secretaries, as the Board of Directors may determine.

Section 4.02 Election . The Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Treasurer, and the Secretary and all officers at the level of Executive Vice President or above shall be elected by the Board of Directors at their meeting next following the annual meeting of shareholders. All other officers may be elected by the Board of Directors or appointed by the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 4.03 Qualification . Each officer shall have such qualifications as are required by law. No officer shall serve as a corporator, trustee, director or officer of any other bank holding company or savings and loan holding company, as a trustee, director or officer of any bank, credit union or thrift institution which is not a subsidiary of the Corporation, or as a trustee, director or officer of any holding company for any bank, credit union or thrift institution which is not a subsidiary of the Corporation if such service would violate the Depository Institution Management Interlocks Act or applicable sections of the General Laws of Massachusetts, or a successor statute, unless such officer has received a permit from the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and such service would not otherwise violate the Depository Institution Management Interlocks Act.

Section 4.04 Resignation and Removal . Any officer may resign by delivering his written resignation to the Corporation at its main office addressed to the Chief Executive Officer, President or Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt thereof by the Chief Executive Officer, President or Secretary, unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may, in addition to other provisions for removal contained in applicable laws, be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the


whole Board of Directors. Any officer appointed by the Chief Executive Officer, and any employee or agent of the Corporation, may be removed at any time with or without cause by the Chief Executive Officer or by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.05 Chairman of the Board . The Board of Directors may elect a Chairman of the Board annually or at such other frequency as the Directors may determine. The Chairman of the Board shall preside, when present, at all meetings of the Board of Directors.

Section 4.06 Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer shall have, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, general supervision and control of the Corporation’s business. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside, when present, at all meetings of shareholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors if there is no Chairman of the Board or if the Chairman of the Board does not attend such meetings.

Section 4.07 President and Vice Presidents . The President shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate and shall serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides.

Any Vice President shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.

Section 4.08 Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers . The Treasurer shall have, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, general charge of the financial affairs of the Corporation and shall cause to be kept accurate books of account. He shall have custody of all funds, securities, and valuable documents of the Corporation, except as the Board of Directors may otherwise provide. The Treasurer shall also perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate. Any Assistant Treasurer shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Treasurer may from time to time designate.

Section 4.09 Secretary and Assistant Secretaries . The Secretary shall keep a record of the meetings of the Board of Directors and the shareholders. In the absence of the Secretary from any such meeting, an Assistant Secretary if one be elected, otherwise a Temporary Secretary designated by the person presiding at the meeting, shall perform the duties of the Secretary.

Section 4.10 Other Powers and Duties . Subject to these By-Laws, each officer of the Corporation shall have in addition to the duties and powers specifically set forth in these By-Laws, such duties and powers as are customarily incident to his office, and such duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 4.11 Absence, Disability and Vacancies . In the event of the absence or disability of any officer, the Board of Directors may designate another officer to act temporarily in such office, or the Executive Committee may make such designation until the Board of Directors shall take other action. In the case of a vacancy in any office, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors to the extent provided by law, and the Executive Committee may designate a person to fill such office until the next meeting of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE V

Capital Stock

Section 5.01 Authorized Capital Stock . The authorized amount of the capital stock and the par value, if any, of the shares shall be as fixed in the Articles of Organization. At all times when there


are two or more classes of stock, the several classes of stock shall conform to the description and terms, and have the respective preferences, voting powers, restrictions and qualifications set forth in the Articles of Organization.

Section 5.02 Certificate of Stock . The Board of Directors may authorize the issue without certificates of some or all of the shares of any and all of the Corporation’s classes or series of stock. Except to the extent the Board of Directors has determined to issue shares without certificates, each shareholder shall be entitled to a certificate of the capital stock of the Corporation owned by him, in such form as shall, in conformity to law, be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors. Such certificate shall be signed by either the President or a Vice President, and by either the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, and shall bear the corporate seal or its facsimile; but when any such certificate is signed by a transfer agent or by a registrar other than a Director, officer, or employee of the Corporation, the signature of the President or a Vice President and of the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation, or either or both such signatures may be facsimile. If any officer who has signed, or whose facsimile signature has been placed on, any such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer at the time of issue.

Every certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to law, the Articles of Organization, these By-Laws or any agreement to which the Corporation is a party shall have the restriction noted conspicuously on the front or back of the certificate. Every certificate issued when the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class or series of stock shall set forth on its front or back either a summary of the variations in the rights, preferences and limitations applicable to each class and series, and the authority of the Board to determine variations for any future class or series, or a conspicuous statement that the Corporation will furnish a copy of such information to the holder of such certificate upon written request and without charge.

Section 5.03 Transfer of Shares of Stock . Subject to the restrictions, if any, stated or noted on the stock certificates, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the Corporation only by the surrender to the Corporation, or its transfer agent, of the certificate therefor properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, with all requisite stock transfer stamps affixed, and with such proof of the authenticity and effectiveness of the signature as the Corporation or its transfer agent shall reasonably require. Except as may otherwise be required by law, the Articles of Organization, or these By-Laws, the Corporation shall have the right to treat the person registered on the stock transfer books as the owner of any shares of the Corporation’s stock as the owner-in-fact thereof for all purposes, including the payment of dividends, liability for assessments, the right to vote with respect thereto and otherwise, and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any attempted transfer, pledge or other disposition thereof, or any equitable or other claim with respect thereto, whether or not it shall have actual or other notice thereof, until such shares shall have been transferred on the Corporation’s books in accordance with these By-Laws. It shall be the duty of each shareholder to notify the Corporation of his post office address.

Section 5.04 Transfer Agents and Registrars; Further Regulations . The Board of Directors may appoint one or more banks, trust companies or corporations doing a corporate trust business, in good standing under the laws of the United States or any state therein, to act as the Corporation’s transfer agent and/or registrar for shares of capital stock, and the Board may make such other and further regulations, not inconsistent with applicable law, as it may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of capital stock and stock certificates of the Corporation.

Section 5.05 Loss of Certificates . In the case of the alleged loss, destruction, or wrongful taking of a certificate of stock, a duplicate certificate may be issued in place thereof upon receipt by the Corporation of such evidence of loss and such indemnity bond, with or without surety, as shall be satisfactory to the President and the Treasurer, or otherwise upon such terms, consistent with law, as the Board of Directors may prescribe.


Section 5.06 Record Date . The Directors may fix in advance a time, which shall not be more than seventy (70) days before the date of any meeting of shareholders or the date for the payment of any dividend or the making of any distribution to shareholders, or the last day on which the consent or dissent of shareholders may be effectively expressed for any purpose, as the record date for determining the shareholders having the right to notice of and to vote at, such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or the right to receive such dividend or distribution, or the right to give such consent or dissent, and in such case, only shareholders of record on such record date shall have such right, notwithstanding any transfer of stock on the books of the Corporation after the record date. If a record date for a specific action is not fixed by the Board of Directors, and is not otherwise specified by applicable law, the record date shall be the close of business either on the day before the first notice is sent to shareholders, or if no notice is sent, on the day before the meeting. A determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders is effective for any adjournment of the meeting unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date, which it shall do if the meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the date fixed for the original meeting.

ARTICLE VI

Miscellaneous Provisions

Section 6.01 Fiscal Year . Except as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the twelve months ending December 31st.

Section 6.02 Seal . The Board of Directors shall have power to adopt and alter the seal of the Corporation.

Section 6.03 Execution of Instruments . All deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes and other instruments and obligations to be entered into by the Corporation in the ordinary course of its business without Board of Directors action may be executed on behalf of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, Treasurer or, as the Board of Directors may authorize, any other officer, employee or agent of the Corporation.

Section 6.04 Voting of Securities . Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any other officer or agent designated by the Board of Directors may waive notice of and act on behalf of the Corporation, or appoint another person or persons to act as proxy or attorney in fact for the Corporation with or without discretionary power and/or power of substitution, at any meeting of stockholders or shareholders of any other organization, any of whose securities are held by the Corporation.

Section 6.05 Resident Agent . The Board of Directors may appoint a resident agent upon whom legal process may be served in any action or proceeding against the Corporation. Said resident agent shall be either an individual who is a resident of and has a business address in Massachusetts, a corporation organized under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, or a corporation organized under the laws of any other state of the United States, which has qualified to do business in, and has an office in, Massachusetts.

Section 6.06 Corporation Records . The original, or attested copies, of the Articles of Organization, By-Laws and record of all meetings of the Directors shall be kept in Massachusetts at the main office of the Corporation, or at an office of its Secretary or resident agent.


ARTICLE VII

Amendments

Except as otherwise provided in the Articles of Organization, these Bylaws may be amended or repealed in whole or in part by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of each class of the capital stock at the time outstanding and entitled to vote at any annual meeting of shareholders or special meeting of shareholders; provided, however, that if the Board of Directors recommends, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the Directors then in office at a duly constituted meeting of the Board of Directors, that shareholders approve such amendment at such meeting of shareholders, such amendment shall only require the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of each class of capital stock at the time outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting; provided, further, that notice of the substance of the proposed amendment is stated in the notice of such meeting. If authorized by the Articles of Organization, the Directors may make, amend or repeal the Bylaws, in whole or in part, except with respect to any provision thereof which by law, the Articles of Organization or the Bylaws requires action by the shareholders. Not later than the time of giving notice of the meeting of shareholders next following the making, amending or repealing by the Directors of any Bylaw, notice thereof stating the substance of such change shall be given to all shareholders entitled to vote on amending the Bylaws.

Any Bylaw adopted or amended by the Directors may be amended or reinstated by the shareholders entitled to vote on amending the Bylaws following the procedures outlined above.

ARTICLE VIII

Control Share Acquisition Statute

The provisions of Chapter 110D of the Massachusetts General Laws shall not be applicable to the Corporation.


Exhibit 3.5

Charter and Bylaws of the Bank


D

 

    

The Commonwealth of Massachusetts

 

  Examiner       

William Francis Galvin

Secretary of the Commonwealth

One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512

 

  Name       Approved       

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

(General Laws, Chapter 156B)

    

 

ARTICLE I

 

The exact name of the corporation is:

 

Randolph Interim Stock Bank

 

ARTICLE II

 

The purpose of the corporation is to engage in the following business activities:

 

See Article 3 of the Articles of Organization attached as Appendix A .

 

  C

 

  P

 

  M

 

  R.A.

  
 
     Note: If the space provided under any article or item on this form is insufficient, additions shall be set forth on one side only of separate 8  1 2 x 11 sheets of paper with a left margin of at least 1 inch. Additions to more than one article may be made on a single sheet so long as each article requiring each addition is clearly indicated.


ARTICLE III

State the total number of shares and par value, if any, of each class of stock which the corporation is authorized to issue.

 

WITHOUT PAR VALUE

  

WITH PAR VALUE

 

TYPE

   NUMBER OF SHARES   

TYPE

   NUMBER OF SHARES      PAR VALUE  

Common:

      Common:      15,000,000       $ 1.00   

Preferred:

      Preferred:      5,000,000       $ 1.00   

ARTICLE IV

If more than one class of stock is authorized, state a distinguishing designation for each class. Prior to the issuance of any shares of a class, if shares of another class are outstanding, the corporation must provide a description of the preferences, voting powers, qualifications, and special or relative rights or privileges of that class and of each other class of which shares are outstanding and of each series then established within any class.

See Article 5 of the Articles of Organization attached as Appendix A .

ARTICLE V

The restrictions, if any, imposed by the Articles of Organization upon the transfer of shares of stock of any class are;

None.

ARTICLE VI

** Other lawful provisions, if any, for the conduct and regulation of the business and affairs of the corporation, for its voluntary dissolution, or for limiting, defining, or regulating the powers of the corporation, or of its directors or stockholders, or of any class of stockholders:

See Articles of Organization attached as Appendix A .

Appendix A

 

 

** If there are no provisions state “None”.

Note: The preceding six (6) articles are considered to be permanent and may ONLY be changed by filing appropriate Articles of Amendment


A RTICLES OF O RGANIZATION

OF

R ANDOLPH I NTERIM S TOCK B ANK

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Table of Contents

 

     Page  

ARTICLE 1. CORPORATE TITLE

     1   

ARTICLE 2. OFFICE

     1   

ARTICLE 3. POWERS

     1   

ARTICLE 4. DURATION

     1   

ARTICLE 5. CAPITAL STOCK

     1   

A. Common Stock

     2   

B. Preferred Stock

     2   

C. Stockholder Approval for Certain Events

     3   

D. Corporator Vote Required to Approve Stock Issuance Plan

     4   

ARTICLE 6. PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS

     4   

ARTICLE 7. DIRECTORS

     4   

ARTICLE 8. INDEMNIFICATION

     4   

ARTICLE 9. ACTING AS A PARTNER

     4   

ARTICLE 10. STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     4   

ARTICLE 11. AMENDMENT OF CHARTER

     4   


A RTICLES OF O RGANIZATION

OF

R ANDOLPH I NTERIM S TOCK B ANK

WHEREAS, a Charter was granted in the year 1851 to incorporate Randolph Savings Bank as a Massachusetts savings bank (the “Original Bank”); and

WHEREAS, the Original Bank in accordance with chapter 167H of the Massachusetts General Laws and all other applicable law, has voted to reorganize into mutual holding company form by (i) the establishment of a new mutual savings bank, (ii) the amendment and restatement of the new mutual’s charter so as to become a mutual holding company, (iii) the simultaneous formation of this bank as a stock subsidiary savings bank of the mutual holding company (the “Bank”) and (iv) the merger of this Bank with the Original Bank (the “Merger”);

NOW, THEREFORE, the Articles of Organization (“Charter”) of the Bank prior to the Merger shall read as follows:

ARTICLE 11. Corporate Title . The full corporate title of the Bank is “Randolph Interim Stock Bank” and may be changed from time to time by the stockholders of the Bank.

ARTICLE 12. Office . The main office of the Bank is located at 129 N. Main Street, Randolph, Massachusetts 02368 and may be changed from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Bank, subject to applicable law.

ARTICLE 13. Powers . The Bank is a stock-form savings bank organized under Massachusetts law and shall have and may exercise all the powers, privileges and authority, express, implied and incidental, available to it under Chapters 167H and 168 (including without limitation those sections of Chapter 172 listed in Section 34C of Chapter 168) of the Massachusetts General Laws or other applicable state and federal laws, and by all acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto.

ARTICLE 14. Duration . The duration of the Bank is perpetual.

ARTICLE 15. Capital Stock . The total number of shares of capital stock which the Bank is authorized to issue is Twenty Million (20,000,000), of which Fifiteen Million (15,000,000) shares shall be common stock, One Dollar ($1.00) par value per share, and Five Million (5,000,000) shares shall be preferred stock, One Dollar ($1.00) par value per share. The shares may be issued by the Bank from time to time as authorized by its Board of Directors and as approved by its stockholders to the extent that such approval is required by this Charter or by applicable law or regulation. The consideration for the issuance of the shares shall be paid in full before their issuance and shall not be less than the par value per share. The consideration for the shares shall be cash, tangible or intangible property, labor, services or expenses, or any combination of the foregoing, but no share shall be issued unless the cash, so far as due, or the property, labor, services or expenses for which it was authorized to be issued, has or have been actually received or incurred by, or conveyed or rendered to, the Bank, or is in its possession as surplus. Neither promissory notes nor future services shall constitute payment or part payment for the issuance of shares of the Bank. The value of such property, labor, services or expenses, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Bank, shall be conclusive. Shares of capital stock issued in accordance with the foregoing shall be fully paid and not assessable. In the case of a stock dividend, that part of the surplus of the Bank which is transferred to stated capital upon the issuance of stock as a stock dividend shall be deemed to be the consideration for their issuance.

 

1


The minimum amount of capital and surplus with which the Bank shall commence business shall be not less than that required to satisfy capital or reserve requirements of any applicable state or federal law.

A description of the different classes and series of the Bank’s capital stock and a statement of the designations, and the relative rights, preferences and limitations of the shares of each class and series of capital stock are as follows:

15.1. Common Stock . Except as provided in this Article 5 (or in any certificate of establishment of series of preferred stock), the holders of the common stock shall exclusively possess all voting power. Each holder of shares of common stock shall be entitled to one vote on all matters for each share held by such holder. There shall be no cumulative voting rights in the election of Directors.

Whenever there shall have been paid, or declared and set aside for payment, to the holders of the outstanding shares of any class of stock having preference over the common stock as to the payment of dividends, the full amount of dividends and of sinking fund, retirement fund or other retirement payments, if any, to which such holders are respectively entitled in preference to the common stock, then dividends may be paid on the common stock and on any class or series of stock entitled to participate therewith as to dividends, out of any assets legally available for the payment of dividends; but only when and as declared by the Board of Directors.

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Bank, after there shall have been paid to or set aside for the holders of any class having preferences over the common stock in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the full preferential amounts of which they are respectively entitled, the holders of the common stock, and of any class or series of stock entitled to participate therewith, in whole or in part, as to distribution of assets, shall be entitled, after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of the Bank, to receive the remaining assets of the Bank available for distribution, in cash or in kind, in proportion to their holdings.

15.2. Preferred Stock . Subject to (i) regulatory approvals if they are required by law, and (ii) stockholder approval to the extent required by this Charter, the Board of Directors of the Bank is authorized by vote or votes, from time to time adopted, to provide for the issuance of one or more classes of preferred stock, which shall be separately identified. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to divide any authorized class of preferred stock of the Bank into one or more series and to fix and state the voting powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of the shares of any series so established and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof. Each such series shall be separately designated so as to distinguish the shares thereof from the shares of all other series and classes. All shares of the same class shall be identical except as to the following relative rights and preferences, as to which there may be variations between different series:

15.2.1 The distinctive serial designation and the number of shares constituting such series;

15.2.2 The dividend rates or the amount of dividends to be paid on the shares of such series, whether dividends shall be cumulative and, if so, from which date or dates, the payment date or dates for dividends, and the participating or other special rights, if any, with respect to dividends;

 

2


15.2.3 The voting powers, full or limited, if any, of shares of such series;

15.2.4 Whether the shares of such series shall be redeemable and, if so, the price or prices at which, and the terms and conditions on which, such shares may be redeemed;

15.2.5 The amount or amounts payable upon the shares of such series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Bank;

15.2.6 Whether the shares of such series shall be entitled to the benefit of a sinking or retirement fund to be applied to the purchase or redemption of such shares, and if so entitled, the amount of such fund and the manner of its application, including the price or prices at which such shares may be redeemed or purchased through the application of such fund;

15.2.7 Whether the shares of such series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes or of any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the Bank, and if so convertible or exchangeable, the conversion price or prices or the rate or rates of exchange, and the adjustments thereof, if any, at which such conversion or exchange may be made, and any other terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange;

15.2.8 The price or other consideration for which the shares of such series shall be issued; and

15.2.9 Whether the shares of such series which are redeemed or converted shall have the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock and whether such shares may be reissued as shares of the same or any other series of stock.

Unless otherwise provided by law, any such vote shall become effective when the Bank files with the Secretary of State of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts a certificate of establishment of one or more series of preferred stock signed by the President or any Vice President and by the Clerk, Assistant Clerk, Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Bank, setting forth a copy of the vote of the Board of Directors establishing and designating the series and fixing and determining the relative rights and preferences thereof, the date of adoption of such vote and a certification that such vote was duly adopted by the Board of Directors and the stockholders, if required by this Charter.

Each share of each series of preferred stock shall have the same relative rights as and be identical in all respects with all the other shares of the same series.

15.3. Stockholder Approval for Certain Events . The Bank shall not, without the previous affirmative vote or written consent of holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of common stock, (i) authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, any additional shares of common or preferred stock, or (ii) effect any consolidation or merger involving the Bank (except into or with a majority-owned subsidiary corporation).

 

3


15.4. Corporator Vote Required to Approve Stock Issuance Plan . Any plan providing for the issuance of common or preferred securities by the Bank to a person other than the Bank’s mutual holding company parent shall be approved by the affirmative vote of (i) a majority of the total votes of the corporators of such mutual holding company (the “Corporators”) and (ii) a majority of independent Corporators (who must constitute not less than 60% of all Corporators), eligible to be cast. An “independent Corporator” is a Corporator who is not an employee, officer or trustee or a significant borrower of the Bank or its mutual holding company parent.

ARTICLE 16. Preemptive Rights . Holders of the capital stock of the Bank shall not be entitled to pre-emptive rights with respect to any shares of the capital stock of the Bank which may be issued.

ARTICLE 17. Directors . The Bank shall be under the direction of a Board of Directors. The number of Directors shall not be fewer nor more than permitted by law, and shall be set by the stockholders in accordance with the By-Laws. The number of Directors shall initially be set at eleven (11). The names of the original Directors under this Charter are set forth in Appendix A hereto.

ARTICLE 18. Indemnification . The Directors, officers and employees of the Bank shall be indemnified to the extent provided in the By-Laws of the Bank.

ARTICLE 19. Acting as a Partner . The Bank may be a partner in any business enterprise which it would have power to conduct by itself.

ARTICLE 20. Stockholders’ Meetings . Meetings of stockholders may be held at such place in The Commonwealth of Massachusetts or, if permitted by applicable law, elsewhere in the United States as the Board of Directors may determine.

ARTICLE 21. Amendment of Charter . This charter may be amended by a majority vote of the shares of the Bank’s capital stock outstanding and entitled to vote, subject to applicable law.

 

4


APPENDIX A

Directors of Randolph Interim Stock Bank

M. Shirley Austin

Richard M. Boonisar

Robert F. Cass

Roy A. Conrad

Robert F. DiMatteo

Jay W, Farley

Gerald P. Good

Ronald A. Grant

Roy F. Leonard

Richard C. Pierce

Janis Wentzell

 

5


ARTICLE VII

The effective date of organization of the corporation shall be the date approved and filed by the Secretary of the Commonwealth. If a later effective date is desired, specify such date which shall not be more than thirty days after the date of filing.

November 1, 2002 at 12:01 a.m.

ARTICLE VIII

The information contained in Article VIII is not a permanent part of the Articles of Organization.

a. The street address ( post office boxes are not acceptable ) of the principal office of the corporation in Massachusetts is:

10 Cabot Place, Stoughton, Massachusetts 02072

b. The name, residential address and post office address of each director and officer of the corporation is as follows:

 

     NAME    RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS    POST OFFICE ADDRESS
President:         
Treasurer:         
      See Appendix B .   
Clerk: -         
Directors:         

c. The fiscal year (i.e., tax year) of the corporation shall end on the last day of the month of: December

d. The name and business address of the resident agent, if any, of the corporation is:

Not applicable.

ARTICLE IX

By-laws of the corporation have been duly adopted and the president, treasurer, clerk and directors whose names are set forth above, have been duly elected.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF AND UNDER THE PAINS AND PENALTIES OF PERJURY, I/we, whose signature(s) appear below as incorporator(s) and whose name(s) and business or residential address(es) are clearly typed or printed beneath each signature do hereby associate with the intention at forming this corporation under the provisions of General Laws, Chapter 156B and do hereby sign these Articles of Organization as incorporators) this 31st day of October ,         ,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note: If an existing corporation is acting as incorporator, type in the exact name of the corporation, the state or other jurisdiction where it teas incorporated, the name of the person signing on behalf of said corporation and the title he/she holds or other authority by which such action is taken.


APPENDIX B

 

NAME OF OFFICE

  

NAME

  

RESIDENCE

  

POST-OFFICE ADDRESS

President,    Ronald A. Grant    19 Mohawk Road    Raynham, MA 02767
Treasurer,    Robert F. Cass    6 Marks Road    Weymouth, MA 02189
Clerk,    Roy A. Conrad    4 Intervale Terrace    Randolph, MA. 02072
Directors    Ronald A. Grant    19 Mohawk Road    Raynham, MA 02767
   Robert F. Cass    6 Marks Road    Weymouth, MA 02189
   Roy A. Conrad    4 Intervale Terrace    Randolph, MA. 02072
   M. Shirley Austin    56 Cedar Hill Road    Holbrook, MA. 02343
   Robert F. DiMatteo    737 School Street    Stoughton, MA. 02072
   Jay W. Farley    24 Camelot Court    Stoughton, MA. 02072
   Gerald P. Good    275 Highland Avenue    Randolph, MA. 02368
   Roy F. Leonard    53 Walnut Court    Stoughton, MA. 02072
   Richard C. Pierce    16 Chief Lane    Canton, MA. 02021
   Janis Wentzell    8 Sweetmeadow Drive    South Easton, MA. 02375
   Richard M. Boonisar    279 Main Street    South Dennis, MA. 02660


LOGO   

The Commonwealth of Massachusetts

Board of Bank Incorporation

CERTIFICATE TO COMMENCE BUSINESS

The Board of Bank Incorporation constituted under the provisions of Massachusetts General Laws chapter 26, section 5, and acting under the powers conferred upon it by chapter 167H, section 5 of said General Laws hereby certifies that

RANDOLPH INTERIM STOCK BANK

Stoughton, in said Commonwealth, has filed with the Board Articles of Organization and other information required by said section 5 of said chapter 167H and an examination has been made from which the Board has determined that the Bank has complied with all other requirements of said chapter 167H. It is hereby authorized to commence business of a stock bank under the name of Randolph Interim Stock Bank provided that business shall not commence until the Bank has filed applicable documents with the State Secretary.

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF the members of the Board affix their names at Boston this 24th day of July 2002.

 

  LOGO    )      
 

 

        
 

Commissioner of Banks

   )      
 

LOGO

   )    Board of   
     )      
     )    Bank   
 

 

        
 

Commissioner of Revenue

   )      
 

LOGO

   )    Incorporation   
     )      
     )      
 

 

        
 

Treasurer and Receiver-General

   )      


THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

(General Laws, Chapter 167H)

 

 

 

 

 

LOGO

Effective date:    

Pursuant to Chapter 167H, §5 of the General Laws, these Articles of Organization and attached Certificate to Commence Business are deemed filed with me this 31st day of October 2002, to be effective as of 12:01 a.m. on November 1, 2002.

WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN

Secretary of the Commonwealth

 

 

LOGO

I hereby approve the within Articles of Organization.

 

10/31/02     LOGO

 

   

 

Date     Commissioner of Banks

TO BE FILLED IN BY CORPORATION

Photocopy of document to be sent to:

 

Carol H. Pratt, Esq.

Foley Hoag LLP

155 Seaport Blvd., Boston MA 02210

Telephone:  

(617) 832-1000


R ANDOLPH

SAVINGS BANK

Amended and

Restated By-Laws

As amended and restated through April 22, 2014

 

3


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I. ORGANIZATION

     1   

Section 1.01.

 

Organization

     1   
ARTICLE II. THE SOLE STOCKHOLDER      1   

Section 2.01.

 

Annual Meeting

     1   

Section 2.02.

 

Special Meetings

     1   

Section 2.03.

 

Notice of Meetings

     1   

Section 2.04.

 

Action at Meeting

     1   

Section 2.05.

 

Action without Meeting

     2   

ARTICLE III. DIRECTORS

     2   

Section 3.01.

 

Powers

     2   

Section 3.02.

 

Composition and Term

     2   

Section 3.03.

 

Director Nominations and Election

     2   

Section 3.04.

 

Qualification

     2   

Section 3.05.

 

Resignation and Removal

     3   

Section 3.06.

 

Vacancies

     3   

Section 3.07.

 

Compensation

     3   

Section 3.08.

 

Regular Meetings

     3   

Section 3.09.

 

Special Meetings

     3   

Section 3.10.

 

Notice of Special Meetings

     3   

Section 3.11.

 

Quorum

     4   

Section 3.12.

 

Action at Meeting

     4   

Section 3.13.

 

Manner of Participation

     4   

Section 3.14.

 

Action by Consent

     4   

Section 3.15.

 

Presumption of Assent

     4   

Section 3.16.

 

Committees

     4   

Section 3.17.

 

Governance Committee

     5   

Section 3.18.

 

Powers of Executive Committee

     5   

ARTICLE IV. OFFICERS

     5   

Section 4.01.

 

Enumeration

     5   

Section 4.02.

 

Election

     5   

Section 4.03.

 

Qualification

     5   

Section 4.04.

 

Tenure

     6   

Section 4.05.

 

Resignation and Removal

     6   

Section 4.06.

 

Chairman of the Board

     6   

Section 4.07.

 

Chief Executive Officer

     6   

Section 4.08.

 

President and Vice Presidents

     6   

Section 4.09.

 

Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers

     6   

Section 4.10.

 

Clerk and Assistant Clerks

     7   

Section 4.11.

 

Other Powers and Duties

     7   

Section 4.12.

 

Absence, Disability and Vacancies

     7   

 

i


ARTICLE V. CAPITAL STOCK      7   

Section 5.01.

 

Certificates of Stock

     7   

Section 5.02.

 

Transfers

     7   

Section 5.03.

 

Record Holders

     8   

Section 5.04.

 

Record Date

     8   

Section 5.05.

 

Replacement of Certificates

     8   

Section 5.06.

 

Issuance of Capital Stock

     8   

Section 5.07.

 

Dividends

     8   
ARTICLE VI. INDEMNIFICATION      8   

Section 6.01.

 

Senior Officers

     8   

Section 6.02.

 

Officers and Non-Officer Employees

     9   

Section 6.03.

 

Service at Direction of Board of Directors

     9   

Section 6.04.

 

Good Faith

     9   

Section 6.05.

 

Prior to Final Disposition

     10   

Section 6.06.

 

Insurance

     10   

Section 6.07.

 

Definitions

     10   

Section 6.08.

 

Other Indemnification Rights

     10   

Section 6.09.

 

Survival of Benefits

     11   
ARTICLE VII. CERTAIN OPERATING PROVISIONS      11   

Section 7.01.

 

Deposits

     11   

Section 7.02.

 

Withdrawals

     11   

Section 7.03.

 

Conveyances and Foreclosures

     12   

Section 7.04.

 

Transfer

     12   

Section 7.05.

 

Loans and Investments

     12   

Section 7.06.

 

Charges on Overdue Payment

     13   

Section 7.07.

 

Emergency

     13   
ARTICLE VIII. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST      13   

Section 8.01.

 

Conflicts of Interest

     13   
ARTICLE IX. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS      13   

Section 9.01.

 

Fiscal Year

     13   

Section 9.02.

 

Seal

     14   

Section 9.03.

 

Execution of Instruments

     14   

Section 9.04.

 

Voting of Securities

     14   

Section 9.05.

 

Resident Agent

     14   

Section 9.06.

 

Bank Records

     14   

Section 9.07.

 

Charter

     14   

Section 9.08.

 

Amendments

     14   

 

ii


R ANDOLPH S AVINGS B ANK

A MENDED AND R ESTATED B Y -L AWS

ARTICLE 22.

Organization

22.1. Organization . The name of this bank (hereinafter in these By-Laws called the “Bank”) is Randolph Savings Bank, or such other name as hereafter may be adopted in accordance with law. The main office of the Bank is and shall be located in Randolph, Massachusetts, subject to change as authorized by law. The Bank may have such additional branches, depots and offices, either within or without the United States, as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate in accordance with applicable law. Branches, depots and offices heretofore or hereafter established shall be located and operated in accordance with applicable law. The Bank shall have and may exercise all of the powers, privileges and authority, express and implied, now or hereafter conferred by the Massachusetts General Laws, as amended, and by any and all other statutes and laws of Massachusetts and of the United States and regulations thereunder.

ARTICLE 23.

The Sole Stockholder

23.1. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of the sole stockholder for elections and other purposes shall be held on the fourth Tuesday in April (or if that be a legal holiday in the place where the meeting is to be held, on the next succeeding full business day), at the main office of the sole stockholder in Massachusetts, unless a different date or place in a town in Massachusetts (or if permitted by law, elsewhere in the United States) is fixed by the Board of Directors and consented to by the sole stockholder, the Chairman of the Board, the Executive Committee or the Chief Executive Officer. If no annual meeting has been held on the date fixed above, a special meeting in lieu thereof may be held, and such special meeting shall have for the purposes of these By-Laws or otherwise, all the force and effect of an annual meeting.

23.2. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the sole stockholder for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time only by the sole stockholder.

23.3. Notice of Meetings . A written notice of all annual and special meetings of the sole stockholder shall state the place, date and hour of such meetings. Such notice shall be given by the Clerk, Assistant Clerk or other authorized officer of the Bank to the sole stockholder of the Bank at least seven (7) days before the meeting of the stockholder. A written waiver of notice, executed before or after a meeting by the sole stockholder shall be deemed equivalent to notice of the meeting.

23.4. Action at Meeting . The stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote owned by it of record according to the books of the Bank, unless otherwise provided by law or by the Charter. When a quorum is present, any matter before a meeting of the stockholder shall be decided by vote of a majority of the shares of stock voting on such matter, except where a larger vote is required by law or by these By-Laws. No ballot shall be required for any election.

23.5. Action without Meeting . Any action to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the sole stockholder may be taken without a meeting if the stockholder consents to the action in writing and the written consents are filed with the records of the meetings of the stockholder. Such consents shall be treated for all purposes as a vote at a meeting.


ARTICLE 24.

Directors

24.1. Powers . The business and affairs of the Bank shall be managed by a Board of Directors who may exercise all the powers of the Bank except as otherwise provided by law or by these By-Laws. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining Directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise the powers of the full Board.

24.2. Composition and Term . The number of Directors shall be established from time to time by the Directors, provided that the number so fixed shall be not less than seven (7) nor more than twenty-five (25), except as otherwise required by applicable law. The Directors shall be divided into three groups as nearly equal in number as possible and the members of one of such groups shall be elected annually to serve for a term of three years and until their successors are elected and qualified. When the number of Directors is changed, the Board of Directors shall determine the class or classes to which the increased or decreased number of Directors shall be apportioned.

24.3. Director Nominations and Election . Nominations of candidates for election as Directors at any annual or special meeting of the sole stockholder shall be made only by the Governance Committee of the Board of Directors. The Governance Committee will consider as potential nominees among others, those persons whose names are submitted to it by any Director at least four weeks prior to such meeting. Only persons nominated in accordance with this Section 3.03 shall be eligible for election as Directors at such meeting.

24.4. Qualification . Each Director shall have such qualifications as are required by law. If provided by applicable law, not less than a majority of the Directors of the Bank shall be citizens of Massachusetts and residents therein at any one time. No Director shall serve as a corporator, trustee, director or officer of any holding company for any bank, credit union or thrift institution that is not the mutual holding company that owns the majority of the outstanding capital stock of the Bank, or as a trustee, director or officer of any other bank, credit union or thrift institution that is not a subsidiary of the mutual holding company that owns the majority of the outstanding capital stock of the Bank unless a special permit allowing such review has been received from the Commissioner of Banks of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. A qualified Director may serve until his/her seventy-fifth birthday at which time his/her office shall be deemed vacated. No Director shall serve after attaining age seventy-five (75). No person shall serve as Director after completing seven (7) terms in office, provided that, notwithstanding this limitation, any Director serving on January 1, 2014, may be nominated for and elected to serve an additional three (3) terms, so long as such Director is otherwise qualified.

24.5. Resignation and Removal . Any Director may resign at any time by delivering his written resignation to the main office of the Bank addressed to the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Clerk. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt thereof by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Clerk, unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event. Any Director may be removed from office by vote of two-thirds (%) of the Directors then in office.

24.6. Vacancies . Any vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors, whether as a result of resignation, retirement, attainment of the age of seventy-five (75), removal, death or increase in the number of Directors, may be filled by the Board of Directors until the next election of directors.

 

2


24.7. Compensation . The members of the Board of Directors and the members of either standing or special committees may be allowed such compensation for attendance at meetings as the Board of Directors may determine.

24.8. Regular Meetings . A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held without other notice than this By-Law on the same date and at the same place as the annual meeting of the sole stockholder, or the special meeting held in lieu thereof, following such meeting of the sole stockholder. The Board of Directors may provide by resolution the time, date and place for the holding of regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.

24.9. Special Meetings . Special meetings may be called and held as provided by law. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer and shall be called by the Clerk if requested in writing by at least three Directors. The persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix the time, date and place for holding any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by such persons.

The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the Directors. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the next ranking senior operating officer present shall preside, and if such an operating officer is not present, a Director of the Bank may be chosen by the Directors present to preside at such meeting.

24.10. Notice of Special Meetings . Notice of the time, date and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given to each Director by the Clerk or Assistant Clerk or in the case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of such persons, by the officer or one of the Directors calling the meeting. Notice of any special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given to each Director in person or by telephone or sent to his business or home address by telecommunication at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the meeting, or by written notice mailed to his business or home address at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the mail so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid. When any Board of Directors’ meeting, either regular or special, is adjourned for thirty (30) days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. It shall not be necessary to give any notice of the time and place of any meeting adjourned for less than thirty (30) days or of the business to be transacted thereat, other than an announcement at the meeting at which such adjournment is taken. Any Director may waive notice of any meeting by a writing executed by him either before or after the meeting and filed with the records of the meeting. The attendance of a Director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a Director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because such meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

24.11. Quorum . A majority of the number of Directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, but if less than a quorum is present at a meeting, a majority of the Directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice, except as provided in Section 3.10. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

24.12. Action at Meeting . The act of the majority of the Directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, unless a greater number is prescribed by applicable law or by these By-Laws.

 

3


24.13. Manner of Participation . If permitted by vote of the Board of Directors, members of the Board of Directors may participate in meetings of the Board by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Such participation shall constitute presence in person.

24.14. Action by Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors at any meeting may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the Directors then in office. Such written consents shall be filed with the records of the meetings of the Board of Directors and shall be treated for all purposes as a vote at a meeting of the Board of Directors.

24.15. Presumption of Assent . A Director of the Bank who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any Bank matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent or abstention has been entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he has filed a written dissent to such action with the person acting as the Clerk of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or has forwarded such dissent by registered mail to the Clerk of the Bank within five (5) days after the date such dissenting Director receives a copy of the minutes of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted in favor of such action.

24.16. Committees . The Board of Directors, by vote of a majority of all of the Directors then in office, shall elect an Audit Committee, an Executive Committee, a Loan Committee and a Governance Committee, and may elect such other committees as it deems appropriate. The Board of Directors may delegate to such committees some or all of its powers except those which by law or by these By-Laws may not be delegated. Any such committee shall consist of not less than three (3) members of the Board of Directors. No member of the Audit Committee shall be an operating officer of the Bank. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any such committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors or in such rules, its business shall be conducted so far as possible in the same manner as is provided by these By-Laws for the Board of Directors. All members of such committees shall hold such offices at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may abolish any committee (other than the Audit Committee, the Executive Committee, the Loan Committee and the Governance Committee) at any time, subject to applicable law. Any committee to which the Board of Directors delegates any of its powers or duties shall keep records of its meetings and shall report its action to the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have power to rescind any action of any committee, but no such rescission shall have retroactive effect.

24.17. Governance Committee . The Governance Committee shall prepare a list of nominees recommended by it as nominees for Director for consideration at the annual meeting. Such list of nominees shall be filed with the Clerk at least two weeks prior to the annual or special meeting of the sole stockholder, and no person shall be elected to any of such positions unless his name has been so filed.

24.18. Powers of Executive Committee . The Executive Committee shall have such powers and duties as are provided by applicable law and, in addition, shall be responsible for matters related to corporate governance and such other functions as may be delegated to it by the Board of Directors, subject at all times to the direction and control of the Board of Directors.

 

4


ARTICLE 25.

Officers

25.1. Enumeration . The officers of the Bank shall consist of a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer, and a Clerk, and shall include such other officers, including without limitation a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, and one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers, or Assistant Clerks, as the Board of Directors may determine.

25.2. Election . The President, the Treasurer and all officers at the level of Executive Vice President or above shall be elected by the Board of Directors annually at their first meeting following the annual meeting of the sole stockholder. The Clerk shall be elected by the sole stockholder at its annual meeting or at a special meeting of the sole stockholder. All other officers may be elected by the Board of Directors or appointed by the Chief Executive Officer.

25.3. Qualification . Each officer shall have such qualifications as are required by law. No officer shall serve as a corporator, trustee, director or officer of any holding company for any bank, credit union or thrift institution which is not the mutual holding company which owns the majority of the outstanding capital stock of the Bank, or as a trustee, director or officer of any other bank, credit union or thrift institution which is not a subsidiary of the mutual holding company which owns the majority of the outstanding capital stock of the Bank Unless a special permit has been received from the Commissioner of Banks of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts in accordance with Massachusetts General Laws.

25.4. Tenure . Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Charter or by these By-Laws, the President and Treasurer shall hold office until the first meeting of the Board of Directors following the next annual meeting of the sole stockholder and until their respective successors are chosen and qualified. The Clerk shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the sole stockholder and until his successor is chosen and qualified. All other officers shall hold office until the first meeting of the Board of Directors following the next annual meeting of the sole stockholder and until their successors are chosen and qualified, or for such shorter term as the Board of Directors may fix at the time such officers are chosen. Election or appointment of an officer, employee or agent shall not of itself create contract rights to continued employment or otherwise. The Board of Directors may authorize the Bank to enter into an employment contract with any officer in accordance with governing law or regulation, but no such contract right shall preclude the Board of Directors from exercising its right to remove any officer at any time in accordance with Section 4.05.

25.5. Resignation and Removal . Any officer may resign by delivering his written resignation to the Bank at its main office addressed to the Chief Executive Officer, President or Clerk. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt thereof by the Chief Executive Officer, President or Clerk, unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event. The Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Operating Officer and any Senior Lending Officer of the Corporation may, in addition to other provisions for removal contained in applicable laws, be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors. Any other officer, employee or agent of the Bank may, in addition to other provisions for removal contained in applicable laws, be removed at any time with or without cause by the Chief Executive Officer or by the Board of Directors.

25.6. Chairman of the Board . The Board of Directors may elect a Chairman of the Board annually or at such other frequency as the Directors may determine. The Chairman of the Board shall preside, when present, at all meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

5


25.7. Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer shall have, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, general supervision and control of the Bank’s business. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside, when present, at all meetings of the sole stockholder and shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors if there is no Chairman of the Board or if the Chairman of the Board does not attend such meetings.

25.8. President and Vice Presidents . The President shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate and shall serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides.

Any Vice President shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.

25.9. Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers . The Treasurer shall have, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, general charge of the financial affairs of the Bank and shall cause to be kept accurate books of account. He shall have custody of all funds, securities, and valuable documents of the Bank, except as the Board of Directors may otherwise provide. The Treasurer shall also perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

Any Assistant Treasurer shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.

25.10. Clerk and Assistant Clerks . The Clerk shall keep a record of the meetings of the Board of Directors and the sole stockholder. In the absence of the Clerk from any such meeting, an Assistant Clerk if one be elected, otherwise a Temporary Clerk designated by the person presiding at the meeting, shall perform the duties of the Clerk.

25.11. Other Powers and Duties . Subject to these By-Laws, each officer of the Bank shall have in addition to the duties and powers specifically set forth in these By-Laws, such duties and powers as are customarily incident to his office, and such duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

25.12. Absence, Disability and Vacancies . In the event of the absence or disability of any officer, the Board of Directors may designate another officer to act temporarily in such office, or the Executive Committee may make such designation until the Board of Directors shall take other action. In the case of a vacancy in any office, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors to the extent provided by law, and the Executive Committee may designate a person to fill such office until the next meeting of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE 26.

Capital Stock

26.1. Certificates of Stock . Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate of the capital stock of the Bank in such form as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors. Such certificate shall be signed by the President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, and sealed with the corporate seal or a facsimile thereof. Such signatures may be facsimile if the certificate is signed by a transfer agent, or by a registrar, other than a Director, officer or employee of the Bank. In case any officer who has signed or whose signature has been placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Bank with the same effect as if he were such officer at the time of its issue. Each certificate for shares of capital stock

 

6


shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. Every certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer and every certificate issued when the Bank is authorized to issue more than one class or series of stock shall contain such legend with respect thereto as is required by law.

26.2. Transfers . Subject to any restrictions on transfer, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the Bank by the surrender to the Bank or its transfer agent of the certificate therefor properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment and power of attorney properly executed, with transfer stamps (if necessary) affixed, and with such proof of the authenticity of signature as the Bank or its transfer agent may reasonably require.

26.3. Record Holders . Except as may be otherwise required by law, by the Charter or by these By-Laws, the Bank shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect thereto, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock, until the shares have been transferred on the books of the Bank in accordance with the requirements of these By-Laws.

It shall be the duty of each stockholder to notify the Bank of his current post office address.

26.4. Record Date . The Board of Directors may fix in advance a time of not more than sixty (60) days preceding the date of any meeting of the sole stockholder, or the date for the payment of any dividend or the making of any distribution to the sole stockholder, or the last day on which the consent or dissent of the sole stockholder may be effectively expressed for any purpose, as the record date for determining the sole stockholder having the right to notice of and to vote at such meeting, and any adjournment thereof, or the right to receive such dividend or distribution or the right to give such consent or dissent. In such case only the sole stockholder of record on such record date shall have such right, notwithstanding any transfer of stock on the books of the Bank after the record date. Without fixing such record date the Board of Directors may for any of such purposes close the transfer books for all or any part of such period.

If no record date is fixed and the transfer books are not closed, (a) the record date for determining the sole stockholder having the right to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the sole stockholder shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, and (b) the record date for determining the sole stockholder for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors acts with respect thereto.

26.5. Replacement of Certificates . In case of the alleged loss, destruction or mutilation of a certificate of stock, a duplicate certificate may be issued in place thereof, upon such terms as the Board of Directors may prescribe.

26.6. Issuance of Capital Stock . Subject to (a) regulatory approvals if they are required by law, and (b) stockholder approval if required by the Charter, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to issue or reserve for issue from time to time the whole or any part of the capital stock of the Bank which may be authorized from time to time, to such persons or organizations, for such consideration, whether cash, property, services or expenses, and on such terms as the Board of Directors may determine, including without limitation the granting of options, warrants, or conversion or other rights to subscribe to said capital stock.

26.7. Dividends . Subject to applicable law, the Charter and these By-Laws, the Board of Directors may from time to time declare, and the Bank may pay, dividends on outstanding shares of its capital stock.

 

7


ARTICLE 27.

Indemnification

27.1. Senior Officers . To the extent permitted by law and except as provided in Section 6.03 and Section 6.04, each Senior Officer of the Bank (and his heirs and personal representatives) shall be indemnified by the Bank against all Expenses incurred by him in connection with any Proceeding in which he is involved as a result of (a) his serving or having served as a Senior Officer or employee of the Bank, (b) his serving or having served as a director, officer or employee of any of its wholly owned subsidiaries, or (c) his serving or having served any other corporation, organization, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity at the request or direction of the Bank.

27.2. Officers and Non-Officer Employees . To the extent permitted by law and except as provided in Section 6.03 and Section 6.04, each Officer and non-Officer Employee of the Bank (and his heirs and personal representatives) may, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, be indemnified against any or all Expenses incurred by him in connection with any Proceeding in which he is involved as a result of (a) his serving or having served as an Officer or non-Officer Employee of the Bank, (b) his serving or having served as a director, officer, or employee of any of its wholly owned subsidiaries, or (c) his serving or having served any other corporation, organization, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity at the request or direction of the Bank.

27.3. Service at Direction of Board of Directors . The Bank shall not be required to indemnify a Senior Officer, Officer or non-Officer Employee in connection with any Proceeding related to his serving or having served in any of the capacities described in Section 6.01(c) and Section 6.02(c), respectively, unless the following two conditions are met: (a) such service was requested or directed in each specific case by vote of the Board of Directors prior to the occurrence of the event to which the indemnification relates, and (b) the Bank maintains insurance coverage for the type of indemnification sought. Except as provided below, the Bank shall not be liable for indemnification under Section 6.01(c) or Section 6.02(c) above for any amount in excess of the proceeds of insurance received with respect to such coverage as the Bank in its discretion may elect to carry. The Bank may, but shall not be required to, maintain insurance coverage with respect to indemnification under Section 6.01(c) or Section 6.02(c) above. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.03, the Board of Directors may provide an Officer or Non-Officer Employee with indemnification under Section 6.01(c) or Section 6.02(c) above as to a specific Proceeding even if one or both of the two conditions specified in this Section 6.03 have not been met, and even if the amount of the indemnification exceeds the amount of the proceeds of any insurance that the Bank may have elected to carry, provided that the Board of Directors in its discretion determines it to be in the best interest of the Bank to do so.

27.4. Good Faith . No indemnification shall be provided to a Senior Officer, an Officer or a non-Officer Employee with respect to a matter as to which he shall have been adjudicated in any Proceeding not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interests of the Bank. In the event that a Proceeding is compromised or settled so as to impose any liability or obligation upon a Senior Officer, Officer or non-Officer Employee, no indemnification shall be provided to said Senior Officer, Officer or non-Officer Employee with respect to a matter if there is a determination that with respect to said matter said Senior Officer, Officer or non-Officer Employee did not act in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interests of the Bank. The determination shall be made by a majority vote of those Directors who are not involved in such Proceeding. However, if more than half of the Directors are involved in such Proceeding, the determination shall

 

8


be made by a majority vote of a committee of three disinterested Directors chosen at a regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors to make such determination; provided, however, that if there are fewer than three disinterested Directors, the determination shall be made by a committee consisting of three disinterested persons appointed by the sole stockholder.

27.5. Prior to Final Disposition . Any indemnification provided under this Article VI shall include (in the case of a Senior Officer) and may, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, include (in the case of any other Officer or any non-Officer Employee) payment by the Bank of Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal Proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding, upon the Bank’s receipt of an undertaking by the Senior Officer, Officer or non-Officer Employee indemnified to repay such payment if he shall be adjudicated or determined to be not entitled to indemnification under Section 6.04. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may determine not to advance Expenses to a Senior Officer prior to the final disposition of a Proceeding if the Board determines that the advancement of Expenses would not be in the best interests of the Bank.

27.6. Insurance . The Bank may purchase and maintain insurance to protect itself and any Senior Officer, Officer or non-Officer Employee against any liability of any character asserted against and incurred by the Bank or any such Senior Officer, Officer or non-Officer Employee, or arising out of any such status, whether or not the Bank would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability by law or under the provisions of this Article VI.

27.7. Definitions . For the purposes of this Article VI:

27.7.1 “Senior Officer” means any person who serves or has served as a Director, the Chairman, the Clerk, the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, a Senior Vice President or the Treasurer of the Bank;

27.7.2 “Officer” means any person, other than a Senior Officer, who serves or has served as an operating officer of the Bank;

27.7.3 “non-Officer Employee” means any person who serves or has served as an employee of the Bank but who is not an Officer or Senior Officer;

27.7.4 “Proceeding” means any action, suit or proceeding, civil or criminal, brought or threatened in or before any court, tribunal, administrative or legislative body or agency; and

27.7.5 “Expenses” means any liability fixed by a judgment, order, decree or award in a Proceeding, any amount actually and reasonably paid in settlement of a Proceeding and any professional fees and other disbursements reasonably incurred in a Proceeding.

27.8. Other Indemnification Rights . The provisions of this Article VI shall not be construed to be exclusive. The Bank shall have the power and authority to indemnify any person entitled or eligible to be indemnified under this Article VI and to enter into specific agreements, commitments or arrangements for indemnification on any terms not prohibited by law which the Board of Directors deems to be appropriate. Nothing in this Article VI shall limit any lawful rights to indemnification existing independently of this Article VI. Nothing herein shall be deemed to limit the Bank’s authority to indemnify any person pursuant to any contract or otherwise.

27.9. Survival of Benefits . The provisions of this Article VI shall be applicable to persons who shall have ceased to be Senior Officers, Officers or non-Officer Employees of the Bank, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of persons entitled to be indemnified hereunder.

 

9


ARTICLE 28.

Certain Operating Provisions

28.1. Deposits . The Bank may receive demand, time and any other types of deposits authorized by applicable law upon such terms and conditions as may be agreed upon between the depositor and the Bank. Each depositor, when making the first deposit in an account, shall subscribe to the appropriate account agreement for that type of account (if there be such an agreement) and shall subscribe to the By-Laws, assenting to the same and to all of the regulations of the Bank whether then existing or thereafter enacted.

The Bank in its discretion may adopt a policy or policies establishing the Bank’s criteria for the acceptance of deposits and shall be at liberty to refuse to receive any deposits. The Bank may require, on such notice as may be required by applicable law, any depositor or his representative to withdraw the whole or any part of the amount standing to the credit of his account, except that on a systematic savings account which has been accepted, the designated monthly deposit may not be refused nor may such an account or any other term account be ordered to be withdrawn during the term of the applicable account agreement. In case of neglect or refusal to withdraw, no part of said account shall be entitled to receive any subsequent interest.

Where a depositor becomes indebted to the Bank under any circumstances, the Bank shall have the right at its option and subject to applicable law, to set off against such indebtedness an amount equal to such indebtedness by deducting such amount from the deposits of the depositor.

28.2. Withdrawals . Deposits and interest may be withdrawn by the depositor or by any person authorized to act on the depositor’s behalf, by written order or by any other method permitted by the Bank, subject to such requirements as may be established from time to time by the Bank or by applicable law. All withdrawals may be made on demand, except that the Bank may impose such limitations on withdrawals as may be required or permitted by agreement with the depositor or by law. The Bank may honor withdrawals made payable to the depositor or to one or more other payees. Any payment made by the Bank to the depositor, to any person authorized to act on the depositor’s behalf or in accordance with the request or with the consent of the depositor or of any such person shall discharge the liability of the Bank to all persons to the extent of such payment. No alleged agreement with a depositor, or with any person authorized to act on the depositor’s behalf, which is inconsistent with applicable law or these By-Laws or with any rules, regulation or requirement established by or limitations imposed by the Bank, shall be valid or binding upon the Bank.

The Bank may collect any fees for services authorized by the Executive Committee or the Board of Directors by making charges against a depositor’s account. Any depositor may file with the Treasurer a permanent order, requesting payment of interest as it is credited, except for interest on deposits in accounts in which the interest declared thereon may not be withdrawn pursuant to

 

10


the terms of the applicable account. Payment of interest pursuant to a permanent interest order by check payable to such depositor or to such person as he may name in such order, as evidenced by the return of such check shall be a discharge to the Bank for the amount paid.

Deposits standing in the name of a deceased depositor or a minor shall be paid in accordance with law; and payments may be made to the surviving husband, wife or next of kin of a deceased depositor or to either parent of a minor, to the extent authorized by applicable law.

28.3. Conveyances and Foreclosures . Unless otherwise provided by law or by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, the Treasurer, any Vice Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, any Mortgage Officer, any Loan Officer and any Real Estate Officer are authorized and empowered severally to execute, acknowledge and deliver, in the name and on behalf of the Bank, whenever authorized by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee by general or specific vote, all deeds and conveyances of real estate, all assignments, extensions, releases, partial releases and discharges of mortgages, and all assignments and transfers of bonds and other securities, and in connection with any of the foregoing said officers are authorized and empowered severally to release or assign the interest of the Bank in any policy of insurance held by it.

Unless otherwise provided by law or by the Board of Directors, in the event of a breach of condition of any mortgage held by the Bank, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, the Treasurer, any Vice Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, any Mortgage Officer, any Loan Officer and any Real Estate Officer are authorized and empowered severally, in the name and on behalf of the Bank, whenever authorized by the Executive Committee or by the Board of Directors by general or specific vote, to make entry for the purpose of taking possession of the mortgaged property or of foreclosing such mortgage and to perform any and all acts necessary or proper to consummate such foreclosure and effect the due execution of any power of sale contained in such mortgage, including the execution, acknowledgment and delivery of all deeds and instruments of conveyance to the purchaser and the execution of all affidavits and certificates required by law or deemed necessary by any of such officers.

28.4. Transfer . Accounts may be transferred by the owner to one or more other persons, subject to applicable provisions of law, and a charge therefor may be imposed as the Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe, provided that such charge shall not exceed the maximum amount permitted by law. No transfer shall be valid against the Bank until recorded on the books of the Bank.

28.5. Loans and Investments . Funds of the Bank shall be loaned or invested in such manner, upon such terms and conditions, in such amounts and at such rates of interest, as from time to time may be authorized or approved by the Board of Directors, Executive Committee, or appropriate officers of the Bank in accordance with applicable provisions of law.

28.6. Charges on Overdue Payment . The Board of Directors shall fix the rate of charges to be imposed upon delinquent payments due the Bank within the limits prescribed by law and shall determine the circumstances under which and the periods in which such charges may be waived by the Chief Executive Officer, a Vice President, Treasurer or other officer authorized by the Board of Directors.

28.7. Emergency . In the event of an emergency declared by a proper governmental authority, State or Federal, and until declaration of the termination of such emergency, or in the event of a disaster,

 

11


either of which renders ordinary operations of the Bank and/or communications in the area practically impossible, and until the effects of such a disaster are substantially overcome, the officers and employees of the Bank shall continue to conduct its affairs with the assistance of those members of the Board of Directors who are readily available. The powers and duties of the Board of Directors may be exercised and performed by said available members with or without formal meetings and free from the usual notice and quorum requirements. The emergency powers herein granted shall cease upon declaration of the termination of the emergency or the overcoming of the same, as aforesaid.

ARTICLE 29.

Conflicts of Interest

29.1. Conflicts of Interest . No contract or transaction between the Bank and one or more of its Directors or officers, or between the Bank and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization of which one or more of its Directors, officers, partners, or members are members of the Board of Directors or officers of the Bank, or in which one or more of the Bank’s Directors or officers have a financial or other interest, shall be void or voidable solely by reason thereof, or solely because the Director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors of the Bank or a committee thereof which authorized the contract or transaction, if:

29.1.1 Any duality of interest or possible conflict of interest on the part of any Director or officer of the Bank is disclosed to the other members of the Board or committee at a meeting at which a matter involving such duality or conflict of interest is considered or acted upon; and

29.1.2 Any Director having a duality of interest or possible conflict of interest on any matter refrains from voting on the matter. The minutes shall reflect that a disclosure was made and the abstention from voting.

Each Director and officer shall be advised of the foregoing upon the acceptance of his or her office and shall answer an annual questionnaire that requests the disclosure of such duality of interest or possible conflict of interest.

ARTICLE 30.

Miscellaneous Provisions

30.1. Fiscal Year . Except as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the fiscal year of the Bank shall be the twelve months ending December 31st.

30.2. Seal . The Board of Directors shall have power to adopt and alter the seal of the Bank.

30.3. Execution of Instruments . All deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes and other instruments and obligations to be entered into by the Bank in the ordinary course of its business without Board of Directors action may be executed on behalf of the Bank by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, Treasurer or, as the Board of Directors may authorize, any other officer, employee or agent of the Bank.

30.4. Voting of Securities . Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any other officer or agent designated by the Board of Directors may waive notice of and act on behalf of the Bank, or appoint another person or persons to act as proxy or attorney in fact for the Bank with or without discretionary power and/or power of substitution, at any meeting of the sole stockholder or shareholders of any other organization, any of whose securities are held by the Bank.

 

12


30.5. Resident Agent . The Board of Directors may appoint a resident agent upon whom legal process may be served in any action or proceeding against the Bank. Said resident agent shall be either an individual who is a resident of and has a business address in Massachusetts, a corporation organized under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, or a corporation organized under the laws of any other state of the United States, which has qualified to do business in, and has an office in, Massachusetts.

30.6. Bank Records . The original, or attested copies, of the Charter, By-Laws and record of all meetings of the Directors shall be kept in Massachusetts at the main office of the Bank, or at an office of its Clerk or resident agent.

30.7. Charter . All references in these By-Laws to the Charter shall be deemed to refer to the Charter of the Bank, as amended and in effect from time to time.

30.8. Amendments . These By-Laws may be amended by a majority vote of the entire Board of Directors. Any By-Law adopted by the Directors may be amended or repealed by the sole stockholder.

 

13


RANDOLPH SAVINGS BANK

We hereby certify under the penalties of perjury that the foregoing constitutes a true and correct copy of the By-Laws of Randolph Savings Bank as in effect on this 22nd day of April, 2014.

 

/s/ James P. McDonough

James P. McDonough, President

/s/ Phillip J. Carnevale

Phillip J. Carnevale, Clerk


Exhibit 3.7

Initial Members of the Board of Directors of the Stock Holding Company

 

Name

   Term Expires

Louis J. Trubiano

   2018

Roy A. Conrad

   2018

Paul R. Donovan

   2019

Daniel M. Joyce

   2018

James P. McDonough

   2017

John J. O’Connor, III

   2019

Richard A. Phillips, Sr.

   2018

Richard C. Pierce, Esq.

   2017

Kenneth K. Quigley, Jr., Esq.

   2019

James G. Welch

   2019

Janis E. Wentzell

   2017

 

2


Exhibit 7.6

Massachusetts and Rhode Island Counties Served by Randolph Savings Bank

 

County

   State

Bristol

   MA

Essex

   MA

Middlesex

   MA

Norfolk

   MA

Plymouth

   MA

Suffolk

   MA

Kent

   RI

Newport

   RI

Providence

   RI

Washington

   RI

 

3

Exhibit 2.2

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

by and among

RANDOLPH BANCORP

FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION

and

RICHARD F. KALAGHER

Dated as of September 1, 2015

 

 


Table of Contents

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I - THE MERGER

     1   

1.1

 

The Merger

     1   

1.2

 

Effective Time

     1   

1.3

 

Effects of the Merger

     2   

1.4

 

Closing

     2   

1.5

 

Articles of Organization and Bylaws

     2   

1.6

 

Directors of the Surviving Corporation

     2   

1.7

 

Officers of the Surviving Corporation

     2   

1.8

 

Bank Merger

     2   

ARTICLE II - MERGER CONSIDERATION; EXCHANGE PROCEDURES

     2   

2.1

 

Merger Consideration

     2   

2.2

 

Rights as Shareholder; Stock Transfers

     3   

2.3

 

Exchange Procedures

     3   

2.4

 

Purchase Price Allocation

     4   

2.5

 

Company Tax Returns

     5   

2.6

 

Action by Governmental Authority

     6   

2.7

 

Asset Sale Treatment

     7   

2.8

 

Reservation of Right to Revise Structure

     7   

ARTICLE III - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

     7   

3.1

 

Making of Representations and Warranties

     7   

3.2

 

Organization, Standing and Authority

     8   

3.3

 

Capitalization

     8   

3.4

 

Subsidiaries

     9   

3.5

 

Corporate Power

     9   

3.6

 

Corporate Authority

     9   

3.7

 

Non-Contravention

     10   

3.8

 

Articles of Organization; Bylaws; Corporate Records

     10   

3.9

 

Compliance with Laws

     11   

3.10

 

Litigation; Regulatory Action

     12   

3.11

 

Financial Reports and Regulatory Reports

     12   

3.12

 

Absence of Certain Changes or Events

     13   

3.13

 

Taxes and Tax Returns

     14   

3.14

 

Employee Benefit Plans

     16   

3.15

 

Labor Matters

     19   

3.16

 

Insurance

     20   

3.17

 

Environmental Matters

     21   

3.18

 

Intellectual Property

     22   

3.19

 

Personal Data; Privacy Requirements

     24   

3.20

 

Material Agreements; Defaults

     24   

3.21

 

Property and Leases

     25   

3.22

 

Regulatory Capitalization

     26   

 

i


3.23

 

Loans; Nonperforming and Classified Assets

     27   

3.24

 

Deposits

     29   

3.25

 

Investment Securities

     30   

3.26

 

Investment Management; Trust Activities

     30   

3.27

 

Derivative Transactions

     30   

3.28

 

Repurchase Agreements

     31   

3.29

 

Deposit Insurance

     31   

3.30

 

CRA, Anti-money Laundering and Customer Information Security

     31   

3.31

 

Transactions with Affiliates

     32   

3.32

 

Settlement Services

     33   

3.33

 

Brokers; Opinion of Financial Advisor

     33   

ARTICLE IV - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SHAREHOLDER

     33   

4.1

 

Making of Representations and Warranties

     33   

4.2

 

Authority

     33   

4.3

 

Company Ownership

     34   

4.4

 

Non-Contravention

     34   

4.5

 

Regulatory Approvals

     34   

4.6

 

Litigation; Regulatory Action.

     34   

4.7

 

Brokers

     35   

ARTICLE V - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

     35   

5.1

 

Making of Representations and Warranties

     35   

5.2

 

Organization, Standing and Authority

     35   

5.3

 

Corporate Power

     36   

5.4

 

Corporate Authority

     36   

5.5

 

Non-Contravention

     36   

5.6

 

Articles of Organization; Bylaws

     36   

5.7

 

Compliance with Laws

     37   

5.8

 

Litigation

     37   

5.9

 

Financial Statements; Regulatory Reports

     38   

5.10

 

Regulatory Capitalization

     38   

5.11

 

CRA, Anti-money Laundering and Customer Information Security

     39   

5.12

 

Brokers

     40   

5.13

 

Sufficient Funds

     40   

5.14

 

Approvals

     40   

ARTICLE VI - COVENANTS RELATING TO CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

     40   

6.1

 

Company Forbearances

     40   

6.2

 

Forebearances of the Company and Shareholder

     44   

6.3

 

Forbearances of Buyer

     44   

ARTICLE VII - ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

     45   

7.1

 

Press Releases

     45   

7.2

 

Access; Information

     45   

7.3

 

No Solicitation

     46   

7.4

 

Regulatory Applications; Filings; Consents

     46   

 

ii


7.5

 

Directors’ and Officers’ Indemnification

     47   

7.6

 

Employees and Benefit Plans

     48   

7.7

 

Notification of Certain Matters

     51   

7.8

 

Financial Statements and Other Current Information

     51   

7.9

 

Confidentiality Agreement

     51   

7.10

 

Certain Tax Matters

     51   

7.11

 

Classified Loans

     52   

7.12

 

Leases

     52   

7.13

 

Access to Suppliers

     52   

7.14

 

Information Systems Conversion

     52   

7.15

 

Loan Officer Compensation and Offices

     52   

7.16

 

Waiver of Restriction on Transfer of Stock

     53   

7.17

 

Reasonable Best Efforts

     53   

7.18

 

Payment of Dividend

     53   

ARTICLE VIII - CONDITIONS TO CONSUMMATION OF THE MERGER

     53   

8.1

 

Conditions to Each Party’s Obligations to Effect the Merger

     53   

8.2

 

Conditions to the Obligations of Buyer

     53   

8.3

 

Conditions to the Obligations of the Company and Shareholder

     54   

ARTICLE IX - TERMINATION

     54   

9.1

 

Termination

     54   

9.2

 

Effect of Termination

     55   

ARTICLE X - INDEMNIFICATION

     55   

10.1

 

Indemnification by Shareholder

     55   

10.2

 

Indemnification by Buyer

     56   

10.3

 

Notice of Claims

     56   

10.4

 

Third Party Actions

     56   

10.5

 

Survival; Limitations

     59   

ARTICLE XI - MISCELLANEOUS

     60   

11.1

 

Standard

     60   

11.2

 

Certain Definitions

     61   

11.3

 

Waiver; Amendment

     68   

11.4

 

Expenses

     68   

11.5

 

Notices

     68   

11.6

 

Understanding; No Third Party Beneficiaries

     70   

11.7

 

Assignability; Binding Effect

     70   

11.8

 

Headings; Interpretation

     70   

11.9

 

Counterparts

     70   

11.10

 

Governing Law

     70   

11.11

 

Specific Performance

     71   

11.12

 

Entire Agreement

     71   

11.13

 

Severability

     71   

 

iii


AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER , dated as of September 1, 2015 (this “ Agreement ”), by and among Randolph Bancorp, a Massachusetts-chartered mutual bank holding company (“ Buyer ”), First Eastern Bankshares Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation (the “ Company ”), and Richard F. Kalagher, an individual residing at 25111 Ridge Oak Drive, Bonita Spring, FL 34134 (“ Shareholder ”). Shareholder is a party to this Agreement solely with respect to Shareholder’s individual obligations under this Agreement, and not those obligations of the Company hereunder.

RECITALS

WHEREAS , Shareholder and the respective Boards of Directors of Buyer and the Company have determined that it is in the best interests of their respective corporations and Affiliates to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the strategic business combination provided for herein;

WHEREAS, Shareholder owns 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company;

WHEREAS , Buyer and the Company intend to effect a merger of the Company with and into Buyer (the “ Merger ”), with Buyer to be the surviving entity;

WHEREAS , the parties desire to make certain representations, warranties and agreements in connection with the Merger and also to prescribe certain conditions to the Merger.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants, representations, warranties and agreements contained herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I - THE MERGER

1.1 The Merger . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, in accordance with the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act (“ MBCA ”) and Massachusetts General Laws Chapter 167H (the “ MHC Statute ”), and in reliance upon the representations, warranties and covenants set forth herein, at the Effective Time, the Company shall merge with and into Buyer, the separate corporate existence of the Company shall cease and Buyer shall survive (Buyer, as the surviving entity of the Merger, being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Surviving Corporation ”).

1.2 Effective Time . On the Closing Date, as promptly as practicable after all of the conditions set forth in Article VIII shall have been satisfied or, if permissible, waived by the party entitled to the benefit of the same, Buyer and the Company shall execute and file with the Secretary of the Commonwealth of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts articles of merger in a form reasonably satisfactory to Buyer and the Company, in accordance with the MBCA and the MHC Statute. The Merger shall become effective on the date of such filings at the time specified therein (the “ Effective Time ”).


1.3 Effects of the Merger . At the Effective Time, the effect of the Merger shall be as provided herein and as provided in the applicable provisions of the MBCA and the MHC Statute.

1.4 Closing . The transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be consummated at a closing (the “ Closing ”) that will take place by mail or electronic delivery, or, at the option of Buyer at the offices of Goodwin Procter LLP, Exchange Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02109, on a date to be specified by the parties, which shall be no later than five Business Days (as defined in Section 11.2) after all of the conditions to the Closing set forth in Article VIII (other than conditions to be satisfied at the Closing, which shall be satisfied or waived at the Closing) have been satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, such day being referred to herein as the “ Closing Date .” Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Closing may take place at such other place, time or date as may be mutually agreed upon in writing by Buyer and the Company.

1.5 Articles of Organization and Bylaws . The Articles of Organization of Buyer, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be the Articles of Organization of the Surviving Corporation, until thereafter amended as provided therein and in accordance with applicable law. The Bylaws of Buyer, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be the Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation, until thereafter amended as provided therein and in accordance with applicable law.

1.6 Directors of the Surviving Corporation . The directors of Buyer immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the directors of the Surviving Corporation, each of whom shall serve in accordance with the Articles of Organization and Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation.

1.7 Officers of the Surviving Corporation . The officers of Buyer immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the officers of the Surviving Corporation, each to hold office in accordance with the Articles of Organization and Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation.

1.8 Bank Merger . Buyer intends to cause the merger of First Federal Savings Bank of Boston (the “ Company Bank ”) with and into Randolph Savings Bank (“ Buyer Bank ”), with Buyer Bank as the surviving institution (the “ Bank Merger ”). Subject to the foregoing and, as determined by Buyer in Buyer’s sole discretion, following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, Buyer will cause Buyer Bank, and the Company will cause the Company Bank, to execute and deliver an agreement and plan of merger in respect of the Bank Merger in a form reasonably satisfactory to Buyer and the Company. The consummation of the Bank Merger shall be consummated immediately following the Merger.

ARTICLE II - MERGER CONSIDERATION;

EXCHANGE PROCEDURES

2.1 Merger Consideration . Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, at the Effective Time, automatically by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of Buyer, the Company or Shareholder, each share of common stock of the Company, no par value per share (“ Company Common Stock ”), issued and outstanding immediately prior to the

 

2


Effective Time shall become and be converted into, as provided in and subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, the right to receive $115,671.64, without interest, in cash (the “ Merger Consideration ”), for an aggregate Merger Consideration amount of $15,500,000; provided , however , that the aggregate amount of all Merger Consideration shall be reduced, dollar for dollar, by (a) an amount equal to any amounts paid or payable prior to the Closing by the Company or its Subsidiaries to certain officers of the Company or its Subsidiaries pursuant to the arrangements described in Section 6.1(d) of this Agreement (the “ Bonuses ”) and (b), if the consolidated shareholder’s equity of the Company and its Subsidiaries as set forth on the Closing Balance Sheet is less than $13,000,000, an amount equal to such deficit, subject to the provisions of Section 8.2(e).

2.2 Rights as Shareholder; Stock Transfers . All shares of Company Common Stock, when converted as provided in Section 2.1, shall no longer be outstanding and shall automatically be cancelled and retired and shall cease to exist, and each certificate (a “ Certificate ”) previously evidencing such shares shall thereafter represent only the right to receive, for each such share of Company Common Stock, the Merger Consideration. At the Effective Time, Shareholder shall cease to be, and shall have no rights as, a shareholder of the Company, other than the right to receive the Merger Consideration as provided under this Article II. After the date hereof, there shall be no transfers on the stock transfer books of the Company of shares of Company Common Stock, other than transfers of Company Common Stock consented to in writing by Buyer.

2.3 Exchange Procedures .

(a) At the Effective Time, Shareholder shall surrender to Buyer his Certificates representing 100% of the outstanding Company Common Stock in exchange for the Merger Consideration into which the shares of Company Common Stock represented by such Certificates shall have been converted pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Agreement. Upon proper surrender to Buyer of a Certificate for exchange and cancellation, the holder of such Certificates shall be paid in exchange therefor, the Merger Consideration. In respect of the Certificates surrendered pursuant to this Section 2.3, and the Certificate so surrendered shall forthwith be cancelled. Until surrendered as contemplated by this Section 2.3, each Certificate shall be deemed at any time after the Effective Time to represent only the right to receive upon such surrender the Merger Consideration. No interest shall be paid or accrued on any Merger Consideration.

(b) Buyer shall not be obligated to deliver cash to which a holder of Company Common Stock would otherwise be entitled as a result of the Merger until such holder surrenders the Certificate or Certificates representing 100% of the outstanding Company Common Stock for exchange as provided in this Section 2.3, or an appropriate affidavit of loss and indemnity agreement and/or a bond in an amount as may be required in each case by Buyer.

(c) If outstanding Certificates for shares of Company Common Stock are not surrendered, or the payment for them is not claimed prior to the date on which such cash would otherwise escheat to or become the property of any governmental unit or agency, the unclaimed items shall, to the extent permitted by abandoned property and any other applicable law, become the property of Buyer (and to the extent not in its possession shall be delivered to it), free and clear of all claims or interest of any Person previously entitled to such property. Neither Buyer

 

3


nor any party to this Agreement shall be liable to any holder of shares of Company Common Stock represented by any Certificate for any consideration paid to a public official pursuant to applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar laws. Buyer shall be entitled to rely upon the stock transfer books of the Company to establish the identity of those Persons entitled to receive the Merger Consideration specified in this Agreement, which books shall be conclusive with respect thereto. In the event of a dispute with respect to ownership of any shares of Company Common Stock represented by any Certificate, Buyer shall be entitled to deposit any Merger Consideration represented thereby in escrow with an independent third party and thereafter be relieved with respect to any claims thereto.

(d) Buyer shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any amounts otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement to any holder of shares of Company Common Stock such amounts as Buyer is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), or any applicable provision of U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. tax law. Such amounts so deducted and withheld shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the holder of Company Common Stock in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made by Buyer.

2.4 Purchase Price Allocation

(a) The parties hereby agree to allocate the Merger Consideration and all other applicable capitalized costs and other relevant items among the purchased assets of the Company in accordance with the rules under Section 1060 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. The parties intend and expect that such allocation shall minimize the recapture of depreciation (including, but not limited to, recapture of Code Section 1250 real estate depreciation) and any other recognition of ordinary income by the Company to the extent such allocation is reasonably supportable, but the final amount of such allocation shall remain subject to the approval of Buyer and Shareholder in their reasonable discretion. Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Shareholder, within 30 days after the Closing, for Shareholder’s review, a draft IRS Form 8594 (Asset Acquisition Statement) under Internal Revenue Code Section 1060 setting forth the proposed allocation, along with any supporting documentation and a written statement calculating the proposed Reimbursement Amount (as hereafter defined), if any, to be paid to Shareholder hereunder. Shareholder may, in Shareholder’s reasonable discretion, dispute the initial allocation and proposed Reimbursement Amount by notifying Buyer of such disagreement in writing, setting forth in reasonable detail his objections, within 30 days after Shareholder’s receipt of such initial allocation and proposed Reimbursement Amount. Buyer shall have 15 days to consider, in good faith, the suggested changes. In the event the Buyer and Shareholder disagree on the allocation or the proposed Reimbursement Amount, they shall negotiate in good faith to resolve any differences, subject to the requirement that the parties shall minimize the recapture of depreciation and any recognition of ordinary income to the extent such allocation is reasonably supportable. If Buyer and Shareholder are unable to reach agreement on such matters within 60 days following the Closing, the dispute shall be referred to a “Big 4” accounting firm as mutually agreed by Buyer and Shareholder that has not been engaged within the past five years by Buyer, the Company, Shareholder, or any of the immediate family of Shareholder or Affiliates of either the Buyer or the Company. The accounting firm shall seek to mediate the dispute, but to the extent such mediation does not fully resolve the matter, each of

 

4


Buyer and Shareholder shall submit its or his proposed allocation and Reimbursement Amount to the accounting firm for binding arbitration, which shall follow the principles set forth in this Section 2.4 and will select either the Buyer’s or Shareholder’s proposal, with no modifications except to the extent the accounting firm determines that such modification is necessary in order for the proposed allocation and Reimbursement Amount to be reasonably supportable under applicable law. Each of Buyer and Shareholder shall bear its or his own costs, including legal and accounting fees, in connection with the referral; provided , however , that the fees and costs of the accounting firm to which the matter is referred shall be borne equitably as determined by the accounting firm, with the expectation that a substantially losing party shall normally bear all of such fees and costs. Neither party shall take any position on such allocation for Tax purposes or file a Tax Return for the Company or Shareholder until such time as such dispute is resolved. If Buyer and Shareholder agree to such allocation and the Reimbursement Amount, or upon resolution following referral to a Big 4 accounting firm, each of the Buyer, Shareholder and the Company shall sign such Form 8594 and a statement reflecting the agreed Reimbursement Amount and Buyer, the Company and Shareholder shall file all Tax Returns consistent with the allocation determined under this Section 2.4, and no party hereto shall take any position for Tax purposes inconsistent with such allocation; provided , however , that the parties acknowledge that Buyer and its Affiliates may use a different allocation for financial reporting purposes. Within 30 days following the written approval of the Form 8594 and the statement reflecting the agreed Reimbursement Amount, Buyer or Buyer Bank shall pay to Shareholder the Reimbursement Amount.

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Reimbursement Amount ” shall mean the amount of any Taxes on an after-tax basis (i.e., taking into account that such reimbursement will be treated as additional sale proceeds), net of any federal or state tax savings (including but not limited to any reduction in the Code Section 1411 tax on net investment income), to be incurred by Shareholder on account of the deemed sale of the Company assets and liquidation of the Company in the Merger, as compared to the aggregate federal and state income tax that would have been incurred by Shareholder if the Merger had been treated as a sale of all of Shareholder’s Company Common Stock without a Code Section 338(h)(10) election, including, but not limited to, any increase in Taxes as result of a “determination” within the meaning of Section 1313(a) of the Code relating to this purchase price allocation.

2.5 Company Tax Returns

(a) If the Effective Time occurs on or prior to December 31, 2015, Buyer shall prepare, or cause to be prepared, at its expense, all federal and state income Tax Returns for the 2015 fiscal year in accordance with the past practices of the Company (the “ 2015 Tax Returns ”) and provide copies thereof to Shareholder at least 30 days in advance of filing. The 2015 Tax Returns shall not be filed without the prior written approval thereof by Shareholder; provided , however , that Shareholder may not revise such returns or withhold such approval with respect to the allocation of the Merger Consideration to the extent that the information on the 2015 Tax Returns is consistent with the calculations described in Section 2.4 hereof. If Shareholder does not object in writing to such 2015 Tax Returns within 15 days of his receipt of any such 2015 Tax Return, Shareholder shall be deemed to have approved such 2015 Tax Return. Buyer shall share, and shall cause its tax preparer to share, with Shareholder any work papers and other information supporting the 2015 Tax Returns as prepared by or on behalf of Buyer.

 

5


(b) If the Effective Time occurs after December 31, 2015, the Company shall prepare, or cause to be prepared, at its expense, the 2015 Tax Returns in accordance with the past practices of the Company and provide copies thereof to Buyer at least 30 days in advance of filing for review and comment, and Buyer shall have 15 days to provide any comments or requested changes. The Company shall incorporate all comments and requested changes of Buyer (i) for which the Company reasonably determines that there is at least more likely than not authority for such position and (ii) which do not result in any indemnification, tax, or other expense for the Company or Shareholder with respect to the return period. The Company shall share, and shall cause its tax preparer to share, with Buyer any work papers and other information supporting the 2015 Tax Returns as prepared by or on behalf of the Company. Notwithstanding the forgoing, if the Effective Time occurs after December 31, 2015, but prior to the due date of any 2015 Tax Return (taking into account any extensions of time to file), the preparation and filing of such return shall be governed by Section 2.5(a) hereof rather than this Section 2.5(b).

(c) If the Effective time occurs after December 31, 2015, Buyer shall prepare, or cause to be prepared, all federal and state income Tax Return for the 2016 fiscal year in accordance with the past practices of the Company (the “ 2016 Tax Return ”) and provide copies thereof to Shareholder at least 30 days in advance of filing. The 2016 Tax Returns shall not be filed without the prior written approval thereof by Shareholder; provided , however , that Shareholder may not revise such return or withhold such approval with respect to the allocation of the Merger Consideration to the extent that the information on the 2016 Tax Returns is consistent with the calculations described in Section 2.4 hereof. If Shareholder does not object in writing to such 2016 Tax Returns within 15 days of his receipt of any such 2016 Tax Return, Shareholder shall be deemed to have approved such 2016 Tax Return. Buyer shall share, and shall cause the tax preparer to share, with Shareholder any work papers and other information supporting the 2016 Tax Return as prepared by or on behalf of Buyer.

(d) The 2015 Tax Returns and the 2016 Tax Returns shall be timely filed (taking into account any extensions of time within which to file, as approved by Buyer and Shareholder) by the party responsible for preparation thereof. If Buyer and Shareholder are unable to reach any agreement required under this Section 2.5 with respect to the form or content of any of the 2015 Tax Returns or the 2016 Tax Returns, the dispute shall be resolved by a Big 4 accounting firm using mediation and arbitration procedures analogous to those set forth in Section 2.4(a).

2.6 Action by Governmental Authority . If Buyer, Company or Shareholder receives notice, whether written or oral, from a Governmental Authority that the Governmental Authority has commenced or intends to commence an Action with respect to the purchase price allocation described in Section 2.4 hereof or the characterization of any gain or loss reflected on the Tax Returns with respect to such purchase price allocation, Tax Returns filed on the basis thereof or other tax matters associated therewith (“ Tax Action ”), the recipient shall promptly notify the other parties in writing, providing reasonable detail of the facts known to such party associated with such Action and copies of any written correspondence and pleadings received from such Governmental Authority. For purposes of Article X hereof, a Tax Action shall be treated as a Third Party Action, Shareholder shall be the Indemnified Party and Buyer shall be the Indemnifying Party. If a Tax Action results in a Reimbursement Amount being payable to Shareholder, such amount shall be treated as Damages for purposes of Article X hereof and shall

 

6


be paid by Buyer or Buyer Bank to Shareholder within 30 days following the (a) final adjudication of such Tax Action, beyond all applicable appeal periods or (b) the final settlement of such Tax Action in writing in the manner described in Article X hereof.

2.7 Asset Sale Treatment . The parties hereto acknowledge and agree to treat the Merger as a taxable sale of the assets of the Company followed by a liquidation of the Company for U.S. federal income Tax purposes pursuant to Code Section 331, in accordance with IRS Revenue Ruling 69-6, 1969-1 C.B. 104.

2.8 Reservation of Right to Revise Structure . Buyer may at any time prior to the Effective Time change the method of effecting the business combination contemplated by this Agreement if and to the extent that it deems such a change to be desirable; provided , however , that no such change shall (i) alter or change the amount of the consideration to be issued to Shareholder as Merger Consideration as currently contemplated in this Agreement, (ii) reasonably be expected to materially impede or delay consummation of the Merger, (iii) adversely affect the U.S. federal and state income tax treatment of holders of Company Common Stock in connection with the Merger, (iv) alter or change the characterization of assets as ordinary assets or capital assets or the allocation of the Merger Consideration among the assets for Tax purposes, or (v) delay materially the receipt of any Regulatory Approvals or other consents and approvals relating to the consummation of the Merger or otherwise cause any condition to closing set forth in Article VIII not to be capable of being fulfilled. In the event that Buyer elects to make such a change, the parties agree to execute appropriate documents to reflect the change, each in a form reasonably acceptable to the parties. In the event that Buyer seeks to change the method of effecting the business combination contemplated by this Agreement, the reasonable attorneys’ and accountants’ fees and expenses incurred by the Company as a direct result of considering and implementing such change shall not be considered in the calculation of the Company’s minimum consolidated shareholder’s equity for purposes of Section 2.1 or Section 8.2(e).

ARTICLE III - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

3.1 Making of Representations and Warranties .

(a) As a material inducement to Buyer to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, the Company hereby makes to Buyer the representations and warranties contained in this Article III, subject to the standards established by Section 11.1.

(b) On or prior to the date hereof, the Company has delivered to Buyer a schedule (the “ Company Disclosure Schedule ”) listing, among other things, items the disclosure of which is necessary or appropriate in relation to any or all of the Company’s representations and warranties contained in this Article III; provided, however, that no such item is required to be set forth on the Company Disclosure Schedule as an exception to a representation or warranty if its absence is not reasonably likely to result in the related representation or warranty being untrue or incorrect under the standards established by Section 11.1. To the extent that facts or circumstances are described in one section of the Company Disclosure Schedule, such description shall be considered disclosure for purposes of all representations and warranties to the extent that the application of such facts or circumstances to other representations and warranties can be reasonably ascertained from the Company Disclosure Schedule.

 

7


3.2 Organization, Standing and Authority . The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The Company is duly registered as a savings and loan holding company under the Home Owners’ Loan Act and the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “ FRB ”) promulgated thereunder. The Company is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in the jurisdictions where its ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of its business requires it to be so qualified, except where the failure to so qualify has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. A complete and accurate list of all such jurisdictions is set forth on Schedule 3.2 of the Company Disclosure Schedule.

3.3 Capitalization .

(a) As of the date hereof, the authorized capital stock of the Company consists solely of 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share, of which no shares are issued and outstanding and 15,000 shares of Company Common Stock, of which 134 shares are issued and outstanding. The outstanding shares of Company Common Stock are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable with no personal liability attaching to the ownership thereof, and subject to no preemptive or similar rights (and were not issued in violation of any preemptive or similar rights and the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Company Board ”) has not granted or approved any such preemptive or similar rights). There are no additional shares of the Company’s capital stock authorized or reserved for issuance, the Company does not have any securities (including units of beneficial ownership interest in any partnership or limited liability company) convertible into or exchangeable for any additional shares of stock, any stock appreciation rights, or any other rights to subscribe for or acquire shares of its capital stock issued and outstanding, and the Company does not have, and is not bound by, any commitment to authorize, issue or sell any such shares or other rights. There are no agreements to which the Company is a party with respect to the voting, sale or transfer, or registration of any securities of the Company. There are no agreements among other parties, to which the Company is not a party, with respect to the voting or sale or transfer of any securities of the Company. All of the issued and outstanding shares of Company Common Stock are owned by Shareholder free and clear of any Liens (as defined in Section 3.4(a)) and any other restrictions on transfer (other than any restrictions under applicable securities laws) and were issued in compliance with applicable securities laws.

(b) There are no outstanding contractual obligations of the Company to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of capital stock of, or other equity interests in, the Company or to provide funds to, or make any investment (in the form of a loan, capital contribution or otherwise) in, any Subsidiary of the Company.

(c) There are no outstanding options to purchase Company Common Stock or other outstanding equity awards (including, without limitation, any restricted stock awards) to any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries.

 

8


3.4 Subsidiaries .

(a) (i) Schedule 3.4 of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and accurate list of all of the Company’s Subsidiaries, including the jurisdiction of organization of each such Subsidiary, (ii) the Company owns, directly or indirectly, all of the issued and outstanding equity securities of each Subsidiary, (iii) no equity securities of any of the Company’s Subsidiaries are or may become required to be issued (other than to the Company) by reason of any contractual right or otherwise, (iv) there are no contracts, commitments, understandings or arrangements by which any of such Subsidiaries is or may be bound to sell or otherwise transfer any of its equity securities (other than to the Company or a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company), (v) there are no contracts, commitments, understandings or arrangements relating to the Company’s rights to vote or to dispose of such securities and (vi) all of the equity securities of each such Subsidiary held by the Company, directly or indirectly, are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, not subject to preemptive or similar rights and are owned by the Company free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests, conditional and installment sale agreements, encumbrances, charges, restriction, conditions or other claims of third parties of any kind (collectively, “ Liens ”).

(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.4 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Company does not own (other than in a bona fide fiduciary capacity or in satisfaction of a debt previously contracted) beneficially, directly or indirectly, any equity securities or similar interests of any Person, or any interest in a partnership or joint venture of any kind.

(c) Each of the Company’s Subsidiaries has been duly organized and qualified under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and is duly qualified to do business and in good standing in the jurisdictions where its ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of its business requires it to be so qualified, except where the failure to so qualify has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. A complete and accurate list of all such jurisdictions is set forth on Schedule 3.4 of the Company Disclosure Schedule.

3.5 Corporate Power . Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has the corporate power and authority to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and to own all of its properties and assets; and the Company has the corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform its obligations under this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

3.6 Corporate Authority .

(a) This Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby have been authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company and the Company Board. The Company Board (i) unanimously approved the Merger and this Agreement and determined that this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including the Merger, are advisable and in the best interests of the holders of Company Common Stock, (ii) directed that the Merger be submitted for consideration of the shareholders of the Company, and (iii) unanimously resolved to recommend that the holders of Company Common Stock vote for the approval of the Merger. The Company has duly executed and delivered this Agreement and, assuming the due authorization,

 

9


execution and delivery by Buyer, this Agreement is a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms (except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent transfer and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights or by general principles of equity). The Company has secured and delivered to Buyer a Written Consent of Shareholder, duly executed by Shareholder, approving this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including the Merger) and any other matter required to be approved by the shareholders of the Company in order to consummate the Merger and the transactions contemplated hereby (the “ Written Consent ”). The Written Consent is the only vote of any class of capital stock of the Company required by the MBCA, the Articles of Organization of the Company or the Bylaws of the Company to approve this Agreement, the Merger and the transactions contemplated hereby.

(b) In connection with the Merger and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, as a result of the Written Consent, Shareholder is not entitled to any rights of an objecting shareholder, “appraisal”, “dissenters”, rights to receive “fair value” for stock, or any other similar rights under the MBCA or otherwise.

3.7 Non-Contravention .

(a) Subject to the receipt of the Regulatory Approvals (as defined in Section 11.2), and the required filings under federal and state securities laws, and except as set forth on Schedule 3.7 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (including, without limitation, the Merger) by the Company do not and will not (i) constitute a breach or violation of, or a default under, result in a right of termination or the acceleration of any right or obligation under, any law, rule or regulation or any judgment, decree, order, permit, license, credit agreement, indenture, loan, note, bond, mortgage, reciprocal easement agreement, lease, instrument, concession, franchise or other agreement of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, properties or assets is subject or bound, (ii) constitute a breach or violation of, or a default under, the Company’s Articles of Organization or Bylaws, or (iii) require the consent or approval of any third party or Governmental Authority (as defined in Section 11.2) under any such law, rule, regulation, judgment, decree, order, permit, license, credit agreement, indenture, loan, note, bond, mortgage, reciprocal easement agreement, lease, instrument, concession, franchise or other agreement.

(b) As of the date hereof, the Company has no Knowledge of any reasons relating to the Company or the Company Bank (i) why all of the Regulatory Approvals shall not be procured from the applicable Governmental Authorities having jurisdiction over the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (ii) why any Burdensome Condition (as defined in Section 7.4) would be imposed.

3.8 Articles of Organization; Bylaws; Corporate Records . The Company has made available to Buyer a complete and correct copy of its Articles of Organization and the Bylaws or equivalent organizational documents, each as amended to date, of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries; provided , however , that the copy of the Bylaws of the Company Bank provided to Buyer remains subject to filing with the OCC. The Company is not in violation of any of the terms of its Articles of Organization or Bylaws. The minute books of the Company

 

10


and each of its Subsidiaries contain complete and accurate records of all meetings held by, and complete and accurate records of all other corporate actions of, their respective shareholders and boards of directors (including committees of their respective boards of directors).

3.9 Compliance with Laws . The Company and each of its Subsidiaries:

(a) Except as set forth Schedule 3.9 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, has been, at all times since January 1, 2012, and is in compliance with all applicable federal, state and local statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders or decrees applicable thereto or to the employees conducting their businesses, including, without limitation, the Home Owners’ Loan Act, Bank Secrecy Act, Expedited Funds Availability Act, Truth in Savings Act, Electronic Fund Transfer Act, Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, Homeowners Protection Act, Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, National Flood Insurance Act, Flood Disaster Protection Act, Fair Housing Act, Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, Telemarketing and Consumer Fraud and Abuse Prevention Act, Federal Trade Commission Act, and Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, Truth in Lending Act, Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, Consumer Credit Protection Act, Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Fair Credit Reporting Act, Homeowners Ownership and Equity Protection Act, Fair Debt Collections Practices Act, CRA, and other federal, state, local and foreign laws regulating or applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their products, services or activities, and all other applicable lending, fair lending laws and other laws relating to discriminatory or unfair business practices, consumer privacy, data security and record retention (“ Finance Laws ”). In addition, there is no pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened charge by any Governmental Authority that any of the Company and its Subsidiaries has violated, nor any pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened investigation by any Governmental Authority with respect to possible violations of, any applicable Finance Laws;

(b) has all permits, licenses, authorizations, orders and approvals of, and has made all filings, applications and registrations with, all Governmental Authorities that are required in order to permit them to own or lease their properties and to conduct their businesses as presently conducted in all material respects; all such permits, licenses, authorizations, orders and approvals are in full force and effect and, to the Knowledge of the Company, no suspension or cancellation of any of them is threatened; and

(c) except as set forth on Schedule 3.9 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, has received, since January 1, 2012, no written or, to the Knowledge of the Company, oral notification or communication from any Governmental Authority (i) asserting that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is not in compliance with any of the statutes, regulations, or ordinances which such Governmental Authority enforces, (ii) threatening to revoke any license, franchise, permit, or governmental authorization, (iii) threatening or contemplating revocation or limitation of, or which would have the effect of revoking or limiting, federal deposit insurance or (iv) failing to approve any proposed acquisition, or stating its intention not to approve acquisitions, proposed to be effected by the Company within a certain time period or indefinitely (nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, do any grounds for any of the foregoing exist).

 

11


3.10 Litigation; Regulatory Action .

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.10 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, no litigation, claim, suit, investigation or other proceeding before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator is pending against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and, to the Knowledge of the Company, (i) no such litigation, claim, suit, investigation or other proceeding has been threatened and (ii) there are no facts which would reasonably be expected to give rise to such litigation, claim, suit, investigation or other proceeding.

(b) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any of their respective properties is a party to or is subject to any assistance agreement, board resolution, order, decree, supervisory agreement, memorandum of understanding, condition or similar arrangement with, or a commitment letter or similar submission to, any Governmental Authority charged with the supervision or regulation of financial institutions or issuers of securities or engaged in the insurance of deposits (including, without limitation, the FRB, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“ FDIC ”) and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “ OCC ”)) or the supervision or regulation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.10 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, since January 1, 2012, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has been subject to any order or directive by, or been ordered to pay any civil money penalty by a recipient of any supervisory letter from, or has adopted any board resolutions at the request of, any Governmental Authority that currently regulates in any material respect the conduct of its business or that in any manner relates to its capital adequacy, its ability to pay dividends, its credit or risk management policies, its management or its business, other than those of general application that apply to similarly-situated bank or financial holding companies or their subsidiaries.

(c) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has been advised by a Governmental Authority that it will issue, or has Knowledge of any facts which would reasonably be expected to give rise to the issuance by any Governmental Authority or has Knowledge that such Governmental Authority is contemplating issuing or requesting (or is considering the appropriateness of issuing or requesting) any such order, decree, agreement, board resolution, memorandum of understanding, supervisory letter, commitment letter, condition or similar submission.

3.11 Financial Reports and Regulatory Reports .

(a) The Company has previously delivered to Buyer true, correct and complete copies of the consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholder’s equity and cash flows for the fiscal years 2012 through 2014, inclusive, in each case accompanied by the audit report of the Company’s independent auditors solely with respect to the financial statements of the Company Bank. The financial statements referred to in this Section 3.11 (including the related notes and schedules, where applicable, the “ Company Financial Statements ”) fairly present, and the financial statements referred to in Section 7.8 will fairly present, the consolidated results of operations and consolidated financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the respective fiscal years or as of the respective dates therein set forth, in each case in accordance with GAAP consistently applied during the periods involved, except in each case as may be noted therein subject to normal year end audit adjustments in the case of unaudited financial statements. Except for those liabilities that are fully reflected on the

 

12


most recent audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014, as set forth in the Company’s call report for the period ended December 31, 2014 (the “ Company Balance Sheet ”) or incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or in connection with this Agreement, since December 31, 2014, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any liabilities or obligations of any nature (whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise).

(b) The Company and its Subsidiaries maintain internal controls which provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed with management’s authorization, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, (iii) access to assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries is permitted only in accordance with management’s authorization, (iv) the reporting of assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries is compared with existing assets at regular intervals, and (v) assets and liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries are recorded accurately in the Company’s financial statements.

(c) Since January 1, 2012, the Company and its Subsidiaries have duly filed with the FRB, the FDIC, the OCC and any other applicable Governmental Authority, in correct form the reports required to be filed under applicable laws and regulations and such reports were complete and accurate and in compliance with the requirements of applicable laws and regulations.

3.12 Absence of Certain Changes or Events . Except as set forth on Schedule 3.12 of the Company Disclosure Schedule or in the Company Financial Statements, or as otherwise expressly permitted or expressly contemplated by this Agreement, since December 31, 2014, there has not been (i) any change or development in the business, operations, assets, liabilities, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, cash flows or properties of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries which has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect, (ii) any change by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in its accounting methods, principles or practices, other than changes required by applicable law or GAAP or regulatory accounting as concurred in by the Company’s independent auditors, (iii) any entry by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries into any contract or commitment of (A) more than $100,000 or (B) $50,000 per annum with a term of more than one year, other than loans and loan commitments in the ordinary course of business, (iv) any declaration, setting aside or payment of any dividend or distribution in respect of any capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any redemption, purchase or other acquisition of any of its securities, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or with respect to shares tendered in payment for the exercise of stock options or withheld for Tax purposes upon the vesting of restricted stock awards or performance share awards or upon the exercise of stock options, (v) establishment or amendment of any bonus, insurance, severance, deferred compensation, pension, retirement, profit sharing, stock option (including, without limitation, the granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance awards, or restricted stock awards), stock purchase or other employee benefit plan, or any increase in the compensation payable or to become payable to any directors or executive officers of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any contract or arrangement entered into to make or grant any severance or termination pay, or the taking of any action not in the ordinary course of business with respect to the compensation or employment of directors, officers or

 

13


employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (vi) any material closing agreement, settlement, election or other action made by Company or any of its Subsidiaries for federal or state income Tax purposes, (vii) any material change in the credit policies or procedures of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the effect of which was or is to make any such policy or procedure less restrictive in any respect, (viii) any material acquisition or disposition of any assets or properties, or any contract for any such acquisition or disposition entered into, other than loans and loan commitments, or (ix) any material lease of real or personal property entered into, other than in connection with foreclosed property or in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.

3.13 Taxes and Tax Returns . For purposes of this Section 3.13, any reference to the Company or its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to include a reference to the Company’s predecessors or the predecessors of its Subsidiaries, respectively, and any reference to the Company shall be deemed to include its Subsidiaries, including any predecessors of its Subsidiaries, except where explicitly inconsistent with the language of this Section 3.13. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.13 of the Company Disclosure Schedule:

(a) The Company and each of its Subsidiaries has filed all Tax Returns that it was required to file under applicable laws and regulations, other than Tax Returns that are not yet due or for which a request for extension was filed consistent with requirements of applicable law or regulation. All such Tax Returns were correct and complete in all material respects and have been prepared in substantial compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. Taxes due and owing by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) have been paid other than Taxes that have been reserved or accrued on the balance sheet of the Company and which the Company is contesting in good faith. The Company is not currently the beneficiary of any extension of time within which to file any Tax Return and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries currently has any open tax years except for the Tax Returns for 2012, 2013 and 2014. No claim has ever been made by an authority in a jurisdiction where the Company does not file Tax Returns that it is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction. There are no Liens for Taxes (other than Taxes not yet due and payable) upon any of the assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(b) The Company has withheld and paid all Taxes required to have been withheld and paid in connection with any amounts paid or owing to any employee, independent contractor, creditor, shareholder, or other third party.

(c) No foreign, federal, state, or local tax audits or administrative or judicial Tax proceedings are being conducted or to the Company’s Knowledge are pending with respect to the Company. Other than with respect to audits that have already been completed and resolved, the Company has not received from any foreign, federal, state, or local taxing authority (including jurisdictions where the Company has not filed Tax Returns) any (i) notice indicating an intent to open an audit or other review, (ii) request for information related to Tax matters, or (iii) notice of deficiency or proposed adjustment for any amount of Tax proposed, asserted, or assessed by any taxing authority against the Company.

(d) The Company has made available to Buyer true and complete copies of the United States federal, state, local, and foreign income Tax Returns filed with respect to the

 

14


Company for taxable periods ended on or after December 31, 2012. The Company has delivered to Buyer correct and complete copies of all examination reports, letter rulings, technical advice memoranda, and similar documents, and statements of deficiencies assessed against or agreed to by the Company filed for the years ended on or after December 31, 2012. The Company has timely and properly taken such actions in response to, and in compliance with, notices received from the Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) on and after December 31, 2012 in respect of information reporting and backup and nonresident withholding as are required by law.

(e) The Company has not waived any statute of limitations in respect of Taxes or agreed to any extension of time with respect to a Tax assessment or deficiency.

(f) The Company has not been a United States real property holding corporation within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code during the applicable period specified in Code Section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii). The Company has disclosed on its federal income Tax Returns all positions taken therein that could give rise to a substantial understatement of federal income Tax within the meaning of Code Sections 6662 or 6662A and has not participated in a “reportable transaction” within the meaning of Section 1.6011-4(b) of the Treasury Regulations. The Company is not a party to or bound by any Tax allocation or sharing agreement. The Company (i) has not been a member of an affiliated group filing a consolidated federal income Tax Return (other than a group the common parent of which was the Company), and (ii) has no liability for the Taxes of any individual, bank, corporation, partnership, association, joint stock company, business trust, limited liability company, or unincorporated organization (other than the Company) under Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local, or foreign law), as a transferee or successor, by contract, or otherwise.

(g) The unpaid Taxes of the Company (i) did not, as of December 31, 2014, exceed the reserve for Tax liability (which reserve is distinct and different from any reserve for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between book and Tax income) set forth in the Company’s Financial Statements, and (ii) do not exceed that reserve as adjusted for the passage of time in accordance with the past custom and practice of the Company in filing its Tax Returns. Since December 31, 2014, the Company has not incurred any liability for Taxes arising from extraordinary gains or losses, as that term is used in GAAP, outside the ordinary course of business consistent with past custom and practice.

(h) The Company will not be required to include any item of income in, or exclude any item of deduction from, taxable income for any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date as a result of any: (i) change in method of accounting for a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date; (ii) “closing agreement” as described in Code Section 7121 (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign income Tax law) executed on or prior to the Closing Date; (iii) intercompany transactions or any excess loss account described in Treasury Regulations under Code Section 1502 (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign income Tax law); (iv) installment sale or open transaction disposition made on or prior to the Closing Date; (v) prepaid amount received on or prior to the Closing Date; (vi) election with respect to the discharge of indebtedness under Section 108(i) of the Code; or (vii) any similar election, action, or agreement that would have the effect of deferring any liability for Taxes of the Company from any period ending on or before the Closing Date to any period ending after the Closing Date.

 

15


(i) The Company has not distributed stock of another Person nor had its stock distributed by another Person in a transaction that was purported or intended to be governed in whole or in part by Section 355 or Section 361 of the Code.

(j) The Company has elected treatment as an S corporation pursuant to Section 1362(a) of the Code, such election is currently in place and has not been revoked, and the Company has qualified for and been treated as an S corporation at all times since January 1, 2004. All direct and indirect corporate Subsidiaries of the Company have been “qualified subchapter S subsidiaries” within the meaning of Section 1361(b)(3) of the Code at all times since January 1, 2004 or such lesser time period that they have been directly or indirectly owned by the Company. Since January 1, 2004, the Company has not been a party to any transaction pursuant to which it directly or indirectly acquired assets of a C corporation in a carryover basis transaction. No tax will be due under Section 1374 of the Code with respect to any actual or deemed sale of Company assets pursuant to this Agreement.

3.14 Employee Benefit Plans .

(a) Schedule 3.14 of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true, complete and correct list of every Employee Program (as defined below) that is maintained by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate (as defined below) or with respect to which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate has or may have any liability (the “ Company Employee Programs ”).

(b) True, complete and correct copies of the following documents, with respect to each Company Employee Program, where applicable, have previously been made available to Buyer: (i) all documents embodying or governing such Company Employee Program and any funding medium for the Company Employee Program; (ii) the most recent IRS determination or opinion letter; (iii) the two most recently filed IRS Forms 5500; (iv) the most recent actuarial valuation report; (v) the most recent summary plan description (or other descriptions provided to employees) and all modifications thereto; and (vi) all non-routine correspondence to and from any state or federal agency.

(c) Each Company Employee Program that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) or 501(c)(9) of the Code is so qualified and has received a favorable determination or approval letter from the IRS with respect to such qualification, or may rely on an opinion letter issued by the IRS with respect to a prototype plan adopted in accordance with the requirements for such reliance, or has time remaining for application to the IRS for a determination of the qualified status of such Company Employee Program for any period for which such Company Employee Program would not otherwise be covered by an IRS determination and, to the Knowledge of the Company, no event or omission has occurred that would cause any Company Employee Program to lose such qualification.

(d) Each Company Employee Program is, and has been operated, in compliance with applicable laws and regulations and is and has been administered in accordance with applicable laws and regulations and with its terms, in each case, in all material respects. No litigation or governmental administrative proceeding, audit or other proceeding (other than those relating to routine claims for benefits) is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened with respect to any Company Employee Program or any fiduciary or service provider

 

16


thereof. All payments and/or contributions required to have been made with respect to all Company Employee Programs either have been made or have been accrued in accordance with the terms of the applicable Company Employee Program and applicable law and with respect to any such contributions, premiums, or other payments required to be made under or with respect to any Company Employee Program that are not yet due or payable, to the extent required by GAAP, adequate reserves are reflected on the Company Balance Sheet.

(e) No Company Employee Program is a single employer pension plan (within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA (as defined below)) for which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate could incur liability under Section 4063 or 4064 of ERISA or a plan maintained by more than one employer as described in Section 413(c) of the Code.

(f) Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate maintains or contributes to, or within the past six years has maintained or contributed to, any Employee Program that is or was subject to Title IV of ERISA, Section 412 of the Code, Section 302 of ERISA or is a Multiemployer Plan (as defined below) and neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any liability under Title IV of ERISA that has not been paid in full.

(g) None of the Company Employee Programs provides health care or any other non-pension welfare benefits to any employees after their employment is terminated (other than as required by Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA or similar state law) and the Company has never promised to provide such post-termination benefits.

(h) Each Company Employee Program may be amended, terminated, or otherwise modified by the Company to the greatest extent permitted by applicable law, including the elimination of any and all future benefit accruals thereunder and no employee communications or provision of any Company Employee Program has failed to effectively reserve the right of the Company or the ERISA Affiliate to so amend, terminate or otherwise modify such Company Employee Program. Neither the Company nor any of its ERISA Affiliates has announced its intention to modify or terminate any Company Employee Program or adopt any arrangement or program which, once established, would come within the definition of a Company Employee Program. Each asset held under each Company Employee Program may be liquidated or terminated without the imposition of any redemption fee, surrender charge or comparable liability.

(i) Since December 31, 2004 and through December 31, 2008, each Company Employee Program that constitutes in any part a nonqualified deferred compensation plan within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code (each, a “ NQDC Plan ”) has been operated and maintained in accordance with a good faith, reasonable interpretation of Section 409A of the Code with respect to amounts deferred (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) after December 31, 2004. From and after January 1, 2009, each NQDC Plan has been operated and maintained in operational and documentary compliance with Section 409A of the Code and applicable guidance thereunder. No payment to be made under any Company Employee Program is, or to the knowledge of the Company, will be, subject to the penalties of Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code.

 

17


(j) No Company Employee Program is subject to the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States.

(k) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the shareholder approval of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby could (either alone or in conjunction with any other event) (i) result in, or cause the accelerated vesting payment, funding or delivery of, or increase the amount or value of, any payment or benefit to any employee, officer, director or other service provider of the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates other than the Bonuses; (ii) limit the right of the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates to amend, merge, terminate or receive a reversion of assets from any Company Employee Program or related trust; (iii) result in any “parachute payment” as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code (whether or not such payment is considered to be reasonable compensation for services rendered); or (iv) result in a requirement to pay any tax “gross-up” or similar “make-whole” payments to any employee, director or consultant of the Company or an ERISA Affiliate. Schedule 3.14 of the Company Disclosure Schedule lists the Company’s “disqualified individuals” for purposes of Section 280G of the Code. Each payment to be made under any Company Employee Program is, or to the Knowledge of the Company will be, fully deductible under Section 162(a) of the Code.

For purposes of this Agreement:

(i) “ Employee Program ” means (A) an employee benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA whether or not subject to ERISA; (B) stock option plans, stock purchase plans, bonus or incentive award plans, severance pay plans, programs or arrangements, deferred compensation arrangements or agreements, employment agreements, executive compensation plans, programs, agreements or arrangements, change in control plans, programs, agreements or arrangements, supplemental income arrangements, supplemental executive retirement plans or arrangements, vacation plans, and all other employee benefit plans, agreements, and arrangements, not described in (A) above; and (C) plans or arrangements providing compensation to employee and non-employee directors. In the case of an Employee Program funded through a trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code or an organization described in Section 501(c)(9) of the Code, or any other funding vehicle, each reference to such Employee Program shall include a reference to such trust, organization or other vehicle.

(ii) “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

(iii) An entity “ maintains ” an Employee Program if such entity sponsors, contributes to, or provides benefits under or through such Employee Program, or has any obligation to contribute to or provide benefits under or through such Employee Program, or if such Employee Program provides benefits to or otherwise covers any current or former employee, officer or director of such entity (or their spouses, dependents, or beneficiaries).

 

18


(iv) An entity is an “ ERISA Affiliate ” of the Company (or other entity if the context of this Agreement requires) if it would have ever been considered a single employer with the Company (or other entity if the context of this Agreement requires) under Section 4001(b) of ERISA or part of the same “controlled group” as the Company for purposes of Section 302(d)(3) of ERISA.

(v) “ Multiemployer Plan ” means an employee pension or welfare benefit plan to which more than one unaffiliated employer contributes and which is maintained pursuant to one or more collective bargaining agreements.

3.15 Labor Matters .

(a) Schedule 3.15(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and accurate list of all employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the date of this Agreement, setting forth for each employee: his or her position or title; whether classified as exempt or non-exempt for wage and hour purposes; whether paid on a salary, hourly or commission basis and the employee’s actual annual base salary or other rates of compensation; bonus potential; average scheduled hours per week; date of hire; business location; status (i.e., active or inactive and if inactive, the type of leave and estimated duration); any visa or work permit status and the date of expiration, if applicable; and the total amount of bonus, retention, severance and other amounts to be paid to such employee at the Closing or otherwise in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Company does not employ or otherwise engage any independent contractors, temporary employees, leased employees or any other servants or agents compensated other than through reportable wages paid by the Company and reported on a Form W-2 (collectively, “ Contingent Workers ”).

(c) The Company and its Subsidiaries are, and for the period since at least January 1, 2012 have been, in compliance with all federal, state and local laws respecting employment and employment practices, terms and conditions of employment, and wages and hours, and other than normal accruals of wages during regular payroll cycles, there are no arrearages in the payment of wages. The Company currently classifies and at all times since at least January 1, 2012 has properly classified each of its employees as exempt or non-exempt for the purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act and state, local and foreign wage and hour laws, and is and has been otherwise in compliance with such laws. To the extent that any Contingent Workers are engaged by the Company, the Company currently classifies and has properly classified and treated them as Contingent Workers (as distinguished from Form W-2 employees) in accordance with applicable law and for the purpose of all employee benefit plans and perquisites.

(d) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15(d) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, within the period since January 1, 2012, the Company has not received any threat of or notice of contemplation of any form of litigation, governmental audit or investigation, administrative agency proceeding or private dispute resolution procedure with respect to employment or labor matters (including allegations of employment discrimination, retaliation,

 

19


noncompliance with wage and hour laws or unfair labor practices). Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15(d) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, within the period since January 1, 2012, the Company has not had pending or resolved against the Company any form of litigation, governmental audit or investigation, administrative agency proceeding or private dispute resolution procedure with respect to employment or labor matters (including allegations of employment discrimination, retaliation, noncompliance with wage and hour laws or unfair labor practices).

(e) The Company has not experienced a “plant closing,” “business closing,” or “mass layoff” or similar group employment loss as defined in the federal Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act (the “ WARN Act ”) or any similar state, local or foreign law or regulation affecting any site of employment of the Company or one or more facilities or operating units within any site of employment or facility of the Company. During the 90 day period preceding the date hereof, no employee or Contingent Worker has suffered an “employment loss” as defined in the WARN Act with respect to the Company.

(f) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15(f) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, all employees of the Company are employed at-will and no employee is subject to any employment contract with the Company, whether oral or written.

(g) Schedule 3.15(g) of the Company Disclosure Schedule identifies each employee of the Company who is subject to a non-competition and/or non-solicitation agreement with the Company and includes a form of each such agreement.

(h) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to, or bound by any collective bargaining agreement, contract or other agreement or understanding with a labor union or labor organization, nor is the Company or any of its Subsidiaries the subject of a proceeding asserting that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has committed an unfair labor practice (within the meaning of the National Labor Relations Act) or seeking to compel the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to bargain with any labor organization as to wages and conditions of employment. No work stoppage involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is pending, or to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is involved in, or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened with or affected by, any dispute, arbitration, lawsuit or administrative proceeding relating to labor or employment matters that would reasonably be expected to interfere in any respect with the respective business activities represented by any labor union, and to the Knowledge of the Company, no labor union is attempting to organize employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

3.16 Insurance . The Company and each of its Subsidiaries is insured, and during each of the past three calendar years has been insured, for reasonable amounts with financially sound and reputable insurance companies against such risks as companies engaged in a similar business would, in accordance with good business practice customarily be insured, and has maintained all insurance required by applicable laws and regulations. Schedule 3.16 of the Company Disclosure Schedule lists all insurance policies maintained by the Company and each of its Subsidiaries as of the date hereof. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries own any bank-owned life insurance policies (“ BOLI ”). Except as set forth on Schedule 3.16 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, all of the policies and bonds maintained by the Company or any

 

20


of its Subsidiaries are in full force and effect and all claims thereunder have been filed in a due and timely manner and, to the Knowledge of the Company, since January 1, 2012, no such claim has been denied. Since January 1, 2012, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has been or is in breach of or default under any insurance policy, and there has not occurred any event that, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both, would constitute such a breach or default.

3.17 Environmental Matters .

(a) To the Knowledge of the Company, each of the Company and its Subsidiaries and each real property owned and the portion of any property leased or operated by any of them (the “ Company Property ”) are, and for the past five years have been, in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws (as defined below). To the Knowledge of the Company, each of the Company Loan Properties (as defined below) is, and for the past five years has been, in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws.

(b) Neither the Company nor its Subsidiaries has received written notice in the last six years, that there is any material suit, claim, action or proceeding pending and, to the Knowledge of the Company, no such action is threatened, before any Governmental Authority or other forum in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has been or, with respect to threatened proceedings, may be, named as a defendant, responsible party or potentially responsible party (i) for alleged noncompliance (including by any predecessor) with any Environmental Law or (ii) relating to the release or presence of any Hazardous Material (as defined below) at, in, to, on, from or affecting a Company Property, a Company Loan Property, or any property previously owned, operated or leased by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(c) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any written notice in the last six years regarding a matter on which a suit, claim, action or proceeding as described in subsection (b) of this Section 3.17 could reasonably be based. To the Knowledge of the Company, no facts or circumstances exist which would reasonably cause it to believe that a suit, claim, action or proceeding as described in subsection (b) of this Section 3.17 would reasonably be expected to occur.

(d) To the Knowledge of the Company, except as set forth on Schedule 3.17 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, no Hazardous Material is present or has been released at, in, to, on, under, from or affecting any Company Property, any Company Loan Property or any property previously owned, operated or leased by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in a manner, amount or condition that would result in any liabilities or obligation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, pursuant to any Environmental Law.

(e) To the Knowledge of the Company, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “owner” or “operator” (as such terms are defined under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq. (“ CERCLA ”)) of any Company Loan Property and there are no Company Participation Facilities (as defined below).

 

21


(f) To the Knowledge of the Company, there are and have been no (i) active or abandoned underground storage tanks, (ii) gasoline or service stations, or (iii) dry-cleaning facilities or operations at, on, in, or under any Company Property.

(g) For purposes of this Section 3.17, (i) “ Company Loan Property ” means any real property in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries holds a security interest, and, where required by the context (as a result of foreclosure), said term includes any real property owned or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and (ii) “ Company Participation Facility ” means any facility in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries participates or has participated in the management of environmental matters.

(h) For purposes of this Section 3.17, (i) “ Hazardous Material ” means any compound, chemical, pollutant, contaminant, toxic substance, hazardous waste, hazardous material, or hazardous substance, as any of the foregoing may be defined, identified or regulated under or pursuant to any Environmental Laws, and including without limitation, Oil, asbestos, asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, toxic mold, or fungi, or any other material that may pose a threat to the Environment or to human health and safety; (ii) “ Oil ” means oil or petroleum of any kind or origin or in any form, as defined in or regulated pursuant to the Federal Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. Section 1251 et seq., or any other Environmental Law; (iii) “ Environment ” means any air (including indoor air), soil vapor, surface water, groundwater, drinking water supply, surface soil, subsurface soil, sediment, surface or subsurface strata, plant and animal life, and any other environmental medium or natural resource; and (iv) “ Environmental Laws ” means any federal, state or local law (including common law), statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, code, license, permit, approval, consent, order, judgment, decree, injunction or agreement with any Governmental Authority relating to (A) the protection, preservation or restoration of the Environment, (B) the protection of human or worker health and safety, and/or (C) the use, storage, recycling, treatment, generation, transportation, processing, handling, labeling, production, release or disposal of, or exposure to, Hazardous Material. Without limiting the foregoing, the term Environmental Law includes without limitation (a) CERCLA; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq.; the Clean Air Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 7401 et seq.; the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. § 1251 et seq.; the Toxic Substances Control Act, as amended, 15 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq.; the Emergency Planning and Community Right to Know Act, 42 U.S.C. § 11001 et seq.; the Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. § 300f et seq.; and all comparable state and local laws, and (b) any common law (including, without limitation, common law that may impose strict liability) that may impose liability or obligations for injuries or damages due to the presence of or exposure to any Hazardous Material.

3.18 Intellectual Property . Schedule 3.18 of the Company Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and accurate list of all Marks (as defined below) and Patents (as defined below) owned or purported to be owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries or used or held for use by the Company and its Subsidiaries in the Business (as defined below). Except as set forth on Schedule 3.18 of the Company Disclosure Schedule:

(a) the Company and its Subsidiaries exclusively own or possess adequate and enforceable rights to use, without payment to a third party, all of the Intellectual Property Assets (as defined below) necessary for the operation of the Business, free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, charges, liens, equities, security interests, or other encumbrances or similar agreements;

 

22


(b) all Company Intellectual Property Assets (as defined below) owned or purported to be owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries which have been issued by or registered with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency anywhere in the world have been duly maintained (including the payment of maintenance fees) and are not expired, cancelled or abandoned and are valid and enforceable;

(c) there are no pending, or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened claims against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries alleging that any activity by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any Product (as defined below) infringes on or violates (or in the last six years infringed on or violated) the rights of others in or to any Intellectual Property Assets (“ Third Party Rights ”) or that any of the Company Intellectual Property Assets is invalid or unenforceable;

(d) to the Knowledge of the Company, neither any activity of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries nor any Product infringes on or violates (or in the last six years infringed on or violated) any Third Party Right;

(e) to the Knowledge of the Company, no third party is violating or infringing any of the Company Intellectual Property Assets; and

(f) the Company and its Subsidiaries have taken reasonable security measures to protect the secrecy, confidentiality and value of all Trade Secrets (as defined below) owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries or used or held for use by the Company and its Subsidiaries in the Business.

(g) For purposes of this Section 3.18, (i) “ Business ” means the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as currently conducted; (ii) “ Company Intellectual Property Assets ” means all Intellectual Property Assets owned or purported to be owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or used or held for use by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the Business which are material to the Business; (iii) “ Intellectual Property Assets ” means, collectively, (A) patents and patent applications (“ Patents ”); (B) trade names, logos, slogans, Internet domain names, social media accounts, pages and registrations, registered and unregistered trademarks and service marks and related registrations and applications for registration (“ Marks ”); (C) copyrights in both published and unpublished works, including without limitation all compilations, databases and computer programs, manuals and other documentation and all copyright registrations and applications; and (D) rights under applicable US state trade secret laws as are applicable to know-how and confidential information (“ Trade Secrets ”); and (iv) “ Products ” means those products and/or services researched, designed, developed, manufactured, marketed, performed, licensed, sold and/or distributed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(h) All computer systems, servers, network equipment and other computer hardware and software owned, leased or licensed by the Company and its Subsidiaries and used in the Business (“ IT Systems ”) are adequate and sufficient (including with respect to working condition and capacity) for the operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries. The Company and

 

23


its Subsidiaries have (i) continuously operated in a manner to preserve and maintain the performance, security and integrity of the IT Systems (and all Software, information or data stored on any IT Systems), (ii) continuously maintained all licenses necessary to use its IT Systems, and (iii) maintains reasonable documentation regarding all IT Systems, their methods of operation and their support and maintenance. During the two year period prior to the date of this Agreement, there has been no failure with respect to any IT Systems that has had a material effect on the operations of the Business nor has there been any unauthorized access to or use of any IT Systems.

3.19 Personal Data; Privacy Requirements . In connection with the collection and/or use of an individual’s name, address, credit card information, email address, social security number, and account numbers (“ Personal Data ”), the Company and its Subsidiaries have at all times complied with and currently comply with all applicable statutes and regulations in all relevant jurisdictions where the Company currently conducts business, its publicly available privacy policy, and any third party privacy policies which the Company has been contractually obligated to comply with, in each case relating to the collection, storage, use and onward transfer of all Personal Data collected by or on behalf of the Company (the “ Privacy Requirements ”). The Company and its Subsidiaries will have the right after the execution of this Agreement to use such Personal Data in substantially the same manner as used by the Company and its Subsidiaries prior to the execution of this Agreement. The Company and its Subsidiaries (A) have security measures in place to protect all Personal Data under its control and/or in its possession and to protect such Personal Data from unauthorized access by any parties and (B) the Company and its Subsidiaries hardware, software, encryption, systems, policies and procedures are sufficient to protect the privacy, security and confidentiality of all Personal Data in accordance with the Privacy Requirements. To the Knowledge of the Company and its Subsidiaries, the Company has not suffered any breach in security that has permitted any unauthorized access to the Personal Data under the Company and its Subsidiaries control or possession. The Company and its Subsidiaries have required and do require all third parties to which any of them provide Personal Data and/or access thereto to maintain the privacy, security and confidentiality of such Personal Data, including by contractually obliging such third parties to protect such Personal Data from unauthorized access by and/or disclosure to any unauthorized third parties.

3.20 Material Agreements; Defaults .

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.20 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, and except for this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to or is bound by any agreement, contract, arrangement, commitment or understanding (whether written or oral), or amendment thereto, (i) with respect to the employment or service of any directors, officers, employees or consultants; (ii) which would entitle any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to indemnification from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (iii) the benefits of which will be increased, or the vesting of benefits of which will be accelerated, by the occurrence of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or the value of any of the benefits of which will be calculated on the basis of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (iv) by and among the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and/or any Affiliate thereof, other than intercompany agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; (v) which grants any

 

24


right of first refusal, right of first offer or similar right with respect to any material assets or properties of the Company and or Subsidiaries; (vi) which provides for payments to be made by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries upon a change in control thereof; (vii) which provides for the lease of personal property having a value in excess of $50,000 individually or $100,000 in the aggregate; (viii) which relates to capital expenditures and involves future payments in excess of $25,000 individually or $50,000 in the aggregate; (ix) which relates to the disposition or acquisition of assets or any interest in any business enterprise outside the ordinary course of Company’s business; (x) which is not terminable on 60 days or less notice and involving the payment of more than $50,000 per annum; or (xi) which materially restricts the conduct of any business by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Each agreement, contract, arrangement, commitment or understanding of the type described in this Section 3.20(a), whether or not set forth on Schedule 3.20 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, is referred to herein as a “ Company Material Contract .” The Company has previously made available to Buyer complete and correct copies of all of the Company Material Contracts, including any and all amendments and modifications thereto.

(b) Each Company Material Contract is legal, valid and binding upon the Company or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, and to the Knowledge of the Company, all other parties thereto, and is in full force and effect. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is in breach of or default under any Company Material Contract, or any other agreement or instrument to which it is a party, by which its assets, business, or operations may be bound or affected, or under which it or its respective assets, business, or operations receives benefits, and to the Knowledge of the Company there has not occurred any event that, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both, would constitute such a breach or default. To the Knowledge of the Company, (i) no other party to any Company Material Contract is in breach of or default under such Company Material Contract, and (ii) there has not occurred any event that, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both, would constitute such a breach or default.

3.21 Property and Leases .

(a) Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has good, record and marketable title to all the real property and all other property interests owned or leased by it free and clear of all Liens, other than (i) monetary Liens that secure liabilities that are reflected in the Company Balance Sheet or disclosed in the notes to the Company Financial Statements, (ii) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business after the date of such Company Balance Sheet in amounts less than $50,000, (iii) workmen’s, repairmen’s, warehousemen’s and carriers’ Liens arising in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries consistent with past practice (x) for amounts not yet due and payable or (y) for amounts that are due and payable that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP, (iv) matters reflected in that certain Commonwealth Land Title Company title commitment, effective August 18, 2015, provided to the Company by Buyer and (v) those items that secure public or statutory obligations or any discount with, borrowing from, or obligations to any FRB or Federal Home Loan Bank, interbank credit facilities, or any transaction by the Company’s Subsidiaries acting in a fiduciary capacity. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received written notice of any violation of or non-payment under any easements, covenants or restrictions affecting all the real property and all other material property owned or leased by it that would reasonably be expected to require

 

25


expenditures by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or to result in an impairment in or limitation on the activities presently conducted there, and, to the Knowledge of the Company, (x) no such violation or non-payment exists under any such easements, covenants or restrictions, and (y) no other party is in violation of any such easements, covenants or restrictions.

(b) Each Lease of real property to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party is listed on Schedule 3.21(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule and is in full force and effect. There exists no breach or default under any such lease by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, nor any event which with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute a breach or default thereunder by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and, to the Knowledge of the Company, there exists no default under any such Lease by any other party, nor any event which with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute a breach or default thereunder by such other party. The Company has previously made available to Buyer complete and correct copies of all such Leases. The rental payment set forth in each Lease is the actual rent being paid, and there are no separate agreements or understandings with respect to the same. “ Lease ” means any lease, sublease, master lease, license, sublicense, occupancy agreement, or other agreement (written or oral) pertaining to any real property, including all exhibits, amendments, modifications, extensions, renewals, guaranties, estoppel certificates, commencement date letter, memorandum of lease, consents, subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreements and other agreements relating thereto.

(c) Schedule 3.21(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of all real property (i) owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) affected by a Lease to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party. No tenant or other party in possession of any of such real property has any right to purchase, or holds any right of first refusal to purchase, such properties.

(d) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.21(d) of the Company Disclosure Schedule none of the properties required to be listed on Schedule 3.21(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, or the buildings, structures, facilities, fixtures or other improvements thereon, or the use thereof, contravenes or violates any building, zoning, administrative, occupational safety and health or other applicable statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation, including, but not limited to any such matters with respect to historic buildings, or the Americans with Disabilities Act, in any material respect that would reasonably be expected to require expenditures by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or to result in an impairment in or limitation on the activities presently conducted there. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.21(d) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, to the Knowledge of the Company, (i) the plants, buildings, structures and equipment located on the properties required to be listed on Schedule 3.21(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule are in good operating condition and in a state of good maintenance and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted, are adequate and suitable for the purposes for which they are presently being used and, (ii) there are no condemnation or appropriation proceedings pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against any of such properties or any plants, buildings or other structures thereon.

3.22 Regulatory Capitalization . The Company Bank is, and as of the Effective Time will be, “well capitalized,” as such term is defined in the rules and regulations promulgated by the OCC. The Company is, and immediately prior to the Effective Time will be, “well capitalized” as such term is defined in the rules and regulations promulgated by the FRB.

 

26


3.23 Loans; Nonperforming and Classified Assets . Except as set forth on Schedule 3.23 of the Company Disclosure Schedule:

(a) Each loan agreement, note or borrowing arrangement, including, without limitation, portions of outstanding lines of credit, credit card accounts, and loan commitments, on the Company’s or its applicable Subsidiary’s books and records (collectively, “ Loans ”) (i) is evidenced by notes, agreements, other evidences of indebtedness, security instruments (if applicable) that are true, genuine, enforceable and what they purport to be, and documentation appropriate and sufficient to enforce such loan in accordance with its terms, complete and correct sets of originals of all such documents which are included in such books and records; (ii) represents the legal, valid and binding obligation of the related borrower, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by receivership, conservatorship and supervisory powers of bank regulatory agencies generally as well as by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights, or the limiting effect of rules of law governing specific performance, equitable relief and other equitable remedies or the waiver of rights or remedies; and (iii) complies with applicable law, including the Finance Laws and any other applicable lending laws and regulations. With respect to each Loan, to the extent applicable, the Loan file contains (i) all original notes and originals or copies of other agreements, evidences of indebtedness, security instruments and financing statements. Each Loan file contains true, complete and correct copies of all Loan documents evidencing, securing, governing or otherwise related to the Loan and such documents and instruments are in due and proper form.

(b) Other than Loans that have been pledged to the Federal Home Loan Bank in the ordinary course of business, no Loan has been assigned or pledged, and the Company or its applicable Subsidiary has good and marketable title thereto, without any basis for forfeiture thereof. The Company or its applicable Subsidiary is the sole owner and holder of the Loans free and clear of any and all Liens other than a Lien of the Company or its applicable Subsidiary.

(c) Each Loan, to the extent secured by a Lien of the Company or its applicable Subsidiary, is secured by a valid, perfected and enforceable Lien of the Company or its applicable Subsidiary in the collateral for such Loan, having the Lien position stated in the security instrument (if applicable).

(d) Each Loan or Transferred Loan, as applicable, was underwritten and originated by the Company or its applicable Subsidiary (i) in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the Company’s or its applicable Subsidiary’s policies and procedures for loan origination and servicing in place at the time such Loan was made, (ii) in a prudent manner, (iii) in accordance with the Finance Laws and all other applicable laws, including without limitation, laws related to usury, truth-in-lending, real estate settlement procedures, consumer credit protection, predatory lending, abusive lending, fair credit reporting, unfair collection practice, origination, collection and servicing, (iv) in accordance with Investor Requirements, and (v) in accordance with Insurer Requirements.

 

27


(e) Each Loan or Transferred Loan was and has been, as applicable, marketed, solicited, brokered, originated, made, maintained, serviced and administered in accordance with (i) the Finance Laws, including the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Regulation B of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and the Fair Housing Act; (ii) the Company’s or its applicable Subsidiary’s applicable loan origination and servicing policies and procedures; (iii) the loan documents governing each Loan or Transferred Loan, (iv) Investor Requirements, and (v) Insurer Requirements.

(f) No Loan is subject to any right of rescission (except for loans within the statutory right of rescission period that have not been extended or tolled), set-off, claim, counterclaim or defense, including the defense of usury, nor will the operation of any of the terms of the note or the mortgage (if applicable), or the exercise of any right thereunder, render either the note or the mortgage (if applicable) unenforceable, in whole or in part, or subject to any right of rescission (except for loans within the statutory right of rescission period), set-off, counterclaim or defense, including the defense of usury.

(g) Each Loan or Transferred Loan that is covered by an insurance policy or guarantee was (i) originated or underwritten in accordance with the applicable policies, procedures and requirements of the insurer or guarantor of such Loan or Transferred Loan at the time of origination or underwriting and (ii) continues to comply with the applicable policies, procedures and requirements of the insurer or guarantor, such that the insurance policy or guarantee covering the Loan or Transferred Loan is in full force and effect.

(h) Schedule 3.23 of the Company Disclosure Schedule discloses as of July 31, 2015: (i) any Loan under the terms of which the obligor is 60 or more days delinquent in payment of principal or interest, or to the Knowledge of the Company or any Subsidiary, in violation, breach or default of any other provision thereof, including a description of such breach or default; (ii) each Loan which has been classified as “other loans specially maintained,” “classified,” “criticized,” “substandard,” “doubtful,” “credit risk assets,” “watch list assets,” “loss” or “special mention” (or words of similar import) by the Company, its Subsidiaries or a Governmental Authority (the “ Classified Loans ”); (iii) a listing of the real estate owned, acquired by foreclosure or by deed-in-lieu thereof, including the book value thereof; and (iv) each Loan with any director, executive officer or five percent (5%) or greater shareholder of the Company or any Subsidiary, or to the Knowledge of the Company or any Subsidiary, any Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with any of the foregoing. All Loans which are classified as “Insider Transactions” by Regulation O of the FRB, as made applicable to a savings association by Section 11(b)(1) of the Home Owners’ Loan Act, as amended, have been made by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in an arms-length manner made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other Persons and do not involve more than normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features.

(i) The allowance for Loan losses reflected in the Company Financial Statements, as of their respective dates, is adequate under GAAP and all regulatory requirements applicable to financial institutions.

 

28


(j) The Company has previously made available to Buyer complete and correct copies of its and its applicable Subsidiary’s lending and servicing policies and procedures.

(k) Except for customary foreclosure and collection actions brought by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, there is no action, suit, proceeding, investigation, or litigation pending, or to the best of the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s Knowledge, threatened, with respect to any Loan or Transferred Loan.

(l) To the Knowledge of the Company, there are no defaults as to the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s compliance with the terms of any Loan or Transferred Loan.

(m) To the Knowledge of the Company, in the last five years, no error, omission, misrepresentation, negligence, fraud or similar occurrence with respect to any Loan or Transferred Loan has taken place on the part of the Company, any Subsidiary or any other person, including, without limitation, any borrower, any broker, any correspondent or any settlement service provider.

(n) To the Knowledge of the Company, the Company or any Subsidiary is not in breach of, and has not, in the last five years, breached, any provision contained in any agreement pursuant to which the Company or any Subsidiary has brokered, originated, made, sold, participated or performed any activity in connection with any Loan or Transferred Loan.

(o) No Transferred Loan is subject to recourse by the Company or any Subsidiary, as the term “recourse” is defined in 12 C.F.R.§ 167.1.

(p) Schedule 3.23 of the Company Disclosure Schedule contains a list of each repurchase, indemnification, make-whole or other remedy request regarding any Transferred Loan received by the Company or any Subsidiary since January 1, 2012, including the nature, amount and status of the request. Such list is true, correct and complete and all respects and there are no outstanding requests not included on such list. The Company has properly accrued for its obligations in connection with all probable and estimable related claims for Transferred Loans.

3.24 Deposits .

(a) The deposits of the Company Bank have been solicited, originated and administered by the Company Bank in accordance with the terms of their governing documents in effect from time to time and with applicable law.

(b) Each of the agreements relating to the deposits of the Company Bank is valid, binding, and enforceable upon its respective parties in accordance with its terms except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights, and by the exercise of judicial discretion in accordance with general principles applicable to equitable and similar remedies.

(c) The Company Bank has complied with applicable law relating to overdrafts, overdraft protection and payment for overdrafts.

 

29


(d) Any debit cards issued by the Company Bank with respect to the deposits of the Company Bank have been issued and administered in accordance with applicable law including the Electronic Fund Transfer Act of 1978, as amended, and Regulation E of Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.

3.25 Investment Securities . Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has good title to all securities owned by it (except those sold under repurchase agreements or held in any fiduciary or agency capacity), free and clear of any Liens, except to the extent such securities are pledged in the ordinary course of business to secure obligations of the Company or its Subsidiaries. Such securities are valued on the books of the Company in accordance with GAAP. The Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective businesses employ investment, securities, risk management and other policies, practices and procedures which the Company believes are prudent and reasonable in the context of such businesses. The Company and its Subsidiaries have complied with the requirements of Section 13 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “ BHCA ”) and the regulations promulgated thereunder (the “ Volcker Rule ”) and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries will be required to divest securities during the Volcker Rule conformance period.

3.26 Investment Management; Trust Activities .

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.26 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, none of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ directors, officers or employees is required to be registered, licensed or authorized under the laws or regulations issued by any Governmental Authority as an investment adviser, a broker or dealer, an insurance agency or company, a commodity trading adviser, a commodity pool operator, a futures commission merchant, an introducing broker, a registered representative or associated person, investment adviser, representative or solicitor, a counseling officer, an insurance agent, a sales person or in any similar capacity with a Governmental Authority.

(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.26 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries engages in any trust business, nor administers or maintains accounts for which it acts as fiduciary (other than individual retirement accounts and Keogh accounts), including accounts for which it serves as trustee, custodian, agent, personal representative, guardian or conservator.

3.27 Derivative Transactions . All Derivative Transactions (as defined below) entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries were entered into in accordance with applicable rules, regulations and policies of any Governmental Authority and in accordance with the investment, securities, commodities, risk management and other policies, practices and procedures employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries, and were entered into with counterparties believed at the time to be financially responsible and able to understand (either alone or in consultation with their advisers) and to bear the risks of such Derivative Transactions. The Company and its Subsidiaries have duly performed all of their obligations under the Derivative Transactions to the extent that such obligations to perform have accrued, and, to the Knowledge of the Company, there are no breaches, violations or defaults or allegations or assertions of such by any party thereunder. The Company and its Subsidiaries have adopted policies and procedures consistent with the publications of Governmental Authorities with

 

30


respect to their derivatives program. For purposes of this Section 3.27, “ Derivative Transactions ” shall mean any swap transaction, option, warrant, borrower rate locks, forward purchase or forward loan sale commitments, futures transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction or collar transaction relating to one or more currencies, commodities, bonds, equity securities, loans, interest rates, credit related events or conditions or any indexes, or any other similar transaction or combination of any of these transactions, including collateralized mortgage obligations or other similar instruments or any debt or equity instruments evidencing or embedding any such types of transactions, and any related credit support, collateral or other similar arrangements related to such transactions.

3.28 Repurchase Agreements . With respect to all agreements pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has purchased securities subject to an agreement to resell, if any, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, has a valid, perfected first lien or security interest in the government securities or other collateral securing the repurchase agreement, and, as of the date hereof, the value of such collateral equals or exceeds the amount of the debt secured thereby.

3.29 Deposit Insurance . The deposits of the Company Bank are insured by the FDIC in accordance with the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“ FDIA ”) to the fullest extent permitted by law, and each Subsidiary has paid all premiums and assessments and filed all reports required by the FDIA. No proceedings for the revocation or termination of such deposit insurance are pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened.

3.30 CRA, Anti-money Laundering and Customer Information Security . Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any agreement with any individual or group regarding matters related to the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977, as amended, and any equivalent applicable state laws (collectively, the “ CRA ”). The Company Bank is in compliance with all applicable requirements of the CRA.

(a) The Company and each of its Subsidiaries, including the Company Bank, is in compliance, and in the past has complied with, all applicable laws relating to the prevention of money laundering of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property or in respect of its operations, including all applicable financial record-keeping, know-your-customer and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended from time to time, including by the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “ USA PATRIOT Act ” and all such applicable laws, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”). The Board of Directors of the Company Bank has adopted and the Company Bank has implemented a written anti-money laundering program that contains adequate and appropriate customer identification verification procedures that has not been deemed ineffective by any Governmental Authority and that meets the requirements of Sections 352 and 326 and all other applicable provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act and the regulations thereunder.

(b) None of (i) the Company, (ii) any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) any Person on whose behalf the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company is acting, or (iv) to the Company’s Knowledge, any Person who directly or indirectly beneficially owns securities issued by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, is (A) named on the most current list of

 

31


“Specially Designated Nationals” published by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) or the most recent Consolidated Sanctions List published by OFAC, (B) otherwise a country, territory or Person that is the target of sanctions administered by OFAC or the U.S. Department of State, (C) a Person engaged, directly or indirectly, in any transactions or other activities with any country, territory or Person prohibited by OFAC, (D) a Person that resides or has a place of business in a country or territory named on such lists or which is designated as a Non-Cooperative Jurisdiction by the Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering, (E) a “Foreign Shell Bank” within the meaning of the USA PATRIOT Act, (F) a Person that resides in, or is organized under the laws of, a jurisdiction designated by the Secretary of the Treasury under Section 311 or Section 312 of the USA PATRIOT Act as warranting special measures due to money laundering concerns, (G) a Person that is designated by the Secretary of the Treasury as warranting such special measures due to money laundering concerns or (H) a Person that otherwise appears on any U.S.-government provided list of known or suspected terrorists or terrorist organizations. Neither the Company and nor any of its Subsidiaries, including the Company Bank, has engaged in transactions of any type with any party described in clauses (A) through (H) in the past and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries, including the Company Bank, is currently engaging in such transactions. The Company and its subsidiaries, including the Company Bank, have in place and maintain internal policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure the foregoing.

(c) The Company is in compliance with all applicable laws related to privacy of customer information, including, without limitation, Title V of the Gramm Leach Bliley Act of 1999 and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the Interagency Guidelines Establishing Information Securities Standards set forth 12 C.F.R. Part 170 (collectively, the “ Privacy Laws ”). The Board of Directors of the Company Bank has adopted and the Company Bank has implemented a written information security program that meets the requirements of applicable law.

(d) The Company has no Knowledge of, and none of the Company and its Subsidiaries has been advised of, or has any reason to believe (because of the Company Bank’s Home Mortgage Disclosure Act data for the year ended December 31, 2014, filed with the FDIC, or otherwise) that any facts or circumstances exist, which would cause the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, including the Company Bank to be deemed not to be in compliance with the CRA, the Money Laundering Laws, any economic or trade sanctions programs administered by OFAC or the U.S. Department of State, or the Privacy Requirements. No action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Authority or any arbitrator involving the Company or its Subsidiaries, including the Company Bank, with respect to the Money Laundering Laws, any economic or trade sanctions administered by OFAC or the U.S. Department of State or the Privacy Requirements is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened.

3.31 Transactions with Affiliates . Except as set forth on Schedule 3.31 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, there are no outstanding amounts payable to or receivable from, or advances by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is otherwise a creditor or debtor to, any shareholder owning 5% or more of the outstanding Company Common Stock, director, employee or Affiliate (as defined in Section 11.2) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, other than as part of the normal and customary terms of such persons’ employment or service as a director with the Company or any of its

 

32


Subsidiaries. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.31 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any transaction or agreement with any of its respective Affiliates, shareholders owning 5% or more of the outstanding Company Common Stock, directors or executive officers or any material transaction or agreement with any employee other than executive officers. All agreements between the Company and any of its Affiliates comply, to the extent applicable, with Regulation W of the FRB.

3.32 Settlement Services . Any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company that has performed or provided any Settlement Service has complied with all applicable federal, state and local statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders or decrees, including, without limitation, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, and any such Settlement Service has complied with the same. Any payment or thing of value made, paid or received related to any such Settlement Service complied with the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act. Any such Subsidiary or Affiliate has all licenses, registrations, permits and authorizations necessary to perform or provide such Settlement Services. Any such Subsidiary or Affiliate has performed or provided such Settlement Services (a) in a prudent manner (b) in accordance with the highest industry standards, (c) in accordance with any Investor Requirements, and (d) in accordance with any Insurer Requirements. No violation of law, error, omission, misrepresentation, negligence, fraud or similar occurrence with respect to any Settlement Service has taken place on the part of any such Subsidiary or Affiliate or other person.

3.33 Brokers; Opinion of Financial Advisor . No action has been taken by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that would give rise to any valid claim against the Company for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except in connection with the engagement of Keefe, Bruyette and Woods, Inc. (the “ Financial Advisor ”) by the Company. The fee payable to the Financial Advisor in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is described in an engagement letter between the Company and the Financial Advisor, a complete and correct copy of which has been previously provided to Buyer and will be accrued for and reflected in the Company’s financial statements and paid by the Company, in each case immediately prior to the Effective Time.

ARTICLE IV - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SHAREHOLDER

4.1 Making of Representations and Warranties . As a material inducement to Buyer to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, Shareholder hereby makes to Buyer the representations and warranties contained in this Article IV, subject to the standards established by Section 11.1.

4.2 Authority . Shareholder has the right, power and capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform his obligations under this Agreement, and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Shareholder has duly executed and delivered the Written Consent and this Agreement and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by Buyer and the Company, the specific individual obligations of Shareholder (and not the Company) in this Agreement are legal, valid and binding agreements of Shareholder, enforceable in accordance with their terms (except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent transfer and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights or by general principles of equity).

 

33


4.3 Company Ownership . Shareholder holds of record and owns beneficially, and has good and valid title to 134 shares of Company Common Stock, which constitutes all of the issued and outstanding shares of Company Common Stock, free and clear of any Liens and any other restrictions on transfer (other than restrictions under applicable securities laws and the restrictions set forth in Section 5 of the Articles of Organization of the Company, which have been waived by the Company Board). Shareholder is not a party to any option, warrant, convertible security, right, contract, call, pledge, put, preemptive right, purchase right or other agreement with respect to the voting, purchase, sale or transfer, or registration of any securities of the Company or prohibiting or conflicting with Shareholder’s obligations under this Agreement.

4.4 Non-Contravention . Subject to the receipt of the Regulatory Approvals and any required filings under federal and state securities laws, the execution, delivery and performance by Shareholder of Shareholder’s obligations under this Agreement and the consummation by Shareholder of the transactions contemplated hereby (including, without limitation, the Merger) do not and will not (i) constitute a breach or violation of, or a default under, result in a right of termination or the acceleration of any right or obligation under, any law, rule or regulation or any judgment, decree, order, permit, license, credit agreement, indenture, loan, note, bond, mortgage, reciprocal easement agreement, lease, instrument, concession, franchise or other agreement of Shareholder or to which Shareholder or Shareholder’s properties or assets are subject or bound, or (ii) require the consent or approval of any third party or Governmental Authority under any such law, rule, regulation, judgment, decree, order, permit, license, credit agreement, indenture, loan, note, bond, mortgage, reciprocal easement agreement, lease, instrument, concession, franchise or other agreement of Shareholder or to which Shareholder or Shareholder’s properties or assets are subject or bound.

4.5 Regulatory Approvals . As of the date hereof, Shareholder has no Knowledge of any reasons relating to Shareholder, the Company or Company Bank (i) why all of the Regulatory Approvals shall not be procured from the applicable Governmental Authorities having jurisdiction over the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (ii) why any Burdensome Condition would be imposed.

4.6 Litigation; Regulatory Action.

(a) No litigation, claim, suit, investigation or other proceeding before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator is pending against Shareholder which would adversely affect, restrain or prohibit Shareholder’s performance under this Agreement or Shareholder’s consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and, to the Knowledge of Shareholder, (i) no such litigation, claim, suit, investigation or other proceeding has been threatened and (ii) there are no facts which would reasonably be expected to give rise to such litigation, claim, suit, investigation or other proceeding.

(b) Shareholder is not a party to or subject to any assistance agreement, board resolution, order, decree, supervisory agreement, memorandum of understanding, condition or

 

34


similar arrangement with, or a commitment letter or similar submission to, any Governmental Authority charged with the supervision or regulation of financial institutions or issuers of securities or engaged in the insurance of deposits (including, without limitation, the FRB, the FDIC, the OCC) or the supervision or regulation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Shareholder has not been subject to any order or directive by, or been ordered to pay any civil money penalty by, any Governmental Authority that currently regulates in any material respect the conduct of the Company’s business.

(c) Shareholder has not been advised by a Governmental Authority that currently regulates in any material respect the conduct of the Company’s business that it will issue, or has Knowledge of any facts which would reasonably be expected to give rise to the issuance by such Governmental Authority nor has Knowledge that such Governmental Authority is contemplating issuing or requesting (or is considering the appropriateness of issuing or requesting) any such order, decree, agreement, memorandum of understanding, supervisory letter, commitment letter, condition or similar submission to or against Shareholder.

4.7 Brokers . No action has been taken by Shareholder, individually, that would give rise to any valid claim against the Company for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

ARTICLE V - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

5.1 Making of Representations and Warranties . As a material inducement to the Company to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, Buyer hereby makes to the Company and Shareholder the representations and warranties contained in this Article V, subject to the standards established by Section 11.1. On or prior to the date hereof, Buyer has delivered to the Company a schedule (the “ Buyer Disclosure Schedule ”) listing, among other things, items the disclosure of which is necessary or appropriate in relation to any or all of Buyer’s representations and warranties contained in this Article V; provided , however , that no such item is required to be set forth on the Buyer Disclosure Schedule as an exception to a representation or warranty if its absence is not reasonably likely to result in the related representation or warranty being untrue or incorrect under the standards established by Section 11.1.

5.2 Organization, Standing and Authority . Buyer is a mutual holding company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. Buyer is a bank holding company under the BHCA and the regulations of the FRB promulgated thereunder. Buyer is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in the jurisdictions where its ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of its business requires it to be so qualified, except where the failure to so qualify has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Buyer Material Adverse Effect. Each of Buyer’s Subsidiaries has been duly organized and qualified under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and is duly qualified to do business and in good standing in the jurisdiction where its ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of its business requires such Subsidiary to be so qualified, except where the failure to so qualify has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Buyer Material Adverse Effect. Buyer owns, directly or indirectly, all of the issued and outstanding equity securities of each of its Subsidiaries.

 

35


5.3 Corporate Power . Buyer has the corporate power and authority to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and to own all of its properties and assets; and Buyer has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

5.4 Corporate Authority . This Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby have been authorized by all necessary corporate action by Buyer. Buyer has duly executed and delivered this Agreement and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by the Company, this Agreement is a legal, valid and binding agreement of Buyer, enforceable in accordance with its terms (except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent transfer and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights or by general principles of equity).

5.5 Non-Contravention .

(a) Subject to the receipt of the Regulatory Approvals, and the required filings under federal and state securities laws, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (including, without limitation, the Merger) by Buyer do not and will not (i) constitute a breach or violation of, or a default under, result in a right of termination, or the acceleration of any right or obligation under, any law, rule or regulation or any judgment, decree, order, permit, license, credit agreement, indenture, loan, note, bond, mortgage, reciprocal easement agreement, lease, instrument, concession, franchise or other agreement of Buyer or of any of its Subsidiaries or to which Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries, properties or assets is subject or bound, (ii) constitute a breach or violation of, or a default under the organizational documents of Buyer, or (iii) require the consent or approval of any third party or Governmental Authority under any such law, rule, regulation, judgment, decree, order, permit, license, credit agreement, indenture, loan, note, bond, mortgage, reciprocal easement agreement, lease, instrument, concession, franchise or other agreement.

(b) As of the date hereof, Buyer has no Knowledge of any reasons relating to Buyer or Buyer Bank why (i) all of the Regulatory Approvals shall not be procured from the applicable Governmental Authorities having jurisdiction over the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) any Burdensome Condition would be imposed or (iii) Buyer would be unable to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

5.6 Articles of Organization; Bylaws . Buyer has made available to the Company a complete and correct copy of its Articles of Organization and Bylaws, each as amended to date, of Buyer. Buyer is not in violation of any of the terms of its organizational documents. The minute books of Buyer and each of its Subsidiaries contain complete and accurate records of all meetings held by, and complete and accurate records of all other corporate actions of, their respective shareholders, corporators and boards of trustees or directors (including committees of their respective boards of directors).

 

36


5.7 Compliance with Laws . Buyer and each of its Subsidiaries:

(a) has been, at all times since January 1, 2012, and is in compliance with all applicable federal, state and local statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders or decrees applicable thereto or to the employees conducting their businesses, including, without limitation, all Finance Laws, and all other applicable fair lending laws and other laws relating to discriminatory business practices. In addition, there is no pending or, to the Knowledge of Buyer, threatened charge by any Governmental Authority that any of Buyer and its Subsidiaries has violated, nor any pending or, to the Knowledge of Buyer, threatened investigation by any Governmental Authority with respect to possible violations of, any applicable Finance Laws;

(b) has all permits, licenses, authorizations, orders and approvals of, and has made all filings, applications and registrations with, all Governmental Authorities that are required in order to permit them to own or lease their properties and to conduct their businesses as presently conducted; all such permits, licenses, authorizations, orders and approvals are in full force and effect and, to the Knowledge of Buyer, no suspension or cancellation of any of them is threatened; and

(c) except as set forth on Schedule 5.7 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule, has received, since January 1, 2012, no notification or communication from any Governmental Authority (i) asserting that Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries is not in compliance with any of the statutes, regulations, or ordinances which such Governmental Authority enforces, (ii) threatening to revoke any license, franchise, permit, or governmental authorization, (iii) threatening or contemplating revocation or limitation of, or which would have the effect of revoking or limiting, federal deposit insurance or (iv) failing to approve any proposed acquisition, or stating its intention not to approve acquisitions, proposed to be effected by Buyer within a certain time period or indefinitely (nor, to the Knowledge of Buyer, do any grounds for any of the foregoing exist).

5.8 Litigation .

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 5.8 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule, no litigation, claim, suit, investigation or other proceeding before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator is pending against Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries, and, to the Knowledge of Buyer, (i) no litigation, claim, suit, investigation or other proceeding has been threatened and (ii) there are no facts which would reasonably be expected to give rise to such litigation, claim, suit, investigation or other proceeding.

(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 5.8 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule, neither Buyer nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any of their respective properties is a party to or is subject to any assistance agreement, board resolution, order, decree, supervisory agreement, memorandum of understanding, condition or similar arrangement with, or a commitment letter or similar submission to, any Governmental Authority charged with the supervision or regulation of financial institutions or issuers of securities or engaged in the insurance of deposits or the supervision or regulation of Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.8 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule, neither Buyer nor any of its Subsidiaries has been subject to any order or directive by, or been ordered to pay any civil money penalty by, or has been since

 

37


January 1, 2012, a recipient of any supervisory letter from, or since January 1, 2012, has adopted any board resolutions at the request of, any Governmental Authority that currently regulates in any material respect the conduct of its business or that in any manner relates to its capital adequacy, its ability to pay dividends, its credit or risk management policies, its management or its business, other than those of general application that apply to similarly-situated bank or financial holding companies or their subsidiaries.

(c) Neither Buyer nor any of its Subsidiaries, has been advised by a Governmental Authority that it will issue, or has Knowledge of any facts which would reasonably be expected to give rise to the issuance by any Governmental Authority or has Knowledge that such Governmental Authority is contemplating issuing or requesting (or is considering the appropriateness of issuing or requesting) any such order, decree, agreement, board resolution, memorandum of understanding, supervisory letter, commitment letter, condition or similar submission.

5.9 Financial Statements; Regulatory Reports .

(a) Buyer has previously delivered to the Company true, correct and complete copies of the consolidated balance sheets of Buyer and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in equity and cash flows for the fiscal years 2012 through 2014, inclusive, in each case accompanied by the audit report of Buyer’s independent auditors. The financial statements referred to in this Section 5.9 (including the related notes and schedules, where applicable) fairly present the consolidated results of operations and consolidated financial condition of Buyer and its Subsidiaries for the respective fiscal years or as of the respective dates therein set forth, in each case in accordance with GAAP consistently applied during the periods involved, except in each case as may be noted therein. Except for those liabilities that are fully reflected on the most recent audited consolidated balance sheet of the Buyer and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014, as set forth in the Buyer’s call report for the period ended December 31, 2014 (the “ Buyer Balance Sheet ”) or incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or in connection with this Agreement, since December 31, 2014, neither the Buyer nor any of its Subsidiaries has any liabilities or obligations of any nature (whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise) that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its ability to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The books and records of Buyer and its Subsidiaries have been, and are being, maintained in all material respects in accordance with GAAP and any other legal and accounting requirements and reflect actual transactions.

(b) Since January 1, 2012, Buyer and its Subsidiaries have duly filed with the FRB, the FDIC and the Massachusetts Division of Banks and any other applicable Governmental Authority, in correct form the reports required to be filed under applicable laws and regulations and such reports were complete and accurate and in compliance with the requirements of applicable laws and regulations.

5.10 Regulatory Capitalization . Buyer Bank is, and immediately after the Effective Time will be, “well capitalized,” as such term is defined in the rules and regulations promulgated by the FDIC. Buyer is, and immediately after the Effective Time will be, “well capitalized” as such term is defined in the rules and regulations promulgated by the FRB.

 

38


5.11 CRA, Anti-money Laundering and Customer Information Security . Neither Buyer nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any agreement with any individual or group regarding matters related to the CRA. Buyer Bank is in compliance with all applicable requirements of the CRA.

(a) Buyer and each of its Subsidiaries, including Buyer Bank, is in compliance, and in the past has complied with, all applicable laws relating to the prevention of money laundering of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property or in respect of its operations, including all applicable financial record-keeping, know-your-customer and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended from time to time, including by the USA PATRIOT Act, and the Money Laundering Laws. The Board of Directors of Buyer Bank has adopted and Buyer Bank has implemented a written anti-money laundering program that contains adequate and appropriate customer identification verification procedures that has not been deemed ineffective by any Governmental Authority and that meets the requirements of Sections 352 and 326 and all other applicable provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act and the regulations thereunder.

(b) None of (i) Buyer, (ii) any Subsidiary of Buyer, (iii) any Person on whose behalf Buyer or any Subsidiary of Buyer is acting, or (iv) to Buyer’s Knowledge, any Person who directly or indirectly beneficially owns securities issued by Buyer or any Subsidiary of Buyer, is (A) named on the most current list of “Specially Designated Nationals” published by OFAC or the most recent Consolidated Sanctions List published by OFAC, (B) otherwise a country, territory or Person that is the target of sanctions administered by OFAC or the U.S. Department of State, (C) a Person engaged, directly or indirectly, in any transactions or other activities with any country, territory or Person prohibited by OFAC, (D) a Person that resides or has a place of business in a country or territory named on such lists or which is designated as a Non-Cooperative Jurisdiction by the Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering, (E) a “Foreign Shell Bank” within the meaning of the USA PATRIOT Act, (F) a Person that resides in, or is organized under the laws of, a jurisdiction designated by the Secretary of the Treasury under Section 311 or Section 312 of the USA PATRIOT Act as warranting special measures due to money laundering concerns, (G) a Person that is designated by the Secretary of the Treasury as warranting such special measures due to money laundering concerns or (H) a Person that otherwise appears on any U.S.-government provided list of known or suspected terrorists or terrorist organizations. Neither Buyer and nor any of its Subsidiaries, including Buyer Bank, has engaged in transactions of any type with any party described in clauses (A) through (H) in the past and neither the Buyer nor any of its Subsidiaries, including Buyer Bank, is currently engaging in such transactions. The Buyer and its subsidiaries, including Buyer Bank, have in place and maintain internal policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure the foregoing.

(c) Buyer is in compliance with the Privacy Requirements. The Board of Directors of Buyer Bank has adopted and Buyer Bank has implemented a written information security program that meets the requirements of applicable law.

(d) Buyer has no Knowledge of, and none of Buyer and its Subsidiaries has been advised of, or has any reason to believe (because of Buyer Bank’s Home Mortgage Disclosure Act data for the year ended December 31, 2014, filed with the FDIC, or otherwise) that any facts or circumstances exist, which would cause Buyer or any Subsidiary of Buyer,

 

39


including Buyer Bank to be deemed not to be in compliance with the CRA, the Money Laundering Laws, any economic or trade sanctions programs administered by OFAC or the U.S. Department of State, or the Privacy Requirements. No action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Authority or any arbitrator involving Buyer or its Subsidiaries, including Buyer Bank, with respect to the Money Laundering Laws, any economic or trade sanctions administered by OFAC or the U.S. Department of State or the Privacy Requirements is pending or, to the Knowledge of Buyer, threatened.

5.12 Brokers . No action has been taken by Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries that would give rise to any valid claim against Buyer for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, other than the engagement of RP Financial, LC., whose expenses shall be paid by Buyer.

5.13 Sufficient Funds . Buyer and Buyer Bank together have, and Buyer will have at the Effective Time, sufficient funds to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

5.14 Approvals . Except for Regulatory Approvals, no consents or approvals of, or waivers by, or filings or registrations with any third party are required to be made or obtained by Buyer or its Subsidiaries in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or to consummate the Merger.

ARTICLE VI - COVENANTS RELATING TO CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

6.1 Company Forbearances . From the date hereof until the Effective Time, except as set forth on the Company Disclosure Schedule or as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, without the prior written consent of Buyer, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, the Company will not, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries not to:

(a) Ordinary Course . Conduct its business other than in the ordinary and usual course consistent with past practice, or fail to use reasonable best efforts to preserve intact its business organizations and assets and maintain its rights, franchises and existing relations with customers, suppliers, employees (including but not limited to mortgage loan originators) and business associates, or take any action that would reasonably be expected to (i) adversely affect the ability of any party to obtain any necessary approval of any Governmental Authority required for the transactions contemplated hereby, or (ii) adversely affect the Company’s ability to perform any of its material obligations under this Agreement.

(b) Stock . (i) Issue, sell or otherwise permit to become outstanding, or authorize the creation of, any additional shares of stock, any securities (including units of beneficial ownership interest in any partnership or limited liability company) convertible into or exchangeable for any additional shares of stock, any stock options or stock appreciation rights, or any other rights to subscribe for or acquire shares of stock, or take any action related to such issuance or sale, (ii) enter into any agreement with respect to the foregoing, (iii) accelerate the vesting of any existing stock options, stock appreciation rights or other rights to subscribe for or acquire shares of stock, (iv) change (or establish a record date for changing) the number of, or provide for the exchange of, shares of its stock, any securities (including units of beneficial

 

40


ownership interest in any partnership or limited liability company) convertible into or exchangeable for any additional shares of stock, any stock appreciation rights, or any other rights to subscribe for or, other than with respect to shares withheld for Tax purposes upon the vesting of restricted stock awards or performance share awards or tendered to pay withholding taxes or in payment of the exercise price of stock options, acquire shares of stock issued and outstanding prior to the Effective Time as a result of a stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, reclassification, or similar transaction with respect to its outstanding stock or any other such securities, or (v) grant or approve any preemptive or similar rights with respect to any shares of Company Common Stock.

(c) Dividends, Etc . (i) Directly or indirectly combine, redeem, reclassify, purchase or otherwise acquire, any shares of its stock; or (ii) make, declare or pay any dividend on or in respect of, or declare or make any distribution on, any shares of stock other than dividends from wholly-owned Subsidiaries to the Company or any other wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company, as applicable; provided , however , that the Company shall pay to Shareholder (x) a dividend in the amount equal to the federal and state income Taxes incurred by Shareholder on account of the taxable income of the Company for the period beginning on July 1, 2015 and ending on the earlier of December 31, 2015 or the Effective Time, if the Effective Time is on or prior to December 31, 2015, and (y) if the Effective Time is on or after January 1, 2016, in addition to the dividend set forth in subsection (x) hereof, a dividend in the amount equal to the federal and state income Taxes incurred by Shareholder on account of the taxable income of the Company for the period beginning on January 1, 2016 and ending at the Effective Time. Such dividends shall disregard any reduction in the federal and state income Taxes incurred by the Shareholder with respect to any period or portion thereof on account of a taxable loss of the Company for any such period or portion thereof, and shall be paid as soon as such amount is determined but in no event later than 30 days after the end of the applicable period and shall be treated as an S corporation distribution for purposes of Sections 1367 and 1368.

(d) Compensation; Employment Agreements; Etc . Enter into or amend any employment, severance or similar agreements or arrangements with any of its directors, officers, employees or consultants, grant any salary or wage increase, increase any mortgage loan originator commission rates, increase any employee benefit, or make any incentive or bonus payments, except for (i) such increases and payments to employees in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; provided , however , that any increases in salary do not exceed three percent (3%), (ii) as may be required by law, (iii) to satisfy contractual obligations existing as of the date hereof and disclosed on Schedule 3.20 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, or (iv) payments to Peter J. Fraser, Chris A. Kreidermacher and Kellie J. Lally of 2.99% of their respective average annual compensation over the most recent five taxable years ending prior to the Closing Date, pursuant to written agreements between the Company and such individuals to be executed prior to the Closing Date in forms reasonably acceptable to the Company and Buyer (the “ Bonus Agreements ”).

(e) Benefit Plans . Except (i) as may be required by applicable law, (ii) to satisfy contractual obligations existing as of the date hereof and disclosed on Schedule 3.14 of the Company Disclosure Schedule or (iii) for the Bonus Agreements, enter into, establish, adopt or amend any Company Employee Program or any other pension, retirement, stock option, stock purchase, savings, profit sharing, deferred compensation, consulting, bonus, group insurance or

 

41


other employee benefit, incentive or welfare contract, plan or arrangement, or any trust agreement related thereto, in respect of any director, officer or other employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, taking any action that accelerates the vesting or exercise of any benefits payable thereunder.

(f) Company Employees . Hire any member of senior management or other key employee, elect to any office any person who is not a member of the Company’s management team as of the date of this Agreement or elect to the Company Board any person who is not a member of the Company Board as of the date of this Agreement, except for the hiring of at will employees having a title of manager or lower at an annual rate of salary not to exceed $80,000 in the ordinary course of business.

(g) Dispositions . Sell, transfer, mortgage, encumber or otherwise dispose of or discontinue any of its assets, deposits, business or properties except (i) the sale, transfer or pledge of Loans, in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and (ii) other transactions in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and in a transaction that, together with all other such transactions, is not material to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. For the avoidance of doubt, between July 1, 2015 and the Closing, the Company may sell mortgage servicing rights for Loans with an unpaid principal balance at the time of closing of such sale of no more than $150,000,000 and such sale or sales shall be deemed in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and permissible under this Section.

(h) Governing Documents . Amend its Articles of Organization or Bylaws (or equivalent documents), except with respect to the Amendment and Restatement of the Bylaws of the Company Bank following notice to the Buyer and compliance with applicable law.

(i) Acquisitions . Acquire (other than by way of foreclosures or acquisitions of control in a bona fide fiduciary capacity or in satisfaction of debts previously contracted in good faith, in each case in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and in accordance with subsection (r) of this Section 6.1) all or any portion of the assets, business, securities, deposits or properties of any other entity.

(j) Capital Expenditures . Except as described in Schedule 3.20 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, make any capital expenditures other than capital expenditures in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice in amounts not exceeding $50,000 in the aggregate.

(k) Contracts . Enter into or terminate any Company Material Contract or amend or modify in any material respect any Company Material Contract.

(l) Claims . Enter into any settlement or similar agreement with respect to any action, suit, proceeding, order or investigation to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party which settlement or similar agreement involves payment by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any amount which exceeds $50,000 individually or $100,000 in the aggregate and/or would impose any material restriction on the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries after the Effective Time, or waive or release any material rights or claims, or agree or consent to the issuance of any injunction, decree, order or judgment restricting or otherwise

 

42


affecting its business or operations in any material respect. Any request by the Company for consent by Buyer to the taking of any action by the Company prohibited under this Section 6.1(l) shall be made in writing and via telephone to the Chief Financial Officer and Chief Executive Officer of Buyer. If Buyer fails to respond to a request for such consent made in accordance with this Agreement within three Business Days of receipt of the request, it shall be deemed that Buyer has consented; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not apply to any action, suit, proceeding, order or investigation relating to the transactions contemplated hereby or that would reasonably be expected to result in any of the conditions to the Merger set forth in Article VIII not being satisfied.

(m) Banking Operations . Enter into any new material line of business; change its material lending, investment, underwriting, risk and asset liability management and other material banking and operating policies, except as required by applicable law, regulation or policies imposed by any Governmental Authority; introduce any material new products or services, any material marketing campaigns or any material new sales compensation or incentive programs or arrangements; or file any application or make any contract with respect to branching or site location or branching or site relocation.

(n) Derivative Transactions . Enter into any Derivative Transactions, except for borrower rate locks and forward loan sale commitments entered into in the ordinary course of business.

(o) Indebtedness . Incur, modify, extend or renegotiate any indebtedness for borrowed money (other than deposits, brokered deposits, federal funds purchased, Federal Home Loan Bank advances, and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, in each case in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice), prepay any indebtedness or other similar arrangements so as to cause the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to incur any prepayment penalty thereunder, or assume, guarantee, endorse or otherwise as an accommodation become responsible for the obligations of any other Person, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.

(p) Investment Securities . Acquire (other than by way of foreclosures or acquisitions in a bona fide fiduciary capacity or in satisfaction of debts previously contracted in good faith, in each case in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice) (i) any debt security or equity investment of a type or in an amount not in accordance with the Company’s investment policy or (ii) any other debt security other than in accordance with the Company’s investment policy, or restructure or materially change its investment securities portfolio or its interest rate risk position, through purchases, sales or otherwise, or in accordance with the Company’s investment policy.

(q) Loans . (i) Make, increase or purchase any Loan (which for purposes of this Section 6.1(q) shall include both funded and unfunded commitments) if, as a result of such action, the total commitment to the borrower and the borrower’s Affiliates would equal or exceed $1,000,000; (ii) make, increase or purchase any fixed-rate Loan with pricing below market rate; (iii) renegotiate, extend or modify any existing Loan by the Company Bank in an amount equal to or greater than $100,000; or (iv) renew or increase any existing Loan by the Company Bank or purchase any Loan in an amount equal to or greater than $500,000.

 

43


(r) Investments in Real Estate . Make any investment or commitment to invest in real estate or in any real estate development project (other than by way of foreclosure or acquisitions in a bona fide fiduciary capacity or in satisfaction of a debt previously contracted in good faith, in each case in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice); or foreclose on or take a deed or title to any real estate in the name of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries other than single-family residential properties without first conducting a Phase I environmental assessment of the property that satisfies the requirements of the all appropriate inquiries standard of CERCLA, or foreclose or take a deed or title to any real estate in the name of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries if such environmental assessment indicates the presence of a “ Recognized Environmental Condition ” (as such term is customarily used in Phase I environmental assessments).

(s) Accounting Methods . Implement or adopt any change in its accounting principles, practices or methods, other than as may be required by changes in laws or regulations or by GAAP.

(t) Tax Matters . Make or change any material Tax election, change an annual accounting period, adopt or change any material accounting method, file any material amended Tax Return, fail to timely file any material Tax Return, enter into any material closing agreement, settle or compromise any material liability with respect to Taxes, agree to any material adjustment of any Tax attribute, surrender any material right to claim a refund of Taxes, consent to any material extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any Tax claim or assessment, or take any other similar action relating to the filing of any material Tax Return or the payment of any material Tax. For purposes of this Section 6.1(t), “material” shall mean affecting or relating to $50,000 or more of taxable income.

(u) Loan Policies . Change its loan policies or procedures in effect as of the date hereof, except as required by any Governmental Authority.

(v) Agreements . Agree or commit to do anything prohibited by this Section 6.1.

6.2 Forebearances of the Company and Shareholder . From the date hereof until the Effective Time, except as set forth on the Company Disclosure Schedule or as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, without the prior written consent of Buyer, the Company will not, and will cause each of their respective Subsidiaries not to, and Shareholder will not take any action that (i) is intended or is reasonably likely to result in (x) any of their respective representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement being or becoming untrue in any material respect at any time prior to the Effective Time, (y) any of the conditions to the Merger set forth in Article VIII not being satisfied, or (z) a material violation of any provision of this Agreement, or (ii) would adversely affect the ability of Buyer to obtain the Regulatory Approvals.

6.3 Forbearances of Buyer . From the date hereof until the Effective Time, except as set forth on the Buyer Disclosure Schedule or as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the Company, Buyer will not, and will cause each of their respective Subsidiaries not to (i) take any action that would adversely affect the

 

44


ability of Buyer to obtain the Regulatory Approvals or (ii) take any action that is intended or is reasonably likely to result in (x) any of their respective representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement being or becoming untrue in any material respect at any time prior to the Effective Time or (y) any of the conditions to the Merger set forth in Article VIII not being satisfied.

ARTICLE VII - ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

7.1 Press Releases . Buyer and the Company will issue a mutually agreed upon press release announcing this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and will not issue any press release or make any public statement or other disclosure regarding this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby without the prior consent of the such other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided , however , that Buyer or the Company may, without the prior consent of such other party (but after consultation with such other party, to the extent practicable), issue such press release or public statements as may be required by applicable law.

7.2 Access; Information .

(a) Upon reasonable notice and subject to applicable laws relating to the exchange of information, the Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, afford Buyer and its officers, employees, counsel, accountants, advisors and other authorized representatives (collectively, the “ Buyer Representatives ”), access, during normal business hours throughout the period prior to the Effective Time, to all of its properties, books, contracts, commitments and records (including, without limitation, work papers of independent auditors), and to its officers, employees, accountants, counsel or other representatives, and, during such period, it shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, furnish promptly to Buyer and the Buyer Representatives (i) a copy of each material report, schedule and other document filed with any Governmental Authority (other than reports or documents that the Company or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, are not permitted to disclose under applicable law), and (ii) all other information concerning the business, properties and personnel of the Company and its Subsidiaries as Buyer or any Buyer Representative may reasonably request. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to provide access to or to disclose information where such access jeopardizes the attorney client privilege of the institution in possession or control of such information or contravenes any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree. Consistent with the foregoing, the Company agrees to make appropriate substitute disclosure arrangements under the circumstances in which the restrictions of the preceding sentence apply.

(b) During the period prior to the Effective Time, upon reasonable notice and subject to applicable laws relating to the exchange of information, Buyer shall cause one or more of the Buyer Representatives to meet with a Company Representative (as defined in Section 7.3(b)) and discuss the general status of Buyer’s financial condition, operations and business and matters relating to the completion of the transactions contemplated hereby, and, during such period, it shall promptly notify the Company and the Company Representatives of any governmental complaints, investigations or hearings (or communications indicating that the same may be contemplated), which might adversely affect the ability of the parties to obtain the Regulatory Approvals, or the institution of material litigation involving Buyer or Buyer Bank, and

 

45


Buyer shall be reasonably responsive to requests by the Company for information relating to Buyer’s representations, warranties and covenants set forth in this Agreement. Neither Buyer nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to provide access to or to disclose information where such access jeopardizes the attorney client privilege of the institution in possession or control of such information or contravenes any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree.

(c) Buyer and the Company agree to hold all information and documents obtained pursuant to this Section 7.2 in confidence (as provided in, and subject to the provisions of, the Confidentiality Agreement (as defined in Section 11.2), as if it were the party receiving the confidential information as described therein). No investigation by Buyer of the business and affairs of the Company shall affect or be deemed to modify or waive any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement in this Agreement, or the conditions to Buyer’s obligation to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. No investigation by the Company or Shareholder of the business and affairs of Buyer shall affect or be deemed to modify or waive any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement in this Agreement, or the conditions to the Company’s and Shareholder’s obligation to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

7.3 No Solicitation .

(a) The Company and Shareholder shall immediately cease and cause to be terminated any existing discussions or negotiations with any Persons (other than Buyer and Buyer Bank) conducted heretofore with respect to any of the matters described in Section 7.3(b). The Company agrees not to release any third party from the confidentiality provisions of any agreement to which the Company is a party.

(b) The Company and Shareholder shall not, and shall not permit any of their respective directors, officers, employees, advisors, representatives, or agents (collectively, the “ Company Representatives ”) to, directly or indirectly, (i) participate in discussions, negotiate, undertake, authorize, recommend, propose or enter into, either as the proposed surviving, merged, acquiring or acquired corporation, any transaction involving a merger, consolidation, business combination, purchase or disposition of any material amount of the assets of the Company (other than the sale of loans, servicing rights (as permitted hereby) or investment securities in the ordinary course of business) or any capital stock of the Company other than the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (an “ Acquisition Transaction ”), (ii) facilitate, knowingly encourage, solicit or initiate discussions, negotiations or submissions of proposals or offers in respect of an Acquisition Transaction, (iii) furnish or cause to be furnished, to any Person, any confidential information concerning the business, operations, properties or assets of the Company in connection with an Acquisition Transaction (other than the sale of loans or servicing rights in the ordinary course of business), or (iv) otherwise cooperate in any way with, or assist or participate in, facilitate or encourage, any effort or attempt by any other Person to do or seek any of the foregoing

7.4 Regulatory Applications; Filings; Consents . Buyer and the Company, their respective Subsidiaries and Shareholder shall cooperate and use their respective reasonable best efforts (a) to promptly prepare all documentation, effect all filings and obtain all permits, consents, waivers, approvals and authorizations of all third parties and Governmental Authorities

 

46


necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation, the Regulatory Approvals, and (b) to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, consents, approvals and authorizations; provided , however , that in no event shall Buyer be required to (i) agree to any prohibition, limitation, condition or other requirement which would (A) prohibit or materially limit the ownership or operation by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or by Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries, of all or any material portion of the business or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries, (B) compel Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries to dispose of all or any material portion of the business or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries, or (C) compel Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries to take any action, or commit to take any action, or agree to any condition or request, if the prohibition, limitation, condition or other requirement described in clauses (A)-(C) of this sentence would have a Buyer Material Adverse Effect , or (ii) agree to any condition or make any commitment that (A) is not comparable to those imposed in connection with comparable transactions in the United States and that would not be reasonably foreseeable based upon publicly available information or discussions or communications prior to the date of this Agreement involving Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries and any regulatory authority and (B) would have a Buyer Material adverse Effect ((i) and (ii) together, (the “ Burdensome Conditions ”). Provided that the Company has cooperated as required above, Buyer agrees to file the requisite applications or notices, and accompanying documents to be filed by it with the FRB, the FDIC and the Massachusetts Division of Banks within 45 days following the date of this Agreement. Each of Buyer and the Company shall have the right to review in advance, and to the extent practicable each will consult with the other, in each case subject to applicable laws relating to the exchange of information, with respect to, all material written information submitted to any third party or any Governmental Authority in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. In exercising the foregoing right, each of the parties hereto agrees to act reasonably and as promptly as practicable. Each party hereto agrees that it will consult with the other parties hereto with respect to the obtaining of all material permits, consents, approvals and authorizations of all third parties and Governmental Authorities necessary or advisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and each party will keep the other parties reasonably apprised of the status of material matters relating to completion of the transactions contemplated hereby.

7.5 Directors’ and Officers’ Indemnification .

(a) Buyer agrees that all rights to indemnification and all limitations of liability existing in favor of any director or officer of the Company or its Subsidiaries as provided in the Company’s Articles of Organization or Bylaws or in the similar governing documents of the Company’s Subsidiaries or as provided in applicable law as in effect as of the date hereof with respect to matters occurring on or prior to the Effective Time shall survive the Merger.

(b) In the event Buyer or its Subsidiaries or any of their respective successors or assigns (i) consolidates with or merges into any other Person and shall not be the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger, or (ii) transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person, then, and in each such case, to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assigns of Buyer or its Subsidiaries shall assume the obligations set forth in this Section 7.5.

 

47


(c) The provisions of this Section 7.5 are intended to be for the benefit of, and to grant third party rights to, and shall be enforceable by, each director or officer of the Company or its Subsidiaries and his or her heirs and representatives.

7.6 Employees and Benefit Plans .

(a) Buyer agrees to provide (or shall cause to be provided by its Subsidiaries) the employees of the Company and any of its Subsidiaries who are employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries and who remain employed at the Effective Time (collectively, the “ Company Employees ”) from and after the Effective Time with at least the types and levels of employee benefits that are, in each case, substantially similar to those then maintained by Buyer or its Subsidiaries for similarly-situated employees of Buyer or its Subsidiaries (but excluding any retiree health or life insurance benefit, in each case only to the extent that other newly hired employees of Buyer or its Subsidiaries are not eligible for such benefits). Buyer will use commercially reasonable efforts to treat, and cause its Subsidiaries and the applicable employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements of its Subsidiaries to treat, the service of the Company Employees with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as service rendered to Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries for purposes of eligibility to participate, vesting and for level of benefits (but not for benefit accrual under any defined benefit plan, for purposes of severance benefits except to the extent provided in Section 7.6(k) below, for any purposes under any post-termination/retiree welfare benefit plan, or for purposes of any equity based compensation or benefits) attributable to any period before the Effective Time. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.6, service and other amounts shall not be credited to Company Employees (or their eligible dependents) to the extent the crediting of such service or other amounts would result in the duplication of benefits. Qualified beneficiaries currently receiving health coverage under COBRA pursuant to the benefit plans of the Company or its Subsidiaries shall continue to be offered such coverage or similar coverage under the group health plans of Buyer or its Subsidiaries until such qualified beneficiary ceases to be eligible for COBRA coverage.

(b) With respect to any benefit plan or program of Company or its Subsidiaries that Buyer determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, provides benefits of the same type or class as a corresponding plan or program maintained by Buyer or its Subsidiaries, Buyer shall, and Buyer shall cause its Subsidiaries to, unless materially financially burdensome or resulting in an excise tax payable by Buyer under Code Section 4980D, continue such plan or program of the Company or its Subsidiaries in effect for the benefit of the Company Employees until the later of the open enrollment period with respect to the year following the year in which the Merger occurs or the date Company Employees become eligible to become participants in the corresponding benefit plan or program maintained by Buyer or its Subsidiaries (and, with respect to any such plan or program, subject to complying with eligibility requirements and subject to the right of Buyer to terminate or amend such plan or program) so that each Company Employee employed by Buyer or its Subsidiaries has no gap in coverage under any hospitalization, medical, dental, life, disability or other welfare plan or program.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Buyer shall have sole discretion with respect to the determination as to whether or when to terminate, merge, continue or modify any employee benefit plans and programs of the Company, so long as such actions do not discriminate against Company Employees relative to similarly situated employees

 

48


of Buyer or its Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless a Company Employee affirmatively terminates coverage (or causes to terminate) under a Company or Company Subsidiary health plan prior to the time such Company Employee becomes eligible to participate in the Buyer or Buyer Subsidiary health plan, no coverage of any of the Company Employees or their dependents shall terminate under any of the Company or Company Subsidiary health plans prior to the time such Company Employees and their dependents become eligible to participate in the health plans, programs and benefits common to all employees of the Buyer or Buyer Subsidiary and their dependents.

(d) Buyer and Buyer’s Subsidiaries will give each continuing Company Employee credit, for purposes of the vacation, sick leave and/or other paid leave benefit programs of Buyer or its Subsidiaries, for such Company Employees’ accrued and unpaid vacation, sick time and/or paid leave balance with Company as of the Effective Time to the extent those liabilities are fully reflected in the records of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

(e) Buyer and its Subsidiaries will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause its insurance providers to waive all pre-existing condition limitations and proof of insurability provisions (to the extent such limitations and provisions did not apply to a pre-existing condition under Company’s equivalent plan) and eligibility waiting periods under such plans that would otherwise be applicable to newly-hired employees for all Company Employees; provided that nothing in this sentence shall limit the ability of Buyer or its Subsidiaries to amend or enter into new or different employee benefit plans or arrangements provided such plans or arrangements treat the Company Employees in a substantially similar manner as employees of Buyer or its Subsidiaries are treated. Buyer or its Subsidiaries will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause its insurance providers to honor under such plans any deductible, co-payment or out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Company Employees and their covered dependents during the portion of the plan year prior to the relevant benefit plan determination date.

(f) If requested by Buyer, the Company shall terminate its 401(k) plan effective as of the day prior to the Effective Time (but contingent upon the occurrence thereof) and adopt all required compliance amendments pursuant to written resolutions, the form and substance of which shall be reasonably satisfactory to Buyer and the Company. Subject to the terms and conditions of the 401(k) Plan of Buyer or its Subsidiaries, Buyer shall take commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s Employees to receive credit for their prior service for eligibility and vesting purposes in Buyer’s 401(k) plan.

(g) From the date hereof through the Closing, the Company shall, and shall cause its applicable Subsidiaries to, provide Buyer with reasonable access (at reasonable times, upon reasonable notice and in a manner that will not materially interfere with the normal operations of the Company) to the (i) employees of the Company and any of its Subsidiaries and (ii) the Company’s human resources personnel and personnel records (to the extent not prohibited by applicable law), in each case, for purposes of (A) facilitating an orderly transition of such employees from and after the Closing, (B) making announcements concerning, and preparing for the consummation of, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and (C) engaging, communicating or meeting with and/or presenting to such employees on either an individual or group basis with respect to matters related to their prospective continued employment with Buyer on and after the Closing. The Company and Buyer shall use reasonable best efforts to consult with

 

49


each other, and will consider in good faith each other’s advice, prior to sending any notices or other communication materials to the employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries regarding this Agreement, the Merger or the effects thereof on the employment, compensation or benefits of such employees and, in any case, any such notice or communication materials shall comply with applicable law.

(h) Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this Section 7.6 shall (i) be treated as an amendment of any particular Employee Program or any other employee benefit plan, program, policy, agreement or arrangement or (ii) give any third party, including any Company Employee, any former employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any beneficiary representative thereof, any right to enforce the provisions of this Section 7.6. Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to (x) confer upon any Company Employee or any other Person any right to continued employment after the Effective Time or (y) prevent Buyer or any of its Affiliates from amending, modifying or terminating any Employee Program or any other employee benefit plan, program, policy, agreement or arrangement.

(i) Within 30 days after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall designate, in consultation with Buyer, certain employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries who will be entitled to receive a retention bonus from Buyer in the event such employee remains an employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date and/or through a post-Closing transition period to be determined by the Company and Buyer in their commercially reasonable discretion. The aggregate amount of such retention bonuses for all designated employees shall be $150,000 and the allocation and timing of payment of each such bonus will be determined by Buyer and the Company, in their commercially reasonable discretion, within 60 days after the date of this Agreement.

(j) To the extent that any action is required to be taken to comply with the WARN Act, Buyer shall be responsible for all such compliance and shall indemnify the Company and its Subsidiaries and Shareholder for any breach or violation thereof.

(k) Buyer shall have no obligation arising from and after the Effective Time to continue in its employ any Person who is an employee of Company or its Subsidiaries as of the Effective Time. Each Person, other than Shareholder and any other Person who has entered into an agreement with Buyer or Buyer Bank providing for the payment of severance benefits, who is an employee of Company or its Subsidiaries as of the Effective Time and who is terminated by the Company or its Subsidiaries or by Buyer or its Subsidiaries following the Effective Time for a reason other than cause within 12 months subsequent to the Effective Time or resigns for Good Reason shall, subject to such Person signing a release agreement in a reasonable form and manner proposed by Buyer or Buyer Bank within the time period set forth in such release, be entitled to severance benefits to be paid by Buyer or its Subsidiaries pursuant to Buyer’s current severance practice, but in no event shall such severance benefits be less than two weeks of base salary, commissions, or wages for each full or partial year of employment with the Company or its Subsidiaries, with a minimum of four weeks of base salary or wages and a maximum of 26 weeks of base salary or wages. For purposes of this Agreement, “ cause ” for termination shall have the same meaning as “just cause” for termination of employment under Massachusetts common law. For purposes of this Agreement, resignation for “ Good Reason ” shall mean employee’s written notice to Buyer or Buyer Bank, within 30 days of the first occurrence of such event, of his or her

 

50


resignation due to (i) a material adverse change in the position and/or responsibilities of an officer of the Company or its Subsidiaries, (ii) a material diminution of the employee’s base salary, or (ii) a change in the geographic location at which such employee primarily provides services to Buyer or Buyer Bank of 25 miles of driving distance or more, in each case without the consent of the employee; provided , however , that any such action by Buyer or Buyer Bank shall not constitute Good Reason unless Buyer or Buyer Bank has failed to substantially cure such action within 30 days following the delivery by the employee of a written notice to Buyer or Buyer Bank specifying in reasonable detail the nature of the claimed action. For the avoidance of doubt, any change in the employee’s job title shall not be considered to be Good Reason for the purposes of this Agreement.

(l) The Company or its Subsidiaries are permitted to execute and deliver the Bonus Agreements and to make payments thereunder prior to Effective Time. The amounts paid under the Bonus Agreements shall be reflected on the financial statements and tax returns of the Company as an expense of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

7.7 Notification of Certain Matters . Each of Buyer, the Company and Shareholder shall give prompt notice to the other of any fact, event or circumstance known to it that (a) is reasonably likely, individually or taken together with all other facts, events and circumstances known to it, to result in any condition set forth in Article VIII not being satisfied, or (b) notwithstanding the standards set forth in Section 11.1, would cause or constitute a material breach of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained herein. No such notice by Buyer, the Company or Shareholder shall affect or be deemed to modify or waive any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement in this Agreement, or the conditions to Buyer’s, the Company’s or Shareholder’s obligations to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

7.8 Financial Statements and Other Current Information . As soon as reasonably practicable after they become available, but in no event more than 15 days after the end of each calendar month ending after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall furnish to Buyer and Buyer shall furnish to the Company (a) consolidated financial statements (including balance sheets, statements of operations and shareholder’s equity) of the respective party and each of its Subsidiaries as of and for such month then ended, (b) internal management financial reports showing actual financial performance against plan and previous period and (c) any reports provided to the board of directors of the respective party and each of its Subsidiaries or any committee thereof relating to the financial performance and risk management of the respective party and its Subsidiaries. All information furnished to a party pursuant to this Section 7.8 shall be held in confidence to the same extent of Buyer’s obligations under Section 7.2(c).

7.9 Confidentiality Agreement . The Confidentiality Agreement shall remain in full force and effect after the date hereof in accordance with its respective terms.

7.10 Certain Tax Matters . During the period from the date of this Agreement to the Effective Time, the Company shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to: (a) timely file (taking into account any extensions of time within which to file) all Tax Returns required to be filed by it, and such Tax Returns shall be prepared in a manner reasonably consistent with past practice; (b) timely pay all Taxes shown as due and payable on such Tax Returns that are so

 

51


filed; (c) establish an accrual in its books and records and financial statements in accordance with past practice for all Taxes payable by it for which a Tax Return is due prior to the Effective Time; and (d) promptly notify Buyer of any suit, claim, action, investigation, proceeding or audit pending against or with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of any Tax matter, including, without limitation, Tax liabilities and refund claims.

7.11 Classified Loans . The Company shall promptly after the end of each quarter after the date hereof and upon Closing provide Buyer with a complete and accurate list, including the amount, of all Classified Loans.

7.12 Leases . Upon request of Buyer, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain an estoppel from any third-party under a lease, sublease or ground lease to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, in the form attached to such lease, sublease or ground lease, or in a form as prepared by Buyer.

7.13 Access to Suppliers . From and after the date hereof, the Company shall, upon Buyer’s reasonable request, use commercially reasonable efforts to introduce Buyer and its representatives to suppliers of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the purpose of facilitating the integration of the Company and its business into that of Buyer and Buyer Bank. Any interaction between Buyer and the Company’s suppliers shall be coordinated by the Company. The Company shall have the right to participate in any discussions between Buyer and the Company Bank’s suppliers.

7.14 Information Systems Conversion . From and after the date hereof, representatives of Buyer, Buyer Bank, and the Company and the Company Bank shall meet on a regular basis to discuss and plan for the conversion of the Company’s or Buyer’s data processing and related electronic informational systems to those to be used upon the consummation of the Merger (the “ Information Systems Conversion ”). In connection therewith, the parties hereto shall cooperate with each other and use their reasonable best efforts to provide customers with any communications and/or notices that are necessary or advisable; provided , however , that the Company in its discretion may elect to defer any such customer communication or notice until the receipt of all Regulatory Approvals (excluding any waiting period in respect thereof). The Information Systems Conversion shall include, but not be limited to: (a) discussion on third party service provider arrangements of the Company; (b) non-renewal, after the Effective Time, of personal property leases and software licenses used by the Company in connection with the systems operations; (c) retention of outside consultants and additional employees to assist with the conversion; (d) outsourcing, as appropriate after the Effective Time, of proprietary or self-provided system services and (e) any other actions necessary and appropriate to facilities in the conversion, as soon as practicable following the Effective Time.

7.15 Loan Officer Compensation and Offices . For a period of 12 months following the Effective Time, Buyer and Buyer’s Bank shall not (a) alter or amend the Loan Officer compensation plan presently employed by the Company Bank or (b) relocate any mortgage loan originators or other employees of the Company or the Company Bank engaged in loan operations from the location of employment at the Effective Time.

 

52


7.16 Waiver of Restriction on Transfer of Stock . The Company does hereby waive any restriction on transfer of Company Common Stock contained in its Article of Organization with respect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

7.17 Reasonable Best Efforts . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each of the parties to the Agreement agrees to use reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable laws, so as to permit consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby as promptly as practicable, including the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Article VIII hereof, and shall cooperate fully with the other parties hereto to that end.

7.18 Payment of Dividend . Buyer and the Company shall cause any amounts payable to Shareholder under Section 6.1(c) to be paid promptly following calculation thereof.

ARTICLE VIII - CONDITIONS TO CONSUMMATION OF THE MERGER

8.1 Conditions to Each Party’s Obligations to Effect the Merger . The obligations of each of the parties to consummate the Merger is conditioned upon the satisfaction at or prior to the Effective Time of each of the following conditions:

(a) Regulatory Approvals; No Burdensome Condition . All Regulatory Approvals shall have been obtained and shall remain in full force and effect and all statutory waiting periods in respect thereof shall have expired. None of such Regulatory Approvals shall impose a Burdensome Condition.

(b) No Injunction, Etc . No order, decree or injunction of any court or agency of competent jurisdiction shall be in effect, and no law, statute or regulation shall have been enacted or adopted, that enjoins, prohibits, materially restricts or makes illegal consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

8.2 Conditions to the Obligations of Buyer . The obligation of Buyer to consummate the Merger is also conditioned upon the satisfaction or waiver by Buyer, at or prior to the Effective Time, of each of the following conditions:

(a) Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Company and Shareholder . (i) Each of the representations and warranties of the Company and Shareholder contained herein shall be true and correct as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though all such representations and warranties had been made on the Closing Date, except for any such representations and warranties made as of a specified date, which shall be true and correct as of such date, in any case subject to the standard set forth in Section 11.1, (ii) each and all of the agreements and covenants of the Company and Shareholder to be performed and complied with pursuant to this Agreement on or prior to the Closing Date shall have been duly performed and complied with in all material respects, and (iii) Buyer shall have received a properly executed certificate from each of the Company and Shareholder that it is a U.S. person in compliance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.1445-2(b)(2). Buyer shall have received a certificate, dated the Closing Date, signed by the President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, to the effect that the conditions set forth in this Section 8.2(a) have been satisfied.

 

53


(b) Third Party Consents . All consents or approvals of all Persons (other than Governmental Authorities) required for the consummation of the Merger or the continued use and occupation of any leased real property, or that are required in order to prevent a breach of or a default under or a termination of, or any right of acceleration of any liability under any of the Leases shall have been obtained and shall be in full force and effect, unless the failure to obtain any such consent or approval would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Officer Agreements . The President and Chief Operating Officer of Company Bank, the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Company Bank and the Vice President/Internal Auditor of Company Bank each shall have entered into an agreement with Buyer Bank in the forms set forth in Exhibits A, B and C , respectively, to this Agreement.

(d) Mortgage Loan Originators . At the Effective Time, the Company shall employ at least eighty percent (80%) of the mortgage loan originators employed by the Company as of the date of this Agreement who are among the Company’s top ten mortgage loan originators, as measured by both loan origination dollars and numbers of loans, in the preceding 12 months.

(e) Minimum Consolidated Shareholder’s Equity . The consolidated shareholder’s equity of the Company and its Subsidiaries as set forth on the Closing Balance Sheet shall be equal to or greater than $12,750,000.

8.3 Conditions to the Obligations of the Company and Shareholder . The obligation of the Company and Shareholder to consummate the Merger is also conditioned upon the satisfaction or waiver by the Company and Shareholder, at or prior to the Effective Time, of each of the following conditions: (a) each of the representations and warranties of Buyer contained herein shall be true and correct as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though all such representations and warranties had been made on the Closing Date, except for any such representations and warranties made as of a specified date, which shall be true and correct as of such date, in any case subject to the standard set forth in Section 11.1, (b) each and all of the agreements and covenants of Buyer to be performed and complied with pursuant to this Agreement on or prior to the Closing Date shall have been duly performed and complied with in all material respects, (c) Buyer Bank shall have executed and delivered the agreements in the forms set forth in Exhibits A, B and C , respectively, to this Agreement. The Company and Shareholder shall have received a certificate, dated the Closing Date, signed by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Buyer, to the effect that the conditions set forth in this Section 8.3 have been satisfied.

ARTICLE IX - TERMINATION

9.1 Termination . This Agreement may be terminated, and the Merger and the transactions contemplated hereby may be abandoned:

(a) by the mutual consent of Buyer, the Company and Shareholder in a written instrument;

(b) by Buyer, the Company, or Shareholder in the event that the Merger is not consummated by March 31, 2016 (the “ Outside Date ”), except to the extent that the failure of the Merger to be consummated shall be due to the failure of the party seeking to terminate this Agreement to perform or observe the covenants and agreements of such party set forth herein;

 

54


(c) by Buyer, the Company or Shareholder (provided that the terminating party is not then in material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or other agreement contained herein), in the event of a breach by the other party of any representation, warranty, covenant or other agreement contained herein, which breach cannot be or has not been cured within 30 days after the giving of written notice to the breaching party of such breach or the Outside Date, if earlier, and such breach would entitle the non-breaching party not to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby under Article VIII; or

(d) by Buyer, the Company or Shareholder, (i) in the event the Regulatory Approval shall (A) impose a Burdensome Condition, or (B) have been denied by final nonappealable action of such Governmental Authority, (ii) any Governmental Authority or court of competent jurisdiction shall have issued a final nonappealable order, injunction or decree enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided , however , that subject to Section 7.4, the party seeking to terminate this Agreement shall have used its reasonable best efforts to obtain such approval, have such order, injunction or decree lifted or to prevent such Burdensome Condition from being imposed.

9.2 Effect of Termination . In the event of termination of this Agreement by either Buyer, the Company or Shareholder as provided in Section 9.1, this Agreement shall forthwith become void and have no effect, and none of Buyer, the Company, Shareholder any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of the officers or directors of any of them shall have any liability of any nature whatsoever hereunder, or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, except that Sections 7.1 (Press Releases), 7.9 (Confidentiality Agreement) and 11.4 (Expenses) and this Section 9.2 and all other obligations of the parties specifically intended to survive or be performed after the termination of this Agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement; provided , however , that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, none of Buyer, the Company or Shareholder shall be relieved or released from any liabilities or damages arising out of its willful breach of any provision of this Agreement.

ARTICLE X - INDEMNIFICATION

10.1 Indemnification by Shareholder . Shareholder shall, in accordance with and subject to the limitations in this Article X, defend, protect and hold harmless Buyer and its Subsidiaries, and each of their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, equityholders, corporators and members (collectively, the “ Buyer Indemnitees ”) from, against and in respect of all Actions asserted against, and all Damages asserted against or suffered, sustained, incurred or paid, directly or indirectly, by any Buyer Indemnitee (collectively, “ Buyer Losses ”) in connection with or arising out of:

(a) the breach or inaccuracy of (i) those representations and warranties of the Company set forth solely in Section 3.3 (Capitalization) and Section 3.13(j) (Taxes and Tax Returns) and (ii) those representations and warranties of Shareholder in Article IV (Representations and Warranties of Shareholder);

 

55


(b) the breach or nonfulfillment of any covenant or agreement in this Agreement on the part of Shareholder; or

(c) the enforcement of the rights provided for in this Section 10.1.

10.2 Indemnification by Buyer . Buyer shall, in accordance with this Article X, indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Shareholder and his heirs, administrators, executors, assigns, successors and Affiliates (collectively, the “ Shareholder Indemnitees ”) from, against and in respect of all Actions asserted against, and all Damages asserted against or suffered, sustained, incurred or paid by, any Shareholder Indemnitee (collectively, “ Shareholder Losses ”) in connection with or arising out of:

(a) the breach or inaccuracy of any representation or warranty of Buyer set forth in this Agreement;

(b) the breach or nonfulfillment of any covenant or agreement in this Agreement, on the part of Buyer;

(c) a Tax Action and any associated Reimbursement Amount; or

(d) the enforcement of the rights provided for in this Section 10.2.

10.3 Notice of Claims . A Person entitled to the rights afforded to it under this Article X (an “ Indemnified Party ”) shall notify the Persons obligated to satisfy such rights under this Article X (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) in writing promptly after becoming aware of any Damages which an Indemnified Party shall have determined has given rise to a claim under Article X, and such notification shall reference the specific provisions of this Agreement in respect of which it seeks indemnification, defense or protection or to be held harmless and describe the facts associated with such claim; provided , however , that the failure to give such notice (a “ Claim Notice ”) shall not relieve an Indemnifying Party of its obligations to the Indemnified Party hereunder except to the extent the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced by such failure or such Claim Notice is not delivered during the Claims Period. The Indemnified Party shall also provide the Indemnifying Party with such further information concerning any such claims the Indemnifying Party may reasonably request by written notice. If the Indemnifying Party notifies the Indemnified Party that it does not dispute the claim described in such Claim Notice, or fails to notify the Indemnified Party within 30 days after receipt of such Claim Notice that it is disputing such claim, the Indemnifying Party shall pay the amount of Damages specified in the Claim Notice to the Indemnified Party. If the Indemnifying Party has timely disputed its liability with respect to such claim or the estimated amount of Damages, the dispute shall be resolved, and the amount, if any, of Damages payable by the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party shall be determined in an action brought in accordance with Section 11.10. The provisions of this Section 10.3 do not apply to Third Party Actions.

10.4 Third Party Actions .

(a) If any third Person shall commence an Action (a “ Third Party Action ”) with respect to any matter which may give rise to a claim under this Article X, then the Indemnified Party shall notify the Indemnifying Party as the case may be, in writing promptly

 

56


after becoming aware of such Third Party Action describing in reasonable detail the Third Party Action (such notice being hereinafter called a “ Third Party Action Notice ”), which notice shall include (i) a reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement in respect of which it seeks indemnification, defense or protection, (ii) describe the facts associated with such claim and (iii) supply copies of any correspondence or pleadings received from such third Person. It is agreed that no delay on the part of any Indemnified Party in notifying the Indemnifying Party shall relieve the Indemnifying Party from its obligations hereunder, except to the extent said Indemnifying Party is prejudiced by such failure to give notice or such Third Party Action Notice is not delivered during the Claims Period. The Indemnifying Party will have 30 days from the receipt of such Third Party Action Notice (the “ Response Period ”) to determine whether or not (x) the Indemnifying Party will, at its sole cost and expense, defend against such Third Party Action and/or (y) the Indemnifying Party is disputing the claim hereunder; provided , however , that Buyer must defend Shareholder in connection with a Tax Action.

(b) If the Indemnifying Party (i) does not respond to the Third Party Action Notice by 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the last day of the Response Period, (ii) responds to the Third Party Action Notice (other than with respect to a Tax Action) but disputes the claim hereunder and elects not to assume the defense, (iii) responds to the Third Party Action Notice (other than with respect to a Tax Action) and does not dispute the claim but elects not to assume the defense, in each case within the period allowed after delivery of the Third Party Action Notice, or (iv) in the case of a Tax Action, fails to acknowledge in writing its obligation to defend Shareholder therefor by 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the last day of the Response Period, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to defend against any such Third Party Action by appropriate proceedings or to settle or pay any such Third Party Action for such an amount as the Indemnified Party shall in good faith deem reasonably appropriate and the Indemnifying Party shall promptly pay all Damages resulting from such Third Party Action in accordance with subparagraph (e) below; provided , however , that in the case of clause (ii), any right of the Indemnified Party to recover from the Indemnifying Party shall depend on the resolution of the dispute as to the rights of the Indemnified Party hereunder in an action brought in accordance with Section 11.10.

(c) If the Indemnifying Party affirmatively disputes its obligations hereunder to the Indemnified Party, but nevertheless elects to defend against any such Third Party Action or settle or pay any such Third Party Action, any right of the Indemnified Party to recover from the Indemnifying Party shall depend on the resolution of the dispute as to the rights of the Indemnified Party hereunder in an action brought in accordance with Section 11.10.

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Indemnifying Party notifies the Indemnified Party that it will defend against or settle any Third Party Action:

(i) such defense or settlement shall be conducted by counsel and other professionals reasonably acceptable to the Indemnified Party and at the sole cost and expense of the Indemnifying Party, except for costs and expenses of the Indemnified Party’s counsel, if any, pursuant to Section 10.4(d)(v);

(ii) the Indemnifying Party and its counsel shall conduct such defense or settlement at all times in good faith;

 

57


(iii) the Indemnifying Party shall provide written notice to the Indemnified Party stating that the Indemnifying Party would be liable under the provisions of this Article X in the amount of the Damages in any Third Party Action if such Third Party Action were valid and the Indemnifying Party and its counsel shall, at the reasonable request of the Indemnified Party, provide periodic updates to the Indemnified Party in order to keep the Indemnified Party reasonably informed as to its conduct of such defense or settlement, and shall not compromise or settle such Third Party Action without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, except with respect to matters described in Section 10.2(c), in which case, such consent may be granted or denied in the sole and absolute discretion of Shareholder) unless such settlement or compromise does not subject the Indemnified Party to any monetary Liability, and includes a complete, unconditional release of the Indemnified Party from all Liability with respect to such Third Party Action;

(iv) the Indemnified Party shall cooperate with the Indemnifying Party, including making available to the Indemnifying Party, all relevant witnesses and pertinent documents and information and appropriate personnel;

(v) the Indemnified Party may employ its own counsel and other professionals and participate in such defense or settlement at the Indemnified Party’s sole cost and expense (except as provided in subsection (vi) of this Section 10.4(d)), but the control of such defense and the settlement shall rest with the Indemnifying Party;

(vi) notwithstanding the Indemnifying Party’s election to defend against or settle the Third Party Action, the Indemnified Party may, upon written notice to the Indemnifying Party, elect to employ its own counsel (who shall be reasonably acceptable to the Indemnifying Party) at the Indemnifying Party’s expense (except that the Indemnifying Party shall not be obligated to pay the fees of more than one separate counsel for all Indemnified Parties, taken together) if (A) the Indemnifying Party is also a Person against whom the Third Party Action is made and the Indemnified Party has been advised in writing by counsel that (x) representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct or (y) the Indemnified Party has available to it one or more defenses or counterclaims that are inconsistent with one or more of those that may be available to the Indemnifying Party with respect to such Third Party Action; or (B) the Indemnifying Party shall not in fact have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party for the defense or settlement of such Third Party Action; provided , however , that the assumption of control of the defense or settlement of a Third Party Action by the Indemnified Party pursuant to this Section 10.4(d)(vi) shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligation to indemnify, defend, protect and hold the Indemnified Party harmless; and

(vii) in no event shall the Indemnified Party consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement with respect to such Third Party Action without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

58


(e) The Damages resulting from the settlement or the adjudication of such Third Party Action, or that portion thereof as to which the defense is unsuccessful (each, a “ Final Loss ”), shall be conclusively deemed a Liability of the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party if the Indemnifying Party (i) does not respond to a Third Party Action Notice by 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the last day of the Response Period; (ii) does not elect to defend against any Third Party Action for which it does not dispute the Indemnified Party’s rights hereunder; (iii) does not elect to defend against any Third Party Action for which it disputes the Indemnified Party’s rights hereunder, and such dispute is resolved in a manner affirming the Indemnified Party’s rights hereunder; (iv) elects to defend against any Third Party Action for which it does not dispute the Indemnified Party’s rights hereunder; (v) elects to defend against any Third Party Action for which it does dispute the Indemnified Party’s rights hereunder, to the extent the dispute is resolved in a manner affirming the Indemnified Party’s right to indemnity; or (vi) fails to defend the Indemnified Party with respect to matters described in Section 10.2(c).

10.5 Survival; Limitations .

(a) The “ Claims Period ” shall mean the period during which a claim must be asserted by Buyer, the Company or Shareholder hereunder. The Claims Period shall begin at the Effective Time and shall terminate on the 60 th day following the last day of the applicable statute of limitations period applicable thereto and, with respect to claims for which a Claims Notice or Third Party Action Notice, as applicable, shall have been delivered within the Claims Period and that remain unresolved as of the last day of the Claims Period, until such unresolved claims have been Finally Resolved.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary:

(i) Shareholder shall not have any indemnification obligation with respect to the payment of Buyer Losses under Section 10.1 unless and until the aggregate amount of Buyer Losses exceeds $100,000, whereupon Shareholder shall indemnify the Buyer Indemnitees for the entire amount of such Buyer Losses, subject to Section 10.5(b)(iii) (it being acknowledged and agreed that in no event shall the $100,000 threshold be applicable to Seller’s obligation to defend Buyer as provided herein);

(ii) Buyer shall not have any indemnification obligation with respect to the payment of Shareholder Losses under Section 10.2 unless and until the aggregate amount of Shareholder Losses exceeds $100,000, whereupon Buyer shall indemnify the Shareholder Indemnitees for the entire amount of such Shareholder Losses, subject to Section 10.5(b)(iv) (it being acknowledged and agreed that in no event shall the $100,000 threshold be applicable to (A) Buyer’s failure to pay any portion of the Merger Consideration, (B) matters described in Section 10.2(c), or (C) Buyer’s obligation to defend Seller as provided herein);

(iii) subject to Section 10.5(b)(v), the maximum amount of Buyer Losses for which Shareholder shall be obligated to Buyer Indemnitees pursuant to Section 10.1 is the amount equal to the aggregate Merger Consideration paid to Shareholder (the “ Cap Amount ”);

 

59


(iv) subject to Section 10.5(b)(v), the maximum amount of Shareholder Losses for which Buyer shall be obligated to Shareholder Indemnitees pursuant to Section 10.2 is the Cap Amount; and

(v) any claims based on a finding of fraud, intentional misrepresentation or intentional misconduct of any party to this Agreement shall not be subject to the Cap Amount.

(c) The Shareholder Losses or Buyer Losses, as the case may be (“ Losses ”), suffered by any Indemnified Party shall be calculated after giving effect to any amounts recoverable under insurance policies (it being understood and agreed that the Indemnified Parties shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to seek insurance recoveries in respect of Losses to be indemnified hereunder). If any insurance proceeds from third parties are actually realized by an Indemnified Party subsequent to the receipt by such Indemnified Party of an indemnification payment hereunder in respect of the claims to which such insurance proceedings relate, appropriate refunds shall be made promptly to the Indemnifying Party regarding the amount of such indemnification payment.

ARTICLE XI - MISCELLANEOUS

11.1 Standard . No representation or warranty of the Company contained in Article III, of Shareholder contained in Article IV or of Buyer contained in Article V shall be deemed untrue or incorrect for any purpose under this Agreement, and no party hereto shall be deemed to have breached a representation or warranty for any purpose under this Agreement, in any case as a consequence of the existence or absence of any fact, circumstance or event unless such fact, circumstance or event, individually or when taken together with all other facts, circumstances or events inconsistent with any representations or warranties contained in Article III in the case of the Company, Article IV in the case of Shareholder, or Article V, in the case of Buyer, has had or would be reasonably likely to have a Company Material Adverse Effect or a Buyer Material Adverse Effect, respectively (disregarding for purposes of this Section 11.1 any materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualification contained in any representations or warranties other than in Section 3.12(i)). Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, the representations and warranties contained in (x) Sections 3.3(a) and 3.3(b) shall be deemed untrue and incorrect if not true and correct except to a de minimis extent, (y) Sections 3.5, 3.6, 3.7(a)(ii), 3.14(j), 3.23, 3.33 and the first two sentences of Section 3.2, in the case of the Company, Section 4.2 or 4.3, in the case of Shareholder, and Sections 5.3, 5.4, 5.5(a)(ii) and the first two sentences of Section 5.2, in the case of Buyer, shall be deemed untrue and incorrect if not true and correct in all material respects and (z) Section 3.12(i), in the case of the Company, Section 5.10, in the case of Buyer, shall be deemed untrue and incorrect if not true and correct in all respects.

 

60


11.2 Certain Definitions .

(a) As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Action ” shall mean any action, claim, demand, assertion, investigation, audit, proceeding, arbitration, suit or any appeal therefrom.

Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person. As used in this definition, “ control ” (including, with its correlative meanings, “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Business Day ” shall mean Monday through Friday of each week, except any legal holiday recognized as such by the U.S. Government or any day on which banking institutions in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts are authorized or obligated to close.

Buyer Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean any fact, change, event, development, effect or circumstance that, individually or in the aggregate, (a) are, or would reasonably be expected to be, materially adverse to the business, operations, assets, liabilities, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, cash flows or properties of Buyer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (b) would reasonably be expected to prevent Buyer from performing its obligations under this Agreement or consummating the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, the term Buyer Material Adverse Effect shall not include (i) any fact, change, event, development, effect or circumstance arising after the date hereof affecting banks or their holding companies generally or arising from changes in general business or economic conditions (and not specifically relating to or having the effect of specifically relating to or having a materially disproportionate effect on Buyer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole); (ii) any fact, change, event, development, effect or circumstance resulting from any change in law, GAAP or regulatory accounting after the date hereof, which affects generally entities such as Buyer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole (and not specifically relating to or having the effect of specifically relating to or having a materially disproportionate effect on Buyer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole); (iii) actions and omissions of Buyer and its Subsidiaries taken with the prior written consent of the Company in furtherance of the transactions contemplated hereby or otherwise permitted to be taken by Buyer under this Agreement; (iv) any fact, change, event, development, effect or circumstance resulting from the announcement or pendency of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (v) any failure by Buyer to meet any internal or published industry analyst projections or forecasts or estimates of revenues or earnings for any period (it being understood and agreed that the facts and circumstances giving rise to such failure that are not otherwise excluded from the definition of Buyer Material Adverse Effect may be taken into account in determining whether there has been a Buyer Material Adverse Effect) and (vi) changes in the value of the securities or loans reflected on the books of Buyer, or any change in the value of the deposits or borrowings, of the Buyer, or any of their Subsidiaries, resulting from a change in the interest rates generally.

Closing Balance Sheet ” means the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of the last day of the month prior to the Closing Date, prepared in accordance with GAAP and in a manner consistent with past practices of the Company and its Subsidiaries (i) adjusted to reflect (w) third party expenses incurred, or to be incurred, as a direct result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (excluding the payment of the Bonuses) and (x) any other non-recurring

 

61


items of revenue or expense known to the Company or Shareholder incurred, or to be incurred, in each case of (w) and (x) between the date of the Closing Balance Sheet and the Closing Date (other than gains on the sale of mortgage servicing rights, which shall be subject to the provisions of subsection (ii)(y) hereof) and (ii) excluding (y) gains on the sale of mortgage servicing rights in excess of $300,000 for the period from July 1, 2015 through the Closing Date and (z) fees and expenses described in the last sentence of Section 2.8.

Company Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean any fact, change, event, development, effect or circumstance that, individually or in the aggregate, (a) are, or would reasonably be expected to be, materially adverse to the business, business prospects, operations, assets, liabilities, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, cash flows or properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (b) would reasonably be expected to prevent the Company from performing its obligations under this Agreement or consummating the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, the term Company Material Adverse Effect shall not include (i) any fact, change, event, development, effect or circumstance arising after the date hereof affecting banks or their holding companies generally or arising from changes in general business or economic conditions (and not specifically relating to or having the effect of specifically relating to or having a materially disproportionate effect on the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole); (ii) any fact, change, event, development, effect or circumstance resulting from any change in law, GAAP or regulatory accounting after the date hereof, which affects generally entities such as the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole (and not specifically relating to or having the effect of specifically relating to or having a materially disproportionate effect on the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole); (iii) actions and omissions of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken with the prior written consent of Buyer in furtherance of the transactions contemplated hereby or otherwise permitted to be taken by the Company under this Agreement; (iv) any fact, change, event, development, effect or circumstance resulting from the announcement or pendency of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (v) any failure by the Company to meet any internal projections or forecasts or estimates of revenues or earnings for any period (it being understood and agreed that the facts and circumstances giving rise to such failure that are not otherwise excluded from the definition of Company Material Adverse Effect may be taken into account in determining whether there has been a Company Material Adverse Effect) and (vi) changes in the value of the securities or Loans, or any change in the value of the deposits or borrowings, of the Company, or any of their Subsidiaries, resulting from a change in the interest rates generally.

Confidentiality Agreement ” shall mean the Confidentiality Agreement, dated June 3, 2015, by and between Buyer and the Company.

Damages ” shall mean any loss, liability, fine, penalty, interest, damages, judgment, award or reasonable costs or expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys, accountants and other professionals).

Finally Resolved ” shall mean, with respect to an Action, that such Action is (a) settled and dismissed with prejudice, (b) subject to a final judgment as to which no appeal is possible or taken within the time permitted, or (c) is withdrawn completely by the Persons bringing such Action.

 

62


GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

Governmental Authority ” shall mean any U.S. or foreign federal, state or local governmental commission, board, body, bureau or other regulatory authority or agency, including, without limitation, courts and other judicial bodies, bank regulators, insurance regulators, applicable state securities authorities, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the IRS, any state revenue or taxation authorities or any self-regulatory body or authority, including any instrumentality or entity designed to act for or on behalf of the foregoing.

Insurer Requirements ” shall mean any policies, procedures, requirements and guidelines of any insurer, guarantor or any person providing, directly or indirectly, insurance or a guarantee relating to any Loan or Transferred Loan.

Investor Requirements ” shall mean any policies, procedures, requirements or guidelines of any person to which a Transferred Loan was transferred, including Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and any private investor.

Knowledge ” shall mean, with respect to any fact, event or occurrence, (i) in the case of the Company or its Subsidiaries, the actual knowledge of Richard F. Kalagher, Peter J. Fraser or Chris Kreidermacher, (ii) in the case of Buyer or its Subsidiaries, the actual knowledge of James P. McDonough, Phillip J. Carnevale or Michael K. Devlin, and (iii) in the case of Shareholder, the actual knowledge of Shareholder.

Person ” or “ person ” shall mean any individual, bank, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, joint stock company, business trust, Governmental Authority or unincorporated organization.

Regulatory Approvals ” shall mean any approval or non-objection from any Governmental Authority necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, including, without limitation, (a) the waiver or approval of the FRB and (b) the approval of the FDIC and the Massachusetts Division of Banks.

Settlement Service ” shall have the same meaning as the defined term “settlement service” set forth in 12 C.F.R. § 1024.2, which includes, among other services, conducting settlements and appraisals.

Subsidiary ” shall mean, when used with reference to a party, any corporation or organization, whether incorporated or unincorporated, of which such party or any other Subsidiary of such party is a general partner or serves in a similar capacity, or with respect to such corporation or other organization, at least 50% of the securities or other interests having by their terms ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or others performing similar functions is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such party or by any one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such party and one or more of its Subsidiaries.

Tax ” or “ Taxes ” shall mean (i) all taxes, charges, fees, levies or other assessments, including, without limitation, all net income, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, ad valorem, escheat, goods and services, capital, transfer, franchise, profits, license, withholding, payroll, employment, employer health, excise, estimated, severance, stamp, occupation, property or other

 

63


taxes, custom duties, fees, assessments or charges of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest and any penalties, additions to tax or additional amounts imposed by any taxing authority, whether disputed or not; and (ii) any liability for the payment of amounts with respect to payments of a type described in clause (i) as a result of being a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group, or as a result of any obligation under any tax sharing arrangement or tax indemnity agreement.

Tax Returns ” shall mean any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, or information return or statement relating to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.

Transferred Loan ” shall mean any loan agreement, note or borrowing arrangement originated or acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary and subsequently sold or transferred by the Company or any Subsidiary.

Treasury Regulations ” shall mean the Treasury regulations promulgated under the Code.

(b) The following terms are defined elsewhere in this Agreement, as indicated below:

2015 Tax Returns ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(a).

2016 Tax Returns ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(c).

Acquisition Transaction ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.3(b).

Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Bank Merger ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.8.

BHCA ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.25.

BOLI ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.16.

Bonus ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

Bonus Agreements ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(d).

Burdensome Conditions ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.4.

Business ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.18(g).

Buyer ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Buyer Balance Sheet ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.9(a).

Buyer Bank ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.8.

Buyer Disclosure Schedule ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

 

64


Buyer Indemnitees ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

Buyer Losses ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

Buyer Representatives ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(a).

Cap Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.5(b)(iii).

cause ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(k).

CERCLA ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.17(e).

Certificate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

Claim Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.3.

Claims Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.5(a).

Classified Loans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.23(h).

Closing ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.4.

Closing Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.4.

Code ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(d).

Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Company Balance Sheet ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.11(a).

Company Bank ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.8.

Company Board ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a).

Company Common Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

Company Disclosure Schedule ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b).

Company Employees ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(a).

Company Employee Programs ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.14(a).

Company Financial Statements ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.11(a).

Company Intellectual Property Assets ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.18(g).

Company Loan Property ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.17(g).

Company Material Contract ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.20(a).

 

65


Company Participation Facility ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.17(g).

Company Property ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.17(a).

Company Representatives ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.3(b).

Contingent Workers ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.15(b).

CRA ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.30.

Derivative Transactions ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.27.

Effective Time ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.2.

Employee Program ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.14(k)(i).

Environment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.17(h).

Environmental Laws ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.17(h).

ERISA ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.14(k)(ii).

ERISA Affiliate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.14(k)(iv).

FDIA ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.29.

FDIC ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(b).

Final Loss ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.4(e).

Finance Laws ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.9(a).

Financial Advisor ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.33.

FRB ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.

Good Reason ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(k).

Hazardous Material ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.17(h).

Indemnified Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.3.

Indemnifying Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.3.

Information Systems Conversion ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.14.

Intellectual Property Assets ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.18(g).

IRS ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(d).

 

66


IT Systems ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.18(h).

Lease ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.21(b).

Liens ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(a).

Loans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.23(a).

Losses ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.5(c).

maintains ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.14(k)(iii).

Marks ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.18(g).

Massachusetts Courts ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.10.

MBCA ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.

Merger ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Merger Consideration ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

MHC Statute ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.

Money Laundering Laws ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.30(a).

Multiemployer Plan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.14(k)(v).

NQDC Plan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.14(i).

OCC ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(b).

OFAC ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.30(b).

Oil ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.17(h).

Outside Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(b).

Patents ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.18(g).

Personal Data ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.19.

Privacy Laws ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.30(c).

Privacy Requirements ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.19.

Products ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.18(g).

Recognized Environmental Condition ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(r).

 

67


Reimbursement Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(b).

Response Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.4(a).

Shareholder ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Shareholder Indemnitees ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.2.

Shareholder Losses ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.2.

Surviving Corporation ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.

Tax Action ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6.

Third Party Action ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.4(a).

Third Party Action Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.4(a).

Third Party Rights ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.18(c).

Trade Secrets ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.18(g).

USA PATRIOT Act ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.30(a).

Volcker Rule ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.25.

WARN Act ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.15(e).

Written Consent ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(a).

11.3 Waiver; Amendment . Subject to compliance with applicable law, prior to the Effective Time, any provision of this Agreement may be (a) waived by the party intended to benefit by the provision, or (b) amended or modified at any time, by an agreement in writing between the parties hereto and approved, in the case of Buyer or the Company, by their respective Boards of Directors, and executed in the same manner as this Agreement.

11.4 Expenses . Each party hereto will bear all expenses incurred by it in connection with negotiating, preparing and executing this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

11.5 Notices . All notices, requests and other communications hereunder to a party shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if personally delivered, delivered by facsimile (with confirmation), delivered by nationally recognized overnight delivery company, or mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) to such party at its address set forth below or such other address as such party may specify by notice to the other party hereto.

 

68


If to Buyer:

Randolph Bancorp

Ten Cabot Place

Stoughton, MA 02072

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Facsimile: (781) 961-7916

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Goodwin Procter LLP

Exchange Place

Boston, MA 02109

Attention:

  

William P. Mayer, Esq.

Samantha M. Kirby, Esq.

Matthew Dyckman, Esq.

Facsimile:

   (617) 523-1231

If to the Company, to:

First Eastern Bankshares Corporation

100 Brickstone Square

Andover, MA 01810

Attention: Peter J. Fraser

Facsimile:                     

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Murphy & King, P.C.

One Beacon Street

Boston, MA 02108

Attention: Robert E. Richards, Jr., Esq.

Facsimile: (617) 305-0621

If to Shareholder, to:

Richard F. Kalagher

25111 Ridge Oak Dr.

Bonita Spring, FL 34134

Facimile:                     

 

69


With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Murphy & King, P.C.

One Beacon Street

Boston, MA 02108

Attention: Robert E. Richards, Jr., Esq.

Facsimile: (617) 305-0621

11.6 Understanding; No Third Party Beneficiaries . Except for the Confidentiality Agreement, which shall remain in effect, this Agreement represents the entire understanding of the parties hereto with reference to the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and supersedes any and all other oral or written agreements heretofore made. Except for Section 7.5 (Directors’ and Officers’ Indemnification) and the right of Shareholder to receive the Merger Consideration as set forth in Article II, nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any person, other than the parties hereto or their respective successors, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

11.7 Assignability; Binding Effect . Prior to the Closing, this Agreement may not be assigned by Buyer without the written consent of the Company and Shareholder and no such assignment shall release Buyer of its obligations hereunder. After the Closing, Buyer’s rights and obligations hereunder shall be freely assignable. This Agreement may not be assigned by the Company or Shareholder without the prior written consent of Buyer. This Agreement shall be binding upon and enforceable by, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and except as expressly set forth herein, is not intended to confer upon any other person any rights or remedies hereunder.

11.8 Headings; Interpretation . The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and are not part of this Agreement. The word “including” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall mean “including, without limitation,” unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise specified. Words of number may be read as singular or plural, as required by context.

11.9 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to constitute an original. A facsimile copy or electronic transmission of a signature page shall be deemed to be an original signature page.

11.10 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to the conflict of law principles thereof. Each of the parties hereto (a) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents to and submit itself to the personal jurisdiction of the state or federal courts located in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (“ Massachusetts Courts ”) in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (b) agrees that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined only in any such Massachusetts Courts, and (c) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such Massachusetts Courts. Each of the parties hereto waives any defense or inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any action or proceeding so brought in any such Massachusetts Courts and

 

70


waives any bond, surety or other security that might be required of any other party in any such Massachusetts Courts with respect thereto. To the extent permitted by applicable law, any party hereto may make service on another party by sending or delivering a copy of the process to the party to be served at the address and in the manner provided for the giving of notices in Section 11.5. Nothing in this Section 11.10, however, shall affect the right of any party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law. EACH OF BUYER, THE COMPANY AND SHAREHOLDER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

11.11 Specific Performance . The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with its specific terms or were otherwise breached. Each party agrees that, in the event of any breach or threatened breach by any other party of any covenant or obligation contained in this Agreement, the non-breaching party shall be entitled to seek (i) a decree or order of specific performance to enforce the observance and performance of such covenant or obligation, and (ii) an injunction, without the posting of any bond, restraining such breach or threatened breach.

11.12 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Exhibits and Schedules hereto, the Confidentiality Agreement and any documents delivered by the parties in connection herewith constitutes the entire agreement and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties hereto, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

11.13 Severability . In the event that any one or more provisions of this Agreement shall for any reason be held invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect by any court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement and the parties shall use their reasonable best efforts to substitute a valid, legal, and enforceable provision which, insofar as practicable, implements the original purposes and intents of this Agreement.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

71


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement and Plan of Merger to be executed in counterparts by their duly authorized officers, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

RANDOLPH BANCORP
By:  

/s/ James P. McDonough

Name:   James P. McDonough
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Richard F. Kalagher

Name:   Richard F. Kalagher
Title:   President
RICHARD F. KALAGHER, solely with respect to his individual obligations under this Agreement and not the obligations of the Company
By:  

/s/ Richard F. Kalagher

Name:   Richard F. Kalagher


INDEX OF SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS

 

Exhibits :   
Exhibit A    Agreement by and between President and the Chief Operating Officer of Company Bank and Buyer Bank
Exhibit B    Agreement by and between the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Company Bank and Buyer Bank
Exhibit C    Agreement by and between the Vice President/Internal Auditor of Company Bank and Buyer Bank


Exhibit A

AGREEMENT

This Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into by and between Randolph Savings Bank (the “Bank”) and Peter J. Fraser (the “Employee”). The effectiveness of this Agreement is contingent upon the closing (the “Closing”) of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger among Randolph Bancorp, First Eastern Bankshares Corporation (the “Seller Company”), and Richard F. Kalagher, dated as of September 1, 2015 (the “Merger Agreement”). This Agreement shall be effective upon the date of the Closing (the “Effective Date”).

1. PURPOSE . THE EMPLOYEE HAS BEEN EMPLOYED IN A SENIOR CAPACITY BY FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK OF BOSTON (THE “SELLER SUBSIDIARY”), WHICH IS A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF THE SELLER COMPANY. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE BANK (THE “BOARD”) BELIEVES THAT THE EMPLOYEE HAS THE SKILLS, KNOWLEDGE AND EXPERIENCE TO BE AN IMPORTANT AND EFFECTIVE CONTRIBUTOR TO THE BANK’S SUCCESS. THE BOARD SEEKS TO ENCOURAGE THE EMPLOYEE’S EMPLOYMENT WITH AND COMMITMENT TO THE BANK. THE BOARD ALSO SEEKS TO PROTECT THE GOODWILL THAT THE EMPLOYEE HAS DEVELOPED FOR THE SELLER SUBSIDIARY AND WILL CONTINUE TO DEVELOP FOR THE BANK THROUGH THE EMPLOYEE’S EMPLOYMENT WITH THE BANK.

2. CERTAIN EMPLOYMENT TERMS . THE EMPLOYEE’S EMPLOYMENT WITH THE BANK SHALL COMMENCE ON THE EFFECTIVE DATE. THE FOLLOWING TERMS SHALL APPLY TO THE EMPLOYEE’S COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYMENT RESPONSIBILITIES DURING THE EMPLOYEE’S EMPLOYMENT WITH THE BANK.

(a) Position and Responsibilities . The Bank shall employ the Employee as a Senior Vice President. The Employee shall also have the job title of President of First Eastern Mortgage Corp. The Employee shall have responsibilities commensurate with such positions.

(b) Salary . The Bank shall pay the Employee a base salary at an annual rate of at least $200,000.

(c) Bonus . The Employee shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus based on the profitability formula attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A (the “Bonus”). The Bank shall pay such a bonus to the Employee by no later than April 30 of the year following the year for which the profitability measurement is made.

(d) Car Allowance . The Bank shall pay the Employee an additional amount of $750 per month to assist in defraying the cost of an automobile. Such allowance shall be treated as Form W-2 income.

(e) Benefits . The Bank shall provide benefits to the Employee in accordance with Sections 7.6(a) – (f) of the Merger Agreement, which Sections are incorporated herein by reference.

 

1


3. AT-WILL EMPLOYMENT . THE BANK’S EMPLOYMENT OF THE EMPLOYEE SHALL BE ON AN AT-WILL BASIS; PROVIDED THAT (I) THE EMPLOYEE SHALL GIVE AT LEAST 30 DAYS’ NOTICE OF THE EMPLOYEE’S RESIGNATION FROM EMPLOYMENT WITH THE BANK; AND (II) THE AT-WILL NATURE OF THE EMPLOYEE’S EMPLOYMENT SHALL NOT LIMIT THE EMPLOYEE’S RIGHTS UNDER SECTION 4 (SEVERANCE PAY). IF THE EMPLOYEE GIVES ADVANCE NOTICE OF THE EMPLOYEE’S RESIGNATION, THE BANK MAY ACCELERATE THE TERMINATION OF THE EMPLOYEE’S EMPLOYMENT BY PAYING THE EMPLOYEE’S SALARY AT THE EMPLOYEE’S BASE SALARY RATE FOR ANY PERIOD OF ACCELERATION. SUCH ACCELERATED RESIGNATION SHALL NOT AFFECT THE TREATMENT OF THE EMPLOYEE’S TERMINATION AS A RESIGNATION.

4. Severance Pay . If prior to the five year anniversary of the Effective Date, the Employee’s employment is terminated by the Bank for any reason other than for Cause, Disability or death, or if the Employee resigns for Good Reason, then subject to the Employee signing a separation agreement to be proposed by the Bank, which shall be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B , amended as reasonably necessary based on applicable law (the “Separation Agreement and Release”) and the Separation Agreement and Release becoming irrevocable, all within 45 days after the date of termination, the Bank shall pay to the Employee a severance amount equal to two times the sum of (i) the Employee’s annual base salary as of the date of termination and (ii) the Average Bonus (such total amount, the “Severance Pay”). The Average Bonus shall mean the average of the Bank’s two most recent awards of a Bonus (as defined in this Agreement) to the Employee. If the termination occurs after one Bonus award but not two, the Average Bonus shall mean such Bonus award. If the termination occurs before any Bonus award by the Bank, the Bank shall determine the Average Bonus in its reasonable discretion. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Bank makes a determination to award no Bonus to the Employee for a year, such determination shall be considered to result in a Bonus award of Zero Dollars and that shall be the amount used in calculating the Average Bonus. The Severance Pay shall be paid in a lump sum within 45 days of the date of termination; provided , however, that if the 45-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the Severance Pay shall be paid in the second calendar year no later than the last day of such 45-day period. In the event that the Bank converts from a mutual form of organization to a stock form of organization (a “Conversion”) and if in connection with the Conversion the Bank offers to at least one other senior officer an agreement (a “CIC Agreement”) under which such senior officer shall be entitled to receive severance pay subject to certain contingencies and based on a severance pay formula (“CIC Severance Benefits”), the Employee shall, subject to his continued employment at such time, be given the opportunity to receive a CIC Agreement; provided that regardless of whether so stated in such CIC Agreement, if the Employee qualifies for both the Severance Pay and the CIC Severance Benefits, he may elect either the Severance Pay or the CIC Severance Benefits but not both.

5. DEFINITIONS . FOR PURPOSES HEREOF, THE FOLLOWING TERMS SHALL HAVE THE MEANINGS SET FORTH BELOW:

(a) “ Cause ” shall mean a termination of the Employee’s employment which is a result of: (i) actions and/or omissions by the Employee satisfying the elements of (A) a felony

 

2


or (B) a misdemeanor involving dishonesty, the taking of property or moral turpitude; or (ii) willful disclosure of material trade secrets or other material confidential information related to the business of the Bank or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; or (iii) willful and continued failure substantially to perform the Employee’s duties with the Bank (other than any such failure resulting from the Employee’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness) after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Employee by the Board, which demand identifies the specific actions which the Board believes constitute willful and continued failure substantially to perform the Employee’s duties, and which performance is not substantially corrected by the Employee within fourteen (14) days of receipt of such demand; (iv) willful and knowing participation in releasing false or materially misleading financial statements; (v) dishonesty to the Board regarding any material matter; or (vi) failure to cooperate with a bona fide internal investigation or an investigation by regulatory or law enforcement authorities, after being instructed by the Bank to cooperate, or the Employee’s willful destruction or failure to preserve documents or other materials known to be relevant to such investigation or the inducement of others to fail to cooperate or to produce documents or other materials in connection with such investigation.

(b) “ Disability ” shall mean that if, as a result of the Employee’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, the Employee shall have been absent from the Employee’s duties to the Bank on a full-time basis for 120 business days in the aggregate in any 12 month period or is reasonably expected based upon medical information to be absent for such period. If any question shall arise as to whether during any period the Employee has a Disability, the Employee may, and at the request of the Bank shall, submit to the Bank a certification in reasonable detail by a physician selected by the Bank to whom the Employee has no reasonable objection as to whether the Employee is incapacitated and how long any incapacity is expected to continue. Such certification shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, be conclusive of the issue. The Employee shall cooperate with any reasonable request of the physician in connection with such certification. If such question shall arise and the Employee fails to submit such certification, the Bank’s determination of such issue shall be binding on the Employee.

(c) “ Good Reason ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events (each, a “Good Reason Condition”) followed by the Good Reason Process, as defined below: (i) a material adverse change in the Employee’s position, title and/or responsibilities; or (ii) a material reduction in the Employee’s (A) annual base salary as in effect on the date hereof or as the same may be increased from time to time hereafter, except for across-the-board reductions of annual base salary similarly affecting all executive officers of the Bank or (B) bonus structure as set forth in Exhibit A; or (iii) the relocation of the Bank’s offices at which the Employee is principally employed (the “Current Offices”) to any other location more than 25 miles of driving distance from the Current Offices, or the requirement by the Bank for the Employee to be based more than 25 miles of driving distance away from the Current Offices, except for required travel on the Bank’s business to an extent substantially consistent with the Employee’s business travel obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a suspension of any or all of Employee’s duties or responsibilities by the Bank during an investigation that is initiated pursuant to a direction by the Board shall not constitute the occurrence of a material adverse change for purposes of clause (i); provided that Employee’s base salary and fringe benefit entitlements continue during the period of such suspension. The “Good Reason Process” shall mean that (i) the Employee reasonably determines in good faith that a Good Reason Condition has occurred; (ii) the Employee gives the

 

3


Bank written notice of the first occurrence of the Good Reason Condition within 30 days of the first occurrence of such condition; (C) the Employee cooperates in good faith with the Bank’s efforts for a period of not less than 30 days following such notice (the “Cure Period”) to remedy the Good Reason Condition; (D) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason Condition continues to exist; and (E) the Employee terminates employment by giving written notice no later than 30 days after the expiration of the Cure Period. If the Bank cures the Good Reason Condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred.

6. WITHHOLDING . ALL PAYMENTS MADE BY THE BANK UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE NET OF ANY TAX OR OTHER AMOUNTS REQUIRED TO BE WITHHELD BY THE BANK UNDER APPLICABLE LAW.

7. NO MITIGATION . THE BANK AGREES THAT, IF THE EMPLOYEE’S EMPLOYMENT BY THE BANK IS TERMINATED PRIOR TO THE FIVE YEAR ANNIVERSARY OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE, THE EMPLOYEE IS NOT REQUIRED TO SEEK OTHER EMPLOYMENT OR TO ATTEMPT IN ANY WAY TO REDUCE THE SEVERANCE PAY. FURTHER, THE SEVERANCE PAY SHALL NOT BE REDUCED BY ANY COMPENSATION EARNED BY THE EMPLOYEE AS THE RESULT OF EMPLOYMENT BY ANOTHER EMPLOYER, BY RETIREMENT BENEFITS, BY OFFSET AGAINST ANY AMOUNT CLAIMED TO BE OWED BY THE EMPLOYEE TO THE BANK OR OTHERWISE, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

8. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, BANK PROPERTY AND RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS .

(a) Confidential Information . As used in this Agreement, “Confidential Information” means information belonging to the Bank which is of value to the Bank in the course of conducting its business and the disclosure of which could result in a competitive or other disadvantage to the Bank. Confidential Information includes, without limitation, financial information, reports, and forecasts; inventions, improvements and other intellectual property; trade secrets; know-how; software; market or sales information or plans; customer lists; and business plans, prospects and opportunities (such as possible acquisitions or dispositions of businesses or facilities) which have been discussed or considered by the management of the Bank. Confidential Information includes information developed by the Employee in the course of the Employee’s employment by the Seller Subsidiary or the Bank, as well as other information to which the Employee may have access in connection with the Employee’s employment. Confidential Information also includes the confidential information of others with which the Bank has a business relationship. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information does not include information in the public domain, unless due to breach of the Employee’s duties under Section 8(b).

(b) Confidentiality . The Employee understands and agrees that the Employee’s employment creates a relationship of confidence and trust between the Employee and the Bank with respect to all Confidential Information. At all times, both during the Employee’s employment with the Bank and after its termination, the Employee will keep in confidence and trust all such Confidential Information, and will not use or disclose any such

 

4


Confidential Information without the written consent of the Bank, except as may be necessary in the ordinary course of performing the Employee’s duties to the Bank or as otherwise may be required by law.

(c) Documents, Records, etc. All documents, records, data, apparatus, equipment and other physical property, whether or not pertaining to Confidential Information, which are furnished to the Employee by the Bank or any affiliate or are produced by the Employee in connection with the Employee’s employment will be and remain the sole property of the Bank. The Employee will return to the Bank all such materials and property as and when requested by the Bank. In any event, the Employee will return all such materials and property promptly following termination of the Employee’s employment for any reason other than death. The Employee will not retain with the Employee any such material or property or any copies thereof after such termination.

(d) Restrictive Covenants . During the Employee’s employment with the Bank and for a period of twelve (12) months following the termination of the Employee’s employment for any reason, the Employee shall not, directly or indirectly:

(i) engage, participate, assist or invest in any Competing Business (as hereinafter defined), regardless of whether as an owner, partner, shareholder, consultant, agent, employee, co-venturer or otherwise;

(ii) employ, attempt to employ, recruit or otherwise solicit, induce or influence any person (A) who is then employed by the Bank or any affiliate to leave employment with the Bank or any affiliate (other than terminations of employment of subordinate employees undertaken in the course of the Employee’s employment with the Bank) or (B) who was employed by the Bank or any affiliate within three (3) months before the Employee’s employment, recruitment or other solicitation or inducement to become employed by any other employer; or

(iii) (A) solicit or encourage any Customer to terminate or otherwise modify adversely his, her or its business relationship with the Bank or any affiliate or to obtain from any provider other than the Bank (an “Other Provider”) any products that could be provided or services that could be performed by the Bank, or (B) accept business from any Customer on behalf of an Other Provider. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Customer” means a customer or client of the Bank with whom or which the Employee had business-related communications during the Employee’s employment with the Bank or about whom or which the Employee learned any non-published information during the Employee’s employment.

The Employee understands that the restrictions set forth in this Section 6(d) are intended to protect the Bank’s interest in its Confidential Information and established employee, customer and supplier relationships and goodwill, and agrees that such restrictions are reasonable and appropriate for this purpose. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Competing Business” shall mean any bank or other financial services business that has a branch office or other place of business (other than solely an ATM) in any county in which the Bank has a branch office or other place of business. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employee may own up to one percent (1%) of the outstanding stock of a publicly held corporation which constitutes or is affiliated with a Competing Business.

 

5


(e) INJUNCTION . THE EMPLOYEE AGREES THAT IT WOULD BE DIFFICULT TO MEASURE ANY DAMAGES CAUSED TO THE BANK WHICH MIGHT RESULT FROM ANY BREACH BY THE EMPLOYEE OF THE PROMISES SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 8, AND THAT IN ANY EVENT MONEY DAMAGES WOULD BE AN INADEQUATE REMEDY FOR ANY SUCH BREACH. ACCORDINGLY, SUBJECT TO SECTION 9 OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE EMPLOYEE AGREES THAT IF THE EMPLOYEE BREACHES, OR PROPOSES TO BREACH, ANY PORTION OF THIS SECTION 8, THE BANK SHALL BE ENTITLED, IN ADDITION TO ALL OTHER REMEDIES THAT IT MAY HAVE, TO AN INJUNCTION OR OTHER APPROPRIATE EQUITABLE RELIEF TO RESTRAIN ANY SUCH BREACH.

9. ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES . ANY CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE BREACH THEREOF OR OTHERWISE RELATING TO THE EMPLOYEE’S EMPLOYMENT WITH THE BANK OR ITS TERMINATION, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION STATUTORY CLAIMS (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION STATUTORY DISCRIMINATION OR WAGE CLAIMS) AND COMMON LAW CONTRACT AND TORT CLAIMS SHALL BE SETTLED EXCLUSIVELY BY ARBITRATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS AND THE EMPLOYMENT ARBITRATION RULES OF THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION. SUCH ARBITRATION SHALL BE CONDUCTED IN THE CITY OF BOSTON. IN THE EVENT THAT ANY PERSON OR ENTITY OTHER THAN THE EMPLOYEE OR THE BANK MAY BE A PARTY WITH REGARD TO ANY SUCH CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM, SUCH CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO ARBITRATION SUBJECT TO SUCH OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY’S AGREEMENT. JUDGMENT UPON THE AWARD RENDERED BY THE ARBITRATOR MAY BE ENTERED IN ANY COURT HAVING JURISDICTION THEREOF. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THIS SECTION 9 SHALL NOT PRECLUDE EITHER PARTY FROM PURSUING A COURT ACTION FOR THE SOLE PURPOSE OF OBTAINING A TEMPORARY RESTRAINING ORDER OR A PRELIMINARY INJUNCTION IN CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH SUCH RELIEF IS APPROPRIATE; PROVIDED THAT ANY OTHER RELIEF SHALL BE PURSUED THROUGH AN ARBITRATION PROCEEDING PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION 9.

10. WAIVER . NO WAIVER OF ANY PROVISION HEREOF SHALL BE EFFECTIVE UNLESS MADE IN WRITING AND SIGNED BY THE WAIVING PARTY. THE FAILURE OF EITHER PARTY TO REQUIRE THE PERFORMANCE OF ANY TERM OR OBLIGATION OF THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE WAIVER BY EITHER PARTY OF ANY BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT, SHALL NOT PREVENT ANY SUBSEQUENT ENFORCEMENT OF SUCH TERM OR OBLIGATION OR BE DEEMED A WAIVER OF ANY SUBSEQUENT BREACH.

 

6


11. NOTICES . ANY NOTICES, REQUESTS, DEMANDS AND OTHER COMMUNICATIONS PROVIDED FOR BY THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE SUFFICIENT IF IN WRITING AND DELIVERED IN PERSON OR SENT BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, TO THE EMPLOYEE AT THE LAST ADDRESS THE EMPLOYEE HAS FILED IN WRITING WITH THE BANK, OR TO THE BANK AT ITS MAIN OFFICE, ATTENTION OF THE BOARD.

12. EFFECT ON OTHER PLANS . THE EMPLOYEE HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS TO ANY SEVERANCE BENEFITS UNDER ANY CURRENT OR FUTURE BANK SEVERANCE PAY PLAN OR PROGRAM WITH RESPECT TO ANY TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT THAT RENDERS THE EMPLOYEE ELIGIBLE FOR SEVERANCE PAY PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT NOTHING IN THIS PARAGRAPH SHALL LIMIT THE EMPLOYEE’S RIGHT TO ELECT TO RECEIVE CIC SEVERANCE BENEFITS IN LIEU OF SEVERANCE PAY UNDER ANY CIC AGREEMENT. SUBJECT TO SUCH WAIVER, NOTHING ELSE IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL OTHERWISE LIMIT THE RIGHTS OF THE EMPLOYEE UNDER THE BANK’S BENEFIT PLANS, PROGRAMS OR POLICIES AN ELECTION BY THE EMPLOYEE TO RESIGN FOR GOOD REASON UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL NOT BE DEEMED A VOLUNTARY TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT BY THE EMPLOYEE FOR THE PURPOSE OF INTERPRETING THE PROVISIONS OF ANY OF THE BANK’S BENEFIT PLANS, PROGRAMS OR POLICIES.

13. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . THIS AGREEMENT CONSTITUTES THE ENTIRE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND SUPERSEDES IN ALL RESPECTS ALL PRIOR AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES CONCERNING SUCH SUBJECT MATTER.

14. AMENDMENT . THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE AMENDED OR MODIFIED ONLY BY A WRITTEN INSTRUMENT SIGNED BY THE EMPLOYEE AND BY A DULY AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE BANK.

15. GOVERNING LAW . THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE CONSTRUED UNDER AND BE GOVERNED IN ALL RESPECTS BY THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO SUCH STATE’S CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.

16. OBLIGATIONS OF SUCCESSORS . THE BANK SHALL REQUIRE ANY SUCCESSOR (WHETHER DIRECT OR INDIRECT, BY PURCHASE, MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR OTHERWISE) TO ALL OR SUBSTANTIALLY ALL OF THE BUSINESS OR ASSETS OF THE BANK TO EXPRESSLY ASSUME AND AGREE TO PERFORM THIS AGREEMENT IN THE SAME MANNER AND TO THE SAME EXTENT THAT THE BANK WOULD BE REQUIRED TO PERFORM IF NO SUCH SUCCESSION HAD TAKEN PLACE .

 

7


17. ADDITIONAL LIMITATION . ANYTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT TO THE CONTRARY NOTWITHSTANDING, IN THE EVENT THAT ANY COMPENSATION, PAYMENT OR DISTRIBUTION BY THE BANK TO OR FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE EMPLOYEE, WHETHER PAID OR PAYABLE OR DISTRIBUTED OR DISTRIBUTABLE PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT OR OTHERWISE (THE “SEVERANCE PAYMENTS”), WOULD BE SUBJECT TO THE EXCISE TAX IMPOSED BY SECTION 4999 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), THEN THE BENEFITS PAYABLE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE REDUCED (BUT NOT BELOW ZERO) TO THE EXTENT NECESSARY SO THAT THE MAXIMUM SEVERANCE PAYMENTS SHALL NOT EXCEED THE THRESHOLD AMOUNT, AS DEFINED BELOW. TO THE EXTENT THAT THERE IS MORE THAN ONE METHOD OF REDUCING THE PAYMENTS TO BRING THEM WITHIN THE THRESHOLD AMOUNT, THE EMPLOYEE SHALL DETERMINE WHICH METHOD SHALL BE FOLLOWED; PROVIDED THAT IF THE EMPLOYEE FAILS TO MAKE SUCH DETERMINATION WITHIN 15 BUSINESS DAYS AFTER THE BANK HAS SENT THE EMPLOYEE WRITTEN NOTICE OF THE NEED FOR SUCH REDUCTION, THE BANK MAY DETERMINE THE AMOUNT OF SUCH REDUCTION IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION.

The “Threshold Amount” shall mean three times the Employee’s “base amount” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder less one dollar ($1.00); and “Excise Tax” shall mean the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, and any interest or penalties incurred by the Employee with respect to such excise tax.

18. Section 409A .

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Employee’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the Bank determines that the Employee is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Employee becomes entitled to under this Agreement would be considered deferred compensation subject to the 20 percent additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after the Employee’s separation from service, or (B) the Employee’s death; provided, however, that in the case of benefits, the Employee may elect to pay for the costs of such benefits during such delay period in exchange for reimbursement of such costs after the end of the delay period. Any such delayed cash payment shall earn interest at an annual rate equal to the applicable federal short-term rate published by the Internal Revenue Service for the month in which the date of separation from service occurs, from such date of separation from service until the payment.

(b) The parties intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A of the Code. The parties agree that this Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A of the Code and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party.

 

8


(c) To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Employee’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Employee’s “separation from service.” The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

(d) The Bank makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Employee or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as a sealed instrument by the Bank by its duly authorized officer, and by the Employee, as of the Effective Date.

 

Randolph Savings Bank
By:  

 

        James P. McDonough
        President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Peter J. Fraser

 

[Signature page to Agreement with Peter J. Fraser]


EXHIBIT A

BONUS FORMULA


EXHIBIT B

SEPARATION AGREEMENT AND RELEASE

I enter into this Separation Agreement and Release (the “Release”) pursuant to Section 4 of the Agreement between Randolph Savings Bank (the “Bank”) and me (the “Agreement”), which Agreement was effective as of the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger between Randolph Bancorp and First Eastern Bankshares Corporation (the “Seller Company”), dated as of September 1, 2015 (the “Merger Agreement”). I acknowledge my timely execution and return and my non-revocation of this Release are conditions to the payment of the Severance Pay in Section 4 of the Agreement. I therefore agree to the following terms:

1. RELEASE OF CLAIMS . I VOLUNTARILY RELEASE AND FOREVER DISCHARGE THE BANK, ITS AFFILIATED AND RELATED ENTITIES, ITS PREDECESSORS, SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, ITS EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS AND FIDUCIARIES OF SUCH PLANS, AND THE CURRENT AND FORMER OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, SHAREHOLDERS, EMPLOYEES, ATTORNEYS, ACCOUNTANTS AND AGENTS OF ANY AND ALL OF THE FOREGOING IN THEIR OFFICIAL AND PERSONAL CAPACITIES (COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO AS THE “RELEASEES”) GENERALLY FROM ALL CLAIMS, DEMANDS, DEBTS, DAMAGES AND LIABILITIES OF EVERY NAME AND NATURE, KNOWN OR UNKNOWN (“CLAIMS”) THAT, AS OF THE DATE WHEN I SIGN THIS RELEASE, I HAVE, EVER HAD, NOW CLAIM TO HAVE OR EVER CLAIMED TO HAVE HAD AGAINST ANY OR ALL OF THE RELEASEES. THIS INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE RELEASE OF ALL CLAIMS:

 

  RELATING TO MY EMPLOYMENT BY THE BANK AND THE TERMINATION OF MY EMPLOYMENT;

 

  OF WRONGFUL DISCHARGE;

 

  OF BREACH OF CONTRACT;

 

  OF RETALIATION OR DISCRIMINATION UNDER FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL LAW (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CLAIMS OF AGE DISCRIMINATION OR RETALIATION UNDER THE AGE DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ACT, CLAIMS OF DISABILITY DISCRIMINATION OR RETALIATION UNDER THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT, CLAIMS OF DISCRIMINATION OR RETALIATION UNDER TITLE VII OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964 AND CLAIMS OF ANY FORM OF DISCRIMINATION OR RETALIATION THAT IS PROHIBITED BY THE MASSACHUSETTS GENERAL LAWS CHAPTER 151B);

 

  UNDER ANY OTHER FEDERAL OR STATE STATUTE;

 

  OF DEFAMATION OR OTHER TORTS;

 

  OF VIOLATION OF PUBLIC POLICY;

 

  FOR WAGES, BONUSES, INCENTIVE COMPENSATION, VACATION PAY OR ANY OTHER COMPENSATION OR BENEFITS, EITHER UNDER THE MASSACHUSETTS WAGE ACT, M.G.L. C. 149, §§ 148-150C, OR OTHERWISE; AND

 

1


  FOR DAMAGES OR OTHER REMEDIES OF ANY SORT, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES, PUNITIVE DAMAGES, INJUNCTIVE RELIEF AND ATTORNEY’S FEES;

provided , however, that this release shall not affect my rights under the Bank’s Section 401(k) plan, any other “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, 29 U.S.C. § 1002(3), my continuing rights under the Agreement (including the right to payment of any bonus for which an award has been determined but has not been paid during the term of employment), any statutory right to earned but unpaid wages, including vacation pay, statutory or common law rights of indemnification or defense for claims against me based on my status and conduct as an officer of the Bank under any applicable insurance policy, contracts, governing documents or bylaws. In addition, nothing in this release shall affect my rights arising from any relationship that I may have with the Bank or any affiliated or related entity as a customer or a client. Furthermore, nothing in this release shall affect my rights to pursue Claims against individuals based on actions taken in their personal capacities that are unrelated in any way to my employment with the Bank or its termination.

I agree that I shall not seek or accept damages of any nature, other equitable or legal remedies for my own benefit, attorney’s fees, or costs from any of the Releasees with respect to any Claim released by this Release. I represent that I have not assigned to any third party and I have not filed with any agency or court any Claim released by this Release.

2. ONGOING OBLIGATIONS . I REAFFIRM MY ONGOING OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION MY OBLIGATIONS UNDER SECTION 8 (“CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, BANK PROPERTY AND RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS”).

3. LITIGATION AND REGULATORY COOPERATION . I FURTHER AGREE THAT FOR A PERIOD OF TWO YEARS FROM THE DATE OF THE TERMINATION OF MY EMPLOYMENT WITH THE BANK (THE “COOPERATION PERIOD”), I SHALL COOPERATE FULLY WITH THE BANK IN THE DEFENSE OR PROSECUTION OF ANY CLAIMS OR ACTIONS NOW IN EXISTENCE OR WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE FUTURE AGAINST OR ON BEHALF OF THE BANK WHICH RELATE TO EVENTS OR OCCURRENCES THAT TRANSPIRED WHILE I WAS EMPLOYED BY THE BANK. MY FULL COOPERATION IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH CLAIMS OR ACTIONS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, BEING AVAILABLE TO MEET WITH COUNSEL TO PREPARE FOR DISCOVERY OR TRIAL AND TO ACT AS A WITNESS ON BEHALF OF THE BANK AT MUTUALLY CONVENIENT TIMES. DURING THE COOPERATION PERIOD, I SHALL ALSO COOPERATE FULLY WITH THE BANK IN CONNECTION WITH ANY INVESTIGATION OR REVIEW OF ANY FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL REGULATORY AUTHORITY AS ANY SUCH INVESTIGATION OR REVIEW RELATES TO EVENTS OR OCCURRENCES THAT TRANSPIRED WHILE I WAS EMPLOYED BY THE BANK. ANY COOPERATION PURSUANT TO THIS

 

2


PARAGRAPH IS SUBJECT TO THE BANK’S COMMITMENT TO REIMBURSE ME FOR ANY REASONABLE OUT-OF-POCKET EXPENSES INCURRED IN CONNECTION WITH MY PERFORMANCE OF OBLIGATIONS PURSUANT TO THIS PARAGRAPH, BASED ON THE PROCEDURES FOR REIMBURSEMENT APPLICABLE TO EMPLOYEE BUSINESS EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT UNDER THE BANK’S POLICIES. IN ADDITION, IF THE BANK DOES NOT OFFER TO PROVIDE ME WITH LEGAL SERVICES THROUGH THE BANK’S COUNSEL IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH COOPERATION, EITHER DUE TO SUCH COUNSEL’S DETERMINATION THAT JOINT REPRESENTATION CANNOT BE PROVIDED OR FOR ANY OTHER REASON, I MAY CONDITION MY COOPERATION ON THE BANK’S AGREEMENT TO REIMBURSE ME FOR ANY REASONABLE ATTORNEY’S FEES THAT I INCUR IN THE PROVIDING ANY COOPERATION SERVICES PURSUANT TO THIS PARAGRAPH.

4. NO ASSIGNMENT . I REPRESENT THAT I HAVE NOT ASSIGNED TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY ANY CLAIMS AGAINST ANY RELEASEE.

5. RIGHT TO CONSIDER AND REVOKE RELEASE . I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT I HAVE BEEN GIVEN THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSIDER THIS RELEASE FOR A PERIOD ENDING TWENTY-ONE (21) DAYS AFTER THE DATE WHEN IT WAS PROPOSED TO ME. IN THE EVENT THAT I EXECUTED THIS RELEASE WITHIN LESS THAN TWENTY-ONE (21) DAYS AFTER SUCH DATE, I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT SUCH DECISION WAS ENTIRELY VOLUNTARY AND THAT I HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSIDER THIS RELEASE UNTIL THE END OF THE TWENTY-ONE (21) DAY PERIOD. TO ACCEPT THIS RELEASE, I SHALL DELIVER A SIGNED RELEASE TO THE BANK’S MOST SENIOR HUMAN RESOURCES OFFICER WITHIN SUCH TWENTY-ONE (21) DAY PERIOD. FOR A PERIOD OF SEVEN (7) DAYS FROM THE DATE WHEN THE I EXECUTE THIS RELEASE (THE “ REVOCATION PERIOD ”), I SHALL RETAIN THE RIGHT TO REVOKE THIS RELEASE BY WRITTEN NOTICE THAT IS RECEIVED BY SUCH HUMAN RESOURCES OFFICER ON OR BEFORE THE LAST DAY OF THE REVOCATION PERIOD. THIS RELEASE SHALL TAKE EFFECT ONLY IF IT IS EXECUTED WITHIN THE TWENTY-ONE (21) DAY PERIOD AS SET FORTH ABOVE AND IF IT IS NOT REVOKED PURSUANT TO THE PRECEDING SENTENCE. IF THOSE CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED, THIS RELEASE SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE AND ENFORCEABLE ON THE DATE IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING THE LAST DAY OF THE REVOCATION PERIOD (THE “ EFFECTIVE DATE ”).

6. OTHER TERMS .

(a) Legal Representation; Review of Release . I acknowledge that I have been advised to discuss all aspects of this Release with my attorney, that I have carefully read and fully understand all of the provisions of this Release and that I am voluntarily entering into this Release.

 

3


(b) Binding Nature of Release . This Release shall be binding upon me and upon my heirs, administrators, representatives and executors.

(c) Amendment . This Release may be amended only upon a written agreement executed by the Bank and me.

(d) Severability . In the event that at any future time it is determined by an arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction that any covenant, clause, provision or term of this Release is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions and terms of this Release shall not be affected thereby and the illegal, invalid or unenforceable term or provision shall be severed from the remainder of this Release. In the event of such severance, the remaining covenants shall be binding and enforceable.

(e) Governing Law and Interpretation . This Release shall be deemed to be made and entered into in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and shall in all respects be interpreted, enforced and governed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to the conflict of laws provisions of Massachusetts law. The language of all parts of this Release shall in all cases be construed as a whole, according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against the Bank or me.

(f) Entire Agreement; Absence of Reliance . I acknowledge that I am not relying on any promises or representations by the Bank or any of its agents, representatives or attorneys regarding any subject matter addressed in this Release.

So agreed.

 

 

   

 

Peter J. Fraser     Date

 

4


Exhibit B

AGREEMENT

This Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into by and between Randolph Savings Bank (the “Bank”) and Chris A. Kreidermacher (the “Employee”). The effectiveness of this Agreement is contingent upon the closing (the “Closing”) of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger among Randolph Bancorp, First Eastern Bankshares Corporation (the “Seller Company”), and Richard F. Kalagher, dated as of September 1, 2015 (the “Merger Agreement”). This Agreement shall be effective upon the date of the Closing (the “Effective Date”).

9. PURPOSE . THE EMPLOYEE HAS BEEN EMPLOYED IN A SENIOR CAPACITY BY FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK OF BOSTON (THE “SELLER SUBSIDIARY”), WHICH IS A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF THE SELLER COMPANY. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE BANK (THE “BOARD”) BELIEVES THAT THE EMPLOYEE HAS THE SKILLS, KNOWLEDGE AND EXPERIENCE TO BE AN IMPORTANT AND EFFECTIVE CONTRIBUTOR TO THE BANK’S SUCCESS. THE BOARD SEEKS TO ENCOURAGE THE EMPLOYEE’S EMPLOYMENT WITH AND COMMITMENT TO THE BANK UNTIL AT LEAST THE ONE YEAR ANNIVERSARY OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE (THE “ANNIVERSARY DATE”), DURING WHICH PERIOD THE BANK AND THE EMPLOYEE SHALL CONSIDER THE POSSIBILITY OF FUTURE EMPLOYMENT.

10. CERTAIN EMPLOYMENT TERMS . THE EMPLOYEE’S EMPLOYMENT WITH THE BANK SHALL COMMENCE ON THE EFFECTIVE DATE. THE FOLLOWING TERMS SHALL APPLY TO THE EMPLOYEE’S COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYMENT RESPONSIBILITIES DURING THE EMPLOYEE’S EMPLOYMENT WITH THE BANK.

(a) Position and Responsibilities . The Bank shall employ the Employee in a management-level position or positions appropriate for an individual of the Employee’s skills, knowledge and experience with responsibilities consistent with such skills, knowledge and experience.

(b) Salary . The Bank shall pay the Employee a base salary at an annual rate equal to the Employee’s annual base salary rate as an employee of the Seller Subsidiary as of the Effective Date.

(c) Bonus . The Employee shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus pursuant to and subject to the terms of any annual short-term incentive plan that is in place for other members of the Bank’s management team.

(d) Benefits . The Bank shall provide benefits to the Employee in accordance with Sections 7.6(a) – (f) of the Merger Agreement, which Sections are incorporated herein by reference.

 

1


11. AT-WILL EMPLOYMENT . THE BANK’S EMPLOYMENT OF THE EMPLOYEE SHALL BE ON AN AT-WILL BASIS; PROVIDED THAT (I) FOR ANY RESIGNATION OTHER THAN A RESIGNATION EFFECTIVE ON THE ANNIVERSARY DATE, THE EMPLOYEE SHALL GIVE AT LEAST 30 DAYS’ NOTICE OF THE EMPLOYEE’S RESIGNATION FROM EMPLOYMENT WITH THE BANK; AND (II) THE AT-WILL NATURE OF THE EMPLOYEE’S EMPLOYMENT SHALL NOT LIMIT THE EMPLOYEE’S RIGHTS UNDER SECTION 4 (SEVERANCE PAY). IF THE EMPLOYEE GIVES ADVANCE NOTICE OF THE EMPLOYEE’S RESIGNATION, THE BANK MAY ACCELERATE THE TERMINATION OF THE EMPLOYEE’S EMPLOYMENT BY PAYING THE EMPLOYEE’S SALARY AT THE EMPLOYEE’S BASE SALARY RATE FOR ANY PERIOD OF ACCELERATION. SUCH ACCELERATED RESIGNATION SHALL NOT AFFECT THE TREATMENT OF THE EMPLOYEE’S TERMINATION AS A RESIGNATION. FOR A RESIGNATION THAT IS EFFECTIVE ON THE ANNIVERSARY DATE, THE EMPLOYEE SHALL GIVE AT LEAST SEVEN DAYS’ NOTICE.

12. SEVERANCE PAY . IF THE BANK AND THE EMPLOYEE DO NOT AGREE BEFORE THE ANNIVERSARY DATE ON MUTUALLY SATISFACTORY TERMS FOR THE EMPLOYEE’S CONTINUED EMPLOYMENT WITH THE BANK BEYOND THE ANNIVERSARY DATE, THE EMPLOYEE MAY ELECT TO RESIGN EFFECTIVE ON THE ANNIVERSARY DATE OR BE TERMINATED WITHOUT CAUSE BY THE BANK EFFECTIVE ON THE ANNIVERSARY DATE, AT HIS ELECTION, FOR THE PURPOSE OF SUPPORTING A POTENTIAL CLAIM FOR UNEMPLOYMENT BENEFITS SUBJECT TO APPLICABLE LAW. FOR THE AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT, THE EMPLOYEE’S ENTITLEMENTS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE NO GREATER IF THE EMPLOYEE ELECTS TO BE TERMINATED WITHOUT CAUSE BY THE BANK EFFECTIVE ON THE ANNIVERSARY DATE RATHER THAN TO RESIGN EFFECTIVE ON THE ANNIVERSARY DATE. IN THE EVENT OF ANY SUCH RESIGNATION OR TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE, THEN SUBJECT TO THE EMPLOYEE SIGNING A SEPARATION AGREEMENT TO BE PROPOSED BY THE BANK, WHICH SHALL BE SUBSTANTIALLY IN THE FORM ATTACHED HERETO AS EXHIBIT A , AMENDED AS REASONABLY NECESSARY BASED ON APPLICABLE LAW (THE “SEPARATION AGREEMENT AND RELEASE”) AND THE SEPARATION AGREEMENT AND RELEASE BECOMING IRREVOCABLE, ALL WITHIN 45 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF TERMINATION, THE BANK SHALL PAY TO THE EMPLOYEE A SEVERANCE AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE EMPLOYEE’S ANNUAL BASE SALARY AS OF THE DATE OF TERMINATION (THE “BASE SEVERANCE AMOUNT”). IF PRIOR TO THE ANNIVERSARY DATE, THE EMPLOYEE’S EMPLOYMENT IS TERMINATED BY THE BANK FOR ANY REASON OTHER THAN FOR CAUSE, DISABILITY OR DEATH, OR IF THE EMPLOYEE RESIGNS FOR GOOD REASON, THEN SUBJECT TO THE EMPLOYEE SIGNING THE SEPARATION AGREEMENT AND RELEASE AND THE SEPARATION AGREEMENT AND RELEASE BECOMING IRREVOCABLE ALL WITHIN 45 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF TERMINATION, THE BANK SHALL PAY TO THE EMPLOYEE A SEVERANCE AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE EMPLOYEE’S BASE SALARY AS OF THE DATE OF TERMINATION EXPRESSED IN MONTHLY TERMS

 

2


MULTIPLIED BY THE NUMBER OF MONTHS FROM THE DATE OF TERMINATION TO THE TWO YEAR ANNIVERSARY OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE, PRORATED FOR PARTIAL MONTHS (THE “EARLY TERMINATION SEVERANCE AMOUNT”). THE BASE SEVERANCE AMOUNT OR THE EARLY TERMINATION SEVERANCE AMOUNT, WHICHEVER IS APPLICABLE, IS REFERRED TO AS THE “SEVERANCE PAY.” THE SEVERANCE PAY SHALL BE PAID IN A LUMP SUM WITHIN 45 DAYS OF THE DATE OF TERMINATION; PROVIDED , HOWEVER, THAT IF THE 45-DAY PERIOD BEGINS IN ONE CALENDAR YEAR AND ENDS IN A SECOND CALENDAR YEAR, THE SEVERANCE PAY SHALL BE PAID IN THE SECOND CALENDAR YEAR NO LATER THAN THE LAST DAY OF SUCH 45-DAY PERIOD. FOR THE AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT, (I) THE EMPLOYEE SHALL NOT BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE BOTH THE BASE SEVERANCE AMOUNT AND THE EARLY TERMINATION SEVERANCE AMOUNT; AND (II) IN THE EVENT THAT DURING THE EMPLOYEE’S EMPLOYMENT BEFORE THE ANNIVERSARY DATE, THERE EXISTS CAUSE FOR TERMINATION OR THE EMPLOYEE DIES, THE EMPLOYEE SHALL NOT BE ELIGIBLE FOR SEVERANCE PAY.

13. DEFINITIONS . FOR PURPOSES HEREOF, THE FOLLOWING TERMS SHALL HAVE THE MEANINGS SET FORTH BELOW:

(a) “ Cause ” shall mean a termination of the Employee’s employment which is a result of: (i) actions and/or omissions by the Employee satisfying the elements of (A) a felony or (B) a misdemeanor involving dishonesty, the taking of property or moral turpitude; or (ii) willful disclosure of material trade secrets or other material confidential information related to the business of the Bank or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; or (iii) willful and continued failure substantially to perform the Employee’s duties with the Bank (other than any such failure resulting from the Employee’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness) after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Employee by the Board, which demand identifies the specific actions which the Board believes constitute willful and continued failure substantially to perform the Employee’s duties, and which performance is not substantially corrected by the Employee within fourteen (14) days of receipt of such demand; (iv) willful and knowing participation in releasing false or materially misleading financial statements; (v) dishonesty to the Board regarding any material matter; or (vi) failure to cooperate with a bona fide internal investigation or an investigation by regulatory or law enforcement authorities, after being instructed by the Bank to cooperate, or the Employee’s willful destruction or failure to preserve documents or other materials known to be relevant to such investigation or the inducement of others to fail to cooperate or to produce documents or other materials in connection with such investigation.

(b) “ Disability ” shall mean that if, as a result of the Employee’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, the Employee shall have been absent from the Employee’s duties to the Bank on a full-time basis for 120 business days in the aggregate in any 12 month period or is reasonably expected based upon medical information to be absent for such period. If any question shall arise as to whether during any period the Employee has a Disability, the Employee may, and at the request of the Bank shall, submit to the Bank a certification in reasonable detail by a physician selected by the Bank to whom the Employee has no reasonable objection as to whether the Employee is incapacitated and how long any incapacity is expected

 

3


to continue. Such certification shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, be conclusive of the issue. The Employee shall cooperate with any reasonable request of the physician in connection with such certification. If such question shall arise and the Employee fails to submit such certification, the Bank’s determination of such issue shall be binding on the Employee.

(c) “ Good Reason ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events (each, a “Good Reason Condition”) followed by the Good Reason Process, as defined below: (i) a material adverse change in the Employee’s position and/or responsibilities such that the Employee no longer holds a position with responsibilities appropriate for an individual of the Employee’s skills, knowledge and experience; or (ii) a material reduction in the Employee’s annual base salary as in effect on the date hereof or as the same may be increased from time to time hereafter, except for across-the-board reductions of annual base salary similarly affecting all executive officers of the Bank; or (iii) the removal of the Employee from eligibility for any short-term incentive plan for members of the Bank’s management team for which other members of the Bank’s management team remain eligible or the application to the Employee of adverse changes in such plan’s terms that are not applied generally to other management-level participants; provided that “adverse changes in such plan’s terms” shall not be construed to include changes in bonus targets or good faith determinations of bonus amounts; or (iv) the relocation of the Bank’s offices at which the Employee is principally employed (the “Current Offices”) to any other location more than 25 miles of driving distance from the Current Offices, or the requirement by the Bank for the Employee to be based more than 25 miles of driving distance away from the Employee’s residence as of the Effective Date, except for required travel on the Bank’s business to an extent substantially consistent with the Employee’s business travel obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a suspension of any or all of Employee’s duties or responsibilities by the Bank during an investigation that is initiated pursuant to a direction by the Board shall not constitute the occurrence of a material adverse change for purposes of clause (i); provided that Employee’s base salary and fringe benefit entitlements continue during the period of such suspension. The “Good Reason Process” shall mean that (i) the Employee reasonably determines in good faith that a Good Reason Condition has occurred; (ii) the Employee gives the Bank written notice of the first occurrence of the Good Reason Condition within 30 days of the first occurrence of such condition; (C) the Employee cooperates in good faith with the Bank’s efforts for a period of not less than 30 days following such notice (the “Cure Period”) to remedy the Good Reason Condition; (D) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason Condition continues to exist; and (E) the Employee terminates employment by giving written notice no later than 30 days after the expiration of the Cure Period. If the Bank cures the Good Reason Condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred.

14. WITHHOLDING . ALL PAYMENTS MADE BY THE BANK UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE NET OF ANY TAX OR OTHER AMOUNTS REQUIRED TO BE WITHHELD BY THE BANK UNDER APPLICABLE LAW.

15. NO MITIGATION . THE BANK AGREES THAT, IF THE EMPLOYEE’S EMPLOYMENT BY THE BANK IS TERMINATED PRIOR TO THE ANNIVERSARY DATE, THE EMPLOYEE IS NOT REQUIRED TO SEEK OTHER EMPLOYMENT OR TO ATTEMPT IN ANY WAY TO REDUCE THE SEVERANCE PAY. FURTHER, THE SEVERANCE PAY SHALL NOT BE REDUCED BY ANY COMPENSATION EARNED BY THE EMPLOYEE AS THE RESULT OF EMPLOYMENT BY ANOTHER

 

4


EMPLOYER, BY RETIREMENT BENEFITS, BY OFFSET AGAINST ANY AMOUNT CLAIMED TO BE OWED BY THE EMPLOYEE TO THE BANK OR OTHERWISE, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

16. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND BANK PROPERTY .

(f) Confidential Information . As used in this Agreement, “Confidential Information” means information belonging to the Bank which is of value to the Bank in the course of conducting its business and the disclosure of which could result in a competitive or other disadvantage to the Bank. Confidential Information includes, without limitation, financial information, reports, and forecasts; inventions, improvements and other intellectual property; trade secrets; know-how; software; market or sales information or plans; customer lists; and business plans, prospects and opportunities (such as possible acquisitions or dispositions of businesses or facilities) which have been discussed or considered by the management of the Bank. Confidential Information includes information developed by the Employee in the course of the Employee’s employment by the Seller Subsidiary or the Bank, as well as other information to which the Employee may have access in connection with the Employee’s employment. Confidential Information also includes the confidential information of others with which the Bank has a business relationship. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information does not include information in the public domain, unless due to breach of the Employee’s duties under Section 8(b).

(g) Confidentiality . The Employee understands and agrees that the Employee’s employment creates a relationship of confidence and trust between the Employee and the Bank with respect to all Confidential Information. At all times, both during the Employee’s employment with the Bank and after its termination, the Employee will keep in confidence and trust all such Confidential Information, and will not use or disclose any such Confidential Information without the written consent of the Bank, except as may be necessary in the ordinary course of performing the Employee’s duties to the Bank or as otherwise may be required by law.

(h) Documents, Records, etc. All documents, records, data, apparatus, equipment and other physical property, whether or not pertaining to Confidential Information, which are furnished to the Employee by the Bank or any affiliate or are produced by the Employee in connection with the Employee’s employment will be and remain the sole property of the Bank. The Employee will return to the Bank all such materials and property as and when requested by the Bank. In any event, the Employee will return all such materials and property promptly following termination of the Employee’s employment for any reason other than death. The Employee will not retain with the Employee any such material or property or any copies thereof after such termination.

(i) Injunction . The Employee agrees that it would be difficult to measure any damages caused to the Bank which might result from any breach by the Employee of the promises set forth in this Section 8, and that in any event money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any such breach. Accordingly, subject to Section 9 of this Agreement, the Employee agrees that if the Employee breaches, or proposes to breach, any portion of this Section 8, the Bank shall be entitled, in addition to all other remedies that it may have, to an injunction or other appropriate equitable relief to restrain any such breach.

 

5


17. ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES . ANY CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE BREACH THEREOF OR OTHERWISE RELATING TO THE EMPLOYEE’S EMPLOYMENT WITH THE BANK OR ITS TERMINATION, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION STATUTORY CLAIMS (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION STATUTORY DISCRIMINATION OR WAGE CLAIMS) AND COMMON LAW CONTRACT AND TORT CLAIMS SHALL BE SETTLED EXCLUSIVELY BY ARBITRATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS AND THE EMPLOYMENT ARBITRATION RULES OF THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION. SUCH ARBITRATION SHALL BE CONDUCTED IN THE CITY OF BOSTON. IN THE EVENT THAT ANY PERSON OR ENTITY OTHER THAN THE EMPLOYEE OR THE BANK MAY BE A PARTY WITH REGARD TO ANY SUCH CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM, SUCH CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO ARBITRATION SUBJECT TO SUCH OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY’S AGREEMENT. JUDGMENT UPON THE AWARD RENDERED BY THE ARBITRATOR MAY BE ENTERED IN ANY COURT HAVING JURISDICTION THEREOF. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THIS SECTION 9 SHALL NOT PRECLUDE EITHER PARTY FROM PURSUING A COURT ACTION FOR THE SOLE PURPOSE OF OBTAINING A TEMPORARY RESTRAINING ORDER OR A PRELIMINARY INJUNCTION IN CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH SUCH RELIEF IS APPROPRIATE; PROVIDED THAT ANY OTHER RELIEF SHALL BE PURSUED THROUGH AN ARBITRATION PROCEEDING PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION 9.

18. WAIVER . NO WAIVER OF ANY PROVISION HEREOF SHALL BE EFFECTIVE UNLESS MADE IN WRITING AND SIGNED BY THE WAIVING PARTY. THE FAILURE OF EITHER PARTY TO REQUIRE THE PERFORMANCE OF ANY TERM OR OBLIGATION OF THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE WAIVER BY EITHER PARTY OF ANY BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT, SHALL NOT PREVENT ANY SUBSEQUENT ENFORCEMENT OF SUCH TERM OR OBLIGATION OR BE DEEMED A WAIVER OF ANY SUBSEQUENT BREACH.

19. NOTICES . ANY NOTICES, REQUESTS, DEMANDS AND OTHER COMMUNICATIONS PROVIDED FOR BY THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE SUFFICIENT IF IN WRITING AND DELIVERED IN PERSON OR SENT BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, TO THE EMPLOYEE AT THE LAST ADDRESS THE EMPLOYEE HAS FILED IN WRITING WITH THE BANK, OR TO THE BANK AT ITS MAIN OFFICE, ATTENTION OF THE BOARD.

20. EFFECT ON OTHER PLANS . THE EMPLOYEE HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS TO ANY SEVERANCE BENEFITS UNDER ANY CURRENT OR FUTURE BANK SEVERANCE PAY PLAN OR PROGRAM WITH RESPECT TO ANY TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT THAT RENDERS THE EMPLOYEE ELIGIBLE FOR SEVERANCE PAY PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT. SUBJECT TO SUCH

 

6


WAIVER, NOTHING ELSE IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL OTHERWISE LIMIT THE RIGHTS OF THE EMPLOYEE UNDER THE BANK’S BENEFIT PLANS, PROGRAMS OR POLICIES AN ELECTION BY THE EMPLOYEE TO RESIGN FOR GOOD REASON UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL NOT BE DEEMED A VOLUNTARY TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT BY THE EMPLOYEE FOR THE PURPOSE OF INTERPRETING THE PROVISIONS OF ANY OF THE BANK’S BENEFIT PLANS, PROGRAMS OR POLICIES.

21. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . THIS AGREEMENT CONSTITUTES THE ENTIRE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND SUPERSEDES IN ALL RESPECTS ALL PRIOR AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES CONCERNING SUCH SUBJECT MATTER.

22. AMENDMENT . THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE AMENDED OR MODIFIED ONLY BY A WRITTEN INSTRUMENT SIGNED BY THE EMPLOYEE AND BY A DULY AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE BANK.

23. GOVERNING LAW . THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE CONSTRUED UNDER AND BE GOVERNED IN ALL RESPECTS BY THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO SUCH STATE’S CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.

24. OBLIGATIONS OF SUCCESSORS . THE BANK SHALL REQUIRE ANY SUCCESSOR (WHETHER DIRECT OR INDIRECT, BY PURCHASE, MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR OTHERWISE) TO ALL OR SUBSTANTIALLY ALL OF THE BUSINESS OR ASSETS OF THE BANK TO EXPRESSLY ASSUME AND AGREE TO PERFORM THIS AGREEMENT IN THE SAME MANNER AND TO THE SAME EXTENT THAT THE BANK WOULD BE REQUIRED TO PERFORM IF NO SUCH SUCCESSION HAD TAKEN PLACE.

25. ADDITIONAL LIMITATION . ANYTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT TO THE CONTRARY NOTWITHSTANDING, IN THE EVENT THAT ANY COMPENSATION, PAYMENT OR DISTRIBUTION BY THE BANK TO OR FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE EMPLOYEE, WHETHER PAID OR PAYABLE OR DISTRIBUTED OR DISTRIBUTABLE PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT OR OTHERWISE (THE “SEVERANCE PAYMENTS”), WOULD BE SUBJECT TO THE EXCISE TAX IMPOSED BY SECTION 4999 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), THEN THE BENEFITS PAYABLE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE REDUCED (BUT NOT BELOW ZERO) TO THE EXTENT NECESSARY SO THAT THE MAXIMUM SEVERANCE PAYMENTS SHALL NOT EXCEED THE THRESHOLD AMOUNT, AS DEFINED BELOW. TO THE EXTENT THAT THERE IS MORE THAN ONE METHOD OF REDUCING THE PAYMENTS TO BRING THEM WITHIN THE THRESHOLD AMOUNT, THE EMPLOYEE SHALL DETERMINE WHICH METHOD SHALL BE FOLLOWED; PROVIDED THAT IF THE EMPLOYEE FAILS TO MAKE SUCH DETERMINATION WITHIN 15 BUSINESS DAYS AFTER THE BANK HAS SENT THE EMPLOYEE WRITTEN NOTICE OF THE NEED FOR SUCH REDUCTION, THE BANK MAY DETERMINE THE AMOUNT OF SUCH REDUCTION IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION.

 

7


The “Threshold Amount” shall mean three times the Employee’s “base amount” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder less one dollar ($1.00); and “Excise Tax” shall mean the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, and any interest or penalties incurred by the Employee with respect to such excise tax.

26. SECTION 409A .

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Employee’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the Bank determines that the Employee is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Employee becomes entitled to under this Agreement would be considered deferred compensation subject to the 20 percent additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after the Employee’s separation from service, or (B) the Employee’s death; provided, however, that in the case of benefits, the Employee may elect to pay for the costs of such benefits during such delay period in exchange for reimbursement of such costs after the end of the delay period. Any such delayed cash payment shall earn interest at an annual rate equal to the applicable federal short-term rate published by the Internal Revenue Service for the month in which the date of separation from service occurs, from such date of separation from service until the payment.

(b) The parties intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A of the Code. The parties agree that this Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A of the Code and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party.

(c) To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Employee’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Employee’s “separation from service.” The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

(d) The Bank makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Employee or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as a sealed instrument by the Bank by its duly authorized officer, and by the Employee, as of the Effective Date.

 

Randolph Savings Bank
By:  

 

        James P. McDonough
        President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Chris A. Kreidermacher

 

[Signature page to Agreement with Chris A. Kreidermacher]


EXHIBIT A

SEPARATION AGREEMENT AND RELEASE

I enter into this Separation Agreement and Release (the “Release”) pursuant to Section 4 of the Agreement between Randolph Savings Bank (the “Bank”) and me (the “Agreement”), which Agreement was effective as of the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger between Randolph Bancorp and First Eastern Bankshares Corporation (the “Seller Company”), dated as of September 1, 2015 (the “Merger Agreement”). I acknowledge my timely execution and return and my non-revocation of this Release are conditions to the payment of the Severance Pay in Section 4 of the Agreement. I therefore agree to the following terms:

7. RELEASE OF CLAIMS . I VOLUNTARILY RELEASE AND FOREVER DISCHARGE THE BANK, ITS AFFILIATED AND RELATED ENTITIES, ITS PREDECESSORS, SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, ITS EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS AND FIDUCIARIES OF SUCH PLANS, AND THE CURRENT AND FORMER OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, SHAREHOLDERS, EMPLOYEES, ATTORNEYS, ACCOUNTANTS AND AGENTS OF ANY AND ALL OF THE FOREGOING IN THEIR OFFICIAL AND PERSONAL CAPACITIES (COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO AS THE “RELEASEES”) GENERALLY FROM ALL CLAIMS, DEMANDS, DEBTS, DAMAGES AND LIABILITIES OF EVERY NAME AND NATURE, KNOWN OR UNKNOWN (“CLAIMS”) THAT, AS OF THE DATE WHEN I SIGN THIS RELEASE, I HAVE, EVER HAD, NOW CLAIM TO HAVE OR EVER CLAIMED TO HAVE HAD AGAINST ANY OR ALL OF THE RELEASEES. THIS INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE RELEASE OF ALL CLAIMS:

 

  RELATING TO MY EMPLOYMENT BY THE BANK AND THE TERMINATION OF MY EMPLOYMENT;

 

  OF WRONGFUL DISCHARGE;

 

  OF BREACH OF CONTRACT;

 

  OF RETALIATION OR DISCRIMINATION UNDER FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL LAW (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CLAIMS OF AGE DISCRIMINATION OR RETALIATION UNDER THE AGE DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ACT, CLAIMS OF DISABILITY DISCRIMINATION OR RETALIATION UNDER THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT, CLAIMS OF DISCRIMINATION OR RETALIATION UNDER TITLE VII OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964 AND CLAIMS OF ANY FORM OF DISCRIMINATION OR RETALIATION THAT IS PROHIBITED BY THE MASSACHUSETTS GENERAL LAWS CHAPTER 151B);

 

  UNDER ANY OTHER FEDERAL OR STATE STATUTE;

 

  OF DEFAMATION OR OTHER TORTS;

 

  OF VIOLATION OF PUBLIC POLICY;

 

  FOR WAGES, BONUSES, INCENTIVE COMPENSATION, VACATION PAY OR ANY OTHER COMPENSATION OR BENEFITS, EITHER UNDER THE MASSACHUSETTS WAGE ACT, M.G.L. C. 149, §§ 148-150C, OR OTHERWISE; AND


  FOR DAMAGES OR OTHER REMEDIES OF ANY SORT, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES, PUNITIVE DAMAGES, INJUNCTIVE RELIEF AND ATTORNEY’S FEES;

provided , however, that this release shall not affect my rights under the Bank’s Section 401(k) plan, any other “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, 29 U.S.C. § 1002(3), my continuing rights under the Agreement (including the right to payment of any bonus for which an award has been determined but has not been paid during the term of employment), any statutory right to earned but unpaid wages, including vacation pay, statutory or common law rights of indemnification or defense for claims against me based on my status and conduct as an officer of the Bank under any applicable insurance policy, contracts, governing documents or bylaws. In addition, nothing in this release shall affect my rights arising from any relationship that I may have with the Bank or any affiliated or related entity as a customer or a client. Furthermore, nothing in this release shall affect my rights to pursue Claims against individuals based on actions taken in their personal capacities that are unrelated in any way to my employment with the Bank or its termination.

I agree that I shall not seek or accept damages of any nature, other equitable or legal remedies for my own benefit, attorney’s fees, or costs from any of the Releasees with respect to any Claim released by this Release. I represent that I have not assigned to any third party and I have not filed with any agency or court any Claim released by this Release.

8. ONGOING OBLIGATIONS . I REAFFIRM MY ONGOING OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION MY OBLIGATIONS UNDER SECTION 8 (“CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND BANK PROPERTY”).

9. LITIGATION AND REGULATORY COOPERATION . I FURTHER AGREE THAT FOR A PERIOD OF TWO YEARS FROM THE DATE OF THE TERMINATION OF MY EMPLOYMENT WITH THE BANK (THE “COOPERATION PERIOD”), I SHALL COOPERATE FULLY WITH THE BANK IN THE DEFENSE OR PROSECUTION OF ANY CLAIMS OR ACTIONS NOW IN EXISTENCE OR WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE FUTURE AGAINST OR ON BEHALF OF THE BANK WHICH RELATE TO EVENTS OR OCCURRENCES THAT TRANSPIRED WHILE I WAS EMPLOYED BY THE BANK. MY FULL COOPERATION IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH CLAIMS OR ACTIONS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, BEING AVAILABLE TO MEET WITH COUNSEL TO PREPARE FOR DISCOVERY OR TRIAL AND TO ACT AS A WITNESS ON BEHALF OF THE BANK AT MUTUALLY CONVENIENT TIMES. DURING THE COOPERATION PERIOD, I SHALL ALSO COOPERATE FULLY WITH THE BANK IN CONNECTION WITH ANY INVESTIGATION OR REVIEW OF ANY FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL REGULATORY AUTHORITY AS ANY SUCH INVESTIGATION OR REVIEW RELATES TO EVENTS OR OCCURRENCES THAT TRANSPIRED WHILE I WAS EMPLOYED BY THE BANK. ANY COOPERATION PURSUANT TO THIS PARAGRAPH IS SUBJECT TO THE BANK’S COMMITMENT TO REIMBURSE ME

 

2


FOR ANY REASONABLE OUT-OF-POCKET EXPENSES INCURRED IN CONNECTION WITH MY PERFORMANCE OF OBLIGATIONS PURSUANT TO THIS PARAGRAPH, BASED ON THE PROCEDURES FOR REIMBURSEMENT APPLICABLE TO EMPLOYEE BUSINESS EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT UNDER THE BANK’S POLICIES. IN ADDITION, IF THE BANK DOES NOT OFFER TO PROVIDE ME WITH LEGAL SERVICES THROUGH THE BANK’S COUNSEL IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH COOPERATION, EITHER DUE TO SUCH COUNSEL’S DETERMINATION THAT JOINT REPRESENTATION CANNOT BE PROVIDED OR FOR ANY OTHER REASON, I MAY CONDITION MY COOPERATION ON THE BANK’S AGREEMENT TO REIMBURSE ME FOR ANY REASONABLE ATTORNEY’S FEES THAT I INCUR IN THE PROVIDING ANY COOPERATION SERVICES PURSUANT TO THIS PARAGRAPH.

10. NO ASSIGNMENT . I REPRESENT THAT I HAVE NOT ASSIGNED TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY ANY CLAIMS AGAINST ANY RELEASEE.

11. RIGHT TO CONSIDER AND REVOKE RELEASE . I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT I HAVE BEEN GIVEN THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSIDER THIS RELEASE FOR A PERIOD ENDING TWENTY-ONE (21) DAYS AFTER THE DATE WHEN IT WAS PROPOSED TO ME. IN THE EVENT THAT I EXECUTED THIS RELEASE WITHIN LESS THAN TWENTY-ONE (21) DAYS AFTER SUCH DATE, I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT SUCH DECISION WAS ENTIRELY VOLUNTARY AND THAT I HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSIDER THIS RELEASE UNTIL THE END OF THE TWENTY-ONE (21) DAY PERIOD. TO ACCEPT THIS RELEASE, I SHALL DELIVER A SIGNED RELEASE TO THE BANK’S MOST SENIOR HUMAN RESOURCES OFFICER WITHIN SUCH TWENTY-ONE (21) DAY PERIOD. FOR A PERIOD OF SEVEN (7) DAYS FROM THE DATE WHEN THE I EXECUTE THIS RELEASE (THE “ REVOCATION PERIOD ”), I SHALL RETAIN THE RIGHT TO REVOKE THIS RELEASE BY WRITTEN NOTICE THAT IS RECEIVED BY SUCH HUMAN RESOURCES OFFICER ON OR BEFORE THE LAST DAY OF THE REVOCATION PERIOD. THIS RELEASE SHALL TAKE EFFECT ONLY IF IT IS EXECUTED WITHIN THE TWENTY-ONE (21) DAY PERIOD AS SET FORTH ABOVE AND IF IT IS NOT REVOKED PURSUANT TO THE PRECEDING SENTENCE. IF THOSE CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED, THIS RELEASE SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE AND ENFORCEABLE ON THE DATE IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING THE LAST DAY OF THE REVOCATION PERIOD (THE “ EFFECTIVE DATE ”).

12. OTHER TERMS .

(a) Legal Representation; Review of Release . I acknowledge that I have been advised to discuss all aspects of this Release with my attorney, that I have carefully read and fully understand all of the provisions of this Release and that I am voluntarily entering into this Release.

(b) Binding Nature of Release . This Release shall be binding upon me and upon my heirs, administrators, representatives and executors.

 

3


(c) Amendment . This Release may be amended only upon a written agreement executed by the Bank and me.

(d) Severability . In the event that at any future time it is determined by an arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction that any covenant, clause, provision or term of this Release is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions and terms of this Release shall not be affected thereby and the illegal, invalid or unenforceable term or provision shall be severed from the remainder of this Release. In the event of such severance, the remaining covenants shall be binding and enforceable.

(e) Governing Law and Interpretation . This Release shall be deemed to be made and entered into in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and shall in all respects be interpreted, enforced and governed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to the conflict of laws provisions of Massachusetts law. The language of all parts of this Release shall in all cases be construed as a whole, according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against the Bank or me.

(f) Entire Agreement; Absence of Reliance . I acknowledge that I am not relying on any promises or representations by the Bank or any of its agents, representatives or attorneys regarding any subject matter addressed in this Release.

So agreed.

 

 

   

 

Chris A. Kreidermacher     Date

 

4


Exhibit C

AGREEMENT

This Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into by and between Randolph Savings Bank (the “Bank”) and Kellie J. Lally (the “Employee”). The effectiveness of this Agreement is contingent upon the closing (the “Closing”) of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger among Randolph Bancorp, First Eastern Bankshares Corporation (the “Seller Company”), and Richard F. Kalagher, dated as of September 1, 2015 (the “Merger Agreement”). This Agreement shall be effective upon the date of the Closing (the “Effective Date”).

27. PURPOSE . THE EMPLOYEE HAS BEEN EMPLOYED IN A SENIOR CAPACITY BY FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK OF BOSTON (THE “SELLER SUBSIDIARY”), WHICH IS A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF THE SELLER COMPANY. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE BANK (THE “BOARD”) BELIEVES THAT THE EMPLOYEE HAS THE SKILLS, KNOWLEDGE AND EXPERIENCE TO BE AN IMPORTANT AND EFFECTIVE CONTRIBUTOR TO THE BANK’S SUCCESS. THE BOARD SEEKS TO ENCOURAGE THE EMPLOYEE’S EMPLOYMENT WITH AND COMMITMENT TO THE BANK.

28. CERTAIN EMPLOYMENT TERMS . THE EMPLOYEE’S EMPLOYMENT WITH THE BANK SHALL COMMENCE ON THE EFFECTIVE DATE. THE FOLLOWING TERMS SHALL APPLY TO THE EMPLOYEE’S COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYMENT RESPONSIBILITIES DURING THE EMPLOYEE’S EMPLOYMENT WITH THE BANK.

(a) Position and Responsibilities . The Bank shall employ the Employee in a management-level position or positions appropriate for an individual of the Employee’s skills, knowledge and experience with responsibilities consistent with such skills, knowledge and experience.

(b) Salary . The Bank shall pay the Employee a base salary at an annual rate equal to the Employee’s annual base salary rate as an employee of the Seller Subsidiary as of the Effective Date.

(c) Bonus . The Employee shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus pursuant to and subject to the terms of any annual short-term incentive plan that is in place for other members of the Bank’s management team.

(d) Benefits . The Bank shall provide benefits to the Employee in accordance with Sections 7.6(a) – (f) of the Merger Agreement, which Sections are incorporated herein by reference.

29. AT-WILL EMPLOYMENT . THE BANK’S EMPLOYMENT OF THE EMPLOYEE SHALL BE ON AN AT-WILL BASIS; PROVIDED THAT (I) THE EMPLOYEE SHALL GIVE AT LEAST 30 DAYS’ NOTICE OF THE EMPLOYEE’S RESIGNATION FROM EMPLOYMENT WITH THE BANK; AND (II) THE AT-WILL NATURE OF THE EMPLOYEE’S EMPLOYMENT SHALL NOT LIMIT THE

 

1


EMPLOYEE’S RIGHTS UNDER SECTION 4 (SEVERANCE PAY). IF THE EMPLOYEE GIVES ADVANCE NOTICE OF THE EMPLOYEE’S RESIGNATION, THE BANK MAY ACCELERATE THE TERMINATION OF THE EMPLOYEE’S EMPLOYMENT BY PAYING THE EMPLOYEE’S SALARY AT THE EMPLOYEE’S BASE SALARY RATE FOR ANY PERIOD OF ACCELERATION. SUCH ACCELERATED RESIGNATION SHALL NOT AFFECT THE TREATMENT OF THE EMPLOYEE’S TERMINATION AS A RESIGNATION.

30. SEVERANCE PAY . IF PRIOR TO THE FIVE YEAR ANNIVERSARY OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE, THE EMPLOYEE’S EMPLOYMENT IS TERMINATED BY THE BANK FOR ANY REASON OTHER THAN FOR CAUSE, DISABILITY OR DEATH, OR IF THE EMPLOYEE RESIGNS FOR GOOD REASON, THEN SUBJECT TO THE EMPLOYEE SIGNING A SEPARATION AGREEMENT TO BE PROPOSED BY THE BANK, WHICH SHALL BE SUBSTANTIALLY IN THE FORM ATTACHED HERETO AS EXHIBIT A , AMENDED AS REASONABLY NECESSARY BASED ON APPLICABLE LAW (THE “SEPARATION AGREEMENT AND RELEASE”) AND THE SEPARATION AGREEMENT AND RELEASE BECOMING IRREVOCABLE, ALL WITHIN 45 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF TERMINATION, THE BANK SHALL PAY TO THE EMPLOYEE A SEVERANCE AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE EMPLOYEE’S ANNUAL BASE SALARY AS OF THE DATE OF TERMINATION (THE “SEVERANCE PAY”). THE SEVERANCE PAY SHALL BE PAID IN A LUMP SUM WITHIN 45 DAYS OF THE DATE OF TERMINATION; PROVIDED , HOWEVER, THAT IF THE 45-DAY PERIOD BEGINS IN ONE CALENDAR YEAR AND ENDS IN A SECOND CALENDAR YEAR, THE SEVERANCE PAY SHALL BE PAID IN THE SECOND CALENDAR YEAR NO LATER THAN THE LAST DAY OF SUCH 45-DAY PERIOD.

31. DEFINITIONS . FOR PURPOSES HEREOF, THE FOLLOWING TERMS SHALL HAVE THE MEANINGS SET FORTH BELOW:

(a) “ Cause ” shall mean a termination of the Employee’s employment which is a result of: (i) actions and/or omissions by the Employee satisfying the elements of (A) a felony or (B) a misdemeanor involving dishonesty, the taking of property or moral turpitude; or (ii) willful disclosure of material trade secrets or other material confidential information related to the business of the Bank or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; or (iii) willful and continued failure substantially to perform the Employee’s duties with the Bank (other than any such failure resulting from the Employee’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness) after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Employee by the Board, which demand identifies the specific actions which the Board believes constitute willful and continued failure substantially to perform the Employee’s duties, and which performance is not substantially corrected by the Employee within fourteen (14) days of receipt of such demand; (iv) willful and knowing participation in releasing false or materially misleading financial statements; (v) dishonesty to the Board regarding any material matter; or (vi) failure to cooperate with a bona fide internal investigation or an investigation by regulatory or law enforcement authorities, after being instructed by the Bank to cooperate, or the Employee’s willful destruction or failure to preserve documents or other materials known to be relevant to such investigation or the inducement of others to fail to cooperate or to produce documents or other materials in connection with such investigation.

 

2


(b) “ Disability ” shall mean that if, as a result of the Employee’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, the Employee shall have been absent from the Employee’s duties to the Bank on a full-time basis for 120 business days in the aggregate in any 12 month period or is reasonably expected based upon medical information to be absent for such period. If any question shall arise as to whether during any period the Employee has a Disability, the Employee may, and at the request of the Bank shall, submit to the Bank a certification in reasonable detail by a physician selected by the Bank to whom the Employee has no reasonable objection as to whether the Employee is incapacitated and how long any incapacity is expected to continue. Such certification shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, be conclusive of the issue. The Employee shall cooperate with any reasonable request of the physician in connection with such certification. If such question shall arise and the Employee fails to submit such certification, the Bank’s determination of such issue shall be binding on the Employee.

(c) “ Good Reason ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events (each, a “Good Reason Condition”) followed by the Good Reason Process, as defined below: (i) a material adverse change in the Employee’s position and/or responsibilities such that the Employee no longer holds a position with responsibilities appropriate for an individual of the Employee’s skills, knowledge and experience; or (ii) a material reduction in the Employee’s annual base salary as in effect on the date hereof or as the same may be increased from time to time hereafter, except for across-the-board reductions of annual base salary similarly affecting all executive officers of the Bank; or (iii) the removal of the Employee from eligibility for any short-term incentive plan for members of the Bank’s management team for which other members of the Bank’s management team remain eligible or the application to the Employee of adverse changes in such plan’s terms that are not applied generally to other management-level participants; provided that “adverse changes in such plan’s terms” shall not be construed to include changes in bonus targets or good faith determinations of bonus amounts; or (iv) the relocation of the Bank’s offices at which the Employee is principally employed (the “Current Offices”) to any other location more than 25 miles of driving distance from the Current Offices, or the requirement by the Bank for the Employee to be based more than 25 miles of driving distance away from the Current Offices, except for required travel on the Bank’s business to an extent substantially consistent with the Employee’s business travel obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a suspension of any or all of Employee’s duties or responsibilities by the Bank during an investigation that is initiated pursuant to a direction by the Board shall not constitute the occurrence of a material adverse change for purposes of clause (i); provided that Employee’s base salary and fringe benefit entitlements continue during the period of such suspension. The “Good Reason Process” shall mean that (i) the Employee reasonably determines in good faith that a Good Reason Condition has occurred; (ii) the Employee gives the Bank written notice of the first occurrence of the Good Reason Condition within 30 days of the first occurrence of such condition; (C) the Employee cooperates in good faith with the Bank’s efforts for a period of not less than 30 days following such notice (the “Cure Period”) to remedy the Good Reason Condition; (D) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason Condition continues to exist; and (E) the Employee terminates employment by giving written notice no later than 30 days after the expiration of the Cure Period. If the Bank cures the Good Reason Condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred.

 

3


32. WITHHOLDING . ALL PAYMENTS MADE BY THE BANK UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE NET OF ANY TAX OR OTHER AMOUNTS REQUIRED TO BE WITHHELD BY THE BANK UNDER APPLICABLE LAW.

33. NO MITIGATION . THE BANK AGREES THAT, IF THE EMPLOYEE’S EMPLOYMENT BY THE BANK IS TERMINATED PRIOR TO THE FIVE YEAR ANNIVERSARY OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE, THE EMPLOYEE IS NOT REQUIRED TO SEEK OTHER EMPLOYMENT OR TO ATTEMPT IN ANY WAY TO REDUCE THE SEVERANCE PAY. FURTHER, THE SEVERANCE PAY SHALL NOT BE REDUCED BY ANY COMPENSATION EARNED BY THE EMPLOYEE AS THE RESULT OF EMPLOYMENT BY ANOTHER EMPLOYER, BY RETIREMENT BENEFITS, BY OFFSET AGAINST ANY AMOUNT CLAIMED TO BE OWED BY THE EMPLOYEE TO THE BANK OR OTHERWISE, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

34. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND BANK PROPERTY .

(j) Confidential Information . As used in this Agreement, “Confidential Information” means information belonging to the Bank which is of value to the Bank in the course of conducting its business and the disclosure of which could result in a competitive or other disadvantage to the Bank. Confidential Information includes, without limitation, financial information, reports, and forecasts; inventions, improvements and other intellectual property; trade secrets; know-how; software; market or sales information or plans; customer lists; and business plans, prospects and opportunities (such as possible acquisitions or dispositions of businesses or facilities) which have been discussed or considered by the management of the Bank. Confidential Information includes information developed by the Employee in the course of the Employee’s employment by the Seller Subsidiary or the Bank, as well as other information to which the Employee may have access in connection with the Employee’s employment. Confidential Information also includes the confidential information of others with which the Bank has a business relationship. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information does not include information in the public domain, unless due to breach of the Employee’s duties under Section 8(b).

(k) Confidentiality . The Employee understands and agrees that the Employee’s employment creates a relationship of confidence and trust between the Employee and the Bank with respect to all Confidential Information. At all times, both during the Employee’s employment with the Bank and after its termination, the Employee will keep in confidence and trust all such Confidential Information, and will not use or disclose any such Confidential Information without the written consent of the Bank, except as may be necessary in the ordinary course of performing the Employee’s duties to the Bank or as otherwise may be required by law.

(l) Documents, Records, etc. All documents, records, data, apparatus, equipment and other physical property, whether or not pertaining to Confidential Information, which are furnished to the Employee by the Bank or any affiliate or are produced by the Employee in connection with the Employee’s employment will be and remain the sole property of the Bank. The Employee will return to the Bank all such materials and property as and when

 

4


requested by the Bank. In any event, the Employee will return all such materials and property promptly following termination of the Employee’s employment for any reason other than death. The Employee will not retain with the Employee any such material or property or any copies thereof after such termination.

(m) Injunction . The Employee agrees that it would be difficult to measure any damages caused to the Bank which might result from any breach by the Employee of the promises set forth in this Section 8, and that in any event money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any such breach. Accordingly, subject to Section 9 of this Agreement, the Employee agrees that if the Employee breaches, or proposes to breach, any portion of this Section 8, the Bank shall be entitled, in addition to all other remedies that it may have, to an injunction or other appropriate equitable relief to restrain any such breach.

35. ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES . ANY CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE BREACH THEREOF OR OTHERWISE RELATING TO THE EMPLOYEE’S EMPLOYMENT WITH THE BANK OR ITS TERMINATION, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION STATUTORY CLAIMS (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION STATUTORY DISCRIMINATION OR WAGE CLAIMS) AND COMMON LAW CONTRACT AND TORT CLAIMS SHALL BE SETTLED EXCLUSIVELY BY ARBITRATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS AND THE EMPLOYMENT ARBITRATION RULES OF THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION. SUCH ARBITRATION SHALL BE CONDUCTED IN THE CITY OF BOSTON. IN THE EVENT THAT ANY PERSON OR ENTITY OTHER THAN THE EMPLOYEE OR THE BANK MAY BE A PARTY WITH REGARD TO ANY SUCH CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM, SUCH CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO ARBITRATION SUBJECT TO SUCH OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY’S AGREEMENT. JUDGMENT UPON THE AWARD RENDERED BY THE ARBITRATOR MAY BE ENTERED IN ANY COURT HAVING JURISDICTION THEREOF. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THIS SECTION 9 SHALL NOT PRECLUDE EITHER PARTY FROM PURSUING A COURT ACTION FOR THE SOLE PURPOSE OF OBTAINING A TEMPORARY RESTRAINING ORDER OR A PRELIMINARY INJUNCTION IN CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH SUCH RELIEF IS APPROPRIATE; PROVIDED THAT ANY OTHER RELIEF SHALL BE PURSUED THROUGH AN ARBITRATION PROCEEDING PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION 9.

36. WAIVER . NO WAIVER OF ANY PROVISION HEREOF SHALL BE EFFECTIVE UNLESS MADE IN WRITING AND SIGNED BY THE WAIVING PARTY. THE FAILURE OF EITHER PARTY TO REQUIRE THE PERFORMANCE OF ANY TERM OR OBLIGATION OF THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE WAIVER BY EITHER PARTY OF ANY BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT, SHALL NOT PREVENT ANY SUBSEQUENT ENFORCEMENT OF SUCH TERM OR OBLIGATION OR BE DEEMED A WAIVER OF ANY SUBSEQUENT BREACH.

37. NOTICES . ANY NOTICES, REQUESTS, DEMANDS AND OTHER COMMUNICATIONS PROVIDED FOR BY THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE

 

5


SUFFICIENT IF IN WRITING AND DELIVERED IN PERSON OR SENT BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, TO THE EMPLOYEE AT THE LAST ADDRESS THE EMPLOYEE HAS FILED IN WRITING WITH THE BANK, OR TO THE BANK AT ITS MAIN OFFICE, ATTENTION OF THE BOARD.

38. EFFECT ON OTHER PLANS . THE EMPLOYEE HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS TO ANY SEVERANCE BENEFITS UNDER ANY CURRENT OR FUTURE BANK SEVERANCE PAY PLAN OR PROGRAM WITH RESPECT TO ANY TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT THAT RENDERS THE EMPLOYEE ELIGIBLE FOR SEVERANCE PAY PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT. SUBJECT TO SUCH WAIVER, NOTHING ELSE IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL OTHERWISE LIMIT THE RIGHTS OF THE EMPLOYEE UNDER THE BANK’S BENEFIT PLANS, PROGRAMS OR POLICIES AN ELECTION BY THE EMPLOYEE TO RESIGN FOR GOOD REASON UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL NOT BE DEEMED A VOLUNTARY TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT BY THE EMPLOYEE FOR THE PURPOSE OF INTERPRETING THE PROVISIONS OF ANY OF THE BANK’S BENEFIT PLANS, PROGRAMS OR POLICIES.

39. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . THIS AGREEMENT CONSTITUTES THE ENTIRE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND SUPERSEDES IN ALL RESPECTS ALL PRIOR AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES CONCERNING SUCH SUBJECT MATTER.

40. AMENDMENT . THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE AMENDED OR MODIFIED ONLY BY A WRITTEN INSTRUMENT SIGNED BY THE EMPLOYEE AND BY A DULY AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE BANK.

41. GOVERNING LAW . THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE CONSTRUED UNDER AND BE GOVERNED IN ALL RESPECTS BY THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO SUCH STATE’S CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.

42. OBLIGATIONS OF SUCCESSORS . THE BANK SHALL REQUIRE ANY SUCCESSOR (WHETHER DIRECT OR INDIRECT, BY PURCHASE, MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR OTHERWISE) TO ALL OR SUBSTANTIALLY ALL OF THE BUSINESS OR ASSETS OF THE BANK TO EXPRESSLY ASSUME AND AGREE TO PERFORM THIS AGREEMENT IN THE SAME MANNER AND TO THE SAME EXTENT THAT THE BANK WOULD BE REQUIRED TO PERFORM IF NO SUCH SUCCESSION HAD TAKEN PLACE.

43. ADDITIONAL LIMITATION . ANYTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT TO THE CONTRARY NOTWITHSTANDING, IN THE EVENT THAT ANY COMPENSATION, PAYMENT OR DISTRIBUTION BY THE BANK TO OR FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE EMPLOYEE, WHETHER PAID OR PAYABLE OR DISTRIBUTED OR DISTRIBUTABLE PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT OR OTHERWISE (THE “SEVERANCE PAYMENTS”), WOULD BE SUBJECT TO THE

 

6


EXCISE TAX IMPOSED BY SECTION 4999 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), THEN THE BENEFITS PAYABLE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE REDUCED (BUT NOT BELOW ZERO) TO THE EXTENT NECESSARY SO THAT THE MAXIMUM SEVERANCE PAYMENTS SHALL NOT EXCEED THE THRESHOLD AMOUNT, AS DEFINED BELOW. TO THE EXTENT THAT THERE IS MORE THAN ONE METHOD OF REDUCING THE PAYMENTS TO BRING THEM WITHIN THE THRESHOLD AMOUNT, THE EMPLOYEE SHALL DETERMINE WHICH METHOD SHALL BE FOLLOWED; PROVIDED THAT IF THE EMPLOYEE FAILS TO MAKE SUCH DETERMINATION WITHIN 15 BUSINESS DAYS AFTER THE BANK HAS SENT THE EMPLOYEE WRITTEN NOTICE OF THE NEED FOR SUCH REDUCTION, THE BANK MAY DETERMINE THE AMOUNT OF SUCH REDUCTION IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION.

The “Threshold Amount” shall mean three times the Employee’s “base amount” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder less one dollar ($1.00); and “Excise Tax” shall mean the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, and any interest or penalties incurred by the Employee with respect to such excise tax.

44. SECTION 409A .

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Employee’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the Bank determines that the Employee is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Employee becomes entitled to under this Agreement would be considered deferred compensation subject to the 20 percent additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after the Employee’s separation from service, or (B) the Employee’s death; provided, however, that in the case of benefits, the Employee may elect to pay for the costs of such benefits during such delay period in exchange for reimbursement of such costs after the end of the delay period. Any such delayed cash payment shall earn interest at an annual rate equal to the applicable federal short-term rate published by the Internal Revenue Service for the month in which the date of separation from service occurs, from such date of separation from service until the payment.

(b) The parties intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A of the Code. The parties agree that this Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A of the Code and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party.

(c) To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Employee’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Employee’s “separation from service.” The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

 

7


(d) The Bank makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Employee or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as a sealed instrument by the Bank by its duly authorized officer, and by the Employee, as of the Effective Date.

 

Randolph Savings Bank
By:  

 

  James P. McDonough
  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Kellie J. Lally

 

[Signature page to Agreement with Kellie J. Lally]


EXHIBIT A

SEPARATION AGREEMENT AND RELEASE

I enter into this Separation Agreement and Release (the “Release”) pursuant to Section 4 of the Agreement between Randolph Savings Bank (the “Bank”) and me (the “Agreement”), which Agreement was effective as of the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger between Randolph Bancorp and First Eastern Bankshares Corporation (the “Seller Company”), dated as of September 1, 2015 (the “Merger Agreement”). I acknowledge my timely execution and return and my non-revocation of this Release are conditions to the payment of the Severance Pay in Section 4 of the Agreement. I therefore agree to the following terms:

13. RELEASE OF CLAIMS . I VOLUNTARILY RELEASE AND FOREVER DISCHARGE THE BANK, ITS AFFILIATED AND RELATED ENTITIES, ITS PREDECESSORS, SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, ITS EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS AND FIDUCIARIES OF SUCH PLANS, AND THE CURRENT AND FORMER OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, SHAREHOLDERS, EMPLOYEES, ATTORNEYS, ACCOUNTANTS AND AGENTS OF ANY AND ALL OF THE FOREGOING IN THEIR OFFICIAL AND PERSONAL CAPACITIES (COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO AS THE “RELEASEES”) GENERALLY FROM ALL CLAIMS, DEMANDS, DEBTS, DAMAGES AND LIABILITIES OF EVERY NAME AND NATURE, KNOWN OR UNKNOWN (“CLAIMS”) THAT, AS OF THE DATE WHEN I SIGN THIS RELEASE, I HAVE, EVER HAD, NOW CLAIM TO HAVE OR EVER CLAIMED TO HAVE HAD AGAINST ANY OR ALL OF THE RELEASEES. THIS INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE RELEASE OF ALL CLAIMS:

 

  RELATING TO MY EMPLOYMENT BY THE BANK AND THE TERMINATION OF MY EMPLOYMENT;

 

  OF WRONGFUL DISCHARGE;

 

  OF BREACH OF CONTRACT;

 

  OF RETALIATION OR DISCRIMINATION UNDER FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL LAW (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CLAIMS OF AGE DISCRIMINATION OR RETALIATION UNDER THE AGE DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ACT, CLAIMS OF DISABILITY DISCRIMINATION OR RETALIATION UNDER THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT, CLAIMS OF DISCRIMINATION OR RETALIATION UNDER TITLE VII OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964 AND CLAIMS OF ANY FORM OF DISCRIMINATION OR RETALIATION THAT IS PROHIBITED BY THE MASSACHUSETTS GENERAL LAWS CHAPTER 151B);

 

  UNDER ANY OTHER FEDERAL OR STATE STATUTE;

 

  OF DEFAMATION OR OTHER TORTS;

 

  OF VIOLATION OF PUBLIC POLICY;

 

  FOR WAGES, BONUSES, INCENTIVE COMPENSATION, VACATION PAY OR ANY OTHER COMPENSATION OR BENEFITS, EITHER UNDER THE MASSACHUSETTS WAGE ACT, M.G.L. C. 149, §§ 148-150C, OR OTHERWISE; AND


  FOR DAMAGES OR OTHER REMEDIES OF ANY SORT, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES, PUNITIVE DAMAGES, INJUNCTIVE RELIEF AND ATTORNEY’S FEES;

provided , however, that this release shall not affect my rights under the Bank’s Section 401(k) plan, any other “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, 29 U.S.C. § 1002(3), my continuing rights under the Agreement (including the right to payment of any bonus for which an award has been determined but has not been paid during the term of employment), any statutory right to earned but unpaid wages, including vacation pay, statutory or common law rights of indemnification or defense for claims against me based on my status and conduct as an officer of the Bank under any applicable insurance policy, contracts, governing documents or bylaws. In addition, nothing in this release shall affect my rights arising from any relationship that I may have with the Bank or any affiliated or related entity as a customer or a client. Furthermore, nothing in this release shall affect my rights to pursue Claims against individuals based on actions taken in their personal capacities that are unrelated in any way to my employment with the Bank or its termination.

I agree that I shall not seek or accept damages of any nature, other equitable or legal remedies for my own benefit, attorney’s fees, or costs from any of the Releasees with respect to any Claim released by this Release. I represent that I have not assigned to any third party and I have not filed with any agency or court any Claim released by this Release.

14. ONGOING OBLIGATIONS . I REAFFIRM MY ONGOING OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION MY OBLIGATIONS UNDER SECTION 8 (“CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND BANK PROPERTY”).

15. LITIGATION AND REGULATORY COOPERATION . I FURTHER AGREE THAT FOR A PERIOD OF TWO YEARS FROM THE DATE OF THE TERMINATION OF MY EMPLOYMENT WITH THE BANK (THE “COOPERATION PERIOD”), I SHALL COOPERATE FULLY WITH THE BANK IN THE DEFENSE OR PROSECUTION OF ANY CLAIMS OR ACTIONS NOW IN EXISTENCE OR WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE FUTURE AGAINST OR ON BEHALF OF THE BANK WHICH RELATE TO EVENTS OR OCCURRENCES THAT TRANSPIRED WHILE I WAS EMPLOYED BY THE BANK. MY FULL COOPERATION IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH CLAIMS OR ACTIONS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, BEING AVAILABLE TO MEET WITH COUNSEL TO PREPARE FOR DISCOVERY OR TRIAL AND TO ACT AS A WITNESS ON BEHALF OF THE BANK AT MUTUALLY CONVENIENT TIMES. DURING THE COOPERATION PERIOD, I SHALL ALSO COOPERATE FULLY WITH THE BANK IN CONNECTION WITH ANY INVESTIGATION OR REVIEW OF ANY FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL REGULATORY AUTHORITY AS ANY SUCH INVESTIGATION OR REVIEW RELATES TO EVENTS OR OCCURRENCES THAT TRANSPIRED WHILE I WAS EMPLOYED BY THE BANK. ANY COOPERATION PURSUANT TO THIS PARAGRAPH IS SUBJECT TO THE BANK’S COMMITMENT TO REIMBURSE ME


FOR ANY REASONABLE OUT-OF-POCKET EXPENSES INCURRED IN CONNECTION WITH MY PERFORMANCE OF OBLIGATIONS PURSUANT TO THIS PARAGRAPH, BASED ON THE PROCEDURES FOR REIMBURSEMENT APPLICABLE TO EMPLOYEE BUSINESS EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT UNDER THE BANK’S POLICIES. IN ADDITION, IF THE BANK DOES NOT OFFER TO PROVIDE ME WITH LEGAL SERVICES THROUGH THE BANK’S COUNSEL IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH COOPERATION, EITHER DUE TO SUCH COUNSEL’S DETERMINATION THAT JOINT REPRESENTATION CANNOT BE PROVIDED OR FOR ANY OTHER REASON, I MAY CONDITION MY COOPERATION ON THE BANK’S AGREEMENT TO REIMBURSE ME FOR ANY REASONABLE ATTORNEY’S FEES THAT I INCUR IN THE PROVIDING ANY COOPERATION SERVICES PURSUANT TO THIS PARAGRAPH.

16. NO ASSIGNMENT . I REPRESENT THAT I HAVE NOT ASSIGNED TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY ANY CLAIMS AGAINST ANY RELEASEE.

17. RIGHT TO CONSIDER AND REVOKE RELEASE . I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT I HAVE BEEN GIVEN THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSIDER THIS RELEASE FOR A PERIOD ENDING TWENTY-ONE (21) DAYS AFTER THE DATE WHEN IT WAS PROPOSED TO ME. IN THE EVENT THAT I EXECUTED THIS RELEASE WITHIN LESS THAN TWENTY-ONE (21) DAYS AFTER SUCH DATE, I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT SUCH DECISION WAS ENTIRELY VOLUNTARY AND THAT I HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSIDER THIS RELEASE UNTIL THE END OF THE TWENTY-ONE (21) DAY PERIOD. TO ACCEPT THIS RELEASE, I SHALL DELIVER A SIGNED RELEASE TO THE BANK’S MOST SENIOR HUMAN RESOURCES OFFICER WITHIN SUCH TWENTY-ONE (21) DAY PERIOD. FOR A PERIOD OF SEVEN (7) DAYS FROM THE DATE WHEN THE I EXECUTE THIS RELEASE (THE “ REVOCATION PERIOD ”), I SHALL RETAIN THE RIGHT TO REVOKE THIS RELEASE BY WRITTEN NOTICE THAT IS RECEIVED BY SUCH HUMAN RESOURCES OFFICER ON OR BEFORE THE LAST DAY OF THE REVOCATION PERIOD. THIS RELEASE SHALL TAKE EFFECT ONLY IF IT IS EXECUTED WITHIN THE TWENTY-ONE (21) DAY PERIOD AS SET FORTH ABOVE AND IF IT IS NOT REVOKED PURSUANT TO THE PRECEDING SENTENCE. IF THOSE CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED, THIS RELEASE SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE AND ENFORCEABLE ON THE DATE IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING THE LAST DAY OF THE REVOCATION PERIOD (THE “ EFFECTIVE DATE ”).

18. OTHER TERMS .

(a) Legal Representation; Review of Release. I acknowledge that I have been advised to discuss all aspects of this Release with my attorney, that I have carefully read and fully understand all of the provisions of this Release and that I am voluntarily entering into this Release.

(b) Binding Nature of Release. This Release shall be binding upon me and upon my heirs, administrators, representatives and executors.


(c) Amendment. This Release may be amended only upon a written agreement executed by the Bank and me.

(d) Severability. In the event that at any future time it is determined by an arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction that any covenant, clause, provision or term of this Release is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions and terms of this Release shall not be affected thereby and the illegal, invalid or unenforceable term or provision shall be severed from the remainder of this Release. In the event of such severance, the remaining covenants shall be binding and enforceable.

(e) Governing Law and Interpretation. This Release shall be deemed to be made and entered into in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and shall in all respects be interpreted, enforced and governed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to the conflict of laws provisions of Massachusetts law. The language of all parts of this Release shall in all cases be construed as a whole, according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against the Bank or me.

(f) Entire Agreement; Absence of Reliance. I acknowledge that I am not relying on any promises or representations by the Bank or any of its agents, representatives or attorneys regarding any subject matter addressed in this Release.

So agreed.

 

 

   

 

Kellie J. Lally     Date

Exhibit 2.3

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER , dated as of September 15, 2015 (this “ Agreement ”), by and among Randolph Bancorp, a Massachusetts-chartered mutual bank holding company (“ Buyer ”), First Eastern Bankshares Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation (the “ Company ”), and Richard F. Kalagher, an individual residing at 25111 Ridge Oak Drive, Bonita Spring, FL 34134 (“ Shareholder ”).

WHEREAS , Buyer, the Company and Shareholder entered into that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 1, 2015 (the “ Merger Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS , the parties desire to amend the Merger Agreement as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, representations, warranties and agreements contained herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

1. Section 6.1(d) of the Merger Agreement is hereby deleted and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(d) Compensation; Employment Agreements; Etc . Enter into or amend any employment, severance or similar agreements or arrangements with any of its directors, officers, employees or consultants, grant any salary or wage increase, increase any mortgage loan originator commission rates, increase any employee benefit, or make any incentive or bonus payments, except for (i) such increases and payments to employees in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; provided , however , that any increases in salary do not exceed three percent (3%), (ii) as may be required by law, (iii) to satisfy contractual obligations existing as of the date hereof and disclosed on Schedule 3.20 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, or (iv) payments to Peter J. Fraser, Chris A. Kreidermacher and Kellie J. Lally of 299% of their respective average annual compensation over the most recent five taxable years ending prior to the Closing Date, pursuant to written agreements between the Company and such individuals to be executed prior to the Closing Date in forms reasonably acceptable to the Company and Buyer (the “ Bonus Agreements ”).

2. Section 9.1(c) of the Merger Agreement is hereby deleted and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(c) by Buyer, on the one hand, or the Company or Shareholder, on the other hand, (provided that the terminating party is not then in material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or other agreement contained herein) in the event of a breach by Buyer, on the one hand, or the Company or Shareholder, on the other hand, of any representation, warranty, covenant or other agreement contained herein, which breach cannot be or has not been cured within 30 days after the giving of written notice to the breaching party of such breach or the Outside Date, if earlier, and such breach would entitle Buyer, on the one hand, or the Company or Shareholder, on the other hand, as the non-breaching party, not to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby under Article VIII; or”

3. This Agreement shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to the conflict of law principles thereof.


3. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to constitute an original. A facsimile copy or electronic transmission of a signature page shall be deemed to be an original signature page.

4. Except to the extent modified herein, the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

(Signature page follows)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in counterparts by their duly authorized officers, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

RANDOLPH BANCORP
By:  

/s/ James P. McDonough

Name:   James P. McDonough
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Richard F. Kalagher

Name:   Richard F. Kalagher
Title:   President
RICHARD F. KALAGHER, solely with respect to his individual obligations under this Agreement and not the obligations of the Company
By:  

/s/ Richard F. Kalagher

Name:   Richard F. Kalagher

Exhibit 2.4

EXECUTION COPY

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER , dated as of February 5, 2016 (this “ Agreement ”), by and among Randolph Bancorp, a Massachusetts-chartered mutual bank holding company (“ Buyer ”), First Eastern Bankshares Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation (the “ Company ”), and Richard F. Kalagher, an individual residing at 25111 Ridge Oak Drive, Bonita Spring, FL 34134 (“ Shareholder ”).

WHEREAS , Buyer, the Company and Shareholder entered into that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 1, 2015 (as amended, the “ Merger Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS , Buyer, the Company and Shareholder entered into that certain Amendment No. 1 to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 15, 2015; and

WHEREAS , the parties desire to amend the Merger Agreement as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, representations, warranties and agreements contained herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

1. The Merger Agreement is hereby amended to delete Section 2.8 thereof in its entirety.

2. Section 3.7(b) is hereby deleted and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(b) As of the date hereof, the Company has no Knowledge of any reasons relating to the Company or the Company Bank why all of the Regulatory Approvals shall not be procured from the applicable Governmental Authorities having jurisdiction over the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.”

3. Section 4.5 is hereby deleted and restated in its entirety as follows:

“Section 4.5 Regulatory Approvals . As of the date hereof, Shareholder has no Knowledge of any reasons relating to Shareholder, the Company or Company Bank why all of the Regulatory Approvals shall not be procured from the applicable Governmental Authorities having jurisdiction over the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.”

4. Section 5.5 (b) is hereby deleted and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(b) As of the date hereof, Buyer has no Knowledge of any reasons relating to Buyer or Buyer Bank why (i) all of the Regulatory Approvals shall not be procured from the applicable Governmental Authorities having jurisdiction over the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (ii) Buyer would be unable to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.”

5. Section 6.1(c) of the Merger Agreement is hereby deleted and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(c) Dividends, Etc . (i) Directly or indirectly combine, redeem, reclassify, purchase or otherwise acquire, any shares of its stock; or (ii) make, declare or pay any dividend on or in respect of, or declare or make any distribution on, any shares of stock other than dividends from wholly-owned Subsidiaries to the Company or any other wholly-owned Subsidiary of the


Company, as applicable; provided , however , that the Company shall pay to Shareholder dividends in the amount equal to the net income of the Company and its wholly-owned Subsidiaries for the period beginning on July 1, 2015 and ending on the month-end prior to the Effective Time, consistent with past practice and without regard to any later impact of the accounting and/or tax treatment of the Bonuses and other expenses related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. In the event that any gains on the sale of mortgage servicing rights are realized by the Company and its wholly-owned Subsidiaries in the period from the last day of the month prior to the Closing Date through the Closing Date, the net income of the Company for the period beginning on July 1, 2015 and ending on the month-end prior to the Effective Time shall be adjusted to include such gains on sale for purposes of determining the Company’s net income and the payment of dividends to Shareholder hereunder for such period, subject to the limitations set forth in subsection (ii) of the definition of Closing Balance Sheet set forth in Section 11.2(a). Buyer acknowledges and agrees that, as a means to permit payment of such dividends prior to the Effective Time, the Company may seek prior approval or non-objection from Governmental Authorities with respect to payment of dividends based upon estimates of net income during such period and pay such dividends. In the event that Governmental Authorities will not approve or not object to such dividends and/or the payment of such dividends prior to the Effective Time, the parties shall work cooperatively and in good faith to cause payment of the amount of dividends to Shareholder following the Effective Time in a manner that results in a similar tax impact to Shareholder, as if such payment were made prior to the Effective Time.”

6. Section 6.1(d) of the Merger Agreement is hereby deleted and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(d) Compensation; Employment Agreements; Etc . Enter into or amend any employment, severance or similar agreements or arrangements with any of its directors, officers, employees or consultants, grant any salary or wage increase, increase any mortgage loan originator commission rates, increase any employee benefit, or make any incentive or bonus payments, except for (i) such increases and payments to employees in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; provided , however , that any increases in compensation (excluding mortgage loan commissions) do not exceed, in the aggregate, five percent (5%) of the aggregate amount of all annual salaries, bonuses and overtime paid to employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries during 2015, or, individually, ten percent (10%) of the annual salary, bonus and overtime paid to the employee during 2015, (ii) as may be required by law, (iii) to satisfy contractual obligations existing as of the date hereof and disclosed on Schedule 3.20 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, (iv) payments to Peter J. Fraser, Chris A. Kreidermacher and Kellie J. Lally of 299% of their respective average annual compensation over the most recent five taxable years ending prior to the Closing Date, pursuant to written agreements between the Company and such individuals to be executed prior to the Closing Date in forms reasonably acceptable to the Company and Buyer (the “ Bonus Agreements ”), or (v) with respect to any amounts payable under Section 7.6(i).”

 

2


7. Section 6.1(g) of the Merger Agreement is hereby deleted and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(g) Dispositions . Sell, transfer, mortgage, encumber or otherwise dispose of or discontinue any of its assets, deposits, business or properties except (i) the sale, transfer or pledge of Loans, in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and (ii) other transactions in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and in a transaction that, together with all other such transactions, is not material to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. For the avoidance of doubt, between July 1, 2015 and the Closing Date, the Company may sell mortgage servicing rights for Loans with an unpaid principal balance at the time of closing of such sale of no more than $250,000,000 and such sale or sales shall be deemed in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and permissible under this Section.”

8. Section 6.1(j) of the Merger Agreement is hereby deleted and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(j) Capital Expenditures . Except as described in Schedule 3.20 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, make any capital expenditures other than capital expenditures in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice in amounts not exceeding $100,000 in the aggregate.”

9. Section 6.1(q) of the Merger Agreement is hereby deleted and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(q) Loans . (i) Make, increase or purchase any Loan (which for purposes of this Section 6.1(q) shall include both funded and unfunded commitments) if, as a result of such action, the total commitment to the borrower and the borrower’s Affiliates would equal or exceed $1,000,000; (ii) make, increase or purchase any fixed-rate Loan with pricing below market rate; (iii) renegotiate, extend or modify any existing Loan by the Company Bank in an amount equal to or greater than $500,000; or (iv) renew or increase any existing Loan by the Company Bank or purchase any Loan in an amount equal to or greater than $500,000.”

10. Section 7.4 of the Merger Agreement is hereby deleted and restated in its entirety as follows:

“7.4 Regulatory Applications; Filings; Consents . Buyer and the Company, their respective Subsidiaries and Shareholder shall cooperate and use their respective reasonable best efforts (a) to promptly prepare all documentation, effect all filings and obtain all permits, consents, waivers, approvals and authorizations of all third parties and Governmental Authorities necessary to consummate the Conversion and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation, the Regulatory Approvals and the Conversion Approvals, and (b) to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, consents, approvals and authorizations. Buyer agrees to promptly file the requisite applications or notices, and accompanying documents to be filed by it with the FRB, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the FDIC, the Massachusetts Division of Banks and other Governmental Authorities, with respect to the Conversion and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, it being understood that Buyer’s prompt filing of such applications or notices is subject to the Company having provided all requisite information necessary for such applications or notices to be deemed complete by the applicable Governmental Authority following reasonable notice from Buyer to

 

3


the Company of the form and content of such required information. Each of Buyer and the Company shall have the right to review in advance, and to the extent practicable each will consult with the other, in each case subject to applicable laws relating to the exchange of information, with respect to, all material written information submitted to any third party or any Governmental Authority in connection with the Conversion and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided, however, that Buyer may exclude from the foregoing its confidential business plan. In exercising the foregoing right, each of the parties hereto agrees to act reasonably and as promptly as practicable. Each party hereto agrees that it will consult with the other parties hereto with respect to the obtaining of all material permits, consents, approvals and authorizations of all third parties and Governmental Authorities necessary or advisable to consummate the Conversion and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and each party will keep the other parties reasonably apprised of the status of material matters relating to the Conversion and the completion of the transactions contemplated hereby. In the event that any Governmental Authorities communicate with the Buyer or its representatives in any fashion regarding the Conversion, the Conversion Approvals, the Regulatory Approvals or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, Buyer shall, within three Business Days after such communication, (a) provide the Company and its counsel with a copy of any written communication (including email) received or (b) with respect to oral communications, provide a summary thereof to the Company and its counsel.”

11. Section 7.6(i) of the Merger Agreement is hereby deleted and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(i) The Company shall designate, in consultation with Buyer, certain loan originators and other persons who are employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries who will be entitled to receive a retention bonus from Buyer, which may be comprised of an amount related to closed loan production prior to the Effective Time and/or a lump sum payment, in the event that such employee remains an employee of Buyer, Buyer Bank, the Company or any Subsidiaries of Buyer, Buyer Bank or the Company as of the earlier of ninety (90) days following the Effective Time or the involuntary termination after the Effective Time of such employee. The aggregate amount of such retention bonuses to be paid by Buyer for all designated employees shall be $200,000, and the allocation of each such bonus will be determined by Buyer and the Company, in their commercially reasonable discretion.”

12. Section 7.14 of the Merger Agreement is hereby deleted and restated in its entirety as follows:

Information Systems Conversion . From and after the date hereof, representatives of Buyer, Buyer Bank, and the Company and the Company Bank shall meet on a regular basis to discuss and plan for the conversion of the Company’s or Buyer’s data processing and related electronic informational systems to those to be used upon the consummation of the Merger (the “ Information Systems Conversion ”) and to maximize operating efficiencies of the Surviving Corporation and Buyer Bank after the Effective Time. In connection therewith, the parties hereto shall cooperate with each other and use their reasonable best efforts to provide customers with any communications and/or notices that are necessary or advisable; provided , however , that the Company in its discretion may elect to defer any such customer communication or notice until the receipt of all Regulatory Approvals (excluding any waiting period in respect thereof). The

 

4


Information Systems Conversion shall include, but not be limited to: (a) discussion on third party service provider arrangements of the Company; (b) non-renewal, after the Effective Time, of personal property leases and software licenses used by the Company in connection with the systems operations; (c) retention of outside consultants and additional employees to assist with the Information Systems Conversion; (d) outsourcing, as appropriate after the Effective Time, of proprietary or self-provided system services and (e) any other actions necessary and appropriate to facilitate the Information Systems Conversion, as soon as practicable following the Effective Time. Buyer and Buyer Bank may enter into an agreement with a core processor who shall be the core processor of the Surviving Corporation and Buyer Bank after the Effective Time, but the Company and Company Bank shall not be required to take any action prior to the Effective Time to terminate, modify or enter into any agreements with respect to the information systems of the Company or the Company Bank.”

13. Section 8.1(a) of the Merger Agreement is hereby deleted and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(a) Regulatory Approvals . All Regulatory Approvals shall have been obtained and shall remain in full force and effect and all statutory waiting periods in respect thereof shall have expired.”

14. Section 8.2(b) of the Merger Agreement is hereby deleted and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(b) Third Party Consents . The consents or approvals of (i) all Persons (other than Governmental Authorities) required for the continued use and occupation of any leased real estate that are required in order to prevent a breach of, or default under, or a termination of any right of, or any right of acceleration of any liability under, any of the Leases shall have been obtained, and (ii) the Federal National Mortgage Association, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, the Federal Housing Administration, the United States Department of Veterans Affairs and the Massachusetts Housing Finance Agency, to the extent required for Buyer Bank to continue to act as a seller/servicer following the consummation of the Merger, shall have been obtained and shall be in full force and effect, unless the failure to obtain any such consent or approval set forth in subsection (i) or (ii) above (x) would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect or (y) is the result of a failure of Buyer Bank to be approved as a seller/servicer for such investors for reasons unrelated to the operation of the business of the Company or the Company Bank prior to the Effective Time.”

15. Section 8.2(c) of the Merger Agreement is hereby deleted and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(c) Officer Agreements . The President and Chief Operating Officer of Company Bank, the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Company Bank and the Vice President/Internal Auditor of Company Bank shall have executed the respective agreement in the forms set forth in Exhibits A, B and C , respectively, to this Agreement.”

 

5


16. Section 8.2(d) of the Merger Agreement is hereby deleted and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(d) Mortgage Loan Originators . At the Effective Time, the Company shall employ at least seventy percent (70%) of the mortgage loan originators employed by the Company as of the date of this Agreement who are among the Company’s top ten mortgage loan originators, as measured by both loan origination dollars and numbers of loans, in the preceding 12 months; provided , however , that if the Effective Time is after August 31, 2016, this condition shall be deemed to have been met if the Company shall employ at least sixty percent (60%) of such mortgage loan originators employed by the Company as of the date of this Agreement; provided , further , that if the Effective Time is after September 30, 2016, this condition shall be deemed to have been met if the Company shall employ at least fifty percent (50%) of such mortgage loan originators employed by the Company as of the date of this Agreement.”

17. Section 9.1(b) of the Merger Agreement is hereby deleted and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(b) by Buyer, the Company, or Shareholder in the event that the Merger is not consummated by October 31, 2016 (the “ Outside Date ”), except to the extent that the failure of the Merger to be consummated shall be due to the failure of the party seeking to terminate this Agreement to perform or observe the covenants and agreements of such party set forth herein;”

18. Section 9.1(d) of the Merger Agreement is hereby deleted and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(d) by Buyer, the Company or Shareholder, (i) in the event the Regulatory Approval shall have been denied by final nonappealable action of such Governmental Authority, or (ii) any Governmental Authority or court of competent jurisdiction shall have issued a final nonappealable order, injunction or decree enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided , however , that subject to Section 7.4, the party seeking to terminate this Agreement shall have used its reasonable best efforts to obtain such approval or have such order, injunction or decree lifted.”

19. Section 9.1 of the Merger Agreement is hereby amended by inserting a new paragraph (e) to read as follows:

“(e) By the Company or Shareholder, if (i) Buyer withdraws its applications to Governmental Authorities seeking the Conversion Approvals, (ii) the Conversion Approvals shall have been denied by final nonappealable action of Governmental Authorities, (iii) Buyer fails to actively pursue the Conversion Approvals and completion of the Conversion, (iv) Buyer abandons its pursuit of the completion of the Conversion, (v) the corporators of Buyer fail to approve the Conversion pursuant to applicable law and the organizational documents of Buyer, or (vi) Buyer fails to receive sufficient orders for stock in the subscription, community and/or syndicated or firm commitment offerings to meet the minimum offering amount set forth in the independent appraisal prepared in connection with the Conversion and approved by applicable Governmental Authorities and within the time period specified in any prospectus approved for use by applicable Governmental Authorities.”

 

6


20. Section 9.2 of the Merger Agreement is hereby deleted and restated in its entirety as follows:

“9.2 Effect of Termination . In the event of termination of this Agreement by either Buyer, the Company or Shareholder as provided in Section 9.1, Buyer shall pay to the Company an amount equal to $100,000 ( provided , however , that no such payment shall be made if Buyer terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.1(c)), this Agreement shall forthwith become void and have no effect, and none of Buyer, the Company, Shareholder any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of the officers or directors of any of them shall have any liability of any nature whatsoever hereunder, or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, except that Sections 7.1 (Press Releases), 7.9 (Confidentiality Agreement) and 11.4 (Expenses) and this Section 9.2 and all other obligations of the parties specifically intended to survive or be performed after the termination of this Agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement; provided , however , that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, none of Buyer, the Company or Shareholder shall be relieved or released from any liabilities or damages arising out of its willful breach of any provision of this Agreement, separate and apart from the $100,000.”

21. Section 11.2 (a) is amended as follows:

(a) The definition of Closing Balance Sheet in Section 11.2(a) of the Merger Agreement is hereby deleted and restated in its entirety as follows:

Closing Balance Sheet ” means the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the last day of the month prior to the Closing Date, prepared in accordance with GAAP and in a manner consistent with past practices of the Company and its Subsidiaries (i) adjusted to reflect (w) third party expenses incurred, or to be incurred, by the Company and its Subsidiaries as a direct result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (excluding the payment of the Bonuses and payments to be made by Buyer pursuant to Section 7.6(i)), (x) any other non-recurring items of revenue or expense known to the Company or Shareholder incurred, or to be incurred, by the Company and its Subsidiaries, and (y) any dividends or distributions, in each case of (w), (x) and (y) between the date of the Closing Balance Sheet and the Closing Date (other than gains on the sale of mortgage servicing rights, which shall be subject to the provisions of subsection (ii) hereof) and (ii) adjusted to include gains realized on the sale of mortgage servicing rights of up to $350,000 for the period from July 1, 2015 through the Closing Date ( provided , however , that if the excess of the fair value of the remaining mortgage servicing rights as of the last day of the month prior to the Closing Date over the book value of such mortgage servicing rights (as reflected on the books of the Company in a manner consistent with past practices of the Company and its Subsidiaries) at the same date is greater than $2,100,000, then the Closing Balance Sheet shall be adjusted to include gains on the sale of mortgage servicing rights of up to $600,000 for the period from July 1, 2015 through the Closing Date). In the event that any gains on the sale of mortgage servicing rights are realized in the period from the last day of the month prior to the Closing Date through the Closing Date, the fair value of such servicing rights associated with such sale will be excluded from the calculation of the fair value of mortgage servicing rights as of the last day of the month prior to the Closing Date for the purpose set forth in subsection (ii). The fair value of the remaining mortgage servicing rights shall be determined by a written valuation performed by FTN Financial Capital

 

7


Assets Corporation as of the last day of the month prior to the Closing Date using the same methodology used by FTN Financial Capital Assets Corporation to value the mortgage servicing rights of the Company on behalf of Buyer in connection with Buyer’s applications for Regulatory Approvals. The parties acknowledge that such valuation will include a range of fair value and the median of such range shall be the fair value of such mortgage servicing rights for purposes of the Closing Balance Sheet.”

(b) The following is inserted into Section 11.2(a):

““ Conversion ” shall mean the conversion of Buyer from a mutual holding company form to a stock holding company form, pursuant to applicable law.

Conversion Approvals ” shall mean any approval or non-objection from any Governmental Authority necessary to consummate the Conversion.”

22. Section 11.2(b) is hereby amended to delete the definition of “Burdensome Conditions”.

23. Buyer acknowledges that the Company has incurred and will incur additional legal fees and expenses in connection with the Buyer’s pursuit of the Conversion and the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. As a result, Buyer agrees that $25,000 shall be added back to the consolidated shareholder’s equity on the Closing Balance Sheet to insure that such amount is not considered in the calculation thereof for purposes of Section 2.1 or Section 8.2(e).

24. Buyer shall reimburse the Company for the actual amounts incurred by the Company for services rendered, and out of pocket expenses incurred, by Marcum LLP in connection with the conversion of Buyer from a mutual holding company form to a stock holding company form, pursuant to applicable law, including, without limitation, such services and expenses incurred in the pursuit of any approval or non-objection from any Governmental Authority necessary to consummate such conversion. Such reimbursement shall occur from time to time upon receipt of reasonably satisfactory evidence of such fees and expenses incurred by the Company, whether or not the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement are consummated. The obligations of Buyer hereunder shall survive termination of the Merger Agreement for any reason.

25. This Agreement shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to the conflict of law principles thereof.

26. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to constitute an original. A facsimile copy or electronic transmission of a signature page shall be deemed to be an original signature page.

27. Except to the extent modified herein, the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in counterparts by their duly authorized officers, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

RANDOLPH BANCORP
By:  

/s/ James P. McDonough

Name:   James P. McDonough
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
FIRST EASTERN BANKSHARES CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Richard F. Kalagher

Name:   Richard F. Kalagher
Title:   President
RICHARD F. KALAGHER, solely with respect to his individual obligations under this Agreement and not the obligations of the Company
By:  

/s/ Richard F. Kalagher

Name:   Richard F. Kalagher

Exhibit 3.1

 

LOGO                     

William Francis Galvin

Secretary of the Commonwealth

One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512

Articles of Organization

(General Laws Chapter 156D, Section 2.02; 950 CMR 113.16)

ARTICLE I

The exact name of the corporation is:

Randolph Bancorp, Inc.

ARTICLE II

Unless the articles of organization otherwise provide, all corporations formed pursuant to G.L. Chapter 156D have the purpose of engaging in any lawful business. Please specify if you want a more limited purpose:

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in the following business activities: to buy, sell, deal in, or hold securities of every kind and description; to operate as a holding company and to carry on any business permitted to holding companies under applicable laws and regulations; and in general to carry on any business permitted to corporations organized under Chapter 156D of the Massachusetts General Laws as now in force or hereafter amended.

ARTICLE III

State the total number of shares and par value, if any, of each class of stock that the corporation is authorized to issue. All corporations must authorize stock. If only one class or series is authorized, it is not necessary to specify any particular designation.

The total number of shares and par value of each class of stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is as follows:

 

Common:    15,000,000 shares, $.01 par value
Preferred:    1,000,000 shares, no par value

ARTICLE IV

Prior to the issuance of shares of any class or series, the articles of organization must set forth the preferences, limitations and relative rights of that class or series. The articles may also limit the type or specify the minimum amount of consideration for which shares of any class or series may be issued. Please set forth the preferences, limitations and relative rights of each class or series and, if desired, the required type and minimum amount of consideration to be received.

See Appendix A.


ARTICLE V

The restrictions, if any, imposed by the articles of organization upon the transfer of shares of any class or series of stock are:

See Appendix B.

ARTICLE VI

Other lawful provisions, and if there are no such provisions, this article may be left blank.

See Appendix C.

ARTICLE VII

The effective date of organization of the corporation is the date and time the articles were received for filing if the articles are not rejected within the time prescribed by law. If a later effective date is desired, specify such date, which may not be later than the 90th day after the articles are received for filing:

Effective upon filing.

ARTICLE VIII

The information contained in this article is not a permanent part of the articles of organization.

a. The street address of the initial registered office of the Corporation in Massachusetts is:

155 Federal Street, Suite 700, Boston, MA 02110

b. The name of its initial registered agent at its registered office is:

C T Corporation System

c. The name, residential address and post office address of each Director and Officer of the Corporation is as follows:

 

Title

  

Name

  

Residential Address

and Post Office Address

President and Chief Executive Officer:    James P. McDonough   

81 Hannah Niles Way

Braintree, MA 02184

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary:    Michael K. Devlin   

23 Puritan Lane

Swampscott, MA 01945

Director:    Richard C. Pierce, Esq.   

16 Chief Lane

Canton, MA 02021

Director:    Roy A. Conrad   

4 Intervale Terrace

Randolph, MA 02368


Title

  

Name

  

Residential Address

and Post Office Address

Director:    Paul R. Donovan   

12 Warner Road

Abington, MA 02351

Director:    Daniel M. Joyce   

1A Joy Street, Unit 2

Boston, MA 02108

Director:    James P. McDonough   

81 Hannah Niles Way

Braintree, MA 02184

Director:    John J. O’Connor, III   

800 Careswell Street

Marshfield, MA 02050

Director:    Richard A. Phillips, Sr.   

94 Cabral Circle

Stoughton, MA 02072

Director:    Kenneth K. Quigley, Jr. Esq.   

956 Brush Hill Road

Milton, MA 02186

Director:    Louis J. Trubiano   

20 Weathervane Road

Canton, MA 02021

Director:    James G. Welch   

3 Cranberry Lane

Hingham, MA 02043

Director:    Janis E. Wentzell   

8 Sweet Meadow Drive

South Easton, MA 02375

d. The fiscal year (i.e., tax year) of the Corporation shall end on the last day of the month of December.

e. A brief description of the type of business in which the corporation intends to engage:

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in the following business activities: to buy, sell, deal in, or hold securities of every kind and description; to operate as a holding company and to carry on any business permitted to holding companies under applicable laws and regulations; and in general to carry on any business permitted to corporations organized under Chapter 156D of the Massachusetts General Laws as now in force or hereafter amended.

f. The street address of the principal office of the corporation is:

10 Cabot Place, Stoughton, MA 02072

g. The street address where the records of the corporation required to be kept in Massachusetts are located is:

10 Cabot Place, Stoughton, MA 02072

[Remainder of page intentionally blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF AND UNDER THE PAINS AND PENALTIES OF PERJURY , I, whose signature appears below as incorporator and whose name and residential address is clearly printed beneath my signature, do hereby associate with the intention of forming this Corporation under the provisions of General Laws, Chapter 156D and do hereby sign these Articles of Organization as incorporator this 3rd day of March, 2016.

 

/s/ William P. Mayer

William P. Mayer
35 Church Street
Newton, MA 02458


APPENDIX A

TO THE

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION OF

RANDOLPH BANCORP, INC.

CAPITAL STOCK

Section 4.1. Common Stock. Except as provided by law or in this ARTICLE IV (or in any Articles of Amendment), holders of the common stock shall exclusively possess all voting power. Each holder of shares of common stock shall be entitled to one vote on all matters for each share held by such holder. Shareholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes for election of directors.

Whenever there shall have been paid, or declared and set aside for payment, to the holders of the outstanding shares of any class of stock having preference over the common stock as to the payment of dividends, the full amount of dividends and of sinking fund, retirement fund or other retirement payments, if any, to which such holders are respectively entitled in preference to the common stock, then dividends may be paid on the common stock and on any class or series of stock entitled to participate therewith as to dividends, out of any assets legally available for the payment of dividends, but only when and as declared by the Board of Directors.

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after there shall have been paid to or set aside for the holders of any class having preferences over the common stock in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the full preferential amounts of which they are respectively entitled, the holders of the common stock, and of any class or series of stock entitled to participate therewith, in whole or in part, as to distribution of assets, shall be entitled, after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of the Corporation, to receive the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution, in cash or in kind, in proportion to their holdings.

Each share of common stock shall have the same relative rights as, and be identical in all respects with, all the other shares of common stock.

Section 4.2. Preferred Stock. Subject to any limitations prescribed by law, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is authorized, by vote or votes from time to time adopted, to provide for the issuance of one or more classes of preferred stock, which shall be separately identified. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to divide any authorized class of preferred stock of the Corporation into one or more series, to establish or change from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix and state the voting powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of the shares of any series so established and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof. Each series shall be separately designated so as to distinguish the shares thereof from the shares of all other series and classes. The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each series shall include, but not be limited to, determination of one or more of the following:

(a) the distinctive serial designation and the number of shares constituting such series;


(b) the dividend rates or the amount of dividends to be paid on the shares of such series, whether dividends shall be cumulative and, if so, from which date or dates, the payment date or dates for dividends, and the participating or other special rights, if any, with respect to dividends;

(c) the voting powers, full or limited, if any, of shares of such series;

(d) whether the shares of such series shall be redeemable and, if so, the price or prices at which, and the terms and conditions on which, such shares may be redeemed;

(e) the amount or amounts payable upon the shares of such series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation;

(f) whether the shares of such series shall be entitled to the benefit of a sinking or retirement fund to be applied to the purchase or redemption of such shares, and if so entitled, the amount of such fund and the manner of its application, including the price or prices at which such shares may be redeemed or purchased through the application of such fund;

(g) whether the shares of such series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes or of any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the Corporation, and if so convertible or exchangeable, the conversion price or prices or the rate or rates of exchange, and the adjustments thereof, if any, at which such conversion or exchange may be made, and any other terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange;

(h) the price or other consideration for which the shares of such series shall be issued;

(i) whether the shares of such series that are redeemed or converted shall have the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock and whether such shares may be reissued as shares of the same or any other series of stock; and

(j) such other powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof as are permitted by law and as the Board of Directors of the Corporation may deem advisable.

Each share of each series of preferred stock shall have the same relative rights as and be identical in all respects with all the other shares of the same series. Subject to the authority of the Board of Directors as set forth in subsection (i) above, any shares of preferred stock shall, upon reacquisition thereof by the Corporation, be restored to the status of authorized but unissued preferred stock under this Section 4.2.

Except as specifically provided in these Articles, the holders of preferred stock or common stock shall not be entitled to any vote and shall not have any voting rights concerning the designation or issuance of any shares of preferred stock authorized by and complying with the conditions of these Articles, and subject to the authority of the Board of Directors or any authorized committee thereof as set forth above, the right to any such vote is expressly waived by all present and future holders of the capital stock of the Corporation.


APPENDIX B

TO THE

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION OF

RANDOLPH BANCORP, INC.

ARTICLE V

LIMITATION ON BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF STOCK

Section 5.1. Applicability of Article. The provisions of this ARTICLE V shall become effective upon (i) the consummation of the Conversion and (ii) the concurrent acquisition by the Corporation of all of the outstanding capital stock of the Randolph Savings Bank (the “Effective Date”). All terms used in this ARTICLE V and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in Section 6.1 through Section 6.10 below.

Section 5.2. Prohibitions Relating to Beneficial Ownership of Voting Stock. No Person (as defined in Section 5.7) other than the Corporation, any Subsidiary (as defined in Section 5.7) or any pension, profit-sharing, stock bonus or other compensation plan maintained by the Corporation or any Subsidiary is a member for the benefit of the employees of the Corporation or any Subsidiary, or any trust or custodial arrangement established in connection with any such plan) shall directly or indirectly acquire or hold the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of the issued and outstanding shares of Voting Stock (as defined in Section 5.7) of the Corporation. Any Person so prohibited who directly or indirectly acquires or holds the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of the issued and outstanding shares of Voting Stock in violation of this Section 5.2 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and Section 5.4. The Corporation is authorized to refuse to recognize a transfer or attempted transfer of any shares of Voting Stock to any Person who beneficially owns, or who the Corporation believes would become by virtue of such transfer the beneficial owner of, more than 10% of shares of the Voting Stock.

Section 5.3. Excess Shares. If, notwithstanding the foregoing prohibition, a Person subject to the foregoing prohibition shall voluntarily or involuntarily become or attempt to become the purported beneficial owner (the “Purported Owner”) of shares of Voting Stock in excess of 10% of the issued and outstanding shares of Voting Stock, (i) during the period of three years following the date of the completion of the Conversion (the “Initial Period”), the number of shares in excess of 10% shall be deemed to be “Excess Shares,” and shall not be counted as shares entitled to vote, shall not be voted by any person or counted as voting shares in connection with any matter submitted to the shareholders for a vote, and shall not be counted as outstanding for purposes of determining the affirmative vote necessary to approve any matter submitted to the shareholders for a vote; or (ii) following the Initial Period, the holder of any Excess Shares shall be entitled to cast only one one-hundredth (1/100) of one vote per share for each Excess Share.

The restrictions set forth in this ARTICLE V shall be noted conspicuously on all certificates evidencing ownership of shares of Voting Stock.


Section 5.4. Powers of the Board of Directors.

(a) The Board of Directors may, to the extent permitted by law, from time to time establish, modify, amend or rescind, by Bylaw or otherwise, regulations and procedures not inconsistent with the express provisions of this ARTICLE V for the application, administration and implementation of the provisions of this ARTICLE V.

(b) When it appears that a particular Person has become a Purported Owner of Excess Shares in violation of Section 5.2 or Section 5.3, or of the regulations or procedures of the Board of Directors with respect to this ARTICLE V, and that the provisions of this ARTICLE V require application, interpretation or construction, then a majority of the Directors of the Corporation shall have the power and duty to interpret all of the terms and provisions of this ARTICLE V and to determine on the basis of information known to them after reasonable inquiry all facts necessary to ascertain compliance with this ARTICLE V, including, without limitation, (i) the number of shares of Voting Stock beneficially owned by any Person or Purported Owner, (ii) whether a Person or Purported Owner is an Affiliate (as defined in Section 5.7) or Associate (as defined in Section 5.7) of, or is acting in concert with, any other Person or Purported Owner, (iii) whether a Person or Purported Owner has an agreement, arrangement or understanding with any other Person or Purported Owner as to the voting or disposition of any shares of the Voting Stock, (iv) the application of any other definition or operative provision of this ARTICLE V to the given facts or (v) any other matter relating to the applicability or effect of this ARTICLE V.

The Board of Directors shall have the right to demand that any Person who is reasonably believed to be a Purported Owner of Excess Shares (or who holds of record shares of Voting Stock beneficially owned by any Person reasonably believed to be a Purported Owner in excess of such limit) supply the Corporation with information as to (x) the record owner(s) of all shares of Voting Stock beneficially owned by such Person or Purported Owner and (y) any other factual matter relating to the applicability or effect of this ARTICLE V as may reasonably be requested of such Person or Purported Owner.

Any applications, interpretations, constructions or any other determinations made by the Board of Directors pursuant to this ARTICLE V, in good faith and on the basis of such information and assistance as was then reasonably available for such purpose, shall be conclusive and binding upon the Corporation and its shareholders, and no shareholder shall have the right to challenge any such application, interpretation, construction or determination.

Section 5.5. Severability. In the event any provision (or portion thereof) of this ARTICLE V shall be found to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions (or portions thereof) of this ARTICLE V shall remain in full force and effect, and shall be construed as if such invalid, prohibited or unenforceable provision had been stricken herefrom or otherwise rendered inapplicable, it being the intent of this Corporation and its shareholders that each such remaining provision (or portion thereof) of this ARTICLE V remain, to the fullest extent permitted by law, applicable and enforceable as to all shareholders, including Purported Owners, if any, notwithstanding any such finding.


Section 5.6. Exclusions. This ARTICLE V shall not apply to (a) any offer or sale with a view towards public resale made exclusively by the Corporation to any underwriter or underwriters acting on behalf of the Corporation, or to the selling group acting on such underwriter’s or underwriters’ behalf, in connection with a public offering of the Common Stock; or (b) any reclassification of securities (including any reverse stock split), or recapitalization of the Corporation, or any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any of its Subsidiaries or any other transaction or reorganization that does not have the effect, directly or indirectly, of changing the beneficial ownership interests of the Corporation’s shareholders, other than pursuant to the exercise of any dissenters’ appraisal rights, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments, which changes do not exceed, in the aggregate, 1% of the issued and outstanding shares of such class of equity or convertible securities.

Section 5.7. Definitions . For the purposes of these Articles of Organization:

(a) A “Person” shall include an individual, a group acting in concert, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint venture, a pool, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities or any other entity.

(b) “Affiliate” and “Associate” shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as in effect on the date of filing of these Articles.

(c) “Subsidiary” means any corporation of which a majority of any class of equity security is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation.

(d) “Voting Stock” means the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of Directors (the “Voting Stock”).


APPENDIX C

TO THE

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION OF

RANDOLPH BANCORP, INC.

ARTICLE VI

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

Section 6.1. Corporate Governance.

The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its Directors and shareholders:

(a) Board of Directors. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by statute or by these Articles or the Bylaws of the Corporation, the Directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.

(b) Shareholder Meetings. Any action to be taken by the shareholders of the Corporation may be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of shareholders of the Corporation or by the unanimous consent in writing of all shareholders entitled to vote on the action.

(c) Special Shareholder Meetings.

(i) Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of preferred stock of the Corporation, special meetings of the shareholders entitled to vote may be called by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

(ii) If the Corporation shall not have a class of voting stock registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), special meetings of the shareholders entitled to vote shall be called by the Secretary, or in case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of the Secretary, by any other officer, upon written application of the holders of at least ten percent (10%) of all the votes entitled to be cast on any issue to be considered at the proposed meeting.

(iii) If the Corporation shall have a class of voting stock registered under the Exchange Act, special meetings of the shareholders entitled to vote shall be called by the Secretary, or in case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of the Secretary, by any other officer, upon written application of one or more shareholders who hold at least (i) sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66  2 3 %) in interest of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, or (ii) such lesser percentage, if any, (but not less than forty percent (40%)) as shall be determined to be the maximum percentage which the Corporation is permitted by applicable law to establish for the call of such meeting.


(iv) Application to a court pursuant to Section 7.03 of Chapter 156D of the Massachusetts General Laws, or successor provisions, requesting the call of a special meeting of shareholders, may be ordered if (i) on application of any shareholder of the Corporation entitled to participate in an annual meeting if an annual meeting was not held within the earlier of six (6) months after the end of the Corporation’s fiscal year or 15 months after its last annual meeting; or (ii) on application of a shareholder who signed a demand for a special meeting valid under Section 7.02 of Chapter 156D of the Massachusetts General Laws, if notice of the special meeting was not given within 30 days after the date the demand was delivered to the Secretary or within such further time as the court may order under the circumstances or the special meeting was not held in accordance with the notice.

(v) At a special meeting of shareholders, only such business shall be conducted, and only such proposals shall be acted upon, as shall have been stated in the written notice of the special meeting, unless otherwise provided by law.

Section 6.2 Directors.

(a) Composition . The number of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed solely and exclusively by resolution duly adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Directors shall be divided into three classes, with the term of office of the first class to expire at the first annual meeting of shareholders, the term of office of the second class to expire at the annual meeting of shareholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class to expire at the annual meeting of shareholders two years thereafter. At each annual meeting of shareholders following such initial classification and election, Directors elected to succeed those Directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of shareholders after their election. No Director shall serve after attaining age seventy-five (75). No person shall serve as Director after completing seven (7) terms in office, provided that, notwithstanding this limitation, any Director serving as a director of Randolph Savings Bank on January 1, 2014 may be nominated for and elected to serve an additional three (3) terms as a Director of the Corporation so long as such Director is otherwise qualified to serve as a director of Randolph Savings Bank. For the purpose of this section, for every three (3) years any person served as a director of Randolph Savings Bank prior to the incorporation of the Corporation, such person is deemed to have served one (1) term as a Director of the Corporation.

(b) Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships.  Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock the outstanding and except as otherwise required by applicable law, any and all vacancies in the Board of Directors, however occurring including, without limitation, by reason of an increase in size of the Board of Directors, or the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of a Director, shall be filled solely and exclusively by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors then in office, even though less than a quorum. A vacancy that will occur at a specific later date may be filled before the vacancy occurs but the new Director may not take office until the vacancy occurs. Directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of shareholders at which the term of office of the class to which they have been chosen expires. No decrease in the number of Directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent Director.


(c) Shareholder Nominations. Advance notice of shareholder nominations for the election of Directors and of business to be brought by shareholders before any meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

(d) Removal. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any Director may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of either (i) a majority of the directors then in office or (ii) the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors, voting together as a single class.

Section 6.3 Amendment to Bylaws.

The Bylaws of the Corporation may be amended or repealed in whole or in part by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of each class of the capital stock at the time outstanding and entitled to vote at any annual meeting of shareholders or special meeting of shareholders; provided, however, that if the Board of Directors recommends, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the Directors then in office at a duly constituted meeting of the Board of Directors, that shareholders approve such amendment at such meeting of shareholders, such amendment shall only require the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of each class of capital stock at the time outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting; provided, further, that notice of the substance of the proposed amendment is stated in the notice of such meeting. The Directors may make, amend or repeal the Bylaws, in whole or in part, except with respect to any provision thereof which by law, these Articles of Organization or the Bylaws requires action by the shareholders. Not later than the time of giving notice of the meeting of shareholders next following the making, amending or repealing by the Directors of any Bylaw, notice thereof stating the substance of such change shall be given to all shareholders entitled to vote on amending the Bylaws. Any Bylaw adopted or amended by the Directors may be amended or reinstated by the shareholders entitled to vote on amending the Bylaws following the procedures outlined above.

Section 6.4 Pre-Emptive Rights.

Holders of the capital stock of the Corporation shall not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares of the capital stock of the Corporation which may be issued.

Section 6.5 Indemnification of Directors and Others.

(a) Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or otherwise (hereinafter a “Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was (a) a Director of the Corporation, or (b) serving, at the request of the Corporation as evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors prior to the occurrence of the event to which the indemnification relates, as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (such persons described in (a) and (b) are


sometimes hereinafter referred to as an “Indemnitee”), whether the basis of such Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as such a Director or officer of the Corporation or as such other director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as such a Director or officer of the Corporation or as such other director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act (the “MBCA”), as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto), against all expense, liability and loss (including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be such a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 6.5(c) with respect to Proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee only if such Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Section 6.5 shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “Advancement of Expenses”); provided, however, that, if the MBCA so requires, an Advancement of Expenses incurred by an Indemnitee shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking made in accordance with the MBCA (hereinafter an “Undertaking”), by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, which shall include, without limitation, an undertaking to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “Final Adjudication”) that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 6.5 or otherwise. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any indemnification hereunder shall be provided only to the extent permitted by 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k) and the regulations issued thereunder.

(b) Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation.  The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification, and to an Advancement of Expenses, to any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Section 6.5.

(c) Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit . If a claim under this Section 6.5 is not paid in full by the Corporation within 60 days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an Advancement of Expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be 20 days, the Indemnitee may at any time hereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If the Indemnitee is successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the Indemnitee shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to an Advancement of Expenses) it shall be a defense that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MBCA. In addition, in any suit by the Corporation to recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an


Undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a Final Adjudication that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MBCA. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or Shareholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MBCA, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or Shareholders) that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the Indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an Advancement of Expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such Advancement of Expenses, under this Section 6.5 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

(d) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights to indemnification and to Advancement of Expenses conferred in this Section 6.5 shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under these Bylaws, the Articles of Organization or any statute, agreement, vote of Shareholders or of disinterested Directors or otherwise.

(e) Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or any director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the MBCA. The Corporation’s obligation to provide indemnification under this Section 6.5 shall be offset to the extent of any other source of indemnification or any otherwise applicable insurance coverage under a policy maintained by the Corporation or any other person.

(f) Amendments.  Without the consent of a person entitled to the indemnification and other rights provided in this Section 6.5 (unless otherwise required by the MBCA), no amendment modifying or terminating such rights shall adversely affect such person’s rights under this Section 6.5 with respect to the period prior to such amendment.

(g) Savings Clause . If this Section 6.5 or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each Indemnitee as to any liabilities and expenses with respect to any proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Section 6.5 that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 6.6 Limitation of Liability of Directors.

(a) Limitation of Liability. No Director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability; provided, however, that this Section 6.6 shall not eliminate or limit any liability of a Director (a) for any breach of the Director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its shareholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in


good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) for improper distributions under Section 6.40 of Chapter 156D of the Massachusetts General Laws or (d) with respect to any transaction from which the Director derived an improper personal benefit.

(b) Amendment. No amendment or repeal of this Section 6.6 shall adversely affect the rights and protection afforded to a Director of this Corporation under this Section 6.6 for acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment or repeal. If the Massachusetts General Laws is hereafter amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of Directors or to authorize corporate action to further eliminate or limit such liability, then the liability of the Directors of this Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Massachusetts General Laws as so amended.

Section 6.7 Transactions with Interested Persons.

(a) Transactions with Interested Persons not Void or Voidable. Unless entered into in bad faith, no contract or transaction by the Corporation shall be void, voidable or in any way affected by reason of the fact that it is with an Interested Person. For the purposes of this Section 6.7, “Interested Person” means any person or organization in any way interested in the Corporation whether as a director, officer, shareholder, employee or otherwise, and any other entity in which any such person or organization of the Corporation is in any way interested.

(b) Interested Persons not Liable . Unless such contract or transaction was entered into in bad faith, no Interested Person, because of such interest, shall be liable to the Corporation or to any other person or organization for any loss or expense incurred by reason of such contract or transaction or shall be accountable for any gain or profit realized from such contract or transaction.

(c) Interested Person Necessary for Quorum or Vote.  The provisions of this Section 6.7 shall be operative notwithstanding the fact that the presence of an Interested Person was necessary to constitute a quorum at a meeting of Directors or shareholders of the Corporation at which such contract or transaction was authorized or that the vote of an Interested Person was necessary for the authorization of such contract or transaction.

Section 6.8 Acting As a Partner.

The Corporation may be a partner in any business enterprise which it would have power to conduct by itself.

Section 6.9 Shareholders’ Meetings.

Meetings of shareholders may be held at such place in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts or, if permitted by applicable law, elsewhere in the United States as the Board of Directors may determine.


Section 6.10 Amendment to Articles of Organization.

These Articles may be amended at a duly constituted meeting of shareholders called expressly for such purpose, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the total votes eligible to be cast by shareholders on such amendment, voting together as a single class; provided, however, that if the Board of Directors recommends, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the Directors then in office at a duly constituted meeting of the Board of Directors, that shareholders approve such amendment at such meeting of shareholders, such amendment shall only require the affirmative vote of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by shareholders on such amendment, voting together as a single class.


COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

William Francis Galvin

Secretary of the Commonwealth

One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512

Articles of Organization

(General Laws Chapter 156D, Section 2.02; 950 CMR 113.16)

 

  I hereby certify that upon examination of these articles of organization, duly submitted to me, it appears that the provisions of the General Laws relative to the organization of corporations have been complied with, and I hereby approve said articles; and the filing fee in the amount of $         having been paid, said articles are deemed to have been filed with me this      day of             , 20    , at              a.m./p.m.  
        time  
    Effective date:  

 

     
      (must be within 90 days of date submitted)      
     

WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN

Secretary of the Commonwealth

     

 

           
Examiner            
    Filing fee: $275 for up to 275,000 shares plus $100 for each additional 100,000 shares or any fraction thereof.    

 

           
Name approval            

 

     

 

TO BE FILLED IN BY CORPORATION

     
C       Contact Information:      

 

           
M       William P. Mayer, Esq.      
     

Goodwin Procter LLP

53 State Street

Boston, MA 02109-2881

(617) 570-8794

wmayer@goodwinprocter.com

     
   

 

Upon filing, a copy of this filing will be available at www.sec.state.ma.us/cor. If the document is rejected, a copy of the rejection sheet and rejected document will be available in the rejected queue.

   

Exhibit 3.2

BY-LAWS

of

RANDOLPH BANCORP, INC.


Table of Contents

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

     1   

Section 1.01

 

Articles of Organization

     1   

ARTICLE II SHAREHOLDERS

     1   

Section 2.01

 

Annual Meetings

     1   

Section 2.02

 

Special Meetings

     1   

Section 2.03

 

Place of Meetings

     2   

Section 2.04

 

Notice of Meetings

     2   

Section 2.05

 

Notice of Shareholder Business and Nominations.

     3   

Section 2.06

 

Rescheduling of Meetings; Adjournments

     7   

Section 2.07

 

Quorum

     8   

Section 2.08

 

Voting and Proxies

     8   

Section 2.09

 

Action at Meeting

     9   

Section 2.10

 

Action without Meeting

     9   

Section 2.11

 

Form of Shareholder Action

     9   

Section 2.12

 

Shareholders List for Meeting

     10   

Section 2.13

 

Conduct of Business

     10   

Section 2.14

 

Voting Procedures and Inspectors of Elections

     10   

ARTICLE III BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     11   

Section 3.01

 

Powers.

     11   

Section 3.02

 

Enumeration, Election and Term of Office.

     11   

Section 3.03

 

Vacancies

     11   

Section 3.04

 

Regular Meetings

     12   

Section 3.05

 

Special Meetings

     12   

Section 3.06

 

Notice

     12   

Section 3.07

 

Quorum, Action at a Meeting

     12   

Section 3.08

 

Action Without a Meeting

     13   

Section 3.09

 

Manner of Participation

     13   

Section 3.10

 

Resignations and Removals

     13   

Section 3.11

 

Presumption of Assent

     13   

Section 3.12

 

Honorary Directors

     13   

Section 3.13

 

Committees

     14   

Section 3.14

 

Powers of Executive Committee

     14   

ARTICLE IV OFFICERS

     14   

Section 4.01

 

Enumeration

     14   

Section 4.02

 

Election

     14   

Section 4.03

 

Qualification

     14   

Section 4.04

 

Resignation and Removal

     15   

 

i


Section 4.05

 

Chairman of the Board

     15   

Section 4.06

 

Chief Executive Officer

     15   

Section 4.07

 

President and Vice Presidents

     15   

Section 4.08

 

Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers

     15   

Section 4.09

 

Secretary and Assistant Secretaries

     16   

Section 4.10

 

Other Powers and Duties

     16   

Section 4.11

 

Absence, Disability and Vacancies

     16   

ARTICLE V CAPITAL STOCK

     16   

Section 5.01

 

Authorized Capital Stock

     16   

Section 5.02

 

Certificate of Stock

     16   

Section 5.03

 

Transfer of Shares of Stock

     17   

Section 5.04

 

Transfer Agents and Registrars; Further Regulations

     17   

Section 5.05

 

Loss of Certificates

     17   

Section 5.06

 

Record Date

     17   

ARTICLE VI MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     18   

Section 6.01

 

Fiscal Year

     18   

Section 6.02

 

Seal

     18   

Section 6.03

 

Execution of Instruments

     18   

Section 6.04

 

Voting of Securities

     18   

Section 6.05

 

Resident Agent

     18   

Section 6.06

 

Corporation Records

     18   

ARTICLE VII AMENDMENTS

     18   

ARTICLE VIII CONTROL SHARE ACQUISITION STATUTE

     19   

 

ii


BY-LAWS

of

RANDOLPH BANCORP, INC.

ARTICLE I

Articles of Organization

Section 1.01 Articles of Organization . The name and purposes of the Corporation shall be as set forth in the Articles of Organization. These By-Laws, the powers of the Corporation and of its Directors and shareholders, and all matters concerning the conduct and regulation of the business of the Corporation shall be subject to such provisions in regard thereto, if any, as are set forth in the Articles of Organization. All references in these By-Laws to the Articles of Organization shall be construed to mean the Articles of Organization of the Corporation as from time to time amended.

ARTICLE II

Shareholders

Section 2.01 Annual Meetings . The annual meeting of shareholders shall be held each year on the date and at the time and place within or without the United States as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President. The purposes for which the annual meeting is to be held, in addition to those prescribed by law, by the Articles of Organization or by these Bylaws, may be specified by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President and shall be specified in the notice of the meeting. In the event the time for an annual meeting is not fixed in accordance with these Bylaws to be held within 13 months after the last annual meeting was held, the Board of Directors may designate a special meeting held thereafter as a special meeting in lieu of the annual meeting, and such special meeting shall have, for purposes of these Bylaws or otherwise, all the force and effect of an annual meeting. Any and all references hereafter in these Bylaws to an annual meeting or annual meetings shall be deemed to refer also to any special meeting(s) in lieu thereof.

Section 2.02 Special Meetings .

(a) Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of preferred stock of the Corporation, special meetings of the shareholders entitled to vote may be called by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

(b) If the Corporation shall not have a class of voting stock registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), special meetings of the shareholders entitled to vote shall be called by the Secretary, or in case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of the Secretary, by any other officer, upon written application of the holders of at least ten percent (10%) of all the votes entitled to be cast on any issue to be considered at the proposed meeting.


(c) If the Corporation shall have a class of voting stock registered under the Exchange Act, special meetings of the shareholders entitled to vote shall be called by the Secretary, or in case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of the Secretary, by any other officer, upon written application of the holders of one or more shareholders who hold at least (i) sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66  2 3 %) in interest of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, or (ii) such lesser percentage, if any, (but not less than forty percent (40%)) as shall be determined to be the maximum percentage which the Corporation is permitted by applicable law to establish for the call of such meeting.

(d) Only business within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice may be conducted at a special meeting, unless otherwise provided by law.

Section 2.03 Place of Meetings . All meetings of the shareholders shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation in Massachusetts, unless a different place within Massachusetts or, if permitted by the Articles of Organization, elsewhere within the United States as is designated by the President or by a majority of the Directors acting by resolution or by written instrument or instruments signed by them. Any adjourned session of any meeting of the shareholders shall be held at such place within Massachusetts or, if permitted by the Articles of Organization, elsewhere within the United States as is designated in the vote of adjournment.

Section 2.04 Notice of Meetings . A written notice of the place, date and hour of all meetings of shareholders (other than adjournments governed by Section 2.06 of this Article II) stating the purposes of the meeting shall be given at least seven days and not more than 60 days before the meeting to each shareholder entitled to vote thereat and to each shareholder who is otherwise entitled by law, the Articles of Organization or these Bylaws to such notice. Notice may be given to a shareholder by any means permitted under applicable law, including, without limitation, by leaving such notice with him or at his residence or usual place of business, or by mailing it, postage prepaid, and addressed to such shareholder at his address as it appears in the records of the Corporation. Such notice shall be given by the Secretary, or in case of the death, absence, incapacity, or refusal of the Secretary, by any other officer or by a person designated either by the Secretary, by the person or persons calling the meeting or by the Board of Directors. If notice is given by mail, such notice shall be deemed given when dispatched. If notice is not given by mail and is given by leaving such notice at the shareholder’s residence or usual place of business, it shall be deemed given when so left. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, notice may be given to a shareholder by electronic transmission in a manner specified by the shareholder, including, without limitation, by facsimile transmission, electronic mail or posting on an electronic network. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in case of any special meeting called upon the written demands of shareholders, such meeting shall be scheduled not less than 60 nor more than 90 days after the date on which the Secretary has received sufficient demands to require that such meeting be called and written notice thereof shall be given in accordance with this Section 2.04 within 30 days of receipt of such demands.

Notice of an annual or special meeting of shareholders need not be given to a shareholder if a written waiver of notice is signed before or after such meeting by such shareholder or such shareholder’s authorized attorney, if communication with such shareholder is unlawful, or if such shareholder attends such meeting unless (i) the shareholder at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting or (ii) the shareholder

 

2


objects to the consideration of a particular matter at the meeting as not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice when the matter is presented. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual meeting or special meeting of shareholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

Section 2.05 Notice of Shareholder Business and Nominations.

 

  (a) Annual Meetings of Shareholders .

(i) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the proposal of other business to be considered by the shareholders may be made at an annual meeting of shareholders (A) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (B) by any shareholder of the Corporation who was a shareholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Bylaw, who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who is present at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Bylaw as to such nomination or business. For the avoidance of doubt, for a shareholder to bring nominations or business before an annual meeting of shareholders (other than matters properly brought under Rule 14a-8 (or any successor rule) under the Exchange Act), such shareholder must comply with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.05 and this shall be the exclusive means for a shareholder to bring such nominations or business properly before an annual meeting of shareholders. In addition to the other requirements set forth in this Bylaw, for any proposal of business to be considered at an annual meeting, such proposal must be a proper subject for action by shareholders of the Corporation under Massachusetts law.

(ii) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting of shareholders by a shareholder pursuant to clause (B) of paragraph (a)(i) of this Bylaw, in addition to other applicable requirements, the shareholder must (1) have given Timely Notice (as defined below) thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and (2) have provided any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Bylaw. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice under this paragraph (a)(ii) shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 90th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days before or delayed by more than 60 days after such anniversary date, notice by the shareholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement

 

3


of the date of such meeting is first made (such notice within such time periods shall be referred to as “Timely Notice”). Such shareholder’s Timely Notice shall set forth:

(A) as to each person whom the shareholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a Director, all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of Directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a Director if elected);

(B) as to any other business that the shareholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, any material interest in such business of such shareholder and the beneficial owner(s), if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, and the names and addresses of other shareholders (including beneficial owners) known by the shareholder proposing such business to support such proposal, and the class and number of shares of the Corporation’s capital stock beneficially owned by such other shareholder(s) or other beneficial owner(s); and

(C) as to the shareholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner(s), if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made: (i) the name and address of such shareholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner(s); (ii) (a) the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation which are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially and of record by such shareholder and any such beneficial owner(s), (b) any derivative, swap or other transaction or series of transactions engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such shareholder and/or any such beneficial owner(s) the purpose or effect of which is to give such shareholder and/or any such beneficial owner(s) economic benefit and/or risk similar to ownership of shares of any class or series of the Corporation, in whole or in part, including due to the fact that such derivative, swap or other transaction provides, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit or avoid a loss from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of any class or series of the Corporation (“Synthetic Equity Interests”) and such disclosure shall identify the counterparty to each such Synthetic Equity Interest and shall include, for each such Synthetic Equity Interest, whether or not (x) such Synthetic Equity Interest conveys any voting rights, directly or indirectly, in such shares to such shareholder and/or any such beneficial owner(s), (y) such Synthetic Equity Interest is required to be, or is capable of being, settled through delivery of such shares and (z) such shareholder, any such beneficial owner(s) and/or, to their knowledge, the counterparty to such Synthetic Equity Interest has entered into other transactions that hedge or mitigate the economic effect of such Synthetic Equity Interest, (c) any proxy (other than a revocable proxy given in response to a public proxy solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Exchange Act), agreement, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which such shareholder and/or

 

4


any such beneficial owner(s) has or shares a right to vote any shares of any class or series of the Corporation, (d) any agreement, arrangement, understanding or relationship (which disclosure shall identify the counterparty thereto), including any hedge, repurchase or similar so-called “stock borrowing” agreement or arrangement, engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such shareholder and/or any such beneficial owner(s), the purpose or effect of which is to mitigate loss to, reduce the economic risk of shares of any class or series of the Corporation by, manage the risk of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such shareholder and/or any such beneficial owner(s) with respect to the shares of any class or series of the Corporation, or which provides, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit from any decrease in the value of the shares of any class or series of the Corporation (“Short Interests”), (e) any rights to dividends or other distributions on the shares of any class or series of the Corporation owned beneficially by such shareholder and/or any such beneficial owner(s) that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (f) any performance-related fees (other than an asset based fee) that such shareholder and/or any such beneficial owner(s) is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of any class or series of the Corporation, any Synthetic Equity Interests or Short Interests, if any (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (a) through (f) are referred to as “Material Ownership Interests”); and (iii) a description of all arrangements or understanding among such shareholder and/or any such beneficial owner(s) and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made.

(iii) A shareholder providing Timely Notice of nominations or business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting of shareholders shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information (including, without limitation, the Material Ownership Interests information) provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Bylaw shall be true and correct as of the record date for the meeting and as of the date that is 10 business days prior to such annual meeting, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 5th business day after the record date for the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than the close of business on the 8th business day prior to the date for the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of 10 business days prior to the meeting).

(iv) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph (a)(ii) of this Bylaw to the contrary, in the event that the number of Directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for Director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the Corporation at least 85 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a

 

5


shareholder’s notice required by this paragraph (a) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

 

  (b) General .

(i) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the provisions of this Bylaw shall be eligible for election and to serve as Directors and only such business shall be conducted at an annual meeting of shareholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Bylaw. The Board of Directors or a designated committee thereof shall have the power to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made in accordance with the provisions of this Bylaw. If neither the Board of Directors nor such designated committee makes a determination as to whether any shareholder proposal or nomination was made in accordance with the provisions of this Bylaw, the presiding officer of the annual meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether the shareholder proposal or nomination was made in accordance with the provisions of this Bylaw. If the Board of Directors or a designated committee thereof or the presiding officer, as applicable, determines that any shareholder proposal or nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions of this Bylaw, such proposal or nomination shall be disregarded and shall not be presented for action at the annual meeting.

(ii) Except as otherwise required by law, nothing contained in this Section 2.05 shall obligate the Corporation or the Board of Directors to include in any proxy statement or other shareholder communication distributed on behalf of the Corporation or the Board of Directors information with respect to any nominee for Director submitted by a shareholder.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.05, if the shareholder (or a qualified representative of the shareholder) does not appear at the annual meeting to present a nomination or any business, such nomination or business shall be disregarded, notwithstanding the proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this paragraph (iii), to be considered a qualified representative of the shareholder, a person must be authorized by a written instrument executed by such shareholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such shareholder to act for such shareholder as proxy at the meeting of shareholders and such person must produce such written instrument or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the written instrument or electronic transmission, at the meeting of shareholders.

(iv) For purposes of this Bylaw, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

6


(v) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Bylaw, a shareholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Bylaw. Nothing in this Bylaw shall be deemed to affect any rights of (i) shareholders to have proposals included in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor rule) under the Exchange Act and, to the extent required by such rule, have such proposals considered and voted on at an annual meeting of shareholders or (ii) the holders of any series of undesignated preferred stock to elect Directors under specified circumstances.

Section 2.06 Rescheduling of Meetings; Adjournments . Notwithstanding any other provision in these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may change the date, time and location of any annual or special meeting of the shareholders (other than a special meeting called upon the written application of shareholders (a “Meeting Requested by Shareholders”)), and a record date with respect thereto, prior to the time for such meeting, including, without limitation, by postponing or deferring the date of any such annual or special meeting (other than a Meeting Requested by Shareholders) previously called or by canceling any special meeting previously called (other than a Meeting Requested by Shareholders). This action may be taken regardless of whether any notice or public disclosure with respect to any such meeting or record date has been sent or made pursuant to Section 2.04 of this Article II hereof or otherwise. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment, postponement or rescheduling of any previously scheduled annual meeting of shareholders commence a new time period for the giving of a shareholder’s notice under Section 2.05 of Article II of these Bylaws.

When any meeting is convened, the presiding officer may adjourn the meeting if (a) no quorum is present for the transaction of business, (b) the Board of Directors determines that adjournment is necessary or appropriate to enable the shareholders to consider fully information which the Board of Directors determines has not been made sufficiently or timely available to shareholders, or (c) the Board of Directors determines in its sole discretion that adjournment is otherwise in the best interests of the Corporation. When any annual meeting or special meeting of shareholders is adjourned to another date, time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting other than an announcement at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken of the date, time and place to which the meeting is adjourned; provided, however, that if a new record date for the adjourned meeting is fixed, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given under this Article II to persons who are shareholders as of the new record date.

A meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the votes properly cast upon the question, whether or not a quorum is present. Any business which could have been transacted at any meeting of the shareholders as originally called may be transacted at any adjournment thereof.

 

7


Section 2.07 Quorum .

(a) Unless otherwise provided by law, or in the Articles of Organization, these Bylaws or a resolution of the Directors requiring satisfaction of a greater quorum requirement for any voting group, a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter by a voting group constitutes a quorum of that voting group for action on that matter. As used in these Bylaws, a “voting group” includes all shares of one or more classes or series that, under the Articles of Organization or the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act, as in effect from time to time (or any successor statute) (the “MBCA”), are entitled to vote and to be counted together collectively on a matter at a meeting of shareholders. Shares owned by the Corporation in a fiduciary capacity shall be deemed outstanding for quorum purposes.

(b) Both abstentions and broker non-votes are to be counted as present for the purpose of determining the existence of a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting. A share once represented for any purpose at the meeting is deemed present for quorum purposes for the remainder of the meeting and for any adjournment of that meeting unless (i) the shareholder attends solely to object to lack of notice, defective notice or the conduct of the meeting on other grounds and does not vote the shares or otherwise consent that they are to be deemed present, or (ii) in the case of adjournment, a new record date is or shall be set for the adjournment meeting.

Section 2.08 Voting and Proxies . Both abstentions and broker non-votes are to be counted as present for the purpose of determining the existence of a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting. However, for purposes of determining the number of shares voting on a particular proposal, abstentions and broker non-votes are not to be counted as votes cast or shares voting. Unless otherwise provided by law or by the Articles of Organization, each shareholder shall have, with respect to each matter voted upon at a meeting of shareholders, one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote owned by such shareholder of record according to the books of the Corporation. A shareholder may vote his or her shares either in person or may appoint a proxy to vote or otherwise act for him or her by signing an appointment form, either personally or by his or her attorney-in-fact. An appointment of a proxy is effective when received by the Secretary or other officer or agent authorized to tabulate votes. Unless otherwise provided in the appointment form, an appointment is valid for a period of 11 months from the date the shareholder signed the form or, if undated, from the date of its receipt by such officer or agent. Any shareholder’s proxy may be transmitted by facsimile or other electronic means in a manner complying with applicable law. Except as otherwise permitted by law or limited therein, proxies shall entitle the persons authorized thereby to vote at any adjournment of such meeting but shall not be valid after final adjournment of such meeting. A proxy with respect to stock held in the name of two or more persons shall be valid if executed by one of them if the person signing appears to be acting on behalf of all the co-owners unless at or prior to exercise of the proxy, the Corporation receives a specific written notice to the contrary from any one of them. Subject to the provisions of Section 7.24 of the MBCA (or any successor provision thereof) and to any express limitation on the proxy’s authority provided in the appointment form, the Corporation is entitled to accept the proxy’s vote or other action as that of the shareholder making the appointment. A proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a shareholder shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise and the burden of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger.

 

8


Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Organization, if authorized by the Board of Directors, subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, shareholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of shareholders may, by means of remote communications: (i) participate in a meeting of shareholders; and (ii) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of shareholders, provided that: (a) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a shareholder or proxyholder; (b) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such shareholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the shareholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings; and (c) if any shareholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

Section 2.09 Action at Meeting . If a quorum of a voting group exists, favorable action on a matter, other than election of Directors, is taken by a voting group if the votes cast within the group favoring the action exceed the votes cast opposing the action, unless a greater number of affirmative votes is required by the MBCA, the Articles of Organization, these Bylaws or a resolution of the Board of Directors requiring receipt of a greater affirmative vote of the shareholders, including one or more separate voting groups. Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Organization or these Bylaws, Directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast by the shares entitled to vote in the election at a meeting at which a quorum is present. No ballot shall be required for any election unless requested by a shareholder present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election. Absent special circumstances, shares of the Corporation’s stock are not entitled to vote if they are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation or by another entity of which the Corporation owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the voting interests. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, however, the Corporation may vote any share of stock held by it, directly or indirectly, in a fiduciary capacity.

Section 2.10 Action without Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of Shareholders (including any actions or powers reserved to the Shareholders under these Bylaws) may be taken without a meeting provided that all Shareholders entitled to vote on the matter consent to the action in writing and the written consents describe the action taken, are signed by all such Shareholders, bear the date of the signatures of such Shareholders, and are delivered to the Corporation for inclusion with the records of the meetings of Shareholders within 60 days of the earliest dated consent required to be delivered under this Section. Such consents shall be treated for all purposes as a vote at a meeting.

Section 2.11 Form of Shareholder Action .

(a) Any vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or other action by a shareholder or by the proxy or other agent of any shareholder shall be considered given in writing, dated and signed, if, in lieu of any other means permitted by law, it consists of an electronic transmission that is permitted under applicable law, including, without limitation, an electronic transmission that sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Corporation can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the shareholder, proxy or agent or by a person authorized to act for the shareholder, proxy or agent and (ii) the date on which such shareholder,

 

9


proxy, agent or authorized person transmitted the electronic transmission. The date on which the electronic transmission is transmitted shall be considered to be the date on which it was signed. The electronic transmission shall be considered received by the Corporation if it has been sent to any address specified by the Corporation for the purpose or, if no address has been specified, to the principal office of the Corporation, addressed to the Secretary or other officer or agent having custody of the records of proceedings of shareholders, or is otherwise received by the Corporation in a manner permitted by applicable law.

(b) Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or other action by a shareholder or by the proxy or other agent of any shareholder may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any purpose for which the original writing could be used, but the copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

Section 2.12 Shareholders List for Meeting .

(a) After fixing a record date for a meeting of shareholders, the Corporation shall prepare an alphabetical list of the names of all its shareholders who are entitled to notice of the meeting. The list shall be arranged by voting group, and within each voting group by class or series of shares, and shall show the address of and number of shares held by each shareholder, but need not include an electronic mail address or other electronic contact information for any shareholder.

(b) The shareholders list shall be available for inspection by any shareholder, beginning two business days after notice is given of the meeting for which the list was prepared and continuing through the meeting: (1) at the Corporation’s principal office or at a place identified in the meeting notice in the city where the meeting will be held; or (2) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting.

(c) The Corporation shall make the shareholders list available at the meeting, and any shareholder or his or her agent or attorney is entitled to inspect the list at any time during the meeting or any adjournment.

Section 2.13 Conduct of Business . The Chairman of the Board or his designee, or, if there is no Chairman of the Board or such designee, then the Chief Executive Officer or his designee, or, if the office of President shall be vacant, then a person appointed by a majority of the Board of Directors, shall preside at any meeting of shareholders as the chairman of the meeting. In addition to his powers pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(i), the person presiding at any meeting of shareholders shall determine the order of business and the procedures at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him in order.

Section 2.14 Voting Procedures and Inspectors of Elections . In advance of any meeting of shareholders, the Board of Directors may appoint one or more inspectors to act at an annual or special meeting of shareholders and make a written report thereon. Any inspector may, but need not, be an officer, employee or agent of the Corporation. Each inspector, before

 

10


entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector(s) shall (i) ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, (ii) determine the shares represented at a meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (iii) count all votes and ballots, (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and (v) certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting, and their count of all votes and ballots. The inspector(s) may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspector(s) in the performance of their duties. The presiding officer may review all determinations made by the inspector(s), and in so doing the presiding officer shall be entitled to exercise his or her sole judgment and discretion and he or she shall not be bound by any determinations made by the inspector(s). All determinations by the inspector(s) and, if applicable, presiding officer, shall be subject to further review by the Board of Directors and any court of competent jurisdiction.

ARTICLE III

Board of Directors

Section 3.01 Powers . The business of the Corporation shall be managed by a Board of Directors who shall have and may exercise (or grant authority to be exercised) all the powers of the Corporation except as otherwise reserved to the shareholders by law, by the Articles of Organization or by these Bylaws. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall have the power, unless otherwise provided by law, to purchase and to lease, pledge, mortgage and sell all property of the Corporation (including to issue or sell the authorized but unissued stock of the Corporation and to determine, subject to applicable requirements of law, the consideration for which stock is to be issued and the manner of allocating such consideration between capital and surplus) and to make such contracts and agreements as they deem advantageous, to fix the price to be paid for or in connection with any property or rights purchased, sold, or otherwise dealt with by the Corporation, to borrow money, issue bonds, notes and other obligations of the Corporation, and to secure payment thereof by mortgage or pledge of all or any part of the property of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may determine the compensation of Directors. The Board of Directors or such officer or committee as the Board of Directors may designate, may determine the compensation and duties, in addition to those prescribed by these Bylaws, of all officers, agents and employees of the Corporation.

Section 3.02 Enumeration, Election and Term of Office . The number of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed solely and exclusively by resolution duly adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Directors shall hold office in the manner provided in the Articles of Organization. No Director need be a shareholder of the Corporation or a resident of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. Whenever used in these By-Laws, the phrase “entire Board of Directors” shall mean that number of Directors fixed by the most recent resolution adopted pursuant to the preceding sentence prior to the date as of which a determination of the number of Directors then constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be relevant for any purpose under these By-Laws.

Section 3.03 Vacancies . The Board of Directors may act notwithstanding a vacancy or vacancies in its membership. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock

 

11


the outstanding and except as otherwise required by applicable law, any and all vacancies in the Board of Directors, however occurring including, without limitation, by reason of an increase in size of the Board of Directors, or the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of a Director, shall be filled solely and exclusively by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors then in office, even though less than a quorum. A vacancy that will occur at a specific later date may be filled before the vacancy occurs but the new Director may not take office until the vacancy occurs.

Section 3.04 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such times and places within or without the Commonwealth of Massachusetts as the Board of Directors may fix from time to time and, when so fixed, no notice thereof need by given, provided that any Director who is absent when such times and places are fixed shall be given notice of the fixing of such times and places. The first meeting of the Board of Directors following the annual meeting of the shareholders may be held without notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of the shareholders or the special meeting held in lieu thereof. If in any year a meeting of the Board of Directors is not held at such time and place, any action to be taken may be taken at any later meeting of the Board of Directors with the same force and effect as if held or transacted at such meeting.

Section 3.05 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Directors may be held at any time and at any place designated in the call of the meeting (which may be oral or in writing), when called by the President or the Treasurer or by one or more Directors, reasonable notice thereof being given to each Director by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or by the officer or one of the Directors calling the meeting.

Section 3.06 Notice . Notice of the time, date and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given to each Director by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, or in case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of such persons, by the officer or one of the Directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be given to each Director in person or by telephone, voice mail, telegraph, teletype or other electronic means or by facsimile sent to his business or home address, at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, or by written notice mailed to his or her business or home address at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting. Written notice, other than notice by electronic, telephone or similar means, is effective upon deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to the Director’s address shown in the Corporation’s records. Notice need not be given to any Director who waives notice. A Director may waive any notice before or after the date and time of the meeting. The waiver shall be in writing, signed by the Director entitled to the notice, or in the form of an electronic transmission by the Director to the Corporation, and filed with the minutes or corporate records. A Director’s attendance at or participation in a meeting waives any required notice to him or her of the meeting unless the Director at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon his or her arrival, objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken at the meeting.

Section 3.07 Quorum, Action at a Meeting . At any meeting of the Directors, a quorum for any election or for the consideration of any question shall consist of a majority of the Directors then in office, but a smaller number may constitute a quorum pursuant to Section 8.55 or Section 8.56 of the MBCA in making a determination that indemnification or advancement of expenses is permissible in a specific proceeding. Whether or not a quorum is present any

 

12


meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the votes properly cast upon the question, and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the votes of a majority of the Directors present shall be requisite and sufficient for appointment to any office and shall decide any question brought before such meeting, except in any case where a larger vote is required by law, by the Articles of Organization or by these Bylaws.

Section 3.08 Action Without a Meeting . Unless the Articles of Organization otherwise provide, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Directors may be taken without a meeting if a written consent thereto is signed by all the Directors, or delivered to the Corporation by means of electronic transmission, and such written consent is filed with the records of the meetings of the Directors. Action taken under this Section is effective when the last Director signs or delivers the consent, unless the consent specifies a different effective date. Such consent shall be treated as a vote at a meeting for all purposes. Such consents may be executed in one or more counterparts and not every Director need sign the same counterpart.

Section 3.09 Manner of Participation . Members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated thereby may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by, or conduct the meeting through the use of, any means of communication by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

Section 3.10 Resignations and Removals . Any Director may resign at any time by delivering his resignation in writing to the President or the Secretary or to a meeting of the Directors. Such resignations shall take effect at such time as is specified therein, or if no such time is so specified, then upon delivery thereof to the President or the Secretary or to a meeting of the Directors.

No Director or officer who resigns or is removed shall have any right to any compensation as such Director or officer for any period following his resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of such removal whether his compensation be by the month or by the year or otherwise; provided, however, that the foregoing provision shall not prevent such Director or officer from obtaining damages for breach of any contract of employment legally binding upon the Corporation.

Section 3.11 Presumption of Assent . A Director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any Corporation matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent or abstention has been entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he has filed a written dissent to such action with the person acting as the Secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or has forwarded such dissent by registered mail to the Secretary of the Corporation within five (5) days after the date such dissenting Director receives a copy of the minutes of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted in favor of such action.

Section 3.12 Honorary Directors . Subject to applicable provisions of law, any person who shall have served as a Director of the Corporation for ten years or more may, upon ceasing

 

13


to be a member of the Board of Directors and upon the request of a majority of the Board of Directors, continue as an Honorary Director, without compensation, in the manner which is and for such term as is provided by law. Any such Honorary Director shall not be deemed to be an officer or member of the Board of Directors, and shall not receive compensation or be required to attend meetings or be authorized or required to perform any duties.

Section 3.13 Committees . The Board of Directors, by vote of a majority of all of the Directors then in office, shall elect an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, an Executive Committee, a Governance Committee and may elect such other committees as it deems appropriate. The Board of Directors may delegate to such committees some or all of its powers except those which by law or by these By-Laws may not be delegated. Any such committee shall consist of not less than three (3) members of the Board of Directors. No member of the Audit Committee shall be an operating officer of the Corporation. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any such committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors or in such rules, its business shall be conducted so far as possible in the same manner as is provided by these By-Laws for the Board of Directors. All members of such committees shall hold such offices at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may abolish any committee (other than the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee, the Executive Committee and the Governance Committee) at any time, subject to applicable law. Any committee to which the Board of Directors delegates any of its powers or duties shall keep records of its meetings and shall report its action to the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have power to rescind any action of any committee, but no such rescission shall have retroactive effect.

Section 3.14 Powers of Executive Committee . In addition to the powers and duties provided by law, the Executive Committee, when the Board of Directors is not in session, may act as an executive committee and exercise general supervision and control in all matters pertaining to the interests of the Corporation not otherwise provided by law or in these By-Laws, subject at all times to the direction and control of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IV

Officers

Section 4.01 Enumeration . The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer, and a Secretary, and shall include such other officers, including without limitation a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, and one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers, or Assistant Secretaries, as the Board of Directors may determine.

Section 4.02 Election . The Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Treasurer, and the Secretary and all officers at the level of Executive Vice President or above shall be elected by the Board of Directors at their meeting next following the annual meeting of shareholders. All other officers may be elected by the Board of Directors or appointed by the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 4.03 Qualification . Each officer shall have such qualifications as are required by law. No officer shall serve as a corporator, trustee, director or officer of any other bank

 

14


holding company or savings and loan holding company, as a trustee, director or officer of any bank, credit union or thrift institution which is not a subsidiary of the Corporation, or as a trustee, director or officer of any holding company for any bank, credit union or thrift institution which is not a subsidiary of the Corporation if such service would violate the Depository Institution Management Interlocks Act or applicable sections of the General Laws of Massachusetts, or a successor statute, unless such officer has received a permit from the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and such service would not otherwise violate the Depository Institution Management Interlocks Act.

Section 4.04 Resignation and Removal . Any officer may resign by delivering his written resignation to the Corporation at its main office addressed to the Chief Executive Officer, President or Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt thereof by the Chief Executive Officer, President or Secretary, unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may, in addition to other provisions for removal contained in applicable laws, be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors. Any officer appointed by the Chief Executive Officer, and any employee or agent of the Corporation, may be removed at any time with or without cause by the Chief Executive Officer or by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.05 Chairman of the Board . The Board of Directors may elect a Chairman of the Board annually or at such other frequency as the Directors may determine. The Chairman of the Board shall preside, when present, at all meetings of the Board of Directors.

Section 4.06 Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer shall have, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, general supervision and control of the Corporation’s business. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside, when present, at all meetings of shareholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors if there is no Chairman of the Board or if the Chairman of the Board does not attend such meetings.

Section 4.07 President and Vice Presidents . The President shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate and shall serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides.

Any Vice President shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.

Section 4.08 Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers . The Treasurer shall have, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, general charge of the financial affairs of the Corporation and shall cause to be kept accurate books of account. He shall have custody of all funds, securities, and valuable documents of the Corporation, except as the Board of Directors may otherwise provide. The Treasurer shall also perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate. Any Assistant Treasurer shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Treasurer may from time to time designate.

 

15


Section 4.09 Secretary and Assistant Secretaries . The Secretary shall keep a record of the meetings of the Board of Directors and the shareholders. In the absence of the Secretary from any such meeting, an Assistant Secretary if one be elected, otherwise a Temporary Secretary designated by the person presiding at the meeting, shall perform the duties of the Secretary.

Section 4.10 Other Powers and Duties . Subject to these By-Laws, each officer of the Corporation shall have in addition to the duties and powers specifically set forth in these By-Laws, such duties and powers as are customarily incident to his office, and such duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 4.11 Absence, Disability and Vacancies . In the event of the absence or disability of any officer, the Board of Directors may designate another officer to act temporarily in such office, or the Executive Committee may make such designation until the Board of Directors shall take other action. In the case of a vacancy in any office, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors to the extent provided by law, and the Executive Committee may designate a person to fill such office until the next meeting of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE V

Capital Stock

Section 5.01 Authorized Capital Stock . The authorized amount of the capital stock and the par value, if any, of the shares shall be as fixed in the Articles of Organization. At all times when there are two or more classes of stock, the several classes of stock shall conform to the description and terms, and have the respective preferences, voting powers, restrictions and qualifications set forth in the Articles of Organization.

Section 5.02 Certificate of Stock . The Board of Directors may authorize the issue without certificates of some or all of the shares of any and all of the Corporation’s classes or series of stock. Except to the extent the Board of Directors has determined to issue shares without certificates, each shareholder shall be entitled to a certificate of the capital stock of the Corporation owned by him, in such form as shall, in conformity to law, be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors. Such certificate shall be signed by either the President or a Vice President, and by either the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, and shall bear the corporate seal or its facsimile; but when any such certificate is signed by a transfer agent or by a registrar other than a Director, officer, or employee of the Corporation, the signature of the President or a Vice President and of the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation, or either or both such signatures may be facsimile. If any officer who has signed, or whose facsimile signature has been placed on, any such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer at the time of issue.

Every certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to law, the Articles of Organization, these By-Laws or any agreement to which the Corporation is a party shall have the restriction noted conspicuously on the front or back of the certificate. Every certificate issued when the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one

 

16


class or series of stock shall set forth on its front or back either a summary of the variations in the rights, preferences and limitations applicable to each class and series, and the authority of the Board to determine variations for any future class or series, or a conspicuous statement that the Corporation will furnish a copy of such information to the holder of such certificate upon written request and without charge.

Section 5.03 Transfer of Shares of Stock . Subject to the restrictions, if any, stated or noted on the stock certificates, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the Corporation only by the surrender to the Corporation, or its transfer agent, of the certificate therefor properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, with all requisite stock transfer stamps affixed, and with such proof of the authenticity and effectiveness of the signature as the Corporation or its transfer agent shall reasonably require. Except as may otherwise be required by law, the Articles of Organization, or these By-Laws, the Corporation shall have the right to treat the person registered on the stock transfer books as the owner of any shares of the Corporation’s stock as the owner-in-fact thereof for all purposes, including the payment of dividends, liability for assessments, the right to vote with respect thereto and otherwise, and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any attempted transfer, pledge or other disposition thereof, or any equitable or other claim with respect thereto, whether or not it shall have actual or other notice thereof, until such shares shall have been transferred on the Corporation’s books in accordance with these By-Laws. It shall be the duty of each shareholder to notify the Corporation of his post office address.

Section 5.04 Transfer Agents and Registrars; Further Regulations . The Board of Directors may appoint one or more banks, trust companies or corporations doing a corporate trust business, in good standing under the laws of the United States or any state therein, to act as the Corporation’s transfer agent and/or registrar for shares of capital stock, and the Board may make such other and further regulations, not inconsistent with applicable law, as it may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of capital stock and stock certificates of the Corporation.

Section 5.05 Loss of Certificates . In the case of the alleged loss, destruction, or wrongful taking of a certificate of stock, a duplicate certificate may be issued in place thereof upon receipt by the Corporation of such evidence of loss and such indemnity bond, with or without surety, as shall be satisfactory to the President and the Treasurer, or otherwise upon such terms, consistent with law, as the Board of Directors may prescribe.

Section 5.06 Record Date . The Directors may fix in advance a time, which shall not be more than seventy (70) days before the date of any meeting of shareholders or the date for the payment of any dividend or the making of any distribution to shareholders, or the last day on which the consent or dissent of shareholders may be effectively expressed for any purpose, as the record date for determining the shareholders having the right to notice of and to vote at, such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or the right to receive such dividend or distribution, or the right to give such consent or dissent, and in such case, only shareholders of record on such record date shall have such right, notwithstanding any transfer of stock on the books of the Corporation after the record date. If a record date for a specific action is not fixed by the Board of Directors, and is not otherwise specified by applicable law, the record date shall be the close of business either on the day before the first notice is sent to shareholders, or if no notice is sent,

 

17


on the day before the meeting. A determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders is effective for any adjournment of the meeting unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date, which it shall do if the meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the date fixed for the original meeting.

ARTICLE VI

Miscellaneous Provisions

Section 6.01 Fiscal Year . Except as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the twelve months ending December 31st.

Section 6.02 Seal . The Board of Directors shall have power to adopt and alter the seal of the Corporation.

Section 6.03 Execution of Instruments . All deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes and other instruments and obligations to be entered into by the Corporation in the ordinary course of its business without Board of Directors action may be executed on behalf of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, Treasurer or, as the Board of Directors may authorize, any other officer, employee or agent of the Corporation.

Section 6.04 Voting of Securities . Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any other officer or agent designated by the Board of Directors may waive notice of and act on behalf of the Corporation, or appoint another person or persons to act as proxy or attorney in fact for the Corporation with or without discretionary power and/or power of substitution, at any meeting of stockholders or shareholders of any other organization, any of whose securities are held by the Corporation.

Section 6.05 Resident Agent . The Board of Directors may appoint a resident agent upon whom legal process may be served in any action or proceeding against the Corporation. Said resident agent shall be either an individual who is a resident of and has a business address in Massachusetts, a corporation organized under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, or a corporation organized under the laws of any other state of the United States, which has qualified to do business in, and has an office in, Massachusetts.

Section 6.06 Corporation Records . The original, or attested copies, of the Articles of Organization, By-Laws and record of all meetings of the Directors shall be kept in Massachusetts at the main office of the Corporation, or at an office of its Secretary or resident agent.

ARTICLE VII

Amendments

Except as otherwise provided in the Articles of Organization, these Bylaws may be amended or repealed in whole or in part by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of each class of the capital stock at the time outstanding and entitled to vote at any annual meeting of shareholders or special meeting of shareholders; provided, however, that if the Board of Directors recommends, by the affirmative vote of at least

 

18


two-thirds of the Directors then in office at a duly constituted meeting of the Board of Directors, that shareholders approve such amendment at such meeting of shareholders, such amendment shall only require the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of each class of capital stock at the time outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting; provided, further, that notice of the substance of the proposed amendment is stated in the notice of such meeting. If authorized by the Articles of Organization, the Directors may make, amend or repeal the Bylaws, in whole or in part, except with respect to any provision thereof which by law, the Articles of Organization or the Bylaws requires action by the shareholders. Not later than the time of giving notice of the meeting of shareholders next following the making, amending or repealing by the Directors of any Bylaw, notice thereof stating the substance of such change shall be given to all shareholders entitled to vote on amending the Bylaws.

Any Bylaw adopted or amended by the Directors may be amended or reinstated by the shareholders entitled to vote on amending the Bylaws following the procedures outlined above.

ARTICLE VIII

Control Share Acquisition Statute

The provisions of Chapter 110D of the Massachusetts General Laws shall not be applicable to the Corporation.

 

19

Exhibit 4.1

SEE LEGENDS ON REVERSE SIDE OF CERTIFICATE

 

Number

     

Shares

*0*  

Incorporated Under

the Laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts

on March 3, 2016

  *0*

Randolph Bancorp, Inc.

Common Stock

Par Value $0.01

THIS CERTIFIES THAT **SPECIMEN** is the record holder of Zero (0) Shares of the Common Stock, Par Value $0.01, of R ANDOLPH B ANCORP , I NC . transferable only on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof, in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed or assigned.

A statement of the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon the respective classes or series of shares of stock of the Corporation and upon the holders thereof as established by the Articles of Organization, and the number of shares constituting each series and the designations thereof, may be obtained by any shareholder upon request and without charge at the principal office of the Corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate to be signed by its duly authorized officers this      day of              20    .

 

 

   

 

President     Secretary


THE CAPITAL STOCK EVIDENCED HEREBY IS NOT AN ACCOUNT OF AN INSURABLE TYPE AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER FEDERAL OR STATE GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

The following abbreviations when used in the inscription of the face of this certificate shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations.

 

TEN COM   -   as tenants in common   UNIF GIFT MIN ACT   -  

 

 

Custodian

 

 

          (Cust)     (Minor)
TEN ENT   -   as tenants by the entireties          
        Under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
JT TEN   -   as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common    

 

        (State)

Additional abbreviates may also be used through not in the above list

For value Received,                      hereby sell, assign and transfer unto                     

                    Shares of the Common Stock of the within named Corporation, represented by the within Certificate and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                      Attorney to transfer the said shares of said Common Stock on the books of the said Corporation, pursuant to the provisions of the By-Laws thereof, with full powers of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:                        A.D.                                              
 

 

In Presence of:

 

NOTE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME OF THE SHAREHOLDER(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICLAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.

Exhibit 5.1

March 4, 2016

Randolph Bancorp, Inc.

10 Cabot Place

Stoughton, MA 02072

 

  Re: Securities Registered under Registration Statement on Form S-1

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to you in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Plan of Conversion of Randolph Bancorp approved by the Board of Trustees of Randolph Bancorp on January 26, 2016, as amended (the “Plan of Conversion”) and your filing of a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (as amended or supplemented, the “Registration Statement”) pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The Registration Statement relates to the issuance by Randolph Bancorp, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (the “Company”) of (1) up to 5,686,750 shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share, to be sold in the offerings described in the Plan of Conversion (the “Offering Shares”) and (2) up to 181,976 shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share, to be contributed by the Company to The Randolph Savings Bank Charitable Foundation pursuant to the terms of the Plan of Conversion (the “Foundation Shares,” and together with the Offering Shares, the “Shares”).

We have reviewed such documents and made such examination of law as we have deemed appropriate to give the opinions set forth below. We have relied, without independent verification, on certificates of public officials and, as to matters of fact material to the opinions set forth below, on certificates of officers of the Company.

The opinion set forth below is limited to the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act (which includes reported judicial decisions interpreting the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act).

Based on the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Shares have been duly authorized and, upon issuance and delivery against payment therefor (with respect to the Offering Shares) or contribution (with respect to the Foundation Shares) in accordance with the terms of the Plan of Conversion, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.


Randolph Bancorp, Inc.

March 4, 2016

Page 2

 

We hereby consent to the inclusion of this opinion as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to the references to our firm under the caption “Legal and Tax Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving our consent, we do not admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,

GOODWIN PROCTER LLP

/s/ Goodwin Procter LLP

Exhibit 10.1

SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN

WHEREAS , it is the intent of the parties hereto that this Supplemental Retirement Plan (hereinafter referred to as the “Plan”) be considered an unfunded arrangement maintained primarily to provide supplemental retirement benefits for the Plan Participant, and to be considered a non-qualified benefit plan for purposes of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). The Plan Participant is fully advised of Randolph Savings Bank’s (hereinafter referred to as the “Bank”) financial status and has had substantial input in the design and operation of this benefit plan; and

THEREFORE , in consideration of services performed in the past and to be performed in the future as well as of the mutual promises and covenants herein contained it is agreed as follows:

 

I. ELIGIBILITY

Directors and Key Executives, which include the Chief Executive Officer (40%-60%), Chief Financial Officer (30%-50%V Senior Vice President of Retail of the Bank (10%-30%), and Executive Vice President and Chief Operations Officer (20%-40%), shall be eligible for the Supplemental Retirement Plan at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Bank.

 

II. FRINGE BENEFITS

The salary or fee continuation benefits provided by this Plan are granted by the Bank as a fringe benefit to the Plan Participant and are not part of any salary or fee reduction plan or an arrangement deferring a bonus or a salary increase. The Plan Participant has no option to take any current payment or bonus in lieu of these salary or fee continuation benefits except as set forth hereinafter.

 

III. BENEFIT ACCOUNTING/ACCRUED LIABILITY RETIREMENT ACCOUNT

The Bank shall account for this benefit using the generally accepted accounting principles. The Bank shall establish an accrued liability retirement account for the Plan into which appropriate reserves shall be accrued. The accrued liability retirement account shall be calculated on a reasonable and consistent basis.

 

IV. RETIREMENT BENEFIT

Upon retirement (Early Retirement or Normal Retirement), the Bank, commencing with the first day of the month following the date of such retirement, shall pay the Plan Participant an annual benefit as defined in the applicable Supplemental Retirement Plan Adoption Agreement dated January 1, 2006.


In accordance with the Internal Revenue Code §409A, if the Executive is a Key Employee, and said Bank is publicly traded at the time of retirement, any such benefit payment shall be withheld for six months following such retirement. The aggregate amount of the first seven months of installments shall be paid at the beginning of the seventh month following such retirement.

 

V. DEATH BENEFIT PRIOR TO RETIREMENT

In the event the Plan Participant should die while actively employed by the Bank after the date of this Agreement but prior to the Executive attaining the Early Retirement Date and ten (10) years of employment or the Director attaining the Early Retirement Date and having served on the Board of the Bank for ten (10) years, the Bank will pay an amount of money equal to the accrued balance of the Plan Participant’s accrued liability retirement account.

Said benefit shall be paid in either ten (10) annual installments or a lump sum, as set forth in the Plan Participant’s Distribution Election Form, to such individual or individuals as the Plan Participant may have designated in writing and filed with the Bank. The Plan Participant shall choose said irrevocable method of payment within thirty (30) days of executing this Agreement. In the event the Distribution Election Form is not submitted or an election is not made within thirty (30) days of executing this Agreement, said benefit shall be paid to the designated beneficiary(ies) in a lump sum. In the absence of any effective beneficiary designation, any such amount becoming due and payable upon the death of the Plan Participant shall be payable to the duly qualified executor or administrator of the Plan Participant’s estate. Said payment due hereunder shall be made the first day of the second month following the decease of the Plan Participant.

In the event the Plan Participant should die while actively employed by the Bank after the date of this Agreement subsequent to all Early Retirement provisions pursuant to Subparagraph II (C) of the Adoption Agreement to the Supplemental Retirement Plan or attaining Normal Retirement Ages, the Plan Participant will be vested in the benefits pursuant to Subparagraph II (D) of the Adoption Agreement to the Supplemental Retirement Plan.

 

VI. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICE

Subject to Subparagraph VI (i) hereinbelow, in the event that the employment of the Executive shall terminate prior to the Early Retirement Date and attaining ten (10) years of employment or the service of the Director shall terminate prior to the Early Retirement Age and the Director has served ten (10) years, as provided in Subparagraph II (B) in the Adoption Agreement to the Supplemental Retirement Plan, by the Plan Participant’s voluntary action, or by the Plan Participant’s

 

2


discharge by the Bank without cause, then this Agreement shall terminate upon the date of such termination of employment or service and the Bank shall pay to the Plan Participant the accrued liability retirement account. This compensation shall be paid in either ten (10) annual installments commencing thirty (30) days following said termination of service or employment or in a lump sum thirty (30) days following the date of said termination of service or employment, as set forth in the Plan Participant’s Distribution Election Form. The Plan Participant shall choose said irrevocable method of payment within thirty (30) days of executing this Agreement, hi the event the Distribution Election Form is not submitted or an election is not made within thirty (30) days of executing this Agreement, said compensation shall be paid in a lump sum, thirty days following said termination of employment or service.

In the event that the employment of the Executive shall terminate subsequent to the Early Retirement Date and attaining ten (10) years of employment or the service of the Director shall terminate subsequent to the Early Retirement Age and the Director has served ten (10) years, as provided in Subparagraph E(B) in the Adoption Agreement to the Supplemental Retirement Plan, by the Plan Participant’s voluntary action, or by the Plan Participant’s discharge by the Bank without cause, the Plan Participant shall be vested in the benefits pursuant to Subparagraph 11(d) of the Adoption Agreement to the Supplemental Retirement Plan.

In the event a Director does not have at least ten (10) years of service on the Board of the Bank, prior to any termination of service, then this Agreement shall terminate on the date of said termination of service and upon said date all benefits shall be forfeited by the Director.

If the Executive is a Key Employee, as defined by the Internal Revenue Service, and said Bank is publicly traded at the time of termination of employment, any such benefit payment shall not be payable for six months following such termination of employment. If payment is scheduled to be made in a lump sum, the lump sum payment shall be delayed for six months and instead be made on the first day of the seventh month.

 

  (i) Discharge for Cause : In the event the Plan Participant shall be discharged for cause at any time, all benefits provided herein shall be forfeited. The term “for cause” shall mean gross negligence or gross neglect, the conviction of a felony or gross misdemeanor involving fraud or dishonesty, or willful violation of any law that results in any adverse effect on the Bank. If a dispute arises as to discharge “for cause,” such dispute shall be resolved by arbitration as set forth in this Participant Plan.

 

3


VII. CHANGE OF CONTROL

Change of Control shall be defined as the occurrence of any one of the following:

 

  1.) During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who are Continuing Trustees (as hereinafter defined) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Holding Company or individuals who are Continuing Directors (as hereinafter defined) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the Bank. For this purpose (i) a “Continuing Trustee” shall mean (x) an individual who was a trustee of the Holding Company at the beginning of such period or (y) any new trustee ( other than a trustee designated by a person who has entered into, or made a bona-fide offer to enter into, any Agreement with the Holding Company to effect an acquisition, merger or consolidation) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Holding Company’s corporators was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the trustees then still in office who either were trustees at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, and (ii) a “Continuing Director” shall mean (x) an individual who was a director of the Bank at the beginning of such period or (y) any new director (other than a Director designated by a person who has entered into, or made a bona fide offer to enter into, any agreement with the Holding Company or the Bank to effect an acquisition, merger or consolidation) whose election was approved by a voter of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Holding Company’s trustees whose election or nomination for election was previous so approved; or

 

  2.) The trustees of the Holding Company or the Directors of the Bank approve a merger or consolidation of the Holding Company of the Bank with any other corporation or bank, other than:

 

  a.) a merger or consolidation in which (i) individuals who are trustees of the Company immediately prior to the transaction will continue to represent at least two-thirds (2/3) of the trustees of the institution resulting from the holding company merger or consolidation (and, if applicable, of any top tier parent holding company thereof) and (ii) individuals who are Directors of the Bank immediately prior to the transaction will continue to represent at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Directors of the institution resulting from the bank merger or consolidation; or

 

  b.) the merger undertaken for purposes of facilitating the Reorganization; or

 

4


  c.) The Holding Company converts from mutual to stock form, or the Bank or any mid-tier holding company of the Bank issues shares of common stock to the public in a minority offering (it being understood that the Reorganization shall not constitute conversion from mutual to stock form);

 

  d.) The Bank effectuates a complete liquidation of the Bank or a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of its assets.

 

  3.) The acquisition of more than fifty percent (50%) of the value or voting power of the Bank’s stock by a person or group;

 

  4.) The acquisition in a period of twelve (12) months or less of at least thirty-five percent (35%) of the Bank’s stock by a person or group;

 

  5.) The replacement of a majority of the Bank’s board in a period of twelve (12) months or less by Directors who were not endorsed by a majority of the current board members; or

 

  6.) The acquisition in a period of twelve (12) months or less of forty percent (40%) or more of the Bank’s assets by an unrelated entity.

For the purposes of this Agreement, transfers made on account of deaths or gifts, transfers between family members or transfers to a qualified retirement plan maintained by the Bank shall not be considered in determining whether there has been a Change in Control.

If the Plan Participant is terminated, voluntarily or involuntarily, except for cause, anytime subsequent to a Change of Control as defined herein, then the Plan Participant shall receive the benefits in Paragraph IV herein upon attaining Normal Retirement Age (Subparagraph II(B) of the Adoption Agreement to the Supplemental Plan), as if the Plan Participant had been continuously serving on the Board of the Bank or employed by the Bank until the Plan Participant’s Normal Retirement Age.

 

VIII. DISABILITY

In the event the Plan Participant becomes disabled prior to the Plan Participant’s Retirement Date (Subparagraph U [A] of the Adoption Agreement), and the Plan Participant’s employment is terminated because of such disability, he shall become one hundred percent (100%) vested in the balance of the accrued liability retirement account. Said balance shall be paid in ten (10) annual installments or a lump sum as set forth in the Plan Participant’s Distribution Election Form, without regard to the Plan Participant’s Normal Retirement Age (Subparagraph II[B] of the Adoption Agreement), thirty (30) days following such termination of employment.

 

5


In the event the plan participant should elect ten (10) annual installments and the participant is an Executive and Key Employee, and said Bank is publicly traded at the time of said termination of disability, any such benefit payment shall be withheld for six (6) months following such termination.

The Plan Participant shall choose said irrevocable method of payment within thirty (30) days of executing this Agreement. In the event the Distribution Election Form is not submitted or an election is not made within thirty (30) days of executing this Agreement, said compensation shall be paid in a lump sum, thirty days following said termination of employment or service.

A Plan Participant is considered disabled if he or she is: [1] unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months; or [2] by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering the Plan Participant of the Bank. If there is a dispute regarding whether the Plan Participant is disabled, such dispute shall be resolved by a physician mutually selected by the Bank and the Plan Participant and such resolution shall be binding upon all parties to this Agreement. Medical determination of Disability may be made by either the Social Security Administration or by the provider of an accident or health plan covering employees of the Bank. Upon the request of the Plan Administrator, the Executive must submit proof to the Plan Administrator of Social Security Administration’s or the provider’s determination.

 

IX. RESTRICTIONS ON FUNDING

The Bank shall have no obligation to set aside, earmark or entrust any fund or money with which to pay its obligations under this Participant Plan. The Plan Participant, his or her beneficiary(ies), or any successor in interest shall be and remain simply a general creditor of the Bank in the same manner as any other creditor having a general claim for matured and unpaid compensation.

The Bank reserves the absolute right, at its sole discretion, to either fund the obligations undertaken by this Plan or to refrain from funding the same and to determine the extent, nature and method of such funding. Should the Bank elect to fund this Plan, in whole or in part, through the purchase of life insurance, mutual funds, disability policies or annuities, the Bank reserves the absolute right, in its sole discretion, to terminate such funding at any time, in whole or in part.

 

6


At no time shall any Plan Participant be deemed to have any lien, right, title or interest in any specific funding investment or assets of the Bank.

If the Bank elects to invest in a life insurance, disability or annuity policy upon the life of the Plan Participant, then the Plan Participant shall assist the Bank by freely submitting to a physical exam and supplying such additional information necessary to obtain such insurance or annuities.

 

X. MISCELLANEOUS

 

  A. Alienability and Assignment Prohibition :

Neither the Plan Participant, nor the Plan Participant’s surviving spouse, nor any other beneficiary(ies) under this Supplemental Retirement Plan shall have any power or right to transfer, assign, anticipate, hypothecate, mortgage, commute, modify or otherwise encumber in advance any of the benefits payable hereunder nor shall any of said benefits be subject to seizure for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by the Plan Participant or the Plan Participant’s beneficiary(ies), nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise., In the event the Plan Participant or any beneficiary attempts assignment, commutation, hypothecation, transfer or disposal of the benefits hereunder, the Bank’s liabilities shall forthwith cease and terminate.

 

  B. Binding Obligation of the Bank and any Successor in Interest :

The Bank shall not merge or consolidate into or with another bank or sell substantially all of its assets to another bank, firm or person until such bank, firm or person expressly agrees, in writing, to assume and discharge the duties and obligations of the Bank under this Supplemental Retirement Plan. This Plan shall be binding upon the parties hereto, their successors, beneficiaries, heirs and personal representatives.

 

  C. Amendment or Revocation :

It is agreed by and between the parties hereto that, during the lifetime of the Plan Participant, this Supplemental Retirement Plan may be amended or revoked at any time or times, in whole or in part, by the mutual written consent of the Plan Participant and the Bank.

 

  D. Gender :

Whenever in this Supplemental Retirement Plan words are used in the masculine or neuter gender, they shall be read and construed as in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, whenever they should so apply.

 

7


  E. Effect on Other Bank Benefit Plans :

Nothing contained in this Supplemental Retirement Plan shall affect the right of the Plan Participant to participate in or be covered by any qualified or non-qualified pension, profit-sharing, group, bonus or other supplemental compensation or fringe benefit plan constituting a part of the Bank’s existing or future compensation structure.

 

  F. Headings :

Headings and subheadings in this Supplemental Retirement Plan are inserted for reference and convenience only and shall not be deemed a part of this Supplemental Retirement Plan.

 

  G. Applicable Law :

The validity and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

  H. Partial Invalidity :

If any term, provision, covenant, or condition of this Supplemental Retirement Plan is determined by an arbitrator or a court, as the case may be, to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, such determination shall not render any other term, provision, covenant, or condition invalid, void, or unenforceable, and the Supplemental Retirement Plan shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding such partial invalidity.

 

  I. Not a Contract of Employment :

This Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the parties hereto, nor shall any provision hereof restrict the right of the Bank to discharge the Plan Participant, or restrict the right of the Plan Participant to terminate employment.

 

  J. Present Value :

All present value calculations under this Agreement shall be based on the following discount rate:

 

Discount Rate:      The effective discount rate for the Supplemental Retirement Plan on December 31st of the previous calendar year.

 

8


XI. ADMINISTRATIVE AND CLAIMS PROVISIONS

 

  A. Plan Administrator :

The Plan Administrator of this Supplemental Retirement Plan shall be Randolph Savings Bank. As Plan Administrator, the Bank shall be responsible for the management, control and administration of the Supplemental Retirement Plan. The Plan Administrator may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of the Supplemental Retirement Plan including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

 

  B. Claims Procedure :

 

  a. Filing a Claim for Benefits :

Any insured, beneficiary, or other individual, (“Claimant”) entitled to benefits under this Plan will file a claim request with the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator will, upon written request of a Claimant, make available copies of all forms and instructions necessary to file a claim for benefits or advise the Claimant where such forms and instructions may be obtained. If the claim relates to disability benefits, then the Plan Administrator shall designate a sub-committee to conduct the initial review of the claim (and applicable references below to the Plan Administrator shall mean such sub-committee).

 

  b. Denial of Claim :

A claim for benefits under this Plan will be denied if the Bank determines that the Claimant is not entitled to receive benefits under this Plan. Notice of a denial shall be furnished the Claimant within a reasonable period of time after receipt of the claim for benefits by the Plan Administrator. This time period shall not exceed more than ninety (90) days after the receipt of the properly submitted claim. In the event that the claim for benefits pertains to disability, the Plan Administrator shall provide written notice within forty-five (45) days. However, if the Plan Administrator determines, in its discretion, that an extension of time for processing the claim is required, such extension shall not exceed an additional ninety (90) days. In the case of a claim for disability benefits, the forty-five (45) day review period may be extended for up to thirty (30) days if necessary due to circumstances beyond the Plan Administrator’s control, and for an additional thirty (30) days, if necessary. Any extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render the determination on review.

 

9


  c. Content of Notice :

The Plan Administrator shall provide written notice to every Claimant who is denied a claim for benefits which notice shall set forth the following:

 

  (i.) The specific reason or reasons for the denial;

 

  (ii.) Specific reference to pertinent Executive Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

 

  (iii.) A description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim, and any explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and

 

  (iv.) Any other information required by applicable regulations, including with respect to disability benefits.

 

  d. Review Procedure :

The purpose of the Review Procedure is to provide a method by which a Claimant may have a reasonable opportunity to appeal a denial of a claim to the Plan Administrator for a full and fair review. The Claimant, or his duly authorized representative, may:

 

  (i.) Request a review upon written application to the Plan Administrator. Application for review must be made within sixty (60) days of receipt of written notice of denial of claim. If the denial of claim pertains to disability, application for review must be made within one hundred eighty (180) days of receipt of written notice of the denial of claim;

 

  (ii.) Review and copy (free of charge) pertinent Executive Plan documents, records and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits;

 

  (iii.) Submit issues and concerns in writing, as well as documents, records, and other information relating to the claim.

 

10


  e. Decision on Review :

A decision on review of a denied claim shall be made in the following manner:

 

  (i.) The Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion, hold a hearing on the denied claim. If the Claimant’s initial claim is for disability benefits, any review of a denied claim shall be made by members of the Plan Administrator other than the original decision maker(s) and such person(s) shall not be a subordinate of the original decision maker(s). The decision on review shall be made promptly, but generally not later than sixty (60) days after receipt of the application for review. In the event that the denied claim pertains to disability, such decision shall not be made later than forty-five (45) days after receipt of the application for review. If the Plan Administrator determines that an extension of time for processing is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial sixty (60) day period. In no event shall the extension exceed a period of sixty (60) days from the end of the initial period. In the event the denied claim pertains to disability, written notice of such extension shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial forty-five (45) day period. In no event shall the extension exceed a period of thirty (30) days from the end of the initial period. The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render the determination on review.

 

  (ii.) The decision on review shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision written in an understandable manner with specific references to the pertinent Executive Plan provisions upon which the decision is based.

 

  (iii.)

The review will take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. Additional considerations shall be required in the case of a claim for disability benefits. For example, the claim will be reviewed without deference to the initial adverse benefits determination and, if the initial adverse benefit determination was based in whole or in part

 

11


  on a medical judgment, the Plan Administrator will consult with a health care professional with appropriate training and experience in the field of medicine involving the medical judgment. The health care professional who is consulted on appeal will not be the same individual who was consulted during the initial determination or the subordinate of such individual. If the Plan Administrator obtained the advice of medical or vocational experts in making the initial adverse benefits determination (regardless of whether the advice was relied upon), the Plan Administrator will identify such experts.

 

  (iv.) The decision on review will include a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to,’ and copies of, all documents, records or other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

  f. Exhaustion of Remedies :

A Claimant must follow the claims review procedures under this Plan and exhaust his or her administrative remedies before taking any further action with respect to a claim for benefits.

 

  C. Arbitration:

If claimants continue to dispute the benefit denial based upon completed performance of this Plan or the meaning and effect of the terms and conditions thereof, then claimants may submit the dispute to an Arbitrator for final arbitration. The Arbitrator shall be selected by mutual agreement of the Bank and the claimants. The Arbitrator shall operate under any generally recognized set of arbitration rules. The parties hereto agree that they and their heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns shall be bound by the decision of such Arbitrator with respect to any controversy properly submitted to it for determination.

Where a dispute arises as to the Bank’s discharge of the Executive “for cause,” such dispute shall likewise be submitted to arbitration as above described and the parties hereto agree to be bound by the decision thereunder.

 

12


XII. OPERATION OF LAW ON BANK’S OBLIGATIONS

In the event that the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), the Division of Banks of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts or any other governmental entity promulgates any statute, rule, regulation, policy or order, or issues any report of examination, which either: (i) Restricts or prohibits the Bank from making payments to the Plan Participant under this Plan, or (ii) notifies the Bank that, for regulatory accounting purposes, the life insurance policy, Rabbi trust, or other asset in which the Bank may have invested for purposes of funding its obligations hereunder may not be treated as an asset of the Bank; then the Bank’s obligations to make payments to the Plan Participant (or his beneficiary) hereunder shall terminate or be restricted or suspended (consistent with such law, regulation, policy, order or report) for so long as such restriction, prohibition or accounting rule applies to the Bank. Nothing in this Plan is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Bank to do or fail to do any act in violation of any applicable law, regulation, policy, order or regulatory report. However, the Bank agrees to use reasonable efforts to find a substitute manner of making the payments required under this Plan that would be acceptable to the regulators.

 

XIII. COMPETITIVE SERVICES

During any period during which the Bank continues to pay retirement benefits to the Plan Participant hereunder, the Plan Participant shall not become more than five percent (5%) owner of, nor engage directly or indirectly, in any business which is substantially similar to the business of the Bank, either as proprietor, partner, more than a five percent (5%) stockholder, officer, director, employee or otherwise, within an area of thirty (30) miles from the Town of Randolph, Massachusetts or the Town of Coventry, Rhode Island, unless the Bank has first consented in writing thereto.

 

XIV. EXCISE TAX

If any payment under this Plan is classified as an excess golden parachute payment under IRS §280G, or its successor, and is subject to excise tax under IRS §4999, then the Bank shall pay the Plan Participant an additional benefit in an amount to fully compensate the Plan Participant for said excise tax.

 

XV. INCAPACITY

Any payment required to be made pursuant to this Plan to a person who is mentally incapacitated at the time such payment is due may be made by the Bank to or for the benefit of such person in such of the following ways as the Bank shall determine: (a) directly to the person entitled to the payment; (b) to the legal representative of such person; (c) directly in payment of expenses of support, maintenance or education of such person. Any such payment by the Bank shall, to the extent thereof, be a complete discharge of any liability under this Plan with respect to such payment. The Bank shall not be responsible for the application by any third party of any payments made pursuant to this paragraph.

 

13


XVI. EFFECTIVE DATE

The Effective Date of this Plan shall be January 1, 2006.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto acknowledge that each has carefully read this Plan and executed the original thereof and that, upon execution, each has received a conforming copy.

 

RANDOLPH SAVINGS BANK
Randolph, Massachusetts

/s/ James P. McDonough

President and CEO

 

14


DESCRIPTION OF THE PLAN

In an effort to attract, reward, motivate and retain the most qualified people available, and to provide those people with a complete and reasonable compensation package, Randolph Savings Bank has implemented a retirement plan with an endorsement split dollar life insurance plan for the benefit of the members of the Board of Trustees of the bank.

The Trustee Plan is called the Trustee Supplemental Retirement Plan - Defined Contribution and was designed to provide an annual retirement benefit, to be paid to each trustee upon retirement from the board and a death benefit to be paid to the trustee’s beneficiary upon his or her death.

This Supplemental Retirement Plan is also designed to provide these benefits with the least risk to the Bank’s safety and soundness and at the least possible cost. A portion of the benefits is determined by an indexed formula. The index used in this plan to calculate the amount of the retirement benefit is the earnings on a specific life insurance policy. The Bank “keeps” the opportunity costs on the premiums paid. Any earnings in excess of the opportunity costs are accrued to a liability reserve account for the benefit of the trustee. At retirement, this liability reserve account is paid out over a specified period of years. In addition, the annual earnings in excess of the opportunity costs are paid out annually after retirement. These payments will continue for the life of the trustee.

The plan has a vesting schedule that creates a “golden handcuff effect. The Bank’s obligations under the retirement benefit portion of this plan are unfunded; however, the Bank has purchased life insurance policies on each insurable participant. The policies are actuarially designed to offset the annual expenses associated with the plan and will, given reasonable actuarial assumptions, offset all of the plan’s costs during the life of the participant and provide a complete recover}’ of all plan costs at his or her death. The Bank is the sole owner of all policies.

The life insurance benefit for each insurable trustee is being provided by an Endorsement Split Dollar Plan. The Bank endorses a specified percentage of the net-at-risk life insurance portion of a policy (total death benefit less cash value of policy) on the life of each participant for payment to the designated beneficiary of that trustee. The Bank owns the policy and its entire surrender value. For uninsurable trustees, the bank will pay a stated death benefit,

The “Financial Projections” section of this manual contains a series of financial projections of this plan prepared using current regulatory accounting principles. The “Policy Illustrations” section contains the actual illustration as the policy was issued for each plan participant. The “Plan Documents” section contains copies of the plan agreements executed in connection with this plan. In addition, the Board Minutes, which describe the approval of the plan, and the Department of Labor notification letter, are included in this section.


The “Regulatory Compliance” section contains analyses required of all benefit programs in banks and the related purchase of life insurance according to the August, 1993 Memorandum from the FDIC and OCC Bulletin 96-51.

Exhibit 10.2

RANDOLPH SAVINGS BANK

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I - THE PLAN

     2   

1.01

  

Interpretation of Plan Document

     2   

1.02

  

Exclusive Benefit

     2   

ARTICLE II - DEFINITIONS

     3   

2.01

  

“Account”

     3   

2.02

  

“Affiliated Company”

     3   

2.03

  

“Allocation Date”

     3   

2.04

  

“Beneficiary”

     3   

2.05

  

“Board”

     3   

2.06

  

“Committee”

     3   

2.07

  

“Company”

     4   

2.08

  

“Compensation”

     4   

2.09

  

“Dividend Account”

     4   

2.10

  

“Effective Date”

     5   

2.11

  

“Employee”

     5   

2.12

  

“Entry Date”

     5   

2.13

  

“Hour of Service”

     5   

2.14

  

“Limitation Year”

     7   

2.15

  

“Member”

     7   

2.16

  

“One-Year Break in Service”

     7   

2.17

  

“Participating Company”

     7   

2.18

  

“Period of Service”

     7   

2.19

  

“Period of Severance”

     9   

2.20

  

“Plan”

     9   

2.21

  

“Plan Year”

     9   

2.22

  

“Stock”

     9   

2.23

  

“Trust”

     9   

2.24

  

“Trustee”

     10   

2.25

  

“Year of Vesting Service”

     10   

ARTICLE III - MEMBERSHIP

     11   

3.01

  

Eligibility for Membership

     11   

3.02

  

Determination of Eligibility by the Committee

     11   

3.03

  

Duration of Membership

     11   

3.04

  

Unpaid Leaves of Absence

     11   

ARTICLE IV - CONTRIBUTIONS

     13   

4.01

  

Company Contribution

     13   

4.02

  

Payment of Contributions

     13   

4.03

  

Reversion of Certain Contributions

     13   

4.04

  

Member’s Contributions

     14   

 

(i)


ARTICLE V - MEMBERS’ ACCOUNTS

     15   

5.01

  

Maintenance of Accounts

     15   

5.02

  

Compensation Schedule

     16   

5.03

  

Allocation of Company Contributions

     16   

5.04

  

Allocation of Forfeitures

     16   

5.05

  

Valuation of Assets Other than Stock

     17   

5.06

  

Allocation of Trust Assets Other than Stock

     17   

5.07

  

Dividends on Stock

     18   

5.08

  

Distributions and Forfeitures

     18   

5.09

  

Limitations on Allocations

     19   

ARTICLE VI - BENEFITS

     22   

6.01

  

Restrictions on Payments and Distributions

     22   

6.02

  

Retirement

     22   

6.03

  

Disability Retirement

     22   

6.04

  

Death Benefits

     23   

6.05

  

Termination of Employment Prior to Retirement or Death

     25   

6.06

  

Reemployment

     26   

6.07

  

Manner and Timing of Distributions

     27   

6.08

  

Discharge of Trustee’s Obligations to Make Payment

     29   

6.09

  

Special Distribution from Account and Dividend Account

     29   

ARTICLE VII - AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

     31   

7.01

  

Right to Amend or Terminate

     31   

7.02

  

Amendment for Tax Exemption

     31   

7.03

  

Liquidation of Trust in Event of Termination

     31   

7.04

  

Termination of Plan and Trust

     32   

ARTICLE VIII - ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

     33   

8.01

  

Named Fiduciaries

     33   

8.02

  

Appointment of Committee

     33   

8.03

  

Powers of Committee

     34   

8.04

  

Action by Committee

     34   

8.05

  

Discretionary Action

     34   

8.06

  

Evidence on Which Committee May Act

     35   

8.07

  

Employment of Agents

     35   

8.08

  

Compensation and Expense of Committee

     36   

8.09

  

Indemnification

     36   

8.10

  

Claims Procedure

     36   

8.11

  

Claims Procedure for Disability Determinations

     39   

ARTICLE IX - THE TRUST

     45   

9.01

  

Trust Agreement

     45   

9.02

  

Exercise of Voting Rights

     45   

9.03

  

Tender Offer or Exchange Offer

     46   

 

(ii)


ARTICLE X - THE COMPANY

     48   

10.01

  

Powers of the Company

     48   

10.02

  

No Contract of Employment

     48   

10.03

  

Liability of Company

     48   

10.04

  

Action by Company

     48   

10.05

  

Successor to Business of Company

     49   

10.06

  

Dissolution of the Company

     49   

ARTICLE XI - ESOP LOANS

     50   

11.01

  

ESOP Loan

     50   

11.02

  

Use of ESOP Loan Proceeds

     50   

11.03

  

Terms and Conditions

     50   

11.04

  

Collateral for ESOP Loan

     51   

11.05

  

Suspense Accounts

     51   

ARTICLE XII - TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

     53   

12.01

  

Article Controls

     53   

12.02

  

Definitions

     53   

12.03

  

Top-Heavy Status

     56   

12.04

  

Minimum Benefit

     56   

12.05

  

Termination of Top-Heavy Status

     57   

ARTICLE XIII - ADDITIONAL PARTICIPATING COMPANIES

     58   

13.01

  

Participation

     58   

13.02

  

Effective Date

     58   

13.03

  

Administration

     58   

13.04

  

Termination

     58   

13.05

  

Allocation of Forfeitures

     58   

13.06

  

Contributions

     58   

ARTICLE XIV - MISCELLANEOUS

     60   

14.01

  

Spendthrift Provision

     60   

14.02

  

Appointment of Person to Receive Payment

     60   

14.03

  

Construction

     60   

14.04

  

Impossibility of Performance

     61   

14.05

  

Definition of Words

     61   

14.06

  

Titles

     61   

14.07

  

Merger or Consolidation

     61   

14.08

  

Special Provisions for Certain Leased Employees

     61   

14.09

  

USERRA and HEART ACT

     62   

14.10

  

Correction Methods

     63   

14.11

  

Writings

     63   

ARTICLE XV - DIRECT ROLLOVERS

     64   

15.01

  

Application of this Article

     64   

15.02

  

Definitions

     64   

 

(iii)


ARTICLE XVI - MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS

     66   

16.01

  

General Rules

     66   

16.02

  

Time and Manner of Distribution

     67   

16.03

  

Required Minimum Distributions During Member’s Lifetime

     68   

16.04

  

Required Minimum Distributions After Member’s Death

     68   

16.05

  

Definitions

     68   

ARTICLE XVII - CHANGE IN CONTROL

     70   

17.01

  

Definition of Change in Control; Pending Change in Control

     70   

17.02

  

Vesting on Change in Control

     73   

17.03

  

Repayment of Share Acquisition Loan

     73   

17.04

  

Plan Termination After Change in Control

     73   

17.05

  

Amendment of Article XVII

     73   

 

(iv)


RANDOLPH SAVINGS BANK

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

WHEREAS, in connection with the conversion of Randolph Bancorp, a Massachusetts mutual holding company, from the mutual to the stock form of organization, Randolph Savings Bank wishes to recognize the contribution being made to the successful operation of its business by its employees and desires to reward such contribution by establishing an employee stock ownership plan for its employees (and the employees of participating affiliated entities as hereinafter defined), who are or shall hereafter become eligible as participants under the plan enacted hereunder.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, Randolph Savings Bank hereby adopts the Randolph Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan as hereinafter provided effective                     .


ARTICLE I - THE PLAN

1.01 Interpretation of Plan Document . The Plan and the Trust are established for the purpose of providing retirement and other benefits to the Employees of the Company in the form of deferred stock bonuses and is established for the exclusive benefit of the eligible Employees and their Beneficiaries. The Plan is hereby designated as an employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of Section 407(d)(6) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time (“ERISA”) and Section 4975(e)(7) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “Code”) and as such is designed to invest primarily in qualified employer securities. Reference to a specific Section of the Code or ERISA shall include such provisions, any valid regulation or ruling promulgated thereunder and any provision of future law that amends, supplements or supersedes such provision. So far as possible, this Plan document shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with these purposes and with the intent of the Company that the Plan established hereunder and the related trust shall satisfy those provisions of the Code and ERISA relating to exempt employees’ plans and trusts.

1.02 Exclusive Benefit . Except as expressly authorized in Section 4.03, in no event shall the corpus or income of the Plan be paid or diverted to the Company or be used for any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of the Members or their Beneficiaries; provided, however, that neither the use of qualifying employer securities held by the Plan as a pledge, as collateral or otherwise, to secure any ESOP Loan pursuant to Article XI nor any subsequent loss of such securities in connection with a default of such loan nor the use of any assets of the Trust to pay interest on or to repay such loan pursuant to Article XI shall constitute a violation of this provision.

 

2


ARTICLE II - DEFINITIONS

Whenever used herein, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, the following words shall have the following meanings:

2.01 “Account” means the account established and maintained for each Member pursuant to Article V.

2.02 “Affiliated Company” means (a) a corporation which, together with the Company, is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Section 414(b) of the Code), (b) a trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is under common control (as defined in Section 414(c) of the Code) with the Company, (c) a corporation, partnership or other entity which, together with the Company, is a member of an affiliated service group (as defined in Section 414(m) of the Code) or (d) any other entity required to be aggregated with the Company pursuant to regulations promulgated under Section 414(o) of the Code. For purposes of determining an Employee’s Hours of Service, Periods of Eligibility Service, Years of Vesting Service and the occurrence of a One-Year Break in Service, any period of employment with an Affiliated Company shall be deemed to be employment with the Company.

2.03 “Allocation Date” means December 31 and any other date which the Committee in its sole discretion may select.

2.04 “Beneficiary” means the person or persons designated pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.04 of this Plan to receive distribution of such Member’s share upon his death.

2.05 “Board” means the board of directors of the Company in office from time to time.

2.06 “Committee” means the ESOP Committee constituted under Article VIII of this Plan in office from time to time.

 

3


2.07 “Company” means Randolph Savings Bank, or any successor to all or a major portion of its business which adopts and continues the Plan and the Trust pursuant to Section 10.05.

2.08 “Compensation” of a Member for any period includes all wages and other compensation reported on Box 1 of Form W-2 and shall include all amounts which would have been paid to the Member as Compensation but for an election by such Member under Section 125, 132(f) or 401(k) of the Code, but excludes (a) all contributions or benefits under this Plan or any other qualified retirement plan, (b) any compensation paid prior to the Member’s Entry Date, (c) reimbursements and other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash or non-cash), moving expenses, deferred compensation and welfare benefits, and (d) all non-cash compensation. A Member’s Compensation for any Limitation Year shall not be taken into account for any purpose of the Plan, to the extent that such Compensation exceeds $265,000 (as adjusted by the Commissioner for increases in the cost-of-living in accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code). The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to any period, not exceeding 12 months, beginning in such calendar year over which compensation is determined (determination period). If a determination period consists of fewer than 12 months, the annual compensation limit will be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the determination period, and the denominator of which is 12.

2.09 “Dividend Account” means the account established and maintained for each Member pursuant to Article V for the purpose of holding dividends paid by Randolph Bancorp, Inc. with respect to allocated shares of Stock held in the Trust. This Dividend Account shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable at all times.

 

4


2.10 “Effective Date” means             , 2016, the effective date of the Plan.

2.11 “Employee” means any person who is employed by the Company or a Participating Company as a common law employee at the time such person’s services are rendered to the Company or a Participating Company, has federal income tax withheld by the Company or a Participating Company at such times, and who receives a Form W-2 from the Company or a Participating Company in the ordinary course with respect to such service. An Employee’s employment shall be deemed to have commenced on the date on which he first performs an Hour of Service as an Employee. An individual classified by the Company or a Participating Company as performing service in a nonemployee capacity (including, but not limited to, an individual classified as an independent contractor, or consultant) shall not be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan (regardless of the status of the individual for income tax withholding or other purposes) for any period during which he is so classified even if such classification is later changed for any reason.

2.12 “Entry Date” means the Effective Date and the first day of each calendar month thereafter.

2.13 “Hour of Service” means:

(a) Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for the Company or an Affiliated Company. These hours shall be credited to the Employee for the Computation Period or Periods in which duties are performed;

(b) Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by the Company or an Affiliated Company on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation,

 

5


holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty or other leave of absence; provided that no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited under this paragraph with respect to any single continuous period of absence for which no duties are performed. Hours under this paragraph shall be calculated and credited pursuant to Section 2530.200b-2(b) and (c) of the Department of Labor Regulations which are incorporated herein by this reference;

(c) Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Company or an Affiliated Company. The same Hours of Service shall not be credited both under paragraph (a) or paragraph (b), as the case may be, and under this paragraph (c). These hours shall be credited to the Employee for the Plan Year to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the Plan Year in which the award, agreement or payment is made; and

(d) Each hour for which an Employee is credited pursuant to Section 3.04;

(e) Solely for purposes of determining whether a One-Year Break in Service, as defined in Section 2.16, has occurred in a Plan Year, an individual who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons shall receive credit for the Hours of Service which would otherwise have been credited to such individual but for such absence, or in any case in which such hours cannot be determined, eight Hours of Service per day of such absence. For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence: (i) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual; (ii) by reason of the birth of the child of the individual; (iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by such individual; or (iv) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement. The total number of hours treated as Hours of Service under this paragraph (e) by reason of any one such pregnancy or

 

6


placement shall not exceed 501 hours. Hours of Service credited under this paragraph (e) shall be credited in the first Computation Period in which such crediting is necessary to prevent a One-Year Break in Service.

2.14 “Limitation Year” means the 12-consecutive-month period ending on December 31 of each year.

2.15 “Member” means any Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan as determined under Article III of this Plan.

2.16 “One-Year Break in Service” means any Plan Year during which an Employee has not completed or been credited with more than 500 Hours of Service.

2.17 “Participating Company” means an Affiliated Company which has adopted this Plan.

2.18 “Period of Service” means a period of employment commencing on the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date or Reemployment Commencement Date, whichever is applicable, and ending on the Employee’s Severance from Service Date. For purposes of this Section, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “Employment Commencement Date” means the date on which the Employee first performs an Hour of Service.

(b) “Reemployment Commencement Date” means the first date, following a Period of Severance that is not required to be taken into account under the service spanning rules described below in this Section, on which the Employee performs an Hour of Service.

(c) “Severance from Service Date” means the earlier of:

(i) The date on which an Employee incurs a termination from employment by reason of a quit, retirement, discharge or death; or

 

7


(ii) The first anniversary of the first date of a period in which an Employee remains absent from employment (with or without pay) with the Company or an Affiliated Company for any reason other than a quit, retirement, discharge or death, such as vacation, holiday, sickness, disability, leave of absence or layoff. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Severance from Service Date of an Employee who is absent from employment beyond the first anniversary of the first day of absence for maternity or paternity reason is the second anniversary of the first day of such absence.

Periods of Service shall generally be aggregated unless such Periods of Service may be disregarded under Section 410(b)(5) or 411(a)(4) of the Code. In determining a Period of Service, the Plan shall take into account the following Periods of Severance, if any:

(1) The Period of Severance from the date on which an Employee incurs a Severance from Service Date by reason of a quit, discharge or retirement to the date on which such Employee performs an Hour of Service, provided that such Hour of Service is performed within 12 months of the Severance from Service Date; and

(2) The Period of Severance from the date on which an Employee incurs a Severance from Service Date by reason of a quit, discharge or retirement during an absence from employment of 12 months or less for any reason other than a quit, discharge, retirement or death, to the date on which such Employee performs an Hour of Service provided that such Hour of Service is performed within 12 months of the date on which such Employee was first absent from employment.

For purposes of measurement, a period of Service may be divided into 12-month periods, each constituting a one-year Period of Service. A one-year Period of Service determined for eligibility purposes shall be referred to herein as a “Period of Eligibility Service,” which shall be credited only at the end of the 12-month period and an Employee shall not be deemed to accumulate proportionate amounts of such Periods of Eligibility Service during the period.

 

8


2.19 “Period of Severance” means a continuous period of time that begins on an Employee’s Severance from Service Date, and ends when an Employee returns to employment with the Company or an Affiliated Company.

In the case of an Employee who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reason beyond the first anniversary of the first day of such absence, a Period of Severance begins on the second anniversary of the first day of such absence. The period of absence between the first and second anniversaries of the first day of absence from work for maternity or paternity reason is neither a Period of Service nor a Period of Severance.

A one-year Period of Severance shall be determined on the basis of a 12-consecutive-month period, beginning on the Severance from Service Date and ending on the first anniversary of such date, provided that the Employee during such 12-consecutive-month periods does not perform an Hour of Service.

2.20 “Plan” means the “Randolph Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan” as set forth herein, and as it may be amended from time to time.

2.21 “Plan Year” means the fiscal year of the Trust, being the 12-consecutive-month period ending on December 31 of each year, except that the Plan Year ending December 31, 2016 shall only cover the period from the Effective Date to December 31, 2016.

2.22 “Stock” means shares of the voting common stock of Randolph Bancorp, Inc.

2.23 “Trust” means the sum of the assets held in the trust or trusts established pursuant to the Plan plus all contributions made hereunder and held by the Trustee in a trust or trusts created pursuant hereto, increased by gains, profits, or income thereon and decreased by any losses thereon, by any expenses properly incurred in the administration of the Plan and Trust paid therefrom, and by any payments made therefrom under the Trust.

 

9


2.24 “Trustee” means the trustee or trustees appointed by the Company as Trustee(s) of the Trust in accordance with Article IX.

2.25 “Year of Vesting Service” for any Employee means each Plan Year during which such Employee is credited with at least 1,000 Hours of Service. All Years of Vesting Service shall be credited to an Employee, except that Years of Vesting Service credited before an Employee’s 18 th birthday shall be excluded.

 

10


ARTICLE III - MEMBERSHIP

3.01 Eligibility for Membership . Each Employee employed on the Effective Date who has attained age 21 and has completed a Period of Eligibility Service shall become a Member on the Effective Date. Each other Employee, including each future Employee, shall become a Member under the Plan on the Entry Date coincident with or next following the date on which he attains age 21 and completes one Period of Eligibility Service.

3.02 Determination of Eligibility by the Committee . The determination of an Employee’s eligibility for membership under the Plan shall be made by the Committee from the Company’s records, and the Committee’s decisions on these matters shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons.

3.03 Duration of Membership . A Member shall continue as an active Member until his employment with the Company is terminated and, except as otherwise provided in Article V, shall cease to be an active Member entitled to share in contributions hereunder immediately upon such termination of employment. A former active Member shall once again become an active Member on the date on which he again becomes an Employee of the Company.

3.04 Unpaid Leaves of Absence . In the case of an Employee who leaves the Company to enter the armed services of the United States of America and who returns to its employ at or before the expiration of 90 days after the date on which he is first entitled to be released from active duty in the armed services (or at such later date as the Company may approve or as may be required by law) or an Employee who, with the approval of the Company and without pay, is absent from work on account of sickness, temporary disability, temporary layoff, jury duty, vacation or for any other similar reason, shall be credited by the Committee with the number of Hours of Service obtained by multiplying the number of hours in his regular work week immediately prior to the date such absence began by the duration (in weeks) of the absence. For

 

11


purposes of granting leaves of absence and determining the number of credited hours, Employees in similar circumstances shall be treated alike in accordance with the standards set forth in Section 8.05. Nothing herein contained shall restrain the Company’s right to terminate the employment of any Employee, whether or not during a leave of absence.

 

12


ARTICLE IV - CONTRIBUTIONS

4.01 Company Contribution . For each Plan Year, the Company shall contribute to the Trust that amount of cash and/or that number of shares of Stock as may be voted by the Board as a regular contribution to the Trust. The amount of the Company contributions to the Trust for any Plan Year, when added to any contributions made with respect to that Plan Year under any other qualified plan to which the Company contributes, shall not exceed the maximum amount deductible for Federal income tax purposes for the Company’s fiscal year beginning in the Plan Year with respect to which such contributions are made. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Plan borrows money to acquire shares of Stock, the Company shall contribute cash to the Plan at such times and in such amounts as are necessary to enable the Plan to meet its obligations under any such loan. In the event that any contribution made by the Company is in excess of the maximum amount deductible for Federal income tax purposes for the Company’s fiscal year beginning in the Plan Year, such excess contribution shall be carried over to a subsequent fiscal year of the Company when it can be deducted from the Company’s income.

4.02 Payment of Contributions . The contributions made by the Company to the Trust for each Plan Year shall be paid into the Trust at such time or times as the Company determines but not later than the time required by law in order for the Company to obtain a deduction of the amount of such payment for Federal income tax purposes.

4.03 Reversion of Certain Contributions . Except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 4.01, all contributions made by the Company pursuant to Sections 4.01 shall be made upon the condition that such contributions are fully deductible for Federal income tax purposes. In the event that any such deduction is disallowed in whole or in part, then the Company may direct the Trustee to return such contribution (to the extent disallowed) to the Company at any time within the 12-month period commencing on the date of disallowance. In the event the

 

13


Company shall make a contribution hereunder on the basis of a mistake of fact, the Company may direct the Trustee to return such contribution to the Company at any time within the 12-month period commencing on the date of contribution.

4.04 Member’s Contributions . Contributions by Members shall not be permitted.

 

14


ARTICLE V - MEMBERS’ ACCOUNTS

5.01 Maintenance of Accounts . The Committee shall maintain a book Account for each Member for the purpose of recording his interest in the Trust. The Account of each Member shall be credited as of each Allocation Date with such Member’s share of Company contributions, his share of any forfeitures, and his share of the net increase or decrease in the Trust assets by reason of any changes in the value of the Trust assets other than Stock, any earnings on the Trust assets, and any expenses charged against the Trust. Each Member’s Account shall be in two parts (Part A and Part B). Part A shall consist of that number of shares representing the Member’s share of the Stock (other than Stock held in a suspense account pursuant to Article XI) held by the Trust, and Part B shall consist of that number of dollars representing the Member’s share of the other assets of the Trust. In maintaining the Accounts of Members and the parts thereof, the Committee shall direct the Trustee to adopt such accounting methods or make such equitable adjustments as the Committee determines to be necessary or appropriate as long as such methods or adjustments are consistent with the standards set forth in this Plan. The Committee shall direct the Trustee to maintain adequate records of the cost basis of all shares of Stock allocated to each Member’s Account. In the event that Trust assets other than Stock are used to acquire Stock, the Committee shall direct the Trustee to debit Part B of the Account of each Member and to credit the acquired Stock to Part A of the Account of each Member in proportion to such Member’s share of the assets so used. In the event Stock is disposed of in return for such other assets, the Committee shall direct the Trustee to debit Part A of the Account of each Member and to credit the acquired assets to Part B of the Account of each Member in proportion to such Member’s share of the disposed Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee shall also direct the Trustee to maintain a Dividend Account for each Member to which shall be allocated each Member’s share of dividends paid by Randolph Bancorp, Inc. with respect to allocated shares of Stock held in the Trust.

 

15


5.02 Compensation Schedule . As soon as practicable after the end of each Plan Year, the Company shall deliver to the Committee a schedule showing the name of each Member (a) who was an Employee on the last day of the Plan Year and who was credited with at least 1,000 Hours of Service during such Plan Year, or (b) who retired, became disabled or died (within the meaning of Section 6.02 to 6.04) during such Plan Year, and opposite the name of each such Member the amount of Compensation paid to him during such Plan Year. The schedule shall also contain such other information as the Committee may reasonably require for the proper administration of the Plan and Trust.

5.03 Allocation of Company Contributions . Once the total contributions have been made by the Company for the Plan Year and the Company has provided the schedule required to be furnished to the Committee pursuant to Section 5.02, and after the Account balances of the Members have been adjusted as provided in Section 5.06 and forfeitures determined and allocated under Section 5.04, the Committee shall allocate a portion of the sum of Company contributions to the Account of each Member listed on said schedule, which amount shall bear the same ratio to the sum of Company contributions as the Compensation of each Member shown on said schedule bears to the total Compensation listed for all such Members.

5.04 Allocation of Forfeitures . Any amounts forfeited by Members pursuant to Section 6.05(d) shall be allocated, as of the end of each Plan Year, to the Accounts of Members who are entitled to share in the Company contributions for such Plan Year on the same basis as that described in Section 5.03 for the allocation of the Company contributions to the Trust.

 

16


5.05 Valuation of Assets Other than Stock . As of each Allocation Date, the Trustee shall determine the total net worth of the Trust assets (other than Stock) by evaluating all of such assets and its liabilities (other than liabilities covered by Article XI) as of that date, but excluding from the assets (a) the amount of the contributions made by the Company with respect to the period which includes said Allocation Date, and (b) any dividends on allocated shares of Stock which accrued after the preceding Allocation Date (“Current Dividends”). In determining the net worth of such Trust assets, the Trustee shall value such Trust assets at their fair market value and shall determine the fair market value of assets with no readily ascertainable market value on any reasonable basis it deems appropriate. There shall be included as of the Allocation Date, without implied limitation, income on hand, income accrued, dividends payable but not paid, and uninvested cash, whether income or principal; and there shall be deducted as of the Allocation Date, without implied limitation, liabilities accrued (other than liabilities covered by Article XI). A determination by the Trustee of the fair market value of any of the Trust assets, or of the net worth of said Trust assets, shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons.

5.06 Allocation of Trust Assets Other than Stock . The net worth of such Trust assets as determined on each Allocation Date pursuant to Section 5.05 shall be compared with the total of all amounts standing to the credit of Part B of the Accounts all Members of the Plan, as of such Allocation Date, excluding from Part B of the Accounts of said Members any Current Dividends and any amounts credited from the contributions of the Company with respect to the period ending with said Allocation Date. The excess or deficiency of such net worth as so compared with the total Part B account balances of the Accounts of all Members shall be credited or charged to Part B of the Accounts of all such Members in the proportion that each such Part B account balance bears to the total of all such Part B account balances. Current

 

17


Dividends shall be credited to the Dividend Account of each Member. Prior to the time that the Current Dividends are reinvested in shares of Stock or distributed in cash to Members, they shall be invested in a short-term money market vehicle or other similar cash equivalents. Dividend Accounts shall be adjusted each Allocation Date in a manner similar to the adjustments to Part B of the Members’ Accounts as prescribed by this Section 5.06.

5.07 Dividends on Stock . At the sole discretion of the Company, dividends on allocated shares of Stock held under the Trust on the record date may be (a) paid in cash directly to the Members, (b) paid to the Trustee and distributed in cash to the Members no later than 90 days after the close of the Plan Year in which paid, or (c) paid to the Trustee and allocated to the Members’ Accounts as provided in Section 5.06. Members may elect to receive any Current Dividends allocated to their Dividend Accounts in cash within 90 days after the close of the Plan Year in which paid, or reinvested in shares of Stock. A Member who fails to make an affirmative dividend election shall be deemed to have elected to reinvest the Current Dividends in shares of Stock. If any dividend on allocated shares of Stock is to be distributed in cash to the Members, the Committee shall direct the Trustee to follow the provisions of Section 5.06 in determining the amount of cash which is to be distributed to each Member. Dividends on unallocated shares of Stock held under the Trust on the record date shall be paid to the Trustee and applied towards payments on an ESOP Loan described in Article XI.

5.08 Distributions and Forfeitures . Whenever a distribution is made to or in behalf of a Member in accordance with the provisions of Article VI, such Member’s Accounts shall be charged with the amount of such distribution. Whenever a Member shall forfeit all or any portion of the amount standing to the credit of his Accounts in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.05, such Member’s Accounts shall be charged with the amount of such forfeiture.

 

18


In the event that a Member forfeits a portion of his Accounts pursuant to Section 6.05(d), such forfeiture shall be made with respect to the various types of assets in his Accounts on the following basis:

(a) such forfeiture shall first be made with respect to assets other than Stock, if any;

(b) to the extent that such forfeiture exceeds the amount of assets available under (a), it shall next be made with respect to Stock, if any, which had not been released to the Member’s Accounts from a Suspense Account established pursuant to Article XI; and

(c) to the extent that such forfeiture exceeds the amount of assets available under (a) and (b), it shall be made with respect to any other Stock credited to the Member’s Accounts.

5.09 Limitations on Allocations . Notwithstanding anything hereinabove to the contrary, the amount credited to the Account of any Member for any Limitation Year pursuant to Section 5.03 (dealing with Company contributions), or this Section 5.09 or as a forfeiture pursuant to Section 5.04 shall be reduced to the extent that such amount would cause

(a) the amount of such Member’s nondeductible contributions under any other qualified plan maintained by the Company or any affiliate (within the meaning of Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o) of the Code and subject to Section 415(h) thereof), plus

(b) the Company contributions and the forfeitures credited to the accounts of such Member under the Plan and any other defined contribution plan maintained by the Company or any affiliate (within the meaning of Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o) of the Code and subject to Section 415(h) thereof) for such Limitation Year to exceed the lesser of

 

19


(A) $53,000, as adjusted pursuant to Section 415(d) of the Code, or

(B) One-hundred percent of such Member’s compensation (determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.415(c)-2(d)(4) for such Limitation Year.

The compensation limit referred to in (B) above shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after separation from service (within the meaning of Section 401(h) or Section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is otherwise treated as an annual addition.

For purposes of this Section 5.09, the Company and all Affiliated Companies shall be considered one employer, and the limitations shall be applicable to the total benefits received from the Company and all Affiliated Companies. Furthermore, in determining what is an Affiliated Company for this purpose, the phrase “more than 50%” shall be substituted for “at least 80%” each place it appears in Section 1563(a)(i) of the Code.

If the amount allocated to a Member’s Accounts exceeds the maximum permissible amount permitted by this Section 5.09, the error shall be corrected in accordance with the correction methods under the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System.

Solely for purposes of this Section 5.09, a Member’s “compensation” as used herein shall also include the following items of compensation if they are paid after the Member’s severance from employment with the Company, provided that such compensation is paid by the later of 2  1 2 months after severance from employment with the Company or the end of the Limitation Year that includes the date of severance from employment, and such amounts would have been included in the definition of compensation if they were paid prior to the Member’s severance from employment:

(1) Compensation for services during the Member’s regular working hours, or compensation outside the Member’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments, if such payment would have been made if the Member had continued in employment with the Company;

 

20


(2) Payment for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation or other leave, but only if the Member would have been able to use the leave if employment had continued; and

(3) Payment under a nonqualified deferred compensation plan, but only if the payment would have been paid to the Member at the same time if the Member had continued in employment with the Company and only to the extent that the payment is includible in the Member’s gross income.

Other post-severance payments not described above shall not be considered “compensation” under this Section 5.09.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if no more than one-third of the Company contributions for any Limitation Year are allocated to the group of Members consisting of Highly Compensated Employees (within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code), Company contributions applied to the repayment of interest on such ESOP Loan (as defined in Article XI) and forfeitures of Stock acquired with the proceeds of such loan allocated to a Member’s Account shall be disregarded in determining the maximum amount that can be allocated to his Account under this Section 5.09.

 

21


ARTICLE VI - BENEFITS

6.01 Restrictions on Payments and Distributions . No shares of Stock or other property of the Trust shall be paid out or distributed by the Trustee except (a) for the purchase or other acquisition of Stock or other appropriate investments, (b) for defraying the expenses, including taxes, if any, of administering the Plan and Trust as elsewhere provided herein, (c) for the repayment of loans or indebtedness or satisfaction of obligations incurred in connection with loans made to the Trust or indebtedness incurred by it, (d) for the purpose of making distributions to or for the benefit of Members in accordance with the provisions of this Article VI or Section 5.07, or (e) for the return of Company contributions pursuant to Sections 1.03 or 4.03.

All benefits payable under the Plan shall be paid or provided for solely from the Trust, and the Company, Committee and Trustee assume no liability or responsibility therefor.

6.02 Retirement . Upon retirement of a Member, which shall be deemed to mean any termination of his employment with the Company at or after his attainment of age 55, for a reason other than the disability or death of such Member, the Committee shall direct the Trustee to distribute, in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.07, the full amount standing to the credit of such Member’s Account and Dividend Account. A Member shall become fully vested in his Account upon his attainment of age 55.

6.03 Disability Retirement . If a Member is disabled, the Committee shall direct the Trustee to distribute, in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.07, the full amount standing to the credit of such Member’s Account and Dividend Account. A Member is considered disabled for purposes of this Plan if he becomes eligible to receive Social Security disability benefits.

 

22


6.04 Death Benefits .

(a) Upon the death of any Member who has a surviving spouse, the Committee shall direct the Trustee to distribute the full amount standing to the credit of such Member’s Account and Dividend Account to the Member’s surviving spouse, unless the exception provided by paragraph (b) of this Section 6.04 applies.

(b) The requirement of paragraph (a) of this Section 6.04 shall not apply if (i) the Member elects to designate a Beneficiary other than his spouse and (A) his spouse consents to such election in a writing that acknowledges the effect of the election, (B) such election designates a Beneficiary which may not be changed without the consent of the spouse (or the consent of the spouse expressly permits designations by the Member without any requirement of further consent by the spouse), and (C) the spouse’s consent acknowledges the effect of the election and is witnessed by a notary public or a representative of the Plan, or (ii) it is established to the satisfaction of the Committee that the consent of the surviving spouse could not have been obtained because there is no spouse, because the spouse cannot be located, or because of other circumstances prescribed by regulations under Section 417(a)(2) of the Code.

A former spouse shall be treated as a surviving spouse to the extent benefits must be paid to such former spouse upon the Member’s death pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order (as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code), except that no consent shall be required from such former spouse with respect to the designation of a Beneficiary to receive benefits not subject to said order.

(c) If, and only if, a Member is permitted under this Section 6.04 to designate a Beneficiary other than his surviving spouse, then such Member’s Account and Dividend Account shall be distributed in accordance with this paragraph (c) of Section 6.04. Such a

 

23


Member shall have the right to designate one or more Beneficiaries, including contingent Beneficiaries, entitled to receive the amount payable in behalf of such Member under the provisions of this Plan in the event of death. Such designation shall be made in writing in such manner as the Committee shall determine. A Member may change such designation from time to time, and may revoke such designation, provided, however, that any subsequent designation must meet the requirements of this Section 6.04. Upon the death of any Member, the Committee shall distribute, for the benefit of such Member’s Beneficiaries and in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.07, the full amount standing to the credit of the Member’s Account. If a Member dies without having designated a Beneficiary, or if none of the designated Beneficiaries survives the Member, or if the Committee is in doubt as to the effective status of a Beneficiary designation, all amounts payable in behalf of the Member shall be distributed to:

 

  (a) his spouse,

 

  (b) his natural and adopted children, per stirpes ,

 

  (c) his parents, in equal shares,

 

  (d) his brothers and sisters, in equal share,

 

  (e) his executors and administrators.

The amount payable shall be paid to the first-named person surviving the Member or class with one or more persons surviving the Member, in the order named, to the exclusion of all subsequently-named persons and classes. If a Beneficiary entitled to receive any amount payable on behalf of a Member under the Plan dies prior to having received the entire amount, the undistributed balance, together with any accumulated interest thereon, shall be distributed to the estate of such Beneficiary in accordance with Section 6.07.

 

24


6.05 Termination of Employment Prior to Retirement or Death .

(a) If a Member’s employment with the Company and all Affiliated Companies is terminated under circumstances other than as provided in Sections 6.02 through 6.04, such Member shall be entitled to a benefit equal to the amount standing to the credit of his Dividend Account and the vested percentage standing to the credit of his Account determined in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Years of Vesting Service

   Percentage Vested
  
  
  

A Member absent from the employ of the Company on an absence with respect to which he is credited with Hours of Service pursuant to Section 3.04 shall not be considered to have terminated his employment for purposes of this Section.

(b) The benefit determined in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.05 shall never be adjusted or altered in any fashion on account of any Years of Vesting Service which the Member completes upon any reemployment with the Company, except as provided in Section 6.06.

(c) The determination of the amount to which such Member is entitled in accordance with this Section 6.05 shall be made by the Committee and communicated to the Trustee, and the Committee’s determination shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons. Distribution of such benefit shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.07.

(d) Any amounts standing to the credit of a Member’s Account to which he is not entitled at the time of his termination of employment with the Company and all Affiliated

 

25


Companies shall be forfeited by him the earlier of (a) the date the Member receives a total distribution of his vested account balances from the Plan or (b) the date he incurs five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service. Amounts forfeited pursuant to this paragraph shall be allocated to the Accounts of remaining Members in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.04 as of the end of the Plan Year in which the forfeiture occurs.

6.06 Reemployment . If a terminated Member is reemployed by the Company, he shall again become a Member upon reemployment pursuant to Section 3.03. Except as provided below, all future Company contributions on his behalf shall be credited to his Account, and all his prior Years of Vesting Service shall be restored for the purpose of calculating the vested portion of such Account.

If such a terminated Member was not 100 percent vested under Section 6.05(a) at the time of his prior termination, the following special provisions shall apply:

(a) If such a terminated Member is reemployed after incurring five or more consecutive One Year Breaks in Service, he shall have no right to the previously forfeited portion of his Account.

(b) If such a terminated Member is reemployed before incurring five consecutive One Year Breaks in Service, the full amount, if any, which was forfeited from his Account as a result of his prior termination shall be restored to his Account as of the last day of the Plan Year which contains the date of reemployment. In order to effect the restoration of previously forfeited amounts to a Member’s Account, the Committee shall have the authority to direct the Trustee to use any unallocated amounts for said purpose. In making such restoration, the Committee shall direct the Trustee to first utilize any available forfeitures, and then Company contributions.

 

26


6.07 Manner and Timing of Distributions.

(a) Whenever a Member’s Account and Dividend Account become distributable pursuant to Sections 6.02 through 6.05 hereof to such Member or his Beneficiary, distribution of said Accounts shall be made by the payment of the full amount distributable in one lump sum, in cash or in shares of Stock or partially in cash and partially in shares of Stock as selected by such Member or his Beneficiary in writing; provided, however, that the Committee shall direct the Trustee to distribute cash in lieu of fractional shares. Distributions shall generally be processed on a quarterly basis on such date selected by the Committee with respect to terminated Members (or Beneficiaries in the case of deceased Members) who have returned their distribution forms to the Committee at least 15 days (or such other period permitted by the Committee) prior to the quarterly distribution date. If cash is to be distributed in lieu of shares of Stock, the Trustee may either sell such shares at fair market value to Randolph Bancorp, Inc. or on the open market and distribute the cash proceeds (net of selling expenses) or utilize cash already held in the Trust.

(b) Whenever during any Plan Year, the amount standing to the credit of a Member’s Accounts become distributable pursuant to Sections 6.02 through 6.05, the Committee shall direct the Trustee to distribute the vested portion of the Member’s Accounts within a reasonable time after such separation of service or death. Such distributions may commence less than 30 days after the notice required under Section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Income Tax Regulations is given, provided that:

(i) the Committee clearly informs the Member that the Member has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option), and

(ii) the Member, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

 

27


(c) Notwithstanding any provision elsewhere herein to the contrary, in order to comply with Sections 401(a)(14), 411(a)(11), 414(p) and 417 of the Code, the following provisions shall apply:

(i) If a Member’s aggregate account balance to be distributed upon disability or severance under Section 6.03 or 6.05 is greater than $1,000, such Account shall not be distributed in whole or in part until the Member attains age 65, dies or requests a distribution in writing whichever is earliest. If a Member’s aggregate account balance to be distributed upon disability or severance under Section 6.03 or 6.05 does not exceed $1,000, the Committee shall direct the Trustee to distribute such Account directly to the Member in a lump sum payment.

(ii) In no event (unless the Member otherwise consents in writing) shall the distribution of a Member’s account begin later than the 60 th day after the close of the Plan Year in which the later of the following events occurs:

(A) the Member’s 65 th birthday; or

(B) the tenth anniversary of the date on which the Member first became a Member; or

(C) the Member’s termination of employment with the Company.

 

28


(iii) If, and to the extent that, any portion of a Member’s Account is payable to a former spouse or dependent pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order within the meaning of Sections 401(a)(13)(B) and 414(p) of the Code, the provisions of said order shall govern the distribution thereof. Distribution may be made to the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order with respect to the Member prior to the time such Member’s Account otherwise becomes distributable if such Member would have been entitled to receive such amount under this Article VI had he terminated employment with the Company.

6.08 Discharge of Trustee’s Obligations to Make Payment . Whenever the Trustee is required to make any payment or payments to any person in accordance with the provisions of this Article VI or Article VII, the Committee shall notify the Trustee in writing of such person’s last known address as it appears in the Company’s records; and the obligation of the Trustee to make such payment or payments shall be fully discharged by mailing the same to the address specified by the Committee.

6.09 Special Distribution from Account and Dividend Account.

(a) For the first Plan Year in which a Member attains age 55 and completes at least ten years of Plan membership, and for the five succeeding Plan Years, such Member may elect to receive an amount from his Account and Dividend Account not exceeding his Diversified Investment Amount determined as of the end of the Plan Year. Such election must be filed in writing with the Committee during the 90 day period immediately following the end of the Plan Year to which it relates.

(b) For purposes of (a) above, a Member’s Diversified Investment Amount for each Plan Year is equal to (i) 25 percent of the sum of (A) the portion of the Member’s account

 

29


balances as of the end of the Plan Year attributable to Stock, and (B) amounts previously distributed to the Member pursuant to this Section 6.09, minus (ii) amounts previously distributed to the Member pursuant to this Section 6.09. The portion of the Member’s account balance attributable to Stock shall be determined by multiplying the number of shares of Stock held in his Account and Dividend Account by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Stock allocated under the Plan to the Accounts and Dividend Accounts of all Members (not to exceed the number of shares of Stock held under the Plan as of the end of the Plan Year) and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Stock allocated under the Plan to the Accounts and Dividend Accounts of all Members as of the end of the Plan Year.

(c) Any distribution required to be made under this Section 6.09 shall be made no later than 180 days after the end of the Plan Year to which such distribution relates.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary above, 50 percent shall be substituted for 25 percent in (b)(i) above for the last Plan Year for which the Member may make an election under this Section 6.09.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary above, if the fair market value (determined as of the date immediately preceding the first day a Member is eligible to make an election under (a) above) of the portion of a Member’s account balance attributable to Stock acquired by the Plan is $500 or less, then the provisions of this Section 6.09 shall not be applicable to such Member and he shall not be eligible to receive a distribution from his Account and Dividend Account pursuant to this Section 6.09.

 

30


ARTICLE VII - AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

7.01 Right to Amend or Terminate . The Company reserves the right at any time and from time to time to amend the Plan, or discontinue or terminate the Plan and the Trust by delivering to the Trustee a copy of an amendment or appropriate Board’s resolution of discontinuance or termination certified by an officer of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and except as provided in Section 7.02 or as permitted by the Code or ERISA, the Company shall not have any power to amend or terminate this Plan in such manner as would cause or permit any of the Trust assets to be diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the Employees of the Company or their Beneficiaries or would cause a reduction in the amount theretofore credited to any Member’s Account and Dividend Account or would cause or permit any portion of the Trust assets to revert to or become the property of the Company; and provided further that the rights and responsibilities of the Trustee with respect to the Trust assets shall not be altered in any manner without its written consent.

7.02 Amendment for Tax Exemption . The Company reserves the right to amend the Plan and the Trust in such manner as may be necessary or advisable so that the Plan and may qualify and continue to qualify as a tax-qualified plan and that the Trust may qualify and continue to qualify as an exempt employees’ trust under the provisions of the Code as now in force or as it may hereafter be changed or amended; and any such amendment may be made retroactively.

7.03 Liquidation of Trust in Event of Termination . In the event of termination or partial termination (within the meaning of Section 411(d)(3) of the Code) of the Plan and the Trust, or complete discontinuance of contributions thereto by the Company, the rights of all Members (or, in the case of a partial termination, the Members affected thereby) to amounts theretofore credited to their accounts shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable. In the event of

 

31


such termination, partial termination or discontinuance, the Trustee shall hold the assets of the Trust in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and distribute such assets from time to time to Members entitled thereto in accordance with such provisions; provided that the Committee in its discretion may direct the Trustee to apply the amount standing to the credit of an affected Member’s Account and Dividend Account for his benefit, in accordance with Section 6.07, at any time after such termination, partial termination or discontinuance but prior to the time when such Member would otherwise become entitled thereto under the Plan. In the event that the Company shall terminate the Trust at any time prior to the complete distribution of all property held by the Trustee pursuant to such provisions, the Trustee shall (a) pay the liabilities, if any, of the Trust; (b) value the remaining assets of the Trust as of the date of termination and adjust the Accounts of the Members in accordance with Sections 5.05 and 5.06; and (c) distribute the assets of the Trust in Stock or partly in Stock and partly in cash to and among the Members in liquidation in proportion to the amounts standing to the credit of their respective Accounts and Dividend Accounts under the Trust as of the termination date.

7.04 Termination of Plan and Trust . The Plan and the Trust hereunder shall in any event terminate whenever all property held by the Trustee shall have been distributed in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

32


ARTICLE VIII - ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

8.01 Named Fiduciaries . The named fiduciaries with respect to the Plan shall be the Company, the Committee and the Trustee. The responsibilities of the named fiduciaries shall be allocated as provided herein, and each such fiduciary shall have only those responsibilities and obligations that are specifically imposed upon it by this Plan document and the Trust agreement. It is intended that each of the named fiduciaries shall be responsible for the proper exercise of its own powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations under the Plan and shall not be responsible for any act or omission of any other fiduciary. The Company and the Committee, as named fiduciaries, shall be entitled to delegate all or any part of their fiduciary responsibilities and obligations to any other person or entity. In the event of any such delegation, (a) the named fiduciary shall not be liable for any act or omission of the person to whom the responsibility has been delegated as long as the selection and retention of such person is prudent and (b) the person to whom the fiduciary powers and obligations are delegated shall be responsible only for the proper exercise of the powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations that have been specifically delegated to him.

8.02 Appointment of Committee . The Company shall appoint a Committee of three or more persons, any or all of whom may be officers or Employees of the Company or any other individuals, to be known as an “ESOP Committee.” The Committee is the Plan Administrator for all purposes of ERISA. The members of the Committee shall serve at the pleasure of and may be removed by the Company. Vacancies in the Committee arising by resignation, death, removal or otherwise shall be filled by the Company. The number of members of the Committee shall be as designated by the Company from time to time. The Trustee shall accept and may rely upon a certification by the Company as to the number and identity of the individuals comprising the Committee from time to time.

 

33


8.03 Powers of Committee . The Committee is hereby vested with all the discretionary powers and authority necessary in order to carry out its duties and responsibilities in connection with the administration of the Plan and the Trust as herein provided, and is authorized to make such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or desirable to carry out the provisions of the Plan and the Trust. The Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, any question arising in the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the Trust, including, without limitation, any questions of fact and any questions submitted by the Trustee on a matter necessary for it properly to discharge its duties; and the decision of the Committee shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

8.04 Action by Committee . The Committee shall act by a majority of its members at the time in office and such action may be taken by vote at a meeting or in writing without a meeting. The Committee may by such majority action authorize any one or more of its members, or any other person, to execute any direction or document or take any other action on behalf of the Committee, and in such event any one of the members of the Committee may certify in writing to the Trustee or any other person the taking of such action and the name or names of the persons so authorized, including himself. The execution of any direction, document, or certificate in behalf of the Committee by any of its members shall constitute his certification of his authority with respect thereto, and the Trustee or other person shall be protected in accepting and relying upon any such direction, document, or certificate and is released from inquiry into the authority of any of the members of the Committee.

8.05 Discretionary Action . Wherever under the provisions of this Plan the Committee is given any discretionary power or powers, such power or powers shall not be exercised in such manner as to cause any discrimination in favor of or against any Employee or class of Employees.

 

34


8.06 Evidence on Which Committee May Act . In taking any action or determining any fact or question which may arise under the Plan and the Trust, the Committee may, with respect to the affairs of any the Company or its Employees, rely upon any statement by the Company with respect thereto. In the event that any dispute may arise regarding the distribution of any sums or regarding any act to be performed by the Committee or the Trustee, the Committee may in its sole discretion direct that such distribution be retained or postponed or direct the postponement of the performance of such act until actual adjudication of such dispute shall have been made in a court of competent jurisdiction, or until the Company, the Committee or the Trustee shall have been indemnified against loss to the satisfaction of the Committee; provided, however, that in the event of any such dispute, the Committee may rely upon and act in accordance with any directions received from the Company.

8.07 Employment of Agents . The Committee may employ agents, including, but not limited to, custodians, record keepers, accountants, consultants or attorneys, to exercise and perform such of the powers and duties of the Committee hereunder as the Committee may delegate to them, and otherwise to render such services to the Committee as the Committee may determine, and the Committee may enter into agreements setting forth the terms and conditions of such service. The compensation of such agents shall be an expense chargeable in accordance with Section 8.08. The Committee shall be fully protected in delegating any such power or duty to, or in acting upon the advice of, any such agent, in whole or in part, and except as may be required by Federal law, shall not be liable for any act or omission of any such agent, the Committee’s only duty being to use reasonable care in the selection and retention of any such agent.

 

35


8.08 Compensation and Expense of Committee . The members of the Committee shall serve without compensation for services as such, but all expenses of the Committee, shall be paid by the Trust; provided, the Company, in its sole discretion, may elect to pay all or any portion of such expenses. Such expenses shall include any expenses incident to the functioning of the Trust, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees and the compensation of other agents, accounting and clerical charges, expenses, if any, of being bonded as required by ERISA, and other costs of administering the Plan and the Trust.

8.09 Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Committee from and against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees approved by the Company), and liability (including any reasonable amounts paid in settlement with the Company’s approval), arising from any act or omission of such member, except with respect to a matter as to which such member shall have been judicially determined (or determined by the majority vote of disinterested members of the Board in the event such matter shall have been compromised or settled) not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that the action or omission of such member was in the best interest of the Members and Beneficiaries of the Trust.

8.10 Claims Procedure .

(a) If a Member, Beneficiary, alternate payee, or their authorized representative (hereinafter the “Claimant”) asserts a right to a benefit under the Plan which has not been received, the Claimant must file a claim for such benefit with the Committee on forms provided by the Committee. The Committee shall render its decision on the claim within 90 days after its receipt of the claim.

 

36


If special circumstances apply, the 90-day period may be extended by an additional 90 days; provided, written notice of the extension is provided to the Claimant during the initial 90-day period and such notice indicates the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Committee expects to render its decision on the claim.

If the Committee wholly or partially denies the claim, the Committee shall provide written notice to the Claimant within the time limitations of the immediately preceding paragraph. Such notice shall set forth:

(i) the specific reasons for the denial of the claim;

(ii) specific reference to pertinent provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based;

(iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;

(iv) a description of the Plan’s claims review procedures, and the time limitations applicable to such procedures; and

(v) a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA if the claim denial is appealed to the Committee and the Committee fully or partially denies the claim.

(b) A Claimant whose application for benefits is denied may request a full and fair review of the decision denying the claim by filing, in accordance with such procedures as the Committee may establish, a written appeal which sets forth the documents, records and other information relating to the claim within 60 days after receipt of the notice of the denial from the

 

37


Committee. In connection with such appeal and upon request by the Claimant, a Claimant may review (or receive free copies of) all documents, records or other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefit, all in accordance with such procedures as the Committee may establish. If a Claimant fails to file an appeal within such 60-day period, he shall have no further right to appeal.

(c) A decision on the appeal by the Committee shall include a review by the Committee that takes into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial claim determination. The Committee shall render its decision on the appeal not later than 60 days after the receipt by the Committee of the appeal. If special circumstances apply, the 60-day period may be extended by an additional 60 days; provided, written notice of the extension is provided to the Claimant during the initial 60-day period and such notice indicates the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Committee expects to render its decision on the claim on appeal.

If the Committee wholly or partly denies the claim on appeal, the Committee shall provide written notice to the Claimant within the time limitations of the immediately preceding paragraph. Such notice shall set forth:

(i) the specific reasons for the denial of the claim;

(ii) specific reference to pertinent provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based;

(iii) a statement of the Claimant’s right to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits; and

(iv) a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.

 

38


(d) In no event may a claim for benefits be filed by a Claimant more than 120 days after the applicable “Notice Date,” as defined in (i) through (iii) below.

(i) In any case where benefits are paid to the Claimant as a lump sum, the Notice Date shall be the date of payment of the lump sum.

(ii) In any case where the Committee (prior to the filing of a claim for benefits under this Section 8.10) determines that an individual is not entitled to benefits from the Plan and the Committee provides written notice to such individual of its determination, the Notice Date shall be the date of the individual’s receipt of such notice.

(iii) In any case where the Committee provides an individual, in connection with a distributable event under the Plan, a written statement of the vested account balance as of a specific date, the Notice Date shall be the latest date of the individual’s receipt of such notice.

In no event may any legal proceeding regarding entitlement to benefits or any aspect of benefits under the Plan be commenced later than the earliest of (i) two years after the applicable Notice Date; or (ii) one year after the date a Claimant receives a decision from the Committee regarding his appeal, or (iii) the latest date otherwise prescribed by applicable law.

8.11 Claims Procedure for Disability Determinations

(a) If a Member, Beneficiary, alternate payee, or their authorized representative (hereinafter the “Claimant”) asserts a right to a benefit on account of disability under the Plan which has not been received, the Claimant must file a claim for such benefit with the Committee on forms provided by the Committee. The Committee shall render its decision on the claim within 45 days after its receipt of the claim.

 

39


If special circumstances apply, the 45-day period may be extended by an additional 30 days if necessitated by matters beyond the control of the Plan. If such an extension of time is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant before the end of the original 45-day period. This 30-day period may be extended for an additional 30-day period if necessitated by matters beyond the control of the Plan. If such an extension of time is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant before the end of the first 30-day period.

Each notice of an extension shall be given in writing and shall describe

(i) the circumstances for the extension,

(ii) the date by which a decision is expected,

(iii) the requirements for benefit eligibility,

(iv) the unresolved issues preventing a decision,

(v) the additional information needed to resolve the issues,

(vi) the date by which the additional information must be provided (which shall not be less than 45 days after the notice is provided).

(vii) a statement that (A) if a Claimant fails to submit the requested information within the time specified in accordance with (vi) above, the claim decision will be made based on the information available for review and (B) the review period (as extended) will be tolled until the end of the time specified in (vi) above or, if earlier, the date the information is received.

 

40


If the Committee wholly or partially denies the claim, the Committee shall provide written notice to the Claimant within the time limitations of the immediately preceding paragraph. Such notice shall set forth:

(viii) the specific reasons for the denial of the claim;

(ix) specific reference to pertinent provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based;

(x) a description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;

(xi) a description of the Plan’s claims review procedures, and the time limitations applicable to such procedures;

(xii) a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA if the claim denial is appealed to the Committee and the Committee fully or partially denies the claim;

(xiii) notification of the right to receive, without charge, upon request, a copy of any internal rules, guidelines, protocols, or other similar criteria used as a basis for the denial; and

(xiv) if the denial is based on a medical necessity or experimental or similar exclusion or limit, notification of the right to receive, upon request, an explanation of the scientific or clinical judgment that was used in applying the terms of the Plan to the medical circumstances.

(b) A Claimant whose application for benefits is denied may request a full and fair review of the decision denying the claim by filing, in accordance with such procedures as the Committee may establish, a written appeal which sets forth the documents, records and other

 

41


information relating to the claim within 180 days after receipt of the notice of the denial from the Committee. In connection with such appeal and upon request by the Claimant, a Claimant may review (or receive free copies of) all documents, records or other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefit, all in accordance with such procedures as the Committee may establish. If a Claimant fails to file an appeal within such 180-day period, he shall have no further right to appeal.

(c) A decision on the appeal by the Committee shall include a review by the Committee that takes into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial claim determination. The Committee shall render its decision on the appeal not later than 45 days after the receipt by the Committee of the appeal. If special circumstances apply, the 45-day period may be extended by an additional 45 days; provided, written notice of the extension is provided to the Claimant during the initial 45-day period and such notice indicates the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Committee expects to render its decision on the claim on appeal.

If the Committee wholly or partly denies the claim on appeal, the Committee shall provide written notice to the Claimant within the time limitations of the immediately preceding paragraph. Such notice shall set forth:

(i) the specific reasons for the denial of the claim;

(ii) specific reference to pertinent provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based;

 

42


(iii) a statement of the Claimant’s right to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits;

(iv) a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA;

(v) notification of the right to receive, without charge, upon request, a copy of any internal rules, guidelines, protocols, or other similar criteria used as a basis for the denial; and

(vi) if the denial is based on a medical necessity or experimental or similar exclusion or limit, notification of the right to receive, upon request, an explanation of the scientific or clinical judgment that was used in applying the terms of the Plan to the medical circumstances.

(d) In no event may a claim for benefits be filed by a Claimant more than 120 days after the applicable “Notice Date,” as defined in (i) through (iii) below.

(i) In any case where benefits are paid to the Claimant as a lump sum, the Notice Date shall be the date of payment of the lump sum.

(ii) In any case where the Committee (prior to the filing of a claim for benefits under this Section 8.11) determines that an individual is not entitled to benefits from the Plan and the Committee provides written notice to such individual of its determination, the Notice Date shall be the date of the individual’s receipt of such notice.

(iii) In any case where the Committee provides an individual, in connection with a distributable event under the Plan, a written statement of the vested account balance as of a specific date, the Notice Date shall be the latest date of the individual’s receipt of such notice.

 

43


In no event may any legal proceeding regarding entitlement to benefits or any aspect of benefits under the Plan be commenced later than the earliest of (i) two years after the applicable Notice Date; or (ii) one year after the date a Claimant receives a decision from the Committee regarding his appeal, or (iii) the latest date otherwise prescribed by applicable law.

 

44


ARTICLE IX - THE TRUST

9.01 Trust Agreement . The Company shall have in effect an agreement with one or more individuals or with a corporate trustee or trustees selected by the Company to manage and operate the Trust and to receive, hold, invest and disburse the contributions and other income of the Trust in accordance with the Plan. The Company may modify any such agreement from time to time to accomplish the purposes of the Plan, and the Company may remove any Trustee and appoint any successor or successors. The Trustee shall pay from the Trust any expenses incident to the operation of the Plan or the Trust to the extent authorized by the Company in accordance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and this Plan.

9.02 Exercise of Voting Rights .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in subsection (b), the Trustee is hereby authorized to vote upon the Stock and any other securities comprising the Trust or otherwise consent to or request any action on the part of the issuer of such securities, and to give general and special proxies or powers of attorney, with or without power of substitution, and to participate in reorganizations, recapitalizations, consolidations, mergers and similar transactions with respect to such securities; to deposit such securities (if any) in a voting trust, or with any protective or like committee, or with a Trustee, or with depositories designated thereby; and generally to exercise any of the powers of an owner with respect to such securities which the Trustee deems to be for the best interest of the Trust to exercise.

(b) Each Member shall have the power to instruct the Trustee as to how the Stock (including any fractional shares) held in his Account and Dividend Account should be voted at all stockholders’ meetings. The Trustee shall vote such Stock in accordance with such instructions. To facilitate such right, the Trustee, with the assistance of the Committee, shall deliver to each Member a copy of all proxies, notices and other information which Randolph

 

45


Bancorp, Inc. distributes to its shareholders generally and the Committee shall establish such procedures for the collection of Members’ instructions in the voting of such Stock and the timely transmission of such instructions to the Trustee as it shall determine to be appropriate. Any such Stock with respect to which voting instructions have been sought but have not been timely received by the Trustee shall not be voted by the Trustee. Any Stock with respect to which the Trustee has the power to vote but which has not been allocated to the accounts of any Member shall be voted by the Trustee in the same proportion as the Trustee is directed to vote the Stock with respect to which instructions have been received up to 24 hours before the commencement of the shareholders’ meeting. In the event no shares have been allocated, the Trustee shall vote all shares of unallocated Stock as directed by the Committee. Members do not acquire ownership of Stock held by the Trustee for their account unless and until the Trustee delivers to them in accordance with Article VI hereof, stock certificates which have been registered in their names on the stock books of Randolph Bancorp, Inc.

9.03 Tender Offer or Exchange Offer . In the event of a tender offer or exchange offer by any person (including the Company or Randolph Bancorp, Inc.) for any or all shares of Stock held in the Trust, each Member shall have the right and shall be afforded the opportunity to direct in writing whether the Stock (including any fractional shares) allocable to his Account and Dividend Account shall be tendered or exchanged in response to such offer. The Trustee shall act with respect to such Stock in accordance with such written instructions. Any Stock held by the Trustee which is not yet allocable to any Member’s Account and Dividend Account and any Stock with respect to which written instructions have been sought but have not been timely received by the Trustee shall be tendered or exchanged in the same proportion as the Stock which is allocable to the Members’ Accounts and Dividend Accounts and with respect to which

 

46


written instructions have been timely received is being tendered or exchanged. To facilitate the foregoing right of the Members, the Committee shall distribute or cause to be distributed to each Member substantially the same information as may be distributed to the stockholders of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. in connection with such offer and the Committee shall establish such procedures for the collection of Members’ instructions with respect to such Stock and the timely transmission of such instructions to the Trustee as it shall determine to be appropriate.

 

47


ARTICLE X - THE COMPANY

10.01 Powers of the Company . The Company shall have the power to amend or terminate the Plan and the Trust as provided in Article VII, to appoint and remove members of the Committee as provided in Article VIII, to appoint and remove the Trustee as provided in Article IX, and to do such other acts and things as are provided elsewhere herein.

10.02 No Contract of Employment . Neither the Plan nor the Trust shall not be construed as creating any contract of employment between the Company and any Member, Employee or other person, and nothing herein contained shall give any person the right to be retained in the employ of the Company or otherwise restrain the Company’s right to deal with its employees, including Members and Employees, and their hiring discharge, layoff, compensation, and all other conditions of employment in all respects as though the Plan and the Trust did not exist.

10.03 Liability of Company . Subject to its agreement to indemnify the Committee as provided in Section 8.09 and except as otherwise provided by applicable Federal law, neither the Company nor any person acting on behalf of the Company shall be liable for any act or omission on the part of any member of the Committee or the Trustee, or for any act performed or the failure to perform any act by any person with respect to the Plan or Trust, the Company’s only duty being to use reasonable care in the selection of the members of the Committee and the Trustee.

10.04 Action by Company . Whenever under the terms of this Plan the Company is permitted or required to take any action, such action shall be taken by the Board or by any committee or officer of the Company thereunto duly authorized, by the Board or otherwise. In such event, any such committee or officer may certify to the Trustee or any person the taking of such action and the name and names of the officers so authorized, including himself. The

 

48


execution of any direction, document or certificate on behalf of the Company by any of its officers shall constitute his certification of his authority with respect thereto, and the Trustee or other person shall be protected in accepting and relying upon any such direction, document or certificate and are released from inquiry into the authority of any officer of the Company.

10.05 Successor to Business of Company . Unless this Plan and the Trust be sooner terminated, a successor to the business of the Company, by whatever form or manner resulting, may continue the Plan and the Trust by executing an appropriate supplemental agreement and such successor shall ipso facto succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of the Company hereunder. The employment of any Employee who has continued in the employ of such successor shall not be deemed to have been terminated or severed for any purposes hereunder by reason of such succession.

10.06 Dissolution of the Company . In the event that the Company is dissolved by reason of bankruptcy or insolvency or otherwise, without any provision being made for the continuation of this Plan and the Trust by a successor to the business of the Company, the Plan and the Trust hereunder shall terminate, and the Trustee shall proceed in the same manner as though the Plan and the Trust were being terminated by the Company as provided in Section 7.03.

 

49


ARTICLE XI - ESOP LOANS

11.01 ESOP Loan . For purposes of this Article XI, an “ESOP Loan” means a loan made to the Trust by a party in interest (as that term is defined in Section 3(14) of ERISA) or a loan to the Trust which is guaranteed or otherwise secured by a party in interest and which, in either case, satisfies all of the requirements for an exempt loan under Section 408(b)(3) of ERISA and Section 4975(d)(3) of the Code and all applicable regulations thereunder (such statutes and regulations being collectively referred to herein as the “ESOP Rules”).

11.02 Use of ESOP Loan Proceeds . The Plan is designed to invest primarily in Stock and the Trustee is authorized and directed pursuant to the Plan document and the Trust agreement to acquire shares of Stock to the extent such Stock is reasonably available. To effectuate this purpose, the Trustee is authorized to enter into ESOP Loans and to apply the proceeds thereof to the acquisition of shares of Stock or to the repayment of such ESOP Loans or a prior ESOP Loan. All shares of Stock acquired with the proceeds of an ESOP Loan shall while held by the Trustee be free from any put, call or other option, or any buy-sell or similar arrangement. Any actions by the Trustee under this Section shall be at the direction of the Committee.

11.03 Terms and Conditions . Any such ESOP Loan shall be upon such terms and conditions, consistent with the ESOP Rules and this Article XI, as the Committee shall determine. Such terms and conditions shall, in addition to those terms and conditions required by the ESOP Rules, include the following:

(a) the recourse of the lender against the Trust shall be limited to one or more of the following: (i) any collateral given for the ESOP Loan, (ii) Company contributions made subsequent to the date of the ESOP Loan, and (iii) earnings attributable to such collateral or the investment of such contributions;

 

50


(b) the aggregate of all payments under the ESOP Loan by the Trust shall not exceed the aggregate of items (ii) and (iii) under (a) above at the date of any such payment;

(c) in the event of a default under an ESOP Loan, the value of Trust assets transferred to the lender shall not exceed the amount of the default, provided further that if the lender is a party in interest a transfer of Trust assets upon default shall be made only if, and to the extent of, the Trust’s failure to meet the ESOP Loan’s payment schedule;

(d) the interest rate must not be in excess of a reasonable rate;

(e) the ESOP Loan must be for a specific term and may not be payable at the demand of any person, except in the case of default.

11.04 Collateral for ESOP Loan . The Committee is hereby authorized to direct the Trustee to collateralize an ESOP Loan by giving a security interest in all or any portion of the Stock acquired with the proceeds of said Loan (or the proceeds of a previous ESOP Loan repaid by said Loan). No other Trust assets may be so used as collateral. In the event that Stock is used by the Trustee as collateral for an ESOP Loan, such Stock shall be released from such encumbrance at an annual rate which is geared to the rate of total repayment (principal plus interest) of the ESOP Loan or the rate of principal repayment of the ESOP Loan provided that all applicable requirements of the ESOP Rules shall be satisfied.

11.05 Suspense Accounts . All Stock acquired with the proceeds of an ESOP Loan shall be credited to a Suspense Account rather than allocated among the Members’ Accounts. In the event there is more than one ESOP Loan outstanding, two or more Suspense Accounts shall be established as provided herein. If such Stock is being used as collateral, it shall be withdrawn from the Suspense Account at the same time and on the same basis as it is released from encumbrance. If such Stock is not used as collateral, it shall be withdrawn from the Suspense

 

51


Account as if it had been so used and was being released from encumbrance at a rate geared to the repayment of the ESOP Loan. If, during any Plan Year, Stock is withdrawn from the Suspense Account, it shall be allocated among the Members’ Accounts in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.03.

No Member shall have any interest in, or rights with respect to, any Stock while it is held in a Suspense Account. In the event that any Stock held in a Suspense Account is sold, the proceeds may be used to repay the ESOP Loan to the extent permitted by applicable law, and any excess amount (including any shares of Stock released from encumbrance by reason of such repayment) shall be allocated among the Accounts and Dividend Accounts of all Members in proportion to the aggregate value (Part A plus Part B) of each such Member’s Account and Dividend Account.

 

52


ARTICLE XII - TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

12.01 Article Controls . Any provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, the provisions of this Article XII shall control the Plan to the extent required to cause the Plan to comply with the requirements imposed by Section 416 of the Code.

12.02 Definitions . Where the following words and phrases appear in this Article XII, they shall have the respective meanings set forth below, unless their context clearly indicates to the contrary:

(a) Account Balance . As of any Valuation Date, the aggregate amount credited to an individual’s account or accounts under the Plan and all other qualified defined contribution plans maintained by the Company or an Affiliated Company increased by (i) the aggregate distributions made to such individual from the Plan or any other such plan during a five-year period ending on the Determination Date, and (ii) the amount of any contributions due as of the Determination Date immediately following such Valuation Date. The amount of Account balances of a Member as of the Determination Date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the Member under the Plan and any plan in the Aggregation Group during the one-year period ending on the Determination Date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been in the Aggregation Group. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “five-year period” for “one-year period.”

(b) Accrued Benefit . As of any Valuation Date, the present value of the cumulative accrued benefit (excluding the portion thereof which is attributable to rollover or transfer contributions made by or on behalf of such individual to such plan from another qualified plan sponsored by an entity other than the Company or an Affiliated Company, to

 

53


proportional subsidies, or to ancillary benefits) of an individual under an qualified defined benefit plan maintained by the Company or an Affiliated Company increased by (i) the aggregate distributions made to such individual from such plan within a five-year period ending on the Determination Date and (ii) the estimated benefit accrued by such individual between such Valuation Date and the Determination Date immediately following such Valuation Date. The Accrued Benefit of Non-Key Employees shall be determined under (A) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans maintained by the Company and Affiliated Company, or (B) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under Section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code. The Accrued Benefit of a Member as of the Determination Date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the Member under the Plan and any plan in the Aggregation Group during the one-year period ending on the Determination Date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been in the Aggregation Group. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “five-year period” for “one-year period.”

(c) Aggregation Group . The group of qualified plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Company and each Affiliated Company consisting of (i) each plan in which a Key Employee participates and each other plan which enables a plan in which a Key Employee participates to meet the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code, or (ii) each plan in which a Key Employee participates, each other plan which enables a plan in which a Key Employee participates to meet the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code, and any other plan which the Committee elects to include as a part of such group; provided, however, that the Committee may not elect to include a plan if its inclusion would cause the group to fail the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.

 

54


(d) Determination Date . For the first Plan Year of any plan, the last day of such Plan Year, and for each subsequent Plan Year of such plan, the last day of the preceding Plan Year. If two or more plans are being aggregated, they shall be aggregated by adding together the results for each plan as of the Determination Dates for such plans that fall within the same calendar year.

(e) Former Key Employee . With respect to any Plan Year, any individual who was a Key Employee in a previous Plan Year but who is not a Key Employee with respect to such Plan Year. For purposes of this definition, a beneficiary (who would not otherwise be a Key Employee) of a deceased former Key Employee shall be deemed to be a Former Key Employee in substitution for such deceased Former Key Employee.

(f) Key Employee . With respect to any Plan Year, any employee (and any beneficiary of a deceased employee) of the Company or an Affiliated Company who is a “Key Employee” as determined in accordance with Section 416(i)(1) of the Code.

(g) Non-Key Employee . With respect to any Plan Year, any employee of the Company or an Affiliated Company who is not a Key Employee.

(h) Plan Year . With respect to any plan, the annual accounting period used by such plan for annual reporting purposes.

(i) Valuation Date . With respect to any Plan Year, the most recent date within the 12-month period ending on a Determination Date as of which the Trust fund established was valued and the net income (or loss) thereof allocated to Members’ accounts.

 

55


12.03 Top-Heavy Status . The Plan shall be deemed to be top-heavy if, as of any Determination Date, (i) the sum (computed in accordance with Section 416(g) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder) of the Account Balances of Key Employees under the Plan exceeds 60 percent of the sum of the Account Balances of all individuals (excluding Former Key Employees and individuals who have not performed any services for the Company or an Affiliated Company at any time during the one-year period ending on the Determination Date) under the Plan unless an Aggregation Group including the Plan is not top-heavy or (ii) an Aggregation Group including the Plan is top-heavy. An Aggregation Group shall be deemed to be top-heavy as of a Determination Date if the sum (computed in accordance with Section 416(g)(2)(B) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder) of the Account Balances of the Key Employees under all defined contribution plans included in the Aggregation Group and the Accrued Benefit of all Key Employees under all defined benefit plans included in the Aggregation Group exceeds 60 percent of the sum of the Account Balances and the Accrued Benefit of all individuals (excluding the Account Balances and the Accrued Benefit of former Key Employees and individuals who have not performed any services for the Company or an Affiliated Company at any time during the one-year period ending on the Determination Date) under such plans. The foregoing determination shall be made by the Committee.

12.04 Minimum Benefit . If the Plan is determined to be top-heavy for a Plan Year, then each Member who is a Non-Key Employee and who is an Eligible Employee as of the last day of such Plan Year shall be entitled to a minimum contribution which, when added to the amount of any Company contributions and forfeitures allocated under this Plan and all other defined contribution plans maintained by the Company or an Affiliated Company will cause the sum of such contributions to equal the lesser of (i) 3 percent of such Eligible Employee’s compensation

 

56


(within the meaning of Section 415 of the Code) for such Plan Year, or (ii) the percentage at which contributions are made for the Key Employee for whom such percentage is the highest for such Plan Year.

12.05 Termination of Top-Heavy Status . If the Plan has been top-heavy for one or more Plan Years and thereafter ceases to be top-heavy, the provisions of this Article XII shall cease to apply to the Plan effective as of the day following the Determination Date on which the Plan is determined to no longer be top-heavy.

 

57


ARTICLE XIII - ADDITIONAL PARTICIPATING COMPANIES

13.01 Participation . Any Affiliated Company may become a Participating Company by vote of the board of directors of such Affiliated Company adopting the Plan and the Trust as a plan and trust for the benefit of its employees.

13.02 Effective Date . The participation of any Participating Company shall take effect as of the date specified in its action to adopt the Plan and the Trust.

13.03 Administration . Each Participating Company shall be deemed the “Company” with respect to its Employees and shall have and exercise all the rights, powers, and duties thereof with respect to the Plan as applied to itself and its Employees and that part of the Trust which represents the Accounts of Members employed by it. Subject to Sections 13.04 and 13.06, each Participating Company hereby authorizes Randolph Savings Bank to exercise on its behalf all such rights, powers, and duties, including amendment or termination of the Plan.

13.04 Termination . If the Plan shall be terminated by any one Participating Company, the Trust shall be valued and assets representing the Accounts of all Members employed by such Participating Company shall be segregated into a separate trust and held subject to the provisions of the Plan and all rights, powers, and duties of the Company with respect to such separate trust shall be exercised by such Participating Company.

13.05 Allocation of Forfeitures . Whenever part or all of the Account of any Member shall be forfeited by him and reallocated among the Accounts of the remaining eligible Members pursuant to Sections 5.04 and 6.05(d), such amount shall be reallocated to the Accounts of all eligible Members, regardless of whether they are Employees of the Participating Company which last employed the former Member whose Account (or part thereof) is being forfeited.

13.06 Contributions . Each participating employer, including the Company and each Participating Company, shall make contributions hereunder, on behalf of its Employees, in

 

58


accordance with Section 4.01, and as determined by such participating employer. All contributions made by a Participating Company with respect to any fiscal year of such Participating Company shall be made no later than the date specified in Section 4.02 and shall be allocated pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.03.

 

59


ARTICLE XIV - MISCELLANEOUS

14.01 Spendthrift Provision . Beneficial interests of Members or their Beneficiaries in the Trust shall not be assignable nor subject to attachment nor receivership, nor shall they pass to any trustee in bankruptcy or be reached or applied by any legal process for the payment of any obligations of any such person, except as otherwise provided under Section 401(a)(13) of the Code.

14.02 Appointment of Person to Receive Payment . Upon the appointment by a court having jurisdiction of a legal representative for a Member or Beneficiary, following a judicial determination that such Member or Beneficiary is of unsound mind, any payment or distribution hereunder shall thereafter be made to such legal representative. In the event any amount shall become payable hereunder to any person (or his Beneficiary or estate), and if after written notice from the Committee mailed to such person’s last known address as shown on the Company’s records, such person or his personal representative shall not have presented himself to the Committee or notified the Committee in writing of his address within one year after the mailing of such notice, then the Committee shall in its discretion appoint one or more of the spouse or blood relatives of such person to receive such amount, including any amount thereafter becoming due to such person (or his estate), in the proportions determined by the Committee. Any action of the Committee hereunder shall be binding and conclusive upon all persons.

14.03 Construction . In any question of interpretation or other matter of doubt, the Committee, the Trustee and the Company may rely upon the opinion of counsel for the Company or any other attorney-in-law designated by the Company. The provisions of this Plan shall be construed, administered and enforced according to the laws of the United States and, to the extent permitted by such laws, by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. All contributions to the Trust shall be deemed to be made in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

60


14.04 Impossibility of Performance . In case it becomes impossible for the Company, the Committee or the Trustee to perform any act under this Plan and the Trust, that act shall be performed which in the judgment of the Company, the Committee or the Trustee, respectively, will most nearly carry out the intent and purpose of this Plan and the Trust. All parties who are in any way interested in this Plan and the Trust shall be bound by any acts performed under such condition.

14.05 Definition of Words . Feminine or neuter pronouns shall be substituted for those of the masculine form, and the plural shall be substituted for the singular, in any place or places herein where the context may require such substitution or substitutions.

14.06 Titles . The titles of articles and sections are included only for convenience and shall not be construed as a part of this Plan or in any respect affecting or modifying its provisions.

14.07 Merger or Consolidation . In the event that this Plan is merged with or consolidated with any other plan, or the assets or liabilities accrued under this Plan are transferred to any other plan, each Member’s benefit under such other plan shall be at least as great immediately after such merger, consolidation or transfer (if such plan were then to terminate) as the benefit to which he would have been entitled under this Plan immediately before such merger, consolidation or transfer (if the Plan were then to terminate).

14.08 Special Provisions for Certain Leased Employees . A “leased employee” shall receive credit for Hours of Service, Periods of Eligibility Service and Years of Vesting Service for the entire period during which he is a leased employee of the Company or an Affiliated Company as if he were an Employee of the Company or an Affiliated Company; provided, however, that a leased employee shall not be an Employee eligible to participate in the Plan as

 

61


long as he remains a leased employee. For purpose of this Section 14.08, the term “leased employee” means any person (a) who is not an Employee of the Company or an Affiliated Company and (b) who pursuant to an agreement between the Company or an Affiliated Company and any other person (a “leasing organization”) has performed services for the Company or an Affiliated Company on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year and such services are performed under the primary direction or control by the Company or an Affiliated Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if leased employees constitute less than 20 percent of the Company’s and Affiliated Company’s nonhighly compensated work force within the meaning of Section 414(n)(5) of the Code, a person who is covered by a money purchase pension plan maintained by the leasing organization which provides a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least 10 percent of compensation, immediate participation and full and immediate vesting shall not be considered a “leased employee.”

14.09 USERRA and HEART ACT .

(a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credits with respect to qualified military service shall be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.

(b) (i) An individual receiving a differential wage payment from the Company, as defined in Section 3401(h)(2) of the Code, shall be treated as an Employee of the Company, (ii) the differential wage payment is treated as Compensation, and (iii) the Plan shall not be treated as failing to meet the requirements of any provision described in Section 414(u)(1)(C) of the Code by reason of any contribution or benefit which is based on the differential wage payment.

 

62


(c) The Beneficiaries of a Member who dies while performing qualified military service shall be entitled to any additional benefits provided under the Plan as if the Member resumed service with the Company and then terminated employment on account of death.

(d) A Member who dies or becomes disabled while performing qualified military service shall be treated as if the Member had resumed employment in accordance with the Member’s reemployment rights under Section 414(u) of the Code on the date before the actual date of death or disability (as the case may be) and terminated employment on the actual date of death or disability (as the case may be). Accordingly, such Member shall receive vesting service during his period of qualified military service and shall receive employer contributions for such service to the extent required by Section 414(u) of the Code.

14.10 Correction Methods . The Company may make any corrections under the Plan necessary to retain the qualified status of the Plan and the Trust under Code Sections 401(a) and 501(a). Such corrections shall include, but not be limited to, any corrections described in the Internal Revenue Service’s Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System.

14.11 Writings . Whenever under the terms of the Plan a Member, former Member, Beneficiary or alternate payee is required to make a claim, request, election or direction in writing, such claim, request, election or direction may be made in such other form allowable by the Committee on a nondiscriminatory basis.

 

63


ARTICLE XV - DIRECT ROLLOVERS

15.01 Application of this Article . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a distributee’s election under this Article, a distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover.

15.02 Definitions . Whenever used in this Article, the following words shall have the following meanings:

(a) Eligible rollover distribution : An eligible rollover distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an eligible rollover distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee and the distributee’s designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code; and the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities); and a hardship distribution. Any amount that is distributed on account of hardship shall not be eligible rollover distribution and the distributee may not elect to have any portion of such a distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan. A direct trustee-to-trustee transfer to an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) or Section 408A of the Code or an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code established for purposes of receiving a distribution on behalf of a non-spouse beneficiary shall also be considered an eligible rollover distribution.

 

64


(b) Eligible retirement plan : An eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) or Section 408A of the Code, an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code, an annuity plan described in Section 403(b) of the Code, a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code that accepts the distributee’s eligible rollover distribution and an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from the Plan. The definition of eligible retirement plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse or surviving non-spouse beneficiary, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relation order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code; provided however that in the case of an eligible rollover distribution to a surviving non-spouse beneficiary, an eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) or Section 408A (“IRA”) of the Code and an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code that will be treated as an inherited IRA pursuant to the provisions of Section 402(c)(11) of the Code.

(c) Distributee : A distributee includes an employee or former employee. In addition, the employee’s or former employee’s surviving spouse or surviving non-spouse beneficiary and the employee’s or former employee’s spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, are distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse, non-spouse beneficiary or former spouse. In the case of a rollover to a non-spouse beneficiary, the determination of any required minimum distribution under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code that is ineligible for rollover shall be made in accordance with Notice 2007-7, Q&A 17 and 18, 2007-5 I.R.B. 395.

(d) Direct rollover : A direct rollover is a payment by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.

 

65


ARTICLE XVI - MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS

16.01 General Rules .

(a) Precedence . The requirements of this Article will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan.

(b) Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated . All distributions required under this Article will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code.

16.02 Time and Manner of Distribution .

(a) Required Beginning Date . The Member’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Member no later than the Member’s Required Beginning Date.

(b) Death of Member Before Distributions Begin . If the Member dies before distributions begin, the Member’s entire interest will be distributed as follows:

(i) By December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Member’s death.

(ii) If the Member’s surviving spouse is the Member’s sole Designated Beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Member but before distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this Section 16.02(b) will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Member.

For purposes of this Section 16.02(b) and Section 16.04, unless Section 16.02(b)(ii) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Member’s Required Beginning Date. If Section 16.02(b)(ii) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 16.02(b)(i).

 

66


(c) Forms of Distribution . Unless the Member’s interest is distributed in a single sum on or before the Required Beginning Date, as of the first Distribution Calendar Year distributions will be made in accordance with Sections 16.03 and 16.04 of this Article.

16.03 Required Minimum Distributions During Member’s Lifetime .

(a) Amount of Required Minimum Distribution for each Distribution Calendar Year . During the Member’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year is the lesser of:

(i) the quotient obtained by dividing the Member’s account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Member’s age as of the Member’s birthday in the Distribution Calendar Year; or

(ii) if the Member’s sole Designated Beneficiary for the Distribution Calendar Year is the Member’s spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Member’s account balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Member’s and spouse’s attained ages as of the Member’s and spouse’s birthdays in the Distribution Calendar Year.

(b) Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Member’s Death . Required minimum distributions will be determined under this Section 16.03 beginning with the first Distribution Calendar Year and up to and including the Distribution Calendar Year that includes the Member’s date of death.

 

67


16.04 Required Minimum Distributions After Member’s Death . If the Member dies on or after the date distributions begin, his remaining account balance shall be distributed to his Beneficiary in a lump sum as soon as practicable.

16.05 Definitions.

(a) Designated Beneficiary . The individual who is designated as the Beneficiary under Section 6.04 of the Plan and is the designated beneficiary under Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code and Section 1.401(a)(9)-4, Q&A-1, of the Treasury regulations.

(b) Distribution Calendar Year . A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Member’s death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Member’s Required Beginning Date. For distributions beginning after the Member’s death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under Section 16.02(b). The required minimum distribution for the Member’s first Distribution Calendar Year will be made on or before the Member’s Required Beginning Date. The required minimum distribution for other Distribution Calendar Years, including the required minimum distribution for the Distribution Calendar Year in which the Member’s Required Beginning Date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that Distribution Calendar Year.

(c) Life Expectancy . Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations.

(d) Member’s Account Balance . The account balance as of the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately preceding the Distribution Calendar Year (valuation

 

68


calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date. The account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the Distribution Calendar Year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year.

(e) Required Beginning Date . Distribution of benefits to a Member who attains age 70  1 2 shall begin no later than the April 1 next following the calendar year in which such Member (i) attains age 70  1 2 or (ii) terminates employment with the Company and all Affiliated Employers, whichever is later. Clause (ii) shall not apply in the case of a Member who is a “Five Percent Owner” at any time during the Plan Year ending in the calendar year in which the Member attains age 70  1 2 . If the Member becomes a Five Percent Owner during any subsequent Plan Year, the required distribution date shall be April 1 of the calendar year following such Plan Year. For purposes of this subsection, a Five Percent Owner is defined in Section 416(i)(1)(B)(i) of the Code.

 

69


ARTICLE XVII - CHANGE IN CONTROL

17.01 Definition of Change in Control; Pending Change in Control .

(a) A Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred upon the happening of any of the following events:

(i) any “Person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”) (other than Randolph Bancorp, Inc., any of its subsidiaries, or any trustee, fiduciary or other person or entity holding securities under any employee benefit plan or trust of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. or any of its subsidiaries), together with all “affiliates” and “associates” (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Act) of such person, shall become the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. representing 40 percent or more of the combined voting power of Randolph Bancorp, Inc.’s then outstanding securities having the right to vote in an election of Randolph Bancorp, Inc.’s Board of Directors (“Voting Securities”) (in such case other than as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from Randolph Bancorp, Inc.); or

(ii) persons who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board of Directors of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason, including, without limitation, as a result of a tender offer, proxy contest, merger or similar transaction, to constitute at least a majority of such Board of Directors, provided that any person becoming a director of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. subsequent to the date hereof shall be considered an Incumbent Director if such person’s election was approved by or such person was nominated for election by either (A) a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors or (B) a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors

 

70


who are members of a nominating committee comprised, in the majority, of Incumbent Directors; but provided further, that any such person whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of members of the Board of Directors of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board of Randolph Bancorp, Inc., including by reason of an agreement intended to avoid or settle any such actual or threatened contest or solicitation, shall not be considered an Incumbent Director; or

(iii) the consummation of (A) any consolidation or merger of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. where the stockholders of Randolph Bancorp, Inc., immediately prior to the consolidation or merger, would not, immediately after the consolidation or merger, beneficially own (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, shares representing in the aggregate more than 50 percent of the voting shares of the company or entity issuing cash or securities in the consolidation or merger (or of its ultimate parent corporation, if any), and the entity which results from such consolidation or merger agrees in writing to assume and perform Randolph Bancorp, Inc.’s and the Company’s obligations under the Plan or (B) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of transactions contemplated or arranged by any party as a single plan) of all or substantially all of the assets of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. or of the Bank.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing, solely as the result of an acquisition of securities by Randolph Bancorp, Inc. that, by reducing the number of shares of Voting Securities outstanding,

 

71


increases the proportionate number of shares of Voting Securities beneficially owned by any person to 40 percent or more of the combined voting power of all then outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, that if any person referred to in this sentence shall thereafter become the beneficial owner of any additional shares of Voting Securities (other than pursuant to a stock split, stock dividend, or similar transaction or as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from Randolph Bancorp, Inc.) and immediately thereafter beneficially owns 25 percent or more of the combined voting power of all then outstanding Voting Securities, then a “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing clause (i).

(b) A Pending Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred upon the happening of any of the following events:

(i) approval by the stockholders of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. of a transaction, or a plan for the consummation of a transaction, which, if consummated, would result in a Change in Control;

(ii) approval by the Board of Directors of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. of a transaction, or a plan for the consummation of a transaction, which, if consummated, would result in a Change in Control;

(iii) the commencement of a tender offer (within the meaning of section 14(d)(i) of the Exchange Act, as amended) for securities issued by Randolph Bancorp, Inc., which, if completed, would result in a Change in Control;

(iv) the furnishing or distribution of a proxy statement or other document, whether or not in opposition to management, soliciting proxies, consents or authorizations (within the meaning of section 14 of the Exchange Act) in respect of securities issued by Randolph Bancorp, Inc. in favor of any election, transaction or other action which, if effected, would result in a Change in Control.

 

72


17.02 Vesting on Change in Control . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, upon the effective date of a Change in Control, the Account of each person who would then, upon termination of the Plan, be entitled to a benefit, shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable.

17.03 Repayment of Share Acquisition Loan . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Committee shall direct the Trustee to sell a sufficient number of shares of Stock to repay any outstanding ESOP Loan, all remaining shares of Stock which had been unallocated (or the proceeds from the sale thereof, if applicable) shall be allocated among the accounts of all individuals with undistributed Account balances on the effective date of such Change in Control who are employed by the Company on the effective date of such Change in Control. Such allocation of shares of Stock or proceeds shall be in proportion to the balance credited to their Accounts immediately prior to such allocation.

17.04 Plan Termination After Change in Control . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, after repayment of the loan and allocation of shares of Stock or proceeds as provided in Section 17.03, the Plan shall be terminated and all amounts shall be distributed as soon as practicable.

17.05 Amendment of Article XVII . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, this Article XVII of the Plan may not be amended after the earliest date on which a Change in Control or Pending Change in Control occurs, except to the extent any amendment is required by the Internal Revenue Service as a condition to the continued treatment of the Plan as a tax-qualified plan under section 401(a) of the Code.

 

73


IN WITNESS WHEREOF this amended and restated Plan is executed for and on behalf of the Company by its duly authorized officer this      day of              , 2016.

 

RANDOLPH SAVINGS BANK
By:  

 

Title:  

 

 

74

Exhibit 10.3

 

LOGO

March 22, 2013

Mr. James P. McDonough

550 Liberty Street #1004

Braintree, MA 02184

Dear Jim:

Randolph Bancorp and Randolph Savings Bank (collectively the “Bank”) are pleased to offer you the full-time position of President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) of Randolph Savings Bank and Randolph Bancorp, reporting to the Bank’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). We are excited about the prospect of having you join our team, and look forward to the addition of your professionalism and experience to help the Bank achieve its goals. This letter summarizes the initial terms of your employment.

1. Position/Duties/Director and Corporator Status/Start Date and Salary .

(a) As President and CEO of the Bank, you will undertake and assume the responsibilities, and have those powers and authorities, which are customarily associated with such positions, and as the Board shall from time to time reasonably prescribe, including without limitation, that you be the public face of the Bank and that you will attend such meetings and conferences within the banking industry and local community and business organizations in promotion of the Bank, as you determine necessary or the Board recommends. You agree that you will devote your full working time and efforts to the performance of your duties on behalf of the Bank and will comply with the Bank’s written policies and the direction of the Board; provided, however, that nothing in the foregoing provision is intended to prevent you from participating in board, community or eleemosynary activities. The Bank will use its best efforts to ensure your election or appointment as a corporator of Randolph Bancorp and as a member of the respective Boards of Randolph Bancorp and Randolph Savings Bank, and to have you re-elected or re-appointed at any required times during your employment with the Bank. Your being elected or appointed to the Board positions identified in the sentence immediately preceding and remaining in these capacities while an employee is a material term of this letter agreement. In the event your employment with the Bank terminates for any reason, you shall be deemed to have resigned effective as of the termination date, from all (i) officer, director/trustee and/or corporator positions with the Bank and (ii) officer, director/trustee and/or corporator positions of any Bank affiliates or subsidiaries, as applicable.

(b) We would expect you to begin employment on April 15, 2013. Your salary will be at an initial monthly rate of $27,083.33 (or an annualized rate of $325,000.00), paid in accordance with such customary payroll practices of the Bank as are established or modified from time to time. Your salary may be subject to adjustment in accordance with any salary review practices utilized by the Bank.

 

LOGO


Mr. James P. McDonough

March 22, 2013

Page 2 of 16

 

2. Benefits . You will be eligible to participate in benefits programs to the same extent as, and subject to the same terms, conditions and limitations applicable to, other Bank employees of similar rank and tenure. Your participation in the Bank’s benefits plans shall be subject to (a) the terms and conditions of the applicable plan documents; (b) generally applicable Bank policies; and (c) the discretion of the Board or any administrative or other committee provided for in, or contemplated by, each such plan. The Bank may alter, add to, modify or delete its employee benefits plans at any time it determines in its sole judgment to be appropriate.

3. Expense Reimbursement . The Bank will pay or reimburse you for reasonable travel and entertainment or other reasonable business expenses incurred by you in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of your duties hereunder in accordance with and subject to the Bank’s expense reimbursement policies and practices.

4. Vacation . You will be eligible to receive up to six (6) weeks of paid vacation per each full calendar year of employment with the Bank, with vacation time to be accrued and taken subject to and in accordance with the Bank’s vacation policies and practices.

5. Car Allowance . During your employment, the Bank will provide you with a car allowance payment in the amount of $750.00 per month, subject to and in accordance with any Bank policies and procedures applicable to said payment.

6. STIP . You also shall be eligible to participate in the Bank’s STIP program available to senior Bank executives of similar rank and tenure.

All payments to be provided in Sections 2-6 above shall be subject to any applicable federal, state, and local withholding, payroll and other taxes.

7. At-Will Employment . Your employment with the Bank will be on an “at-will” basis, which means that either you or the Bank may terminate the employment relationship at any time, for any or no reason, with or without Cause, and with or without prior notice. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, this offer letter is intended to create a binding agreement of the parties regarding the employment relationship and any termination, resignation or other cessation of the relationship, including, without limitation, the post-employment compensation, and benefits described herein.

8. FDIA and FDIC Requirements . Your employment with the Bank shall be suspended if you are suspended or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (FDIA) (12 U.S.C. § 1818(e)(3) and (g)(1) unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in such notice are dismissed, the Bank may in its discretion (i) pay you all or part of the compensation withheld during such suspension and/or (ii) reinstate any or all of its obligations which were suspended. Your employment with the Bank may also be terminated as a matter of law if (a) you are removed or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by an order issued under


Mr. James P. McDonough

March 22, 2013

Page 3 of 16

 

Section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the FDIA; (b) the Bank is in default as defined in Section 3(x)(1) of the FDIC; or (c) except to the extent your continued employment is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank, at such time as the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority of Section 13(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act or the Director approves a supervisory merger of the Bank to resolve problems related to its operations or determines the Bank to be in an unsafe or unsound condition.

9. Severance . Notwithstanding the at-will relationship between you and the Bank, if your employment is terminated by the Bank without Cause or you resign for Good Reason, you will be eligible to receive severance in the form of salary continuation at your monthly base salary rate in effect as of your date of termination for a period of twelve (12) months following your termination, payable in accordance with the Bank’s payroll practices at the time (the “Severance’”). Your eligibility to receive the Severance is conditioned upon your entering into and not revoking a Release Agreement in a form similar to that which is attached as Exhibit A , and your compliance with your obligations under the Bank’s Non-Solicitation and Non-Disclosure Agreement (the “Non-Solicitation Agreement”), in the form attached as Exhibit B . In the event you breach your obligations under the Non-Solicitation Agreement, you will have no right to receive, and the Bank shall not pay you. any Severance that has yet to be paid following the date of such breach; provided, however, that the Bank shall give you notice of any claimed breach and shall consider any information you provide establishing the absence of such breach before implementing the above-reference discontinuation of severance payments. Such cessation of payments shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any and all other remedies, whether at law or in equity, available to the Bank for such breach.

The Bank may only terminate your employment for “Cause” upon a resolution adopted in good faith by two-thirds (2/3) of the Board (excluding you) that Cause exists; provided , however , that no termination of your employment shall be for Cause until there shall have been delivered to you a copy of a written notice setting forth the grounds for Cause and specifying the particulars thereof in reasonable detail; and provided further that you shall have the opportunity to respond to such notice within five (5) business days of your receipt of thereof, which response the Board shall consider in advance of taking any action.

For purposes of this letter, your resignation for “Good Reason” shall occur if (a) you provide written notice, which notice sufficiently details the alleged Good Reason, to the Board that you intend to resign due to any of the following, which shall have occurred without your prior written consent: (i) a substantial reduction in the nature or scope of your title, position, authorities, duties or reporting relationships that are inconsistent with the role of President of the Bank; (ii) a material breach by the Bank of this letter agreement, defined to include without limitation the Bank’s failure to elect or appoint you a corporator of Randolph Bankcorp and a director of each of the Randolph Savings Bank and/or Randolph Bancorp Board of Directors ; (iii) a material reduction in your base salary; and (b) the Board does not cure such alleged Good Reason within thirty (30) days of receipt of your notice.


Mr. James P. McDonough

March 22, 2013

Page 4 of 16

 

For purposes of this letter agreement, “Cause” shall mean any one or more of the following: (i) substantial and continuing neglect or inattention to your duties; (ii) willful misconduct or gross negligence in connection with the performance of your duties, breach of fiduciary duty, or dishonesty or disloyalty; (iii ) the commission of an act of embezzlement, fraud or deliberate disregard of the rules or policies of the Bank; (iv) any conduct by you, which in the opinion of the Board, is materially detrimental or embarrassing to the Bank; or (v) the conviction of a felony or any crime involving any financial impropriety or engaging in moral turpitude.

10. 409A Covenant . Notwithstanding anything in this letter agreement to the contrary, in the event that any payment or right to payment provided under this letter agreement is deemed to constitute non-qualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), this letter agreement will be interpreted in a manner consistent with Section 409A and, in the event that any provision that is necessary for compliance with Section 409A is determined by the Bank, in its sole discretion, to have been omitted, such omitted provision will be deemed included herein and is hereby incorporated as part of this letter agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a termination of employment will not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this letter agreement providing for the payment of amounts or benefits upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, each payment made under this letter agreement will be designated as a “separate payment” within the meaning of the Section 409A of the Code

11. Indemnification . You will be entitled to indemnification to the extent permitted by law and in accordance with and subject to the Bank’s Amended and Restated By-Laws dated April 12, 2011, including as subsequently amended.

12. No Further Obligations/Taxes . Except as set forth in this or other applicable agreements, the Bank shall have no other obligations to you upon the cessation of your employment other than payment for any accrued but unused vacation through the termination date; reimbursement for any outstanding business expenses incurred by you, subject to this letter and the Bank’s reimbursement policies and practices; and any other compensation, bonus and benefits earned but not yet received by you, subject to any applicable benefit plans, policies or practices. Except as otherwise set forth herein, all payments and benefits described herein will be subject to applicable federal, state and local tax withholdings.

13. No Conflicting Obligations/Non-Disclosure Agreement . The Bank requires you to verify that your acceptance of our offer to become employed by the Bank and your fulfillment of your duties and responsibilities as President of the Bank will not breach any agreement entered into by you prior to employment with the Bank (i.e., you have not entered into any agreements with previous employers or other third parties that are in conflict with your obligations to the Bank). Please provide us with a copy of any potentially conflicting agreements for our review. You will also be required to sign the Non-Solicitation Agreement as a condition of your employment with the Bank.


Mr. James P. McDonough

March 22, 2013

Page 5 of 16

 

14. Arbitration . Except for any request by the Bank or by you for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief from a court of competent jurisdiction to enforce or enjoin any portion of the Non-Solicitation Agreement (which right shall remain in full force and effect following the termination of your employment with the Bank), you and the Bank agree that in the event a dispute arises concerning, relating to, or arising out of this letter agreement, your employment with the Bank or the termination of your employment with the Bank, including but not limited to, any claims arising out of M.G.L. ch. l51B, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Small Necessities Leave Act, the Massachusetts Civil Rights Act (M.G.L. ch. 12), or any other federal, state or local statute, regulation or ordinance that provides protection against employment discrimination, harassment or retaliation; any claims under the Fair Labor Standards Act or M.G.L. ch. 149 or any other federal, state or local statute, regulation or ordinance that provides protection against wage and hour and/or wage payment violations; any claims under the federal or state equal pay act; any tort and/or privacy claims, including those under the Massachusetts Privacy Statute (M.G.L. ch. 214), all such disputes shall be submitted to binding arbitration before an arbitrator experienced in employment law. Said arbitration will be conducted in accordance with the Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”). Subject to the exception above enabling the Bank or you to pursue litigation to enforce or challenge the Nondisclosure Agreement, arbitration as provided in this section shall be the exclusive, final and binding remedy for any such dispute and will be used instead of any court action, which is hereby expressly waived. The Federal Arbitration Act shall govern the interpretation and enforcement of such arbitration proceeding. The arbitrator shall apply the substantive law (and the Jaw of remedies, if applicable) of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, or federal law, if Massachusetts law is preempted. The arbitration shall be conducted in Boston, Massachusetts, unless otherwise mutually agreed. YOU ACKNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTAND THAT BY AGREEING TO ARBITRATE, YOU ARE WAIVING ANY RIGHT TO BRING AN ACTION AGAINST THE BANK IN A COURT OF LAW, EITHER STATE OR FEDERAL, AND THE RIGHT TO ATRIAL BY JURY, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT.

15. Miscellaneous . This letter agreement and the Non-Solicitation Agreement set forth the complete and sole understanding regarding the terms of your employment and supersede any and all other agreements, negotiations, discussions, proposals or understandings, whether oral or written, previously entered into, discussed or considered by the parties. The letter agreement shall be construed and governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof. This letter may not be modified except by a written agreement signed by you and the Board.

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


Mr. James P. McDonough

March 22, 2013

Page 6 of 16

 

Jim, we are very pleased to have you join the Bank. We look forward to receiving a signed copy of this letter from you as soon as possible acknowledging that you have accepted this offer of employment.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ Richard C. Pierce

Richard C. Pierce
Chairman of the Board of Directors
Randolph Bancorp and Randolph Savings Bank

 

Accepted and Agreed to as of the   

22

   of   

March    

  ,   

2013

     
   Day       Month      Year      

 

/s/ James P. McDonough

James P. McDonough


EXHIBIT A

RELEASE AGREEMENT

[DATE]

VIA HAND DELIVERY

James P. McDonough

550 Liberty Street, #1004

Braintree, MA 02184

 

  Re: Severance Agreement and Release

Dear Jim:

This letter summarizes the terms of your separation from employment with Randolph Bancorp and Randolph Savings Bank (collectively the “Bank”) and the severance agreement and release between you and the Bank (the “Agreement. The purpose of this Agreement is to establish an amicable arrangement for ending your employment relationship, to release the Bank from any claims and to permit you to receive severance pay and related benefits. With these understandings and in exchange for the promises by you and the Bank as set forth below, you and the Bank agree as follows.

1. Employment Status and Final Payments :

(a) Your termination from employment with the Bank will be effective as of [DATE] , (the “Termination Date”). As of the Termination Date, your salary will cease, and any entitlement you have or might have under a Bank-provided benefit plan, program, contract or practice will terminate, except as required by federal or state law, or as otherwise described below.

(b) You hereby acknowledge that as of the Termination Date, you have been paid all wages earned but unpaid, all vacation time accrued but unused as of the Termination Date, and all other payments and benefits enumerated in Sections 2 through 6 of the employment letter agreement between you and the Bank dated March 22, 2013, accrued and/or earned as of the Termination Date.

(c) The Termination Date shall be the date of the “qualifying event” under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“COBRA”) and the Bank will present you with information on COBRA under separate cover.


2. Consideration : In exchange for, and in consideration of, your full execution of this Agreement and after the seven-day revocation period set forth in Section 10 has expired unexercised by you, the Bank agrees as follows:

(a) Severance Pay : The Bank will pay you severance payments in accordance with Section 9 of the letter agreement dated March     , 2013, for a period of twelve (12) months following the Termination Date at your current gross base salary rate of [        ] Dollars [($        )] per week less applicable taxes. Severance payments shall be made in accordance with the Bank’s then regular payroll practices and timing.

(b) Payments : The payments set forth in this Section 2 shall be subject to all applicable federal, state and/or local withholding and/or payroll taxes.

3. Release : In exchange for the amounts described in Section 2, which arc in addition to anything of value to which you are entitled to receive, and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, you and your representatives, agents, estate, heirs, successors and assigns, absolutely and unconditionally hereby release, remise, discharge, indemnify and hold harmless the Bank Releasees (defined to include the Bank and/or any of its parents, subsidiaries or affiliates, predecessors, successors or assigns, and its and their respective current and/or former partners, directors, shareholders/stockholders, officers, employees, attorneys and/or agents, all both individually and in their official capacities), from any and all actions or causes of action, suits, claims, complaints, contracts, liabilities, agreements, promises, torts, debts, damages, controversies, judgments, rights and demands, whether existing or contingent, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, which arise out of your employment with, change in employment status with, and/or separation of employment from, the Bank. This release is intended by you to be all encompassing and to act as a full and total release of any claims, whether specifically enumerated herein or not, that you may have or have had against the Bank Releasees arising from conduct occurring up to and through the date of this Agreement, including, but not limited to. any claims arising from any federal, state or local law, regulation or constitution dealing with either employment, employment benefits or employment discrimination such as those laws or regulations concerning discrimination on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, age, sex, sex harassment, sexual orientation, national origin, ancestry, genetic carrier status, handicap or disability, veteran status, any military service or application for military service, or any other category protected under federal or state law; any contract, whether oral or written, express or implied, including without limitation, any letter offering employment and any stock option agreement(s); any tort; any claim for equity or other benefits; or any other statutory and/or common law claim. You not only release and discharge the Bank Releasees from any and all claims as stated above that you could make on your own behalf or on behalf of others, but also those claims that might be made by any other person or organization on your behalf, and you specifically waive any right to recover any damage awards as a member of any class in a case in which any claim(s) against the Bank Releasees are made involving any matters. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Release is not intended to and does not release any rights you may have to workers’ compensation benefits, unemployment benefits, vested pension or retirement benefits, vested or such other rights as are non-waivable by you as a matter of law.


4. Waiver of Rights and Claims Under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 : Since you are 40 years of age or older, you are being informed that you have or may have specific rights and/or claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (ADEA) and you agree that:

(a) in consideration for the amounts described in Section 2 of this Agreement, which you are not otherwise entitled to receive, you specifically and voluntarily waive such rights and/or claims under the ADEA you might have against the Bank Releasees to the extent such rights and/or claims arose prior to the date this Agreement was executed;

(b) you understand that rights or claims under the ADEA which may arise after the date this Agreement is executed are not waived by you;

(c) you are advised that you have at least 21 days within which to consider the terms of this Agreement and to consult with or seek advice from an attorney of your choice or any-other person of your choosing prior to executing this Agreement, and you acknowledge that you have not been subject to any undue or improper influence interfering with the exercise of your free will in deciding whether to consult with counsel;

(d) you are further advised that you may revoke your acceptance of the terms of this Agreement for a period of 7 days after you sign it;

(e) you have carefully read and fully understand all of the provisions of this Agreement, and you knowingly and voluntarily agree to all of the terms set forth in this Agreement; and

(f) in entering into this Agreement you are not relying on any representation, promise or inducement made by the Bank or its attorneys with the exception of those promises described in this document.

5. Period for Review and Consideration of Agreement :

(a) You acknowledge that you were informed and understand that you have twenty-one (21) days to review this Agreement and consider its terms before signing it.

(b) The 21 -day review period will not be affected or extended by any revisions, whether material or immaterial, that might be made to this Agreement.


6. Accord and Satisfaction : The payments set forth herein shall be complete and unconditional payment, settlement, accord and/or satisfaction with respect to all obligations and liabilities of the Bank Releasees to you, including, without limitation, all claims for back wages, salary, vacation pay, draws, incentive pay, bonuses, stock and stock options, commissions, severance pay, reimbursement of expenses, motor vehicle expenses, moving expenses, any and all other forms of compensation or benefits, attorney’s fees, or other costs or sums.

7. Bank Files, Documents and Other Property : You agree that on or before the Termination Date you will return to the Bank all Bank property and materials and any and all other information or property previously or currently held or used by you that is or was related to your employment with the Bank (‘“Bank Property”). You represent that you have not and will not take by download or otherwise any Bank Property. You agree that in the event that you discover any Bank Property in your possession, whether in electronic form or otherwise, after the Termination Date, you will immediately return such materials to the Bank.

8. Future Conduct :

(a) Nondisparagement : You agree not to make disparaging comments to any person or entity concerning the Bank, its officers, directors or employees; the products, services or programs provided or to be provided by the Bank; the business affairs, operation, management or the financial condition of the Bank; or the circumstances surrounding your employment and/or separation of employment from the Bank.

(b) Confidentiality of this Agreement : You agree that you shall not disclose, divulge or publish, directly or indirectly, any information regarding the substance, terms or existence of this Agreement and/or any discussion or negotiations relating to this Agreement, to any person or organization other than your immediate family and accountants or attorneys when such disclosure is necessary for the accountants or attorneys to render professional services. Prior to any such disclosure that you may make, you shall secure from your attorney or accountant their agreement to maintain the confidentiality of such matters.

(c) Disclosures : Nothing herein shall prohibit or bar you from providing truthful testimony in any legal proceeding or in communicating with any governmental agency or representative or from making any truthful disclosure required, authorized or permitted under law; provided, however, that in providing such testimony or making such disclosures or communications, you will use your best efforts to ensure that this Section is complied with to the maximum extent possible. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall bar or prohibit you from contacting, seeking assistance from or participating in any proceeding before any federal or state administrative agency to the extent permitted by applicable federal, state and/or local law. However, you nevertheless will be prohibited to the fullest extent authorized by law from obtaining monetary damages in any agency proceeding in which you do so participate.


9. Representations and Governing Law :

(a) This Agreement sets forth the complete and sole agreement between the parties and supersedes any and all other agreements or understandings, whether oral or written, regarding the subject matter contained herein; provided, however, that this Section 9 will not apply to the Non-Solicitation and Non-Disclosure Agreement between you and the Bank, which shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. This Agreement may not be changed, amended, modified, altered or rescinded except upon the express written consent of the Bank and you.

(b) If any provision of this Agreement, or part thereof, is held invalid, void or voidable as against public policy or otherwise, the invalidity shall not affect other provisions, or parts thereof, which may be given effect without the invalid provision or part. To this extent, the provisions and parts thereof of this Agreement are declared to be severable. Any waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement unless expressly so indicated otherwise. The language of all parts of this Agreement shall in all cases be construed according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against either of the parties.

(c) This Agreement and any claims arising out of this Agreement (or any other claims arising out of the relationship between the parties) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and shall in all respects be interpreted, enforced and governed under the internal and domestic laws of Massachusetts, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws of such state.

(d) You represent that you have not been subject to any retaliation or any other form of adverse action by the Bank Releasees for any action taken by you as an employee of the Bank or resulting from your exercise of or attempt to exercise any statutory rights recognized under federal, state or local law.

(e) You may not assign any of your rights or delegate any of your duties under this Agreement. The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Bank’s successors and assigns.

10. Effective Date : After signing this letter, you may revoke this Agreement for a period of seven (7) days following said execution. The Agreement shall not become effective or enforceable and no payments will be made pursuant to this Agreement until this revocation period has expired (“Effective Date’*).

If this letter correctly states the agreement and understanding we have reached, please indicate your acceptance by countersigning the enclosed copy and returning it to me.

 

Very truly yours.
Randolph Bancorp and Randolph Savings Bank
By:  

 

Title:  

 


I REPRESENT THAT I HAVE READ THE FOREGOING AGREEMENT, THAT I FULLY UNDERSTAND THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH AGREEMENT AND THAT I AM KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY EXECUTING THE SAME. IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT, I DO NOT RELY ON ANY REPRESENTATION, PROMISE OR INDUCEMENT MADE BY THE BANK OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE CONSIDERATION DESCRIBED IN THIS DOCUMENT.

 

Accepted and Agreed to:

 

James P. McDonough

Date:                     


IF YOU DO NOT WISH TO USE THE 21-DAY PERIOD,

PLEASE CAREFULLY REVIEW AND SIGN THIS DOCUMENT

I, James P. McDonough, acknowledge that I was informed and understand that I have 21 days within which to consider the attached Severance Agreement and Release, have been advised of my right to consult with an attorney regarding such Agreement and have considered carefully every provision of the Agreement, and that after having engaged in those actions, I prefer to and am requesting to enter into the Agreement prior to the expiration of the 21 day period.

 

Dated:  

 

   

 

      James P. McDonough


EXHIBIT B

NON-SOLICITATION AND NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration my employment or continued employment with Randolph Bancorp and Randolph Savings Bank (collectively the “Bank”), and for other good and valuable consideration, I hereby covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Non-Disclosure

1.1 I agree that I will not, at any time, whether during or after the termination of my employment, without first obtaining the written approval of the Bank’s Board of Directors, or of such officer or individual as the Board of Directors of the Bank may from time to time designate, divulge or disclose to any person or entity outside of the Bank, whether by private communications or by public address or publication, or otherwise, any confidential information, except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to perform my duties and fulfill my responsibilities as an employee of the confidential information. All original and copies of any confidential information or other written materials relating to the business of the Bank, however and whenever produced, shall be the sole property of the Bank and shall be surrendered by me to the Bank upon termination of my employment.

1.2 I shall keep confidential all matters entrusted to me and shall not use or attempt to use any confidential information, including confidential information related to third parties which the Bank is obligated to maintain as confidential, except as may be required in the ordinary course of performing my duties as an employee of the Bank, nor shall I use any confidential information in any manner which may injure or cause loss or may be calculated to injure or cause loss to the Bank, whether directly or indirectly.

ARTICLE II

Non-Solicitation Of Customers

2.1 I agree that during the Restriction Term, regardless of the reasons for my termination from employment, I will not directly or indirectly, alone or as a consultant, partner, officer, director, employee, joint venturer, lender or stockholder of any entity, solicit or do business in any banking or similar capacity with any customer of the Bank who was a Bank customer during the course of my employment with the Bank.

ARTICLE III

Non-Solicitation Of Employees

3.1 I agree that during the Restriction Term, regardless of the reasons for my termination, I will not directly or indirectly, alone or as a consultant, partner, officer, director, employee, joint venturer, lender or stockholder of any entity, recruit, solicit or hire any Bank employee, agent, representative or consultant.


ARTICLE IV

Non-interference with Bank Management or Corporate Governance

4.1 I agree that for a period of one (1) year following my separation from the Bank, regardless of the reasons for my termination, I will refrain from directly or indirectly participating or attempting to participate in. interfering with or influencing the management or corporate governance of the Bank.

ARTICLE V

Bank Property

5.1 I agree that during my employment I shall not make, use or permit to be used any Bank Property otherwise than for the benefit of the Bank. The term “Bank Property” shall include all notes, memoranda, reports, lists, records, rolodexes. business plans, software programs, marketing plans, customer lists, credit and/or calling cards, keys, access cards, documentation or other materials of any nature and in any form, whether written, printed, electronic or in digital format or otherwise, relating to any matter within the scope of the business of the Bank or concerning any of its dealings or affairs, and any other Bank property in my possession, custody or control. I further agree that I shall not. after the termination of my employment, use or permit others to use any such Bank Property. I acknowledge and agree that all Bank Property shall be and remain the sole and exclusive property of the Bank. Immediately upon the termination of my employment I shall deliver all Bank Property in my possession, and all copies thereof, to the Bank.

ARTICLE VI

Employment At-Will

6.1 I understand that this Agreement does not alter my status as an “at-will” employee of the Bank. Accordingly, I understand that either the Bank or I may terminate my employment at any time, for any or no reason, with or without prior notice, subject, however, to the terms and conditions of that certain employment letter between me and the Bank dated March 2013.

ARTICLE VII

General Provisions

7.1 I agree that this Agreement shall be binding upon me irrespective of the duration of my employment or other association with the Bank, the reasons for the cessation of my employment or other association with the Bank, or the amount of my wages and/or salary.

7.2 This Agreement sets forth the complete, sole and entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter herein and supersedes any and all other agreements, negotiations, discussions, proposals, or understandings, whether oral or written, previously entered into, discussed or considered by the parties. No modification or variation to this Agreement shall be deemed valid unless in writing and signed by the Bank’s Board of Directors.


7.3 This Agreement shall be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives, and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Bank. 1 shall not assign this Agreement.

7.4 I agree that any breach of this Agreement by me will cause irreparable damage to the Bank and in the event of such breach the Bank shall have, in addition to any and all remedies of law. the right to an injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief to prevent the violations of my obligations hereunder.

7.5 Any waiver by the Bank of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of such provision or any other provision hereof.

7.6 I agree that each provision and the subparts of each provision herein shall be treated as a separate and independent clause, and the unenforceability of any one clause shall in no way impair the enforceability of any of the other clauses of the Agreement. Moreover, if one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to scope, activity, subject or otherwise, so as to be unenforceable by law, such provision or provisions shall be construed by the appropriate judicial body by limiting or reducing it or them, so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent compatible with the applicable law as it shall then appear. I hereby further agree that the language of all parts of this agreement shall in all cases be construed as a whole according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against either of the parties.

7.7 I acknowledge and agree that this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and shall in all respects be interpreted, enforced and governed under the internal and domestic laws of such state, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws of such state.

I REPRESENT THAT I HAVE READ THE FOREGOING AGREEMENT, THAT I FULLY UNDERSTAND THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH AGREEMENT AND THAT I AM KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT. NO PROMISES OR REPRESENTATIONS (OTHER THAN THE REPRESENTATIONS SET FORTH HEREIN) HAVE BEEN MADE TO ME TO INDUCE ME TO SIGN THIS AGREEMENT.

 

Name:           
 

 

James P. McDonough

        
Employee:          Date:  
 

 

Signature

        

Exhibit 10.4

AGREEMENT

This Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into by and between Randolph Savings Bank (the “Bank”) and Peter J. Fraser (the “Employee”). The effectiveness of this Agreement is contingent upon the closing (the “Closing”) of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger among Randolph Bancorp, First Eastern Bankshares Corporation (the “Seller Company”), and Richard F. Kalagher, dated as of September 1, 2015 (the “Merger Agreement”). This Agreement shall be effective upon the date of the Closing (the “Effective Date”).

1. Purpose . The Employee has been employed in a senior capacity by First Federal Savings Bank of Boston (the “Seller Subsidiary”), which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Seller Company. The Board of Directors of the Bank (the “Board”) believes that the Employee has the skills, knowledge and experience to be an important and effective contributor to the Bank’s success. The Board seeks to encourage the Employee’s employment with and commitment to the Bank. The Board also seeks to protect the goodwill that the Employee has developed for the Seller Subsidiary and will continue to develop for the Bank through the Employee’s employment with the Bank.

2. Certain Employment Terms . The Employee’s employment with the Bank shall commence on the Effective Date. The following terms shall apply to the Employee’s compensation and employment responsibilities during the Employee’s employment with the Bank.

(a) Position and Responsibilities . The Bank shall employ the Employee as a Senior Vice President. The Employee shall also have the job title of President of First Eastern Mortgage Corp. The Employee shall have responsibilities commensurate with such positions.

(b) Salary . The Bank shall pay the Employee a base salary at an annual rate of at least $200,000.

(c) Bonus . The Employee shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus based on the profitability formula attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A (the “Bonus”). The Bank shall pay such a bonus to the Employee by no later than April 30 of the year following the year for which the profitability measurement is made.

(d) Car Allowance . The Bank shall pay the Employee an additional amount of $750 per month to assist in defraying the cost of an automobile. Such allowance shall be treated as Form W-2 income.

(e) Benefits . The Bank shall provide benefits to the Employee in accordance with Sections 7.6(a) – (f) of the Merger Agreement, which Sections are incorporated herein by reference.

3. At-Will Employment . The Bank’s employment of the Employee shall be on an at-will basis; provided that (i) the Employee shall give at least 30 days’ notice of the Employee’s resignation from employment with the Bank; and (ii) the at-will nature of the Employee’s employment shall not limit the Employee’s rights under Section 4 (Severance Pay). If the Employee gives advance notice of the Employee’s resignation, the Bank may accelerate the


termination of the Employee’s employment by paying the Employee’s salary at the Employee’s base salary rate for any period of acceleration. Such accelerated resignation shall not affect the treatment of the Employee’s termination as a resignation.

4. Severance Pay . If prior to the five year anniversary of the Effective Date, the Employee’s employment is terminated by the Bank for any reason other than for Cause, Disability or death, or if the Employee resigns for Good Reason, then subject to the Employee signing a separation agreement to be proposed by the Bank, which shall be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B , amended as reasonably necessary based on applicable law (the “Separation Agreement and Release”) and the Separation Agreement and Release becoming irrevocable, all within 45 days after the date of termination, the Bank shall pay to the Employee a severance amount equal to two times the sum of (i) the Employee’s annual base salary as of the date of termination and (ii) the Average Bonus (such total amount, the “Severance Pay”). The Average Bonus shall mean the average of the Bank’s two most recent awards of a Bonus (as defined in this Agreement) to the Employee. If the termination occurs after one Bonus award but not two, the Average Bonus shall mean such Bonus award. If the termination occurs before any Bonus award by the Bank, the Bank shall determine the Average Bonus in its reasonable discretion. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Bank makes a determination to award no Bonus to the Employee for a year, such determination shall be considered to result in a Bonus award of Zero Dollars and that shall be the amount used in calculating the Average Bonus. The Severance Pay shall be paid in a lump sum within 45 days of the date of termination; provided , however, that if the 45-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the Severance Pay shall be paid in the second calendar year no later than the last day of such 45-day period. In the event that the Bank converts from a mutual form of organization to a stock form of organization (a “Conversion”) and if in connection with the Conversion the Bank offers to at least one other senior officer an agreement (a “CIC Agreement”) under which such senior officer shall be entitled to receive severance pay subject to certain contingencies and based on a severance pay formula (“CIC Severance Benefits”), the Employee shall, subject to his continued employment at such time, be given the opportunity to receive a CIC Agreement; provided that regardless of whether so stated in such CIC Agreement, if the Employee qualifies for both the Severance Pay and the CIC Severance Benefits, he may elect either the Severance Pay or the CIC Severance Benefits but not both.

5. Definitions . For purposes hereof, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(a) “Cause” shall mean a termination of the Employee’s employment which is a result of: (i) actions and/or omissions by the Employee satisfying the elements of (A) a felony or (B) a misdemeanor involving dishonesty, the taking of property or moral turpitude; or (ii) willful disclosure of material trade secrets or other material confidential information related to the business of the Bank or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; or (iii) willful and continued failure substantially to perform the Employee’s duties with the Bank (other than any such failure resulting from the Employee’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness) after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Employee by the Board, which demand identifies the specific actions which the Board believes constitute willful and continued failure substantially to perform the Employee’s duties, and which performance is not substantially corrected by the Employee within fourteen (14) days of receipt of such demand; (iv) willful and

 

2


knowing participation in releasing false or materially misleading financial statements; (v) dishonesty to the Board regarding any material matter; or (vi) failure to cooperate with a bona fide internal investigation or an investigation by regulatory or law enforcement authorities, after being instructed by the Bank to cooperate, or the Employee’s willful destruction or failure to preserve documents or other materials known to be relevant to such investigation or the inducement of others to fail to cooperate or to produce documents or other materials in connection with such investigation.

(b) “Disability” shall mean that if, as a result of the Employee’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, the Employee shall have been absent from the Employee’s duties to the Bank on a full-time basis for 120 business days in the aggregate in any 12 month period or is reasonably expected based upon medical information to be absent for such period. If any question shall arise as to whether during any period the Employee has a Disability, the Employee may, and at the request of the Bank shall, submit to the Bank a certification in reasonable detail by a physician selected by the Bank to whom the Employee has no reasonable objection as to whether the Employee is incapacitated and how long any incapacity is expected to continue. Such certification shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, be conclusive of the issue. The Employee shall cooperate with any reasonable request of the physician in connection with such certification. If such question shall arise and the Employee fails to submit such certification, the Bank’s determination of such issue shall be binding on the Employee.

(c) “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events (each, a “Good Reason Condition”) followed by the Good Reason Process, as defined below: (i) a material adverse change in the Employee’s position, title and/or responsibilities; or (ii) a material reduction in the Employee’s (A) annual base salary as in effect on the date hereof or as the same may be increased from time to time hereafter, except for across-the-board reductions of annual base salary similarly affecting all executive officers of the Bank or (B) bonus structure as set forth in Exhibit A; or (iii) the relocation of the Bank’s offices at which the Employee is principally employed (the “Current Offices”) to any other location more than 25 miles of driving distance from the Current Offices, or the requirement by the Bank for the Employee to be based more than 25 miles of driving distance away from the Current Offices, except for required travel on the Bank’s business to an extent substantially consistent with the Employee’s business travel obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a suspension of any or all of Employee’s duties or responsibilities by the Bank during an investigation that is initiated pursuant to a direction by the Board shall not constitute the occurrence of a material adverse change for purposes of clause (i); provided that Employee’s base salary and fringe benefit entitlements continue during the period of such suspension. The “Good Reason Process” shall mean that (i) the Employee reasonably determines in good faith that a Good Reason Condition has occurred; (ii) the Employee gives the Bank written notice of the first occurrence of the Good Reason Condition within 30 days of the first occurrence of such condition; (C) the Employee cooperates in good faith with the Bank’s efforts for a period of not less than 30 days following such notice (the “Cure Period”) to remedy the Good Reason Condition; (D) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason Condition continues to exist; and (E) the Employee terminates employment by giving written notice no later than 30 days after the expiration of the Cure Period. If the Bank cures the Good Reason Condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred.

 

3


6. Withholding . All payments made by the Bank under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Bank under applicable law.

7. No Mitigation . The Bank agrees that, if the Employee’s employment by the Bank is terminated prior to the five year anniversary of the Effective Date, the Employee is not required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to reduce the Severance Pay. Further, the Severance Pay shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by the Employee as the result of employment by another employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be owed by the Employee to the Bank or otherwise, except as otherwise provided by this Agreement.

8. Confidential Information, Bank Property and Restrictive Covenants .

(a) Confidential Information . As used in this Agreement, “Confidential Information” means information belonging to the Bank which is of value to the Bank in the course of conducting its business and the disclosure of which could result in a competitive or other disadvantage to the Bank. Confidential Information includes, without limitation, financial information, reports, and forecasts; inventions, improvements and other intellectual property; trade secrets; know-how; software; market or sales information or plans; customer lists; and business plans, prospects and opportunities (such as possible acquisitions or dispositions of businesses or facilities) which have been discussed or considered by the management of the Bank. Confidential Information includes information developed by the Employee in the course of the Employee’s employment by the Seller Subsidiary or the Bank, as well as other information to which the Employee may have access in connection with the Employee’s employment. Confidential Information also includes the confidential information of others with which the Bank has a business relationship. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information does not include information in the public domain, unless due to breach of the Employee’s duties under Section 8(b).

(b) Confidentiality . The Employee understands and agrees that the Employee’s employment creates a relationship of confidence and trust between the Employee and the Bank with respect to all Confidential Information. At all times, both during the Employee’s employment with the Bank and after its termination, the Employee will keep in confidence and trust all such Confidential Information, and will not use or disclose any such Confidential Information without the written consent of the Bank, except as may be necessary in the ordinary course of performing the Employee’s duties to the Bank or as otherwise may be required by law.

(c) Documents, Records, etc . All documents, records, data, apparatus, equipment and other physical property, whether or not pertaining to Confidential Information, which are furnished to the Employee by the Bank or any affiliate or are produced by the Employee in connection with the Employee’s employment will be and remain the sole property of the Bank. The Employee will return to the Bank all such materials and property as and when requested by the Bank. In any event, the Employee will return all such materials and property promptly following termination of the Employee’s employment for any reason other than death. The Employee will not retain with the Employee any such material or property or any copies thereof after such termination.

 

4


(d) Restrictive Covenants . During the Employee’s employment with the Bank and for a period of twelve (12) months following the termination of the Employee’s employment for any reason, the Employee shall not, directly or indirectly:

(i) engage, participate, assist or invest in any Competing Business (as hereinafter defined), regardless of whether as an owner, partner, shareholder, consultant, agent, employee, co-venturer or otherwise;

(ii) employ, attempt to employ, recruit or otherwise solicit, induce or influence any person (A) who is then employed by the Bank or any affiliate to leave employment with the Bank or any affiliate (other than terminations of employment of subordinate employees undertaken in the course of the Employee’s employment with the Bank) or (B) who was employed by the Bank or any affiliate within three (3) months before the Employee’s employment, recruitment or other solicitation or inducement to become employed by any other employer; or

(iii) (A) solicit or encourage any Customer to terminate or otherwise modify adversely his, her or its business relationship with the Bank or any affiliate or to obtain from any provider other than the Bank (an “Other Provider”) any products that could be provided or services that could be performed by the Bank, or (B) accept business from any Customer on behalf of an Other Provider. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Customer” means a customer or client of the Bank with whom or which the Employee had business-related communications during the Employee’s employment with the Bank or about whom or which the Employee learned any non-published information during the Employee’s employment.

The Employee understands that the restrictions set forth in this Section 6(d) are intended to protect the Bank’s interest in its Confidential Information and established employee, customer and supplier relationships and goodwill, and agrees that such restrictions are reasonable and appropriate for this purpose. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Competing Business” shall mean any bank or other financial services business that has a branch office or other place of business (other than solely an ATM) in any county in which the Bank has a branch office or other place of business. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employee may own up to one percent (1%) of the outstanding stock of a publicly held corporation which constitutes or is affiliated with a Competing Business.

(e) Injunction . The Employee agrees that it would be difficult to measure any damages caused to the Bank which might result from any breach by the Employee of the promises set forth in this Section 8, and that in any event money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any such breach. Accordingly, subject to Section 9 of this Agreement, the Employee agrees that if the Employee breaches, or proposes to breach, any portion of this Section 8, the Bank shall be entitled, in addition to all other remedies that it may have, to an injunction or other appropriate equitable relief to restrain any such breach.

9. Arbitration of Disputes . Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof or otherwise relating to the Employee’s employment with the Bank or its termination, including without limitation statutory claims (including without

 

5


limitation statutory discrimination or wage claims) and common law contract and tort claims shall be settled exclusively by arbitration in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the Employment Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Such arbitration shall be conducted in the City of Boston. In the event that any person or entity other than the Employee or the Bank may be a party with regard to any such controversy or claim, such controversy or claim shall be submitted to arbitration subject to such other person or entity’s agreement. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 9 shall not preclude either party from pursuing a court action for the sole purpose of obtaining a temporary restraining order or a preliminary injunction in circumstances in which such relief is appropriate; provided that any other relief shall be pursued through an arbitration proceeding pursuant to this Section 9.

10. Waiver . No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of either party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by either party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

11. Notices . Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the Employee at the last address the Employee has filed in writing with the Bank, or to the Bank at its main office, attention of the Board.

12. Effect on Other Plans . The Employee hereby waives any rights to any severance benefits under any current or future Bank severance pay plan or program with respect to any termination of employment that renders the Employee eligible for Severance Pay pursuant to this Agreement; provided, however, that nothing in this paragraph shall limit the Employee’s right to elect to receive CIC Severance Benefits in lieu of Severance Pay under any CIC Agreement. Subject to such waiver, nothing else in this Agreement shall otherwise limit the rights of the Employee under the Bank’s benefit plans, programs or policies An election by the Employee to resign for Good Reason under the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed a voluntary termination of employment by the Employee for the purpose of interpreting the provisions of any of the Bank’s benefit plans, programs or policies.

13. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes in all respects all prior agreements between the parties concerning such subject matter.

14. Amendment . This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Employee and by a duly authorized representative of the Bank.

15. Governing Law . This contract shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to such state’s conflicts of laws principles.

 

6


16. Obligations of Successors . The Bank shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Bank to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place .

17. Additional Limitation . Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that any compensation, payment or distribution by the Bank to or for the benefit of the Employee, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (the “Severance Payments”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), then the benefits payable under this Agreement shall be reduced (but not below zero) to the extent necessary so that the maximum Severance Payments shall not exceed the Threshold Amount, as defined below. To the extent that there is more than one method of reducing the payments to bring them within the Threshold Amount, the Employee shall determine which method shall be followed; provided that if the Employee fails to make such determination within 15 business days after the Bank has sent the Employee written notice of the need for such reduction, the Bank may determine the amount of such reduction in its sole discretion.

The “Threshold Amount” shall mean three times the Employee’s “base amount” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder less one dollar ($1.00); and “Excise Tax” shall mean the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, and any interest or penalties incurred by the Employee with respect to such excise tax.

18. Section 409A .

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Employee’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the Bank determines that the Employee is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Employee becomes entitled to under this Agreement would be considered deferred compensation subject to the 20 percent additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after the Employee’s separation from service, or (B) the Employee’s death; provided, however, that in the case of benefits, the Employee may elect to pay for the costs of such benefits during such delay period in exchange for reimbursement of such costs after the end of the delay period. Any such delayed cash payment shall earn interest at an annual rate equal to the applicable federal short-term rate published by the Internal Revenue Service for the month in which the date of separation from service occurs, from such date of separation from service until the payment.

(b) The parties intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A of the Code. The parties agree that this Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A of the Code and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party.

 

7


(c) To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Employee’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Employee’s “separation from service.” The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

(d) The Bank makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Employee or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as a sealed instrument by the Bank by its duly authorized officer, and by the Employee, as of the Effective Date.

 

Randolph Savings Bank
By:  

/s/ James P. McDonough

  James P. McDonough
  President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Peter J. Fraser

Peter J. Fraser

 

[Signature page to Agreement with Peter J. Fraser]


EXHIBIT A

BONUS FORMULA


EXHIBIT B

SEPARATION AGREEMENT AND RELEASE

I enter into this Separation Agreement and Release (the “Release”) pursuant to Section 4 of the Agreement between Randolph Savings Bank (the “Bank”) and me (the “Agreement”), which Agreement was effective as of the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger between Randolph Bancorp and First Eastern Bankshares Corporation (the “Seller Company”), dated as of September 1, 2015 (the “Merger Agreement”). I acknowledge my timely execution and return and my non-revocation of this Release are conditions to the payment of the Severance Pay in Section 4 of the Agreement. I therefore agree to the following terms:

1. Release of Claims . I voluntarily release and forever discharge the Bank, its affiliated and related entities, its predecessors, successors and assigns, its employee benefit plans and fiduciaries of such plans, and the current and former officers, directors, shareholders, employees, attorneys, accountants and agents of any and all of the foregoing in their official and personal capacities (collectively referred to as the “Releasees”) generally from all claims, demands, debts, damages and liabilities of every name and nature, known or unknown (“Claims”) that, as of the date when I sign this Release, I have, ever had, now claim to have or ever claimed to have had against any or all of the Releasees. This includes, without limitation, the release of all Claims:

 

  relating to my employment by the Bank and the termination of my employment;

 

  of wrongful discharge;

 

  of breach of contract;

 

  of retaliation or discrimination under federal, state or local law (including, without limitation, Claims of age discrimination or retaliation under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, Claims of disability discrimination or retaliation under the Americans with Disabilities Act, Claims of discrimination or retaliation under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and Claims of any form of discrimination or retaliation that is prohibited by the Massachusetts General Laws Chapter 151B);

 

  under any other federal or state statute;

 

  of defamation or other torts;

 

  of violation of public policy;

 

  for wages, bonuses, incentive compensation, vacation pay or any other compensation or benefits, either under the Massachusetts Wage Act, M.G.L. c. 149, §§ 148-150C, or otherwise; and

 

  for damages or other remedies of any sort, including, without limitation, compensatory damages, punitive damages, injunctive relief and attorney’s fees;

provided , however, that this release shall not affect my rights under the Bank’s Section 401(k) plan, any other “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, 29 U.S.C. § 1002(3), my continuing rights under the Agreement (including the right to payment of any bonus for which an award has been determined but has not been paid during the term of employment), any statutory right to earned but unpaid wages, including vacation pay, statutory or common law rights of indemnification or defense for claims against

 

2


me based on my status and conduct as an officer of the Bank under any applicable insurance policy, contracts, governing documents or bylaws. In addition, nothing in this release shall affect my rights arising from any relationship that I may have with the Bank or any affiliated or related entity as a customer or a client. Furthermore, nothing in this release shall affect my rights to pursue Claims against individuals based on actions taken in their personal capacities that are unrelated in any way to my employment with the Bank or its termination.

I agree that I shall not seek or accept damages of any nature, other equitable or legal remedies for my own benefit, attorney’s fees, or costs from any of the Releasees with respect to any Claim released by this Release. I represent that I have not assigned to any third party and I have not filed with any agency or court any Claim released by this Release.

2. Ongoing Obligations . I reaffirm my ongoing obligations under the Employment Agreement, including without limitation my obligations under Section 8 (“Confidential Information, Bank Property and Restrictive Covenants”).

3. Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation . I further agree that for a period of two years from the date of the termination of my employment with the Bank (the “Cooperation Period”), I shall cooperate fully with the Bank in the defense or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought in the future against or on behalf of the Bank which relate to events or occurrences that transpired while I was employed by the Bank. My full cooperation in connection with such claims or actions shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to prepare for discovery or trial and to act as a witness on behalf of the Bank at mutually convenient times. During the Cooperation Period, I shall also cooperate fully with the Bank in connection with any investigation or review of any federal, state or local regulatory authority as any such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while I was employed by the Bank. Any cooperation pursuant to this paragraph is subject to the Bank’s commitment to reimburse me for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with my performance of obligations pursuant to this paragraph, based on the procedures for reimbursement applicable to employee business expense reimbursement under the Bank’s policies. In addition, if the Bank does not offer to provide me with legal services through the Bank’s counsel in connection with such cooperation, either due to such counsel’s determination that joint representation cannot be provided or for any other reason, I may condition my cooperation on the Bank’s agreement to reimburse me for any reasonable attorney’s fees that I incur in the providing any cooperation services pursuant to this paragraph.

4. No Assignment . I represent that I have not assigned to any other person or entity any Claims against any Releasee.

5. Right to Consider and Revoke Release . I acknowledge that I have been given the opportunity to consider this Release for a period ending twenty-one (21) days after the date when it was proposed to me. In the event that I executed this Release within less than twenty-one (21) days after such date, I acknowledge that such decision was entirely voluntary and that I had the opportunity to consider this Release until the end of the twenty-one (21) day period. To accept this Release, I shall deliver a signed Release to the Bank’s most senior Human Resources officer within such twenty-one (21) day period. For a period of seven (7) days from the date when the I execute this Release (the “ Revocation Period ”), I shall retain the right to revoke this Release by

 

3


written notice that is received by such Human Resources officer on or before the last day of the Revocation Period. This Release shall take effect only if it is executed within the twenty-one (21) day period as set forth above and if it is not revoked pursuant to the preceding sentence. If those conditions are satisfied, this Release shall become effective and enforceable on the date immediately following the last day of the Revocation Period (the “ Effective Date ”).

6. Other Terms .

(a) Legal Representation; Review of Release . I acknowledge that I have been advised to discuss all aspects of this Release with my attorney, that I have carefully read and fully understand all of the provisions of this Release and that I am voluntarily entering into this Release.

(b) Binding Nature of Release . This Release shall be binding upon me and upon my heirs, administrators, representatives and executors.

(c) Amendment . This Release may be amended only upon a written agreement executed by the Bank and me.

(d) Severability . In the event that at any future time it is determined by an arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction that any covenant, clause, provision or term of this Release is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions and terms of this Release shall not be affected thereby and the illegal, invalid or unenforceable term or provision shall be severed from the remainder of this Release. In the event of such severance, the remaining covenants shall be binding and enforceable.

(e) Governing Law and Interpretation . This Release shall be deemed to be made and entered into in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and shall in all respects be interpreted, enforced and governed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to the conflict of laws provisions of Massachusetts law. The language of all parts of this Release shall in all cases be construed as a whole, according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against the Bank or me.

(f) Entire Agreement; Absence of Reliance . I acknowledge that I am not relying on any promises or representations by the Bank or any of its agents, representatives or attorneys regarding any subject matter addressed in this Release.

So agreed.

 

 

Peter J. Fraser

   

 

Date

 

4

Exhibit 10.5

AGREEMENT

This Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into by and between Randolph Savings Bank (the “Bank”) and Chris A. Kreidermacher (the “Employee”). The effectiveness of this Agreement is contingent upon the closing (the “Closing”) of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger among Randolph Bancorp, First Eastern Bankshares Corporation (the “Seller Company”), and Richard F. Kalagher, dated as of September 1, 2015 (the “Merger Agreement”). This Agreement shall be effective upon the date of the Closing (the “Effective Date”).

1. Purpose . The Employee has been employed in a senior capacity by First Federal Savings Bank of Boston (the “Seller Subsidiary”), which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Seller Company. The Board of Directors of the Bank (the “Board”) believes that the Employee has the skills, knowledge and experience to be an important and effective contributor to the Bank’s success. The Board seeks to encourage the Employee’s employment with and commitment to the Bank until at least the one year anniversary of the Effective Date (the “Anniversary Date”), during which period the Bank and the Employee shall consider the possibility of future employment.

2. Certain Employment Terms . The Employee’s employment with the Bank shall commence on the Effective Date. The following terms shall apply to the Employee’s compensation and employment responsibilities during the Employee’s employment with the Bank.

(a) Position and Responsibilities . The Bank shall employ the Employee in a management-level position or positions appropriate for an individual of the Employee’s skills, knowledge and experience with responsibilities consistent with such skills, knowledge and experience.

(b) Salary . The Bank shall pay the Employee a base salary at an annual rate equal to the Employee’s annual base salary rate as an employee of the Seller Subsidiary as of the Effective Date.

(c) Bonus . The Employee shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus pursuant to and subject to the terms of any annual short-term incentive plan that is in place for other members of the Bank’s management team.

(d) Benefits . The Bank shall provide benefits to the Employee in accordance with Sections 7.6(a) – (f) of the Merger Agreement, which Sections are incorporated herein by reference.

3. At-Will Employment . The Bank’s employment of the Employee shall be on an at-will basis; provided that (i) for any resignation other than a resignation effective on the Anniversary Date, the Employee shall give at least 30 days’ notice of the Employee’s resignation from employment with the Bank; and (ii) the at-will nature of the Employee’s employment shall not limit the Employee’s rights under Section 4 (Severance Pay). If the Employee gives advance notice of the Employee’s resignation, the Bank may accelerate the termination of the Employee’s employment by paying the Employee’s salary at the Employee’s base salary rate for any period


of acceleration. Such accelerated resignation shall not affect the treatment of the Employee’s termination as a resignation. For a resignation that is effective on the Anniversary Date, the Employee shall give at least seven days’ notice.

4. Severance Pay . If the Bank and the Employee do not agree before the Anniversary Date on mutually satisfactory terms for the Employee’s continued employment with the Bank beyond the Anniversary Date, the Employee may elect to resign effective on the Anniversary Date or be terminated without Cause by the Bank effective on the Anniversary Date, at his election, for the purpose of supporting a potential claim for unemployment benefits subject to applicable law. For the avoidance of doubt, the Employee’s entitlements under this Agreement shall be no greater if the Employee elects to be terminated without Cause by the Bank effective on the Anniversary Date rather than to resign effective on the Anniversary Date. In the event of any such resignation or termination without Cause, then subject to the Employee signing a separation agreement to be proposed by the Bank, which shall be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , amended as reasonably necessary based on applicable law (the “Separation Agreement and Release”) and the Separation Agreement and Release becoming irrevocable, all within 45 days after the date of termination, the Bank shall pay to the Employee a severance amount equal to the Employee’s annual base salary as of the date of termination (the “Base Severance Amount”). If prior to the Anniversary Date, the Employee’s employment is terminated by the Bank for any reason other than for Cause, Disability or death, or if the Employee resigns for Good Reason, then subject to the Employee signing the Separation Agreement and Release and the Separation Agreement and Release becoming irrevocable all within 45 days after the date of termination, the Bank shall pay to the Employee a severance amount equal to the Employee’s base salary as of the date of termination expressed in monthly terms multiplied by the number of months from the date of termination to the two year anniversary of the Effective Date, prorated for partial months (the “Early Termination Severance Amount”). The Base Severance Amount or the Early Termination Severance Amount, whichever is applicable, is referred to as the “Severance Pay.” The Severance Pay shall be paid in a lump sum within 45 days of the date of termination; provided , however, that if the 45-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the Severance Pay shall be paid in the second calendar year no later than the last day of such 45-day period. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) the Employee shall not be entitled to receive both the Base Severance Amount and the Early Termination Severance Amount; and (ii) in the event that during the Employee’s employment before the Anniversary Date, there exists Cause for termination or the Employee dies, the Employee shall not be eligible for Severance Pay.

5. Definitions . For purposes hereof, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(a) “Cause” shall mean a termination of the Employee’s employment which is a result of: (i) actions and/or omissions by the Employee satisfying the elements of (A) a felony or (B) a misdemeanor involving dishonesty, the taking of property or moral turpitude; or (ii) willful disclosure of material trade secrets or other material confidential information related to the business of the Bank or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; or (iii) willful and continued failure substantially to perform the Employee’s duties with the Bank (other than any such failure resulting from the Employee’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness) after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Employee by the Board, which demand

 

2


identifies the specific actions which the Board believes constitute willful and continued failure substantially to perform the Employee’s duties, and which performance is not substantially corrected by the Employee within fourteen (14) days of receipt of such demand; (iv) willful and knowing participation in releasing false or materially misleading financial statements; (v) dishonesty to the Board regarding any material matter; or (vi) failure to cooperate with a bona fide internal investigation or an investigation by regulatory or law enforcement authorities, after being instructed by the Bank to cooperate, or the Employee’s willful destruction or failure to preserve documents or other materials known to be relevant to such investigation or the inducement of others to fail to cooperate or to produce documents or other materials in connection with such investigation.

(b) “Disability” shall mean that if, as a result of the Employee’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, the Employee shall have been absent from the Employee’s duties to the Bank on a full-time basis for 120 business days in the aggregate in any 12 month period or is reasonably expected based upon medical information to be absent for such period. If any question shall arise as to whether during any period the Employee has a Disability, the Employee may, and at the request of the Bank shall, submit to the Bank a certification in reasonable detail by a physician selected by the Bank to whom the Employee has no reasonable objection as to whether the Employee is incapacitated and how long any incapacity is expected to continue. Such certification shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, be conclusive of the issue. The Employee shall cooperate with any reasonable request of the physician in connection with such certification. If such question shall arise and the Employee fails to submit such certification, the Bank’s determination of such issue shall be binding on the Employee.

(c) “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events (each, a “Good Reason Condition”) followed by the Good Reason Process, as defined below: (i) a material adverse change in the Employee’s position and/or responsibilities such that the Employee no longer holds a position with responsibilities appropriate for an individual of the Employee’s skills, knowledge and experience; or (ii) a material reduction in the Employee’s annual base salary as in effect on the date hereof or as the same may be increased from time to time hereafter, except for across-the-board reductions of annual base salary similarly affecting all executive officers of the Bank; or (iii) the removal of the Employee from eligibility for any short-term incentive plan for members of the Bank’s management team for which other members of the Bank’s management team remain eligible or the application to the Employee of adverse changes in such plan’s terms that are not applied generally to other management-level participants; provided that “adverse changes in such plan’s terms” shall not be construed to include changes in bonus targets or good faith determinations of bonus amounts; or (iv) the relocation of the Bank’s offices at which the Employee is principally employed (the “Current Offices”) to any other location more than 25 miles of driving distance from the Current Offices, or the requirement by the Bank for the Employee to be based more than 25 miles of driving distance away from the Employee’s residence as of the Effective Date, except for required travel on the Bank’s business to an extent substantially consistent with the Employee’s business travel obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a suspension of any or all of Employee’s duties or responsibilities by the Bank during an investigation that is initiated pursuant to a direction by the Board shall not constitute the occurrence of a material adverse change for purposes of clause (i); provided that Employee’s base salary and fringe benefit entitlements continue during the period of such suspension. The “Good Reason Process” shall mean that (i) the Employee reasonably

 

3


determines in good faith that a Good Reason Condition has occurred; (ii) the Employee gives the Bank written notice of the first occurrence of the Good Reason Condition within 30 days of the first occurrence of such condition; (C) the Employee cooperates in good faith with the Bank’s efforts for a period of not less than 30 days following such notice (the “Cure Period”) to remedy the Good Reason Condition; (D) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason Condition continues to exist; and (E) the Employee terminates employment by giving written notice no later than 30 days after the expiration of the Cure Period. If the Bank cures the Good Reason Condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred.

6. Withholding . All payments made by the Bank under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Bank under applicable law.

7. No Mitigation . The Bank agrees that, if the Employee’s employment by the Bank is terminated prior to the Anniversary Date, the Employee is not required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to reduce the Severance Pay. Further, the Severance Pay shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by the Employee as the result of employment by another employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be owed by the Employee to the Bank or otherwise, except as otherwise provided by this Agreement.

8. Confidential Information and Bank Property .

(a) Confidential Information . As used in this Agreement, “Confidential Information” means information belonging to the Bank which is of value to the Bank in the course of conducting its business and the disclosure of which could result in a competitive or other disadvantage to the Bank. Confidential Information includes, without limitation, financial information, reports, and forecasts; inventions, improvements and other intellectual property; trade secrets; know-how; software; market or sales information or plans; customer lists; and business plans, prospects and opportunities (such as possible acquisitions or dispositions of businesses or facilities) which have been discussed or considered by the management of the Bank. Confidential Information includes information developed by the Employee in the course of the Employee’s employment by the Seller Subsidiary or the Bank, as well as other information to which the Employee may have access in connection with the Employee’s employment. Confidential Information also includes the confidential information of others with which the Bank has a business relationship. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information does not include information in the public domain, unless due to breach of the Employee’s duties under Section 8(b).

(b) Confidentiality . The Employee understands and agrees that the Employee’s employment creates a relationship of confidence and trust between the Employee and the Bank with respect to all Confidential Information. At all times, both during the Employee’s employment with the Bank and after its termination, the Employee will keep in confidence and trust all such Confidential Information, and will not use or disclose any such Confidential Information without the written consent of the Bank, except as may be necessary in the ordinary course of performing the Employee’s duties to the Bank or as otherwise may be required by law.

 

4


(c) Documents, Records, etc . All documents, records, data, apparatus, equipment and other physical property, whether or not pertaining to Confidential Information, which are furnished to the Employee by the Bank or any affiliate or are produced by the Employee in connection with the Employee’s employment will be and remain the sole property of the Bank. The Employee will return to the Bank all such materials and property as and when requested by the Bank. In any event, the Employee will return all such materials and property promptly following termination of the Employee’s employment for any reason other than death. The Employee will not retain with the Employee any such material or property or any copies thereof after such termination.

(d) Injunction . The Employee agrees that it would be difficult to measure any damages caused to the Bank which might result from any breach by the Employee of the promises set forth in this Section 8, and that in any event money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any such breach. Accordingly, subject to Section 9 of this Agreement, the Employee agrees that if the Employee breaches, or proposes to breach, any portion of this Section 8, the Bank shall be entitled, in addition to all other remedies that it may have, to an injunction or other appropriate equitable relief to restrain any such breach.

9. Arbitration of Disputes . Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof or otherwise relating to the Employee’s employment with the Bank or its termination, including without limitation statutory claims (including without limitation statutory discrimination or wage claims) and common law contract and tort claims shall be settled exclusively by arbitration in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the Employment Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Such arbitration shall be conducted in the City of Boston. In the event that any person or entity other than the Employee or the Bank may be a party with regard to any such controversy or claim, such controversy or claim shall be submitted to arbitration subject to such other person or entity’s agreement. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 9 shall not preclude either party from pursuing a court action for the sole purpose of obtaining a temporary restraining order or a preliminary injunction in circumstances in which such relief is appropriate; provided that any other relief shall be pursued through an arbitration proceeding pursuant to this Section 9.

10. Waiver . No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of either party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by either party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

11. Notices . Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the Employee at the last address the Employee has filed in writing with the Bank, or to the Bank at its main office, attention of the Board.

12. Effect on Other Plans . The Employee hereby waives any rights to any severance benefits under any current or future Bank severance pay plan or program with respect to any

 

5


termination of employment that renders the Employee eligible for Severance Pay pursuant to this Agreement. Subject to such waiver, nothing else in this Agreement shall otherwise limit the rights of the Employee under the Bank’s benefit plans, programs or policies An election by the Employee to resign for Good Reason under the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed a voluntary termination of employment by the Employee for the purpose of interpreting the provisions of any of the Bank’s benefit plans, programs or policies.

13. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes in all respects all prior agreements between the parties concerning such subject matter.

14. Amendment . This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Employee and by a duly authorized representative of the Bank.

15. Governing Law . This contract shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to such state’s conflicts of laws principles.

16. Obligations of Successors . The Bank shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Bank to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

17. Additional Limitation . Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that any compensation, payment or distribution by the Bank to or for the benefit of the Employee, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (the “Severance Payments”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), then the benefits payable under this Agreement shall be reduced (but not below zero) to the extent necessary so that the maximum Severance Payments shall not exceed the Threshold Amount, as defined below. To the extent that there is more than one method of reducing the payments to bring them within the Threshold Amount, the Employee shall determine which method shall be followed; provided that if the Employee fails to make such determination within 15 business days after the Bank has sent the Employee written notice of the need for such reduction, the Bank may determine the amount of such reduction in its sole discretion.

The “Threshold Amount” shall mean three times the Employee’s “base amount” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder less one dollar ($1.00); and “Excise Tax” shall mean the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, and any interest or penalties incurred by the Employee with respect to such excise tax.

18. Section 409A .

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Employee’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the Bank determines that the Employee is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Employee

 

6


becomes entitled to under this Agreement would be considered deferred compensation subject to the 20 percent additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after the Employee’s separation from service, or (B) the Employee’s death; provided, however, that in the case of benefits, the Employee may elect to pay for the costs of such benefits during such delay period in exchange for reimbursement of such costs after the end of the delay period. Any such delayed cash payment shall earn interest at an annual rate equal to the applicable federal short-term rate published by the Internal Revenue Service for the month in which the date of separation from service occurs, from such date of separation from service until the payment.

(b) The parties intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A of the Code. The parties agree that this Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A of the Code and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party.

(c) To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Employee’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Employee’s “separation from service.” The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

(d) The Bank makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Employee or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as a sealed instrument by the Bank by its duly authorized officer, and by the Employee, as of the Effective Date.

 

Randolph Savings Bank
By:  

/s/ James P. McDonough

  James P. McDonough
  President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Chris A. Kreidermacher

Chris A. Kreidermacher

 

[Signature page to Agreement with Chris A. Kreidermacher]


EXHIBIT A

SEPARATION AGREEMENT AND RELEASE

I enter into this Separation Agreement and Release (the “Release”) pursuant to Section 4 of the Agreement between Randolph Savings Bank (the “Bank”) and me (the “Agreement”), which Agreement was effective as of the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger between Randolph Bancorp and First Eastern Bankshares Corporation (the “Seller Company”), dated as of September 1, 2015 (the “Merger Agreement”). I acknowledge my timely execution and return and my non-revocation of this Release are conditions to the payment of the Severance Pay in Section 4 of the Agreement. I therefore agree to the following terms:

1. Release of Claims . I voluntarily release and forever discharge the Bank, its affiliated and related entities, its predecessors, successors and assigns, its employee benefit plans and fiduciaries of such plans, and the current and former officers, directors, shareholders, employees, attorneys, accountants and agents of any and all of the foregoing in their official and personal capacities (collectively referred to as the “Releasees”) generally from all claims, demands, debts, damages and liabilities of every name and nature, known or unknown (“Claims”) that, as of the date when I sign this Release, I have, ever had, now claim to have or ever claimed to have had against any or all of the Releasees. This includes, without limitation, the release of all Claims:

 

  relating to my employment by the Bank and the termination of my employment;

 

  of wrongful discharge;

 

  of breach of contract;

 

  of retaliation or discrimination under federal, state or local law (including, without limitation, Claims of age discrimination or retaliation under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, Claims of disability discrimination or retaliation under the Americans with Disabilities Act, Claims of discrimination or retaliation under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and Claims of any form of discrimination or retaliation that is prohibited by the Massachusetts General Laws Chapter 151B);

 

  under any other federal or state statute;

 

  of defamation or other torts;

 

  of violation of public policy;

 

  for wages, bonuses, incentive compensation, vacation pay or any other compensation or benefits, either under the Massachusetts Wage Act, M.G.L. c. 149, §§ 148-150C, or otherwise; and

 

  for damages or other remedies of any sort, including, without limitation, compensatory damages, punitive damages, injunctive relief and attorney’s fees;

provided , however, that this release shall not affect my rights under the Bank’s Section 401(k) plan, any other “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, 29 U.S.C. § 1002(3), my continuing rights under the Agreement (including the right to payment of any bonus for which an award has been determined but has not been paid during the term of employment), any statutory right to earned but unpaid wages, including


vacation pay, statutory or common law rights of indemnification or defense for claims against me based on my status and conduct as an officer of the Bank under any applicable insurance policy, contracts, governing documents or bylaws. In addition, nothing in this release shall affect my rights arising from any relationship that I may have with the Bank or any affiliated or related entity as a customer or a client. Furthermore, nothing in this release shall affect my rights to pursue Claims against individuals based on actions taken in their personal capacities that are unrelated in any way to my employment with the Bank or its termination.

I agree that I shall not seek or accept damages of any nature, other equitable or legal remedies for my own benefit, attorney’s fees, or costs from any of the Releasees with respect to any Claim released by this Release. I represent that I have not assigned to any third party and I have not filed with any agency or court any Claim released by this Release.

2. Ongoing Obligations . I reaffirm my ongoing obligations under the Employment Agreement, including without limitation my obligations under Section 8 (“Confidential Information and Bank Property”).

3. Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation . I further agree that for a period of two years from the date of the termination of my employment with the Bank (the “Cooperation Period”), I shall cooperate fully with the Bank in the defense or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought in the future against or on behalf of the Bank which relate to events or occurrences that transpired while I was employed by the Bank. My full cooperation in connection with such claims or actions shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to prepare for discovery or trial and to act as a witness on behalf of the Bank at mutually convenient times. During the Cooperation Period, I shall also cooperate fully with the Bank in connection with any investigation or review of any federal, state or local regulatory authority as any such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while I was employed by the Bank. Any cooperation pursuant to this paragraph is subject to the Bank’s commitment to reimburse me for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with my performance of obligations pursuant to this paragraph, based on the procedures for reimbursement applicable to employee business expense reimbursement under the Bank’s policies. In addition, if the Bank does not offer to provide me with legal services through the Bank’s counsel in connection with such cooperation, either due to such counsel’s determination that joint representation cannot be provided or for any other reason, I may condition my cooperation on the Bank’s agreement to reimburse me for any reasonable attorney’s fees that I incur in the providing any cooperation services pursuant to this paragraph.

4. No Assignment . I represent that I have not assigned to any other person or entity any Claims against any Releasee.

5. Right to Consider and Revoke Release . I acknowledge that I have been given the opportunity to consider this Release for a period ending twenty-one (21) days after the date when it was proposed to me. In the event that I executed this Release within less than twenty-one (21) days after such date, I acknowledge that such decision was entirely voluntary and that I had the opportunity to consider this Release until the end of the twenty-one (21) day period. To accept this Release, I shall deliver a signed Release to the Bank’s most senior Human Resources officer within such twenty-one (21) day period. For a period of seven (7) days from the date when the I

 

2


execute this Release (the “ Revocation Period ”), I shall retain the right to revoke this Release by written notice that is received by such Human Resources officer on or before the last day of the Revocation Period. This Release shall take effect only if it is executed within the twenty-one (21) day period as set forth above and if it is not revoked pursuant to the preceding sentence. If those conditions are satisfied, this Release shall become effective and enforceable on the date immediately following the last day of the Revocation Period (the “ Effective Date ”).

6. Other Terms .

(a) Legal Representation; Review of Release . I acknowledge that I have been advised to discuss all aspects of this Release with my attorney, that I have carefully read and fully understand all of the provisions of this Release and that I am voluntarily entering into this Release.

(b) Binding Nature of Release . This Release shall be binding upon me and upon my heirs, administrators, representatives and executors.

(c) Amendment . This Release may be amended only upon a written agreement executed by the Bank and me.

(d) Severability . In the event that at any future time it is determined by an arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction that any covenant, clause, provision or term of this Release is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions and terms of this Release shall not be affected thereby and the illegal, invalid or unenforceable term or provision shall be severed from the remainder of this Release. In the event of such severance, the remaining covenants shall be binding and enforceable.

(e) Governing Law and Interpretation . This Release shall be deemed to be made and entered into in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and shall in all respects be interpreted, enforced and governed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to the conflict of laws provisions of Massachusetts law. The language of all parts of this Release shall in all cases be construed as a whole, according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against the Bank or me.

(f) Entire Agreement; Absence of Reliance . I acknowledge that I am not relying on any promises or representations by the Bank or any of its agents, representatives or attorneys regarding any subject matter addressed in this Release.

So agreed.

 

 

     

 

Chris A. Kreidermacher       Date

 

3

Exhibit 10.6

AGREEMENT

This Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into by and between Randolph Savings Bank (the “Bank”) and Kellie J. Lally (the “Employee”). The effectiveness of this Agreement is contingent upon the closing (the “Closing”) of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger among Randolph Bancorp, First Eastern Bankshares Corporation (the “Seller Company”), and Richard F. Kalagher, dated as of September 1, 2015 (the “Merger Agreement”). This Agreement shall be effective upon the date of the Closing (the “Effective Date”).

1. Purpose . The Employee has been employed in a senior capacity by First Federal Savings Bank of Boston (the “Seller Subsidiary”), which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Seller Company. The Board of Directors of the Bank (the “Board”) believes that the Employee has the skills, knowledge and experience to be an important and effective contributor to the Bank’s success. The Board seeks to encourage the Employee’s employment with and commitment to the Bank.

2. Certain Employment Terms . The Employee’s employment with the Bank shall commence on the Effective Date. The following terms shall apply to the Employee’s compensation and employment responsibilities during the Employee’s employment with the Bank.

(a) Position and Responsibilities . The Bank shall employ the Employee in a management-level position or positions appropriate for an individual of the Employee’s skills, knowledge and experience with responsibilities consistent with such skills, knowledge and experience.

(b) Salary . The Bank shall pay the Employee a base salary at an annual rate equal to the Employee’s annual base salary rate as an employee of the Seller Subsidiary as of the Effective Date.

(c) Bonus . The Employee shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus pursuant to and subject to the terms of any annual short-term incentive plan that is in place for other members of the Bank’s management team.

(d) Benefits . The Bank shall provide benefits to the Employee in accordance with Sections 7.6(a) – (f) of the Merger Agreement, which Sections are incorporated herein by reference.

3. At-Will Employment . The Bank’s employment of the Employee shall be on an at-will basis; provided that (i) the Employee shall give at least 30 days’ notice of the Employee’s resignation from employment with the Bank; and (ii) the at-will nature of the Employee’s employment shall not limit the Employee’s rights under Section 4 (Severance Pay). If the Employee gives advance notice of the Employee’s resignation, the Bank may accelerate the termination of the Employee’s employment by paying the Employee’s salary at the Employee’s base salary rate for any period of acceleration. Such accelerated resignation shall not affect the treatment of the Employee’s termination as a resignation.


4. Severance Pay . If prior to the five year anniversary of the Effective Date, the Employee’s employment is terminated by the Bank for any reason other than for Cause, Disability or death, or if the Employee resigns for Good Reason, then subject to the Employee signing a separation agreement to be proposed by the Bank, which shall be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , amended as reasonably necessary based on applicable law (the “Separation Agreement and Release”) and the Separation Agreement and Release becoming irrevocable, all within 45 days after the date of termination, the Bank shall pay to the Employee a severance amount equal to the Employee’s annual base salary as of the date of termination (the “Severance Pay”). The Severance Pay shall be paid in a lump sum within 45 days of the date of termination; provided , however, that if the 45-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the Severance Pay shall be paid in the second calendar year no later than the last day of such 45-day period.

5. Definitions . For purposes hereof, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(a) “Cause” shall mean a termination of the Employee’s employment which is a result of: (i) actions and/or omissions by the Employee satisfying the elements of (A) a felony or (B) a misdemeanor involving dishonesty, the taking of property or moral turpitude; or (ii) willful disclosure of material trade secrets or other material confidential information related to the business of the Bank or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; or (iii) willful and continued failure substantially to perform the Employee’s duties with the Bank (other than any such failure resulting from the Employee’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness) after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Employee by the Board, which demand identifies the specific actions which the Board believes constitute willful and continued failure substantially to perform the Employee’s duties, and which performance is not substantially corrected by the Employee within fourteen (14) days of receipt of such demand; (iv) willful and knowing participation in releasing false or materially misleading financial statements; (v) dishonesty to the Board regarding any material matter; or (vi) failure to cooperate with a bona fide internal investigation or an investigation by regulatory or law enforcement authorities, after being instructed by the Bank to cooperate, or the Employee’s willful destruction or failure to preserve documents or other materials known to be relevant to such investigation or the inducement of others to fail to cooperate or to produce documents or other materials in connection with such investigation.

(b) “Disability” shall mean that if, as a result of the Employee’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, the Employee shall have been absent from the Employee’s duties to the Bank on a full-time basis for 120 business days in the aggregate in any 12 month period or is reasonably expected based upon medical information to be absent for such period. If any question shall arise as to whether during any period the Employee has a Disability, the Employee may, and at the request of the Bank shall, submit to the Bank a certification in reasonable detail by a physician selected by the Bank to whom the Employee has no reasonable objection as to whether the Employee is incapacitated and how long any incapacity is expected to continue. Such certification shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, be conclusive of the issue. The Employee shall cooperate with any reasonable request of the physician in connection with such certification. If such question shall arise and the Employee fails to submit such certification, the Bank’s determination of such issue shall be binding on the Employee.

 

2


(c) “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events (each, a “Good Reason Condition”) followed by the Good Reason Process, as defined below: (i) a material adverse change in the Employee’s position and/or responsibilities such that the Employee no longer holds a position with responsibilities appropriate for an individual of the Employee’s skills, knowledge and experience; or (ii) a material reduction in the Employee’s annual base salary as in effect on the date hereof or as the same may be increased from time to time hereafter, except for across-the-board reductions of annual base salary similarly affecting all executive officers of the Bank; or (iii) the removal of the Employee from eligibility for any short-term incentive plan for members of the Bank’s management team for which other members of the Bank’s management team remain eligible or the application to the Employee of adverse changes in such plan’s terms that are not applied generally to other management-level participants; provided that “adverse changes in such plan’s terms” shall not be construed to include changes in bonus targets or good faith determinations of bonus amounts; or (iv) the relocation of the Bank’s offices at which the Employee is principally employed (the “Current Offices”) to any other location more than 25 miles of driving distance from the Current Offices, or the requirement by the Bank for the Employee to be based more than 25 miles of driving distance away from the Current Offices, except for required travel on the Bank’s business to an extent substantially consistent with the Employee’s business travel obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a suspension of any or all of Employee’s duties or responsibilities by the Bank during an investigation that is initiated pursuant to a direction by the Board shall not constitute the occurrence of a material adverse change for purposes of clause (i); provided that Employee’s base salary and fringe benefit entitlements continue during the period of such suspension. The “Good Reason Process” shall mean that (i) the Employee reasonably determines in good faith that a Good Reason Condition has occurred; (ii) the Employee gives the Bank written notice of the first occurrence of the Good Reason Condition within 30 days of the first occurrence of such condition; (C) the Employee cooperates in good faith with the Bank’s efforts for a period of not less than 30 days following such notice (the “Cure Period”) to remedy the Good Reason Condition; (D) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason Condition continues to exist; and (E) the Employee terminates employment by giving written notice no later than 30 days after the expiration of the Cure Period. If the Bank cures the Good Reason Condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred.

6. Withholding . All payments made by the Bank under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Bank under applicable law.

7. No Mitigation . The Bank agrees that, if the Employee’s employment by the Bank is terminated prior to the five year anniversary of the Effective Date, the Employee is not required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to reduce the Severance Pay. Further, the Severance Pay shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by the Employee as the result of employment by another employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be owed by the Employee to the Bank or otherwise, except as otherwise provided by this Agreement.

8. Confidential Information and Bank Property .

(a) Confidential Information . As used in this Agreement, “Confidential Information” means information belonging to the Bank which is of value to the Bank in the

 

3


course of conducting its business and the disclosure of which could result in a competitive or other disadvantage to the Bank. Confidential Information includes, without limitation, financial information, reports, and forecasts; inventions, improvements and other intellectual property; trade secrets; know-how; software; market or sales information or plans; customer lists; and business plans, prospects and opportunities (such as possible acquisitions or dispositions of businesses or facilities) which have been discussed or considered by the management of the Bank. Confidential Information includes information developed by the Employee in the course of the Employee’s employment by the Seller Subsidiary or the Bank, as well as other information to which the Employee may have access in connection with the Employee’s employment. Confidential Information also includes the confidential information of others with which the Bank has a business relationship. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information does not include information in the public domain, unless due to breach of the Employee’s duties under Section 8(b).

(b) Confidentiality . The Employee understands and agrees that the Employee’s employment creates a relationship of confidence and trust between the Employee and the Bank with respect to all Confidential Information. At all times, both during the Employee’s employment with the Bank and after its termination, the Employee will keep in confidence and trust all such Confidential Information, and will not use or disclose any such Confidential Information without the written consent of the Bank, except as may be necessary in the ordinary course of performing the Employee’s duties to the Bank or as otherwise may be required by law.

(c) Documents, Records, etc . All documents, records, data, apparatus, equipment and other physical property, whether or not pertaining to Confidential Information, which are furnished to the Employee by the Bank or any affiliate or are produced by the Employee in connection with the Employee’s employment will be and remain the sole property of the Bank. The Employee will return to the Bank all such materials and property as and when requested by the Bank. In any event, the Employee will return all such materials and property promptly following termination of the Employee’s employment for any reason other than death. The Employee will not retain with the Employee any such material or property or any copies thereof after such termination.

(d) Injunction . The Employee agrees that it would be difficult to measure any damages caused to the Bank which might result from any breach by the Employee of the promises set forth in this Section 8, and that in any event money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any such breach. Accordingly, subject to Section 9 of this Agreement, the Employee agrees that if the Employee breaches, or proposes to breach, any portion of this Section 8, the Bank shall be entitled, in addition to all other remedies that it may have, to an injunction or other appropriate equitable relief to restrain any such breach.

9. Arbitration of Disputes . Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof or otherwise relating to the Employee’s employment with the Bank or its termination, including without limitation statutory claims (including without limitation statutory discrimination or wage claims) and common law contract and tort claims shall be settled exclusively by arbitration in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the Employment Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association.

 

4


Such arbitration shall be conducted in the City of Boston. In the event that any person or entity other than the Employee or the Bank may be a party with regard to any such controversy or claim, such controversy or claim shall be submitted to arbitration subject to such other person or entity’s agreement. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 9 shall not preclude either party from pursuing a court action for the sole purpose of obtaining a temporary restraining order or a preliminary injunction in circumstances in which such relief is appropriate; provided that any other relief shall be pursued through an arbitration proceeding pursuant to this Section 9.

10. Waiver . No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of either party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by either party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

11. Notices . Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the Employee at the last address the Employee has filed in writing with the Bank, or to the Bank at its main office, attention of the Board.

12. Effect on Other Plans . The Employee hereby waives any rights to any severance benefits under any current or future Bank severance pay plan or program with respect to any termination of employment that renders the Employee eligible for Severance Pay pursuant to this Agreement. Subject to such waiver, nothing else in this Agreement shall otherwise limit the rights of the Employee under the Bank’s benefit plans, programs or policies An election by the Employee to resign for Good Reason under the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed a voluntary termination of employment by the Employee for the purpose of interpreting the provisions of any of the Bank’s benefit plans, programs or policies.

13. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes in all respects all prior agreements between the parties concerning such subject matter.

14. Amendment . This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Employee and by a duly authorized representative of the Bank.

15. Governing Law . This contract shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to such state’s conflicts of laws principles.

16. Obligations of Successors . The Bank shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Bank to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

 

5


17. Additional Limitation . Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that any compensation, payment or distribution by the Bank to or for the benefit of the Employee, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (the “Severance Payments”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), then the benefits payable under this Agreement shall be reduced (but not below zero) to the extent necessary so that the maximum Severance Payments shall not exceed the Threshold Amount, as defined below. To the extent that there is more than one method of reducing the payments to bring them within the Threshold Amount, the Employee shall determine which method shall be followed; provided that if the Employee fails to make such determination within 15 business days after the Bank has sent the Employee written notice of the need for such reduction, the Bank may determine the amount of such reduction in its sole discretion.

The “Threshold Amount” shall mean three times the Employee’s “base amount” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder less one dollar ($1.00); and “Excise Tax” shall mean the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, and any interest or penalties incurred by the Employee with respect to such excise tax.

18. Section 409A .

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Employee’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the Bank determines that the Employee is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Employee becomes entitled to under this Agreement would be considered deferred compensation subject to the 20 percent additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after the Employee’s separation from service, or (B) the Employee’s death; provided, however, that in the case of benefits, the Employee may elect to pay for the costs of such benefits during such delay period in exchange for reimbursement of such costs after the end of the delay period. Any such delayed cash payment shall earn interest at an annual rate equal to the applicable federal short-term rate published by the Internal Revenue Service for the month in which the date of separation from service occurs, from such date of separation from service until the payment.

(b) The parties intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A of the Code. The parties agree that this Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A of the Code and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party.

(c) To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Employee’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Employee’s “separation from service.” The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

 

6


(d) The Bank makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Employee or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as a sealed instrument by the Bank by its duly authorized officer, and by the Employee, as of the Effective Date.

 

Randolph Savings Bank
By:  

/s/ James P. McDonough

  James P. McDonough
  President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Kellie J. Lally

Kellie J. Lally

 

[Signature page to Agreement with Kellie J. Lally]


EXHIBIT A

SEPARATION AGREEMENT AND RELEASE

I enter into this Separation Agreement and Release (the “Release”) pursuant to Section 4 of the Agreement between Randolph Savings Bank (the “Bank”) and me (the “Agreement”), which Agreement was effective as of the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger between Randolph Bancorp and First Eastern Bankshares Corporation (the “Seller Company”), dated as of September 1, 2015 (the “Merger Agreement”). I acknowledge my timely execution and return and my non-revocation of this Release are conditions to the payment of the Severance Pay in Section 4 of the Agreement. I therefore agree to the following terms:

1. Release of Claims . I voluntarily release and forever discharge the Bank, its affiliated and related entities, its predecessors, successors and assigns, its employee benefit plans and fiduciaries of such plans, and the current and former officers, directors, shareholders, employees, attorneys, accountants and agents of any and all of the foregoing in their official and personal capacities (collectively referred to as the “Releasees”) generally from all claims, demands, debts, damages and liabilities of every name and nature, known or unknown (“Claims”) that, as of the date when I sign this Release, I have, ever had, now claim to have or ever claimed to have had against any or all of the Releasees. This includes, without limitation, the release of all Claims:

 

  relating to my employment by the Bank and the termination of my employment;

 

  of wrongful discharge;

 

  of breach of contract;

 

  of retaliation or discrimination under federal, state or local law (including, without limitation, Claims of age discrimination or retaliation under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, Claims of disability discrimination or retaliation under the Americans with Disabilities Act, Claims of discrimination or retaliation under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and Claims of any form of discrimination or retaliation that is prohibited by the Massachusetts General Laws Chapter 151B);

 

  under any other federal or state statute;

 

  of defamation or other torts;

 

  of violation of public policy;

 

  for wages, bonuses, incentive compensation, vacation pay or any other compensation or benefits, either under the Massachusetts Wage Act, M.G.L. c. 149, §§ 148-150C, or otherwise; and

 

  for damages or other remedies of any sort, including, without limitation, compensatory damages, punitive damages, injunctive relief and attorney’s fees;

provided , however, that this release shall not affect my rights under the Bank’s Section 401(k) plan, any other “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, 29 U.S.C. § 1002(3), my continuing rights under the Agreement (including the right to payment of any bonus for which an award has been determined but has not been paid during the term of employment), any statutory right to earned but unpaid wages, including


vacation pay, statutory or common law rights of indemnification or defense for claims against me based on my status and conduct as an officer of the Bank under any applicable insurance policy, contracts, governing documents or bylaws. In addition, nothing in this release shall affect my rights arising from any relationship that I may have with the Bank or any affiliated or related entity as a customer or a client. Furthermore, nothing in this release shall affect my rights to pursue Claims against individuals based on actions taken in their personal capacities that are unrelated in any way to my employment with the Bank or its termination.

I agree that I shall not seek or accept damages of any nature, other equitable or legal remedies for my own benefit, attorney’s fees, or costs from any of the Releasees with respect to any Claim released by this Release. I represent that I have not assigned to any third party and I have not filed with any agency or court any Claim released by this Release.

2. Ongoing Obligations . I reaffirm my ongoing obligations under the Employment Agreement, including without limitation my obligations under Section 8 (“Confidential Information and Bank Property”).

3. Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation . I further agree that for a period of two years from the date of the termination of my employment with the Bank (the “Cooperation Period”), I shall cooperate fully with the Bank in the defense or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought in the future against or on behalf of the Bank which relate to events or occurrences that transpired while I was employed by the Bank. My full cooperation in connection with such claims or actions shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to prepare for discovery or trial and to act as a witness on behalf of the Bank at mutually convenient times. During the Cooperation Period, I shall also cooperate fully with the Bank in connection with any investigation or review of any federal, state or local regulatory authority as any such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while I was employed by the Bank. Any cooperation pursuant to this paragraph is subject to the Bank’s commitment to reimburse me for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with my performance of obligations pursuant to this paragraph, based on the procedures for reimbursement applicable to employee business expense reimbursement under the Bank’s policies. In addition, if the Bank does not offer to provide me with legal services through the Bank’s counsel in connection with such cooperation, either due to such counsel’s determination that joint representation cannot be provided or for any other reason, I may condition my cooperation on the Bank’s agreement to reimburse me for any reasonable attorney’s fees that I incur in the providing any cooperation services pursuant to this paragraph.

4. No Assignment . I represent that I have not assigned to any other person or entity any Claims against any Releasee.

5. Right to Consider and Revoke Release . I acknowledge that I have been given the opportunity to consider this Release for a period ending twenty-one (21) days after the date when it was proposed to me. In the event that I executed this Release within less than twenty-one (21) days after such date, I acknowledge that such decision was entirely voluntary and that I had the opportunity to consider this Release until the end of the twenty-one (21) day period. To accept this Release, I shall deliver a signed Release to the Bank’s most senior Human Resources officer within such twenty-one (21) day period. For a period of seven (7) days from the date when the I

 

2


execute this Release (the “ Revocation Period ”), I shall retain the right to revoke this Release by written notice that is received by such Human Resources officer on or before the last day of the Revocation Period. This Release shall take effect only if it is executed within the twenty-one (21) day period as set forth above and if it is not revoked pursuant to the preceding sentence. If those conditions are satisfied, this Release shall become effective and enforceable on the date immediately following the last day of the Revocation Period (the “ Effective Date ”).

6. Other Terms .

(a) Legal Representation; Review of Release . I acknowledge that I have been advised to discuss all aspects of this Release with my attorney, that I have carefully read and fully understand all of the provisions of this Release and that I am voluntarily entering into this Release.

(b) Binding Nature of Release . This Release shall be binding upon me and upon my heirs, administrators, representatives and executors.

(c) Amendment . This Release may be amended only upon a written agreement executed by the Bank and me.

(d) Severability . In the event that at any future time it is determined by an arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction that any covenant, clause, provision or term of this Release is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions and terms of this Release shall not be affected thereby and the illegal, invalid or unenforceable term or provision shall be severed from the remainder of this Release. In the event of such severance, the remaining covenants shall be binding and enforceable.

(e) Governing Law and Interpretation . This Release shall be deemed to be made and entered into in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and shall in all respects be interpreted, enforced and governed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to the conflict of laws provisions of Massachusetts law. The language of all parts of this Release shall in all cases be construed as a whole, according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against the Bank or me.

(f) Entire Agreement; Absence of Reliance . I acknowledge that I am not relying on any promises or representations by the Bank or any of its agents, representatives or attorneys regarding any subject matter addressed in this Release.

So agreed.

 

 

   

 

Kellie J. Lally     Date

 

3

Exhibit 10.7

RANDOLPH BANCORP, INC.

RANDOLPH SAVINGS BANK

CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

This Change in Control Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of the      day of              , 2016 by and between Randolph Bancorp, Inc., a Massachusetts business corporation (the “Company”), its wholly-owned subsidiary, Randolph Savings Bank (the “Bank”) (the Company and the Bank hereinafter shall be collectively referred to as the “Employers”), and                      (the “Executive”).

1. Purpose . The Company considers it essential to the best interests of its stockholders to promote and preserve the continuous employment of key management personnel. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) recognizes that, as is the case with many corporations, the possibility of a Change in Control (as defined in Section 2 hereof) exists and that such possibility, and the uncertainty and questions that it may raise among management, may result in the departure or distraction of key management personnel to the detriment of the Company and its stockholders. Therefore, the Board has determined that appropriate steps should be taken to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of members of the Employers’ key management, including the Executive, to their assigned duties without distraction in the face of potentially disturbing circumstances arising from the possibility of a Change in Control. This Agreement is intended to be the exclusive source of severance payments to the Executive and to replace the Executive’s offer letter dated [insert date] (the “Offer Letter”) in its entirety. Therefore, in consideration of this Agreement, the Executive agrees that the Offer Letter is hereby terminated and of no further force and effect from and after the date hereof . Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as creating an express or implied contract of employment and, except as otherwise agreed in writing between the Executive and the Employers, the Executive shall not have any right to be retained in the employ of the Employers.

2. Change in Control . A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred upon the occurrence of any one of the following events:

(a) any “Person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”) (other than the Company, any of its subsidiaries, or any trustee, fiduciary or other person or entity holding securities under any employee benefit plan or trust of the Company or any of its subsidiaries), together with all “affiliates” and “associates” (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Act) of such person, shall become the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 40 percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities having the right to vote in an election of the Company’s Board of Directors (“Voting Securities”) (in such case other than as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company or in connection with a public offering); or


(b) persons who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason, including, without limitation, as a result of a tender offer, proxy contest, merger or similar transaction, to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director of the Company subsequent to the date hereof shall be considered an Incumbent Director if such person’s election was approved by or such person was nominated for election by either (A) a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors or (B) a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors who are members of a nominating committee comprised, in the majority, of Incumbent Directors; but provided further, that any such person whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of members of the Board of Directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board, including by reason of agreement intended to avoid or settle any such actual or threatened contest or solicitation, shall not be considered an Incumbent Director; or

(c) the consummation of (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company where the stockholders of the Company, immediately prior to the consolidation or merger, would not, immediately after the consolidation or merger, beneficially own (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, shares representing in the aggregate more than 50 percent of the voting shares of the Company issuing cash or securities in the consolidation or merger (or of its ultimate parent corporation, if any), or (B) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of transactions contemplated or arranged by any party as a single plan) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or of the Bank.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing clause (a) solely as the result of an acquisition of securities by the Company that, by reducing the number of shares of Voting Securities outstanding, increases the proportionate number of shares of Voting Securities beneficially owned by any person to 40 percent or more of the combined voting power of all then outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, that if any person referred to in this sentence shall thereafter become the beneficial owner of any additional shares of Voting Securities (other than pursuant to a stock split, stock dividend, or similar transaction or as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company) and immediately thereafter beneficially owns 40 percent or more of the combined voting power of all then outstanding Voting Securities, then a “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing clause (a).

For the avoidance of doubt, a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred as a result of (a) the conversion of Randolph Bancorp from a mutual holding company to stock form, or in connection with any reorganization used to effect such a conversion; or (b) upon a public stock offering of the shares of the Company or of the stock holding company resulting from the conversion described in item (a) of this paragraph.

 

2


3. Terminating Event .

A “Terminating Event” shall mean any of the events provided in this Section 3:

(a) Termination by the Employers . Termination by the Employers of the employment of the Executive with the Employers for any reason other than for Cause, death or Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean, as determined by the Board in good faith:

(i) conduct by the Executive constituting a material act of misconduct in connection with the performance of his duties, including, without limitation, misappropriation of funds or property of the Employers or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates other than the occasional, customary and de minimis use of Employers’ property for personal purposes; or

(ii) the commission by the Executive of any felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud, or any conduct by the Executive that would reasonably be expected to result in material injury or reputational harm to the Employers or any of its subsidiaries and affiliates if he were retained in his position; or

(iii) continued non-performance by the Executive of his duties to the Bank (other than by reason of the Executive’s physical or mental illness, incapacity or disability) which has continued for more than 30 days following written notice of such non-performance from the Board; or

(iv) a material violation by the Executive of the Bank’s written employment policies; or

(v) failure to cooperate with a bona fide internal investigation or an investigation by regulatory or law enforcement authorities, after being instructed by the Bank to cooperate, or the willful destruction or failure to preserve documents or other materials known to be relevant to such investigation or the willful inducement of others to fail to cooperate or to produce documents or other materials in connection with such investigation.

A Terminating Event shall not be deemed to have occurred pursuant to this Section 3(a) solely as a result of the Executive being an employee of any direct or indirect successor to the business or assets of the Employers, rather than continuing as an employee of the Employers following a Change in Control. For purposes hereof, the Executive will be considered “Disabled” if, as a result of the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, the Executive shall have been absent from his duties to the Employers on a full-time basis for 180 calendar days in the aggregate in any 12-month period.

(b) Termination by the Executive for Good Reason . Termination by the Executive of the Executive’s employment with the Employers for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean that the Executive has complied with the “Good Reason Process” (hereinafter defined) following, the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) a material diminution in the Executive’s responsibilities, authority or duties;

 

3


(ii) a material diminution in the Executive’s base salary except for across-the-board salary reductions based on the Employers’ financial performance similarly affecting all or substantially all senior management employees of the Employers;

(iii) a material change in the geographic location at which the Executive provides services to the Employers; or

(iv) the material breach of this Agreement by the Employers.

“Good Reason Process” shall mean that (i) the Executive reasonably determines in good faith that a “Good Reason” condition has occurred; (ii) the Executive notifies the Employers in writing of the first occurrence of the Good Reason condition within 60 days of the first occurrence of such condition; (iii) the Executive cooperates in good faith with the Employers’ efforts, for a period not less than 30 days following such notice (the “Cure Period”), to remedy the condition; (iv) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason condition continues to exist; and (v) the Executive terminates his employment within 60 days after the end of the Cure Period. If the Employers cure the Good Reason condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred.

4. Change in Control Payment . In the event a Terminating Event occurs within 24 months after a Change in Control, then the Employers shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to [two/one] times the sum of (i) the Executive’s annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the Terminating Event (or the Executive’s annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, if higher) and (ii) the Executive’s average annual bonus over the three fiscal years immediately prior to the Change in Control, payable in one lump-sum payment on the Date of Termination.

5. Additional Limitation .

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that the amount of any compensation, payment or distribution by the Employers to or for the benefit of the Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, calculated in a manner consistent with Section 280G of the Code and the applicable regulations thereunder (the “Aggregate Payments”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced to the extent necessary so that no portion of the Aggregate Payments would be subject to the excise tax. In such event, the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced in the following order: (1) cash payments not subject to Section 409A of the Code; (2) cash payments subject to Section 409A of the Code; (3) equity-based payments and acceleration; and (4) non-cash forms of benefits. To the extent any payment is to be made over time (e.g., in installments, etc.), then the payments shall be reduced in reverse chronological order.

(b) The determination of the reduction provided in Section 5(a) shall be made by a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by the Employers (the “Accounting Firm”), which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Employers and the Executive within 15 business days of the Date of Termination, if applicable, or at such earlier time as is reasonably requested by the Employers or the Executive. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Employers and the Executive.

 

4


6. Section 409A .

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Executive’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the Employers determine that the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Executive becomes entitled to under this Agreement on account of the Executive’s separation from service would be considered deferred compensation subject to the 20 percent additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after the Executive’s separation from service, or (B) the Executive’s death.

(b) The parties intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A of the Code. The parties agree that this Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A of the Code and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party.

(c) To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Executive’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Executive’s “separation from service.” The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

(d) The Employers make no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

7. Term . This Agreement shall take effect on the date first set forth above and shall terminate upon the earlier of (a) the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason prior to a Change in Control, (b) the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Employers after a Change in Control for any reason other than the occurrence of a Terminating Event, or (c) the date which is 24 months after a Change in Control if the Executive is still employed by the Employers.

 

5


8. Withholding . All payments made by the Employers to the Executive under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Employers under applicable law.

9. Notice and Date of Termination .

(a) Notice of Termination . After a Change in Control and during the term of this Agreement, any purported termination of the Executive’s employment (other than by reason of death) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination from one party hereto to the other party hereto in accordance with this Section 9. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon.

(b) Date of Termination . “Date of Termination” shall mean: (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by his death, the date of his death; (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated on account of Executive’s Disability or by the Employers with or without Cause, the date on which Notice of Termination is given; (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive without Good Reason, 30 days after the date on which a Notice of Termination is given, and (iv) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive with Good Reason, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given after the end of the Cure Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Executive gives a Notice of Termination to the Employers, the Employers may unilaterally accelerate the Date of Termination and such acceleration shall not result in a termination by the Employers for purposes of this Agreement.

10. No Mitigation . The Employers agree that, if the Executive’s employment by the Employers is terminated during the term of this Agreement, the Executive is not required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable to the Executive by the Employers pursuant to Section 4 hereof. Further, the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by the Executive as the result of employment by another employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be owed by the Executive to the Employers or otherwise.

11. Arbitration of Disputes . Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof or otherwise arising out of the Executive’s employment or the termination of that employment (including, without limitation, any claims of unlawful employment discrimination whether based on age or otherwise) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be settled by arbitration in any forum and form agreed upon by the parties or, in the absence of such an agreement, under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) in Boston, Massachusetts in accordance with the Employment Dispute Resolution Rules of the AAA, including, but not limited to, the rules and procedures applicable to the selection of arbitrators. In the event that any person or entity other than the Executive or the Employers may be a party with regard to any such controversy or claim, such controversy or claim shall be submitted to arbitration subject to such other person or entity’s agreement. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. This Section 11 shall be specifically enforceable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 11 shall not preclude either party from pursuing a court action for the sole

 

6


purpose of obtaining a temporary restraining order or a preliminary injunction in circumstances in which such relief is appropriate; provided that any other relief shall be pursued through an arbitration proceeding pursuant to this Section 11.

12. Consent to Jurisdiction . To the extent that any court action is permitted consistent with or to enforce Section 11 of this Agreement, the parties hereby consent to the jurisdiction of the Superior Court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts. Accordingly, with respect to any such court action, the Executive (a) submits to the personal jurisdiction of such courts; (b) consents to service of process; and (c) waives any other requirement (whether imposed by statute, rule of court, or otherwise) with respect to personal jurisdiction or service of process.

13. Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes in all respects all prior agreements between the parties concerning such subject matter [including, without limitation, the Offer Letter.] 1

14. Successor to the Executive . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. In the event of the Executive’s death after a Terminating Event but prior to the completion by the Employers of all payments due him under this Agreement, the Employers shall continue such payments to the Executive’s beneficiary designated in writing to the Employers prior to his death (or to his estate, if the Executive fails to make such designation).

15. Enforceability . If any portion or provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any portion or provision of any Section of this Agreement) shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

16. Waiver . No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

17. Notices . Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by a nationally recognized overnight currier service of by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Executive at the last address the Executive has filed in writing with the Employers, or to the Employers at their main office, attention of the Board of Directors.

 

1   Include for Donna Thaxter (May 30, 2014) and Martie Dwyer (May 24, 2013)

 

7


18. Amendment . This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and by a duly authorized representative of the Employers.

19. Effect on Other Plans . An election by the Executive to resign after a Change in Control under the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed a voluntary termination of employment by the Executive for the purpose of interpreting the provisions of any of the Employers’ benefit plans, programs or policies. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit the rights of the Executive under the Employers’ benefit plans, programs or policies except as otherwise provided in Section 5 (the “cut-back” provision) hereof, and except that the Executive shall have no rights to any severance benefits under any Employer severance pay plan. In the event that the Executive is party to an employment agreement with the Employers providing for change in control payments or benefits, the Executive may receive payment under this Agreement only and not both. The Executive shall make such an election in the event of a Change in Control.

20. Governing Law . This is a Massachusetts contract and shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles of such Commonwealth. With respect to any disputes concerning federal law, such disputes shall be determined in accordance with the law as it would be interpreted and applied by the United States Court of Appeals for the First Circuit.

21. Successor to Employers . The Employers shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Employers expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement to the same extent that the Employers would be required to perform it if no succession had taken place. Failure of the Employers to obtain an assumption of this Agreement at or prior to the effectiveness of any succession shall be a material breach of this Agreement.

22. Gender Neutral . Wherever used herein, a pronoun in the masculine gender shall be considered as including the feminine gender unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

23. Allocation of Obligations Between Employers . The obligations of the Employers under this Agreement are intended to be the joint and several obligations of the Bank and the Company, and the Employers shall, as between themselves, allocate these obligations in a manner agreed upon by them.

24. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be taken to be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same document.

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement effective on the date and year first above written.

 

RANDOLPH BANCORP, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
RANDOLPH SAVINGS BANK
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Executive]
[Title]

 

9

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

(a) Upon completion of the conversion described in the Plan of Conversion filed with this Registration Statement as Exhibit 2.1, the subsidiaries of the registrant will be as follows:

 

Subsidiary Name

  

State of Incorporation or Organization

Randolph Savings Bank

   Massachusetts

(b) Upon completion of the conversion described in the Plan of Conversion filed with this Registration Statement as Exhibit 2.1, the subsidiaries of Randolph Savings Bank will be as follows:

 

Subsidiary Name

  

State of Incorporation or Organization

Cabot Security Corporation

   Massachusetts

Randolph Investment Company, Inc.

   Massachusetts

Randolph Investment II Company, Inc.

   Massachusetts

Randolph Investment III Company, Inc.

   Massachusetts

Randolph Holding RI II, LLC

   Rhode Island

Exhibit 23.2

 

LOGO

March 3, 2016

Board of Trustees

Randolph Bancorp, Inc.

Board of Directors

Randolph Savings Bank

10 Cabot Place

Stoughton, Massachusetts 02072

Members of the Board of Trustees and the Boards of Directors:

We hereby consent to the use of our firm’s name in the Form FR Y-3, and any amendments thereto, to be filed with the Federal Reserve Board, in the Application for Conversion, and any amendments thereto, to be filed with the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, and in the Registration Statement on Form S-1, and any amendments thereto, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We also hereby consent to the inclusion of, summary of and references to our Valuation Appraisal Report and any Valuation Appraisal Report Updates and our statement concerning subscription rights in such filings including the prospectus of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

 

Sincerely,
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.
LOGO

 

  

 

Washington Headquarters

Three Ballston Plaza

1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600

Arlington, VA 22201

www.rpfinancial.com

 

Telephone: (703) 528-1700

Fax No.: (703) 528-1788

Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594

E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com

Exhibit 23.3

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. on Form S-1 of our report dated March 4, 2016 on the consolidated financial statements of Randolph Bancorp and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

/s/ Crowe Horwath LLP

Crowe Horwath LLP

Livingston, New Jersey

March 4, 2016

Exhibit 23.4

INDEPENDENT AUDIT FIRM’S CONSENT

We consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. on Form S-1 of our report dated March 4, 2016, with respect to our audits of the consolidated financial statements of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, which report appears in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our Firm under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ Marcum LLP

Marcum LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

March 4, 2016

Exhibit 99.1

 

LOGO

April 15, 2015

Mr. James P. McDonough

President and Chief Executive Officer

Randolph Savings Bank

A Subsidiary of Randolph Bancorp

10 Cabot Place

Stoughton, Massachusetts 02072

Dear Mr. McDonough:

This letter sets forth the agreement between Randolph Savings Bank, Stoughton, Massachusetts (the “Bank”), the wholly-owned subsidiary of Randolph Bancorp (the “Company”), and RP ® Financial, LC. (“RP Financial”), whereby RP Financial will provide independent conversion appraisal services in conjunction with the proposed conversion transaction by the Company. The scope, timing and fee structure for these appraisal services are described below.

These appraisal services will be directed by William E. Pommerening, Managing Director, with the assistance of a Director and a Research Associate.

Description of Appraisal Services

In conjunction with these appraisal services, RP Financial will conduct financial due diligence, including on-site interviews of senior management and reviews of historical and pro forma financial information and other documents and records, to gain insight into the operations, financial condition, profitability, market area, risks and various internal and external aspects of the Company, all of which will be considered in estimating the pro forma market value of the Company in accordance with the applicable regulatory appraisal guidelines. RP Financial will prepare a detailed written valuation report of the Company that will be fully consistent with applicable regulatory appraisal guidelines and standard pro forma valuation practices. The appraisal report will include an analysis of the Company’s financial condition and operating results, as well as an assessment of the Company’s interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The appraisal report will incorporate an evaluation of the Company’s business strategies, market area, prospects for the future and the intended use of proceeds. A peer group analysis relative to certain relatively comparable publicly-traded banking companies will be conducted for the purpose of determining appropriate valuation adjustments for the Company relative to the peer group’s pricing ratios.

We will review pertinent sections of the Company’s prospectus and conduct discussions with representatives of the Company to obtain necessary data and information for the appraisal report, including key deal elements such as dividend policy, use of proceeds, reinvestment rate, tax rate, offering expenses, and characteristics of stock plans.

 

  

 

Washington Headquarters

Three Ballston Plaza

1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600

Arlington, VA 22201

E-Mail: wpommerening@rpfinancial.com

 

Direct: (703) 647-6546

Telephone: (703) 528-1700

Fax No.: (703) 528-1788

Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594


Mr. James P. McDonough

April 15, 2015

Page 2

 

The original appraisal report will establish a midpoint pro forma market value in accordance with the applicable regulatory requirements. The appraisal report may be periodically updated throughout the conversion process, and there will be at least one updated appraisal that would be prepared at the time of the closing of the stock offering to determine the number of shares to be issued in accordance with the conversion regulations. In the event of a syndicated community offering, it will be necessary to file an update in conjunction with the close of the subscription offering and prior to the pricing phase in the syndicated community offering.

RP Financial agrees to deliver the original appraisal report and subsequent updates, in writing, to the Company at the above address in conjunction with the filing of the regulatory conversion applications and amendments thereto. Subsequent updates will be filed promptly as certain events occur which would warrant the preparation and filing of such appraisal updates pursuant to regulatory guidelines. Further, RP Financial agrees to perform such other services as are necessary or required in connection with the regulatory review of the appraisal and respond to the regulatory comments, if any, regarding the valuation original appraisal and subsequent updates.

In the event of a syndicated community offering phase, RP Financial will participate in the various all hands calls regarding the offering results, pricing discussions and timing.

RP Financial expects to formally present the appraisal report, including the appraisal methodology, peer group selection and assumptions, to the Board of Directors for review and consideration. If appropriate, RP Financial will present subsequent updates to the Board. It is understood that this appraisal may be presented either in person or telephonically.

Fee Structure and Payment Schedule

The Company agrees to pay RP Financial fees for preparation and delivery of the original appraisal report and subsequent appraisal updates as shown in the detail below, plus reimbursable expenses. Payment of these fees shall be made according to the following schedule:

 

    $5,000 upon execution of this letter of agreement engaging RP Financial’s appraisal services;

 

    $42,500 upon delivery of the completed original appraisal report; and

 

    $7,500 upon delivery of each subsequent appraisal update report required in conjunction with the regulatory application and stock offering. It is anticipated that there will be at least one appraisal update report, specifically the update to be prepared in conjunction with the completion of the stock offering.

The Company will reimburse RP Financial for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in preparation of the original appraisal and subsequent updates. Such out-of-pocket expenses will likely include travel, printing, telephone, facsimile, shipping, computer and data services, and will not exceed $10,000 in the aggregate, without the Company’s authorization to exceed this level.


Mr. James P. McDonough

April 15, 2015

Page 3

 

In the event the Company shall, for any reason, discontinue the proposed transaction prior to delivery of the completed original appraisal report or subsequent updates and payment of the corresponding fees, the Company agrees to compensate RP Financial according to RP Financial’s standard billing rates for consulting services based on accumulated and verifiable time expenses, not to exceed the respective fee caps noted above, after applying full credit to the initial retainer fee towards such payment, together with reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, subject to the cap on such expenses as set forth above. RP Financial’s standard billing rates range from $75 per hour for research associates to $450 per hour for managing directors.

If during the course of the proposed transaction, unforeseen events occur so as to materially change the nature or the work content of the services described in this contract, the terms of said contract shall be subject to renegotiation by the Company and RP Financial. Such unforeseen events shall include, but not be limited to, material changes to the structure of the transaction such as inclusion of a simultaneous business combination transaction, material changes in the conversion regulations, appraisal guidelines or processing procedures as they relate to conversion appraisals, material changes in management or procedures, operating policies or philosophies, and excessive delays or suspension of processing of conversion applications by the regulators such that completion of the conversion transaction requires the preparation by RP Financial of a new appraisal.

Covenants, Representations and Warranties

The Company and RP Financial agree to the following:

1. The Company agrees to make available or to supply to RP Financial such information with respect to its business and financial condition as RP Financial may reasonably request in order to provide the aforesaid valuation. Such information heretofore or hereafter supplied or made available to RP Financial shall include: annual financial statements, periodic regulatory filings and material agreements, debt instruments, off balance sheet assets or liabilities, commitments and contingencies, unrealized gains or losses and corporate books and records. All information provided by the Company to RP Financial shall remain strictly confidential (unless such information is otherwise made available to the public), and if the conversion is not consummated or the services of RP Financial are terminated hereunder, RP Financial shall promptly return to the Company the original and any copies of such information.

2. The Company represents and warrants to RP Financial that any information provided to RP Financial does not and will not, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, at the times it is provided to RP Financial, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or in response to informational requests by RP Financial fail to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not false or misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.

3. (a) The Company agrees that it will indemnify and hold harmless RP Financial, any affiliates of RP Financial, the respective members, officers, agents and employees of RP Financial or their successors and assigns who act for or on behalf of RP Financial in connection with the services called for under this agreement (hereinafter referred to as “RP Financial”), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys fees, and all losses and expenses in connection with claims under the


Mr. James P. McDonough

April 15, 2015

Page 4

 

federal securities laws) attributable to (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise provided by the Company to RP Financial, either orally or in writing; (ii) the omission or alleged omission of a material fact from the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise made available by the Company to RP Financial; or (iii) any action or omission to act by the Company, or the Company’s respective officers, directors, employees or agents, which action or omission is undertaken in bad faith or is negligent. The Company will be under no obligation to indemnify RP Financial hereunder if a court determines that RP Financial was negligent or acted in bad faith with respect to any actions or omissions of RP Financial related to a matter for which indemnification is sought hereunder. Reasonable time devoted by RP Financial to situations for which RP Financial is deemed entitled to indemnification hereunder, shall be an indemnifiable cost payable by the Company at the normal hourly professional rate chargeable by such employee.

(b) RP Financial shall give written notice to the Company of such claim or facts within thirty days of the assertion of any claim or discovery of material facts upon which RP Financial intends to base a claim for indemnification hereunder, including the name of counsel that RP Financial intends to engage in connection with any indemnification related matter. In the event the Company elects, within seven days of the receipt of the original notice thereof, to contest such claim by written notice to RP Financial, the Company shall not be obligated to make payments under Section 3(c), but RP Financial will be entitled to be paid any amounts payable by the Company hereunder within five days after the final non-appealable determination of such contest either by written acknowledgement of the Company or a decision of a court of competent jurisdiction or alternative adjudication forum, unless it is determined in accordance with Section 3(c) hereof that RP Financial is not entitled to indemnity hereunder. If the Company does not so elect to contest a claim for indemnification by RP Financial hereunder, RP Financial shall (subject to the Company’s receipt of the written statement and undertaking under Section 3(c) hereof) be paid promptly and in any event within thirty days after receipt by the Company of detailed billing statements or invoices for which RP Financial is entitled to reimbursement under Section 3(c) hereof.

(c) Subject to the Company’s right to contest under Section 3(b) hereof, the Company shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by RP Financial in advance of the final disposition of any proceeding within thirty days of the receipt of such request if RP Financial furnishes the Company: (1) a written statement of RP Financial’s good faith belief that it is entitled to indemnification hereunder; (2) a written undertaking to repay the advance if it ultimately is determined in a final, non-appealable adjudication of such proceeding that it or he is not entitled to such indemnification; and (3) a detailed invoice of the expenses for which reimbursement is sought.

(d) In the event the Company does not pay any indemnified loss or make advance reimbursements of expenses in accordance with the terms of this agreement, RP Financial shall have all remedies available at law or in equity to enforce such obligation.

This agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the Company and RP Financial concerning the subject matter addressed herein, and such contract shall be governed and construed in accordance with the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. This agreement may not be modified, supplemented or amended except by written agreement executed by both parties.


Mr. James P. McDonough

April 15, 2015

Page 5

 

The Company and RP Financial are not affiliated, and neither the Company nor RP Financial has an economic interest in, or is held in common with, the other and has not derived a significant portion of its gross revenues, receipts or net income for any period from transactions with the other. RP Financial represents and warrants that it is not aware of any fact or circumstance that would cause it not to be “independent” within the meaning of the conversion regulations of the federal banking agencies or otherwise prohibit or restrict in anyway RP Financial from serving in the role of independent appraiser for the Company.

* * * * * * * * * * *

Please acknowledge your agreement to the foregoing by signing as indicated below and returning to RP Financial a signed copy of this letter, together with the initial retainer fee of $5,000.

 

Sincerely,
LOGO
William E. Pommerening
Chief Executive Officer and
Managing Director

 

Agreed To and Accepted By:    James P. McDonough  

/s/ James P. McDonough

   President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Upon Authorization by the Board of Directors For:   Randolph Savings Bank
     A subsidiary of Randolph Bancorp
     Stoughton, Massachusetts
Date Executed:    April 16, 2015  

Exhibit 99.2

 

LOGO

February 12, 2016

Board of Trustees

Randolph Bancorp, MHC

Boards of Director

Randolph Savings Bank

10 Cabot Place

Stoughton, Massachusetts 02072

 

Re: Plan of Conversion

Randolph Bancorp, MHC

Members of the Board of Trustees and the Boards of Directors:

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this letter have the meanings given such terms in the Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”) adopted by the Board of Trustees of Randolph Bancorp, MHC (the “MHC”). The Plan provides for the conversion of the MHC into the capital stock form of organization. Pursuant to the Plan, a new Massachusetts stock holding company named Randolph Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) will be organized and will sell shares of common stock in a public offering. When the conversion is completed, all of the capital stock of Randolph Savings will be owned by the Company and all of the common stock of the Company will be owned by public stockholders.

We understand that in accordance with the Plan, subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock in the Company are to be issued to: (1) Eligible Account Holders; (2) Tax-Qualified Plans including Randolph Bank’s employee stock ownership plan (the “ESOP”); and (3) Employees, Officers, Directors, Trustees and Corporators. Based solely upon our observation that the subscription rights will be available to such parties without cost, will be legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will afford such parties the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price as will be paid by members of the general public in the community offering, syndicated community offering or firm commitment underwritten offering but without undertaking any independent investigation of state or federal law or the position of the Internal Revenue Service with respect to this issue, we are of the belief that, as a factual matter:

 

  (1) the subscription rights will have no ascertainable market value; and,

 

  (2) the price at which the subscription rights are exercisable will not be more or less than the pro forma market value of the shares upon issuance.

Changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the Company’s value alone. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that persons who subscribe to shares of common stock in the subscription offering will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at the same price paid in the subscription offering.

 

Sincerely,
LOGO
RP Financial, LC.

 

  

 

Washington Headquarters

Three Ballston Plaza

1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600

Arlington, VA 22201

www.rpfinancial.com

 

Telephone: (703) 528-1700

Fax No.: (703) 528-1788

Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594

E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com

Exhibit 99.3

PRO FORMA VALUATION REPORT

STANDARD CONVERSION

Randolph Bancorp, Inc. | Stoughton, Massachusetts

PROPOSED HOLDING COMPANY FOR:

Randolph Savings Bank | Randolph, Massachusetts

Dated as of February 12, 2016

 

LOGO

1100 North Glebe Road Suite 600

Arlington, Virginia 22201

703.528.1700

rpfinancial.com


LOGO

February 12, 2016

Board of Trustees/Randolph Bancorp

Board of Directors/Randolph Savings Bank

10 Cabot Place

Stoughton, Massachusetts 02072

Members of the Boards of Trustees and Directors:

At your request, we have completed and hereby provide an independent appraisal (“Appraisal”) of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock which is to be issued in connection with the mutual-to-stock conversion transaction described below.

This Appraisal is furnished pursuant to the requirements stipulated in the Code of Federal Regulations and has been prepared in accordance with the “Guidelines for Appraisal Reports for the Valuation of Savings and Loan Associations Converting from Mutual to Stock Form of Organization” (the “Valuation Guidelines”) of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) and accepted by the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”), the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks (the “Commissioner”), and applicable regulatory interpretations thereof.

Description of the Plan of Conversion

On January 26, 2016, the Board of Trustees of Randolph Bancorp, (the “MHC”), a Massachusetts-chartered mutual holding company that owns all of the outstanding shares of common stock of Randolph Savings Bank, a Massachusetts-chartered stock savings bank, adopted the plan of conversion whereby the MHC will convert to stock form. As a result of the conversion, the MHC, which currently owns all of the issued and outstanding common stock of Randolph Savings Bank, Stoughton, Massachusetts (“RSB” or the “Bank”) will be succeeded by a Massachusetts Corporation with the name of Randolph Bancorp, Inc. (“Randolph Bancorp” or the “Company”). Following the conversion, the MHC will no longer exist. For purposes of this document, the existing consolidated entity will hereinafter be referred to as Randolph Bancorp or the Company.

Randolph Bancorp will offer its common stock in a subscription offering to Eligible Account Holders, Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans including Randolph Bank’s employee stock ownership plan (the “ESOP”) and Employees, Officers Directors, Trustees and Corporators, as such terms are defined in the Company’s prospectus for purposes of applicable federal regulatory guidelines governing mutual-to-stock conversions. To the extent shares remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions received in the

 

 

 

Washington Headquarters   

Three Ballston Plaza

1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600

Arlington, VA 22201

www.rpfinancial.com

  

Telephone: (703) 528-1700

Fax No.: (703) 528-1788

Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594

E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com


Board of Trustees

Board of Directors

February 12, 2016

Page 2

 

in the subscription offering, the shares may be offered for sale to members of the general public in a community offering and/or a syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering. A portion of the net proceeds received from the sale of the common stock will be infused into RSB and utilized to fund the merger consideration (the “Merger Consideration”) pursuant to the planned acquisition of First Eastern Bancshares Corporation (“First Eastern”) as more fully described below.

On September 2, 2015, Randolph Bancorp announced that it had entered into an agreement with First Eastern to acquire it and its wholly-owned subsidiary First Federal Savings Bank of Boston (“FFSB”), which operates a mortgage banking division doing business as First Eastern Mortgage (“First Eastern”). After the conversion and offering, upon receipt of all required regulatory approvals, Randolph Bancorp, Inc. and Randolph Savings Bank expect to acquire First Eastern and its wholly-owned subsidiary, FFSB, by merging First Eastern Bankshares Corporation with and into Randolph Bancorp, Inc. and First Federal Savings Bank of Boston with and into Randolph Savings Bank (hereinafter referred to the “Acquisition”). Approximately $14.0 million of offering proceeds will be used to fund the Merger Consideration.

As part of the Conversion transaction and in furtherance of the MHC’s commitment to its community, the MHC will form a charitable foundation (the “Foundation”). The Foundation will be funded with a cash and stock contribution equal to a value of 4% of the shares issued in the Conversion Offering, with the stock portion of the contribution totaling 80% of the total contribution and the cash component comprising the remaining 20% of the charitable contribution.

At this time, no other activities are contemplated for the Company other than the ownership of the Bank, a loan to the newly-formed ESOP which will acquire 8% of the shares issued in the Conversion and reinvestment of the proceeds that are retained by the Company. In the future, Randolph Bancorp may acquire or organize other operating subsidiaries, diversify into other banking-related activities, pay dividends or repurchase its stock, although there are no specific plans to undertake such activities at the present time.

RP ® Financial, LC.

RP ® Financial, LC. (“RP Financial”) is a financial consulting firm serving the financial services industry nationwide that, among other things, specializes in financial valuations and analyses of business enterprises and securities, including the pro forma valuation for savings institutions converting from mutual-to-stock form. The background and experience of RP Financial is detailed in Exhibit V-1. We believe that, except for the fee we will receive for the Appraisal, we are independent of the Company, the Bank, the MHC and the other parties engaged by the Bank or the Company to assist in the stock conversion process.

Valuation Methodology

In preparing our Appraisal, we have reviewed the regulatory applications of the Company, the Bank and the MHC, including the prospectus as filed with the FRB, the FDIC, the Commissioner and the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). We have conducted a financial analysis of the Company, the Bank and the MHC that has included a review of audited


Board of Trustees

Board of Directors

February 12, 2016

Page 3

 

financial information for the years ended December 31, 2011 through December 31, 2015, and due diligence related discussions with the Company’s management; Crowe Horwath, LLP, the Company’s independent auditor; Goodwin Procter, LLP., the Company’s conversion counsel and Keefe Bruyette & Woods, Inc., the Company’s marketing advisor in connection with the stock offering. We have also analyzed the pro forma financial impact of Randolph Bancorp’s pending acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation, based on financial data set forth in the Company’s prospectus, a review of First Eastern’s audited financial information for the past five years through the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, and due diligence related discussions with First Eastern’s management. All assumptions and conclusions set forth in the Appraisal were reached independently from such discussions. In addition, where appropriate, we have considered information based on other available published sources that we believe are reliable. While we believe the information and data gathered from all these sources are reliable, we cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information.

We have investigated the competitive environment within which Randolph Bancorp operates and have assessed Randolph Bancorp’s relative strengths and weaknesses. We have kept abreast of the changing regulatory and legislative environment for financial institutions and analyzed the potential impact on Randolph Bancorp and the industry as a whole. We have analyzed the potential effects of the stock conversion and the First Eastern acquisition on Randolph Bancorp’s operating characteristics and financial performance as they relate to the pro forma market value of Randolph Bancorp. We have reviewed the overall conditions in Randolph Bancorp’s and First Eastern’s market area. We have compared Randolph Bancorp’s financial performance and condition incorporating the First Eastern acquisition with selected publicly-traded thrifts in accordance with the Valuation Guidelines, as well as all publicly-traded thrifts and thrift holding companies. We have reviewed the current conditions in the securities markets in general and the market for thrift stocks in particular, including the market for existing thrift issues and initial public offerings by thrifts and thrift holding companies. We have excluded from such analyses thrifts subject to announced or rumored acquisition, and/or institutions that exhibit other unusual characteristics.

The Appraisal is based on Randolph Bancorp’s representation that the information contained in the regulatory applications and additional information furnished to us by Randolph Bancorp, First Eastern, and their independent auditors, legal counsel and other authorized agents are truthful, accurate and complete. We did not independently verify the financial statements and other information provided by Randolph Bancorp or First Eastern, or their independent auditors, legal counsel and other authorized agents nor did we independently value the assets or liabilities of Randolph Bancorp or First Eastern. The valuation considers Randolph Bancorp only as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of Randolph Bancorp’s liquidation value. Moreover, based on our due diligence discussions with Randolph Bancorp’s management, It is our understanding that there are no current plans for selling control of Randolph Bancorp following completion of the conversion.

Our appraised value is predicated on a continuation of the current operating environment for Randolph Bancorp and for all thrifts and their holding companies. Changes in the local, state and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment for financial institutions and mutual holding companies, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the value of Randolph Bancorp’s stock alone. To the extent that such factors can be foreseen, they have been factored into our analysis.


Board of Trustees

Board of Directors

February 12, 2016

Page 4

 

The estimated pro forma market value is defined as the price at which Randolph Bancorp’s common stock, immediately upon completion of the stock offering, would change hands between a willing buyer and a willing seller, neither being under any compulsion to buy or sell and both having reasonable knowledge of relevant facts.

Valuation Conclusion

It is our opinion that, as of February 12, 2016, the estimated aggregate pro forma market value of the shares to be issued immediately following the conversion – including the shares issued to the Foundation – was $44,376,000 at the midpoint, equal to 4,437,600 shares at a per share value of $10.00.

Based on the foregoing valuation, the corresponding range of shares and market values based on a $10.00 per share price are as follows:

 

     Total Shares      Offering
Shares
     Foundation
Shares
     Per Share
Offering
Price
 

Shares

           

Maximum, as Adjusted

     5,868,726         5,686,750         181,976       $ 10.00   

Maximum

     5,103,240         4,945,000         158,240       $ 10.00   

Midpoint

     4,437,600         4,300,000         137,600       $ 10.00   

Minimum

     3,771,960         3,655,000         116,960       $ 10.00   

Aggregate Market Value

           

Maximum, as Adjusted

   $ 58,687,260       $ 56,867,500       $ 1,819,760      

Maximum

   $ 51,032,400       $ 49,450,000       $ 1,582,400      

Midpoint

   $ 44,376,000       $ 43,000,000       $ 1,376,000      

Minimum

   $ 37,719,600       $ 36,550,000       $ 1,169,600      

RP Financial’s detailed valuation analysis set forth herein has been prepared assuming the Acquisition of First Eastern is completed as currently structured shortly following the completion of the Conversion. As reflected in the Conversion Prospectus disclosure reflecting the financial impact of the termination of the Acquisition on Randolph Bancorp, while certain financial measures including total assets, total liabilities and pro forma net income (loss) would differ, RP Financial estimates that Randolph Bancorp’s pro forma stockholders’ equity would not be materially different and the pro forma valuation would be the same whether or not the Acquisition is completed, based on financial information and market data available as of the date of this Appraisal. In the event the Acquisition is terminated prior to the completion of the Conversion, RP Financial will address the factors leading to the termination of the Acquisition


Board of Trustees

Board of Directors

February 12, 2016

Page 5

 

and the impact on Randolph Bancorp’s pro forma financial condition, operations, and future prospects through an updated valuation as part of the regulatory valuation guideline update process described below in the section entitled “Limited Factors and Considerations”. Any appraisal prepared at that time in the future would be based on the facts and circumstances existing at that time, including, among other things, market and economic conditions as well as the factors that led to the termination of the Merger Agreement.

Limiting Factors and Considerations

The valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of the common stock. Moreover, because such valuation is determined in accordance with applicable regulatory guidelines and is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which are subject to change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons who purchase shares of common stock in the conversion offering will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at prices related to the foregoing valuation of the estimated pro forma market value thereof. The appraisal reflects only a valuation range as of this date for the pro forma market value of Randolph Bancorp immediately upon issuance of the stock and does not take into account any trading activity with respect to the purchase and sale of common stock in the secondary market on the date of issuance of such securities or at anytime thereafter following the completion of the stock offering.

RP Financial’s valuation was based on the financial condition, operations of Randolph Bancorp and First Eastern as of December 31, 2015, the date of the financial data included in the prospectus.

RP Financial is not a seller of securities within the meaning of any federal and state securities laws and any report prepared by RP Financial shall not be used as an offer or solicitation with respect to the purchase or sale of any securities. RP Financial maintains a policy which prohibits RP Financial, its principals or employees from purchasing stock of its client institutions.


Board of Trustees

Board of Directors

February 12, 2016

Page 6

 

This valuation will be updated as provided for in the conversion regulations and guidelines. These updates will consider, among other things, any developments or changes in the financial performance and condition of Randolph Bancorp and First Eastern, management policies, and current conditions in the equity markets for thrift shares, both existing issues and new issues. These updates may also consider changes in other external factors which impact value including, but not limited to: various changes in the legislative and regulatory environment for financial institutions, the stock market and the market for thrift stocks, and interest rates. Should any such new developments or changes be material, in our opinion, to the valuation of the shares, appropriate adjustments to the estimated pro forma market value will be incorporated. The reasons for any such adjustments will be explained in the update at the date of the release of the update. The valuation will also be updated at the completion of Randolph Bancorp’s stock offering.

 

Respectfully submitted,
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.
LOGO
James P. Hennessey
Director


RP ® Financial, LC.    TABLE OF CONTENTS
   i

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RANDOLPH BANCORP

RANDOLPH SAVINGS BANK

Stoughton, Massachusetts

 

DESCRIPTION

       PAGE
NUMBER
 

CHAPTER ONE

  OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS   

Introduction

     I.1     

Plan of Conversion

     I.1     

Strategic Overview

     I.3     

Reasons for Conversion and Use of Proceeds

     I.4     

Financial Condition

     I.5     

Income Statement

     I.12   

Interest Rate Risk

     I.19   

Lending Activities and Strategy

     I.21   

Asset Quality

     I.24   

Funding Composition and Strategy

     I.25   

Subsidiaries

     I.26   

Legal Proceedings

     I.27   

CHAPTER TWO

 

MARKET AREA

  

Introduction

     II.1     

National Economic Factors

     II.2     

Interest Rate Environment

     II.4     

Primary Market Area Overview

     II.5     

Market Area Demographics

     II.5     

Primary Market Area Employment Sectors

     II.8     

Major Market Area Employers

     II.9     

Market Area Unemployment Data

     II.10   

Deposits Trends and Competition

     II.11   

Competition

     II.13   

CHAPTER THREE

 

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

  

Peer Group Selection

     III.1     

Financial Condition

     III.7     

Income and Expense Components

     III.10   

Loan Composition

     III.14   

Credit Risk

     III.16   

Interest Rate Risk

     III.18   

Summary

     III.20   


RP ® Financial, LC.    TABLE OF CONTENTS
   ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RANDOLPH BANCORP

RANDOLPH SAVINGS BANK

Stoughton, Massachusetts

(continued)

 

DESCRIPTION

   PAGE
NUMBER
 

CHAPTER FOUR             VALUATION ANALYSIS

  

Introduction

     IV.1     

Appraisal Guidelines

     IV.1     

RP Financial Approach to the Valuation

     IV.1     

Valuation Analysis

     IV.2     
    1.   

Financial Condition

     IV.3     
   

2.

   Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings      IV.4     
   

3.

   Asset Growth      IV.6     
   

4.

   Primary Market Area      IV.7     
   

5.

   Dividends      IV.8     
   

6.

   Liquidity of the Shares      IV.9     
   

7.

   Marketing of the Issue      IV.9     
       A.   

The Public Market

     IV.10   
       B.   

The New Issue Market

     IV.14   
       C.   

The Acquisition Market

     IV.16   
   

8.

  

Management

     IV.16   
   

9.

  

Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform

     IV.17   

Summary of Adjustments

     IV.17   

Valuation Approaches: Fully-Converted Basis

     IV.17   
   

1.

  

Price-to-Earnings (“P/E”)

     IV.19   
   

2.

  

Price-to-Book (“P/B”)

     IV.21   
   

3.

  

Price-to-Assets (“P/A”)

     IV.21   

Valuation Conclusion

     IV.22   


RP ® Financial, LC.    LIST OF TABLES
   iii

 

LIST OF TABLES

RANDOLPH BANCORP

RANDOLPH SAVINGS BANK

Stoughton, Massachusetts

 

TABLE
NUMBER

 

DESCRIPTION

   PAGE  

1.1

 

Historical Balance Sheet Data

     I.6     

1.2

 

Historical Income Statements

     I.13   

2.1

 

Summary Demographic Data

     II.7     

2.2

 

Primary Market Area Employment Sectors

     II.9     

2.3

 

Market Area Largest Employers

     II.10   

2.4

 

Unemployment Trends

     II.11   

2.5

 

Deposit Summary

     II.12   

2.6

 

Market Area Deposit Competitors

     II.14   

3.1

 

Peer Group of Publicly-Traded Thrifts

     III.4     

3.2

 

Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates

     III.8     

3.3

 

Income as a Pct. of Avg. Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads

     III.12   

3.4

 

Loan Portfolio Composition and Related Information

     III.15   

3.5

 

Credit Risk Measures and Related Information

     III.17   

3.6

 

Interest Rate Risk Measures and Net Interest Income Volatility

     III.19   

4.1

 

Market Area Unemployment Rates

     IV.8     

4.2

 

Pricing Characteristics and After-Market Trends

     IV.15   

4.3

 

Core Earnings Estimate

     IV.19   

4.4

 

Public Market Pricing Versus Peer Group

     IV.20   


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   Page I.1

I. OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

Introduction

Randolph Savings Bank (“RSB” or the “Bank”), chartered in 1851, is Massachusetts chartered stock savings bank headquartered in Stoughton, Massachusetts. In 2002, RSB reorganized into the mutual holding company structure, forming Randolph Bancorp, a Massachusetts chartered mutual holding company (the “MHC” or the “Company”). As of December 31, 2015, the Company maintained total assets of $383.2 million, deposits of $309.2 million, and equity of $32.5 million, or 8.47% of assets. The Company’s operations are conducted through the headquarters office location and five full-service branch offices, all of which are located within Norfolk County, Massachusetts. Additionally, the Bank maintains mortgage loan production office (“LPO”) in Norfolk and Bristol Counties. A map of RSBs branch office locations is provided in Exhibit I-1.

Randolph Bancorp is regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”), and the Bank is subject to examination, supervision and regulation by the Massachusetts Division of Banks and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). Deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Company (“FDIC”) up to the applicable limits for each depositor, however when deposits are in excess of the FDIC maximum limit, then they are insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”). The Bank is also a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system. The Company’s audited financial statements are included by reference as Exhibit I-3.

Plan of Conversion

On January 26, 2016, the Board of Trustees of Randolph Bancorp unanimously adopted a plan of conversion. The plan of conversion provides for the conversion and reorganization of the MHC into a capital stock form of organization (the “Conversion”). The MHC currently owns 100% of the common stock of the Bank. As part of the Conversion Transaction, the MHC will be converted into a publicly-held company through a conversion and sale of 100% of its newly-issued stock to the Bank’s depositors and the general public. The publicly held holding company will be known as Randolph Bancorp, Inc.

The purposes of the Conversion are to (1) raise capital in connection with the acquisition (the “Acquisition”) of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation (“First Eastern”) which will be more


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   Page I.2

 

fully detailed in a section to follow; (2) support future growth and profitability through, among other things, branch expansion and increased lending; (3)Compete more effectively in the financial services marketplace by diversifying products and services offered to customers; (4) Facilitate future mergers and acquisitions; (5) make necessary capital investments in facilities and technology; (6) increase philanthropic endeavors to the communities served by Randolph Bancorp through the formation and funding of a charitable foundation to support charitable activities within the communities that it serves and will serve in the future; (7) offer depositors, employees, officers, directors, trustees and corporators an equity ownership interest in Randolph Bancorp; and (9) attract and retain qualified directors, management and employees through stock-based compensation plans.

After the conversion and offering, upon receipt of all required regulatory approvals, Randolph Bancorp, Inc. and Randolph Savings Bank expect to acquire First Eastern Bankshares Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiary, First Federal Savings Bank of Boston, by merging First Eastern Bankshares Corporation with and into Randolph Bancorp, Inc. and First Federal Savings Bank of Boston with and into Randolph Savings Bank. Approximately $14.0 million of offering proceeds will be used to fund the merger (the “Merger Consideration”).

First Eastern Bankshares Corporation

First Eastern owns 100% of the issued and outstanding common stock of FFSB, which is the wholly-owned subsidiary and primary asset of First Eastern. First Eastern is a privately held savings and loan holding company owned by a single individual shareholder. To date, First Eastern has not engaged in any material operations other than to hold all of the issued and outstanding stock of FFSB, the investment of funds held at the holding company level, and the payment of cash dividends to its single shareholder. As of December 31 2015, First Eastern Bancorp reported consolidated assets of $66.1 million, net loans receivable of $50.6 million, deposits of $34.8 million, borrowings of $15.9 million and stockholder’s equity of $14.1 million, equal to 21.3% of total assets. First Eastern reported earnings for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, of $1.3 million or approximately 1.96% of average assets. First Eastern, as a privately held corporation owned by one individual shareholder is organized as an “S” Corporation and thus, is not subject to federal and state corporate taxation but rather, the income and expenses of First Eastern flow through to its shareholder’s personal tax return. Pursuant to the merger agreement, First Eastern will be merged into Randolph Bancorp and Randolph Bancorp will be the surviving corporation.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   Page I.3

 

First Federal Savings Bank of Boston

FFSB operates a mortgage banking division doing business as First Eastern Mortgage (“First Eastern Mortgage”) which has been operating in the Boston metropolitan area for over 30 years. First Eastern Mortgage currently operates eight mortgage loan production offices concentrated in Eastern Massachusetts and a loan operations center located in Andover, Massachusetts that currently services $747.9 million in mortgage loans. FFSB also operates a retail banking office in downtown Boston. A map of the combined LPO networks of Randolph and First Eastern Mortgage have been included as Exhibit I-2.

The operations of FFSB are predominated by First Eastern Mortgage’s mortgage banking operations as FFSB’s retail banking is limited to one retail banking facility in downtown Boston. As of December 31, 2015, First Eastern Mortgage had a total of 112 full-time equivalent employees and employed approximately 40 loan originators operating out of its eight LPOs (One LPO was recently closed). Residential loans are sold to a variety of investors including government agencies and large financial Institutions. Loans originated by First Eastern Mortgage have averaged $356.2 million annually over the last two fiscal years and totaled $424.3 million in fiscal 2015. First Eastern Mortgage generally retains the servicing on the loans it originates for resale and the unpaid principal balance of First Eastern’s loans serviced for others (“LSFO’s”) totaled $747.9 million as of December 31, 2015. The value of mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) on the balance sheet as of December 31, 2015, equaled $4.1 million, or 0.52% of the unpaid loan principal balance. The fair value of the MSRs is estimated to equal $6.5 million or 0.86% of the outstanding loan principal balance.

Strategic Overview

Randolph Bancorp is a community-oriented financial institution, which emphasizes the offering of traditional financial services to individuals and businesses within the markets served by the branch offices and nearby surrounding markets. In this regard, the Company’s primary deposit-taking market is Norfolk County, Massachusetts and the primary lending market is more broadly based in Bristol, Essex, Middlesex, Norfolk, Plymouth and Suffolk counties in Massachusetts and Kent, Newport, Providence and Washington counties in Rhode Island. RSB’s range of products include residential and commercial real estate loans, commercial business loans, residential and commercial construction loans, home equity loans and other consumer loans, along with personal and business checking and other insured savings deposits. In addition, to traditional retail banking operations, the Company also originates residential loans for resale with Randolph Bancorp originating $105.8 million of loans for resale in fiscal 2015.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   Page I.4

 

The Company expects to continue to pursue a two prong strategy with the acquisition of First Eastern, by continuing to emphasize residential mortgage banking activities which will be enhanced through the acquisition of First Eastern, while also building its community banking franchise. In 2013, the Board of Directors employed the current CEO who had previously served as the CEO at another Boston area financial institution. Over the last several years, management has primarily sought to pursue two major business lines as follows: (1) residential mortgage lending with the majority of conforming residential loans originated sold into the secondary market; and (2) a traditional community oriented financial institution focused on broad-based consumer and commercial lending. Management resources have been bolstered with many key additions in the area of retail banking, credit, residential mortgage lending, human resources, and finance. The Company’s management and board now believe that with these additions, coupled with the Acquisition of First Eastern, Randolph Bancorp has the capacity to grow the balance sheet and earnings by leveraging the management and technology infrastructure developed over the last several years.

Through the acquisition of First Eastern, Randolph Bancorp will expand its market presence in New England including its residential loan production and mortgage servicing capabilities. The Acquisition will substantially enhance Randolph Bancorp’s residential lending capabilities, particularly through the addition of approximately 40 seasoned loan officers and 8 retail LPOs.

Reasons for Conversion and Use of Proceeds

A key component of the Company’s business plan is to complete a conversion offering. The conversion will support growth of market share and competitive position, most notably through the acquisition of First Eastern. A portion of the conversion proceeds will be utilized to fund the cash consideration to be paid for the Acquisition. Additionally, the conversion will support:

 

    Expansion of lending and deposit gathering activities with broader distribution outlets;

 

    Expansion and diversification of operations through the potential for acquisitions of other financial institutions or de novo branching as opportunities arise;


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   Page I.5

 

    Enhancement of existing products and services and development of new products and services;

 

    Improvement of competitive position in the marketplace; and

 

    Enhancement of earnings through higher returns and more flexible capital management strategies.

The projected use of proceeds at the proposed midpoint of the valuation range is highlighted below.

 

    The Company. The Company is expected to retain: (1) 50% of the net conversion proceeds after payment of the $14.0 million cash Merger Consideration and a cash contribution to a charitable foundation to be formed as part of the conversion. At present, funds at the holding company level are expected to be initially held in liquid funds, net of the funds utilized to fund the employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”). Over time, the funds may be utilized for various corporate purposes, acquisitions, infusing additional equity into the Bank, repurchases of common stock, and the payment of dividends.

 

    The Bank.  Approximately 50% of the net conversion proceeds after payment of the Merger Consideration will be infused into the Bank. Cash proceeds (i.e., net proceeds less deposits withdrawn to fund stock purchases) infused into the Bank are anticipated to become part of general operating funds and are expected to be primarily utilized to provide capital for targeted loan growth over time.

Overall, it is the Company’s objective to pursue controlled growth that will serve to increase returns, without significantly increasing the overall risk associated with Randolph Bancorp’s operations.

Financial Condition

Overview

Table 1.1 shows the Company’s historical balance sheet data for the past five years, as well as First Eastern’s balance sheet and the Company’s combined pro forma balance sheet at December 31, 2015. The Company’s audited financial statements are included by reference as Exhibit I-3. The pro forma combined balance sheet gives effect to the acquisition of First Eastern, including merger accounting entries before incorporating the capital to be raised in the stock offering. Merger adjustments are consistent with the prospectus disclosure based on financial information as of December 31, 2015. The following paragraphs describe the historical balance sheet trends for Randolph Bancorp on a pre-acquisition basis. The pro forma balance sheet impact of the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation will be discussed at the end of this section.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   Page I.6

 

Table 1.1

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Historical Balance Sheets

 

                                                               

Randolph

Bancorp, Inc

       
               

Pro Forma

Combined

   

Randoph

Bancorp

 
    As of December 31,     As of     Annual  
    2011     2012     2013     2014     2015     December 31,
2015 (4)
    Growth
Rate
 
    Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Pct  
    ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     (%)  

Total Amount of:

                         

Assets

  $ 382,858        100.00   $ 386,782        100.00   $ 373,718        100.00   $ 359,440        100.00   $ 383,163        100.00   $ 435,190        100.00     0.02

Loans Receivable (net) (2)

    179,369        46.85     179,406        46.38     203,974        54.58     251,349        69.93     288,021        75.17     338,537        77.79     12.57

Cash and Equivalents

    12,366        3.23     7,967        2.06     40,239        10.77     5,203        1.45     9,321        2.43     16,064        3.69     -6.82

Investment Securities (3)

    160,635        41.96     171,012        44.21     99,833        26.71     80,590        22.42     62,267        16.25     45,678        10.50     -21.10

BOLI

    9,423        2.46     9,707        2.51     9,965        2.67     10,210        2.84     9,620        2.51     9,620        2.21     0.52

Real Estate Owned

  $ 2,471        0.65   $ 270        0.07   $ 130        0.03   $ 600        0.17   $ 500        0.13   $ 511        0.12     -32.93

Fixed Assets

    6,860        1.79     6,561        1.70     6,294        1.68     4,213        1.17     2,891        0.75     5,163        1.19     -19.43

Mortgage Servicing Rights

    999        0.26     1,505        0.39     1,505        0.40     2,344        0.65     2,567        0.67     9,041        2.08     26.61

Goodwill

    0        0.00     0        0.00     0        0.00     0        0.00     0        0.00     0        0.00     NM   

Core Deposit Intangible

    0        0.00     0        0.00     0        0.00     0        0.00     0        0.00     390        0.09     NM   

Other Assets

    10,735        2.80     10,354        2.68     11,778        3.15     4,931        1.37     7,976        2.08     10,186        2.34     -7.16

Deposits

  $ 322,704        84.29   $ 323,648        83.68   $ 321,449        86.01   $ 294,462        81.92   $ 309,195        80.70   $ 343,975        79.04     -1.06

Borrowings

    13,971        3.65     14,476        3.74     9,771        2.61     24,079        6.70     34,914        9.11     50,797        11.67     25.73

Other Liabilities

    8,788        2.30     7,578        1.96     6,889        1.84     7,243        2.02     6,595        1.72     7,908        1.82     -6.93

Equity

    37,395        9.77     41,080        10.62     35,609        9.53     33,656        9.36     32,459        8.47     32,510        7.47     -3.48

Tangible Equity

    37,395        9.77     41,080        10.62     35,609        9.53     33,656        9.36     32,459        8.47     32,120        7.38     -3.48

Net Unrealized Gain/(Loss) on Investment/MBS Available for Sale

  $ 1,268        0.33   $ 3,342        0.86   $ 490        0.13   $ 704        0.20   $ 261        0.07   $ 261        0.06     -32.64

Loans/Deposits

    55.58       55.43       63.45       85.36       93.15       98.42    

Full service branches

    7          7          7          5          5          6       

Loan production offices

    1          1          1          2          2          11       

 

(1) Ratios are as a percent of ending assets.
(2) Includes loans held for sale.
(3) Includes small balances of certificates of deposit from fiscal 2011 to 2014.
(4) Includes merger entries before conversion.

Source: Audited financial statements and conversion prospectus for Randolph Bancorp.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   Page I.7

 

Growth Trends

From fiscal year end 2011 through December 31, 2015, Randolph Bancorp’s assets have shown limited change overall, increasing by less than 1% annually over the period, albeit increasing by 6.6% in the most recent fiscal year. General trends in the Company’s interest-earning asset composition reflect that the loans receivable balance has trended higher as a percent of assets. Overall, loans receivable increased from 46.9% of assets at year-end 2011 to 74.4% of assets at December 31, 2015. At the same time, overall asset growth was minimal and loan growth was funded with a redeployment of funds from the cash and investment portfolio and expanded utilization of borrowed funds.

Deposits shrank at a 1% annual rate between fiscal 2011 and 2015 period covered in Table 1.1 resulting in part, from the sale of two Rhode Island branch offices in fiscal 2014. At the same time, the Company increased its utilization of FHLB advances. Accordingly, deposits decreased from 84.3% of assets at year-end 2011 to 80.7% of assets at December 31, 2015, while over the same time period borrowings increased from 3.7% of assets to 9.1% of assets. Randolph Bancorp’s equity has diminished at a 3.5% annual pace since the end of fiscal 2011 as earnings in fiscal 2012 were more than offset by losses reported in fiscal 2013 through fiscal 2015.

Operating Results for Randolph Bancorp have been adversely impacted by investments in personnel and other infrastructure to provide a base for expanded/diversified lending activities and balance sheet growth. The Company has realized related expenses for severance of terminated employees and the cost of the expanded infrastructure required to execute a growth-oriented business plan. Additionally, the Company’s spreads have been compressed in the low interest rate environment which has prevailed over the last five fiscal years.

A summary of Randolph Bancorp’s key operating ratios for the past five years is presented in Exhibit I-4.

Balance Sheet Characteristics

The balance of Randolph‘s net loan receivable has been increasing over the time period shown in Table 1.1 from $179.4 million, or 46.85% of assets as of December 31, 2011 to $288.0 million, or 74.42% of assets as of December 31, 2015. Owing to the decrease in deposit balances, the loans/deposit ratio increased over the same time period. A majority of the Company’s loans are secured by property within Norfolk County, Massachusetts, the location of the Company’s office facilities, as well as nearby areas in the Boston metropolitan area including Rhode Island. Randolph Bancorp operates an active mortgage-banking operation, whereby long-term fixed rate residential loans are sold into the secondary market, with the Company realizing gains in the sales of the loan and fee income from mortgage servicing. Loans held for sale including in the residential mortgage loan balance totaled $2.9 million as of December 31, 2015.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   Page I.8

 

As noted above, the proportion of loans to total assets has been increasing as management has been focused on increasing earnings through the redeployment of funds into higher yielding loans receivable. Since fiscal 2011, the composition of the loan portfolio has shifted modestly to include a higher proportion of 1-4 family residential mortgage loans and home equity loans, as management was focused on underwriting and credit-related issues in the commercial mortgage portfolio through fiscal 2014. As a result, the aggregate balance of commercial mortgage loans has remained materially unchanged since the end of fiscal 2011, as reflected by data which shows that the commercial mortgage portfolio has increased by $839,000 or 1.1% since the end of fiscal 2011. However, since the end of fiscal 2013, commercial mortgages have increased.

The remaining balance of the loan portfolio was comprised of relatively limited amounts of construction and non-mortgage consumer and commercial loans with a gross balance of $12.4 million as of December 31, 2015.

The intent of the Company’s investment policy is to provide adequate liquidity and to generate a favorable return within the context of supporting overall credit and interest rate risk objectives. As of December 31, 2015, the Company’s portfolio of cash and cash equivalents totaled $9.3 million, equal to 2.4% of assets. The Company seeks to maintain an adequate balance of cash and short-term funds owing to the level of secondary market lending which can create fluctuating needs for liquidity.

Investment securities totaled $62.3 million, equal to 16.3% of assets (see Exhibit I-5 for the investment portfolio composition), all of which were classified as available for sale (“AFS”) as of December 31, 2015. The largest segment of the investment portfolio was comprised of mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) which totaled $34.6 million, equal 9.0% of assets. The balance of the investment securities portfolio totaled $27.6 million, or 7.2% of total assets, as of December 31, 2015, and was primarily comprised of municipal bonds ($15.8 million), U.S government agency securities ($7.0 million), corporate debt securities ($4.3 million). Additionally, the Company maintains permissible equity investments such as FHLB stock and a small balance of mutual fund investments with a market value of $545,000 as of December 31, 2015.

Randolph Bancorp reported investment in fixed assets as of December 31, 2015 equal to $2.9 million, or 0.75% of assets, representing the investment in the seven branch and office


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   Page I.9

 

locations. Other real estate owned (“OREO”) diminished significantly in 2012, from the relatively high level prevailing as of the end of fiscal 2011 ($2.5 million or 0.65% of assets) and has been maintained at relatively modest level as Randolph Bancorp has largely resolved the prior asset quality issues.

As noted previously, Randolph Bancorp has been active in the origination and sale of mortgage loans generally on a servicing retained basis. As of December 31, 2015, Randolph Bancorp LSFO’s totaled $317.2 million. The value of mortgage servicing rights on the balance sheet as of December 31, 2015, equaled $2.6 million, or 0.81% of the unpaid loan principal balance. The acquisition of First Eastern will materially increase the portfolio of LSFOs and MSRs of Randolph Bancorp.

Retail deposits have consistently been the substantial portion of balance sheet funding. However, in the low interest rate environment which has prevailed over the last five fiscal years, coupled with the limited need for funds as the Company sought to redeploy investable funds from the investment portfolio, the need for new deposit funds has been limited. Additionally, the Company sold two branches in Rhode Island in fiscal 2014, which contributed to total deposit shrinkage. As a result, the balance of deposits has diminished since 2011 at a 1.1% annual pace to equal $309.2 million or 80.7% of total assets as of December 31, 2015. As a result, the deposits/assets ratio has diminished from 84.3% as of the end of fiscal 2011 to 80.7% as of the end of fiscal 2015. The composition of deposits reflects a mix of savings and transaction accounts with regular savings comprising the single largest component of the deposit base totaling $94.7 million, equal to 30.7% of total deposits as of December 31, 2015.

Borrowings serve as an alternative funding source to support asset growth and management of funding costs and interest rate risk. Borrowings held by the Bank at December 31, 2015 consisted of $34.9 million of FHLB fixed rate term and amortizing advances with maturities ranging from 2016 to 2018. The Company has utilized borrowed funds to a moderate degree at the Bank level typically under the following parameters: (1) when such funds are priced attractively relative to deposits; (2) to lengthen the duration of liabilities; (3) to enhance earnings when attractive revenue enhancement opportunities arise; and (4) to generate additional liquid funds, if required.

The Company’s equity has diminished at a 3.5% annual pace since fiscal 2011 as earnings in fiscal 2012, were more than offset by net losses in fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015. As of December 31, 2015, the Company’s consolidated equity totaled $32.5 million, or 8.47% of total assets and all of Company’s capital was tangible capital. The offering proceeds will serve to


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   Page I.10

 

further strengthen the Company’s and the Bank’s regulatory capital position as well as the GAAP equity on a consolidated basis. The principal objective of the Conversion is to raise capital to support the Company’s ability to achieve targeted growth including the funding of the Merger Consideration paid to First Eastern’s sole shareholder. Importantly, the Company’s future equity growth rate is expected to remain modest, notwithstanding the earnings contribution anticipated by First Eastern, given the pro forma increase in equity, given the modest core earnings of the Company on a pre-conversion basis and the cost of future branching and other growth-related initiatives designed to enhance the long term earnings capacity albeit at the cost of near term growth of operating costs.

First Eastern Bankshares Balance Sheet Trends

From fiscal year end December 31, 2011 through December 31, 2015 First Eastern’s assets fluctuated primarily based on the loans held for sale but did not exceed $91.0 million at any fiscal year end and equaled $66.1 million as of December 31, 2015. The majority of First Eastern’s balance sheet is comprised of residential mortgage loans including a significant proportion of loans held for sale reflecting the extensive secondary market origination and sales activities of First Eastern Mortgage.

As shown in the tabular presentation below, as of December 31, 2015, First Eastern’s balance sheet on standalone basis primarily consisted of loans and cash funded by deposits generated out of its single office facility in Boston supplemented by borrowed funds. First Eastern maintains a high level of capital with equity totaling $14.1 million or 21.3% of assets, as a result of the extensive secondary market lending operations which entail a higher level of risk in comparison to a traditional community banking operation. Tangible equity was modestly lower than reported equity, totaling $13.3 million after excluding $789,000 of goodwill on First Eastern’s balance sheet.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   Page I.11

 

Schedule of First Eastern Bankshares’ Balance Sheet

 

     First Eastern Bankshares  
     As of December 31, 2015  
     Amount     Pct(1)  
     ($000)     (%)  

Total Amount of:

    

Assets

   $ 66,066        100.00

Loans Receivable (net) (2)

     50,617        76.62

Cash and Equivalents

     6,747        10.21

Investment Securities

     1        0.00

BOLI

     0        0.00

Real Estate Owned

   $ 11        0.02

Fixed Assets

     1,622        2.46

Mortgage Servicing Rights

     4,074        6.17

Goodwill

     789        1.19

Core Deposit Intangible

     0        0.00

Other Assets

     2,205        3.34

Deposits

   $ 34,780        52.64

Borrowings

     15,883        24.04

Other Liabilities

     1,313        1.99

Equity

     14,090        21.33

Tangible Equity

     13,301        20.13

Net Unrealized Gain/(Loss) on Investment/MBS Available for Sale

   $ 0        0.00

Loans/Deposits

     145.53  

Full service branches

     1     

Loan production offices

     9     

 

(1) Ratios are as a percent of ending assets.
(2) Includes loans held for sale.

Source: Audited financial statemenrts and conversion prospectus for Randolph Bancorp.

Pro Forma Balance Sheet Impact of First Eastern Acquisition

The balance sheet impact of the First Eastern acquisition is shown in Table 1.1 as of December 31, 2015, including the purchase accounting entries but before the impact of the stock offering. On the asset side of the balance sheet, the ratio of loans-to-assets will increase and the level of cash and investments comprising total assets will decrease. The value of MSRs will increase to $9.6 million (2.21% of assets) which will exceed the 10% of Tier 1 capital limit even after the capital raised in the Conversion and thus, a portion of the MSR value will be excluded from the Company’s and the Bank’s regulatory capital. At the same time, the level of intangible assets created pursuant to the acquisition is expected to be nominal (i.e., $390,000 of core deposit intangible or “CDI”).


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   Page I.12

 

On the liability side of the balance sheet, the level of deposits and borrowings funding assets will decrease and increase, respectively, on a combined basis. Deposits decrease from 80.7% of assets to 79.0% of assets on a pro forma combined basis, while borrowings increase from 10.6% of assets to 13.7% of assets on a pro forma combined basis. Before factoring in the impact of the net conversion proceeds, the Bank’s equity-to-assets ratio decreases from 8.47% to 7.47% on a combined basis, while the tangible equity ratio is estimated to be 7.38% at December 31, 2015.

The completion of the Conversion and Acquisition will enhance the ability to realize the value of Randolph Bancorp’s deferred tax asset balance of $3.9 million which had a 100% valuation allowance as of December 31, 2015. If this occurs, equity may increase to the extent the valuation allowance is reversed.

Income Statement

Overview

Table 1.2 shows the Company’s historical income statements for the past five fiscal years, as well as an income statement for First Eastern on a standalone basis for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, and a pro forma income statement for Randolph Bancorp for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, giving effect to the acquisition of First Eastern. Merger adjustments are consistent with the prospectus disclosure as of December 31, 2015, which are limited to the impact of the estimated purchase accounting adjustments which impact future earnings. The following discussion describes the historical income statements of Randolph Bancorp on a pre-acquisition basis. The pro forma income statement impact of the acquisition of First Eastern (including the purchase accounting merger entries) is discussed at the end of this section.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   Page I.13

 

Table 1.2

Randolph Bancorp and Subsidiary

Historical Income Statements

 

     For the year ended December 31,     First Eastern
Bankshares Corp
12 Month Ended
December 31, 2015
    Pro Forma Combined
Incl. Merger Entries
Randolph Bancorp, Inc.
12 Months Ended
December 31, 2015 (4)
 
      
      
      
     2011     2012     2013     2014     2015      
     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)  
     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)  

Interest Income

   $ 15,073        3.94   $ 13,462        3.51   $ 11,768        3.06   $ 11,804        3.32   $ 12,482        3.31   $ 2,259        3.47   $ 14,741        3.44

Interest Expense

     (3,034     -0.79     (2,342     -0.61     (1,967     -0.51     (1,303     -0.37     (1,357     -0.36     (285     -0.44     (1,641     -0.38
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

   $ 12,039        3.15   $ 11,120        2.90   $ 9,801        2.54   $ 10,501        2.96   $ 11,126        2.95   $ 1,974        3.03   $ 13,100        3.06

Provision for Loan Losses

     (775     -0.20     (390     -0.10     (1,911     -0.50     (120     -0.03     137        0.04     0        0.00     137        0.03
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income after Provisions

   $ 11,264        2.95   $ 10,730        2.80   $ 7,890        2.05   $ 10,381        2.92   $ 11,263        2.99   $ 1,974        3.03   $ 13,237        3.09

Other Income

   $ 2,221        0.58   $ 1,574        0.41   $ 2,895        0.75   $ 2,771        0.78   $ 2,109        0.56   $ 1,361        2.09   $ 3,170        0.74

Operating Expense

     (14,236     -3.72     (14,730     -3.84     (16,971     -4.41     (14,716     -4.14     (15,925     -4.22     (11,384     -17.50     (27,409     -6.40
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Operating Income

   ($ 751     -0.20   ($ 2,426     -0.63   ($ 6,186     -1.61   ($ 1,564     -0.44   ($ 2,553     -0.68   ($ 8,049     -12.37   ($ 11,002     -2.57

Gain(Loss) on Sale of Loans

     1,360        0.36     4,013        1.05     1,743        0.45     1,389        0.39     2,567        0.68     9,334        14.35     11,901        2.78

Gain(Loss) on Sale of Securities

   $ 29        0.01   $ 406        0.11   $ 39        0.01   $ 780        0.22   ($ 7     0.00   $ 0        0.00   ($ 7     0.00

Gain(Loss) on Sale of Branches

     0        0.00     0        0.00     0        0.00     780        0.22     0        0.00     0        0.00     0        0.00

Pension Plan Expense

     0        0.00     0        0.00     0        0.00     (463     -0.13     (543     -0.14     0        0.00     (543     -0.13

One-Time Meger Related Costs (6)

     0        0.00     0        0.00     0        0.00     0        0.00     (611     -0.16     0        0.00     0        0.00

Life Insurance Benefit

     0        0.00     0        0.00     0        0.00     0        0.00     285        0.08     0        0.00     285        0.07

Merger Exp/Severance/ Receiv. Writeoff

     0        0.00     0        0.00     0        0.00     0        0.00     0        0.00     0        0.00     0        0.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Non-Operating Income (Exp.)

   $ 29        0.01   $ 406        0.11   $ 39        0.01   $ 1,097        0.31   ($ 876     -0.23   $ 0        0.00   ($ 265     -0.06

Net Income Before Tax

   $ 638        0.17   $ 1,993        0.52   ($ 4,404     -1.14   $ 922        0.26   ($ 862     -0.23   $ 1,285        1.98   $ 634        0.15

Income Taxes

     50        0.01     (382     -0.10     1,785        0.46     (3,089     -0.87     108        0.03     (10     -0.02     (193     -0.05
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

   $ 688        0.18   $ 1,611        0.42   ($ 2,619     -0.68   ($ 2,167     -0.61   ($ 754     -0.20   $ 1,275        1.96   $ 441        0.10

Adjusted Earnings:

                            

Net Income

   $ 688        0.18   $ 1,611        0.42   ($ 2,619     -0.68   ($ 2,167     -0.61   ($ 754     -0.20   $ 1,275        1.96   $ 441        0.10

Add(Deduct): Non-Operating (Inc)/Exp

     (29     -0.01     (406     -0.11     (39     -0.01     (1,097     -0.31     876        0.23     0        0.00     265        0.06

Add(Deduct): Valuation allowance on DTA

     0        0.00     0        0.00     0        0.00     3,089        0.87     0        0.00     0        0.00     0     

Tax Effect (3)

     10        0.00     138        0.04     13        0.00     0        0.00     0        0.00     0        0.00     (90     -0.02
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted Earnings:

   $ 669        0.17   $ 1,343        0.35   ($ 2,645     -0.69   ($ 175     -0.05   $ 122        0.03   $ 1,275        1.96   $ 616        0.14

Memo:

                            

Efficiency Ratio (%)(5)

     91.14       88.17       117.54       100.38       100.78       89.86       97.29  

Return on Equity (%)

     1.93       4.11       -6.83       -6.26       -2.28       9.05       1.89  

Effective Tax Rate (%)

     -7.84       19.17       40.53       335.03       12.52       0.78       30.44  

 

(1) Ratios are as a percent of average assets.
(2) Ratios are as a percent of average assets.
(3) Reflects a 34% effective tax rate in fiscal 2013 and prior as well as on a pro forma basis when the Company is expected to become taxable for financial reporting purposes. No tax effect has been reflected in fiscal 2014 and 2015, when the Company had a 100% valuation allowance against its deferred tax asset.
(4) Derived from merger pro formas in the prospectus and adjusted to reflect financial data on a pre-conversion basis.
(5) Includes gains on the sale of loans in the numerator of the efficieny ratio equation.
(6) Excluded on a pro forma merged basis consistent with the pro forma disclosures in the prospectus.

 

Source: Audited financial statements and conversion prospectus for Randolph Bancorp and First Eastern.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   Page I.14

 

On a standalone basis, prior to consideration of the Acquisition, Randolph Bancorp reported modest earnings in fiscal 2011 and 2012, equal to 0.18% and 0.42% of average assets, respectively. In fiscal 2013, the Company reported a loss of $2.6 million, equal to 0.68% of assets which was attributable to several factors as follows: (1) net interest income diminished as a result of spread compression in the very low interest rate environment which prevailed; (2) the Company reported a significant increase in loan loss provisions as non-performing, classified and criticized assets had increased to levels in excess of the historical averages; and (3) Randolph Bancorp initiated management and staff turnover and incurred a high level of severance cost while concurrently employing additional management and staff with the perceived experience and ability to implement the growth oriented business plan as directed by the Board.

The Company reported a loss equal to $2.2 million (0.61% of assets) in fiscal 2014, notwithstanding gains realized on the sale of branches and investment securities, as the level of net interest income remained depressed and as Randolph Bancorp established a valuation allowance of $3.1 million on its deferred tax assets which was reflected in the income statement as a tax expense. In fiscal 2015, the Company reported a loss of $754,000 (0.20% of average assets) primarily as a result of non-operating losses incurred during the year, including one-time merger-related costs totaling $611,000 and the expense of terminating the Company’s defined benefit pension plan.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income has fluctuated over the last five fiscal years, reflecting the impact of spread compression realized during fiscal 2011 to 2013, as interest rates fell to historical lows and the loans/assets ratio remained low. As a result, net interest income diminished from $12.0 million (3.15% of average assets) in fiscal 2011, to a low of $9.8 million (2.54% of average assets) in fiscal 2013. In subsequent periods, with the concerted effort by management to redeploy invested funds into whole loans, the Company’s asset yields and spreads expanded and net interest income increased to $10.5 million (2.96% of average assets) in fiscal 2014, and to $11.1 million (2.95% of average assets) in fiscal 2015.

Data pertaining to the Company’s interest rate spreads are set forth in Exhibit I-6 and show that its spreads have increased modestly over the last three fiscal years. Specifically, the Company’s interest rate spread increased from 2.72% in fiscal 2013 to 3.16% in fiscal 2015. As noted above, the expanding spreads are largely the result of increasing loan balances and asset yields as the cost of funds has remained relatively stable at historically low levels owing to Federal Reserve monetary policy which has resulted in near zero short term interest rates.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   Page I.15

 

Importantly, there may be some improvement in Randolph Bancorp’s asset yields over the short to intermediate term as the Company seeks to continue to achieve loan portfolio growth, in both the residential and commercial mortgage portfolios. Additionally, while the initial reinvestment of the offering proceeds should increase net interest income, the initial reinvestment yields are expected to be low given that the immediate use of proceeds are expected to be deployment into short to intermediate term investment securities.

Loan Loss Provisions

Provisions for loan losses have typically been limited reflecting the Company’s relatively strong asset quality historically and the secured nature of the loan portfolio; the majority of the loan portfolio is secured by real estate collateral in the Company’s local market area, which represents a relatively strong real estate market. However, the Company did experience asset quality deterioration in the commercial mortgage portfolio following the financial crisis in the 2008 to 2013 period, as well as an elevated level of loan charge offs which peaked at $1.6 million in fiscal 2013. In order to replenish the allowance for loan and lease loss “(ALLL”) consistent with the Company’s policy, Randolph Bancorp established $1.9 million of ALLL in fiscal 2013. Restoration of strong asset quality has been a major element of the management’s strategy since fiscal 2013, and loan loss provisions have diminished. As asset quality has demonstrated strong improvement.

For the 12 months ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded a credit for loan losses equal to $137,000, or 0.04% of average assets. The credit provision was attributable to pay-off and pay-downs of impaired loans and moderation of qualitative factors which diminished the required level of ALLL pursuant to the Company’s policy.

Non-Interest Income

Non-interest operating income, exclusive of gains on the sales of mortgage loans, has been a moderate contributor to the Company’s total revenues, and consists primarily of deposit account fee income, dividends on BOLI, and mortgage servicing income. Such income ranged from a low of $1.6 million or 0.41% of average assets in fiscal 2012 to a high of $2.9 million, or 0.75% of average assets for fiscal 2013 and equaled $2.1 million, or 0.56% of average assets in fiscal 2015.

Mortgage Banking Income

As discussed previously, Randolph Bancorp is actively involved in the secondary mortgage market and designates the majority of the residential mortgage loan production for sale.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   Page I.16

 

Total originations of one-to-four family residential mortgage loans for sale in the secondary mortgage market were $105.8 million in fiscal 2015 and $62.6 million in fiscal 2014. The increase in loan originations was positively affected by the prevailing low interest rate environment in 2015 and by the Bank’s focus on increasing the origination of purchase money mortgages which increased by 37%. As shown in Table 1.2, gains on the sale of mortgage loans has been an important contributor to the Company’s earnings with the level of income generated based on loan volumes and competitive market conditions.

From fiscal 2011 through fiscal 2015, gains on the sale of loans has fluctuated from $1.4 million in fiscal 2011, to $4.0 million in fiscal 2012, and equaled $2.5 million or 0.67% of average assets in fiscal 2015. Important from a valuation perspective, while we have considered the gains on sale to be a recurring revenue source for valuation purposes, such income can be a relatively volatile source of revenue dependent upon various factors including loan demand, market interest rates, and competitive factors, among other considerations.

Operating Expenses

Randolph Bancorp’s operating expenses have increased over the past five years reflecting both the increase in compensation and other noninterest expense related to the expansion of secondary market loan volumes as well as to the bolstering of management and staffing resources in order to implement the growth oriented business plan including the planned expansion of the commercial loans and account relationships. Other factors resulting in increased costs in 2015 include severance pay ($121,000) related to the ongoing restructuring of the Company’s management and staffing, and costs associated with a re-audit of the Company’s fiscal 2013 and 2014 financial statements by Randolph Bancorp’s new independent auditor. Expenses related to the expanded use of alternative delivery mechanisms by the Company’s customers have also been a factor in the growth of operating costs.

The upward trend in operating costs for the Company are evidenced in Table 1.2, as the dollar amount of annual operating expenses has increased from $14.2 million (3.72% of average assets) in fiscal 2011 to $15.9 million (4.22% of average assets) in fiscal 2015. The Company’s efficiency ratio (reflecting the ratio of operating expenses to the sum of net interest income and non-interest income inclusive of gains on sale), has increased from 91.14% in fiscal 2011 to 100.78% for fiscal 2015, reflecting higher growth in expenses compared to revenue and the current breakeven level of core earnings for Randolph Bancorp based on fiscal year 2015 financial data.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   Page I.17

 

Operating expenses are expected to increase on a post-Offering basis as a result of the expense of the additional stock-related benefit plans. Additionally, the Company will seek to continue to invest in technology and its delivery infrastructure and is planning to establish one to two branches on a de novo basis over the next three years, all of which will require capital expenditures and result in increased operating costs. At the same time, Randolph Bancorp will seek to offset anticipated growth in expenses from a profitability standpoint through balance sheet growth and by reinvestment of the Offering proceeds into investment securities over the near term (following the Conversion) and into loans over the longer term.

Non-Operating Income/Expense

Non-operating income and expenses have typically had a modest impact on earnings for the Company historically and has typically consisted of gains and losses on investment securities and other miscellaneous revenues and expenses. However, with corporate and management restructuring commencing in 2013, non-operating income and expenses have increased. In this regard, the Company realized gains on the sale of securities totaling $780,000 (0.22% of average assets) in fiscal 2014 and an equal amount of gain on the sale of its two Rhode Island branches in the same year. In fiscal 2015, Randolph Bancorp reported net non-operating expenses totaling $878,000 (0.23% of average assets) comprised of one-time expenses related to the First Eastern merger and the of defined benefit pension plan net of a $285,000 life insurance benefit.

Income Taxes

The Bank was fully taxable for financial reporting purposes through fiscal 2013. In 2014, the Company recognized a 100% deferred tax valuation allowance of $3.0 million which gave rise to nearly all of the total income tax provision for the year of $3.1 million. In 2015, the Company continued to maintain the valuation allowance for all of the deferred tax assets. During 2015, a tax benefit of $108,000 was recognized in operations which included an $117,000 deferred tax benefit due to the reclassification of actuarial losses on the defined benefit plan that was terminated and settled in 2015.

The Company establishes net deferred tax asset or liabilities based on the tax effects of the temporary differences between the book and tax bases of the various balance sheet assets and liabilities and gives current recognition to changes in tax rates and laws. As a result of the determination in fiscal 2014 that it was more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized, the Company established a valuation allowances against the entire balance of the deferred tax asset.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   Page I.18

 

As of December 31, 2015, Randolph Bancorp’s deferred tax asset was $3.9 million and had a full valuation allowance against the total. Management believes that with the completion of the Conversion and Acquisition, the increased capital coupled with the improved earnings facilitated by the integration of the profitable First Eastern banking and secondary market lending operations will increase the likelihood of the partial or full removal of the deferred tax asset balance for financial reporting purposes. If the valuation allowance is reversed, the Company will become taxable again for financial reporting purposes.

First Eastern Bankshares Corporation Income and Expense Trends

First Eastern reported an operating loss in fiscal 2011 but has subsequently reported positive earnings, with the level of earnings generally based on the loan origination volumes. In this regard, earnings were at peak levels in fiscal 2012, when loan volumes and operating margins in the mortgage banking business were high. Earnings were lower in fiscal 2013 and 2014 ($360,000 and $466,000, respectively), but increased in fiscal 2015 as the level of gains on sale rebounded. As a result, earnings in fiscal 2015 totaled $1.3 million, equal to 1.96% of average assets.

The scale of First Eastern’s mortgage banking operations is evident when it is considered that in contrast to most community banks, non-interest income and expense significantly exceed the level of net interest income. In this regard, in fiscal 2015, non-interest income and expense totaled $11.0 million and $11.7 million, respectively, which were both more than 5 times the level of net interest income ($2.0 million) in fiscal 2015.

Importantly, in evaluating First Eastern’s operating returns, it is important to note that First Eastern, as a privately held corporation owned by one individual shareholder is organized as an “S” Corporation and thus, is not subject to federal and state corporate taxation but rather, the income and expense of First Eastern flow through to the shareholder’s personal tax return. However, on a post-acquisition basis, First Eastern will be merged into Randolph Bancorp which is subject to federal and state corporate taxation subject to applicable tax laws.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   Page I.19

 

Pro Forma Earnings Impact of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation Acquisition

The pro forma income statement impact of the First Eastern Acquisition is shown in Table 1.2 for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2015, and reflects $441,000 of pro forma net income, equal to 0.10% of average assets. The pro forma earnings adjustments are limited to account for the amortization of the core deposit intangible, the increased depreciation expense on the fair value adjustment for fixed assets, and the increased mortgage servicing rights amortization expense on the fair value adjustment to First Eastern’s MSRs. The pro forma earnings also reflect the application of a 34% tax rate on future earnings as management anticipates that Randolph Bancorp will become taxable for financial reporting purposes over the short to intermediate term following the completion of the Conversion and Acquisition. The pro forma earnings do not reflect any potential cost savings that may be realized, as such estimates are considered to be speculative and therefore are not disclosed in the pro forma financial statements set forth in the prospectus. Likewise, consistent with the disclosure requirements for merger transactions, pro forma income does not reflect the loss of investment income on cash assets utilized to fund the Merger Consideration.

In addition to the foregoing, consistent with applicable disclosure requirements for mergers, the Company prospectus does not reflect restructuring and integration costs which will be incurred at the time of the merger or shortly thereafter. Such expenses are estimated to total $900,000 on a pre-tax basis and may include severance expenses for terminated employees, marketing the related expenses for signage and stationary, and potentially cost related to the early termination of RSB’s as FFSB’s electronic data processing (“EDP”) contract mention that integration Savings also not considered.

Interest Rate Risk

The primary aspects of the Company’s interest rate risk management include:

 

    Selling most all of the 1-4 family fixed rate residential mortgage loans originated (typically fixed rate mortgage loans with maturities of 15 years or more);

 

    Diversifying portfolio loans into other types of shorter-term or adjustable rate loan products, including adjustable rate or balloon feature residential and commercial real estate/multi-family lending;

 

    Maintaining an investment portfolio comprised of high quality, liquid securities with relatively short average life characteristics;

 

    Promoting transaction accounts and, when appropriate and subject to market constraints, longer-term CDs;


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   Page I.20

 

    Utilizing longer-term borrowings when such funds are attractively priced relative to deposits and prevailing reinvestment opportunities;

 

    Maintaining a strong interest-free equity position as a percent of assets; and,

 

    Limiting investment in fixed assets and other non-earning assets.

As an indication of the level of interest rate sensitivity in the loan portfolio, Exhibit I-9 presents information regarding the Company’s fixed and adjustable rate loans. As of December 31, 2015, of the total loans due after December 31, 2016, adjustable rate loans comprised 58.1% of the loans held for investment.

Randolph Bancorp utilizes the services of a third party to analyze the impact of interest rate changes on the Company’s income statement. An analysis of the balance sheet in terms of reactions to increases in interest rates indicates that for all increases in interest rates, net interest income will decrease, indicating the Company is negative gapped. The Company’s net interest income is projected to decrease by 2.4% under a 100 basis point increase in interest rates and decrease by 4.8% under a 200 basis point increase in interest rates over the next year. The third party analysis also measures interest rate risk exposure by use of an interest rate sensitivity analysis which measures interest rate risk by computing changes in the present value of the Company’s cash flows from assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet items in the event of a range of assumed changes in market interest rates. As of December 31, 2015, the Economic Value of Equity (“EVE”) analysis indicated that a 200 basis point instantaneous and permanent increase in interest rates would result in a reduction of the EVE by 7.9% (see Exhibit I-8).

The EVE analysis is an indicator of the risk to earnings in a volatile interest rate environment as it incorporates changing assumptions with respect to maturity and repricing of assets and liabilities. The foregoing net interest income analysis indicates that the Company expects to be moderately impacted by rising interest rates. At the same time, there are numerous limitations in the Company’s interest rate risk analysis which is dependent upon numerous significant assumptions with respect to the underlying valuations of assets and liabilities. Moreover, an increase in market interest rate levels may not impact all assets and liabilities in the same way which could impact the results of the Company’s internal risk analyses.

Importantly, potentially the greatest element of interest rate risk exposure for the Company is not measured by the foregoing quantitative methodologies. Randolph Bancorp is heavily involved and has a significant investment in secondary market lending. Moreover, the Acquisition of First Eastern will increase the dependence on secondary market loan sales for overall revenues


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   Page I.21

 

and net income. When interest rates rise, the demand for mortgage loans tends to fall and may reduce the level of loan originations and gains on sale. Likewise, weak or deteriorating economic conditions also tend to reduce loan demand and loan sale revenues.

The infusion of stock proceeds will serve to further limit the Company’s interest rate risk exposure, as most of the net proceeds will be redeployed into interest-earning assets and the increase in the Company’s equity position will lessen the proportion of interest rate sensitive liabilities funding assets.

Lending Activities and Strategy

Originated-for-Investment (“OFI”) Lending . Since its founding, Randolph Bancorp has conducted its lending operations as a traditional savings institution, attracting retail deposits and investing those funds primarily in mortgage loans secured by residential property within the market area served. The Company’s lending activities have traditionally emphasized both commercial real estate mortgage loans and 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans, which together comprise the largest loan concentrations in the loan portfolio. Beyond these two loan types, lending diversification by Randolph Bancorp has included origination of home equity loans and lines of credit, construction loans (residential and commercial), commercial business loans and consumer loans. Going forward, the Company’s lending strategy is to pursue further growth and diversification in the mortgage portfolio. Construction lending is also expected to remain as an active area of lending and the Company will also be seeking to build the portfolio of non-mortgage commercial and industrial (“C&I”) loans.

HFS Lending . Randolph Bancorp is also active in originating loans for the secondary market. As of December 31, 2015, loans held for sale totaled $2.9 million, equal to 0.75% of total assets. The Company generally originates residential loans pursuant to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae standards and in recent periods, approximately 80% of the fixed-rate residential real estate loans that Randolph Bancorp originated have been sold into the secondary market. The Company generally holds originated adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans (ARMs) and nonconforming fixed-rate mortgage loans in the loan portfolio.

First Eastern Bankshares Corporation Loan Portfolio

First Eastern’s loan portfolio composition also reflects its mortgage banking orientation which is more extensive than that of Randolph Bancorp. Loans HFS totaled $17.2 million as of December 31, 2015, equal to 26.1% of assets. The balance of the loan portfolio was classified as OFI and consisted of permanent residential (and residential construction loans totaling $17.8


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   Page I.22

 

million and $16.1 million, respectively. The remainder of the OFI portfolio consisted of a nominal balance of consumer loans, approximating $4,000. Exhibit I-10 and Exhibit I-10A provide historical detail of Randolph Bancorp’s and First Eastern’s loan portfolio compositions.

OFI Residential Real Estate First Mortgage Lending

As noted above, Randolph Bancorp has historically engaged in the origination and retention in portfolio of first mortgage loans secured by 1-4 family residential property. As of December 31, 2015, total 1-4 family residential mortgage loans equaled $166.5 million, or 58.0% of total loans. It is the current practice to retain primarily adjustable rate or shorter-term fixed rate loans (i.e., maturities of up to 15 years) for portfolio and sell longer term fixed rate loans (i.e., with maturities of 15 years or more) into the secondary market on a servicing retained basis. The Company typically originates 1-4 family loans pursuant to the guidelines of Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae, with a loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratio of up to 100% for some government insured loans, with private mortgage insurance (“PMI”) being required for loans in excess of a 80% LTV ratio for loans without government guarantees. The substantial portion of 1-4 family mortgage loans have been originated by the Company and are secured by residences in the local market.

As a complement to the 1-4 family permanent mortgage lending activities, the Company also offers home equity loans. Such loans typically have shorter maturities than traditional 1-4 family lending. Home equity loans totaled $33.3 million, equal to 11.6% of total loans as of December 31, 2015. Home equity loans and lines of credit have adjustable rates of interest with 15 year draws which are then amortized over 10 years. Home equity loans and lines of credit are indexed to the prime rate and generally are subject to an interest rate floor.

Multi-Family and Commercial Real Estate Lending

As noted previously, a key lending strategy for Randolph Bancorp is the emphasis on originations of commercial and multi-family real estate loans, which currently comprise the second largest percentage of the loan portfolio by loan type. The Company has a long history of commercial mortgage lending and Randolph Bancorp has enhanced its commercial credit underwriting and origination capabilities over the last several years with the objective of building the commercial loan portfolio.    As of December 31, 2015, the balance of commercial mortgage loans which includes loans secured by income producing multi-family properties totaled $74.9 million, or 26.1% of total loans.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   Page I.23

 

Commercial mortgage loans are originated on both a fixed and adjustable rate basis, generally for terms up to ten years but which can be as long as 20 years. Interest rates and payments on the Company’s adjustable loans adjust every three, five or seven years and generally are adjusted to a rate equal to a specified percentage above the corresponding Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston Classic borrowing rate. Most adjustable-rate commercial real estate loans adjust every five years and amortize over a 25 year term. Loan amounts do not generally exceed 75% of the property’s appraised value at the time the loan is originated but may be made up to 80% of appraised value on an exception basis.

The Company focuses its origination efforts on small- and mid-size owner occupants and investors in our market area seeking loans between $500,000 and $5.0 million. Commercial real estate loans are generally secured by properties used for business purposes such as office buildings, warehouses, retail facilities and apartment buildings. The Company occasions buys and sells participation interest in commercial real estate loans with other financial institutions located primarily in Massachusetts.

Construction Loans

Historically, Randolph Bancorp has engaged in a limited level of construction and land lending, typically as a service to customers. However, the Company has made construction loans on a limited basis over the last several years as part of the effort to more fully develop a broad-based community banking franchise and to increase asset yields. As of December 31, 2015, construction loans totaled $7.8 million, equal to 2.7% of total loans. Construction loans are interest-only during the construction phase and typically convert to a long term mortgage loan at completion. The Company’s loan policy dictates a minimum equity contribution by the borrower of 10-30% depending on the loan type and an end loan-to-value ratio not greater than 75% for commercial construction loans and 80% for owner occupied residential construction loans

Commercial and Industrial Loans

C&I loans represent have not historically been a significant element of the loan portfolio although Randolph Bancorp will be seeking to expand this portfolio modestly in the future. As of December 31, 2015, C&I loans totaled $2.0 million, equal to 0.7% of the loan portfolio. The Company offers commercial loans to sole proprietorships, professional partnerships and various other small businesses. Such loans may be either secured or unsecured to customers in the local market area, typically for the purpose of financing equipment acquisition, expansion, working capital and other general business purposes. The terms of credit lines are generally one year but may be extended at the option of the Company; C&I term loans may be for periods of up to seven years. The loans are either negotiated on a fixed-rate basis or carry adjustable interest rates indexed to the Wall Street Journal Prime rate.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   Page I.24

 

Consumer Loans

Diversification into consumer lending is relatively limited for Randolph Bancorp (and First Eastern). Consumer loans originated by Randolph Bancorp include auto and other secured loans such on deposits and unsecured personal loans on a limited basis. At December 31, 2015, consumer loans totaled $2.6 million, equal to 0.9% of total loans.

Asset Quality

One of the Company’s key operating objectives has been to maintain strong asset quality. In this regard, the Company’s asset quality deteriorated in connection with the 2007 – 2011 economic recession, resulting in an increase in the level of NPAs and related losses, with asset quality problems concentrated in both the residential and commercial mortgage portfolios. However, as previously described, management taking significant steps to improve the underwriting of loans, as well as the monitoring of asset quality. The Company has strengthened underwriting and administration standards while employing senior management and loan officers experienced in identifying, evaluating, and documenting good credit risks. As shown in Exhibit I-13, NPAs, inclusive of performing troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) as a percent of assets equaled 6.20% of assets as of December 31, 2011, and have declined to 1.82% as of December 31, 2015. Excluding TDRs, the NPA/Assets ratio peaked at 2.00% in fiscal 2011, and declined to less than 1% to equal 0.67% of assets as of December 31, 2015, consisting of non-accruing loans ($2.1 million), and other real estate owned (“OREO” of $0.5 million). As of December 31, 2015, substantially all of the Company’s NPAs were secured by residential mortgage loans as all of the commercial secured non-accrual loans have been resolved.

As shown in Exhibit I-13A, First Eastern has maintained strong asset quality as NPAs totaled $618 as of December 31, 2015, equal to 0.94% of assets.

To track asset quality and the adequacy of valuation allowances, Randolph Bancorp has established detailed asset classification policies and procedures which are consistent with regulatory guidelines. Detailed asset classifications are reviewed monthly by senior management and presented to the Board monthly. Pursuant to these procedures, when needed, the Bank establishes additional valuation allowances to cover anticipated losses in classified or non-classified assets. As of December 31, 2015, Randolph Bancorp maintained an ALLL balance of $3.2 million, equal to 1.12% of net loans receivable and 156.62% of non-performing loans. As of December 31, 2015, First Eastern maintained valuation allowances of $563,000, equal to 1.66% of net loans receivable and 92.75% of non-performing loans.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   Page I.25

 

Funding Composition and Strategy

Deposits have consistently served as the Company’s primary source of funds and at December 31, 2015, deposits accounted for 89.9% of Randolph Bancorp’s funding liabilities. Exhibit I-14 sets forth the Company’s deposit composition for the past three years (average basis) and Exhibit I-15 provides the interest rate and maturity composition of the CD portfolio at December 31, 2015. The Company’s deposit composition has remained relatively stable in recent periods with only modest shifts occurring related to declining balances of savings accounts and CDs while money market and non-interest bearing checking accounts have realized modest growth. Short-term CDs (CDs scheduled to mature in one year or less) accounted for 52.8% of the Company’s CDs at December 31, 2015. As of December 31, 2015, jumbo CDs (CD accounts with balances of $100,000 or more) amounted to $19.6 million or 23.6% of total CDs. The Company’s deposit base did not include any brokered deposits at December 31, 2015.

Exhibit I-14A sets forth First Eastern’s deposit composition for the past three fiscal years. As of December 31, 2015, deposits held by First Eastern totaled $34.8 million and accounted for 68.7% of First Eastern’s funding liabilities. First Eastern’s deposits are generated through a single office location in downtown Boston and as a result, reflect a relatively high level of checking accounts equal to 38.2% of total deposits as of December 31, 2015. The balance of First Eastern’s deposit base was comprised of CDs (36.2% of deposits) and smaller balances of savings and money market accounts. Short-term CDs (CDs scheduled to mature in one year or less) accounted for 79.4% of First Eastern’s CDs at December 31, 2015. As of December 31, 2015, jumbo CDs (CD accounts with balances of $100,000 or more) amounted to $9.5 million, or 75.1% of total CDs.

Borrowings serve as an alternative funding source for Randolph Bancorp to support loan growth and management of funding costs and interest rate risk. Borrowings held by the Company at December 31, 2015 consisted of $34.9 million of FHLB fixed rate term and amortizing advances with maturities extending through 2018. Exhibit I-16 provides detail of the Company’s borrowing activities for the past three years and reflects the growth in the outstanding balance of borrowed funds as deposits have diminished, partially as a result of the sale of the two Rhode Island branch offices, which increased the need for wholesale funding sources.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   Page I.26

 

FHLB advances and FHLB repurchase agreements constitute the sole source of borrowings held by First Eastern, which totaled $15.9 million at December 31, 2015. FHLB advances held by First Eastern Bancorp consist of short-term and long-term advances with fixed rate laddered maturities, primarily through year 2020.

Subsidiaries

Randolph Savings Bank has five wholly-owned subsidiaries. Cabot Security Corporation is a Massachusetts securities corporation formed to hold certain of the Bank’s investment securities for tax purposes. Randolph Investment Company, Inc., Randolph Investment II Company, Inc. and Randolph Investment III Company, Inc. are Massachusetts corporations formed to hold certain real estate owned assets. Randolph Holding RI II, LLC is a Rhode Island limited liability company formed to hold the lease on the Bank’s former Cranston, Rhode Island property.

First Eastern has three wholly-owned subsidiaries including First Eastern Mortgage Corporation (inactive), Prime Title Services Corporation and First Realty Acquisition Corp., all of which are related to the operation of its mortgage banking operations or ancillary products and services.

Legal Proceedings

The Company and First Eastern Bankshares Corporation are involved in routine legal proceedings occurring in the ordinary course of business which, in the aggregate, are believed by their respective managements to be immaterial to the financial conditions of the Company and First Eastern.


RP Financial, LC.    OPERATING ENVIRONMENT AND MARKET AREA
   Page II.1

 

II. OPERATING ENVIRONMENT AND MARKET AREA

Introduction

Randolph Bancorp conducts operations out of a corporate headquarters in Stoughton, Massachusetts, five full service branch office locations and two lending centers. All of the Company’s facilities, except for a loan production office in Bristol County, are located in Norfolk County, which is located directly south of the city of Boston, Massachusetts. The county includes twenty-eight eastern Massachusetts communities, all of which are residential suburbs of Boston. Norfolk County is also the wealthiest county in Massachusetts, indicative of a strong economy relative to other nearby areas. Randolph’s Bancorp pending acquisition of First FSB of Boston will result in the addition of a single retail branch office location in downtown Boston (Suffolk County), a lending center/back-office operation in Andover, Massachusetts (Essex County) and seven other loan production offices concentrated in eastern Massachusetts. While these locations will expand the Company’s lending operations to more effectively cover the greater Boston metropolitan area and all of eastern Massachusetts, the retail depository operations of the Company will continue to be concentrated in the region to the south of the city of Boston, in particular Norfolk County. Upon completion of this transaction, Randolph Bancorp is targeting to originate over $500 million, annually in new residential mortgage loans.

The Company focuses on providing personal service while meeting the needs of its retail and business customer base, emphasizes personalized banking services to retail customers and offers a broad array of deposit services including demand deposits, regular savings accounts, money market deposits, certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts. Lending operations are focused on real estate secured lending, including residential mortgage lending/mortgage banking and real estate secured commercial lending.

Future business and growth opportunities will be partially influenced by economic and demographic characteristics of the regional markets, particularly the future growth and stability of the regional economy, and the nature and intensity of the competitive environment for financial institutions. These factors outlined herein have been considered in the analysis of the Company’s pro forma market value.


RP Financial, LC.    OPERATING ENVIRONMENT AND MARKET AREA
   Page II.2

 

National Economic Factors

The business potential of a financial institution is partially dependent on the future operating environment and growth opportunities for the financial services industry and the economy as a whole. Since the end of the “great recession” in 2009, the national economy has recorded modest growth rates, in terms of gross domestic product (“GDP”), ranging from a low of 1.6% in calendar year 2011 to a high of 2.5% in calendar year 2010. GDP growth was 2.2% for calendar year 2015 and projected to equal 2.6% in 2016, indicating positive, yet modest growth for the US economy. As a result of the recession, 7.0 million jobs were lost as the economy shrank and consumers cut back on spending, causing a reduction in the need for many products and services. Total personal wealth declined notably due to the housing crisis and the drop in real estate values. The economy has recorded slow, but steady job growth since reaching a low in early 2010, with 7.2 million jobs added to the economy through the end of 2014, resulting in an all-time high in the number of jobs in the United States. Employment growth was particularly strong in calendar year 2015, with 2.49 million jobs created. As of December 31, 2015, the total civilian employment base totaled 149.9 million.

Reflecting the ongoing Federal Reserve policy of limiting inflation, since calendar year 2010 the national annualized inflation rate has ranged from a low of 1.47% in 2013 to a high of 3.16% for 2011. These figures are somewhat lower than longer term averages. The national inflation rate was 1.62% for 2014, and averaged 0.5% through the 12 months ended November 2015, indicating a continuation of the modest inflationary environment in the current year. Indicating a level of continued improvement, the national unemployment rate equaled 5.0% as of December 2015, a decline from 5.6% as of December 2014 and from 6.7% as of December 2013. The Federal Reserve has indicated that it will continue efforts to stimulate growth in the economy, through raising interest rates. The previous strategy of fiscal stimulus through the purchasing of housing related assets from the private sector has been ended. Higher interest rates are expected to remain a focus in order to support the stock market.

The major stock exchange indices have continued to record positive results since the end of the recession in 2009, with the Dow Jones Industrial Average (“DJIA”) recording increases in each year through 2013 and double digit increases in calendar years 2009 and 2013. Economic growth, along with improved corporate profits through increased efficiencies has resulted in the higher stock index values. There has been notable period-to-period volatility based on various internal and external (worldwide) events. Since reaching a low of 6,547 in the first quarter of 2009, the DJIA has increased by approximately 170%, while the other major stock indices have


RP Financial, LC.    OPERATING ENVIRONMENT AND MARKET AREA
   Page II.3

 

also increased substantially. As an indication of the changes in the nation’s stock markets over the last 12 months, on December 31, 2015, the DJIA closed at 17,425.03, a decrease of 2.3% from December 31, 2014, and the NASDAQ Composite Index closed at 5,007.41 an increase of 5.4% over the same time period. The S&P 500 closed at 2,043.94 on December 31, 2015, a decrease of 0.7% from December 31, 2014.

Regarding factors that most directly impact the banking and financial services industries, the residential real estate industry has to a large extent recovered from the 2007-2009 housing crisis and recession. Following a relatively slow recovery through early 2012, since that time the number of housing foreclosures has remained modest, new and previously-owned home sales have increased, and residential housing prices have recorded double-digit increases in most metropolitan areas of the country. Home builders continue to report rising levels of activity for new home construction. The Mortgage Bankers Association (the “MBA”) predicts existing home sales in 2016 will increase by 5.0% from 2015 levels, and new home sales to increase by 17.0% in 2016 from levels in 2015. The MBA forecast also showed overall increases in the median sale prices for new and existing homes for 2016. Total mortgage production is forecasted to decline to $1.3 trillion in 2016 from $1.5 trillion in 2015. The commercial real estate market has also generally improved in terms of sales activity, lease terms and vacancy rates. However, recent market sentiment indicates that rising commercial real estate valuations coupled with low interest rates have created large demand for commercial real estate assets. As a result, regulators are watching the market closely as a recent Federal Reserve report highlighted the fact that valuation pressures in commercial real estate are rising as commercial property prices continue to increase rapidly. Other industry viewpoints include valuation expectations for the commercial real estate industry will be more moderate for 2016. The Sentiment Index, released by the Real Estate Roundtable, surveys commercial real estate executives on various market indicators. The results of this survey reflect that conditions are generally good, though there are concerns about global instability, rising interest rates, and the sense that growth opportunities may be getting harder to find at this stage in the cycle.

Based on the consensus outlook of nearly 63 economists surveyed by The Wall Street Journal in December 2015, the U.S. economy is poised for stronger growth in 2016, with GDP growth at 2.2% for yearend 2015, due to lower gas prices, a tighter job market and expectation of steady wage gains. The forecast reveals the U.S. economy should grow at a similar pace of 2.6% in 2016. Most of the economists expect that the unemployment rate will continue to steadily decline, from 5.0% in December 2015 to 4.8% by June 2016, and is forecasted to fall to 4.7% by


RP Financial, LC.    OPERATING ENVIRONMENT AND MARKET AREA
   Page II.4

 

the end of 2016, which would be the lowest jobless rate since April 2008. On average, the economists expect the Federal Reserve to further raise its target rate in first quarter of 2016, and forecast an increase in 10-year Treasury yield to 2.86% by the end of 2016. Inflation pressures were forecasted to remain below 2.1% through the end of 2016 and the price of oil was expected to level up to approximately $50 a barrel through the end of 2016.

Interest Rate Environment

The Federal Reserve manages interest rates in order to promote economic growth and to avoid inflationary periods. The Fed has maintained a historically low interest rate environment since calendar year 2008 in reaction to the national recession and housing crisis and as an attempt to stimulate the housing market and overall economy. As of January 2009, the Discount Rate had been lowered to 0.50%, and the Federal Funds rate target was 0.00% to 0.25%. In February 2010, the Fed increased the discount rate to 0.75%, reflecting a slight change to monetary strategy. The effect of the interest rate decreases since mid-2008 has been most evident in short term rates, which decreased more than longer term rates, increasing the slope of the yield curve. The low interest rate environment has been maintained as part of a strategy to stimulate the economy by keeping both personal and business borrowing costs as low as possible. The strategy has achieved its goals, as borrowing costs for residential housing have been at historical lows, and the prime rate of interest remains at a low level.

As of December 31, 2015, one- and ten-year U.S. government bonds were yielding 0.65% and 2.27%, respectively, compared to 0.25% and 2.17% as of December 31, 2014. The overall low interest rates has had an unfavorable impact on the net interest margins of many financial institutions, as they rely on a spread between the yields on longer term assets and the costs of shorter term funding sources. In the last couple of years, asset yields have continued to decline, while material reductions in liability costs have ceased, resulting a gradual reduction in yield/cost spreads for many institutions. In addition, institutions who originate substantial volumes of prime-based loans have also given up yield as the prime rate declined from 5.00% as of June 30, 2008 to 3.25% as of December 31, 2008. This low interest rate environment, along with continued competition in the industry for quality loans, has placed downward pressure on net interest margins. However, most recently, the poor performance of the stock market contributed to interest rates edging lower ahead of the Federal Reserve’s mid-December meeting, which was followed by a spike up in interest rates as the Federal Reserve raised its federal funds target rate by 25 basis points as expected. Following the rate hike by the Federal Reserve, long-term Treasury yields stabilized through the second half of December.


RP Financial, LC.    OPERATING ENVIRONMENT AND MARKET AREA
   Page II.5

 

Primary Market Area Overview

The primary market area for business operations is the eastern portion of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, which includes the Boston metropolitan statistical area (the “Boston MSA”). To a much lesser extent, the Company conducts business (primarily lending) in contiguous areas. Eastern Massachusetts is a relatively well-developed area settled in the early part of the country’s history that has a wide range of new and old housing and commercial building stock. Geographically, the market area covers a small area, and thus the Company’s current branch office network provides access to a material portion of the statewide population base. Such operations are essentially limited to the southern portion of the Boston MSA (the region containing all of the Company’s offices) and the southeastern region of Massachusetts.

The market area served by the Company, characterized primarily as the Boston MSA, has a highly developed and diverse economy, with the region’s many colleges and universities serving to attract industries in need of a highly skilled and educated workforce. Healthcare, high-tech and financial services companies constitute major sources of employment in the regional market area, as well as the colleges and universities that populate the Boston MSA. Tourism also is a prominent component of market area’s economy, as Boston annually ranks as one of the nation’s top tourist destinations.

Randolph Bancorp holds a small market share of deposits in the primary market area, given its asset size, number and size of competitors and the overall population base, and thus has potential for additional growth. Similar to other areas of the country, Randolph Bancorp operates in a competitive environment and competes with a number of national, regional and locally-based financial institutions. In addition, the Company faces competition from mortgage banking companies, consumer finance companies, investment houses, mutual funds, insurance companies and other financial intermediaries. Competitive factors have intensified with the growth of electronic delivery systems.

Market Area Demographics

As shown in Table 2.1, Norfolk County, where all of the Company’s branches are located, reported a population of 696,000 as of 2015, has increased over the last five years at a 0.7% annual rate and is projected to continue to increase at the same rate over the next six years.


RP Financial, LC.    OPERATING ENVIRONMENT AND MARKET AREA
   Page II.6

 

Suffolk County witnessed the highest growth level since 2010, reaching a population of 770,000 in 2015. Boston MSA’s population size reached 4.7 million in 2015, increasing at a 0.8% annual rate over the past five years. These growth rates are in line with recent and expected statewide and national population growth rates. This represents a favorable statistic for financial institutions such as Randolph Bancorp, as the demand for personal financial services may likely improve in the near term future. Additional detail regarding the demographic trends of the local market has been included in Table 2.1.

Similar to the population trends noted above, the number of households also recorded an increase in Norfolk County from 2010 to 2015, with the growth rate of 0.7% while Boston MSA’s household growth rate was slightly higher at 0.9%, reflecting a nationwide trend towards smaller household sizes. Households are also projected to increase at the same rate over the next five years. Norfolk County’s historical and projected changes in households were also similar to the levels reported by the state of Massachusetts and the United States. The population base in Norfolk County is also somewhat older than Massachusetts and the nation, as Norfolk County reported a lower proportion of residents between the ages of 0 and 34, and a higher proportion of residents above 34 years of age, as compared to state and nationwide aggregates.


RP Financial, LC.    OPERATING ENVIRONMENT AND MARKET AREA
   Page II.7

 

Table 2.1

Randolph Bancorp

Summary Demographic Data

 

     Year      Growth Rate  
     2010      2015      2021      2010-2015     2015-2021  
                          (%)     (%)  

Population (000)

             

USA

     308,746         319,460         334,342         0.7     0.8

Massachusetts

     6,548         6,759         7,045         0.6     0.7

Boston-Cambridge-Newton, MA-NH

     4,552         4,743         4,984         0.8     0.8

Norfolk, MA

     671         696         724         0.7     0.7

Suffolk, MA

     722         770         823         1.3     1.1

Households (000)

             

USA

     116,716         121,099         127,049         0.7     0.8

Massachusetts

     2,547         2,639         2,763         0.7     0.8

Boston-Cambridge-Newton, MA-NH

     1,761         1,843         1,947         0.9     0.9

Norfolk, MA

     258         268         279         0.7     0.7

Suffolk, MA

     293         314         339         1.4     1.3

Median Household Income ($)

             

USA

     NA         53,706         59,865         NA        1.8

Massachusetts

     NA         67,928         74,828         NA        1.6

Boston-Cambridge-Newton, MA-NH

     NA         73,624         82,655         NA        1.9

Norfolk, MA

     NA         85,104         96,220         NA        2.1

Suffolk, MA

     NA         52,021         63,123         NA        3.3

Per Capita Income ($)

             

USA

     NA         28,840         32,569         NA        2.0

Massachusetts

     NA         37,604         42,186         NA        1.9

Boston-Cambridge-Newton, MA-NH

     NA         40,562         45,724         NA        2.0

Norfolk, MA

     NA         45,771         51,601         NA        2.0

Suffolk, MA

     NA         33,537         40,414         NA        3.2
     0-14 Yrs.      15-34 Yrs.      35-54 Yrs.      55-69 Yrs.     70+ Yrs.  

2015 Age Distribution (%)

             

USA

     19.1         27.2         26.3         17.6        9.8   

Massachusetts

     16.8         27.4         27.0         18.4        10.4   

Boston-Cambridge-Newton, MA-NH

     16.9         27.9         27.4         18.0        9.8   

Norfolk, MA

     17.2         24.7         28.0         18.9        11.1   

Suffolk, MA

     15.2         38.7         24.7         13.7        7.7   
     Less Than
25,000
     $25,000 to
50,000
     $50,000 to
100,000
     $100,000+        

2015 HH Income Dist. (%)

             

USA

     23.5         23.9         29.8         22.8     

Massachusetts

     20.3         18.3         28.4         33.0     

Boston-Cambridge-Newton, MA-NH

     18.4         17.2         27.8         36.6     

Norfolk, MA

     14.9         15.4         26.9         42.7     

Suffolk, MA

     30.0         18.7         26.3         25.0     

 

Source: SNL Financial, LC.


RP Financial, LC.    OPERATING ENVIRONMENT AND MARKET AREA
   Page II.8

 

Reflecting the above mentioned high levels of personal income, Norfolk County’s median household income was notably higher than both the statewide and nationwide averages. Similarly, per capita income levels were highest in Norfolk County, indicative of the more urban nature of the county as well as the wealth of the market. Median household income in Norfolk County equaled $85,104 in 2015, while the state’s median income was $67,928. Projected increases in median household income and per capita income for Norfolk County surpass the projected rates for the state and nation over the next six years, indicating a continuation of a high level of financial strength to the area. As for the Boston metropolitan area, per capita income levels reached $40,562, higher than both statewide and nationwide income levels, yet still below Norfolk County. Household income distribution figures presented in Table 2.1 support these higher income statistics, as Norfolk County maintained a significantly higher percentage of households with income higher than $100,000. . For example, 42.7% of the residents of Norfolk County reported incomes in excess of $100,000, versus 33.0% for the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and 22.8% for the nation. Annual growth in income through 2021 is projected to be higher in Norfolk County versus the state and nation, providing further indication of an attractive market area in terms of deposit gathering and overall levels of banking activities.

Primary Market Area Employment Sectors

Table 2.2 provides an overview of employment by economic sector for the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Boston Metropolitan Area, Norfolk County, and Suffolk County (county seat of Boston city). As shown, Massachusetts, Boston MSA, Norfolk County and Suffolk reported the largest proportions of employment in services, wholesale/retail trade, finance and construction, indicative of a relatively diversified employment base. Norfolk County recorded a higher level of construction and healthcare employment than Massachusetts. Overall, the distribution of employment exhibited in the primary market area is indicative of a diverse economic environment, and the employment base is thus not deemed to be overly dependent on a single economic sector.


RP Financial, LC.    OPERATING ENVIRONMENT AND MARKET AREA
   Page II.9

 

Table 2.2

Randolph Bancorp

Primary Market Area Employment Sectors

(Percent of Labor Force)

 

Employment Sector

   Massachusetts     Boston
MSA
    Norfolk
County
    Sufolk
County
 

Services

     35.4     36.21     35.1     41.18

Wholesale/Retail Trade

     25.7     4.75     25.1     4.24

Finance/Insurance/Real Estate

     10.6     2.86     11.6     2.53

Construction

     8.1     25.13     8.6     23.25

Healthcare

     4.8     11.03     5.5     14.24

Manufacturing

     3.6     3.58     3.3     2.24

Government

     3.4     7.90     2.4     3.61

Transportation/Utility

     3.0     0.84     2.7     1.02

Agriculture

     2.2     2.89     2.3     3.15

Communications

     0.8     2.02     0.9     0.63

Other

     2.4     2.8     2.6     3.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0

 

Source: SNL Financial, LC.

Major Market Area Employers

Table 2.3 below presents a list of the major employers in the Boston MSA and more specifically for Norfolk County. As shown, the specific companies include various economic sectors such as health care, education, services, retail and technology. These economic sectors generally contain higher-income jobs that provide support for the local economy.


RP Financial, LC.    OPERATING ENVIRONMENT AND MARKET AREA
   Page II.10

 

Table 2.3

Randolph Bancorp

Market Area Largest Employers

 

Company/Institution

  

Industry

  

Employees

 
Boston MSA      
Massachusetts General Hospital    Health Care      14,752   
Brigham and Women’s Hospital    Health Care      11,229   
Boston University    Higher Education      9,783   
Children’s Hospital, Boston    Health Care      7,903   
State Street Bank & Trust Co    Finance and Insurance      7,800   
Beth Israel Deaconess Med. Center    Health Care      6,695   
Fidelity    Finance and Insurance      5,500   
Harvard University    Higher Education      5,132   
Northeastern University    Higher Education      4,484   
Boston Medical Center    Health Care      4,217   
Boston College    Higher Education      4,122   
Tufts Medical Center    Health Care      3,692   
Dana-Farber Cancer Institute    Health Care      3,607   
John Hancock    Finance and Insurance      3,430   
Norfolk County, MA (>1,000 Employees)      
Advantage Resourcing    Mercer Human Resources Cnsltng   
Analog Devices Inc    Norwood Hospital   
Apollo International    Quincy Medical Ctr   
Boston Financial Data Svc Inc    Reebok International Ltd   
Braintree Town    South Shore Hospital Gift Shop   
Dedham Medical Ctr    Stop & Shop Supermarket Co LLC   
Dunkin’ Brands Group Inc    Sun Financial Group   
Harvard Pilgrim Healthcare    Sun Life Financial   
Hollingsworth & Vose Co    Team Ops LLC   
Invensys Systems    Walters Jewelry Inc   
Justice Resource Institute Inc    Whirlpool Corp   
Matsol      

 

Source: Boston Redevelopment Authority, 2013.

 

Source: MA Office of Labor Workforce and Development, 2016.

Market Area Unemployment Data

Comparative unemployment rates for Boston MSA, Norfolk County, Suffolk County as well as for the U.S. and the Commonwealth of Massachusetts are shown in Table 2.4. The unemployment data reveals that the respective November 2015 unemployment rates for Norfolk County and Massachusetts of 4.0% and 4.5% were lower than the U.S. unemployment rate of 4.8%, indicating a somewhat more favorable economic environment. This data indicates that the


RP Financial, LC.    OPERATING ENVIRONMENT AND MARKET AREA
   Page II.11

 

Company’s local market area is experiencing somewhat stronger demand for employees in its local economy. The unemployment rate is also impacted by the growth rate in population (and labor force) within Norfolk County, Suffolk County and the greater Boston MSA. Paralleling the state and national trends which reflect a gradually improving economy and employment situation, the unemployment rates in Massachusetts, Boston MSA, Norfolk County and Suffolk County decreased over the past 12 months.

Table 2.4

Randolph Bancorp

Unemployment Trends

 

     Unemployment Rate     Net  

Region

   Nov. 2014     Nov. 2015     Change  

USA

     5.5     4.8     -0.7

Massachusetts

     5.0     4.5     -0.5

Boston-Cambridge-Newton, MA-NH

     4.5     4.1     -0.4

Norfolk, MA

     4.4     4.0     -0.4

Suffolk, MA

     4.7     4.3     -0.4

 

Source: SNL Financial, LC.

Deposit Trends and Competition

The competitive environment for financial institution products and services on a national, regional and local level can be expected to become even more competitive in the future. Consolidation in the banking industry provides economies of scale to the larger institutions, while the increased presence of investment options provides consumers with attractive investment alternatives to financial institutions.

Table 2.5 displays deposit market trends and deposit market share, respectively, for commercial banks and savings institutions for the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the Company’s market area of Norfolk County and Boston MSA from June 30, 2010 to June 30, 2015. Deposit growth trends are important indicators of a market area’s current and future prospects for growth. Massachusetts’s financial institution deposits increased at an annualized rate of 12.6% over the five year time period shown in Table 2.5, with commercial banks increasing deposits at an annual rate of 19.3%, while savings and loan associations recorded an annual decline of 4.8%, primarily due to the acquisition of certain savings institutions by commercial banks. Commercial banks dominate the deposit market in Massachusetts, and as of June 30, 2015, commercial banks held a market share of 83.9% of total bank and thrift deposits.


RP Financial, LC.    OPERATING ENVIRONMENT AND MARKET AREA
   Page II.12

 

Within Norfolk County, the table indicates that total deposits from 2010 to 2015 increased at an annual rate of 5.6%, a much slower growth rate than the state as a whole. The specific data indicated that most competitors in the county experienced increases in deposits over the five year period, indicating a level of strength to the general economic, demographic and banking environment. Randolph Bancorp recorded an increase in deposits at an annual rate of 2.9%, while savings institutions overall recorded an annualized increase of 3.4% in the same time period. As of June 30, 2015, the Company’s deposit market share of total Norfolk County deposits was 1.3%, a decline from 1.5% as of June 30, 2010.

Randolph Bancorp’s deposit market share figure is representative of the overall size of the deposit base in Norfolk County (within Boston MSA), and the Company’s overall size. While future deposit gains and market share gains may be likely given the low current market share, the competitive environment has proven to be significant. The Company’s ability to raise deposits is also impacted by the number of office locations and its relative equity position. As of June 30, 2015, there were 46 banks and thrifts operating within Norfolk County.

Table 2.5

Randolph Bancorp

Deposit Summary

 

     As of June 30,         
     2010      2015      Deposit  
     Deposits      Market
Share
    No. of
Branches
     Deposits      Market
Share
    No. of
Branches
     Growth Rate
2010-2015
 
                  (Dollars in Thousands)                   (%)  

Massachusetts

   $ 205,201,264         100.0     2,217       $ 371,438,781         100.0     2,191         12.6

Commercial Banks

     128,910,606         62.8     1,005         311,660,304         83.9     1,439         19.3

Savings Institutions

     76,290,658         37.2     1,212         59,778,477         16.1     752         -4.8

Boston-Cambridge-Newton, MA-NH

   $ 169,838,385         100.0     1,517       $ 328,769,848         100.0     1,516         14.1

Commercial Banks

     131,490,841         77.4     964         291,775,515         88.7     1,108         17.3

Savings Institutions

     38,347,544         22.6     553         36,994,333         11.3     408         -0.7

Randolph Savings Bank

     268,615         1.5     5         309,215         0.1     5         2.9

Norfolk County

   $ 17,794,472         100.0     244       $ 23,347,761         100.0     245         5.6

Commercial Banks

     12,865,902         72.3     169         17,526,581         75.1     170         6.4

Savings Institutions

     4,928,570         27.7     75         5,821,180         24.9     75         3.4

Randolph Savings Bank

     268,615         1.5     5         309,215         1.3     5         2.9

Suffolk County

   $ 83,133,298         100.0     225       $ 215,485,770         100.0     226         21.0

Commercial Banks

     74,970,941         90.2     149         211,622,918         98.2     193         23.1

Savings Institutions

     8,162,357         9.8     76         3,862,852         1.8     33         -13.9

 

Source: FDIC.


RP Financial, LC.    OPERATING ENVIRONMENT AND MARKET AREA
   Page II.13

 

Competition

The Company faces notable competition in both deposit gathering and lending activities, including direct competition with several financial institutions that primarily have a local or regional presence. Securities firms, credit unions, and mutual funds also represent major sources of competition in raising deposits. In many cases, these competitors are also seeking to provide some or all of the community-oriented services as Randolph Bancorp. With regard to lending competition, the Company encounters the most significant competition from the same institutions providing deposit services. In addition, the Company competes with mortgage companies, independent mortgage brokers, and credit unions in originating mortgage loans. Some of Randolph’s Bancorp largest competitors include Bank of America, Citizens Financial Group, Banco Santander and Needham Bank. Competitive pressures will also likely continue to build as the financial services industry continues to consolidate and as non-bank financial services providers continue to proliferate. Table 2.6 lists the Company’s largest competitors in the market area counties, based on deposit market share as noted parenthetically.


RP Financial, LC.    OPERATING ENVIRONMENT AND MARKET AREA
   Page II.14

 

Table 2.6

Randolph Bancorp

Market Area Deposit Competitors

 

Location

  

Name

   Market
Share
   

Rank

Boston-Cambridge-Newton, MA-NH

   Bank of America Corp. (NC)      28.11  
   Citizens Financial Group Inc. (RI)      13.89  
   Bank of New York Mellon Corp. (NY)      8.04  
   Banco Santander      7.50  
   Toronto-Dominion Bank      4.56  
   Eastern Bank Corp. (MA)      3.54  
   First Repub Bank (CA)      2.22  
   Independent Bank Corp. (MA)      2.17  
   Boston Private Financial (MA)      1.73  
   Randolph Bancorp (MA)      0.17   53 out of 121

Norfolk County, MA

   Bank of America Corp. (NC)      21.05  
   Citizens Financial Group Inc. (RI)      16.01  
   Banco Santander      5.86  
   Needham Bank (MA)      5.31  
   Brookline Bancorp Inc. (MA)      5.31  
   Independent Bank Corp. (MA)      5.02  
   Dedham Institution for Savings (MA)      4.26  
   Toronto-Dominion Bank      3.24  
   Eastern Bank Corp. (MA)      2.98  
   Randolph Bancorp (MA)      1.30   18 out of 46

Suffolk County, MA

   Bank of America Corp. (NC)      40.08  
   Bank of New York Mellon Corp. (NY)      17.48  
   Citizens Financial Group Inc. (RI)      15.21  
   Banco Santander      9.28  
   First Repub Bank (CA)      4.60  

 

Source: SNL Financial LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.1

 

III. PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

This section presents an analysis of Randolph Bancorp’s operations versus a group of comparable savings institutions (the “Peer Group”) selected from the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions in a manner consistent with the regulatory valuation guidelines. The basis of the pro forma market valuation of Randolph Bancorp is derived from the pricing ratios of the Peer Group institutions, incorporating valuation adjustments to account for key differences in relation to the Peer Group. Since no Peer Group can be exactly comparable to Randolph Bancorp, individually or as a whole, key areas examined for differences to determine if valuation adjustments are appropriate were in the following areas: financial condition; profitability, growth and viability of earnings; asset growth; primary market area; dividends; liquidity of the shares; marketing of the issue; management; and, effect of government regulations and regulatory reform.

Our comparative analysis of Randolph Bancorp and the Peer Group took into consideration the pro forma impact of the acquisition of First Eastern Bankshares Corporation (i.e., we assumed the Acquisition was completed but the financial data did not incorporate the pro forma impact of the Conversion). Such data was derived from the prospectus and RP Financial calculations.

Peer Group Selection

The Peer Group selection process is governed by the general parameters set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines. Accordingly, the Peer Group is comprised of only publicly-traded thrifts whose common stock is either listed on a national exchange (NYSE or AMEX) or is NASDAQ listed, since their stock trading activity is regularly reported and generally more frequent than “non-listed thrifts” i.e., those listed on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board or Pink Sheets, as well as those that are non-publicly traded and closely-held. Institutions that are not listed on the NYSE or NASDAQ are inappropriate, since the trading activity for thinly-traded or closely-held stocks is typically highly irregular in terms of frequency and price and thus may not be a reliable indicator of market value. We have also excluded from the Peer Group the companies under acquisition or subject to rumored acquisition, MHCs, and recent conversions, since their pricing ratios are subject to unusual distortion and/or have limited trading history. We also excluded those companies that were converted less than one year ago, as their financial results do not reflect a full year of reinvestment benefit and since the stock trading activity is not seasoned. A recent listing of the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions is included as Exhibit III-1.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.2

 

Ideally, the Peer Group should be comprised of regionally-based institutions with relatively comparable resources, strategies and financial characteristics. There are 77 publicly-traded thrift institutions nationally, which includes 8 publicly-traded MHCs. Given the limited number of public full stock thrifts, it is typically the case that the Peer Group will be comprised of institutions which are not directly comparable, but the overall group will still be the “best fit” peer group. To the extent that key differences exist between the converting institution and the Peer Group, valuation adjustments will be applied to account for such key differences. Since Randolph Bancorp will be a full stock public company upon completion of the Conversion, we considered only full stock companies to be viable candidates for inclusion in the Peer Group, excluding those in MHC form.

Based on the foregoing, from the universe of publicly-traded thrifts, we selected eleven institutions with characteristics similar to those of Randolph Bancorp. The Peer Group selection process focused on companies with similar assets sizes, similar geographic region characteristics, and relatively high tangible equity/assets ratios. We believe these characteristics are given significant weight by investors in evaluating Randolph Bancorp and similarly situated institutions. In the selection process, we applied two “screens” to the universe of all public companies that were eligible for consideration:

 

    Screen #1 :   Mid-Atlantic and New England Institutions. Given the impact of the regional market on investors’ perception of a financial institution’s value, we first looked to publicly traded thrifts in the northeastern U.S including both New England and Mid-Atlantic region with relatively smaller asset sizes of less than $1 billion.

A total of 15 institutions met the foregoing criteria and 11 were selected for inclusion in the Peer Group. Four companies were excluded from the Peer Group for a variety of reasons which included the following:

 

    MSB Financial Corp. of New Jersey completed its second step conversion transaction within the last 12 months;

 

    Carver Bancorp of New York City was an urban-based minority owned and operated financial institution which differed significantly from Randolph Bancorp suburban Boston markets;

 

    Elmira Savings Bank in upstate New York was significantly more leveraged than the Company, particularly after Randolph Bancorp completes the Conversion. Additionally, intangible assets were a significant component of Elmira Savings Bank’s equity.

 

    Malvern Bancorp has an activist shareholder which appears to have skewed its pricing ratios upward to levels more closely approximating a sale of control value.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.3

 

Table 3.1 shows the general characteristics of each of the eleven Peer Group companies, and Exhibit III-4 provides summary demographic and deposit market share data for the primary market areas served by each of the Peer Group companies. While there are expectedly some differences between the Peer Group companies and Randolph Bancorp, we believe that the Peer Group companies, on average, provide a good basis for the valuation subject to valuation adjustments. The following sections present a comparison of Randolph Bancorp’s financial condition, income and expense trends, loan composition, interest rate risk, and credit risk versus the Peer Group, as of the most recent publicly available date.

In addition to the selection criteria used to identify the Peer Group companies, a summary description of the key comparable characteristics of each of the Peer Group companies is detailed in the following pages.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.4

 

Table 3.1

Peer Group of Midatlantic and New England Publicly-Traded Thrifts

As of December 31, 2015 or The Most Recent Date Available

 

                                                          As of
February 12, 2016
 

Ticker

  

Financial Institution

   Exchange      Industry      Region    City    State    Total
Assets
     Offices      Fiscal
Mth End
   Stock
Price
     Market
Value
 
                                       ($Mil)                  ($)      ($Mil)  

BYBK

   Bay Bancorp, Inc.      NASDAQ         Thrift       MA    Columbia    MD    $ 491         13       Dec    $ 4.70       $ 51.92   

CBNK

   Chicopee Bancorp, Inc.      NASDAQ         Thrift       NE    Chicopee    MA    $ 679         9       Dec    $ 18.00       $ 93.79   

CWAY

   Coastway Bancorp, Inc.      NASDAQ         Thrift       NE    Warwick    RI    $ 528         11       Dec    $ 12.44       $ 60.44   

GTWN

   Georgetown Bancorp, Inc.      NASDAQ         Thrift       NE    Georgetown    MA    $ 296         3       Dec    $ 19.40       $ 35.47   

HBK

   Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.      NASDAQ         Thrift       MA    Towson    MD    $ 368         5       Mar    $ 14.07       $ 48.08   

MELR

   Melrose Bancorp, Inc.      NASDAQ         Thrift       NE    Melrose    MA    $ 224         1       Dec    $ 15.00       $ 42.44   

PBHC

   Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.      NASDAQ         Thrift       MA    Oswego    NY    $ 623         18       Dec    $ 12.04       $ 52.39   

PBIP

   Prudential Bancorp, Inc.      NASDAQ         Thrift       MA    Philadelphia    PA    $ 523         7       Sep    $ 15.31       $ 126.16   

SVBI

   Severn Bancorp, Inc.      NASDAQ         Thrift       MA    Annapolis    MD    $ 762         4       Dec    $ 5.01       $ 50.53   

WEBK

   Wellesley Bancorp, Inc.      NASDAQ         Thrift       NE    Wellesley    MA    $ 621         5       Dec    $ 18.37       $ 45.24   

WVFC

   WVS Financial Corp.      NASDAQ         Thrift       MA    Pittsburgh    PA    $ 330         6       Jun    $ 11.74       $ 23.94   

 

Source: SNL Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.5

 

  Bay Bancorp, Inc. of Maryland. Comparable due to the emphasis on mortgage lending including both residential and commercial mortgage lending. Overall earnings at Bay Bancorp are comparatively modest (0.40% ROAA) which coupled with a strong capital level, provides for a modest return on equity.

 

  Chicopee Bancorp, Inc. of Massachusetts. Comparable due to its Massachusetts location, similar asset size, similar size of branch network, similar interest-bearing funding composition, comparatively modest earnings levels

 

  Coastway Bancorp, Inc. of Rhode Island. Comparable due to it southern New England location, similar asset size, similar size of branch network, similar level of capital as it has completed a standard conversion offering early in 2014.

 

  Georgetown Bancorp, Inc. of Massachusetts. Comparable due to a completed second-step conversion in 2012, similar interest-bearing funding composition and broadly similar lending orientation. Moreover, Georgetown Bancorp’s primarily market is also within the Boston metropolitan area.

 

  Hamilton Bancorp, Inc. of Maryland. Operates in the Baltimore, Maryland metropolitan area and thus, operates in urban and suburban markets within the northeast corridor. Relative to Randolph Bancorp on a pro forma basis, Hamilton Bancorp has a similar level of equity, was reporting a modest operating loss on a trailing 12 month basis, and has a similar loan portfolio composition in terms of the proportion of MBS, residential loans and commercial mortgage loans.

 

  Melrose Bancorp, Inc. of Massachusetts. Is highly comparable to the Company in that, while it is smaller in total assets and operates only one retail Banking facility, it operates with a mortgage lending emphasis within the Boston metropolitan area and completed a standard conversion offering at the end of 2014. As a result of the recent conversion offering, Melrose Bancorp’s equity/assets ratio was in excess of 20% and modestly exceeds Randolph Bancorp’s strong level of pro forma capitalization.

 

  Pathfinder Bancorp of New York. Comparable due to completed second-step conversion in 2014, although it remains more leveraged than the Company on a pro forma basis. Earnings are modestly higher than the Company’s modest earnings but the loan portfolio investment focused on mortgage lending is similar.

 

  Prudential Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania. Operates in the Philadelphia, Pennsylvania metropolitan area and thus, operates in urban and suburban markets within the northeast corridor. An emphasis on residential mortgages and funding through retail deposits are all comparable to the Company.

 

  Severn Bancorp, Inc. of Maryland. Operates in the Baltimore, Maryland metropolitan area and is the largest Peer Group company at $762 million of total assets. Severn Bancorp also generates the highest ROA of any of the Peer Group companies although the asset and funding composition is relative similar to Randolph Bancorp.

 

  Wellesley Bancorp, Inc. of Massachusetts. Is highly comparable to the Company in that, while it is slightly larger in total assets, it operates 5 banking offices in the Boston metropolitan area and completed its standard conversion offering in early 2012.

 

  WVS Financial Corp. of Pennsylvania. This Peer Group company is located in suburban markets in the Pittsburgh metropolitan area. Similarities to the Company its significant investment in residential loans and MBS, albeit there were some differences in the funding structures owing to WVS Financial Corp.’s greater reliance on borrowed funds.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.6

 

In aggregate, the Peer Group companies maintained a higher tangible equity level, in comparison to the industry median (13.16% of assets versus 12.22% for all non-MHC public companies), and generated a slightly lower level of core profitability (0.41% of assets versus 0.67% for all non-MHC public companies). The Peer Group’s higher tangible equity translated into a lower median core ROE ratio (3.54% for the Peer Group versus 5.24% for all non-MHC public companies), notwithstanding the lower ROA. Overall, the Peer Group’s pricing ratios were relatively similar to all full stock publicly-traded thrifts, as the median price/tangible book (“P/TB”) ratio was at a modest discount to the industry median, while the Peer Group’s price/core earnings (“P/Core”) ratio was at a slight premium to the industry median.

 

     All Non-MHC
Public-Thrifts
    Peer Group  

Financial Characteristics (Medians)

    

Assets ($Mil)

   $ 1,006      $ 523   

Market Capitalization ($Mil)

   $ 119.6      $ 51.86   

Tangible Equity/Assets (%)

     11.79     12.55

Core Return on Average Assets (%)

     0.67     0.43

Core Return on Average Equity (%)

     5.24     3.63

Pricing Ratios (Medians) (1)

    

Price/Core Earnings (x)

     17.12x        20.70

Price/Tangible Book (%)

     106.74     88.94

Price/Assets (%)

     13.29     11.47

 

(1) Based on market prices as of February 12, 2016.

The thrifts selected for the Peer Group were relatively comparable to Randolph Bancorp in terms of all of the selection criteria and are considered the “best fit” group. While there are many similarities between Randolph Bancorp and the Peer Group on average, there are some notable differences that lead to the valuation adjustments discussed herein. The following comparative analysis highlights key similarities and differences between Randolph Bancorp and the Peer Group. The financial data presented for Randolph Bancorp includes the estimated pro forma impact of the Acquisition of First Eastern, unless noted otherwise.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.7

 

Financial Condition

Table 3.2 shows comparative balance sheet measures for Randolph Bancorp and the Peer Group, reflecting balances as of December 31, 2015, or the most recent date available, with Randolph Bancorp’s figures including the acquisition entries of First Eastern. On a reported basis, Randolph Bancorp’s equity-to-assets ratio of 7.47% was below the Peer Group’s median and average equity-to-assets ratios of 13.67% and 12.55%. The Company had a small intangible balance (9 basis points on assets) while the Peer Group’s intangibles averaged 0.30% of assets. On a pro forma basis, Randolph Bancorp’s reported and tangible equity ratios will be bolstered and thus, approximate or exceed the Peer Group’s average and median ratios. Both the Company and the Peer Group currently maintain surpluses with respect to their respective regulatory capital requirements.

The interest-earning assets (“IEA”) composition reflects differences in terms of the proportion of loans, as Randolph Bancorp’s ratio of loans to assets of 77.8% is modestly higher than the Peer Group average and median ratio of 70.36% and 77.70%, respectively. Conversely, Randolph Bancorp’s level of cash and investments, equal to 14.2% of assets, was below the Peer Group average of 25.1%. The relatively high ratio of loans reflects the Company’s recent emphasis on building the loan portfolio with the objective of increasing asset yields and overall earnings. Overall, Randolph Bancorp’s IEA amounted to 92.0% of assets, which was slightly lower than the Peer Group’s average ratio of 95.5%. Both the Company’s and the Peer Group’s IEA ratios exclude BOLI as an interest-earning asset. On a pro forma basis, immediately following the Conversion, a portion of the proceeds will initially be invested into shorter-term investment securities, further increasing the relative proportion of cash and investments for the Company in comparison to the Peer Group over the short term, pending longer term deployment into higher yielding commercial loans. Furthermore, the IEA ratio for the Company will improve modestly with the completion of the Conversion.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.8

 

Table 3.2

Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of December 31, 2015 or the Most Recent Date Available

 

              Balance Sheet as a Percent of Assets     Balance Sheet Annual Growth Rates     Regulatory Capital  
              Cash &
Equivalents
    MBS &
Invest
    BOLI     Net
Loans (1)
    Deposits     Borrowed
Funds
    Sub.
Debt
    Total
Equity
    Goodwill
& Intang
    Tangible
Equity
    Assets     MBS, Cash &
Investments
    Loans     Deposits     Borrows.
& Subdebt
    Total
Equity
    Tangible
Equity
    Tier 1
Leverage
    Tier 1
Risk-Based
    Risk-Based
Capital
 

Randolph Bancorp

    MA        3.69     10.50     2.21     77.79     79.04     11.67     0.00     7.47     0.09     7.38     5.30     -14.76     12.38     3.11     37.42     -1.97     -2.01     6.83     10.65     11.82

December 31, 2015

                                         

All Public Companies

                                         

Averages

      5.21     17.09     1.93     72.01     73.17     12.35     0.42     13.26     0.66     12.55     11.76     1.39     16.05     10.87     18.93     11.98     9.06     13.67     21.64     22.16

Medians

      3.97     14.09     1.90     73.58     73.70     11.68     0.00     11.86     0.02     11.41     7.90     -1.89     12.10     8.19     9.89     2.24     3.13     11.87     18.01     18.42

Comparable Group

                                         

Averages

      4.64     20.50     1.60     70.36     70.84     13.98     0.65     13.67     0.30     13.37     9.86     3.77     16.94     5.76     66.03     11.26     6.39     12.51     18.99     19.91

Medians

      4.16     10.94     1.31     77.70     74.65     11.99     0.00     12.55     0.00     12.55     9.26     -1.88     11.83     4.87     21.32     1.57     1.68     10.95     15.41     16.58

Comparable Group

                                         

BYBK

 

Bay Bancorp, Inc.

    MD        7.01     7.72     1.14     80.69     74.81     10.65     0.00     13.78     0.53     13.25     2.34     -4.63     -0.67     -5.26     136.12     1.56     4.22     13.75     16.14     16.58

CBNK

 

Chicopee Bancorp, Inc.

    MA        4.16     5.51     2.19     85.66     74.73     11.99     0.00     13.16     0.00     13.16     6.16     4.21     11.83     4.87     21.32     1.29     -0.14     13.00     15.40     16.40

CWAY

 

Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

    RI        3.62     0.87     0.81     86.24     66.09     20.44     0.00     12.55     0.00     12.55     21.32     19.64     19.52     8.73     141.63     0.59     0.51     10.46     13.65     14.19

GTWN

 

Georgetown Bancorp, Inc.

    MA        2.62     8.48     1.07     85.77     70.15     17.09     0.00     10.77     0.00     10.77     9.26     -0.33     9.34     13.91     -7.33     3.86     4.86     9.97     13.22     14.31

HBK

 

Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.

    MD        7.93     24.30     3.43     61.45     78.49     4.57     0.00     16.47     1.93     14.53     27.58     -10.43     52.05     29.13     461.57     0.39     -4.29     12.60     18.73     19.60

MELR

 

Melrose Bancorp, Inc. (2)

    MA        9.02     20.38     2.30     67.44     79.19     0.00     0.00     20.53     0.00     20.53     5.12     -9.44     13.99     -6.80     0.00     112.27     0.98     14.86     24.37     25.43

PBHC

 

Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.

    NY        2.86     23.62     1.75     68.15     78.67     6.63     2.41     11.43     0.76     10.67     11.09     -1.91     11.13     17.99     -21.00     2.93     62.71     10.23     15.41     16.70

PBIP

 

Prudential Bancorp, Inc.

    PA        1.10     33.61     2.45     61.57     70.89     6.10     0.00     22.18     0.00     22.18     -0.82     -16.06     -3.12     -5.32     -100.00     -9.52     -9.60     22.98     46.78     48.00

SVBI

 

Severn Bancorp, Inc.

    MD        7.16     10.67     0.00     77.70     68.73     15.09     3.16     11.34     0.04     11.30     -1.84     38.20     -4.50     -3.69     0.00     3.16     3.81     10.95     14.55     15.81

WEBK

 

Wellesley Bancorp, Inc.

    MA        4.55     10.94     1.14     81.85     74.65     14.95     1.57     8.40     0.00     8.40     16.08     24.13     14.54     9.83     66.82     5.74     5.55     8.78     11.61     12.74

WVFC

 

WVS Financial Corp.

    PA        0.98     79.40     1.31     17.49     42.81     46.29     0.00     9.78     0.00     9.78     12.12     -1.88     62.23     -0.06     27.23     1.57     1.68     10.00     19.00     19.20

 

(1) Includes loans held for sale.
(2) Ratios are based on the date of the most recent financial statements disclosed in the offering prospectus.

 

Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2016 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.9

 

Randolph Bancorp’s funding liabilities reflected a funding strategy that was somewhat similar to that of the Peer Group’s funding composition. The Company’s deposits equaled 79.0% of assets, which was above the Peer Group average of 70.8%. Borrowings, inclusive of subordinated debt, represented a more significant funding source for the Peer Group, as indicated by borrowings-to-assets ratios of 11.7% and 14.0% for the Company and the Peer Group, respectively. Total interest-bearing liabilities maintained by Randolph Bancorp and the Peer Group, as a percent of assets, equaled 90.7% and 84.8%, respectively. The Peer Group’s lower level of interest-bearing liabilities was caused by maintenance of a higher level of capital.

A key measure of balance sheet strength for a financial institution is the IEA/IBL ratio, with higher ratios often facilitating stronger profitability levels, depending on the overall asset/liability mix. Presently, the Company’s IEA/IBL ratio of 101.4% fell below the Peer Group’s average ratio of 112.6%, which is the result of the Company’s lower levels of IEA and higher levels of IBL which is attributable in part, to Randolph Bancorp’s lower equity/assets ratio on a pre-conversion basis. In addition, MSRs comprised 2.1% of the Company’s post-merger but pre-conversion asset base while MSRs were at nominal levels of the Peer Group. The additional equity realized from stock proceeds will increase the Company’s IEA/IBL ratio, as the net proceeds realized from Randolph Bancorp’s Offering are expected to be reinvested into interest-earning assets, and the increase in the Company’s equity position will also result in a lower level of interest-bearing liabilities funding assets.

The growth rate section of Table 3.2 shows annual growth rates for key balance sheet items. Randolph Bancorp’s growth rates were based on the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, and includes the combined growth of First Eastern and the Company prior to the application of any fair value or other merger-related adjustments. Asset growth rates for the Company and the Peer Group equaled 5.3% and 9.9%, respectively. Loan growth of 12.4% was the primary source of the Company’s asset growth, while cash and investments decreased at a 14.8% annual rate. The reduction in cash and investments for the Company reflects the impact of the redeployment of funds into loans in the absence of significant deposit growth. Similarly, the Peer Group experienced comparatively strong loan growth (range of 12% to 17% annually) while cash and investments increased by 3.8% based on the average but shrank on a median basis (1.9%)

Randolph Bancorp and First Eastern’s combined deposit growth over the most recent 12 month period was 3.1%, versus 5.8% for the Peer Group, while the combined institutions’ borrowings increased by an annual rate of 37.4%, versus an increase of 66.0% for the Peer


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.10

 

Group, based on the average and 21.3% based on the median. In this regard, many financial institutions including Randolph Bancorp have been taking advantage of very low borrowings costs in the recent rate environment, particularly for term borrowings.

The Peer Group’s 1.6% capital growth rate based on the median reflects the retention of earnings partially offset by dividend payments and stock repurchases. Comparatively, Randolph and First Eastern’s capital shrank by 2.0% reflecting in part, the impact of Randolph Bancorp’s operating losses and the ability of First Eastern’s sole shareholder to dividend capital in excess of the internal requirements.

Income and Expense Components

Table 3.3 displays comparable statements of operations for the Company and the Peer Group, based on earnings for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015. The Company’s earnings have been adjusted to reflect the pro forma impact of the First Eastern Acquisition, unless otherwise noted. Randolph Bancorp operated at a near breakeven level of earnings in fiscal 2015, reporting net income equal to 0.10% of average assets, which was lower than the Peer Group’s average ROA of 0.36%. Within the income statement, Randolph Bancorp’s higher non-interest and gains on sale of loans were offset by higher operating costs as the level of net interest income fell within the Peer Group range.

The Company’s higher net interest income ratio was the result of a higher interest income ratio, which was partially offset by a higher interest expense ratio. Yields and costs reflected in Table 3.3 were calculated on a combined basis, based on earning assets and costing liabilities in portfolio. The Company maintained a similar yield on interest-earning assets (3.66% versus 3.67% for the Peer Group), with the Company’s proportionately greater loan balances mitigated by the lower yields resulting from the proportionately higher level of residential real estate loans. The Company maintained a lower cost of funds than the Peer Group (0.48% versus 0.79% for the Company), which contributes to the Company’s lower interest expense ratio of 0.38% versus 0.60% for the Peer Group. Overall, Randolph Bancorp and the Peer Group reported net interest income to average assets ratios of 3.05% and 2.92%, respectively.

Loan loss provisions reflected a benefit (credit) equal to 0.03% of average assets, versus an average provision equal to 0.09% of average assets for the Peer Group. The benefit for the Company and modest level of provisions for the Peer Group is indicative of their generally strong asset quality.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.11

 

Sources of non-interest operating income provided a larger contribution to the Company’s earnings relative to the Peer Group, with such income amounting to 0.74% and 0.38%, respectively. Such revenues include not only fees on deposits but also mortgage servicing fees for Randolph Bancorp, inclusive of First Eastern. Accordingly, non-interest operating income exceeds the Peer Group average.

As noted previously, substantial income is generated through the Company’s mortgage banking activities. This income has been considered a core element of earnings for valuation purposes herein, but is a relatively volatile revenue source fluctuating based on market interest rate levels, loan volumes, and other market and competitive factors. Net gains on the sale of loans totaled 2.77%, the majority (i.e., 78%) of which was generate by First Eastern’s secondary market lending operations. By comparison, gains on the sale of loans equaled 0.11% of average assets for the Peer Group. This represents a key favorable factor for the Company in terms of income generation, however RP Financial recognizes and has taken into consideration the risk and uncertainty related to the income from the mortgage banking operations.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.12

 

Table 3.3

Income as Percent of Average Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads

Comparable Institution Analysis

For the 12 Months Ended December 31, 2015 or the Most Recent Date Available

 

                  Net Interest Income           Non-Interest Income           Non-Op. Items           Yields, Costs, and Spreads              
            Net
Income
    Income     Expense     NII     Loss
Provis.
on IEA
    NII
After
Provis.
    Gain
on Sale of
Loans
    Other
Non-Int
Income
    Total
Non-Int
Expense
    Net Gains/
Losses (1)
    Extrao.
Items
    Provision
for
Taxes
    Yield
On IEA
    Cost
Of IBL
    Yld-Cost
Spread
    MEMO:
Assets/
FTE Emp.
    MEMO:
Effective
Tax Rate
 
            (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)           (%)  

Randolph Bancorp

  MA                                  

December 31, 2015

      0.10     3.44     0.38     3.06     -0.03     3.09     2.78     0.74     6.40     -0.06     0.00     0.05     3.66     0.48     3.18   $ 2,112        30.44

All Public Companies

                                   

Averages

      0.67     3.56     0.58     2.97     0.06     2.91     0.41     0.54     2.84     -0.02     0.00     0.24     3.81     0.77     3.03   $ 6,811        23.73

Medians

      0.65     3.54     0.57     2.98     0.07     2.90     0.05     0.44     2.69     0.00     0.00     0.28     3.84     0.76     3.05   $ 5,872        32.11

State of MA

                                   

Averages

      0.51     3.52     0.60     2.92     0.11     2.80     0.01     0.22     2.31     -0.01     0.00     0.27     3.67     0.79     2.85   $ 9,133        32.87

Medians

      0.46     3.69     0.62     3.09     0.11     2.95     0.00     0.17     2.30     0.00     0.00     0.24     3.88     0.81     3.06   $ 7,921        32.72

Comparable Group

                                   

Averages

      0.36     3.57     0.59     2.98     0.09     2.89     0.11     0.38     2.91     0.03     0.00     0.15     3.77     0.79     3.00   $ 6,227        27.78

Medians

      0.43     3.57     0.58     3.10     0.08     2.91     0.02     0.35     2.93     0.00     0.00     0.18     3.90     0.81     3.14   $ 6,177        35.56

Comparable Group

                                   

BYBK

  Bay Bancorp, Inc.   MD     0.40     4.82     0.38     4.44     0.24     4.20     0.36     0.70     4.68     0.06     0.00     0.24     5.10     0.56     4.79   $ 3,270        37.03

CBNK

  Chicopee Bancorp, Inc.   MA     0.45     3.78     0.61     3.17     0.14     3.03     0.01     0.45     2.89     0.00     0.00     0.15     4.05     0.91     3.14   $ 5,462        25.55

CWAY

  Coastway Bancorp, Inc.   RI     0.32     3.55     0.44     3.10     0.10     3.01     0.33     0.87     3.77     0.00     0.00     0.23     3.90     0.74     3.19   $ 3,781        41.46

GTWN

  Georgetown Bancorp, Inc.   MA     0.55     4.28     0.62     3.65     0.07     3.58     0.07     0.35     3.13     0.00     0.00     0.34     4.41     0.81     3.60   $ 6,177        38.07

HBK

  Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.   MD     -0.11     3.35     0.54     2.82     0.00     2.81     0.02     0.26     2.99     -0.13     0.00     0.07     3.63     0.76     2.77   $ 6,390        NM   

MELR

  Melrose Bancorp, Inc.   MA     -0.09     2.67     0.58     2.08     0.02     2.06     0.00     0.12     2.23     -0.13     0.00     -0.08     2.75     0.83     1.92   $ 9,050        NM   

PBHC

  Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.   NY     0.49     3.57     0.44     3.13     0.23     2.91     0.00     0.61     2.93     0.09     0.00     0.18     3.78     0.52     3.26   $ 5,020        26.75

PBIP

  Prudential Bancorp, Inc.   PA     0.43     3.25     0.66     2.59     0.13     2.46     0.00     0.16     2.58     0.41     0.00     0.02     3.37     0.89     2.47   $ 7,266        5.23

SVBI

  Severn Bancorp, Inc.   MD     0.59     4.02     1.16     2.86     -0.04     2.90     0.40     0.35     3.09     0.00     0.00     0.01     4.45     1.36     3.09   $ 5,013        1.95

WEBK

  Wellesley Bancorp, Inc.   MA     0.47     3.90     0.65     3.25     0.08     3.16     0.05     0.17     2.62     0.01     0.00     0.29     3.97     0.83     3.16   $ 8,399        38.41

WVFC

  WVS Financial Corp.   PA     0.43     2.03     0.37     1.65     0.03     1.62     0.00     0.17     1.14     0.01     0.00     0.24     2.07     0.45     1.62   $ 8,667        35.56

 

(1) Net gains/losses includes gain/loss on sale of securities and nonrecurring income and expense.
(2) Ratios are based on the date of the most recent financial statements disclosed in the offering prospectus.

 

Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2016 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.13

 

Taking non-interest operating income into account, Randolph Bancorp’s efficiency ratio (operating expenses, net of amortization of intangibles, as a percent of the sum of net interest income and non-interest operating income including gains on sale) of 97.3% was at a disadvantage to the Peer Group’s efficiency ratio of 83.9%, and indicative of the Company’s less favorable core earnings level, even after gains on the sale of loans are included in the efficiency ratio calculation for the Company.

In another key area of core earnings strength, the Company maintained a much higher level of operating expenses than the Peer Group, primarily due to the impact of the mortgage banking operations. For the period covered in Table 3.3, the Company and the Peer Group reported operating expense to average assets ratios of 6.38% and 2.91%, respectively. As discussed in the financial analysis of the Company, this ratio is notably impacted by several factors including the recent enhancements to the management and operating infrastructure of Randolph Bancorp. Additionally, the mortgage banking operations of Randolph Bancorp and particularly, First Eastern, skew the operating expenses upward. In the future, Randolph Bancorp’s operating expense levels will continue to be highly correlated to the level of loan originations increasing during periods of heavy volume (and related loan officer compensation) and diminishing when loan origination volumes slacken.

Sources of non-operating income and expense had a greater impact on the Company’s earnings than the Peer Group’s, with such expenses totaling 0.06% of average assets for the Company as compared to income which averaged 0.03% for the Peer Group.

As noted in the Section I financial analysis, as of December 31, 2015, Randolph Bancorp’s deferred tax asset was $3.898 million and had a full valuation allowance against the total. As a result, Randolph Bancorp was not taxable in 2015. Management believes that with the completion of the Conversion and Acquisition, the increased capital coupled with the improved earnings facilitated by the integration of the profitable First Eastern banking and secondary market lending operations will improve the partial or full removal of the deferred tax asset balance for financial reporting purposes. If the valuation allowance is reversed, the Company will become taxable again for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, the Company’s marginal tax rate is estimated to approximate 34% prospectively, consistent with the prospectus disclosure.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.14

 

Loan Composition

Table 3.4 on the following page presents data related to the Company’s and the Peer Group’s loan portfolio compositions, as well as data pertaining to investments in mortgage-backed securities, loans serviced for others and risk-weighted assets. Randolph Bancorp’s ratios include the pro forma impact of the First Eastern Acquisition. The Company’s loan portfolio composition reflected a higher concentration of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans than the Peer Group based on ratios of 54.60% and 41.07% of assets, respectively. The investment in MBS was relatively similar, with the ratio of 7.96% of assets for the Company falling between the Peer Group average and median.

Reflecting the more extensive secondary market lending operations of Randolph Bancorp, loans serviced for others totaled $1.1 billion for Randolph Bancorp, inclusive of the operations of First Eastern, and averaged $24.4 million for the Peer Group. MSRs equaled $9.0 million for the Company versus only $126,000 for the Peer Group on average.

Diversification into higher risk and higher yielding types of lending was slightly less significant for Randolph Bancorp compared to the Peer Group, as the ratio of such loans equaled 24.7% of assets versus 31.3% for the Peer Group. The majority of the Company’s and the Peer Group’s higher risk lending is in commercial real estate which equaled 16.2% of assets which nonetheless is below the Peer Group average of 22.5%. The Company’s risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio of 63.46% was slightly lower than the Peer Group’s average ratio of 68.38%. The management of Randolph Bancorp has indicated intent to actively focus the loan portfolio concentrations on commercial real estate and commercial business lending such that the proportion of such loans may increase gradually in the future.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.15

 

Table 3.4

Loan Portfolio Composition and Related Information

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of December 31, 2015 or the Most Recent Date Available

 

               Portfolio Composition as a Percent of Assets                     
               MBS     1-4
Family
    Constr.
& Land
    Multi-
Family
    Comm RE     Commerc.
Business
    Consumer     RWA/
Assets
    Serviced
For Others
     Servicing
Assets
 
               (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     ($000)      ($000)  

Randolph Bancorp

   MA                      

December 31, 2015

        7.96     54.60     6.87     0.98     16.23     0.47     0.60     63.46   $ 1,065,062       $ 9,041   

All Public Companies

                        

Averages

        9.92     32.18     3.68     10.01     18.58     4.85     1.56     65.74   $ 2,499,887       $ 18,157   

Medians

        7.95     31.06     2.45     4.33     17.93     3.24     0.33     64.49   $ 82,428       $ 501   

State of MA

                        

Averages

        5.93     35.04     5.90     6.37     22.45     6.38     1.07     71.12   $ 47,218       $ 187   

Medians

        6.45     32.38     6.16     5.38     21.06     7.63     0.25     71.12   $ 39,751       $ 155   

Comparable Group

                        

Averages

        9.61     41.07     5.66     2.85     18.09     4.38     0.29     68.38   $ 24,436       $ 126   

Medians

        4.60     40.77     4.49     2.19     18.30     3.83     0.15     70.22   $ 3       $ 0   

Comparable Group

                        

BYBK

   Bay Bancorp, Inc.    MD      4.26     38.12     4.87     2.40     32.46     6.24     0.24     82.57   $ 3       $ 0   

CBNK

   Chicopee Bancorp, Inc.    MA      0.03     29.46     7.50     5.38     33.30     10.48     0.37     83.74   $ 82,428       $ 192   

CWAY

   Coastway Bancorp, Inc.    RI      0.00     54.48     0.45     1.32     26.31     3.83     0.25     75.19   $ 0       $ 0   

GTWN

   Georgetown Bancorp, Inc.    MA      6.45     40.77     6.86     10.34     22.62     5.92     0.08     74.83   $ 100,544       $ 518   

HBK

   Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.    MD      17.66     32.35     4.30     0.78     18.30     5.23     1.08     64.62   $ 0       $ 0   

MELR

   Melrose Bancorp, Inc.    MA      0.00     64.16     1.81     2.58     3.34     0.00     0.07     58.51   $ 0       $ 0   

PBHC

   Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.    NY      9.64     32.87     4.32     2.49     18.20     10.43     0.75     66.56   $ 20,921       $ 52   

PBIP

   Prudential Bancorp, Inc.    PA      14.40     53.66     4.49     1.28     5.27     0.00     0.08     47.67   $ 0       $ 0   

SVBI

   Severn Bancorp, Inc.    MD      4.60     42.86     11.91     0.82     22.58     1.94     0.15     75.86   $ 64,868       $ 623   

WEBK

   Wellesley Bancorp, Inc.    MA      2.62     50.28     14.07     2.19     15.75     3.71     0.04     70.22   $ 28       $ 0   

WVFC

   WVS Financial Corp.    PA      46.01     12.80     1.74     1.78     0.86     0.36     0.05     52.41   $ 0       $ 0   

 

(1) Ratios are based on the date of the most recent financial statements disclosed in the offering prospectus.

 

Source: SNL Financial LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2016 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.16

 

Credit Risk

Overall, based on a comparison of credit quality measures, the Company’s credit risk exposure was considered to be similar. As mentioned previously in Section I, Randolph Bancorp’s asset quality deteriorated in connection with the 2007 – 2011 economic recession, resulting in an increase in the level of NPAs and related losses, with asset quality problems concentrated in the commercial mortgage portfolio. However, management has taken measures to improve the underwriting of loans, as well as monitoring of asset quality. As shown in Table 3.5 on the following page, the Company’s NPAs/Assets and NPLs/Loans ratios equaled 1.74% and 2.22%, respectively, versus comparable median measures of 1.70% and 2.05% for the Peer Group. The Company maintained a significant balance of performing TDRs, and the Company’s adjusted NPAs, excluding performing TDRs, equaled 0.73% of assets, which was below the comparable average ratio of 1.08% for the Peer Group.

Reserve coverage in relation to NPAs was less favorable for the Company (40.41%) than the Peer Group (93.58% based on the median and 78.23% based on the average). Moreover, reserve coverage in relation to NPAs adjusted to exclude performing TDRs compared more closely (102% for the Company versus an average of 123% for the Peer Group). Additionally, the Company’s reserves as a percentage of total loans, at 1.02%, was slightly higher than that of the Peer Group (0.85%). Net loan charge-offs as a percent of loans were also similar and at relatively low levels for both the Company and the Peer Group, equal to 0.06% and 0.09%, respectively.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.17

 

Table 3.5

Credit Risk Measures and Related Information

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of December 31, 2015 or the Most Recent Date Available

 

          REO/
Assets
    NPAs &
90+Del/
Assets (1)
    Adj NPAs &
90+Del/
Assets (2)
    NPLs/
Loans (1)
    Rsrves /
Loans HFI
    Rsrves /
NPLs (1)
    Rsrves /
NPAs &
90+Del (1)
    Net Loan
Chargeoffs (3)
    NLCs/
Loans
 
          (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     ($000)     (%)  

Randolph Bancorp

    MA                     

December 31, 2015

      0.12     1.74     0.73     2.22     1.02     43.16     40.41   $ 177        0.06

All Public Companies

                   

Averages

      0.21     1.35     0.94     1.64     1.07     106.55     78.67   $ 2,295        0.08

Medians

      0.11     1.25     0.77     1.35     0.96     79.67     69.04   $ 289        0.05

State of MA

                   

Averages

      0.04     0.13     0.51     0.19     0.89     198.25     198.25   $ 249        0.02

Medians

      0.00     0.13     0.51     0.19     0.96     198.25     198.25   $ 21        0.01

Comparable Group

                   

Averages

      0.16     1.70     1.08     2.05     0.85     96.95     93.58   $ 287        0.09

Medians

      0.08     1.26     0.94     1.72     0.90     78.23     67.05   $ 241        0.06

Comparable Group

                   

BYBK     Bay Bancorp, Inc.

    MD        0.30     2.71     2.39     1.88     0.45     21.57     12.61   $ 664        0.17

CBNK     Chicopee Bancorp, Inc.

    MA        0.21     1.18     1.08     1.21     0.96     78.23     67.05   $ 253        0.04

CWAY    Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

    RI        0.82     2.31     1.68     1.72     0.47     26.41     17.06   $ 258        0.06

GTWN    Georgetown Bancorp, Inc.

    MA        0.00     0.73     0.27     0.84     0.94     111.38     111.38   $ 21        0.01

HBK        Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.

    MD        0.12     2.40     0.93     3.68     0.88     20.93     19.87   $ 234        0.13

MELR     Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

    MA        0.00     0.13     0.13     0.19     0.37     198.25     198.25   $ 0        0.00

PBHC      Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.

    NY        0.08     1.26     0.94     1.73     1.33     79.76     74.84   $ 992        0.25

PBIP        Prudential Bancorp, Inc.

    PA        0.00     3.16     2.73     5.09     0.90     17.59     17.59   $ 241        0.07

SVBI       Severn Bancorp, Inc.

    MD        0.23     4.54     1.38     5.45     1.46     26.25     24.72   $ 397        0.19

WEBK    Wellesley Bancorp, Inc.

    MA        0.00     0.24     0.24     0.28     1.00     349.42     349.42   $ 101        0.02

WVFC    WVS Financial Corp.

    PA        0.00     0.08     0.08     0.44     0.60     136.58     136.58   $ 0        0.00

 

(1) Includes TDRs for the Company and the Peer Group.
(2) Excludes performing TDRs
(3) Net loan chargeoffs are shown on a last twelve month basis.

 

Source: SNL Financial, LC and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obrained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2016 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.18

 

Interest Rate Risk

Table 3.6 reflects various key ratios highlighting the relative interest rate risk exposure of the Company versus the Peer Group on a pre-Conversion basis. We have provided data for FFSB and Randolph Bancorp separately in the belief that combining the two organizations for the data presented may not enhance the ability to discern the perceived risk exposure.

In terms of balance sheet composition, Randolph Bancorp’s interest rate risk characteristics were considered to be less favorable than the comparable measures for the Peer Group. Most notably, the Company’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio and IEA/IBL ratio were lower than the comparable Peer Group ratios, while the Company’s non-interest earning assets were higher than the Peer Group average and median. On a pro forma basis, the infusion of stock proceeds should serve to provide the Company with comparative advantages over the Peer Group’s balance sheet interest rate risk characteristics, with respect to the increases that will be realized in the Company’s equity-to-assets and IEA/IBL ratios.

To analyze interest rate risk associated with the net interest margin, we reviewed quarterly changes in net interest income as a percent of average assets for Randolph Bancorp and the Peer Group. In general, the fluctuations in the Company’s and FFSB’s ratios were modestly higher than those experienced by the Peer Group, implying that the interest rate risk associated with the Company’s net interest income was slightly larger in comparison to the Peer Group, especially during the earlier quarters shown, based on the interest rate environment that prevailed during the period covered in Table 3.6.

Importantly, potentially the greatest element of interest rate risk exposure for the Company is related to the significant secondary market lending and sales activity. Moreover, the Acquisition of First Eastern will increase the dependence on secondary market loan sales for overall revenues and net income. When interest rates rise, the demand for mortgage loans tends to fall and may reduce the level of loan originations and gains on sale. Likewise, weak or deteriorating economic conditions also tend to reduce loan demand and loan sale revenues. Thus, while management expects participation in the mortgage banking niche to enhance Randolph Bancorp’s long term earnings capacity, it may also serve to increase earnings volatility in response to changing interest rates.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.19

 

Table 3.6

Interest Rate Risk Measures and Net Interest Income Volatility

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of December 31, 2015 or the Most Recent Date Available

 

        Balance Sheet Measures        
        Tangible           Non-Earn.     Quarterly Change in Net Interest Income  
        Equity/     IEA/     Assets/                                      
        Assets     IBL     Assets     9/30/2015     6/30/2015     3/31/2015     12/31/2014     9/30/2014     6/30/2014  
        (%)     (%)     (%)     (change in net interest income is annualized in basis
points)
       

Randolph Bancorp (1)

  MA                  

December 31, 2015

      8.5     104.5     6.2     8        5        -34        4        30        30   

First Federal of Boston (1)

                   

December 31, 2015

      20.0     113.2     13.2     29        9        -15        7        12        25   

All Public Companies

      12.6     109.5     6.5     3        1        -7        2        0        2   

State of MA

      12.8     128.3     5.6     5        3        -9        0        1        3   

Comparable Group

                   

Average

      13.4     112.0     4.5     3        -1        -9        7        -4        5   

Median

      12.5     109.9     4.5     4        4        -3        0        1        5   

Comparable Group

                   

BYBK      Bay Bancorp, Inc.

  MD     13.3     111.7     4.6     -13        18        -94        79        -61        20   

CBNK      Chicopee Bancorp, Inc.

  MA     13.2     109.9     4.7     5        5        -14        -8        6        7   

CWAY     Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

  RI     12.5     104.8     9.3     3        9        -4        2        1        5   

GTWN     Georgetown Bancorp, Inc.

  MA     10.8     111.0     3.1     -2        4        1        0        1        -6   

HBK         Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.

  MD     14.8     112.8     6.3     4        -3        11        14        -9        -6   

MELR      Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

  MA     20.5     122.3     3.2     16        -1        -3        -1        -1        2   

PBHC       Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.

  NY     10.7     107.9     5.4     6        4        -13        -8        9        -4   

PBIP         Prudential Bancorp, Inc.

  PA     22.2     125.1     3.7     15        -14        8        -6        4        7   

SVBI        Severn Bancorp, Inc.

  MD     11.3     109.8     4.5     7        -10        -10        3        13        -4   

WEBK     Wellesley Bancorp, Inc.

  MA     8.4     106.8     2.7     -7        6        -3        -7        -2        11   

WVFC     WVS Financial Corp.

  PA     9.8     109.8     2.1     2        -31        25        7        -1        19   

 

(1) Based on regulatory financial data consistent with the Peer Group presentation.

 

Source: SNL Financial LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2016 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.20

 

Summary

Based on the above analysis and the criteria employed in the selection of the companies for the Peer Group, RP Financial concluded that the Peer Group forms a reasonable basis for determining the pro forma market value of Randolph Bancorp. In those areas where notable differences exist, we will apply appropriate valuation adjustments in the next section.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.1

 

IV. VALUATION ANALYSIS

Introduction

This section presents the valuation analysis and methodology, prepared pursuant to the regulatory valuation guidelines, and valuation adjustments and assumptions used to determine the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock to be issued in conjunction with the Company’s conversion transaction.

Appraisal Guidelines

The federal regulatory appraisal guidelines required by the FRB, the FDIC and the Commissioner specify the pro forma market value methodology for estimating the pro forma market value of a converting thrift. Pursuant to this methodology: (1) a peer group of comparable publicly-traded institutions is selected; (2) a financial and operational comparison of the subject company to the peer group is conducted to discern key differences; and (3) a valuation analysis in which the pro forma market value of the subject company is determined based on the market pricing of the peer group as of the date of valuation, incorporating valuation adjustments for key differences. In addition, the pricing characteristics of recent conversions, both at conversion and in the aftermarket, must be considered.

RP Financial Approach to the Valuation

The valuation analysis herein complies with such regulatory approval guidelines. Accordingly, the valuation incorporates a detailed analysis based on the Peer Group, discussed in Section III, which constitutes “fundamental analysis” techniques. Additionally, the valuation incorporates a “technical analysis” of recently completed stock conversions, including closing pricing and aftermarket trading of such offerings. It should be noted that these valuation analyses cannot possibly fully account for all the market forces which impact trading activity and pricing characteristics of a particular stock on a given day.

The pro forma market value determined herein is a preliminary value for the Company’s to-be-issued stock. Throughout the conversion process, RP Financial will: (1) review changes in Randolph Bancorp’s operations and financial condition; (2) monitor Randolph Bancorp’s operations and financial condition relative to the Peer Group to identify any fundamental changes; (3) monitor the external factors affecting value including, but not limited to, local and


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.2

 

national economic conditions, interest rates, and the stock market environment, including the market for thrift stocks; and (4) monitor pending conversion offerings (including those in the offering phase), both regionally and nationally. If material changes should occur during the conversion process, RP Financial will evaluate if updated valuation reports should be prepared reflecting such changes and their related impact on value, if any. RP Financial will also prepare a final valuation update at the closing of the offering to determine if the prepared valuation analysis and resulting range of value continues to be appropriate.

The appraised value determined herein is based on the current market and operating environment for the Company and for all thrifts. Subsequent changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or major world events), which may occur from time to time (often with great unpredictability) may materially impact the market value of all thrift stocks, including Randolph Bancorp’s value, or Randolph Bancorp’s value alone. To the extent a change in factors impacting the Company’s value can be reasonably anticipated and/or quantified, RP Financial has incorporated the estimated impact into the analysis.

Valuation Analysis

A fundamental analysis discussing similarities and differences relative to the Peer Group was presented in Chapter III. The following sections summarize the key differences between the Company and the Peer Group, incorporating the First Eastern acquisition and how those differences affect the pro forma valuation. Emphasis is placed on the specific strengths and weaknesses of the Company relative to the Peer Group, in such key areas as financial condition, profitability, growth and viability of earnings, asset growth, primary market area, dividends, liquidity of the shares, marketing of the issue, management, and the effect of government regulations and/or regulatory reform. We have also considered the market for thrift stocks, in particular new issues, to assess the impact on value of the Company coming to market at this time.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.3

 

1. Financial Condition

The financial condition of an institution is an important determinant in pro forma market value because investors typically look to such factors as liquidity, capital, asset composition and quality, and funding sources in assessing investment attractiveness. The similarities and differences in the Company’s and the Peer Group’s financial strengths are noted as follows:

 

    Overall A/L Composition . In comparison to the Peer Group, the Company’s IEA composition showed a higher concentration of loans and a lower concentration of cash and investments. Lending diversification into higher risk and higher yielding types of loans was lower for the Company, as it reported a modestly lower level of multi-family and commercial mortgage loans as well as lower non-mortgage consumer and commercial loans. Randolph Bancorp reported a lower RWA ratio in comparison to the Peer Group, notwithstanding its higher ratio of loans as a result of its comparative emphasis on lower risk-weight residential lending. While the Company has indicated the intent to expand the higher yielding commercial mortgage and commercial business loan portfolios over time, the change is expected to be gradual and subject to market and competitive constraints. The Company’s IBL cost was also lower than the Peer Group’s cost of funds, due to the Company’s reliance on low-cost transaction deposits and limited deposit growth in recent periods which has limited the need to be highly competitive on pricing deposits. Overall, the Company maintained a lower level of interest-earning assets and a slightly higher level of interest-bearing liabilities compared to the Peer Group’s ratios, which resulted in a modestly lower IEA/IBL ratio for the Company of 101.4% versus 112.6% for the Peer Group. The lower ratio for the Company in part, reflects the significant investment in non-interest earning MSRs and BOLI. After factoring in the impact of the net stock proceeds, the Company’s IEA/IBL ratio is expected to increase albeit to levels below the Peer Group average.

 

    Credit Quality. Key credit quality measures for Randolph Bancorp were broadly similar to the Peer Group. Specifically Randolph Bancorp’s NPAs/assets and NPLs/loans were slightly higher than the comparable Peer Group average ratios. ALLL as a percent of NPLs was less favorable for the Company while reserve coverage in terms of total loans was slightly more favorable than the Peer Group. Importantly, the Company maintained a significant balance of performing TDRs, and the adjusted NPA/Assets ratio, which excluded the performing TDRs, was slightly below the Peer Group average and median Net loan charge-offs as a percent of loans for the Company was similar to the Peer Group average and median, both of which were at low levels. In addition, Randolph Bancorp’s future strategy to expand the portfolio of commercial mortgage and non-mortgage loans may tend to increase the relative credit risk exposure of the Company but the change, if it occurs, will necessarily be gradual.

 

    Balance Sheet Liquidity . The Company’s currently lower level of cash and investment securities will increase on a post conversion basis. Following the infusion of net stock proceeds, the Company’s cash and investments ratio is expected to increase as the proceeds retained at the holding company level will be initially deployed into shorter term investment securities, while proceeds infused into the Company will also be initially deployed into investments, pending the longer-term deployment into loans. At the same time, the Merger Consideration of $14.0 million will be derived from the conversion proceeds thereby diminishing the benefit of the Conversion to liquidity. The Company’s future borrowing capacity is considered to be similar given the broadly similar level of borrowings.

 

   

Funding Liabilities.  The Company’s interest-bearing funding composition reflected a slightly higher concentration of deposits and lower ratio of borrowings relative to the comparable Peer Group ratios, with the Company maintaining a lower cost of funds than the Peer Group. Total interest-bearing liabilities as a percent of assets were


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.4

 

 

higher for the Company compared to the Peer Group’s ratio, which was attributable to Randolph Bancorp’s lower capital position on a pre-conversion basis. Following the stock offering, the increase in the Company’s capital position will reduce the level of interest-bearing liabilities funding the Company’s assets and the IEA/IBL ratio will increase.

 

    Capital . The Company currently operates with a lower equity-to-assets ratio than the Peer Group. However, following the stock offering, Randolph Bancorp’s pro forma capital position can be expected to equal the Peer Group average at the lower end of the offering range while exceeding the Peer Group average and median at the midpoint and upper end of the offering range. The Company’s pro forma capital position implies a similar to moderately stronger leverage capacity relative to the Peer Group and a larger capital cushion to withstand credit quality related losses than the Peer Group. At the same time, the historical volatility of the Company’s mortgage banking operations, particularly after the acquisition of First Eastern, may necessitate the maintenance of comparatively greater level of capital.

On balance, Randolph Bancorp’s overall balance sheet strength was considered to be similar to that of the Peer Group on a pro forma basis. While the Company was operating at a lower IEA/IBL ratio on a pre-conversion basis, this ratios will be subject to future improvement with the completion of the Conversion while balance sheet will also be bolstered. Credit quality for both the Company and Peer Group is relatively strong with NPAs and reserve coverage at broadly similar levels. While the Company’s consolidated equity will equal or exceed the Peer Group average following the Conversion, the traditionally volatile nature of residential secondary market lending introduces a risk element to capital not present to the same extent in the Peer Group companies. Based on the foregoing, no adjustment was applied for the Company’s financial condition in comparison to the Peer Group.

 

2. Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings

Earnings is a key factor in determining pro forma market value, as the level and risk characteristics of an institution’s earnings stream and the prospects and ability to generate future earnings heavily influence the multiple that the investment community will pay for earnings. The major factors considered in the valuation are described below.

 

    Earnings . Randolph Bancorp reported ROAA of 0.10% for the last twelve months fell below the Peer Group’s median ratio of 0.36%. There was limited difference between reporting and estimated core earnings for both the Company and the Peer Group. The Company’s operating returns are expected to be bolstered by the profitable operations of First Eastern as Randolph reported an operating loss and only slightly positive core earnings on a standalone basis.

The Company’s lower level of profitability on a pro forma merged basis occurred notwithstanding the high level of non-interest operating income (from deposit and


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.5

 

loan fees and loan servicing income) and gains on the sale of loans, a source of revenue with a level of uncertainty. These positive factors were more than offset compared to the Peer Group by the Company’s high operating expenses, which were also attributable to the extensive secondary market origination and sales activities. Reinvestment of conversion proceeds into IEA and leveraging of the pro forma equity position will serve to increase the Company’s earnings, with the benefit of reinvesting proceeds expected to be offset to a degree by implementation of additional stock benefit plans in connection with the Conversion offering. Overall, the Company’s pro forma reported earnings were considered to be lower on a pre-conversion basis. Additionally, while the extensive mortgage banking activities introduce the possibility of higher returns in the future, they also introduce an element of risk relative to the Peer Group given the volatility and cyclicality of mortgage banking revenues.

 

    Interest Rate Risk . Quarterly changes in the Company’s, FFSB’s and the Peer Group’s net interest income to average assets ratios indicated that the degree of volatility associated with Randolph Bancorp’s and FFSB’s net interest margin was modestly higher than the range exhibited by the Peer Group average. Potentially the greatest element of interest rate risk exposure for the Company is related to the significant secondary market lending and sales activity. Moreover, the Acquisition of First Eastern will increase the dependence on secondary market loan sales for overall revenues and net income. When interest rates rise, the demand for mortgage loans tends to fall and may reduce the level of loan originations and gains on sale. Likewise, weak or deteriorating economic conditions also tend to reduce loan demand and loan sale revenues. Thus, while management expects participation in the mortgage banking niche to enhance Randolph Bancorp’s long term earnings capacity, it may also serve to increase earnings volatility in response to changing interest rates.

 

    Credit Risk . The Company’s credit risk exposure was relatively similar to the Peer Group. As noted earlier, while the Company’s NPAs/assets and NPLs/loans were slightly higher than the comparable Peer Group average ratios, the ratios adjusted to exclude performing TDRs fell slightly below the Peer Group average. Reserve coverage in relation to NPAs was less favorable for the while reserves in relation to loans was higher. While Randolph Bancorp’s future strategy to expand the portfolio of commercial mortgage and non-mortgage loans may tend to increase the relative credit risk exposure of the Company, but the change, if it occurs, will necessarily be gradual.

 

    Earnings Growth Potential . Earnings growth facilitated by acquisition related growth was considered to be more favorable for the Company pursuant to the increase in earnings that will be provided by the acquisition of First Eastern immediately. Additionally, some merger synergies and cost savings may be realized by combining the operations of the Company with First Eastern over time. Following the infusion of stock proceeds, the Company’s earnings growth potential with respect to leverage will be enhanced to levels equal to or exceeding the Peer Group. The Company has bolstered management and other resources, particularly in the lending area, with the objective of achieving loan and earnings growth.

 

    Return on Equity . Randolph Bancorp has reported operating losses for the last three fiscal years and, while First Eastern has reported earnings, on a pro forma combined after tax basis, the Company’s pro forma profitability is low. The Peer Group reported more favorable ROE measures reflecting its more favorable profitability levels. The improvement of Randolph Bancorp’s earnings which would translate into a higher ROE measure will be dependent on the factors impacting the earnings growth potential described above – the ability to successfully integrate First Eastern and achieve cost savings, the ability to grow the loan portfolio, and continued profitability of earnings from secondary market loan sales. Coupled with the higher level of capitalization resulting from the conversion transaction, the Company will be challenged to improve the return on equity to levels reported by the Peer Group over the short to intermediate term.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.6

 

On balance, Randolph Bancorp’s pro forma earnings strength was considered to be less favorable than the Peer Group primarily considering the Company’s low level of earnings. Additionally, the volatility of the Company’s mortgage banking loan origination volumes, revenues and earnings was also considered. Accordingly, a moderate downward adjustment was applied for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

3. Asset Growth

Randolph Bancorp’s assets growth rate of 5.3% was below the Peer Group average of 9.9%. Several of the Peer Group companies have exhibited very strong growth in excess of 20% for the most recent twelve months while two Peer Group companies experienced asset shrinkage over the corresponding timeframe. Thus, there is a wide dispersion of growth rates. On a pro forma basis, the Company’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio will exceed the Peer Group’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio, indicating greater leverage capacity for the Company. Moreover, the Company has been capital constrained, particularly after it executed the agreement to acquire First Eastern.

In consideration of the Company’s ability to undertake future asset growth, we have considered the strong pro forma capital position, the investment in management, lending and other infrastructure which has enhanced Randolph Bancorp’s future growth capacity. Additionally, the expansion of market area and customer base resulting from the Acquisition should also facilitate growth opportunities for the Company. On balance, we believe a slight upward adjustment was warranted for this factor.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.7

 

4. Primary Market Area

The general condition of an institution’s market area has an impact on value, as future success is in part dependent upon opportunities for profitable activities in the local market served. Randolph Bancorp serves the Boston metropolitan area through the main office and four additional branch locations, all of which are located in Norfolk, County. In addition, the Company maintains LPOs in Bristol and Norfolk County and considers its lending area to extend throughout the Boston metropolitan area. With the First Eastern Acquisition, one retail banking facility will be added as well as eight LPOs.

Operating in a densely populated market area provides the Company with growth opportunities, but such growth must be achieved in a highly competitive market environment. The Company competes against significantly larger institutions that provide a larger array of services and have significantly larger branch networks than maintained by Randolph Bancorp. The competitiveness of the market area is highlighted by the Company’s relatively low market share of deposits in Norfolk County.

On average, the Peer Group companies generally operate in markets with similar population bases, which ranged between 700,000 to 800,000 based on both the average and median. Population growth for the primary market area counties served by the Peer Group companies reflect a range of growth rates, but overall population growth rates in the markets served by the Peer Group companies were similar compared to Norfolk County’s population growth rate in recent years. Norfolk County has a higher per capita income compared to the Peer Group’s average per capita income indicating a higher level of affluence – only one of the Peer Group companies operated in a market with a higher level of per capita income than Norfolk County.

The average deposit market shares maintained by the Peer Group companies were above the Company’s market share of deposits in Norfolk County, while the median share was similar. Overall, the degree of competition faced by the Company and Peer Group was viewed as being similar as was the market growth potential. Summary demographic and deposit market share data for the Company and the Peer Group companies is provided in Exhibit III-4. As shown in Table 4.1, the average unemployment rate for the primary market area counties served by the Peer Group companies was above the unemployment rate reflected for Norfolk County. On balance, we concluded that a slight upward adjustment was appropriate for the Company’s market area.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.8

 

Table 4.1

Market Area Unemployment Rates

Randolph Bancorp and the Peer Group Companies(1)

 

     County    December 2015
Unemployment
 

Randolph Bancorp

   Norfolk, MA      4.0

Peer Group Average

        4.7

Peer Group Median

        4.3

Peer Group

     

Bay Bancorp, Inc.

   Howard, MD      3.3

Chicopee Bancorp, Inc.

   Hampden, MA      6.4

Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

   Kent, RI      4.3

Georgetown Bancorp, Inc.

   Essex, MA      4.8

Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.

   Baltimore, MD      4.9

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

   Middlesex, MA      3.7

Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.

   Oswego, NY      6.7

Prudential Bancorp, Inc.

   Philadelphia, PA      5.4

Severn Bancorp, Inc.

   Anne Arundel, MD      3.9

Wellesley Bancorp, Inc.

   Norfolk, MA      4.0

WVS Financial Corp.

   Allegheny, PA      3.8

 

(1) Unemployment rates are not seasonally adjusted.

Source: SNL Financial, LC.

 

5. Dividends

The Company has indicated in the prospectus that it will not be paying dividends for the foreseeable future. Future declarations of dividends by the Board of Directors will depend upon a number of factors, including investment opportunities, growth objectives, financial condition, profitability, tax considerations, minimum capital requirements, regulatory limitations, stock market characteristics and general economic conditions.

Six out of the eleven Peer Group companies pay regular cash dividends, with implied dividend yields ranging from 0.62% to 1.81%. The average dividend yield on the stocks of the Peer Group institutions equaled 0.65% as of February 12, 2016. Comparatively, as of February 12, 2016, the average dividend yield on the stocks of all fully-converted publicly-traded thrifts equaled 1.79%.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.9

 

While the Company has not established a dividend policy prior to converting, the Company will have the capacity to pay a dividend comparable to the Peer Group’s average dividend yield after considering both its strong level of pro forma capitalization and its lower pro forma earnings. We have also given consideration that 5 of the 11 Peer Group companies do not pay dividends. On balance, we concluded that no adjustment was warranted for this factor.

 

6. Liquidity of the Shares

The Peer Group is by definition composed of companies that are traded in the public markets. All eleven of the Peer Group members trade on the NASDAQ. Typically, the number of shares outstanding and market capitalization provide an indication of how much liquidity there will be in a particular stock. The market capitalization of the Peer Group companies ranged from $23.5 million to $124.1 million as of February 12, 2016, with average and median market values of $57.2 million and $51.9 million, respectively. The shares issued and outstanding to the shareholders of the Peer Group members ranged from 1.8 million to 11.1 million, with average and median shares outstanding of 5.1 million and 4.4 million, respectively. The Company’s stock offering is expected to have a pro forma market value that is in the upper end of the Company’s offering range while the shares outstanding at the midpoint of the offering range will be comparable to the Peer Group averages and medians. Like the Peer Group companies, the Company’s stock is expected to be quoted on the NASDAQ Capital Market following the stock offering. Overall, we anticipate that the Company’s stock will have a similar level of liquidity in comparison to the Peer Group and concluded with no adjustment for this factor.

 

7. Marketing of the Issue

We believe that three separate markets exist for thrift stocks, including those coming to market such as Randolph Bancorp: (1) the after-market for public companies, in which trading activity is regular and investment decisions are made based upon financial condition, earnings, capital, ROE, dividends and future prospects; (2) the new issue market in which converting thrifts are evaluated on the basis of the same factors, but on a pro forma basis without the benefit of prior operations as a fully-converted publicly-held company and stock trading history; and (3) the acquisition market for thrift franchises in Massachusetts. All three of these markets were considered in the valuation of the Company’s to-be-issued stock.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.10

 

  A. The Public Market

The value of publicly-traded thrift stocks is easily measurable, and is tracked by most investment houses and related organizations. Exhibit IV-1 provides pricing and financial data on all publicly-traded thrifts. In general, thrift stock values react to market stimuli such as interest rates, inflation, perceived industry health, projected rates of economic growth, regulatory issues, and stock market conditions in general. Exhibit IV-2 displays historical stock market trends for various indices and includes historical stock price index values for thrifts and commercial banks. Exhibit IV-3 displays historical stock price indices for thrifts only.

In terms of assessing general stock market conditions, the performance of the overall stock market has been mixed in recent quarters. A more favorable outlook on Greece’s financial crisis helped stocks to advance at the start of the third quarter of 2015, which was followed by the Dow Jones Industrial Average (“DJIA”) declining to a five-month low in the second week of July as the sell-off in China’s stock market rippled through markets globally. News of a bailout deal secured by Greece supported a stock market rally in mid-July, while some favorable second quarter earnings reports coming out of the technology sector lifted the NASDAQ to three consecutive record high closes heading into the second half of July. Comparatively, the DJIA approached a six-month low in late-July, as disappointing earnings by some of the Dow components and a continued sell-off in China’s stock market weighed on the broader stock market. A measured Federal Reserve policy statement that reaffirmed it would move cautiously on raising interest rates and an easing of the sell-off in China’s stock market boosted stocks at the end of July. The DJIA recorded seven consecutive losses through the first week of trading in August, which was driven by weak earnings reports posted by some media and oil stocks. A rebound in beaten down energy shares and 2015’s largest merger announcement fueled stock market gains heading into mid-August, which was followed by a sharp sell-off as China’s surprising decision to devalue its currency rattled global markets. Stocks closed out the second week of August on a slight upswing. Volatility prevailed in the stock market during the second half of August 2015 and for most of September 2015. Worries about the pace of global growth jolted stock markets worldwide in the second half of August, with the DJIA plunging over 1,800 points during six consecutive trading sessions. Renewed optimism about the strength of the U.S. economy and comments from a Federal Reserve official stating the case for a September rate increase had become less compelling snapped the six-day losing streak, as the DJIA rebounded 988 points in consecutive trading sessions during late-August. Overall, the DJIA declined 6.6% in August, its largest one month percentage


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.11

 

decline since May 2010. Volatility continued to prevail in the broader stock market in early-September, as investors considered fresh evidence that China’s economic slowdown was hurting the global economy, the possibility of China’s central bank would take more steps to stabilize its economy and disappointing job growth reflected in the August employment report. Stocks rallied ahead of the Federal Reserve’s mid-September meeting, which was followed by a downturn in the broader stock market after the Federal Reserve concluded to hold short-term interest rates steady. Declines in the auto, biotech and energy sectors led the market lower heading into late-September, which was followed by a rebound as the Federal Reserve Chairwoman added clarity that she expected interest rates would go up in 2015. Biotech and healthcare shares led the market lower in late-September, which was followed by a two day rebound in the stock market to close out the third quarter. For the third quarter overall, all three major U.S. stock indexes posted their biggest quarterly losses in four years.

The broader stock market soared higher at the start of the fourth quarter of 2015, with the DJIA trading up for seven consecutive sessions for a total gain of 860 points between October 2 nd and October 12 th . Factors contributing to the rally included a rebound in energy shares supported by an increase in oil prices, raised expectations that the Federal Reserve would not raise interest rates in the near term following the weak employment report for September and a rebound in oversold healthcare stocks. A gloomy earnings forecast by Wal-Mart pulled stocks lower in mid-October, which was followed by a broader stock market rebound heading into the second half of October. Lackluster U.S. economic data reducing expectations of a near term rate increase by the Federal Reserve, indications from the European Central Bank that is was prepared to do more to stimulate growth and a rate cut by China’s central bank were factors contributing to gains in the broader stock market. Stocks continued to surge higher in late-October, after the Federal Reserve concluded its two-day meeting leaving interest rates unchanged and toned down its concerns about global financial markets. The DJIA closed up 8.5% for the month of October, which was the biggest monthly percentage gain in four years. Led by a rally in energy stocks, the DJIA moved back into positive territory for 2015 in early-November. Concerns about the health of the global economy and lower oil prices weighed on stocks going into mid-November. Indications from the Federal Reserve that the U.S. economy was strong enough for a rate increase and a rebound in energy, healthcare and technology stocks helped stocks to rally during the second half of November. A strong jobs report for November added to stock market gains in the first week of December. A sell-off in energy shares led the market lower going into mid-December, as oil prices fell to their lowest level in seven years. Stocks rallied on the Federal Reserve’s mid-December rate hike, as investors


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.12

 

responded to the Federal Reserve’s upbeat message on the U.S. economy. Grim news from the energy and mining sectors, along with worries about slowing economies overseas, sent the DJIA to its lowest close in two months heading into the final two weeks of 2015. A rebound in energy stocks contributed to stock market gains in late-December, which was followed by a mild pullback in the final trading week of 2015. Overall, 2015 was the worst year for U.S. stocks since 2008.

The DJIA tumbled more than 1,000 points or 6.2% during the first week of trading 2016, as fresh concerns about China’s economy and a steep decline in oil prices rattled stock markets worldwide. Investor anxiety over the global economy and further declines in oil prices continued to weigh on stocks through most of January, although stocks rebounded at the end of January with higher oil prices and the Bank of Japan’s surprise decision to shift to negative interest rates contributing to gains in the broader stock market. Overall, the DJIA was down 5.5% for the month of January. Stocks closed lower during the first week of February, as investors reacted to oil falling below $30 a barrel and January employment data showing a slowdown in job growth. On February 12, 2016, the DJIA closed at 15973.84, a decrease of 11.4% from one year ago and a decrease of 8.3% year-to-date, and the NASDAQ closed at 4337.51, a decrease of 11.4% from one year ago and a decrease of 13.4% year-to-date. The Standard & Poor’s 500 Index closed at 1864.78 on February 12, 2016, a decrease of 11.1% from one year ago and a decrease of 8.8% year-to-date.

The market for thrift stocks has also experienced varied trends in recent quarters, but, in general, thrift stocks outperformed the broader stock market. Thrift shares paralleled trends in the broader stock market during the first half of July 2015, as investors focused on Greece’s debt problems and the sell-off in China’s stock market. Second quarter earnings reports for the financial sector were generally in line with expectations, which translated into a relatively flat market for thrift stocks during the second half of July. The Federal Reserve’s cautious outlook on raising interest rates and a favorable employment report for July contributed to thrift shares trading higher at the close of July, with the positive trend continuing through the first half of August. Lower interest rates and oil prices weighed on financial shares during the second half of August 2015, although generally favorable housing data somewhat negated the downturn in thrift stocks. For the entire month of August, the SNL Index for all publicly-traded thrifts showed a comparatively modest decline of 2.8%. A sell-off in the broader stock market and a disappointing reading for manufacturing activity pressured thrift stocks lower at the start of September. Following the one-day sell-off, thrift shares generally trended higher into mid-September


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.13

 

in advance of the Federal Reserve’s policy meeting. Financial shares led the market lower after the Federal Reserve elected to hold short-term interest rates steady at the conclusion of its mid-September meeting. Worries about slower economic growth provided for a slight pull back in thrift shares during the second half of September.

Thrift stocks traded higher in early-October 2015, as investors bet that low interest rates would stay around for longer following the weaker-than-expected job growth reflected in the September employment report. Third quarter earnings reports posted by the thrift sector translated into a narrow trading range for thrift stocks during the second half of October, as the majority of thrifts reported third quarter earnings that were in line with analyst estimates and continued to reflect additional net interest margin compression. Thrift stocks participated in the broader stock market rally at the conclusion of the Federal Reserve’s policy meeting in late-October, but reversed course at the end of October as shares of New York Community Bancorp and Astoria Financial Corp. declined following the announcement of their $2.0 billion strategic merger. Thrift stocks recovered in early-November, as financial shares led the market higher on the strong jobs report for October. A disappointing report for October retail sales pressured thrift shares lower in mid-November, while merger activity in the thrift sector helped thrift stocks outperform the broader stock market during the second half of November. Thrift stocks rallied on the sturdy job growth reflected in the November employment data and then declined going into mid-December, as concerns about the global economy translated into a sell-off in the broader stock market. Thrift stocks participated in the broader stock market rally following the Federal Reserve’s mid-December rate hike and then settled into a narrow trading during the closing weeks of 2015.

Thrift shares participated in the broader stock market sell-off during the first week of 2016. A weak retail sales report for December and other signs of a slowing U.S. economy furthered the downward trend in thrift prices into the second half of January. The sell-off in financial shares tended to more significant among institutions with lending exposure to the energy sector and international markets. Thrift stocks rebounded with the broader stock market at the close of January, which was followed by a pullback during first week of February amid disappointing economic reports for January manufacturing activity and January job growth. On February 12, 2016, the SNL Index for all publicly-traded thrifts closed at 735.1, unchanged from one year ago and a decrease of 9.1% year-to-date.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.14

 

  B. The New Issue Market

In addition to thrift stock market conditions in general, the new issue market for converting thrifts is also an important consideration in determining the Company’s pro forma market value. The new issue market is separate and distinct from the market for seasoned thrift stocks in that the pricing ratios for converting issues are computed on a pro forma basis, specifically: (1) the numerator and denominator are both impacted by the conversion offering amount, unlike existing stock issues in which price change affects only the numerator; and (2) the pro forma pricing ratio incorporates assumptions regarding source and use of proceeds, effective tax rates, stock plan purchases, etc. which impact pro forma financials, whereas pricing for existing issues are based on reported financials. The distinction between pricing of converting and existing issues is perhaps no clearer than in the case of the price/book (“P/B”) ratio in that the P/B ratio of a converting thrift will typically result in a discount to book value whereas in the current market for existing thrifts the P/B ratio often reflects a premium to book value. Therefore, it is appropriate to also consider the market for new issues, both at the time of the conversion and in the aftermarket.

As shown in Table 4.2, one standard conversion offering and one second-step conversion were completed during the past three months. No first-step MHC offerings were completed over the last 12 months. The most relevant offering from the perspective valuation of the Company was that of PB Bancorp, a $469 million asset MHC in Connecticut which completed a second step conversion offering in January 2016 at an 82.2% P/TB ratio. While relatively similar in asset size to Randolph Bancorp, there are material differences in a second step that PB Bancorp completed and the standard conversion offering that Randolph is seeking to complete, as PB Bancorp sold just a little less than 50% of the shares outstanding while Randolph Bancorp will be selling a 100% ownership interest in its standard conversion offering.

There was one standard conversion offering completed in the last three months by Central Federal Bancshares of Missouri, a small thrift with $62 million in total assets which completed its offering at $64.6% of pro forma tangible book value.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.15

 

Table 4.2

Pricing Characteristics and After-Market Trends

Conversions Completed in the Last Three Months

 

Institutional Information

   Pre-Conversion Data                              Pro Forma Data            Post-IPO Pricing Trends  
                 Financial Info.     Asset Quality     Offering Information     Pricing Ratios(2)(5)     Financial Charac.            Closing Price:  
                                          Excluding Foundation                                                 First
Trading
Day
           After
First
Week(3)
            After
First
Month(4)
                      
     Conversion
Date
                 Equity/
Assets
    NPAs/
Assets
    Res.
Cov.
    Gross
Proc.
     %
Offer
    % of
Mid.
    Exp./
Proc.
          Core
P/E
           Core
ROA
          Core
ROE
    IPO
Price
        %
Chge
       %
Chge
        %
Chge
     Thru
2/12/2016
     %
Chge
 

Institution

      Ticker    Assets                     P/TB        P/A       TE/A                             
                 ($Mil)      (%)     (%)     (%)     ($Mil.)      (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (x)      (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     ($)      ($)      (%)     ($)      (%)      ($)      (%)      ($)      (%)  

Standard Conversion Offerings

                                                              

Central Federal Bancshares, Inc. - MO

     1/13/16       CFDB-OTC Pink    $ 62         22.08     1.50     89   $ 17.2         96     132     7.0     64.6     NM         23.6     -0.1     36.5     -0.2   $ 10.00       $ 10.45         4.5   $ 10.54         5.4    $ 10.71         16.0    $ 10.60         25.6

Averages - Second Step Conversions:

   $ 62         22.08     1.50     89   $ 17.2         96     132     7.0     64.6     NM         23.6     -0.1     36.5     -0.2   $ 10.00       $ 10.45         4.5   $ 10.54         5.4    $ 10.71         16.0    $ 10.60         25.6

Medians - Second Step Conversions:

   $ 62         22.08     1.50     89   $ 17.2         96     132     7.0     64.6     NM         23.6     -0.1     36.5     -0.2   $ 10.00       $ 10.45         4.5   $ 10.54         5.4    $ 10.71         16.0    $ 10.60         25.6

Second Step Conversion Offerings

                                                              

PB Bancorp, Inc. - CT*

     1/8/16       PBBI-NASDAQ    $ 469         11.23     1.63     38   $ 36.3         100     132     3.8     82.2     94.5x         12.6     0.1     15.5     0.8   $ 8.00       $ 9.00         12.5   $ 8.77         9.6    $ 8.62         7.7    $ 8.56         7.7

Averages - MHC Conversions:

   $ 469         11.23     1.63     38   $ 36.3         100     132     3.8     82.2     94.5x         12.6     0.1     15.5     0.8   $ 8.00       $ 9.00         12.5   $ 8.77         9.6    $ 8.62         7.7    $ 8.56         7.7

Medians - MHC Conversions:

   $ 469         11.23     1.63     38   $ 36.3         100     132     3.8     82.2     94.5x         12.6     0.1     15.5     0.8   $ 8.00       $ 9.00         12.5   $ 8.77         9.6    $ 8.62         7.7    $ 8.56         7.7

Averages - All Conversions:

   $ 266         16.66     1.57     63   $ 26.7         98     132     5.4     73.4     94.5x         18.1     0.0     26.0     0.3   $ 9.00       $ 9.73         8.5   $ 9.66         7.5    $ 9.67         11.9    $ 9.58         16.7

Medians - All Conversions:

   $ 266         16.66     1.57     63   $ 26.7         98     132     5.4     73.4     94.5x         18.1     0.0     26.0     0.3   $ 9.00       $ 9.73         8.5   $ 9.66         7.5    $ 9.67         11.9    $ 9.58         16.7

 

Note: * - Appraisal performed by RP Financial; BOLD = RP Fin. Did the business plan, “NT” - Not Traded; “NA” - Not Applicable, Not Available; C/S-Cash/Stock.   
(1) As a percent of MHC offering for MHC transactions.    (5) Mutual holding company pro forma data on full conversion basis.   
(2) Does not take into account the adoption of SOP 93-6.    (6) Simultaneously completed acquisition of another financial institution.   
(3) Latest price if offering is less than one week old.    (7) Simultaneously converted to a commercial bank charter.   
(4) Latest price if offering is more than one week but less than one month old.    (8) Former credit union.      2/12/2016   


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.16

 

C. The Acquisition Market

Also considered in the valuation was the potential impact on Randolph Bancorp’s stock price of recently completed and pending acquisitions of other savings institutions operating in Massachusetts. As shown in Exhibit IV-4, there were fifteen Massachusetts thrift acquisitions completed from the beginning of 2011 through year-to-date 2016, and there are currently two acquisition pending for a Massachusetts savings institution. To the extent that acquisition speculation may impact the Company’s offering, we have largely taken this into account in selecting companies for the Peer Group which operate in markets that have experienced a comparable level of acquisition activity as the Company’s market and, thus, are subject to the same type of acquisition speculation that may influence Randolph Bancorp’s stock. However, since converting thrifts are subject to a three-year regulatory moratorium from being acquired, acquisition speculation in Randolph Bancorp’s stock would tend to be less, compared to the stocks of the Peer Group companies.

*  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *

In determining our valuation adjustment for marketing of the issue, we considered trends in both the overall thrift market, the new issue market including the new issue market for thrift conversions and the local acquisition market for thrift and bank stocks. Taking these factors and trends into account, RP Financial concluded that no adjustment was appropriate in the valuation analysis for purposes of marketing of the issue.

 

8. Management

The Company’s management team appears to have experience and expertise in all of the key areas of the Company’s operations. Exhibit IV-5 provides summary resumes of the Company’s Board of Directors and senior management. The financial characteristics of the Company suggest that the Board and senior management have been effective in implementing an operating strategy that can be well managed by the Company’s present organizational structure. The Company currently does not have any senior management positions that are vacant. Similarly, the returns, equity positions and other operating measures of the Peer Group companies are indicative of well-managed financial institutions, which have Boards and management teams that have been effective in implementing competitive operating strategies. Therefore, on balance, we concluded no valuation adjustment relative to the Peer Group was appropriate for this factor.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.17

 

9. Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform

In summary, as a fully-converted regulated institution, Randolph Bancorp will operate in substantially the same regulatory environment as the Peer Group members — all of whom are adequately capitalized institutions and are operating with no apparent restrictions. Exhibit IV-6 reflects the Company’s pro forma regulatory capital ratios. On balance, no adjustment has been applied for the effect of government regulation and regulatory reform.

Summary of Adjustments

Overall, based on the factors discussed above, we concluded that the Company’s pro forma market value should reflect the following valuation adjustments relative to the Peer Group:

 

Key Valuation Parameters:

  

Valuation Adjustment

Financial Condition

   No Adjustment

Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings

   Moderate Downward

Asset Growth

   Slight Upward

Primary Market Area

   Slight Upward

Dividends

   No Adjustment

Liquidity of the Shares

   No Adjustment

Marketing of the Issue

   No Adjustment

Management

   No Adjustment

Effect of Govt. Regulations and Regulatory Reform

   No Adjustment

Valuation Approaches

In applying the accepted valuation methodology promulgated by the FRB and the Commissioner i.e., the pro forma market value approach, we considered the three key pricing ratios in valuing the Company’s to-be-issued stock – price/earnings (“P/E”), price/book (“P/B”), and price/assets (“P/A”) approaches – all performed on a pro forma basis including the effects of the stock proceeds. In computing the pro forma impact of the conversion and the related pricing ratios, we have incorporated the valuation parameters disclosed in the Company’s prospectus for reinvestment rate, effective tax rate, stock benefit plan assumptions and expenses (summarized in Exhibits IV-7 and IV-8). In our estimate of value, we assessed the relationship of the pro forma pricing ratios relative to the Peer Group and recent conversion offerings.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.18

 

    P/E Approach . The P/E approach is generally the best indicator of long-term value for a stock. Given certain similarities between the Company’s and the Peer Group’s earnings composition and overall financial condition, the P/E approach was carefully considered in this valuation. At the same time the Company operates with a near breakeven level of core profitability while the Peer Group’s earnings, while higher than the Company’s on average, are comparatively modest. Accordingly, the earnings approach has been rendered less meaningful to the Company’s pro forma valuation and we have given comparatively greater weight to the other valuation approaches.

 

    P/B Approach . P/B ratios have generally served as a useful benchmark in the valuation of thrift stocks, particularly in the context of an initial public offering, as the earnings approach involves assumptions regarding the use of proceeds. RP Financial considered the P/B approach to be a valuable indicator of pro forma value, particularly as the earnings approach has been rendered less meaningful to the Company’s valuation in view of Randolph Bancorp’s recent low earnings. We have also modified the P/B approach to exclude the impact of intangible assets (i.e., price/tangible book value or “P/TB”), in that the investment community frequently makes this adjustment in its evaluation of this pricing approach.

 

    P/A Approach . P/A ratios are generally a less reliable indicator of market value, as investors typically assign less weight to assets and attribute greater weight to book value and earnings. Furthermore, this approach as set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines does not take into account the amount of stock purchases funded by deposit withdrawals, thus understating the pro forma P/A ratio. At the same time, the P/A ratio is an indicator of franchise value, and, can be a valuable indicator of value when earnings are low, which is the case for Randolph Bancorp.

The Company will adopt the “Employers’ Accounting for Employee Stock Ownership Plans” (“ASC 718-40”), which causes earnings per share computations to be based on shares issued and outstanding, excluding unreleased ESOP shares. For purposes of preparing the pro forma pricing analyses, we have reflected all shares issued in the Offering, including all ESOP shares, to capture the full dilutive impact, particularly since the ESOP shares are economically dilutive, receive dividends, and can be voted. However, we did consider the impact of the adoption of ASC 718-40 in the valuation.

Based on the application of the three valuation approaches, taking into consideration the valuation adjustments discussed above and the dilutive impact of the stock contribution to the Foundation the impact the cash acquisition of First Eastern based on pro forma financial data set forth in the Conversion Prospectus, RP Financial concluded that, as of February 12, 2016, the aggregate pro forma market value of Randolph Bancorp’s conversion stock was $44,376,000 at the midpoint, equal to 4,437,600 shares at $10.00 per share.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.19

 

1. Price-to-Earnings (“P/E”) . The application of the P/E valuation method requires calculating the Company’s pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/E multiple to the pro forma earnings base. In applying this technique, we considered both reported earnings and a recurring earnings base, that is, earnings adjusted to exclude any one-time non-operating items, plus the estimated after-tax earnings benefit of the reinvestment of the net proceeds. The Company’s reported earnings, including the estimated pro forma earnings impact of the acquisition of First Eastern, equaled $411,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015. In deriving Randolph Bancorp’s estimated core earnings for purposes of the valuation, the adjustments made to reported earnings were to losses on the sale of securities ($7,000), the one-time pension plan expense ($543,000), net income on a life insurance payment ($285,000). As shown below, on a tax-effected basis, the Company’s core earnings were determined to equal $519,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015

Table 4.3

Randolph Bancorp, Inc.

Core Earnings Estimate

 

     Amount (1)  
     ($000)  

Net income - pro forma combined

   $ 441   

Add: Loss on sale of securities (taxable)

     7   

Add: Pension plan expense (taxable)

     543   

Tax Effect on Adjustments @34% rate

     (187

Less: One-time life insurance payment (not taxable)

     (285
  

 

 

 

Core earnings estimate (1)

   $ 519   

 

(1) Does not include the expense of the Foundation contribution or approximately $900,000 of pre-tax merger and integration costs which will be incurred by Randolph Bancorp upon completion of the Acquisition.

Based on the Company’s reported and estimated core earnings, and incorporating the impact of the pro forma assumptions discussed previously, the Company’s pro forma reported and core P/E multiples at the $44.4 million midpoint value was at very high levels, equal to 149.3 times and 118.2 times, respectively, indicating premiums of more than 600% and 400%, respectively, relative to the Peer Group’s average reported and core earnings multiples of 20.82 times and 21.68 times, respectively (see Table 4.4).


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.20

 

Table 4.4

Public Market Pricing Versus Peer Group

Randolph Bancorp

As of Febraury 12, 2016

 

         Market     Per Share Data                                                                                                        
         Capitalization     Core     Book                                   Dividends(3)     Financial Characteristics(5)        
         Price/     Market     12 Month     Value/     Pricing Ratios(2)     Amount/           Payout     Total     Equity/     Tang. Eq./     NPAs/     Reported     Core     Offering  
         Share     Value     EPS(1)     Share     P/E     P/B     P/A     P/TB     P/Core     Share     Yield     Ratio(4)     Assets     Assets     T. Assets     Assets     ROAA     ROAE     ROAA     ROAE     Proceeds  
         ($)     ($Mil)     ($)     ($)     (x)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (x)     ($)     (%)     (%)     ($Mil)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     ($Mil)  

Randolph Bancorp

                                            

Supermaximum

     $ 10.00      $ 58.69      $ 0.06      $ 13.78        229.46x        72.57     12.15     72.94     175.83x      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 483        16.74     16.68     1.66     0.05     0.32     0.07     0.41     56.868   

Maximum

     $ 10.00      $ 51.03      $ 0.07      $ 14.57        183.58x        68.63     10.71     68.97     143.36x      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 476        15.61     15.54     1.68     0.06     0.37     0.07     0.48     49.450   

Midpoint

     $ 10.00      $ 44.38      $ 0.08      $ 15.49        149.26x        64.56     9.43     64.94     118.24x      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 471        14.60     14.53     1.70     0.06     0.43     0.08     0.55     43.000   

Minimum

     $ 10.00      $ 37.72      $ 0.10      $ 16.73        119.13x        59.77     8.11     60.13     95.58x      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 465        13.57     13.50     1.72     0.07     0.50     0.08     0.63     36.550   

All Non-MHC Public Companies(6)

                                            

Averages

     $ 16.56      $ 436.92      $ 1.03      $ 15.19        17.50x        105.89     13.87     114.11     17.65x      $ 0.30        1.79     44.50   $ 3,112        13.49     12.77     1.50     0.74     6.05     0.74     6.06  

Median

     $ 14.31      $ 119.69      $ 0.73      $ 14.38        16.55x        103.58     13.29     106.74     17.12x      $ 0.24        1.48     37.92   $ 1,006        12.22     11.79     1.13     0.70     5.40     0.67     5.24  

Comparable Group

                                            

Averages

     $ 13.22      $ 57.24      $ 0.40      $ 14.43        20.82x        90.80     12.45     92.86     21.68x      $ 1.11        0.66     40.08   $ 495        13.67     13.41     1.70     0.37     3.09     0.35     2.96  

Medians

     $ 14.01      $ 51.86      $ 0.28      $ 15.85        19.65x        88.38     11.47     88.94     20.70x      $ 0.12        0.65     26.17   $ 523        12.55     12.55     1.26     0.43     3.98     0.43     3.63  

Comparable Group

                                            

BYBK    Bay Bancorp, Inc.

   MD   $ 4.76      $ 52.58      $ 0.06      $ 6.05        19.04x        78.62     11.09     82.09     NM      $ 0.00        0.00     NM      $ 491        13.78     13.32     2.71     0.55     3.98     0.50     3.63  

CBNK    Chicopee Bancorp, Inc.

   MA   $ 17.71      $ 92.28      $ 0.60      $ 17.13        29.52x        103.37     13.60     103.37     29.52x      $ 0.32        1.81     50.00   $ 679        13.16     13.16     1.18     0.45     3.37     0.45     3.37  

CWAY   Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

   RI   $ 12.45      $ 60.49      $ 0.28      $ 14.53        NM        85.67     11.47     85.67     NM      $ 0.00        0.00     NM      $ 528        12.55     12.55     2.31     0.26     1.75     0.26     1.75  

GTWN   Georgetown Bancorp, Inc.

   MA   $ 19.26      $ 35.21      $ 0.84      $ 17.24        22.93x        111.71     12.25     111.71     22.93x      $ 0.19        0.99     22.02   $ 296        10.77     10.77     0.73     0.54     4.88     0.54     4.88  

HBK      Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.

   MD   $ 14.01      $ 47.89      ($ 0.01   $ 17.84        NM        78.54     13.16     88.94     NM      $ 0.00        0.00     NM      $ 368        16.47     14.82     2.40     -0.05     -0.25     0.00     -0.01  

MELR   Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

   MA   $ 15.00      $ 42.44      $ 0.07      $ 16.23        NM        92.45     18.98     92.45     NM      $ 0.00        0.00     NM      $ 224        20.53     20.53     0.13     -0.09     -0.44     0.00     -0.02  

PBHC    Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.

   NY   $ 12.35      $ 53.75      $ 0.57      $ 13.27        18.35x        93.05     9.05     101.39     21.59x      $ 0.20        1.62     23.78   $ 623        11.43     10.75     1.26     0.51     4.30     0.44     3.71  

PBIP      Prudential Bancorp, Inc.

   PA   $ 14.78      $ 124.12      $ 0.10      $ 13.85        NM        106.74     25.63     106.74     NM      $ 0.12        0.81     103.85   $ 523        22.18     22.18     3.16     0.43     1.78     0.17     0.71  

SVBI     Severn Bancorp, Inc.

   MD   $ 5.14      $ 51.86      $ 0.26      $ 5.87        19.77x        87.55     6.94     88.05     19.77x      $ 0.00        0.00     NM      $ 762        11.34     11.31     4.54     0.65     5.98     0.65     5.98  

WEBK   Wellesley Bancorp, Inc.

   MA   $ 18.47      $ 45.48      $ 0.93      $ 20.90        19.65x        88.38     7.70     88.38     19.81x      $ 0.12        0.65     12.23   $ 621        8.40     8.40     0.24     0.40     4.37     0.40     4.33  

WVFC   WVS Financial Corp.

   PA   $ 11.52      $ 23.50      $ 0.70      $ 15.85        16.46x        72.73     7.03     72.73     16.46x      $ 0.16        1.39     28.57   $ 330        9.78     9.78     0.08     0.43     4.25     0.43     4.25  

 

(1) Core income, on a diluted per-share basis. Core income is net income after taxes and before extraordinary items, less net income attributable to noncontrolling interest, gain on the sale of securities, amortization of intangibles, goodwill and nonrecurring items. Assumed tax rate is 35%.
(2) P/E = Price to earnings; P/B = Price to book; P/A = Price to assets; P/TB = Price to tangible book value; and P/Core = Price to core earnings. P/E and P/Core =NM if the ratio is negative or above 35x.
(3) Indicated 12 month dividend, based on last quarterly dividend declared.
(4) Indicated 12 month dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month earnings.
(5) ROAA (return on average assets) and ROAE (return on average equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month earnings and average equity and assets balances.
(6) Excludes from averages and medians those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.

 

Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2015 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.21

 

In evaluating the meaningfulness of the Price/Earnings measure, we note that two of the eleven peer group companies reported losses and did not have a meaningful earnings multiple. Additionally, three of the Peer Group companies had core P/E multiple above 35 times which was considered to be not meaningful. Likewise, given the Company’s low earnings, which resulted in a reported and core earnings multiple in excess of 100x, the P/E approach to value was rendered less meaningful for valuation purposes. At the same time, we have given consideration to the Company’s future earnings potential on a post-conversion post-Acquisition basis in developing the valuation conclusion, particularly as merger synergies may be realized over a period of time following the Acquisition net of merger integration and restructuring costs which may be incurred immediately following the Acquisition.

2. Price-to-Book (“P/B”) . The application of the P/B valuation method requires calculating the Company’s pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/B ratio, derived from the Peer Group’s P/B ratio, to the Company’s pro forma book value. In applying the P/B approach, we considered both reported book value and tangible book value. Based on the $44.38 million midpoint valuation, Randolph Bancorp’s pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios equaled 64.56% and 64.94%, respectively. In comparison to the respective average P/B and P/TB ratios indicated for the Peer Group of 90.80% and 92.86%, the Company’s ratios reflected discounts of 29.0% and 30.01%, respectively. In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/B and P/TB ratios of 88.38% and 88.94%, respectively, the Company’s pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios at the midpoint value reflected a discount of 27.0%. At the top of the super range, the Company’s P/TB ratio equaled 72.94%, which was discounted by 21.5% relative to the Peer Group P/TB average and by 18.0% relative to the Peer Group P/TB median.

RP Financial considered the discounts under the P/B approach to be reasonable given the nature of the calculation of the P/B ratio, which tends to mathematically result in a ratio discounted to book value, and in consideration of the Company’s pro forma combined earnings as well as its reliance on secondary market loan sales for a high proportion of its revenues and earnings.

3. Price-to-Assets (“P/A”) . The P/A valuation methodology determines market value by applying a P/A valuation ratio to the Company’s pro forma asset base, conservatively assuming no deposit withdrawals are made to fund stock purchases. In all likelihood there will be deposit withdrawals, which results in understating the pro forma P/A ratio which is computed herein. At the $44.38 million midpoint of the valuation range, the Company’s value equaled 9.43% of pro


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.22

 

forma assets. Comparatively, the Peer Group companies also exhibited a higher average P/A ratio of 12.45%. In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/A ratio of 11.47%, the Company’s pro forma P/A ratio at the midpoint value reflects a more modest discount.

Valuation Conclusion

It is our opinion that, as of February 12, 2016, the estimated aggregate pro forma market value of the shares to be issued immediately following the conversion – including: (1) the $14.0 million cash acquisition of First Eastern and (2) the 137,600 shares of common stock and $344,000 of cash to be contributed to the Foundation – was $44,376,000 at the midpoint, equal to 4,437,600 shares at a per share value of $10.00. The pro forma valuation calculations relative to the Peer Group are shown in Table 4.4 and are detailed in Exhibit IV-7 and Exhibit IV-8.

Based on the foregoing valuation, the corresponding range of shares and values are as follows:

 

     Total Shares      Offering
Shares
     Foundation
Shares
     Per Share
Offering
Price
 

Shares

           

Maximum, as Adjusted

     5,868,726         5,686,750         181,976       $ 10.00   

Maximum

     5,103,240         4,945,000         158,240       $ 10.00   

Midpoint

     4,437,600         4,300,000         137,600       $ 10.00   

Minimum

     3,771,960         3,655,000         116,960       $ 10.00   

Aggregate Market Value

           

Maximum, as Adjusted

   $ 58,687,260       $ 56,867,500       $ 1,819,760      

Maximum

   $ 51,032,400       $ 49,450,000       $ 1,582,400      

Midpoint

   $ 44,376,000       $ 43,000,000       $ 1,376,000      

Minimum

   $ 37,719,600       $ 36,550,000       $ 1,169,600      

Exhibit 99.6

 

LOGO

March 3, 2016

Board of Trustees

Board of Trustees/Randolph Bancorp

Board of Directors/Randolph Savings Bank

10 Cabot Place

Stoughton, Massachusetts 02072

 

Re: Plan of Conversion

Randolph Bancorp, MHC

Members of the Board of Trustees and the Boards of Directors:

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this letter have the meanings given such terms in the Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”) adopted by the Board of Trustees of Randolph Bancorp, MHC (the “MHC”). The Plan provides for the conversion of the MHC into the full stock form of organization. Pursuant to the Plan, the MHC will be merged into Randolph Bancorp, Inc. a newly-formed Massachusetts corporation (the “Company”) with the Company as the resulting entity, and the MHC will no longer exist. As part of the Plan, the Company will sell shares of common stock in an offering that will represent the ownership interest now owned by the MHC.

We understand that in accordance with the Plan, depositors will receive rights in a liquidation account maintained by the Company representing the amount of (i) the MHC’s ownership interest in the Mid-Tier’s total stockholders’ equity as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition used in the prospectus plus (ii) the value of the net assets of the MHC as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition of the MHC prior to the consummation of the conversion (excluding its ownership of the Mid-Tier). The Company shall continue to hold the liquidation account for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain deposits in Randolph Savings Bank. The liquidation accounts are designed to provide payments to depositors of their liquidation interests in the event of liquidation of Randolph Savings Bank (or the Company and Randolph Savings Bank).

In the unlikely event that either Randolph Savings Bank (or the Company and Randolph Savings Bank) were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first, followed by distribution to depositors as of December 31, 2014. Also, in a complete liquidation of both entities, or of Randolph Savings Bank, when the Company has insufficient assets (other than the stock of Randolph Savings Bank), to fund the liquidation account distribution due to Eligible Account Holders and Randolph Savings Bank has positive net worth, Randolph Savings Bank shall immediately make a distribution to fund the Company’s remaining obligations under the liquidation account. The Plan further provides that if the Company is completely liquidated or sold apart from a sale or liquidation of Randolph Savings Bank, then the rights of Eligible Account Holders in the liquidation account maintained by the Company shall be surrendered and treated as a liquidation account in Randolph Savings Bank, the bank liquidation account and depositors shall have an equivalent interest in such bank liquidation account, subject to the same rights and terms as the liquidation account.

 

  

 

Washington Headquarters

Three Ballston Plaza

1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600

Arlington, VA 22201

www.rpfinancial.com

 

Telephone: (703) 528-1700

Fax No.: (703) 528-1788

Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594

E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com


RP ® Financial, LC.

Board of Trustees

Board of Directors

March 3, 2016

Page 2

 

Based upon our review of the Plan and our observations that the liquidation rights become payable only upon the unlikely event of the liquidation of Randolph Savings Bank (or the Company and Randolph Savings Bank), that liquidation rights in the Company automatically transfer to Randolph Savings Bank in the event the Company is completely liquidated or sold apart from a sale or liquidation of Randolph Savings Bank, and that after two years from the date of conversion and upon written request of the FRB, the Company will transfer the liquidation account and depositors’ interest in such account to Randolph Savings Bank and the liquidation account shall thereupon become the liquidation account of Randolph Savings Bank no longer subject to the Company’s creditors, we are of the belief that: the benefit provided by the Randolph Savings Bank liquidation account supporting the payment of the liquidation account in the event the Company lacks sufficient net assets does not have any economic value at the time of the transactions contemplated in the first and second paragraphs above. We note that we have not undertaken any independent investigation of state or federal law or the position of the Internal Revenue Service with respect to this issue.

 

Sincerely,
LOGO

RP ® Financial, LC.